No matching fragments found in this document.
The
Technical Bulletins
of
Dianetics and Scientology
by
L. Ron Hubbard
FOUNDER OF DIANETICS AND SCIENTOLOGY
Volume
II
1954-1956
_____________________________________________________________________
I will not always be here on guard.
The stars twinkle in the Milky Way
And the wind sighs for songs
Across the empty fields of a planet
A Galaxy away.
You won't always be here.
But before you go,
Whisper this to your sons
And their sons -
"The work was free.
Keep it so. "
L. RON HUBBARD
[pic]
L. Ron Hubbard
Founder of Dianetics and Scientology
EDITORS' NOTE
"A chronological study of materials is necessary for the complete
training of a truly top grade expert in these lines. He can see how the
subject progressed and so is able to see which are the highest levels of
development. Not the least advantage in this is the defining of words and
terms for each, when originally used, was defined, in most cases, with
considerable exactitude, and one is not left with any misunderstoods."
-L. Ron Hubbard
The first eight volumes of the Technical Bulletins of Dianetics and
Scientology contain, exclusively, issues written by L. Ron Hubbard, thus
providing a chronological time track of the development of Dianetics and
Scientology. Volume IX, The Auditing Series, and Volume X, The Case
Supervisor Series, contain Board Technical Bulletins that are part of the
series. They are LRH data even though compiled or written by another.
So that the time track of the subject may be studied in its entirety,
all HCO Bs have been included, excluding only those upper level materials
which will be found on courses to which they apply. If an issue has been
revised, replaced, or cancelled, this has been indicated in the upper right-
hand corner along with the page number of the issue which should be
referred to.
The points at which Ron gave tape recorded lectures have been indicated
as they occurred. Where they were given as part of an event or course,
information is given on that event or course on the page in the
chronological volumes which corresponds to the date. The symbol "**"
preceding a tape title means that copies are available from both
Publications Organizations. A tape preceded by "*" means that it will soon
be available. No asterisk (*) means that neither Publications Organization
nor Flag has a master copy of that lecture. If you have, or know anyone who
has, copies of these tapes, please contact the Flag Audio Chief, P.O. Box
23751, Tampa, Florida, 33623, U.S.A. The number in the tape title is a code
for the date; example: 5505C07-55 = year, 1955; 05 = month, May; C = copy;
07 = day, 7th; 7 May 1955. The abbreviation tells what group the tape is a
part of. For an explanation of the abbreviations see Volume X, page 539.
At the back of this volume is a Subject Index covering only the
material in this volume. Use the index to locate the LRH source material in
context, don't just get data from the index. This index has been combined
with indexes from other volumes to form the Cumulative Index which is in
Volume X, starting on page 287.
TECHNICAL BULLETINS
1954-1956
CONTENTS
1954
ca. Jan. Future Processing (PAB 17)
4 Jan. 3rd American Advanced Clinical Course Lectures (4 Jan.-12
Feb.) 4
15 Jan. Man's Search for His Soul (JOS 23-G) 6
ca. Jan. Overt Acts (PAB 18) 8
31 Jan. SOP-8-C: The Rehabilitation of the Human Spirit (JOS 24-G)
10
ca. Feb. The Circuit Case (PAB 19) 19
ca. Feb. Two Answers to Correspondents: the Non-Persistence Case
and Ridge Running (PAB 20) 22
15 Feb. 4th American Advanced Clinical Course Lectures (15 Feb.-29
Mar.) 25
ca. Mar. Report on Certainty Processing (PAB 21 ) 27
10 Mar. Dear Associate 32
ca. Mar. The Road Up (JOS 26-G) 35
2 Apr. Havingness (PAB 23) 38
30 Mar. 5th American Advanced Clinical Course Lectures (30 Mar.-7
May) 40
10 Apr. Data Sheet-Advanced Course Procedure 41
15 Apr. SOP 8 D 45
ca. Apr. Scientology: A New Science (JOS 28G) 46
16 Apr. Certainty of Exteriorization (PAB 24) 47
21 Apr. Special Group Processing Sessions (21 Apr.) 50
30 Apr. Basic Procedures (PAB 25) 51
3 May Viewpoint Straight Wire 55
5 May Public Lecture Series (5 May-5 June) 56
10 May 6th American Advanced Clinical Course Lectures (10 May-18
June) 57
5 June Universe Processes Congress Lectures (5 June-8 June)
59
June Group Auditor's Handbook 60
11 June Answer to a Letter (PAB 28) 61
23 June 7th American Advanced Clinical Course Lectures (21 June-30
July) 65
15 July Training 67
23 July Group Auditing Sessions 70
Aug. Scientology: Auditor's Handbook 71
7 Aug. Why Doctor of Divinity ? (PAB 32) 72
20 Aug. Axioms Lectures (20 Aug.) 75
Sept. Group Auditor's Handbook, Volume 2 60
1954 (cont.)
4 Sept. Opening Procedure, SOP-8-C, A Basic Course in
Scientology
(part 1 of 7) (PAB 34) 76
18 Sept. "What I Learned in Training" (part 2 of 7) (PAB 35)
79
ca. Sept. Dianetics and Scientology Organizations United Again
(JOS 36G) 83
ca. Sept. Fighting Process 85
Oct. The Use of Scientology Materials (part 3 of 7) (PAB 36) 86
4 Oct. 8th American Advanced Clinical Course Lectures (4 Oct.-12
Nov.) 90
8 Oct. Route One Lectures (8 Oct.-10 Oct.) 91
15 Oct. The Communication Lines of Scientology (part 4 of 7) (PAB
37) 92
ca. Oct. Dianetics and Scientology . . . a Crusade 94
20 Oct. Public Lecture and Group Processing Series (20 Oct.-15
Dec.) 95
29 Oct. The Auditor's Code 1954 (part 5 of 7) (PAB 38) 96
12 Nov. The Auditor's Code 1954 (Concluded) (part 5 of 7) (PAB 39)
99
ca. Nov. Validation of Scientology (JOS 40-G) 102
15 Nov. Phoenix Certification Course Lectures (15 Nov.-4 Dec.)
103
26 Nov. The Code of Honor (part 6 of 7) (PAB 40) 104
Dec. Accent on Ability (Foundation Bulletin 1-3) 106
ca. Dec. Is It Possible to Be Happy? (JOS 41-G) 111
6 Dec. 9th American Advanced Clinical Course Lectures (6 Dec.-21
Jan.) 113
3 Jan. 10th American Advanced Clinical Course Lectures (3 Jan.-6
Jan.) 113
10 Dec. The Code of a Scientologist (part 7 of 7) (PAB 41 )
115
24 Dec. Six Basic Processes (PAB 42) 118
Dec. Dianetics '55! 124
28 Dec. Unification Congress of Dianeticists and Scientologists
Lectures (28 Dec.-31 Dec.) 125
1955
Jan. Public Lecture and Group Processing Series (1 Jan.-11 May)
126
7 Jan. Plotting the Preclear on the Tone Scale (PAB 43) 128
16 Jan. Third International Congress of Scientologists
Lecture (16 Jan.-19 Jan. ) 132
ca. Jan. Phoenix Clinic (JOS 43-G) 133
21 Jan. Two-Way Communication in Action (PAB 44) 136
4 Feb. Mimicry (PAB 45) 140
18 Feb. Straight Wire (PAB 46) 142
4 Mar. Opening Procedure 8-C (PAB 47) 146
8 Mar. LRH Auditing Demonstrations (8 Mar.-29 Apr.) 149
14 Mar. Hubbard Professional College Lectures (14 Mar.-14 May)
150
ca. Mar. The Scientologist-A Manual on the Dissemination of
Material
(Ability Major 1 ) 151
18 Mar. Opening Procedure by Duplication (PAB 48) 172
1955 (cont.)
ca. Apr. The Way Ron Works (Ability Minor 3) 175
Apr. The Remedy of Havingness (PAB 49) 176
15 Apr. Remedy of Havingness-The Process (PAB 50) 180
Apr. The Creation of Human Ability 187
29 Apr. Spotting Spots (PAB 51 ) 188
ca. May The Scale of Awareness (Ability Minor 4) 191
13 May Auditing the "Whole Track" (PAB 52) 195
27 May Ownership (PAB 53) 198
3 June Anatomy of the Spirit of Man Congress Lectures (3
June-6 June) 203
4 June The Tone Plotting Scale 204
10 June Reality Level of Preclear (PAB 54) 205
ca. June The Hope of Man (Ability Minor 5) 209
July Straight Wire-A Manual of Operation (Ability Major 4) 216
8 July Axiom 51 and Communication Processing (PAB 56) 240
11 July Academy Lecture Series (11 July-21 Sept.) 239
ca. July The Adventure of Scientology (Ability Minor 6) 244
ca. Aug. An Idea Versus War (Certainty 2-8) 245
ca. Aug. With A-R-C (Ability Major 5) 246
5 Aug. "Old Cuff" from PAB 58 248
ca. Sept. Basic Processes (Ability Major 6) 249
2 Sept. "Anything-Everything-Nothing" (PAB 60) 256
Sept. Dianetics: The Evolution of a Science
see Vol. I- 11
ca. Sept. Start That Practice! (Ability 14) 261
16 Sept. Selling (PAB 61) 264
30 Sept. Psychiatrists (PAB 62) 267
3 Oct. 4th London Advanced Clinical Course Lectures (3 Oct.-5
Nov.) 270
8 Oct. London Public Lecture Series (8 Oct.-29 Oct.) 271
14 Oct. Playing the Game (PAB 63) 272
20 Oct. Operational Bulletin No. 1 275
28 Oct. First Postulate (PAB 64) 279
ca. Nov. The Six Levels of Processing (Certainty 2-11 ) 282
8 Nov. Six Levels of Processing-Issue 5
see footnote-291
8 Nov. Hubbard Professional Course Lectures (8 Nov.-10 Nov.)
286
11 Nov. From a Lecture by L. Ron Hubbard on Mest Processing, July
7, 1951
(PAB 65) 287
11 Nov. Operational Bulletin No. 4-Six Levels of Processing-Issue
5 289
ca. Nov. What Are You Going to Do About It? (Ability 16) 292
ca. Nov. Operational Bulletin No. 5 294
25 Nov. First, Second, Third and Fourth Postulates (PAB 66)
297
ca. Nov. Letter to Ability Editor (Ability 18) 301
1955 (cont.)
ca. Nov. Operational Bulletin No. 6-Processing Futures 303
1 Dec. London Auditors' Meeting Lectures (l Dec.-14 Feb. 1956)
306
6 Dec. Operational Bulletin No. 7 307
13 Dec. Operational Bulletin No. 8 309
19 Dec. Operational Bulletin No. 9 311
23 Dec. First and Second Postulate (PAB 68) 316
28 Dec. Operational Bulletin No. 10-The Management and Activities
of
Scientology Organizations 318
1956
3 Jan. Operational Bulletin No. 11 320
3 Jan. Six Levels of Processing-Issue 7 see
footnote-326
6 Jan. Six Levels of Processing-Issue 7 (PAB 69) 322
10 Jan. Operational Bulletin No. 12-An Experimental
Arrangement of
Level One 327
17 Jan. Operational Bulletin No. 13 330
17 Jan. Operational Bulletin No. 13 Appendix 1-Scientology
Schools
Curriculum 339
20 Jan. Training (PAB 70)
see footnote-347
24 Jan. Operational Bulletin No. 14 348
25 Jan. Recent Reports on Preclears 356
31 Jan. Operational Bulletin No. 15 357
3 Feb. Bachelor of Scientology and Hubbard Advanced Auditor
Classes
(PAB 71 )
see footnote-347
7 Feb. Operational Bulletin No. 16 360
7 Feb. Founding Church of Scientology Funeral Service 363
6 Feb. Hubbard Professional Course Lectures (6 Feb.-14 Feb.)
365
14 Feb. Operational Bulletin No. 17 366
21 Feb. The Importance of Havingness (PAB 72) 371
28 Feb. Three Methods of Dissemination (PAB 73) see footnote-
385
6 Mar. Office in Ireland (PAB 74) 376
13 Mar. Exteriorization Today, Two-Way Comm and New Auditing Style
(PAB 75)
see footnote-385
20 Mar. Comparison of Results; Earliest Findings on
Havingness;
An Organizational Principle; Funeral Service (PAB 76)
see footnote-385
3 Apr. Administration (PAB 78) 386
10 Apr. The Open Channel (PAB 79) 389
17 Apr. Scientology's Most Workable Process (PAB 80) 395
24 Apr. Purpose (PAB 81 ) 400
May Basic Principles, Scientology-Translator's Edition
(part 1 of 7) (PAB 82) 404
1956 (cont.)
8 May The Conditions of Existence (part 2 of 7) (PAB 83)
410
8 May Test Results 417
15 May The Reason Why (part 3 of 7) (PAB 84) 421
15 May Scientology Wedding Ceremony 425
22 May The Parts of Man (part 4 of 7) (PAB 85) 428
29 May Causation and Knowledge (part 5 of 7) (PAB 86) 435
5 June Scientology Processing (part 6 of 7) (PAB 87) 441
12 June The Conditions of Auditing (part 7 of 7) (PAB 88) 446
19 June Scientology-Revision of Translator's Edition (PAB 89)
452
26 June Current Processes 454
26 June The Organizations of Dianetics and Scientology (PAB 90)
456
3 July The Anatomy of Failure (PAB 91 ) 462
10 July A Critique of Psychoanalysis (PAB 92) 465
14 July Five Types of Valences 471
20 July How to Really Split a Valence 472
22 July Technical Bulletin 473
24 July A Critique of Psychoanalysis (Continued) (PAB 93) 475
3 Aug. Organizational Health Chart
see OEC Vol. 7-114
13 Aug. Scientology Process Chart 483
15 Aug. The Anatomy of Traps (PAB 94) 485
ca. Aug. The Goal of Auditors 487
Aug. Hubbard Professional Course Lectures (Aug.) 487
20 Aug. HGC Procedure of Aug. 20 488
21 Aug. Summary of Intensives Since June 490
25 Aug. Addendum to HCO B 20 Aug. 56
see footnote-489
ca. Aug. Havingness (Ability 34) 491
31 Aug. Games Congress, Shoreham Hotel 503
31 Aug. Games Congress Lectures (31 Aug.-2 Sept.) 506
Sept. Valences (PAB 95) 507
12 Sept. The Summary of a Bulletin from the Academy in
Washington, D.C.,
Concerning Training 509
15 Sept. Justice (PAB 96) 514
20 Sept. HCO Processing Sheet 516
24 Sept. Organizational Indoctrination 519
26 Sept. Procedure for Putting Auditors on Staff 519
26 Sept. Flow Line for Personnel
OEC Vol. 4- 20
Sept. Scientology: The Fundamentals of Thought 520
Oct. Start-Change-Stop (PAB 97) 521
4 Oct. High School Indoctrination 524
5 Oct. London Congress on Human Problems Lectures (5 Oct.-8 Oct.)
525
1956 (cont.)
10 Oct. Recall Processes and Confrontingness 526
15 Oct. Creative Processes, Motions, Stops and Perceptions (PAB
98) 528
15 Oct. Summary Research Project 531
ca. Oct. Randomity and Automaticity (Ability 36) 533
15 Oct. 15th American Advanced Clinical Course Lectures (15 Oct-23
Nov) 543
18 Oct. Organizational Series Lectures (18 Oct.-13 Dec. ) 544
26 Oct. HPA-HCA Training Processes 545
Nov. Facsimiles & Solids (PAB 99) 546
15 Nov. HGC Preclear Complaints 549
15 Nov. The Auditing of Solids (PAB 100) 550
30 Nov. SLP 8 553
Dec. Games Conditions Theory (PAB 101 ) 556
3 Dec. B.Scn.-H.A.A. Techniques 559
15 Dec. A Case Report-Comments and Information on Back of APA
Sheet (PAB 102) 560
Dec. The Problems of Work 563
29 Dec. Anti-Radiation Congress Lectures (29 Dec-31 Dec.) 564
Subject Index 565
Alphabetical List of Titles 599
PERIODICALS BY ISSUE NUMBER
JOURNAL OF SCIENTOLOGY
Issue
23-G 15 Jan. 54 Man's Search for His Soul 6
24-G 31 Jan. 54 SOP-8-C: The Rehabilitation of the Human Spirit
10
26-G ca. Mar. 54 The Road Up 35
28-G ca. Apr. 54 Scientology: A New Science 46
36-G ca. Sept. 54 Dianetics and Scientology Organizations United
Again 83
40-G ca. Nov. 54 Validation of Scientology 102
41-G ca. Dec. 54 Is It Possible to Be Happy? 111
43-G ca. Jan. 55 Phoenix Clinic 133
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
No.
17 ca. Jan. 54 Future Processing
18 ca. Jan. 54 Overt Acts 8
19 ca. Feb. 54 The Circuit Case 19
20 ca. Feb. 54 Two Answers to Correspondents: the Non-
Persistence
Case and Ridge Running 22
21 ca. Mar. 54 Report on Certainty Processing 27
23 2 Apr. 54 Havingness 38
24 16 Apr. 54 Certainty of Exteriorization 47
25 30 Apr. 54 Basic Procedures 51
28 11 June 54 Answer to a Letter 61
32 7 Aug. 54 Why Doctor of Divinity? 72
34 4 Sept. 54 Opening Procedure, SOP-8-C, A Basic
Course in
Scientology (part 1 of 7) 76
35 18 Sept. 54 "What I Learned in Training" (part 2 of
7) 79
36 1 Oct. 54 The Use of Scientology Materials(part 3
of 7) 86
37 15 Oct. 54 The Communication Lines of Scientology
(part 4 of 7) 92
38 29 Oct. 54 The Auditor's Code 1954 (part 5 of 7)
96
39 12 Nov. 54 The Auditor's Code 1954 (concluded)
(part 5 of 7) 99
40 26 Nov. 54 The Code of Honor (part 6 of 7) 104
41 10 Dec. 54 The Code of a Scientologist (part 7 of
7) 115
42 24 Dec. 54 Six Basic Processes 118
43 7 Jan. 55 Plotting the Preclear on the Tone Scale
128
44 21 Jan. 55 Two-Way Communication in Action 136
45 4 Feb. 55 Mimicry 140
46 18 Feb. 55 Straight Wire 142
47 4 Mar. 55 Opening Procedure 8-C 146
48 18 Mar. 55 Opening Procedure by Duplication 172
49 1 Apr. 55 The Remedy of Havingness 176
50 15 Apr. 55 Remedy of Havingness-The Process 180
51 29 Apr. 55 Spotting Spots 188
52 13 May 55 Auditing the "Whole Track" 195
53 27 May 55 Ownership 198
54 10 June 55 Reality Level of Preclear 205
56 8 July 55 Axiom 51 and Communication Processing
240
58 5 Aug. 55 "Old Cuff" 248
60 2 Sept. 55 "Anything-Everything-Nothing" 256
61 16 Sept. 55 Selling 264
62 30 Sept. 55 Psychiatrists 267
63 14 Oct. 55 Playing the Game 272
64 28 Oct. 55 First Postulate 279
65 11 Nov. 55 From a Lecture by L. Ron Hubbard on MEST
Processing, July 7,1951 287
66 25 Nov. 55 First, Second, Third and Fourth
Postulates 297
68 23 Dec. 55 First and Second Postulate 316
69 6 Jan. 56 Six Levels of Processing-Issue 7 322
70 20 Jan. 56 Training
see footnote- 347
71 3 Feb. 56 Bachelor of Scientology and Hubbard
Advanced Auditor Classes
see footnote- 347
72 21 Feb. 56 The Importance of Havingness 371
73 28 Feb. 56 Three Methods of Dissemination
see footnote- 385
74 6 Mar. 56 Office in Ireland 376
75 13 Mar. 56 Exteriorization Today, Two-Way Comm and
New Auditing Style
see footnote- 385
76 20 Mar. 56 Comparison of Results; Earliest Findings
on
Havingness; An Organizational Principle;
Funeral Service
see footnote- 385
78 3 Apr. 56 Administration 386
79 10 Apr. 56 The Open Channel 389
80 17 Apr. 56 Scientology's Most Workable Process
395
81 24 Apr. 56 Purpose 400
82 1 May. 56 Basic Principles, Scientology-
Translator's
Edition (part I of 7) 404
83 8 May. 56 The Conditions of Existence (part 2 of 7)
410
84 15 May. 56 The Reason Why (part 3 of 7) 421
85 22 May. 56 The Parts of Man (part 4 of 7) 428
86 29 May. 56 Causation and Knowledge (part 5 of 7)
435
87 5 June. 56 Scientology Processing (part 6 of 7)
441
88 12 June. 56 The Conditions of Auditing (part 7 of 7)
446
89 19 June. 56 Scientology-Revision of Translator's
Edition 452
90 26 June. 56 The Organizations of Dianetics and
Scientology 456
91 3 July. 56 The Anatomy of Failure 462
92 10 July. 56 A Critique of Psychoanalysis 465
93 24 July. 56 A Critique of Psychoanalysis (Continued)
475
94 15 Aug. 56 The Anatomy of Traps 485
95 1 Sept. 56 Valences 507
96 15 Sept. 56 Justice 514
97 1 Oct. 56 Start-Change-Stop 521
98 15 Oct. 56 Creative Processes, Motions, Stops and
Perceptions 528
99 1 Nov. 56 Facsimiles & Solids 546
100 15 Nov. 56 The Auditing of Solids 550
101 1 Dec. 56 Games Conditions Theory 556
102 15 Dec. 56 A Case Report-Comments and Information on Back
of APA Sheet 560
ABILITY MAGAZINE
Major 1 ca. Mar. 55 The Scientologist-A Manual on the
Dissemination
of Material 151
Minor 3 ca. Apr. 55 The Way Ron Works
175
Minor 4 ca. May. 55 The Scale of Awareness
191
Minor 5 ca. June. 55 The Hope of Man
209
Major 4 1 July. 55 Straight Wire-A
Manual of Operation 216
Minor 6 ca. July. 55 The Adventure of
Scientology 244
Major 5 ca. Aug. 55 With A-R-C 246
Major 6 ca. Sept. 55 Basic Processes
249
14 ca. Sept. 55 Start That Practice!
261
16 ca. Nov. 55 What Are You Going to Do
About It? 292
18 ca. Nov. 55 Letter to Ability Editor
301
34 ca. Aug. 56 Havingness 491
36 ca. Oct. 56 Randomity and
Automaticity 533
CERTAINTY MAGAZINE
Vol.-No.
2-8 ca. Aug. 55 An Idea Versus War 245
2-11 ca. Nov. 55 The Six Levels of Processing 282
OPERATIONAL BULLETIN
No.
20 Oct. 55 275
4 11 Nov.55 Six Levels of Processing-Issue 5 289
5 ca. Nov.55 294
6 ca. Nov.55 Processing Futures 303
7 6 Dec. 55 307
8 13 Dec. 55 309
9 19 Dec. 55 311
10 28 Dec. 55 The Management and Activities of Scientology
Organizations 318
11 3 Jan. 56 320
12 10 Jan. 56 An Experimental Arrangement of Level One 327
13 17 Jan. 56 330
13 Appendix 1 17 Jan. 56 Scientology Schools Curriculum 339
14 24 Jan. 56 348
15 31 Jan. 56 357
16 7 Feb.56 360
17 14 Feb.56 366
LONG CONTENTS
PAB No. 17, ca. Jan. 1954 FUTURE PROCESSING, 1
Attitudes of the pc about time,
Measurement of sanity,
Avoidance of work indicator of a decayed state, 2
JOS Issue 23-G, 15 Jan. 1954 MAN'S SEARCH FOR HIS SOUL, 6
PAB No. 18, ca. Jan. 1954 OVERT ACTS, 8
Methods of handling overt acts, 8
Going into the valence of another individual, 9
Reason the preclear is stuck in the mest universe is the overt act
phenomenon, 9
JOS Issue 24-G, 31 Jan. 1954 SOP-8-C: THE REHABILITATION OF THE
HUMAN SPIRIT, 10
Cycle of action, 11
The use of SOP-8-C, 12
SOP-8-C formulas and steps, 13
SOP-8-C Opening Procedure, 13
SOP-8-C Step I: Location, 13
SOP-8-C Step II: Bodies, 13
SOP-8-C Step III: Space, 13
SOP-8-C Step IV: Havingness, 14
SOP-8-C Step V: Terminals, 14
SOP-8-C Step VI: Symbolization, 15
SOP-8-C Step VII: Barriers, 15
SOP-8-C Step VIII: Duplication, 15
Group C, 16
Special notes on SOP-8-C, 16
Opening Procedure of 8-C, 17
PAB No. 19, ca. Feb. 1954 THE CIRCUIT CASE, 19
Characteristic of circuit case, 19
Getting into communication with pc, 20
PAB No. 20, ca. Feb. 1954 TWO ANSWERS TO CORRESPONDENTS: THE
NON-PERSISTENCE CASE AND RIDGE RUNNING, 22
Non-persistence case, 22
How to handle non-persistence case, 22
Ridge running, 23
PAB No. 21, ca. Mar. 1954 REPORT ON CERTAINTY PROCESSING, 27
10 Mar. 1954 DEAR ASSOCIATE, 32
JOS Issue 26-G, ca. Mar. 1954 THE ROAD UP, 35
Role of medical doctor, 35
PAB No. 23, 2 Apr. 1954 HAVINGNESS, 38
Remedy of havingness, 38
10 Apr. 1954 DATA SHEET-ADVANCED COURSE PROCEDURE, 41
Target of the auditor, 41
Problem with universes, 41
Key command in Universe Processing, 41
Know-Sex Scale, 42
Graph of communication, 42
Non-exteriorized cases, 42
Change of Space, 42
Interiorization-Exteriorization, 42
Havingness, 42
Grand Tour, 43
SOP 8-C, 43
Other processes, 43
Advanced Course procedure, 43
15 Apr. 1954 SOP 8 D, 45
JOS Issue 28-G, ca. Apr. 1954 SCIENTOLOGY: A NEW SCIENCE, 46
PAB No. 24, 16 Apr. 1954 CERTAINTY OF EXTERIORIZATION, 47
Mechanisms of communication, 48
Mechanisms of interiorization-exteriorization, 49
Does the preclear know he is exteriorized, 50
PAB No. 25, 30 Apr. 1954 BASIC PROCEDURES, 51
Keynote of any process is the skill of its application, 52
3 May 1954 VIEWPOINT STRAIGHT WIRE, 55
Viewpoint Straight Wire questions, 55
Goal of Viewpoint Straight Wire, 55
PAB No. 28, 11 June 1954 ANSWER TO A LETTER, 61
Letter regarding insanity as a defense and criminal sexual
psychopaths, 61
Criminality, 62
Law's own definition for insanity: the inability to differentiate
right from wrong, 62
Treatment for criminality, 64
15 July 1954 TRAINING, 67
What the student should know, 67
Remembering-forgetting process, 68
Opening Procedure of 8-C, 68
Opening Procedure by Duplication, 68
Remedying Havingness, 68
Spotting Spots in Space, 68
Consideration in the form of Significances, 68
Granting of Beingness, 69
Intensive Procedure, 69
23 July 1954 GROUP AUDITING SESSIONS, 70
PAB No. 32, 7 Aug. 1954 WHY DOCTOR OF DIVINITY?, 72
History of knowledge, 72
Why Scientology allies itself with religion, 73
PAB No. 34, 4 Sept. 1954 OPENING PROCEDURE, SOP-8-C, 76
A Basic Course in Scientology-Part 1
Opening Procedure, SOP-8-C, part (a) auditing commands, 76
Opening Procedure, SOP-8-C, part (b) auditing commands, 77
Opening Procedure, SOP-8-C, part (c) auditing commands, 77
PAB No. 35, 18 Sept. 1954 "WHAT I LEARNED IN TRAINING", 79
A Basic Course in Scientology-Part 2
Reason for new processes, 79
Getting a person into present time, 80
JOS Issue 36-G, ca. Sept. 1954 DIANETICS AND SCIENTOLOGY
ORGANIZATIONS UNITED AGAIN, 83
ca. Sept. 1954 FIGHTING PROCESS, 85
Techniques, Dianetics, 85
PAB No. 36, 1 Oct. 1954 THE USE OF SCIENTOLOGY MATERIALS, 86
A Basic Course in Scientology-Part 3
Materials of Scientology designed to communicate, 86
Dissemination, use a proper gradient, 88
Rules for the use of materials of Scientology, 88
PAB No. 37, 15 Oct. 1954 THE COMMUNICATION LINES OF SCIENTOLOGY, 92
A Basic Course in Scientology-Part 4
Word of mouth communication, 92
ca. Oct. 54 DIANETICS AND SCIENTOLOGY . . . A CRUSADE, 94
Dianetics and Scientology are more a crusade for sanity than a
business, 94
PAB No. 38, 29 Oct. 1954 THE AUDITOR'S CODE 1954, 96
A Basic Course in Scientology-Part 5
1. Do not evaluate for the preclear, 96
2. Do not invalidate or correct the preclear's data, 96
3. Use the processes which improve the preclear's case, 97
4. Keep all appointments once made, 97
5. Do not process a preclear after ten p.m., 97
6. Do not process a preclear who is improperly fed, 97
7. Do not permit a frequent change of auditors, 98
8. Do not sympathize with the preclear, 98
9. Never permit the preclear to end the session on his own independent
decision, 98
PAB No. 39, 12 Nov. 1954 THE AUDITOR'S CODE 1954 (Concluded), 99
A Basic Course in Scientology-Part 5 (Concluded)
10. Never walk off from a preclear during a session, 99
11. Never get angry with a preclear, 99
12. Always reduce every communication lag encountered by continued use
of the same question or process, 99
13. Always continue a process as long as it produces change, and no
longer, 99
14. Be willing to grant beingness to the preclear, 100
15. Never mix the processes of Scientology with those of other
practices, 100
JOS Issue 40-G, ca. Nov. 1954 VALIDATION OF SCIENTOLOGY, 102
PAB No. 40, 26 Nov. 1954 THE CODE OF HONOUR, 104
A Basic Course in Scientology-Part 6
Foundation Bulletins Vol. 1, No. 3, Dec. 1954 ACCENT ON ABILITY, 106
New trend takes form, 106
Two sides to dynamics: aberration and psychosomatic illness, and
ability, 109
JOS Issue 41-G, ca. Dec. 1954 IS IT POSSIBLE TO BE HAPPY?, 111
PAB No. 41, 10 Dec. 1954 THE CODE OF A SCIENTOLOGIST, 115
A Basic Course in Scientology-Part 7
Code of a Scientologist, 1954, 116
PAB No. 42, 24 Dec. 1954 SIX BASIC PROCESSES, 118
Two-way Communication, 118
Elementary Straightwire, 118
Opening Procedure of 8-C, 119
Opening Procedure by Duplication, 119
Remedy of Havingness, 119
Spotting Spots, 119
Precision definition of communication lag, 119
Auditor willingness to duplicate, 121
PAB No. 43, 7 Jan. 1955 PLOTTING THE PRECLEAR ON THE
TONE SCALE, 128
Preclear's position on the Tone Scale established by communication
lag, 128
Communication lag, what it tells you, 129
Chart of processes, where they are on the ARC Tone Scale, 131
JOS Issue 43-G, ca. Jan. 1955 PHOENIX CLINIC, 133
Hubbard Certified Auditor certificate, 135
Advanced Clinical Course units, 135
PAB No. 44, 21 Jan. 1955 TWO-WAY COMMUNICATION IN ACTION, 136
Communication formula, 136
Communication is part of the triangle of affinity, reality and
communication, 136
Knowingness, higher than ARC, 136
Thetan, behaving like mest, 137
Chart of processes, where they are on the ARC Tone Scale, 138
PAB No. 45, 4 Feb. 1955 MIMICRY, 140
PAB No. 46, 18 Feb. 1955 STRAIGHT WIRE, 142
Term "straight wire" itself is meant to describe the imaginary
straight line between cause and effect, 142
Basic confusion of a preclear, 143
Commands of Elementary Straight Wire, 144
PAB No. 47, 4 Mar. 1955 OPENING PROCEDURE 8-C, 146
Three parts to Opening Procedure of 8-C, 146
Benefits from Opening Procedure of 8-C, 147
Basic theory of Opening Procedure of 8-C, 147
Ability Major 1, ca. Mar. 1955 THE SCIENTOLOGIST-A MANUAL ON THE
DISSEMINATION OF MATERIAL, 151
Purposes of organization, 151
A description of Scientology, 152
Dissemination of material, 153
Public word-of-mouth, the ideal scene, 155
Scientologists to the general public, 158
Member HASI to member HASI, 161
Trained Scientologist to a member of the HASI, 161
Member of the HASI to a preclear, 161
Trained Scientologist to preclear, 161
Trained Scientologist to trained Scientologist, 162
HASI to the membership, 164
HASI to trained Scientologist, 169
HASI to the general public, 169
Best dissemination is good auditing results, 171
PAB No. 48, 18 Mar. 1955 OPENING PROCEDURE BY DUPLICATION, 172
Prerequisites to Op Pro by Dup, 172
How to run Op Pro by Dup, 173
R2-17, 173
Ability Minor 3, ca. Apr. 1955 THE WAY RON WORKS, 175
PAB No. 49, 1 Apr. 1955 THE REMEDY OF HAVINGNESS, 176
Thetan creates mest to have a game, 176
Thetan cuts down knowingness to have a game, 176
Game conditions, 177
Havingness processes, 177
PAB No. 50, 15 Apr. 1955 REMEDY OF HAVINGNESS-THE PROCESS, 180
Remedy of Havingness for Exteriorization, 181
Havingness, use of "push" instead of "pull", 182
Havingness, reason it drops, 182
Havingness process, End of Cycle Processing, 184
PAB No. 51, 29 Apr. 1955 SPOTTING SPOTS, 188
How to run Spotting Spots, 188
"Hello" and "Okay", 188
Grand Tour process, an example, 189
Ability Minor 4, ca. May 1955 THE SCALE OF AWARENESS, 191
Communication and the Scale of Awareness, 191
Think a Thought, a process, 193
Separating universes, 193
PAB No. 52, 13 May 1955 AUDITING THE "WHOLE TRACK", 195
Pc is interiorized into universe, 196
PAB No. 53, 27 May 1955 OWNERSHIP, 198
Ron's research, 198
Ownership of Scientology, 199
PAB No. 54, 10 June 1955 REALITY LEVEL OF PRECLEAR, 205
Acknowledgment of the preclear, 205
"Think a thought" "Receive a thought", a process, 206
Ability Minor 5, ca. June 1955 THE HOPE OF MAN, 209
Survival of spirit, 209
Scientology, a religion, 210
Physical sciences and religion, 211
Difference between good and bad control, 213
Thought, the most senior thing there is, 215
Ability Major 4, 1 July 1955 STRAIGHT WIRE-A MANUAL OF OPERATION, 216
How to run modern Straight Wire, 216
The history of Straight Wire, 219
The theory of Straight Wire, 222
Theory of memory, 222
Description of valence, 224
Straight Wire and present time, 227
Straight Wire and pictures, 228
Psychoanalysis and Straight Wire, 232
How to do Straight Wire, 234
Scientology and Straight Wire, 237
PAB No. 56, 8 July 1955 AXIOM 51 AND COMMUNICATION PROCESSING, 240
"Give me some things you could say to ______ "
"Give me some things ______ could say to you", a process, 241
Ability Minor 6, ca. July 1955 THE ADVENTURE OF SCIENTOLOGY, 244
Certainty Vol. 2, No. 8, ca. Aug. 1955 AN IDEA VERSUS WAR, 245
Ability Major 5, ca. Aug. 1955 WITH A-R-C, 246
Interrelationship of life, understanding and ARC, 246
Affinity-reality-communication, understanding-interrelationship, 247
5 Aug. 1955 "OLD CUFF" FROM PAB 58, 248
Ability Major 6, ca. Sept. 1955 BASIC PROCESSES, 249
Find a pc, 250
Establish the existence of the auditor, 250
Establish the existence of a session: Locational Processing, 250
Two-way communication recalling pc's secrets, 250
Discuss present time problem, if any, 250
Hello's and OK's to Pictures, 250
Splitting Universes, 250
Problems and Solutions (R2-20), 250
Think a Thought, 250
Consequences, 25 1
Elementary Straight Wire (above 1.0), 251
Straight Wire on secrets, knowingness, 251
Opening Procedure of 8-C (A, B, C) (above 1.9), 251
Opening Procedure by Duplication (above 2.6), 251
Remedy Havingness (above 3.1), 252
Spotting Spots in Space (above 3.6), 252
Route One: 5, 6, 7 (for exteriorized pc), 253
What the HAA should be conversant with, 253
Cognition, 254
Granting of beingness, 255
Acknowledgement, 255
PAB No. 60, 2 Sept. 1955 "ANYTHING, EVERYTHING, NOTHING", 256
LRH session, case who answers with generalities, 256
Two things which will create change, 258
Ability Issue 14, ca. Sept. 1955 START THAT PRACTICE!, 261
Advertising auditing as "personal relations", 261
Auditor as minister, 262
PAB No. 61, 16 Sept. 1955 SELLING, 264
Selling Scientology services, 264
Disseminate with "something can be done about it", 264
Disseminating auditing, 265
PAB No. 62, 30 Sept. 1955 PSYCHIATRISTS, 267
Attack from psychiatrists, 267
Scientology is not political, 268
Auditors, don't work with the severely ill or insane, 268
PAB No. 63, 14 Oct. 1955 PLAYING THE GAME, 272
Differentiation and identification, 272
Game conditions, 273
Operational Bulletin No. 1, 20 Oct. 1955, 275
Six Levels of Processing, auditing commands 1955, 275
Rudiments of auditing, 275
Starting a session, 275
Level One, 275
Locational Processing, 275
Separateness, 275
Separateness from People, 275
Waterloo Station, 275
Level Two, 276
Level Three: this is a subjective level, 276
Creative Processing, 277
Definition Processing, 277
Invention Processing, 277
Engram Running, 277
Modified Gita, 277
Level Four, Opening Procedure 8-C, 277
Level Five, Opening Procedure by Duplication First Postulate, 277
Level Six, Remedy of Havingness and Spotting Spots, 278
PAB No. 64, 28 Oct. 1955 FIRST POSTULATE, 279
Native state of a thetan, insisted on all the way down scale, 279
8-C, why it works, 280
Auditor can assume that pc is in a native state, 281
Certainty Vol. 2, No. II, ca. Nov. 1955 THE SIX LEVELS OF PROCESSlNG, 282
Basic theory, 282
Rudiments of auditing, 283
Starting a session, 283
Level One, 283
Locational Processing, 283
Separateness, 283
Separateness from People, 283
Waterloo Station (First Postulate Union Station), 284
Level Two, 284
Level Three: this is the subjective level, 284
Definition Processing, 284
Invention Processing, 284
Engram Running, 284
Modified Gita, 285
Level Four, Opening Procedure 8-C, 285
Level Five, Opening Procedure by Duplication by First Postulate, 285
Level Six, Remedy of Havingness and Spotting Spots, 285
PAB No. 65, 11 Nov. 1955 FROM A LECTURE BY L. RON HUBBARD ON
MEST PROCESSING, JULY 7, 1951, 287
Self-determinism goes down as a person goes down the Tone Scale, 287
Operational Bulletin No. 4, 11 Nov. 1955 SIX LEVELS OF PROCESSING
-ISSUE 5, 289
Level One, Rudiments, 289
Level Two, Locational and Not-Know Processes, 289
Level Three, Decisional Processing, 290
Level Four, Opening Procedure by Duplication, 290
Level Five, Remedy of Communication Scarcity, 291
Level Six, Remedy of Havingness and Spotting Spots in Space, 291
Ability Issue 16, ca. Nov. 1955 WHAT ARE YOU GOING TO DO ABOUT IT?, 292
Atomic bomb, 292
Fourth dynamic responsibility, 292
Operational Bulletin No. 5, ca. Nov. 1955, 294
"Problems of Comparable Magnitude" process, how to run, 295
Exteriorization during a process, how to handle, 295
Two-way comm, what it is, 296
Attitude toward psychiatry, 296
PAB No. 66, 25 Nov. 1955 FIRST, SECOND, THIRD AND FOURTH
POSTULATES, 297
Forget and Remember, relationship to each other, 298
Principle of mystery, 299
Ability Issue 18, ca. Nov. 1955 LETTER TO ABILITY EDITOR, 301
Ron's activities in Britain, 1955, 301
Operational Bulletin No. 6, ca. Nov. 1955 PROCESSING FUTURES, 303
Substituting for the present time problem, 303
Adding creativeness to spotting, 304
Organization, operational stabilities, 305
How to send tapes airmail, 306
Operational Bulletin No. 7, 6 Dec. 1955, 307
Purpose of Central Org, 307
Process stabilities, 308
Operational Bulletin No. 8, 13 Dec. 1955, 309
Handling press, 309
Brainwashing manual, "Psychopolitics", 309
Operational Bulletin No. 9, 19 Dec. 1955, 311
Good press on Scientology, 311
Brainwashing manual, history, 312
Washington Congress, 313
Newest processes, 313
New auditing style, 314
Reports from Washington, 314
PAB No. 68, 23 Dec. 1955 FIRST AND SECOND POSTULATE, 316
Remember and Forget, 316
Know and Not-Know, 316
Operational Bulletin No. 10, 28 Dec. 1955 THE MANAGEMENT AND
ACTIVITIES OF SCIENTOLOGY
ORGANIZATIONS, 318
Operational Bulletin No. 11, 3 Jan. 1956, 320
Book distribution and selling, 320
Six Levels of Processing Issue 7, 321
PAB No. 69, 6 Jan. 1956 SIX LEVELS OF PROCESSING Issue 7, 322
Level One: this is what gets the case moving, 322
Problems, chronic somatics, 322
Steps of Level One, 323
Level Two: this is what changes the Scientometric Tests, 324
Waterloo Station, 324
Level Three: this is what exteriorizes them, 324
Decisional Processing, 324
Level Four: this builds back their willingness to live, 325
Opening Procedure by Duplication, 325
Level Five: this makes them able to play games, 325
Remedy of Communication Scarcity, 325
Level Six: this exercises their exteriorization and stabilizes, 326
Remedy of Havingness and Spotting Spots in Space, 326
Operational Bulletin No. 12, 10 Jan. 1956 AN EXPERIMENTAL ARRANGEMENT
OF LEVEL ONE, 327
Process, flattening and unflattening, 328
Brainwashing books recalled, 329
Operational Bulletin No. 13, 17 Jan. 1956, 330
Purpose of Operational Bulletins, 330
Distribution of Operational Bulletins, 330
Effort Processing, to handle serious illness, 331
Drama of Dianetic auditing, 332
When to run Havingness, 334
Havingness, Repair of vs. Remedy of, 335
Don't neglect Havingness Processes, 336
Operational Bulletin No. 13 Appendix I, 17 Jan. 1956 SCIENTOLOGY SCHOOLS
CURRICULUM, 339
The indoctrination week, 340
Hubbard Certified Auditor and Hubbard Professional Auditor Courses,
342
Bachelor of Scientology and Hubbard Advanced Auditor classes, 345
The Advanced Clinical Course, 346
Operational Bulletin No. 14, 24 Jan. 1956, 348
The only ones, 348
Comparison of results, 348
Earliest findings on Havingness, 349
Utilization of Operational Bulletins, 350
Three methods of dissemination, 351
"I will talk to anyone", 352
Illness researches, 353
Casualty contact, 3 54
25 Jan. 1956 RECENT REPORTS ON PRECLEARS, 356
Operational Bulletin No. 15, 31 Jan. 1956, 357
Scientology creates a changed new world, 357
Ad interim SLP, 3 58
An organizational principle: statistics and results count, 359
Operational Bulletin No. 16, 7 Feb. 1956, 360
"Scientology U.S.", 360
Change in publications, 360
Sacrifices, 361
SSBS, Silver Spring Business Service, 362
Church of Scientology Funeral Service, 363
Operational Bulletin No. 17, 14 Feb. 1956, 366
Processing results, 366
Games Processing, 366
Definitions and elements of Games Processing, 367
Reason for memberships, 367
Basic course for auditors, 368
PAB No. 72, 21 Feb. 1956 THE IMPORTANCE OF HAVINGNESS, 371
How to run Havingness, 371
Repair of Havingness vs. Remedy of Havingness, 372
Sacrifices, 374
Chronic somatics, 375
PAB No. 74, 6 Mar. 1956 OFFICE IN IRELAND, 376
The atomic fizzle, 378
Basic course material, 382
Training cost change, 383
Books in progress, 384
PAB No. 78, 3 Apr. 1956 ADMINISTRATION, 386
How to obtain org stability, 387
PAB No. 79,10 Apr. 1956 THE OPEN CHANNEL, 389
Psychology, an agreement point in society, 390
Basic course material, 391
What LRH thinks of auditors, 393
PAB No. 80,17 Apr. 1956 SCIENTOLOGY'S MOST WORKABLE PROCESS, 395
Confusions of earlier philosophies, 395
Terrible Trio, 396
Bottom rung of Dianetics found, 397
PAB No. 81, 24 Apr. 1956 PURPOSE, 400
Purpose of PABs, 400
Fourth dynamic responsibility, 400
PAB No. 82, 1 May 1956 BASIC PRINCIPLES, 404
Scientology Translator's Edition-Part 1
What is Scientology, 405
Basic principles, 407
The cycle of action, 407
PAB No. 83, 8 May 1956 THE CONDITIONS OF EXISTENCE, 410
Scientology Translator's Edition-Part 2
Condition of being, 410
Condition of doing, 410
Condition of having or havingness, 410
Eight dynamics, 411
A-R-C triangle, 412
Interrelationship of the A-R-C triangle, 413
Some important auditing don'ts, 414
Can't have processes, 415
8 May 1956 TEST RESULTS, 417
PAB No. 84, 15 May 1956 THE REASON WHY, 421
Scientology Translator's Edition-Part 3
Elements of games applied to life, 421
Barriers, how they can trap a man, 423
A person begins to suffer from problems when he does not have enough
of them, 424 Scientology Wedding Ceremony, 425
PAB No. 85, 22 May 1956 THE PARTS OF MAN, 428
Scientology Translator's Edition-Part 4
Spirit, 428
What people see when they close their eyes, 429
Mind, three main divisions-analytical, reactive and somatic mind, 429
Physical body, 431
Spiritual destiny, the individual comes back, 433
PAB No. 86, 29 May 1956 CAUSATION AND KNOWLEDGE, 435
Scientology Translator's Edition-Part 5
Axioms of Scientology, 1-10, explained, 435
Three classes of universes-physical universe, other fellow's universe,
one's own universe, 436
Know and not-know, 440
The goal of Scientology, 440
PAB No. 87, 5 June 1956 SCIENTOLOGY PROCESSING, 441
Scientology Translator's Edition-Part 6
The Auditor's Code, 442
The Code of a Scientologist, 442
The conditions of auditing, 443
How to run Trio-Havingness Process, 444
PAB No. 88, 12 June 1956 THE CONDITIONS OF AUDITING, 446
Scientology Translator's Edition-Part 7
Things which one must avoid in auditing, 448
Significances, 448
Two-way communication, 449
Too many processes, 449
Failure to handle the present time problem, 449
Unconsciousness, "dopiness" or agitation on the part of the preclear,
449
The future of Scientology, 450
PAB No. 89, 19 June 1956 SCIENTOLOGY-REVISION OF TRANSLATOR'S
EDITION, 452
Current processes, released to HGC staff, 454
Auditing don'ts, 455
PAB No. 90, 26 June 1956 THE ORGANIZATIONS OF DIANETICS AND
SCIENTOLOGY, 456
History of organizations, 458
PAB No. 91, 3 July 1956 THE ANATOMY OF FAILURE, 462
How to run Rising Scale Processing, 463
PAB No. 92, 10 July 1956 A CRITIQUE OF PSYCHOANALYSIS, 465
Psychoanalysis, its failings and dangers, 466
Over-communication, 467
Recalling, 467
Transference, 468
Concentration on sex, 469
Reading of sexual significances into each and every action, 470
14 July 1956 FIVE TYPES OF VALENCES, 471
1. Own valence (identity), 471
2. Body valence (human identity), 471
3. Exchanged valence (direct assumption of another valence), 471
4. Attention valence (valence assumed to get attention from another),
471
5. Synthetic valence (valence described to pc and assumed), 471
20 July 1956 HOW TO REALLY SPLIT A VALENCE, 472
22 July 1956 TECHNICAL BULLETIN, 473
Formula for handling vacuums, 473
PAB No. 93, 24 July 1956 A CRITIQUE OF PSYCHOANALYSIS Continued, 475
Invalidation, 476
Failure to observe, 476
A true and proper scientific method, steps described, 477
Hypnotism, 478
Abandonment of cases, 479
Failure to validate by testing, 479
Auditing don'ts, 480
Importance of delivering Dianetics and Scientology, 481
Influence of psychoanalysis, psychology and psychiatry, 481
13 August 1956 SCIENTOLOGY PROCESS CHART, 483
Processes on the Know-Mystery Scale, 483
Know-Not Know, 483
Look (perceive), 483
Emotion, 483
Effort, 483
Think, 483
Symbols, 483
Eat, 484
Sex, 484
Mystery, 484
PAB No. 94, 15 Aug. 1956 THE ANATOMY OF TRAPS, 485
Desire for a game, 485
Denied havingness, 486
ca. Aug. 1956 THE GOAL OF AUDITORS, 487
HCO B 20 Aug. 1956 HGC PROCEDURE OF AUG. 20, 488
Processing do's and don'ts, 489
21 Aug. 1956 SUMMARY OF INTENSIVES SINCE JUNE, 490
Processes that reduce havingness, 490
Ability Issue 34, ca. Aug. 1956 HAVINGNESS, 491
Communication can make space, 492
Secondary universes, 493
There can't be enough havingness, 495
The only reason a person can get trapped is that he can't have traps,
496
Subject of the engram is the subject of "can't have", 497
Havingness scale, 498
Auditing the Havingness scale, 499
Absence of barriers is the trouble with a preclear when a preclear is
having trouble, 499
Auditing Havingness, 500
How to handle can't have barriers, 501
Scarcity, 501
Physical universe remedy, 502
Briefing Bulletin 31 Aug. 1956 GAMES CONGRESS, SHOREHAM HOTEL, 503
Games condition list, most processable, 503
No-games condition list, most to be avoided, 503
Best processes, 504
Vacuums, 504
Restimulation, 505
How to separate valences, 505
PAB No. 95, 1 Sept. 1956 VALENCES, 507
Synthetic valence, 507
Keynote of synthetic valences, 508
12 Sept. 1956 THE SUMMARY OF A BULLETIN FROM THE ACADEMY IN
WASHINGTON, D.C., CONCERNING TRAINING, 509
Free Course, 509
Advanced Course, 509
Elementary Scientologist, 509
Hubbard Certified Auditor, 510
Hubbard Advanced Auditor (B.Scn.), 510
Hubbard Graduate Auditor (D.Scn.), 510
Organizational internship, 510
PAB No. 96, 15 Sept. 1956 JUSTICE, 514
Justice, what it is, 514
20 Sept. 1956 HCO PROCESSING SHEET, 516
Havingness, 516
Difference between terminals and conditions, 516
Solids, 5 16
Observation of objects, 516
Alternate commands, how to run, 516
Stop processes, 517
Connectedness, 517
Stop-C-S, 517
HCO B 24 Sept. 1956 ORGANIZATIONAL INDOCTRINATION, 519
Reason for post clearing, 519
Org. Bulletin 26 Sept. 1956 PROCEDURE FOR PUTTING AUDITORS ON
STAFF, 519
PAB No. 97, 1 Oct. 1956 START-CHANGE-STOP, 521
Start, change, and stop is the anatomy of control, 521
How to run Start-Change-Stop, 522
HCO B 4 Oct. 1956 HIGH SCHOOL INDOCTRINATION, 524
17 Oct. 1956 RECALL PROCESSES AND CONFRONTINGNESS, 526
PAB No. 98, 15 Oct. 1956 CREATIVE PROCESSES, MOTIONS, STOPS AND
PERCEPTIONS, 528
Facsimiles, why they float, 528
How to get out of a stuck point, 529
HCO B 15 Oct. 1956 SUMMARY RESEARCH PROJECT, 531
Ability Issue 36, ca. Oct. 1956 RANDOMITY AND AUTOMATICITY, 533
Vocabularies of science, 533
Randomity, 535
Minus randomity, 537
Plus randomity, 537
Necessity level, 540
Tolerance for speed, 541
Automaticity, 541
Toleration of random action, 542
HCO B 26 Oct. 1956 HPA-HCA TRAINING PROCESSES, 545
Confront a Preclear, 545
ARC Straightwire, 545
Subjective Havingness, 545
8-C, 545
Opening Procedure by Duplication, 545
Over and Under on the Bank, 545
Keeping Things from Going Away, 545
Terrible Trio, 545
PAB No. 99, 1 Nov. 1956 FACSIMILES & SOLIDS, 546
Types of blackness, 547
Types of bank, 548
HCO B 15 Nov. 1956 HGC PRECLEAR COMPLAINTS, 549
PAB No. 100, 15 Nov. 1956 THE AUDITING OF SOLIDS, 550
Trio, 551
HCO Training Bulletin 30 Nov. 1956 SLP 8, 553
Twenty-four steps of Six Levels of Processing-Issue 8, 553
PAB No. 101, 1 Dec. 1956 GAMES CONDITIONS THEORY, 556
Games condition list, most processable, 556
No-games condition list, most to be avoided, 556
HCO B 3 Dec. 1956 B.SCN.-H.A.A. TECHNIQUES, 559
Havingness Scale, 559
PAB No. 102,15 Dec. 1956 A CASE REPORT-COMMENTS AND
INFORMATION ON BACK OF APA SHEET, 560
P.A.B. No. 17
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11
____________________________________________________________________________
______
[1954, ca. mid-January]
FUTURE PROCESSING
There is a basic rule which is covered in the first book and which was
more specifically delineated by Fellow of Scientology Dick Halpern, that
the psychotic is concerned with the past, the neurotic is barely able to
keep up with the present, and the sane, as we jokingly called homo sapiens
in 1950, are concerned with the future.
This division could be more specifically made by realizing that the
neurotic is barely able to confront the present but that the very, very
sane confront the present entirely and have very little concern for the
future, being competent enough in handling the present to let the future
take care of itself. Looking into the past and looking into the extreme
future alike are efforts to avoid present time and efforts to look
elsewhere than at something.
You have known people who would reply on an entirely different subject
when asked about anything; when consulted concerning the weather, they
would reply about a meteorologist. The inability to look at something
becomes first manifest by thinking before looking; and then the actual
target at which one should be looking is more and more avoided until it is
hidden entirely in a mix-up of complications comparable to a government
bureau. This is the mechanism of the post-hypnotic suggestion as covered in
Book 1.
Here basically we have people's fear of things exploding. Any and every
serious injury which has left the preclear hung up on the time track
appeared to him at the time as an explosion and actually might have
contained an electrical discharge. You will find preclears with ailing
stomachs who will trace the moment when they began to have stomach trouble
to the feeling that something had exploded in their stomachs. Thereafter
they will be trying to keep the explosion from happening again and will
avoid looking at the explosion. Running cycles of explosions as covered in
PAB No. 12 resolves this condition. It permits people to look straight at
things again without fear. People who wear glasses and, indeed, people who
are blind, cannot look straight at something but must either avoid looking
at it or not look at it at all.
The avoidance of reality is merely an avoidance of present time. Theta
could be considered to be a sort of scanner which is motionless. It is not
moving. The MEST universe is changing and interchanging, and the products
and forms constructed and organized or regulated by theta change, and this
change is in itself time. Time depends mainly upon the creation of new
space in the MEST universe. It could be hazarded that new space is created
in the MEST universe at the rate of l/c,* which is to say that each new
motion of a particle is a creation of new space. What is happening is that
the
[ * In physics "c" represents the velocity of light in a vacuum:
approximately 186,000 miles or 299,793 kilometers per second.]
Copyright (�) 1954 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
particle seems to be moving in space and the space is motionless. Space
disappears at the rate of l/c and new space is created at this rate. This
gives to particles apparent motion. The boys in nuclear physics will be
discovering this in a couple of hundred years but there is no harm in
giving a tip-off of it here. This is of no great concern to the auditor but
might clarify for him the apparent change of theta itself. If theta itself
is apparently changing, remember that it is visible only because particles
change. The theta is not moving; it is a true static.
An individual who will not look at the MEST universe must look either
ahead of it into the future or behind it into the past. One of the reasons
he does this is because there is insufficient action in the present to
begin with; and then this thirst for action develops into an inability to
have action and he decides that all must be maintained in a constant state
and he seeks to prevent action. This also applies to pain. People who are
somewhat out of present time have a horrible dread of pain, and people who
are truly out of present time-as in a psychotic state-have a revulsion
towards pain which could not be described. A person entirely within present
time is not much concerned with pain and even might create some for the
sake of randomity. Although people have hard words for the sadist, it must
be remarked that the sadist rarely permits any pain to happen to himself.
The avoidance of work is one of the best indicators of a decayed state
on the part of a personality. There are two common denominators to all
aberrated personalities; one of these is a horror of work and the other is
a horror of pain. People only mildly out of present time, which is to say,
people who are categorized as sane, have already started to apologize about
work in that they work toward an end reward and no longer consider that the
output of effort itself and the accomplishment of things is sufficient
reward in itself-thus the whole network of gratitude or admiration as
necessary pay for energy put forth. The parental demand for gratitude is
often reflected in a severely aberrated preclear who is given to feel he
can never repay the enormous favors conferred on him by being worked for by
his parents. Actually, they need not be paid; for, flatly, if it was not
sufficient reward to do the work of raising him, they are beyond being
paid; in other words, they could not accept pay.
Taking the very, very sane person in present time, one would mark a
decline of his sanity by a shift from an interest in present time to an
overwhelming interest in the future, which would decline into considerable
planning for the future in order to avoid bad things happening in it, to,
finally, a shunning of the future because of painful incidents, to a
shuddering and tenuous hold on present time, and then an avoidance of both
the future and present time and a shift into the past. This last would be a
psychotic state and is, indeed, the definition of a psychotic state in
Scientology.
An extremely effective remedy for a person whose concern about the
future is great is the application of Creative Processing in brackets,
having him mock up repeatedly and in great quantities, as in PAB No. 8,
horrible things happening to himself, to others, and others making horrible
things happen to others, all in the future. One would find out what this
person had originally worked toward in the future, and then would discover
its decline. One would then have horrible things mocked up to make the goal
impossible and unreachable. In the case of a mechanic, one would have him
mock up being fired, being mangled by the machinery, being left by his wife
and children because he was only a mechanic, being shunned by the factory,
making terrible mistakes which brought death to his fellow workers, having
other people have similar things happening to them, and other people making
other people undergo similar future experiences.
One holds on to things in the past on the postulate that they must not
happen in the future. This sticks the person in the past. This is, in
essence, the whole goal of education and experience. One is trying to
instill into somebody sufficient fear of the
future in order to cause him to be cautious. This, of course, holds the
individual on the track.
The ultimate failure, of course, is death, and an auditor will be
surprised how avidly a preclear will mock up his own death, death for
members of the family now living, and how rapidly this will bring into view
grief charges on people who are already dead. But one should not merely
have the preclear mock himself up dead; one should have him dying several
varieties of deaths; and then, of course, being put into a coffin, stuck in
the body and unable to get out and lying there in a mouldering or
formaldehyded corpse for aeons and aeons and never escaping. Edgar Allan
Poe, by the way, is a wonderful source of such mock-ups.
This method of processing the future can be combined with SSSA.
Inaction and indecision in the present is because of fear of
consequences of the future. Once one has made the preclear mock up these
consequences in quantity, he can more comfortably face present time.
L. RON HUBBARD
3RD AMERICAN ADVANCED CLINICAL COURSE LECTURES
Phoenix, Arizona
4 January-12 February 1954
L. Ron Hubbard gave the following lectures to the twenty-two student
auditors attending the 3rd American Advanced Clinical Course (3rd ACC) at
Phoenix, Arizona, from January 4th through February 12th, 1954. Included
here are his lectures on SOP-80 (O.T.).
* 5401C04 3ACC-1 Introduction to 3rd ACC
5401C04 3ACC-2 Perception and Ownership
** 5401C05 3ACC-3 Communication and Not Over-instructing the Pc
* 5401C05 3ACC-4 Boredom, Pace of Living, Truth
5401C05 3ACC-5 Symbols
** 5401C06 3ACC-6A Symbols and a Group Processing Demo
** 5401C06 3ACC-6B Symbols and a Group Processing Demo (cont.)
5401C06 3ACC-7 Processing Demo: Automaticity
** 5401C07 3ACC-8 Communication
* 5401C07 3ACC-9 Anchor Points, Flows
5401C08 3ACC-10 Exteriorization from Masses
5401C11 3ACC-11 Exteriorization from Masses (cont.)
5401C11 3ACC-12 Exteriorization, Theory & Demo
* 5401C11 3ACC-13 Exteriorization Demo
5401C12 3ACC-14 Exteriorization and Motion
* 5401C12 3ACC-15 Exteriorization, Lecture & Demo
* 5401C12 3ACC-15 Spl Special Message to London College of
Dianeticists
and Scientologists
5401C12 3ACC-16 Exteriorization, Demo on Group
5401C12 3ACC-17 Machines, Demonstration
5401C13 3ACC-18 Competence of Prediction, Demo
5401C13 3ACC-19 Competence of Prediction, Demo (cont.)
5401C13 3ACC-20 Exteriorization : Step I, Procedure
5401C14 3ACC-21 Labels: I n Society and Preclears
5401C14 3ACC-22 Labels: Beingness and Justice
5401C14 3ACC-23 Labels: Beingness and Justice (cont.)
** 5401C15 3ACC-24 Present Time, Self Analysis
** 5401C15 3ACC-25 Present Time (cont.)
5401C15 3ACC-26 Present Time (cont.) & Demo
5401C18 3ACC-27 Time: Barrier
5401C18 3ACC-28 Time: Basic Procession
5401C18 3ACC-29 Time: Sense, Particles, Survival Place
5401C19 3ACC-30 Summary of Course to Date
5401C19 3ACC-31 Exteriorization: Demonstration
** 5401C19 3ACC-32 Comm by Emotion: Flows, Ridges
5401C20 3ACC-33 E-Meter, Use of
5401C20 3ACC-34 Audio (Beep) Meter Demonstration
** 5401C20 3ACC-35 Exteriorization, Communication
* 5401C21 3ACC-36 Livingness Processing Series
5401C21 3ACC-37 Livingness Processing Series (Dyingness)
* 5401C22 3ACC-38 Livingness Processing Series (Machinery)
* 5401C22 3ACC-39 Livingness Processing Series (Demo)
* 5401C25 3ACC-40 Goals of 8-0 (O.T.), Abilities
* 5401C25 3ACC-41 Basic Data on 8-0 (O.T.)
** 5401C26 3ACC-42 Exteriorization, Knowingness, Reality
* 5401C26 3ACC-42A Instruction, Simplicity
* 5401C27 3ACC-43 O.T., Inversion: Courage and Mobility
* 5401C28 3ACC-44 Exteriorization: Courage and Serenity
* 5401C28 3ACC-45 Courage Processing
* 5401C29 3ACC-46 Exteriorization, Stuck Flows
* 5401C29 3ACC-47 Evaluating Cases
* 5402C01 3ACC-48 Exteriorization, Taking Direction
5402C01 3ACC-49 Processing Havingness Lecture
* 5402C02 3ACC-50 Havingness Series (cont.)
* 5402C02 3ACC-51 Havingness Series(cont.): Comm Lines
* 5402C03 3ACC-52 Havingness Series (cont.): Ownership
* 5402C03 3ACC-53 Repairing a Case & Demo
* 5402C04 3ACC-54 Review on Havingness & Demo
* 5402C04 3ACC-55 Certainty: Maybes, Problems, Entrance
5402C05 3ACC-56 Endowment of Livingness
5402C05 3ACC-57 Group Processing on Certainty, 8 Dynamics
* 5402C08 3ACC-58 Summary of Course Data & Machinery
* 5402C08 3ACC-59 Group Processing, Automaticities
* 5402C09 3ACC-60 Auditing Groups
* 5402C09 3ACC-61 Group Processing on Class: Barriers
* 5402C09 3ACC-62 Short Discussion & Group Processing Demo
* 5402C10 3ACC-63 Group Processing on Class: Being MEST
* 5402C10 3ACC-64 Group Processing on Class: Black/White
* 5402C10 3ACC-65 Group Processing on Class: Being MEST
* 5402C11 3ACC-66 Group Processing on Class: Things to Be
* 5402C11 3ACC-67 Group Processing on Class: Resist Effect
* 5402C11 3ACC-68 Group Processing: Exterior
* 5402C11 3ACC-69 Group Processing on Class: Sound
5402C12 3ACC-70 Group Processing on Class: Balance
5402C12 3ACC-71 Group Processing on Class: Time
T H E J O U R N A L O F
SCIENTOLOGY
Issue 23-G 15 January 1954
Published by
The Hubbard Association of Scientologists, Inc.
Camden, New Jersey
Man's Search for His Soul
L. Ron Hubbard
For countless ages past Man has been engaged upon a search.
All thinkers in all ages have contributed their opinion and
considerations to it. No scientist, no philosopher, no leader has failed to
comment upon it. Billions of men have died for one opinion or another on
the subject of this search, and no civilization, mighty or poor, in ancient
or in modern times has endured without battle on its account.
The human soul, to the civilized and barbaric alike, has been an
endless source of interest, attention, hate or adoration.
To say today that I have found the answer to all riddles of the soul
would be inaccurate and presumptuous. To discount what I have come to know
and to fail to make that known after observing its benefits would be a sin
of omission against Man.
Today, after twenty-five years of inquiry and thought and after three
years of public activity wherein I observed the material at work and its
results, I can announce that in the knowledge I have developed there must
lie the answers to that riddle, to that enigma, to that problem, the human
soul, for under my hands and others' I have seen the best in Man
rehabilitated.
For the time since I first made a theta clear I have been, with some
reluctance, out beyond any realm of the scientific known and now that I
have myself cleared half a hundred, and auditors I have trained many times
that, I must face the fact that we have reached that merger point where
science and religion meet and we must now cease to pretend to deal with
material goals alone.
We cannot deal in the realm of the human soul and ignore the fact. Man
has too long pursued this search for its happy culmination here to be
muffled by vague and scientific terms.
Religion, not science, has carried this search, this war, through the
millenia. Science has all but swallowed Man with an ideology which denies
the soul, a symptom of the failure of science in that search.
One cannot now play traitor to the Men of God who sought these ages
past to bring Man from the darkness.
We in Scientology belong in the ranks of the seekers after truth, not
in the rearguard of the makers of the atom bomb.
However, science too has had its role in these endeavors, and nuclear
physics, whatever crime it does against Man, may yet be redeemed by having
been of aid in finding for Man the soul of which science had all but
deprived him.
No auditor can easily close his eyes to the results he achieves today
or fail to see them superior to the materialistic technologies he earlier
used. For we can know, with all else we know, that the human soul, freed,
is the only effective therapeutic agent that we have. But our goals, no
matter our miracles with bodies today, exceed physical health and better
men.
Copyright(�) 1954 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
Scientology is the science of knowing how to know. It has taught us
that a Man IS his own immortal soul. And it gives us little choice but to
announce to a world, no matter how it receives it, that nuclear physics and
religion have joined hands and that we in Scientology perform those
miracles for which Man through all his search has hoped.
The individual may hate God or despise priests. He cannot ignore,
however, the evidence that he is his own soul. Thus we have resolved our
riddle and found the answer simple.
P.A.B. No. 18
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11
____________________________________________________________________________
______
[1954, ca. late January]
OVERT ACTS
Earlier material in Scientology has adequately covered the phenomenon
of the overt act. More is known about this phenomenon today.
The overt act is the manifestation of retaliation. There are two types
of overt acts. One is the simple motivator-overt act whereby something is
done to the preclear and then the preclear does the same thing to somebody
else. There is the second type called the DED-DEDEX wherein the preclear
all out of his own imagination has done something to somebody else and then
it has been done to him. In both of these one will find the motivator and
overt act in a bundle and the DED-DEDEX in a bundle; in other words, the
overt act phenomenon is the interlocking of incidents so that both
incidents become more or less obscured.
There are several ways of undoing these. One of them is with Acceptance
Level Processing. Where a person continues to complain about the things
another person has done to him, all the auditor has to do is to discover
what the preclear did to that person. In other words, a preclear who
complains about A in actuality is suffering from a hunger of overt acts
from A. The preclear has done something to A (or thinks he has done
something to A) which makes it possible that A will retaliate. The
retaliation has not occurred. This leaves the preclear with a hunger of
overt acts from A. All the auditor has to do is listen to the complaints
the preclear makes about the various people, and then have the preclear
mock up as happening to himself these people causing dreadful things to
occur to the preclear. This solves the bulk of overt act cases. Remember
that the things happening to the preclear have to be done in quantity.
Another method of handling overt acts is to finish off the cycle of
action. The preclear has wanted to kill somebody. He has wanted to kill
somebody repeatedly and yet has not done so. The matter is obvious. One
uses Creative Processing and has the preclear sufficiently and often in
large quantities kill this other person. This finishes the cycle of action.
Yet another method is simply to have the preclear, without any further
investigation of his case, start mocking up the side of the overt act
phenomenon which seems to be missing. If this preclear is complaining about
terrible things having happened to him, the auditor can be sure that the
preclear has a hunger for things to happen to him. The preclear is started
then on a process of simply having things happen to him. All manner of
terrible things are made to occur to him at other people's hands. His
father shoots him many times, his mother repeatedly strangles him, his dog
bites his head off, his wife runs off with another man and so on and so on
until the starvation is remedied.
In the opposite case where the preclear is tremendously pugnacious and
very threatening toward all the world, the auditor can be certain that the
preclear, by this
Copyright(�) 1954 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
dramatization in present time, is trying to fill in a stagnation of action
against other people. In this case one simply has him kill, maim, blow up
and generally dispose of in many ways, shapes and forms, a great many
people, particularly those he says he would like to murder.
One must not omit the overt act phenomena concerned with spirits,
ghosts and God. People who spend too much time propitiating God are in
actuality certain beneath the surface that they deserve a great deal of
punishment from that being. People get to such a level of identification
with Christ that they will run the Crucifixion complete with somatics and,
indeed, there are several instances in history where on the holiday of the
Crucifixion persons spontaneously bleed from the "thumbs."
Where you have an individual going into the valence of another
individual, you have the overt act phenomenon so interchanged and mixed up
that you are only certain of the fact that the preclear is in the valence
of the other person. Handling this overt act phenomenon one would simply
create with mock-ups many things happening to the person whose valence has
been taken, and then, in reverse, the person whose valence has been taken
making many things happen to the preclear. This is run back and forth, back
and forth, first with the preclear receiving overt acts, then as the other
person receiving overt acts, until the gap between the two personalities
widens sufficiently to inhibit further identification. Where you have a
preclear solidly in grandmother's valence, you can be certain there was a
lot of trouble between the preclear and grandmother. The way to run this is
to have the preclear injuring, maiming and killing grandmother in various
ways and then having grandmother injure, maim and otherwise harm the
preclear. This is helped out by having grandmother injure others than the
preclear and having others than the preclear injure grandmother.
In this manifestation of sudden assumption of valence on the death of
an ally, the preclear is certain he is responsible for the death of that
ally. He does not know how this can be, but he is certain that it has taken
place. An auditor can be certain that the preclear, prior to the death of
the ally, actually was guilty of many overt acts towards the ally. The
death will not come to view until the auditor has run the preclear doing
many things to the ally and the ally doing many things to the preclear as
above.
In some of the very difficult cases, the most serious problem is this
assumption of another person's identity in this lifetime. The solution of
this affords great relief to the preclear.
In honest truth, the reason the preclear is stuck in the MEST universe
is the overt act phenomenon. Space, energy, objects and time have done so
many overt acts to the preclear and the preclear actually has done so many
overt acts in the opposite direction, that the preclear now considers
himself MEST. If you happen to be processing a scientist, be sure to
remember this: he is not only studying the significance which immediately
followed the explosion (the total of which significance is that there has
been an explosion), but is also guilty of a great many activities which he
at least thought were detrimental to the MEST universe at large; and the
MEST universe in the form of inflicted accidents, explosions and so forth,
has done many acts to him. We find these fellows, quite ordinarily, with
many physical attributes of the MEST universe; which is to say,
impartiality, a rotund body (imitating planets) and in a situation of
stopped motion which would do credit to a policeman, or a Federal court
judge.
L. RON HUBBARD
T H E J O U R N A L O F
SCIENTOLOGY
Issue 24-G 31 January 1954
Published by
The Hubbard Association of Scientologists, Inc.
Camden, New Jersey
SOP-8-C: The Rehabilitation
of the Human Spirit
Scientology, the science of knowing how to know, has been developed for
various applications in the field of human experience.
Where it is utilized by skilled persons to enhance the personal ability
and knowledge of others, the recommended process is Standard Operating
Procedure 8-C.
SOP-8-C was developed after almost a year of observing SOP-8 in action
in other hands than mine, and after observing the frailties and talents of
human auditors. SOP-8-C might be called SOP-8 modified for clinical,
laboratory and individual human applications.
The goal of this system of operation is to return to the individual his
knowledge, skill and knowingness, and to enhance his perception, his
reaction time and serenity.
It is entirely incidental that SOP-8-C is effective on "psychosomatic"
illness, on human aberration and social difficulties. It is not the intent
or purpose of Scientology to repair. The science is a creative science.
Despite the fact that human illness, disability and aberration uniformly
cease to be because of Scientology, the effect is not intended to be
primary and the goal of SOP-8-C is not their remedy. Indeed, if SOP-8-C is
used to remedy these only, it fails as a system. SOP-8-C succeeds only when
it is addressed toward higher knowingness and beingness-ironically, in
using it, human ills vanish only when the auditor concentrates on the goals
of the system and neglects the obvious physical disabilities of the
preclear.
In that one creates that which one concentrates upon, a treatment of
illness which validates it in treatment will always tend to be
unsuccessful.
SOP-8-C was the subject of the Camden Indoctrination Course B [2nd
American ACC], from November 16 to December 23, as well as the subject of
the Phoenix International Congress of December 28, 1953.
Specifically, the use of these processes obtains, when correctly used,
without further evaluation for, or indoctrination of the preclear, the
knowledge that he is not a body, that he is a creative energy production
unit, and demonstrates to him his purposes and abilities.
This energy-space production unit we call a "thetan," that being a
coined word taken from a mathematical symbol, the Greek letter "theta" [ �
] . This is the preclear. One does not send "one's thetan" anywhere. One
goes as a thetan. When a preclear is detected being in one place and
finding "his thetan" in another ("I'm over there") he is not exteriorized.
To be "exteriorized" the preclear must be certain that he is outside his
body. An uncertain "exteriorization" requires more work before it becomes
an exteriorization.
SOP-8-C brings about a condition designated as "theta clear." This is a
relative, not an absolute term. It means that the person, this thought
unit, is clear of his body, his engrams, his facsimiles, but can handle and
safely control a body.
Copyright (�) 1954 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
The state of Operating Thetan is higher than Theta Clear and means that the
person does not need a body to communicate or work. It is accomplished with
SOP-8-0.
The highest theory of SOP-8-C is that the being is engaged upon a game
called Physical Universe. This is a game requiring barriers, which is to
say, walls, planets, time and vast distances (which last two are also
barriers). In engaging upon this game he has at last become so conscious of
barriers that he is limited in his actions and thoughts. He thinks, in the
case of homo sapiens, that he is a body (a barrier) hemmed in by vast
distances (barriers) and pinned in a time stream (a system of moving
barriers) so as to reach only the present. These combined barriers have
become so formidable that they are not even well perceived, but from being
strong have become unreal to him. The matter is further complicated by
"invisible barriers" such as the eyes or glasses.
In actuality, the thetan is a knowingness, total in a cleared state,
who yet can create space and time and objects to locate in them. He reduces
his knowingness only to have action. Knowingness is reduced by assuming
that one cannot know or knows wrongly. Knowingness is reduced by assuming
one must be in certain places to perceive and so know, and that one cannot
be in certain places.
Space is, but does not have to be, the first barrier of knowingness.
With Scientology we have the first definition of space-Space is a viewpoint
of dimension. Given a viewpoint and four, eight or more points to view, one
has space. Space is a problem of observation, not of physics.
There is no question here of whether space, energy or objects are real.
Things are as real as one is certain of their reality. Reality is, here on
Earth, agreement as to what is. This does not prevent barriers or time from
being formidably real. It does not mean either that space, energy or time
are illusions. It is as one knows it is. For one makes, by a process of
continuous automatic duplication, all that one perceives. So much for
theory-in application this theory obtains results of considerable magnitude
in changing beingness.
The thetan is continuously engaged upon cycles of action. The basic
cycle of action is "Create, resist effects (survive) and destroy." This can
be stated in various ways: "Create an object, have it resist effects
(survive) and then destroy it." Or, "Create a situation, continue it and
change it, and destroy or end it." When a thetan leaves a cycle which is
important to him unfinished, he tends to strive to finish it elsewhere or
later in disrelated circumstances. Further, he can become overly
concentrated upon creating or persistance (surviving) or upon destroying
and so form an unbalanced state of beingness.
Time exists in those things a thetan creates. It is a shift of
particles, always making new space, always at an agreed upon rate. A thetan
does not change in time, but as he can view particles (objects, spaces,
barriers) from many viewpoints, he can consider himself to be in a "time
stream," which he is not. A thetan's ideas (postulates, commands, beliefs)
change; particles change; the thetan does not change either in space or in
time.
Just as he is making an effort to do something he cannot help but do-
Survive-he is also fighting against doing the only thing he does-sit fixed
in one "position."
The thetan, to produce interest and action, operates as a paradox. He
cannot die, so he firmly insists and proves continually that he can die. He
never changes location, but only views new locations and constantly lives
in horror of being fixed in time and space. Above that, he knows the past
and the future and all of the present, and so fights to obscure the past
and guess the future.
Less theoretically, the individual who is processed is at first,
usually, "in" the body and perceiving with the body's eyes. When
exteriorized (placed "three feet back of his head") he is actually out of
the body and still "in" physical universe space. He can, exteriorized, move
about and be in places just as though he had a body, seeing without eyes,
hearing without ears, and feeling without fingers-ordinarily better than
with these "aids." This is not like "astral walking" which is done by the
individual who "sends a body" or a viewpoint to some other place and
perceives with it. A thetan is as much present where he is as if he were
there in body. He isn't "somebody else" than
the preclear moving dimly about. He is the preclear, he is there. At first
he may be uncertain as to what he is seeing. This faculty becomes better as
his ability to look, hear and feel while exteriorized improves. SOP-8-C
improves this perception. Because the body only perceives what the thetan
is perceiving anyway, looking, feeling, hearing of the body is also better
with SOP-8-C but this is only incidental.
When a thetan believes too thoroughly he is a body, he is generally
unhappy, afraid, doubts his own (and validates the body's) existence and
worries about his inabilities. When he is out of the sphere of influence of
the body (a very small one) he becomes serene, confident and knowing. He
can handle a body better, can act faster, can recall more and do more while
exteriorized than he can while in a body.
Society, thirsting for more control of more people, substitutes
religion for the spirit, the body for the soul, an identity for the
individual and science and data for truth. In this direction lies insanity,
increasing slavery, less knowingness, greater scarcity and less society.
Scientology has opened the gates to a better world. It is not a
psychotherapy, nor a religion. It is a body of knowledge which, when
properly used, gives freedom and truth to the individual.
It could be said that Man exists in a partially hypnotized state. He
believes on other-determinism in many things, to his detriment. He will be
as well as he is selfdetermined. The processes of Scientology could be
described as methods of "unhypnotizing" men to their own freer choice and
better life.
THE USE OF SOP-8-C
This process is designed to be administered by one person (the auditor)
to another (the preclear).
SOP-8-C is first used step-by-step from Step I on until the person to
whom it is addressed knows he is back of his head and no longer in the
body. If the preclear is very difficult to exteriorize, the person should
be referred to an auditor trained at the HAS Clinical Center (for there are
special methods of exteriorization for difficult cases which are contained
in but are not at once visible in SOP-8-C). The first three steps are
exteriorization steps. They should be repeated over and over until certain
exteriorization takes place.
The auditor can go through the first steps many times one after the
other with the preclear until exteriorization occurs. Doing Steps IV to VII
on a person not exteriorized should be minimized. (Earlier SOPs used all
seven steps for exteriorization, a practice not followed in SOP-8-C, where
only the first three steps are used.)
When the preclear has exteriorized one then begins again with Step I
and continues to Step VII, in order, with the preclear exteriorized. Here
in SOP-8-C the emphasis is upon an exteriorized thetan. When the auditor
has taken the exteriorized preclear thoroughly, and correctly, through
Steps I to VII at least twice, one has then what may be considered a theta
clear.
To repeat, one uses SOP-8-C Steps I to III in that order. On one of
these, the first time through, the majority of people exteriorize with
certainty. As soon as exteriorization takes place, the auditor starts with
Step I again, does it thoroughly on the exteriorized preclear, then the
auditor applies Step II thoroughly and so on until all seven are done.
The auditor knows when the preclear exteriorizes by asking him or by
the preclear volunteering the information. CAUTION: Do not ask the preclear
to look at his body .
If the preclear fails to exteriorize sometime during the first three
steps, the auditor should simply do them again. If the preclear fails the
second time, the auditor patiently goes through them a third time, and so
on. If the matter then seems too difficult, contact an auditor trained
during late 1953 at Camden, by the HAS itself.
The least possible result in going over these first three steps many
times will be a considerably bettered condition of the preclear, superior
to all past results. Only a very
few preclears fail to exteriorize after Steps I to III have been several
times repeated. CAUTION: Although this process is as foolproof as it can be
made, it can be maliciously used in this wise: by giving the preclear
constant losses-by giving him no chance to win-by bullying him-by
evaluating for him-by insisting he is "outside" when he is not-by
invalidating him-by pretending to see him or his mock-ups or saying that
one does if he does.
SOP-8-C FORMULAS AND STEPS
Opening Procedure: (10 minutes to two hours-with MEST body)
(a) Send preclear to exact places in room, one place at a time.
(b) Have preclear select places in the room and move to them one at a
time, still under auditor's direction.
(c) Have preclear drill in physically holding on to and letting go of
objects and spaces on his own decision to hold on, decision to let go.
Step I: Location
PRE-LOGIC: Theta orients objects in space and time. AXIOM: In life
experience space becomes beingness.
FORMULA I: Permitting the preclear to discover with certainty where people
and things are not in the present, past and future recovers sufficient
orientation to establish his knowledge and certainty of where he is and
they are; the application of this is accomplished by negative orientation
of beingness, havingness and doingness on each of eight dynamics in the
present, past and future.
STEP I
(a) Ask preclear to be three feet back of chair. Ask him for things,
people which are not giving him directions (orders). For things, persons he
is not giving orders to. For things, persons which are not giving
directions to other things. Ask preclear for goals he does not have. For
goals others do not have for others. For goals another does not have for
him. For goals he does not have for another. For persons he is not. For
animals he is not. For places where he is not. Where bacteria are not.
Where objects are not. For places where he is not thinking.
NOTE: All of the above are done in "brackets" for present, past, and
future.
(b) (If exteriorized) Have him drill while exteriorized into holding on
to and letting go of objects on his specific decision. Ask him to be in
places which are safe, dangerous, pleasant, unpleasant, beautiful, ugly.
Step II: Bodies
AXIOM: In life experience energy becomes doingness.
AXIOM: Compulsive position precedes compulsive thinking.
AXIOM: That which changes the preclear in space can evaluate for him.
FORMULA II: Permit the preclear to discover that he handles bodies and
allow him to handle bodies in mock-ups and actuality; and remedy his thirst
for attention which he has received by contagion from bodies.
STEP II
(a) Have preclear mock up bodies and un-mock them. Have him get
somethingnesses and nothingnesses of bodies until he feels better about
them. Ask him to be three feet back of chair.
(b) (If exteriorized) Have him complete II(a) many times and then move
body while he is outside.
Step III: Space
PRE-LOGIC: Theta creates space and time and objects to locate in them.
DEFINITION: Space is a viewpoint of dimension.
AXIOM: Energy derives from imposition of space between terminals and a
reduction and expansion of that space.
FORMULA III: Permit the preclear to regain his ability to create space and
impose it upon terminals, to remove it from between terminals and to regain
his security concerning the stability of MEST space.
Step III
(a) Have preclear hold two back comers of room and not think.
(b) (If exteriorized) Have preclear complete spacation.
NOTE: If not exteriorized return to Step I.
Step IV: Havingness
AXIOM: In life experience matter becomes havingness.
OBSERVATION: To a thetan, anything is better than nothing.
OBSERVATION: Any preclear is suffering from problems of too little
havingness and any reduction of his existing energy, if not replaced, will
cause him to drop in tone.
FORMULA IV:
(a) The remedy of problems of havingness is accomplished by creating an
abundance of all things.
(b) As the preclear has rendered automatic his desires and ability to
create and destroy, and has thus placed havingness beyond his control, the
Auditor should place in the control of the preclear his automaticities of
havingness and unhavingness and permit him, on his own self-determinism, to
balance his havingness.
(c) How to make havingness: Have preclear put out eight anchor points
of size, thus creating a space. Have him pull in these eight to the center
and have him retain the resulting mass. Do this using large and various
objects for anchor points. Do this until he is willing to release such old
energy deposits as engrams and ridges but still continue to make
havingness.
STEP IV
Have preclear remedy problems of havingness by mocking up and pulling
together sets of eight anchor points. Do this many times. Do not have him
make anchor points explode in this fashion. Have him save masses thus
created. Have preclear adjust anchor points in body.
Step V: Terminals
AXIOM: Space exists by reason of anchor points.
DEFINITION: An anchor point is any particle or mass or terminal.
AXIOM: Energy is derived from mass by fixing two terminals in proximity in
space.
AXIOM: Self-determinism is related to the ability to impose space between
terminals. AXIOM: Cause is a potential source of flow.
AXIOM: Effect is a potential receipt of flow.
AXIOM: Communication is the duplication of the receipt point of that which
emanated at a cause point.
AXIOM Wrongness in terms of flow is inflow.
FORMULA V: The thetan is rehabilitated as to energy and terminals by
remedying his postulates about outflow and inflow and drills relating to
the outflow and inflow of energy according to the above axioms.
STEP V
(a) Ask preclear for times he could do something. Times when he
couldn't do anything. For things he can do. For things he can't do. For
things other people can, can't do. For things other people can do for
others. For things another specific person can't do for him. For things he
cannot do for another or others.
(b) Ask preclear for objects, actions, persons, ideas he is not
destroying. For objects, actions, persons, ideas he is not making survive
(persist). For objects, actions, persons, ideas he is not creating.
Present, past, and future in brackets. (NOTE: Ideas are the most important
here, in brackets.)
(c) Ask preclear for objects, persons, energies, times which are not
touching him. Which he is not touching. Which are not reaching for him. For
which he is not reaching. For objects, persons, times from which he is not
withdrawing. Which are not withdrawing from him. In brackets.
(d) Ask preclear for sights which will not blind him. For people he will
not blind if they see him. For noises which will not deafen him. For people
he will not deafen. For spoken words that will not hurt him. For spoken
words which will not hurt others. In brackets.
(e) Ask preclear for ideas that will not destroy, cause to survive
(persist), create, or upset others. In brackets.
(f) Ask preclear for ideas, sounds, sights that will not fix people or
unfix them from specific places.
(g) Ask preclear for ideas he is not trying to fix in things. For ideas
he is not trying to unfix from things. In brackets.
(h) Have him unmock and mock up terminals and move them together and
apart until he can make them generate currents.
Step VI: Symbolization
DEFINITION: A symbol is an idea fixed in energy and mobile in space.
FORMULA VI: The thetan who has been moved about by symbols is strengthened
by mocking up and moving about and fixing in space ideas which have
formerly moved him.
STEP VI
Have preclear create symbols which mean nothing. Ask pc for ideas he is
not trying to destroy. For ideas he is not trying to make survive
(persist). For ideas he is not trying to create.
NOTE: The above are done in brackets. Have him mock up ideas and move
them about.
Step VII: Barriers
AXIOM: The MEST universe is a game consisting of barriers.
DEFINITION: A barrier is space, energy, object obstacles, or time.
FORMULA VII: Problems of barriers or their lack are resolved by contacting
and penetrating, creating and destroying, validating and neglecting
barriers by changing them or substituting others for them, by fixing and
unfixing attention upon their somethingness and nothingness.
STEP VII
(a) Have preclear reach and withdraw (physically; then as himself) from
spaces, walls, objects, times.
(b) Have preclear do six ways to "nothing."
(c) Have him create and destroy barriers.
Step VIII: Duplication
FUNDAMENTAL: The basic action of existence is duplication.
LOGIC: All operating principles of life may be derived from duplication.
AXIOM: Communication is as exact as it approaches duplication.
AXIOM: Unwillingness to be cause is monitored by unwillingness to be
duplicated. AXIOM: Unwillingness to be an effect is monitored by
unwillingness to duplicate.
AXIOM: An inability to remain in a geographical position brings about an
unwillingness to duplicate.
AXIOM: An enforced fixation in a geographical position brings about an
unwillingness to duplicate.
AXIOM: Inability to duplicate on any dynamic is the primary degeneration of
the thetan.
AXIOM: Perception depends upon duplication.
AXIOM: Communication depends upon duplication.
AXIOM: In the MEST universe, the single crime is duplication.
FORMULA VIII: The primary ability and willingness of the thetan to
duplicate must be rehabilitated by handling desires, enforcements and
inhibitions relating to it on all dynamics.
STEP VIII
(a) Ask preclear for actions, forms and ideas which do, do not
duplicate specific other people. For actions, forms, ideas by which
specific other people do, do not duplicate specific other people. For
actions, forms, ideas of others which do, do not duplicate him.
(b) Have preclear duplicate physical objects and people and possess
himself of duplicates.
(c) Have him make "no-duplicates" of objects and people.
(d) Have him duplicate somethings and "nothings."
GROUP C
"Group C" is a process used on large numbers of people. It is composed
of the following steps of SOP-8-C: Step I(a), Step II(a), Step III(a), Step
V(a) to (h), Step VI, Step VII, Step VIII.
GLOSSARY
Pc stands for "preclear," a person being processed.
Mock-up: A self-created image the preclear can see.
Bracket is done as follows: For preclear, for another, others for
others, others for self, another for preclear, preclear for another. See
Step I(a).
Special note: The first three steps of SOP-8-C could be classified as
beingness steps. The remaining five steps of SOP-8-C could be classified as
havingness steps. SOP, itself, in all eight steps constitutes doingness,
thus approximating as described in Scientology 8-8008 the space-be, energy-
do, time-have triangle.
Special note: In its entirety, SOP-8-C could be considered as various
exercises in Formula H, which involves the most basic action of the thetan,
which is reaching and withdrawing.
Special note: It will be noted that the negative orientation techniques
are done in such a way as to make the preclear, without his being told to
do so, create space. The auditor should pay specific attention when the
preclear is discovering where things are not that the preclear be caused to
note specifically each time the exact location and position where the thing
does not exist. This calls the preclear's attention to various positions
which in themselves, thus located, create space. Thus, throughout SOP-8-C,
the rehabilitation of space is also to be found, the definition of space
being "space is a viewpoint of dimension."
Special note: In his auditing, if the auditor does not get a
communication change on the part of the preclear, whether better or worse,
every five or ten minutes, either the auditor is using the wrong step at
the time, in which case he should progress on into the steps; or the
preclear, even if he says he is, is not complying with the auditor's
orders. The auditor, thus, should remain in continuous communication with
the preclear so far as possible and should ascertain with great care what
the preclear is doing after he indicates that he has complied with the
direction and discover every five or ten minutes if there has been a change
in certainties or communication. The commonest source of failure in any
step in SOP-8-C is a failure on the part of the preclear to execute the
order given as it was intended to be executed, or on the part of the
auditor in failing to ascertain whether or not the preclear is executing
properly or if there has been a communication change. A careful check of
auditors and preclears utilizing SOP-8-C has demonstrated in each case
where its use was becoming lengthy that the auditor was failing to
ascertain from the preclear whether or not there had been communication
changes, and it was also uniformly discovered that the preclear who was
failing to get results while being audited with SOP-8-C was not doing the
steps as directed but was either avoiding by not doing them at all,
although he said he was
doing them, or was failing to understand the direction and so was executing
the step in some other way.
The first goal which an auditor must achieve is willingness in the
preclear to receive directions. The condition of the preclear is such, in
nearly all cases, that he has chosen, as a main point of resistance in
life, direction of himself other than his own. Because the physical
universe is designed to resist and overcome that which resists it, a
continuous resistance to other direction than one's own results finally in
a loss of ability to greater or lesser degree to direct oneself. In that it
is the ability to direct himself which the auditor is seeking to return to
the preclear, it must be demonstrated to the preclear solely by the process
of good auditing that other direction is not necessarily harmful or in the
worst interest of the preclear. Thus, to some degree, he ceases to resist
incoming direction, and by ceasing to resist it, no longer validates it as
a barrier, and so is not concentrating attention on resisting direction but
is able to use it freely in his own self-direction. The self-determinism of
a preclear is proportional to the amount of self-direction he is capable of
executing and deteriorates markedly when a great deal of his attention is
devoted to preventing other direction. Directing himself, the preclear
becomes capable of execution; preventing direction of himself (resisting
the direction of others) brings about a condition where he is mainly
devoted to resisting his environment. The latter results in a diminishing
of space of the preclear.
The first step in the rehabilitation of the preclear in self-direction
is therefore a limiting of the amount of resistance he is concentrating on
"other direction" and demonstrating to him that his following of the steps
of SOP-8-C under the direction of an auditor is not harmful but, on the
contrary, increases his command and control of himself and brings him at
last to the point where he can neglect and ignore the continuous stimulus-
response operation of the physical universe.
It can be seen clearly then that the auditor who sets himself up to be
resisted will fail, for the preclear is mainly concentrating upon resisting
the auditor. This is the primary factor in all auditing.
The preclear is brought to a point of cooperation in terms of direction
without the use of hypnosis or drugs and without argument or
"convincingness" on the part of the auditor, by which is meant overbearing
demeanor. At the same time it should be the sole intention and operation of
the auditor that his own directions be carried out explicitly by the
preclear, and that these be performed with a minimum of communication break
and with a maximum of affinity, communication and reality.
Using the formula that that which changes the individual's position in
space can evaluate for the individual, the auditor in using SOP-8-C should
use, at the beginning of the first session and in any session where the
preclear becomes unreasonably uncooperative in following simple directions,
the following procedure. The auditor has the preclear walk to specific
points in the room, touch, hold and let go of various specific objects. The
auditor should be very exact in his directions. The auditor should do this
even on an apparently cooperative case at least twenty minutes before going
on to the next step in Opening Procedure.
When the preclear, drilled in this fashion, has at length realized
without being told that the auditor's directions are quiet, reliable, exact
and to be performed, and not until then, the auditor uses this process:
Preclear is asked to send himself to various parts of the room and do
specific things. The auditor is very specific and exact about this, in that
he has the preclear decide, on his own determinism and before moving from
the spot where he is standing, what part of the room he is going to send
himself to. When the preclear has decided this, and only then (but not
necessarily telling the auditor), the preclear then takes himself to that
part of the room. The auditor must be very exact that the decision to go to
a certain part of the room and to reach or withdraw from a certain thing is
made before the preclear takes an actual action. And then the auditor
should make sure that the preclear has done exactly what he decided he
would do before he moved. In such a wise, coached by the auditor, the
preclear is led to direct himself to various parts of the room until he is
entirely sure that he is directing himself to certain parts of the room and
that the orders are coming from nobody but himself. Of course, before each
new
place is chosen, the auditor tells the preclear to choose a new place and
tells him when to go there.
The third stage of this Opening Procedure is then as follows:
The auditor has the preclear be in one spot in the room and then has
the preclear decide there to go to another spot in the room. The preclear
leaves. The auditor has the preclear change his own mind, and go to yet
another spot. This last is done to lessen the preclear's fear of changing
his mind, to strengthen his decision and to lessen his reaction to his own
mistakes.
The last two steps of Opening Procedure are done at some length. It is
profitable by the experience of many auditors to spend as much as an hour
on Opening Procedure even in a case which is not in poor condition. When
Opening Procedure is omitted or is not carried on far enough, the auditor
may discover that it will take him from five to ten hours to "get the case
working." This time is saved by the expenditure of much less time in using
Opening Procedure. Even when the preclear is complacent, even when the
preclear is an obvious "Step I," even when the preclear shows no outward
sign of resistance to other direction than his own, the first communication
lag lessening which the auditor will perceive on the case will probably
occur during the use of Opening Procedure. Further, the certainty of the
case is heightened. Further, Opening Procedure is, for any level of case,
an excellent process.
The preclear who is familiar with SOP-8 may conceive that he is doing a
step which is "reserved for psychotics." The preclear should be disabused
of such a concept, since the step is used today on all cases.
In the case of a preclear who is very resistive, Opening Procedure can
be used with considerable profit for many hours. For such activity,
however, an auditing room of the usual dimensions is usually too
constrictive and the drill may be carried on as well out of doors even if
only on a street.
P.A.B. No. 19
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11
_____________________________________________________________________
[1954, ca. early February]
THE CIRCUIT CASE
The auditor will encounter many cases which resolve very rapidly. These
account for fully 50% of the people who come to him, but he will also
encounter many people whose cases are resistive, and he will encounter a
small handful who wouldn't let anything happen if the auditor used a
shotgun on them. These last are classified as "Circuit Cases."
The characteristic of these cases is that they are occluded-which is to
say that they are studying the significance of things, that they always
think before they look, that they want to know before they go, that they
are relatively motionless in space, and that they are holding motion in
many ways.
The resolution of such cases as outlined in PAB No. 12 is not
difficult, but there is a trick about these cases which the auditor should
understand.
I would no more audit one of these people without an E-Meter than I
would use psychiatry on them. For this case very often pretends to run one
thing when it is running quite another, and only the response of a needle
will tell the auditor whether or not the case is doing anything. The case
merely might be lying there agreeing about it and thinking.
The Iroquois Indian had an illness which he called "the sickness of
long thinking." The auditor would do well to keep this illness firmly in
mind when processing resistive cases. These cases are sick of thinking and
they will go on thinking and go on computing until they are quite dead, for
they cannot be brought to look without rather extraordinary means.
Acceptance Level Processing is quite welcome to these cases. Formula H is
extremely welcome to them and these, indeed, get the case up to a point
where it can be run on such things as SOP 8.
The auditor knows he is looking at a circuit case when, during
auditing, the case does not demonstrate a physical reaction as a result of
the auditor's processing; that is to say, the case does not move around. In
old-time Dianetics the case which said it was running a prenatal and yet
which had no tendency to curl up in a ball, no matter how slight, was
actually thinking about running a prenatal.
I wish to state this very strongly about such cases: they are often
very convincing and can be mistaken by the auditor for a wide-open case. On
reviewing a number of cases in processing which have been reported to me as
wide-open cases and on looking at these cases themselves, I find that the
auditor was actually auditing a Resistive V, which yet had learned enough
patter to go on and run things.
Some cases which actually did have sonic and visio were another type
which falls into the same category. These are what we call the "wide-open
case." The wide-open case is actually a psychotic who duplicates
continuously and psychotically.
Copyright (�) 1954 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
Anyone has a time track and anyone duplicates. The wide-open case is
thoroughly sure that it is duplicating, is actually under a compulsion to
duplicate, but doesn't duplicate. It doesn't look at things enough to
duplicate. It dubs in an entire track.
We have today very little concern with all this beyond a very important
fact. The auditor is there to audit the preclear. The preclear is there to
be audited. At that point where cases become difficult, this is what is
happening: the auditor's auditing the preclear, and then the preclear is
auditing something else. The preclear isn't being audited; the auditor is
doing a second-hand audit of a circuit. This doesn't get a case anywhere.
The auditor in this wise is actually sitting there watching the
manifestation of self-auditing.
In Six Steps for Self-Auditing we have more or less licked the problem.
An individual can now with some success audit his own case. But this is
still difficult on very low-toned cases, for these people will put the Six
Steps for Self-Auditing to work so remotely from themselves that they will
actually find the two upper corners of the room with a ridge; and, indeed,
I have discovered a preclear doing this. I asked a preclear after nothing
had happened for ten minutes what he really was doing and made him go into
it in detail. (Any success I have in auditing is the result of
communicating with the preclear, a procedure which is recommended.) The
preclear finally permitted it to be beaten out of him verbally that he was
taking a ridge which was across his chest and had put two corners of this
ridge up to the two corners of the room and was making the ridge hold on to
the two comers of the room. Astonishingly enough, this did not entirely
defeat processing because this ridge consisted of overt acts and motivators
and these were flowing off and the preclear was sitting there looking at
them. But this was not auditing the preclear, this was auditing via the
preclear a circuit in which I was not even vaguely interested. The preclear
is so used to being employed by life as a servomechanism that he will very
often simply relay the commands he is given to a something else; and this
is the condition for which an auditor must be alert.
Back in 1947 I was using anything that worked and was employing
hypnotism and psychoanalysis in addition to what I had learned about
engrams and other factors in life. The psychoanalyst learned from Freud
that there are some cases who simply stand back and look at themselves and
who do not participate in the activities. The homosexual, according to
Freud, is one of these. I do not know as to that, as the finding has not
been borne out in my own work, but I do know that I had many preclears who
did not actually participate in the process of being processed. I solved
this in some of these cases rather drastically by misdirecting the
preclear's attention. One case I remember of a young man who never seemed
to audit anything I asked him to audit and who was far too alert to his
surroundings to be interested at all in remedying his attitude towards
those surroundings. I put a vase of flowers on my desk and knocked them off
with a crash and immediately said, "You're perfectly safe; now let's really
run through this." I know now that this Indian technique of getting
immediate attention snaps the effort of the preclear which is being devoted
to holding an engram at bay away fast enough for the engram to collapse.
Good or bad, the young man got well. It is not a process I would
particularly recommend. On a test case using this, about a year ago, I had
a preclear have a ridge blow up with a considerable explosion which
immediately thrust the preclear into apathy and it took me about three
hours of heavy slogging with what I knew then to bring the preclear back up
to normal. At least, however, the preclear was not in the same attitude.
If you have any reason to suspect that you are auditing somebody who is
auditing somebody else, all you have to do is to get into very close
contact with the preclear and guide him through very carefully the Six
Steps to Better Beingness as contained in PAB No. 7. This can be varied
with PAB No. 1 2's cycles of explosions. Just be sure the preclear is
actually doing what you want him to do and do it in such a way that the
preclear actually gets interested in doing it and you will find the case
advancing rapidly.
If the condition still continues, use Step VII of SOP 8. You will find
that it is very productive and should be used on such a case for a rather
long time.
THE ENTIRE PURPOSE OF THINKING IS TO COUNTERACT THE LOSS OF THE ABILITY
TO GENERATE FORCE. ONLY IN THE ABSENCE OF FORCE IS THINKING NECESSARY.
L. RON HUBBARD
P.A.B. No. 20
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11
_____________________________________________________________________
[1954, ca. mid-February]
TWO ANSWERS TO CORRESPONDENTS:
THE NON-PERSISTENCE CASE AND RIDGE RUNNING
Here are two answers to correspondents which are of interest to other
auditors:
1. THE NON-PERSISTENCE CASE
"You write about a preclear that cannot persist for more than half a
second. You say that it does not matter whether he is attempting to do a
mock-up, a concept, a matched terminal or a feeling. I have not had this
complaint from other auditors, but there is a general type of case known as
the 'non-persistence case.' This is a gradient scale, of course, which
starts in with the preclear who puts up a mock-up but, due to blackness,
the thing disappears almost immediately. It disappears so fast he cannot
see it. Of course, he himself will go on putting up mock-ups as long as you
tell him to go on putting up mock-ups, and soon he will have one that he
can perceive. The energy he puts up there is too slight when in contest
with the tremendous saturation abilities of the blackness with which he is
surrounded. Now your statement here is quite unique. I would say offhand
that this person is in extremely bad condition and is actually a Step VII.
I would start in training this person on reaching and withdrawing from
MEST, and I would keep him on this until he had a wonderful sense of
reality about being able to hold on to MEST. Just use Step VII as given in
Issue 16-G.
"The basic trouble with this preclear is, of course, in the matter of
location. If you recall the Prelogics, theta locates things in time and
space and creates space and things to locate in space. Close order drill
for a military squad on the part of the sergeant eventually places the
sergeant in the position of being able to evaluate for every private there.
This is probably the only reason privates can be made to attack machine gun
nests. Now the trouble with your preclear is impersistence. He cannot
locate anything anywhere, but actually he cannot stay anywhere. He is
racing around in his mind at such a mad rate that he is unable to take a
stand anywhere against anything. This sounds like a very severe dispersal
case running on enough fear to defeat the Russians. His solution is to keep
running. You are asking him to stand still and hold something. He knows he
cannot hold anything. The obvious thing to do with this preclear is to give
him some close order drill yourself until you are able to evaluate enough
for him to make him start evaluating a little bit for himself.
"The way I would handle this case would be to have the preclear move to
various parts of the room and stop still while I counted ten. Then I would
move him to another part of the room and have him stop still while I
counted ten again. In other words, I would move him around until he would
listen to me. He would do this with his physical body well enough, and
after that one could tell him with some effect upon him that he should do
this or that. Now I would have him take his hands and reach towards the
realest thing in the room to him and pick it up and examine it and then
Copyright (�) 1954 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
put it down and withdraw from it. I would have him go and pick it up and
move it to some other part of the room and withdraw from it again. I would
have him do this with numerous objects until he was perfectly confident of
being able to reach and withdraw from MEST. I would keep this up until this
preclear was stable beyond stable. Only then would I go into processing
with him. I would have him do mock-ups and then go straight into SOP 8. He
could use, of course, 'remembering something real' and so forth with great
effectiveness.
"This brings to mind the fact that the occluded case is too fixed, he
is fixed in position and does not conceive himself able to move. He also
could use a lot of reaching and withdrawing, but in the case of an occluded
case who tended to persist too long and was very slow in his replies, who
insisted on holding his mock-ups endlessly, I would ask this case to put
himself in various parts of the room or the yard, and I would move him this
way and that, until he suddenly realized he could control his own body. The
occluded case really does not realize he can control his own body. A very
funny and effective method of bringing him into this realization is to have
him sit down and flap his hands vertically up and down with considerable
violence, and simply to keep on flapping his hands until he realizes fully
and completely that it is he who is flapping his hands. You would be
surprised at the reaction on this even when used on a very sane individual.
"In closing let me assure you that when you hit on work in any form,
run best with Expanded Gita in brackets, you are heading into the center of
what's wrong with a human being."
2. RIDGE RUNNING
"An interesting variation of ridge processing is to consider the ridge,
as preclears often do, as an entity or a being with a life of its own. This
is generally used when the preclear says that he has a spirit or a guiding
angel or is haunted by a dog at his throat or some such thing, which the
auditor knows is only a ridge activated by the preclear himself.
"Instead of trying to disabuse him of the idea, the auditor makes the
preclear process the ridge as an auditor, which is to say he makes the
preclear into an auditor for the ridge. Circuit cases and occluded cases
are always sitting way up above the case processing something else as
though they were an auditor, and an auditor auditing them is actually an
auditor auditing a person who is auditing a ridge. Hence the slow progress
of such cases.
"In any event, in this method of handling ridges, the auditor has the
preclear make the ridge find the two upper corners of the room, just as
Step III in SOP 8, and make the ridge hang there from the two upper corners
of the room and not think (that is to say, the ridge isn't supposed to
think). The astonishing part of this technique is that it will generally
show up some sort of a double overt act mechanism. This will immediately
come to view. The auditor should resist the temptation to audit the overt
act but just continue with this process. The ridge may turn into some kind
of a bird, or some horrible figure with a gruesome face, but after a while
the preclear loses his fear of the thing. After all, he does have it
hanging up there, black and ugly though it may be, on the two upper corners
of the room. The preclear may have removed this thing from his own eyes or
from his mouth or from his chest or from his stomach and hung it up.
"After the ridge has been suspended there for some time (for ridges of
this character do not easily dissipate when grounded), the auditor then has
the preclear move it all around the room, turn it upside down, put it
behind him, put it under his feet, until the preclear is at length entirely
contemptuous of the thing and bored with it, at which time he will throw it
away.
"This does not resolve the case but it takes considerable pressure off the
case and is one of the steps of upward progress. There are no instances on
record yet of the ridge exploding when treated in this fashion, and no
particular reason why there should be such instances."
L. RON
HUBBARD
4TH AMERICAN ADVANCED CLINICAL COURSE LECTURES
Phoenix, Arizona
15 February-29 March 1954
The fourth unit of the Advanced Clinical Course opened at Phoenix,
Arizona, on February 15th of 1954. L. Ron Hubbard gave the student auditors
several weeks of group processing before he had them audit each other.
Included here are the tape packages (6 hours each) Group Processing A,
Group Processing B, Group Processing C and Group Processing D, which were
used extensively in the field in the following months.
* 5402C15 4ACC-1 Introduction to 4th American ACC
* 5402C16 4ACC-2 Group Processing: Ownership
* 5402C17 4ACC-3 Group Processing: Not Suppressing Time
* 5402C17 4ACC-4 Exteriorization Demonstration Process
* 5402C17 4ACC-5 Demonstration Process
* 5402C18 4ACC-6 Group Processing: Spotting Things
* 5402C18 4ACC-7 Demonstration
* 5402C19 4ACC-8 Group Processing: Demonstration
* 5402C19 4ACC-9 Group Processing: 2nd Dynamic
* 5402C19 4ACC-10 Group Processing: Imagination
* 5402C22 4ACC-11 Group Processing: Straightwire, Energy
* 5402C22 4ACC-12 Group Processing: Consideration
* 5402C23 4ACC-13 Group Processing: Certainty
* 5402C23 4ACC-14 Group Processing: Ownership
* 5402C24 4ACC-15 Group Processing: Time
* 5402C24 4ACC-16 Group Processing: Stabilization Process
* 5402C25 4ACC-17 Group Processing: Goals, Duplicating
* 5402C25 4ACC-18 Group Processing: Being and Giving
* 5402C26 4ACC-19 Group Processing: Havingness
* 5402C26 4ACC-20 Group Processing: Changing Ideas
* 5403C01 4ACC-21 Group Processing Series A: Be, Do, Have
* 5403C01 4ACC-22 Group Processing Series A: Time
* 5403C01 4ACC-23 Group Processing Series A: Certainties
* 5403C02 4ACC-24 Group Processing Series A: Exteriorization
* 5403C02 4ACC-25 Group Processing Series A: Courage
* 5403C02 4ACC-26 Group Processing Series A: Location
* 5403C03 4ACC-27 Group Processing Series B: Sound
* 5403C03 4ACC-28 Group Processing Series B: Light/Sound
5403C03 4ACC-29 Title unknown
* 5403C04 4ACC-30 Group Processing Series B: Spaces
* 5403C04 4ACC-31 Group Processing Series B: Attention
* 5403C04 4ACC-32 Group Processing Series B: Work
5403C05 4ACC-33 Group Processing Series C: Putting Things
5403C05 4ACC-34 Group Processing Series C: Putting Things
(cont.)
5403C05 4ACC-35 Group Processing Series C: Putting Things
(cont.)
5403C08 4ACC-36 Group Processing Series C: Beingness
5403C09 4ACC-37 Group Processing Series C: Basic Process
5403C11 4ACC-38 Group Processing Series C: Beingness
5403C11 4ACC-39 Title unknown
5403C12 4ACC-40 Group Processing Series C: SOP-8C
** 5403C12 4ACC-41 Group Processing Series C: Similarities and
Definitions
5403C15 4ACC-42 Group Processing Series D: 1st Hour
5403C15 4ACC-43 Group Processing Series D: Talk/Beingness
5403C15 4ACC-44 Group Processing Series D: Talk/Beingness
5403C16 4ACC-45 Group Processing Series D: 2nd Hour
5403C16 4ACC-46 Group Processing Series D: Talk/Beingness
** 5403C16 4ACC-47 Group Processing Series D: Outline of
Processes
5403C17 4ACC-48 Group Processing Series D: 3rd Hour
** 5403C17 4ACC-49 Group Processing Series D: Evaluation
** 5403C17 4ACC-50 Group Processing Series D: Invalidation
5403C18 4ACC-51 Group Processing Series D: 4th Hour
** 5403C18 4ACC-52 Group Processing Series D: Duplication
** 5403C18 4ACC-53 Group Processing Series D: Following Orders
5403C19 4ACC-54 Group Processing Series D: 5th Hour
5403C19 4ACC-55 Group Processing Series D: Senior Processes
5403C19 4ACC-56 Group Processing Series D: Processes Talk
5403C22 4ACC-57 Group Processing Series D: 6th Hour
5403C22 4ACC-58 Group ProcessingSeries D: Lecture/Pc
* 5403C22 4ACC-59 Group ProcessingSeries D: Lecture/Pc
* 5403C23 4ACC-60 Un iverseSeries: Al I Cases
* 5403C23 4ACC-61 Universe Series: Beingness
* 5403C23 4ACC-62 Universe Series: Beingness
* 5403C24 4ACC-63 Universe Series: Group Processing
5403C24 4ACC-64 Universe Series: Beingness and Protection
** 5403C24 4ACC-65 Universe Series: Prediction
5403C25 4ACC-66 Universe Series: Communication
5403C25 4ACC-67 Universe Series: Outline of Processes
5403C25 4ACC-68 Universe Series: More on Processes
5403C26 4ACC-69 UniverseSeries: Group Processing
5403C26 4ACC-70 Universe Series: Morals, Laws, Codes
** 5403C26 4ACC-71 Universe Series: How Not To Get Results
* 5403C29 4ACC-72 UniverseSeries: Self Analysis
54.. C.... 4ACC Axioms
54.. C ... 4ACC Smooth in Comm Bridge in Auditing
P.A.B. No. 21
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11
_____________________________________________________________________
[1954, ca. early March]
The following is a report as submitted giving some idea of what can
occasionally happen in running Certainty Processing.
I am publishing this report mainly because it demonstrates the
essential ingredient of a successful auditor-nerve. An auditor who doesn't
have nerve-the clean, cold courage necessary to plough through and blast a
case to ribbons when it starts to run that way, and bring the preclear up
all in one piece-has no business auditing.
REPORT ON CERTAINTY PROCESSING
July 11th, 12th and 13th, 1953
Preclear - Student, aged 24
Auditor - Eileen Hibberson HPA, of "Magic Casements"
Auditor's postulate "to take a shortcut across the case" by deliberately
finding the buttons and working on the fundamental certainties, and with
the preclear's agreement and co-operation the techniques to be intensified,
i.e. to work preferably on double terminals instead of matched terminals.
Saturday, the 11th July. Tone scale first on auditor (on double terminals)
then tone scale on himself-in each case changing
colors of mockups-gradient scale from apathy up tone
scale to clear theta clear.
Ran certainty on double terminals "I am in my body" (positive and negative
in brackets). Maybe's and breaking down of ridges indicated on E-Meter.
Needle seemed to be making sudden rising jerky thrusts on the upper end on
the tone scale. Session completed by anchor points, Spacation, Geographical
and then ARC list, followed by tone scale as commencement of session.
Second session same day.Tone scale gradient scale on double terminals.
Certainty "Mother is there" (positive and negative in
brackets). At one time preclear got a swift facsimile
of a distant past life. Ended with anchor points and
tone scale gradient scale on auditor and preclear ARC
list.
Sunday, the 12th July. Tone scale gradient scale to clear theta clear
auditor and preclear-double terminals. Anchor points.
CERTAINTIES: Double terminals all way through.
"I can begin life anew" (positive and negative in brackets)-slight
shivers, coldness, some yawning. Little somatic. Probably some prenatals
suggested by restless side-to-side head movements. This also turned up
earlier on "Mother is there" (positive and negative in brackets).
Copyright (�) 1954 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
"I can make life persist" (positive and negative in brackets). This bounced
preclear straight into violent electronic discharges all over the body and
convulsions. Tone dropped, in all 5 dials, and later rose steadily. At one
break preclear's hands and arms were completely paralyzed and anaesthetic.
"Shrinking" of flesh observed by auditor. This was run out on double
terminals "Can't let go" (positive and negative in brackets) and preclear
holding hands opposite each other to aid discharge. It took 3/4 hour for
complete recovery of movement and sense of touch. The "can't let go"
postulate came out with sudden violence as the auditor switched 9-V meter
on after unsticking the jammed needle after the violent swinging; and after
the meter was switched off again the cans still stuck to the hands which
were open wide and rigid, and had to be pulled off by the auditor. A red
patch was observed on the right side of the forehead; this came and went
twice. During the paralyzed state, balance and co-ordination were gone also
(probably the cerebellum knocked out) and hands showed athetoid movements
(extrapyramidal system).
Visio: Black screen-preclear had the concepts perched on the corners
of it. Sensation of terrific torrent of high frequency waves
coming from behind screen striking the three FAC 1 points and
spreading all over the body.
Auditor had impression once during this of sperm track incident.
This CERTAINTY was run for three consecutive sessions with breaks for rest
and warm drinks between, and tablets of concentrated B1. At the finish of
these three sessions, the preclear could hold the positive and negative
certainties at high tone level, with no reactions.
During the running the emotional curves were "WILD" (LRH). The preclear's
eyes seemed to be focussed in centre of the forehead upturned and bloodshot-
especially after the first session.
The 9-V switch-on during the run, sent the preclear nearly up to the
ceiling, head jerking forward onto the knees.
Total running time of this CERTAINTY was 3 hours.
Same day-early evening: Certainty double terminals "I can stop life"
(positive and negative in brackets) brought
evidence
of electronic shocks in a much milder form, yawns and shivers and coldness
of body.
After a fall on the E-Meter, there were constant steady rises.
Later same evening: Ran Certainties: "I can change life," "I can
start life" (positive and negative in
brackets).
Preclear was completely bored all through and there were gradual rises
indicated on the meter with occasional "flicks." Auditor's impressions to
say the least were terrific when preclear got up from the settee. Preclear
just "oozed" high-toned vitality from his body and eyes were shining from
an inside source.
Conclusions: (a) The energies of (Electric shock
(Nerve [e.g. funny-bone]
are identical (Pins and needles
(Cramp
gradient scales (Sex
(Electronic implants
(b) The five Dynamic 2 Certainties will send preclear straight
into electronics-connection of D2 and implants as above,
provided preclear is at a sufficiently high enough level of
the tone scale and can get a strong enough certainty.
(c) Once started these electronics should be run right
out (therefore plenty of time is required).
(d) Be aware of the tone of the preclear. A preclear with high
selfdeterminism will detach himself and plunge through
(auditor's free theta will help).
A low-toned preclear will either pull out analytically and won't
face it, or go unconscious-reactive escape (this latter might
require hours of ARC work).
(e) Don't switch on E-Meter when preclear is holding the cans
when preclear is highly charged; he probably discharges
through the meter rather than the reverse.
(f) Don't run violent physical stuff (electronic convulsions)
or any chance of it on a full stomach. This is a good
principle broadly for all processing.
Monday, the 13th July, 1953. Tone scale on double terminals gradient scale,
auditor and preclear up to clear theta clear.
Head front somatic turned on.
Certainties: "I can survive" (positive and negative in brackets) double
terminals, turned on the same effects, only mildly and was
soon run out.
(Preclear recalled that during group processing "I'm their mock-up"
[positive and negative in brackets] gave similar mild
effects.)
The remaining three Dyn. 2 Certainties buttons, stop start and change
life which were run again to see if all reaction was cleared,
were boring and shewed only a few flicks on the meter.
The black patch which came up between the four terminals when running "I
can make life persist" the previous day was put up again by the preclear
running the Certainty "There is something there" (positive and negative in
brackets). This was run for two consecutive sessions, with somatics,
shudders and mild convulsions, when suddenly it burst into blazing white
light. Immediately got preclear to mock up his head four times facing four
squares of bright light with the same certainty (working on the previous
week-end's finding that when preclear was twelve years old had measles and
each day suffered extreme discomfort when the sun poured in at a window
slantwise. It was after this when it was found he had defective vision).
This white patch persisted until the final bracket when it turned black.
It was at this point of processing the preclear reported that his terminals
had changed from four to eight (i.e. three dimensions).
(Auditor's question to LRH. "Is this to be the next step for faster and
more intensive techniques?")
CERTAINTY "Woman there" (positive and negative in brackets) and the meter
indicated what appeared to be ridge explosions, sudden and violent with
increasing rise in tone.
Over the three days, the sessions leading up to "Electronics" and making
certain that nothing of a restimulative nature was left behind, the time
spent in actual processing was approximately ten-and-a-half hours.
After a break of seven days before further sessions, it was decided to run
some of the foregoing Certainties again together with other fundamental
certainties, and it was found there was no tendency towards dramatization
of the "Electronics," with little power of restimulation left behind.
Flows, although rapidly downward after first contacting the Certainty, made
very quick uprises and the preclear during them had quick "shock" movements
swiftly at one point of the body after another. Therapy there afterwards
moved very swiftly.
Preclear reported an uprise of confidence maintained ever since as he had
never had before. Also a sense of detachment from everything-no sense of
exteriorization-but from the inside of his head.
Observations: Preclear found it of immense help to do the tone scale
on double terminals especially in clarifying ideas and
concepts of theta clear and clear theta clear. Had the
feeling of easily getting to the upper theta levels.
Auditor's conclusions on this were:
1. It helped to release any charges of emotion accumulated during
the day by preclear, probably dissipating worries, etc., to a
great extent.
2. It "attacks" emotional charges and aberrative material in
connection with the eight dynamics.
3. There is the freeing of emotion at all levels thus making
preclear more "fluid."
4. It exercises "thetan" in higher level concepts of
knowingness, beingness and "clears," etc.
Although preclear may not at first get these higher level concepts, it has
been noticed that after a few sessions with this gradient scale, preclear
has had sudden awareness of higher attitudes, knowingness and goals to aim
for.
5. It also helps to keep ARC between preclear and auditor at
the very highest level and improves mutual co-operation.
This processing of Certainties reveals a whole field of speculation,
research to be made, and since that week-end of processing masses of data
have come tumbling in both from the minds of the preclear and the auditor,
also from outside sources.
There was a rather interesting piece of confirmatory data regarding the
advisability of running "electronics" completely out when contacted by
"Certainty" processing. A fellow auditor was called in on an epileptic
case, and during running contacted the "halver" with electronic
convulsions. After a long session where the preclear came up tone scale and
could exteriorize, use beams on fingers pulling them up etc., went back to
her home in a very excellent condition. The same night took part in a home
social evening, during which a friend of the family tried to force
unwelcome attention on her, with the result that during the night she had
three very violent fits. The point here I wish to make is that once the
charge of electronic force is "started" and not thoroughly run out through
lack of time and opportunity, there will be the risk of attracting the
opposite poles of force and thereby leave the preclear "open" to
undesirable experiences at the sexual level.
The electronic implant most definitely was meant to degrade the thetan
and GE, e.g. people's change of physical appearance during epilepsy.
End of Report.
I call to your attention the fact that even when people are not trained to
expect electronics they are encountered. One noted incident of this
character came about when a preclear being run by an auditor who "didn't
believe in electronics" had such a fac explode with sufficient violence to
burn a hole through the preclear's hand and through the cans of the E-Meter
itself. In several other cases, E-Meters have been blown out.
Ridges, as differentiated from electronics, very often themselves
explode and send the preclear rapidly from the top of the tone scale, where
he might be, down to the very bottom depths of apathy. A little more
auditing and handling of the ridges is all that is necessary to bring the
tone on up again. I have seen a green auditor become so frightened at the
explosion of a ridge that he left the preclear in apathy, and as auditor
Hibberson reports, failure to run out an incident properly can result in an
easier restimulation of it.
In a covering letter auditor Hibberson says of this report: "When we
first touched this 'thing' and came up for a 'breather,' we both said that
Ron is wrong, it is not sex that these certainties are the push buttons
for. The second plunge into it, however, soon indicated what Ron had meant-
crude primitive stuff with full impact, as even I felt it in the lower
abdomen and base of spine, and then culminating in the chest of each of us
like a psycho-physical hysteria. At that point I said to myself, 'Get out
of this, be apart from it,' and after that I was able to observe in a quite
detached way. Incidentally, quite by 'accident,' my little ginger cat
jumped up on my knee during a session and I found him to be a perfect
terminal. I can see now why witches had cats as their 'familiars.' The
preclear at some point during this second jump found himself viewing
everything in a very detached manner and was quite certain that it was from
the centre of his head .... When things were going at their 'hottest,' a
remark of Ron's just dropped into my mind to the effect that 'Ron did say
that despite what you are seeing, we never did have a dead preclear on our
hands,' also 'Never to leave a technique half-run.' "
I am reproducing this report in this PAB not simply as an example of
nerve, although that is a thing which I find most wanting in auditors
before their cases are in good shape, but because it is just a plain, good,
down-to-earth job of excellent auditing.
L. RON
HUBBARD
HUBBARD ASSOCIATION OF SCIENTOLOGISTS
806 North Third Street
Phoenix, Arizona
March 10, 1954
Dear Associate,
I have not written you for some time because I was waiting to have
something conclusive to say.
Now that the HAS has been re-established on its home ground and several
test projects concluded we can give you some idea of whither we are
rocketing.
The HAS had to come home because the Eastern communication blocks were
found to be very great. For instance, it costs almost three times as much
to publish a Journal in the East. When I came West for the Congress I found
a very warm welcome here in Phoenix. The HAS, two years old, was known for
paying its bills and delivering the goods. Rather than pioneer, it was
thought best to continue our established reputation in this area. All major
effects and stocks of the HAS are in Phoenix now. We have here at 806 North
Third Street very comfortable and roomy offices-and the air is clean. We
have training quarters, very nice ones, in another building a block or so
away.
The big news in Scientology is our alliance with various fields of
psycho-therapy and the use of Scientology in widely different fields. For
instance, in California we are most acceptable as a religion. Under Dr.
Farber, the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY has been duly incorporated in California
and will act as a coordinating unit for many congregations.
Dr. Farber contracted with the CHURCH OF AMERICAN SCIENCE (the mother
church) on a tithe of twenty percent to the mother church from the CHURCH
OF SCIENTOLOGY of California and is empowered to issue ordinations and
other necessary papers by the State of California and by the CHURCH OF
AMERICAN SCIENCE. All such ordinations are basically those of the mother
church. In order to organize a CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY in your area it is
only necessary to apply to the HAS for forwarding to the CHURCH OF AMERICAN
SCIENCE and a full set of photostats of the various articles, by-laws,
contracts and charters of filing will be forwarded to you.
Additional alliance has been made with a corporation, THE FREUDIAN
FOUNDATION OF AMERICA to train and certify psycho-analysts and
psychotherapists (the latter being the junior grade).
The predominant communication line of the society at this time is
psychoanalysis. Freud's books are very well known. By arrangements made in
Europe and otherwise it is possible to issue certification as Freudian
analysts. In that Freud, as a pioneer, introduced the basic idea that
illness can stem from mental causes, and in that his work is well known, it
is not unseemly to carry out his aims and goals. As he prescribed no exact
process and as Scientology on its lowest rung solves Freudian problems
never before solved, Scientology is of course desirable in this field.
Further, Freud's work holds out hope which does not materialize and so
tends to dead end those seeking help in mental problems. To remove this
road block by applying what is now known would seem to be a social
contribution.
All auditors graduating from the Advanced Clinical Course, grading high
enough to properly represent their subject, can be given any one of three
or all the following certificates: DOCTOR OF SCIENTOLOGY, FREUDIAN PSYCHO-
ANALYST, DOCTOR OF DIVINITY. Naturally, previous background and general
fitness are consulted in this matter.
The next ADVANCED CLINICAL COURSE is March 29, 1954. This is Number 5. Unit
Six will begin May 10, 1954. The fee remains $800. The courses will
continue every six weeks. There will be a week gap at the end of June when
no course is given in order to make a place for the next Congress.
Immediately after the Congress week the courses will resume.
The THIRD INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS OF DIANETICISTS AND SCIENTOLOGISTS is
scheduled for a week in late June in Phoenix. Phoenix is a cool summer
city, being an almost entirely air-conditioned town. The dry climate makes
airconditioning effective here and June in Phoenix is cooler than anywhere
on the East Coast or Middle West.
The Journal is smoothing out on its schedule. We are getting great
numbers of orders for issues 16-G and 24-G. We have many new book issues in
planning or being set. The price is $5.00 for 24 issues. You can take
subscriptions and remit 60% of the subscription price with the name and
address of the subscriber. You can also take special $25 memberships or
professional memberships in the HAS and forward 60% to us. You are
overlooking a lot of revenue for yourself in these. You can also sell books
and make 40% of their sales price.
Journal advertising rates are revised. They are $85 a page, $50 a half
page, $1 a half page wide line. The Journal is read by 5,800 and new
subscriptions come in daily.
You can buy the first 24 issues of the Journal for $5.00.
Now for a brief comment on the business of being an associate:
The HAS has now been in business for two years. Originally it was
intended that the HAS associates would do the training and treating and the
HAS would supply books and tapes. Very early it became apparent that the
associate program would not begin to support the HAS. Lateness or non-
existence of training percentages, inability to communicate even narrowly
in their neighborhood and other matters finally forced the HAS back into
the training business. And it caused the HAS to less and less regard the
associate as a major portion of the organization. Several changes were
offered. A rather continual apathy greeted these changes and so none of
them actually went into force.
Now more recently, having had under my hands a great many people who
had been "trained" by associates, I found why the associates themselves
tended to fail in their areas. They didn't make auditors. They didn't teach
the subject well. Thus the auditors got no results and the associate
thereupon received very little business. The subjects of Dianetics and
Scientology have been working in capable hands since 1949. But they have
not been working for poorly trained auditors. All this squirrel crop with
Bogwog Procedure arose from people who couldn't tell an engram from a
comma. With bad (not poor) training the associate released into his area
auditors who couldn't cure dirty fingernails much less psycho-somatic ills.
So, the subject, known by what its practitioners did, stalled.
Sure, processes are now faster and better, but they've always worked.
The associate program broke down on an inability on the part of the
associate to get good representation on the part of his students in his own
area.
So the HAS is back in the training business. We are making auditors. A
lot of them have been widely and lengthily trained by associates. They come
to me here with no knowledge of definitions, no certainty on the subject,
without any great skill. They didn't get what they paid for-training to be
an auditor. They're leaving here with their cases in fair or excellent
condition but when they leave here they can AUDIT! The worst students I've
had go around town pulling off miracles. So we HAVE to be in the training
business in order to get Dianetics and Scientology done somewhere on the
face of earth.
Now this may be received as an awful invalidation of what you've been
doing, as a discounting of all your good work. However, it's only bald
finding. I've had, now, students from all of you. So I know why the
associates haven't left a rocket-tail across their areas. They didn't train
people to get results and the subject itself was injured.
Sure, I should have trained YOU better. But I'm doing that now. Almost
every associate has been or is being represented in these clinical units.
So all this calls for an overhaul of the entire associate program. With
well trained associates or staff members, it doesn't seem likely you can do
other than succeed in the various areas. BUT this will entail an awful lot
better training of your students. And it will entail a lot more attention
to communication in your area. Associates are very prone to get spread all
over the map with their ambitions and never LOOK at their own town. They
can look everywhere for business but the front yard. Typical of this, an
HAS official last year was getting all his business from 12,000 miles away
and none of it from the largest city in the world-LONDON. Associates
commonly think of themselves as rival HASs. Well, the HAS has always
covered its own area AND five continents. Right now it is plowing into
Phoenix the way nobody here has ever plowed before. Business is better
where you are, not three thousand miles away. So, applying and
communicating locally (and as nationally as you want, but locally first),
an associate can win.
You turn out good auditors and you'll win your area. Collect the fee
and skip the drudgery of training and you'll reap disaster for yourself-and
in many instances you have already done so.
Because of the legal situation in various places, the Church of
Scientology is your best bet in such areas. Alliance with the Freudian
Foundation is possible. Continuing as an HAS associate is possible. In any
event, we have the proper papers and procedures outlined here for your
application. But more important, the entire "associate program" is a jerry-
rig affair at this time. We don't know what you expect and we don't know
what you are doing. Before very long there will be a close-knit program
throughout the US. We have better programs in some very far places with our
associates than with US associates, so we're looking to home with this
newsletter. We can't just help you. We can make you. But you'll have to get
more communicative, you'll have to sell more books, you'll have to have the
proper tapes and you'll have to be willing to work like hell.
Some among you are doing all right. The bulk of the program however
needs to be pulled tightly into line. We've got a science, we have the
basic organization. Now let's get going and get the job done we started to
do. ALL CONTRACTS WITH MYSELF OR THE HAS ARE NOW SUBJECT TO RENEWAL. So
apply and tell us which way you want to go. Please let us know before April
1st, 1954. The HAS, a church, what course do you want to steer?
Sincerely,
LRH for the HAS
LRH :- jh
Copyright (�) 1954
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
T H E J O U R N A L O F
SCIENTOLOGY
Issue 26-G [1954, ca. late March]
Published by
The Hubbard Association of Scientologists, Inc.
Phoenix, Arizona
The Road Up
L. Ron Hubbard
Scientology today is doing exactly what it is supposed to do-work!
It is the only valid and fully tested mental process which Man has.
In view of those facts, both of them very easy to establish, why isn't
Scientology cutting a large swath through the world? It is attracting a
great deal of attention as the growing ranks of the HAS show. But why isn't
it bowling through each and every doubt and opposition everywhere?
There are several answers. The first is the widespread advertising of
that "nonadvertising" group, the medical profession. Magazine articles are
counted upon by the A.M.A. to sufficiently advertise medicine without the
A.M.A. having to buy space. The A.M.A. and its practitioners sell hope for
a billion or two annually. They have established a monopoly on health (or,
one should say, bad health). This monopoly and the constant parade of
articles in all leading periodicals tend to lull the public into the false
belief that Man's major problems of mental and physical health have already
been solved. The A.M.A. today depends, actually, upon the remedies prepared
for biochemists to keep the medical doctor from being disgraced.
There will always be a role for the medical doctor. But his role is not
as broad as A.M.A. advertising would like us to believe. The doctor is a
handyman desperately valuable in the specific fields of emergency surgery
and repair (as needed after accidents), in obstetrics, in orthopedics and
as epidemic police. Further he ceases to be valuable. Almost any chemical
engineer can administer antibiotics with better results than can a doctor.
Any civil engineer knows more about sanitation. Almost all operations as in
the field of surgery are needless. And in problems of psychosomatic
medicine the doctor has been and is a rather miserable flop-and
psychosomatic medicine comprises better than seventy percent of Man's ills!
The medical profession has prepared its own retreat into the fields
where it belongs for it has openly fought original research into the
problems it itself could not solve. It has continued to accept money from
the public to remedy ills it cannot help. It has therefore forfeited to a
large extent the good will of all research people and, as any poll would
show, the affection of the public as well.
Any organization unnaturally pretending to cure all when it cannot
nurtures the seeds of its own destruction. Any organization which pretends
to developments which it at first fought at length becomes laughable. That
the medical profession is now advertising, as in the Ladies' Home Journal,
that it is now nicely accepting the prenatal theory of Dianetics without
credit to Dianetics does not escape any ridicule or give us any real
responsibility in helping the A.M.A. to continue.
The auditor does not belong in the accident emergency ward until the
arteries are re-assembled. The auditor does not belong on the cause end of
a drug needle. The auditor does not pretend he can set bones (despite
Life's article to the effect that auditors do).
But the medical doctor believes with a very touching faith that he
belongs in a consultation room for the neurotic and insane. He believes he
is a high authority on
Copyright (�) 1954 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
shock and trauma and rushes quickly into his favorite advertising media
(the magazine article) to air his views on mental states-when as a matter
of fact the opinion of the local grocer is probably more reliable.
The medical doctor affirms his right to pass upon mental therapies, to
advise his patients about them. Why doesn't he give advice on radio
receiving sets too? It's a subject just as far from his forte as mental
science is.
The public is daily sold on the idea that psychosomatic medicine is in
the province of the medical doctor. Legislatures believe that only medical
doctors should "treat the insane." Everybody is standing around pretending
the problem of mental health is solved. And that is one of the most
dangerous assumptions any culture could make. The people of the culture
believing that today are shocked and surgeried into permanent insanities by
medicos who know no more about the mind than an auditor does about broken
bones.
The complacence of the A.M.A. in the teeth of this very dangerous
assumption should be very alarming, particularly to the A.M.A.
Routinely and regularly Scientologists are now solving all branches of
psychosomatic ills and all problems of shock and insanity save in those
cases where physical impediments to communication are impossible. Since
1947 every effort has been made to put this data into the hands of the
medical profession. The Original Thesis was written for and distributed to
the major organizations who control healing in the United States. Yet each
shrugged off any responsibility in the matter. The direction to go, then,
was not down simply because those "in charge of healing" could not find
value in Dianetics. The direction to go was out and up. Dianetics was
broadly released to the general public.
The great mouthpieces of medicine such as Morris Fishbein in Newsweek
have devoted pages and pages to a desperate effort to stop Dianetics. The
raving and frothing done upon the subjects of Dianetics and Scientology by
otherwise responsible men in Life, Time, and Look, in Liberty and cheaper
publications has no real precedent in this century. Every piece of scandal
that could be scraped up was hurled by medicine to stop Dianetics in its
tracks.
That was a heavy push for a young, struggling science to have to face.
Well, Dianetics and Scientology have faced it. This counter-effort has
slowed markedly the speed of advance. But that was not unexpected. And the
counter-effort is now almost entirely spent.
It cost a lot of money to slow Dianetics and Scientology down. But it
was worth a very great deal to these sciences to be slowed down. For it
made it necessary for me to work much, much harder and make them much, much
better and the time that took was the same time that it required for the
attack to wear itself out. Today we are very rich in knowledge. We can do
things quickly which, yesterday, were all but impossible.
The ridge of resistance is still there. But it is not a very solid
ridge. For we didn't fight back. Now that we are ready to march, it is
rather like walking on the backs of an enemy which has slain itself.
Now what are we going to do to make OUR attack good? Well, we have to
do several things.
The first of these is to discover in every one of us a level of
performance and ability which in itself will set an excellent example. That
one is "in" Dianetics and Scientology should be a synonym for being quick
and able.
This one we had better remedy rapidly. And the answer to that is posed
in the HAS program in Phoenix where for very, very little any auditor can
have his case pushed right on up to the top.
The second of these several things has to do with ability in
Scientology and with Scientology. This is being remedied by better training
schedules in associate schools and in particular by our Advanced Clinical
Course in Phoenix. (For they don't get out of HERE without knowing how!)
The third of these is to compel into the public knowledge the fact that
LOW COST therapy now exists. That answer is the group answer. We have tapes
here now which, if played to a group of strangers, would produce clears.
A fourth answer to our problems is with you. All you have to do is stop
asking for agreement from your area and start to ACT with what you know and
Scientology will go across wherever you are like a startled rocket. Who
cares who agrees with you? A medical doctor never explains the remedy. He
just uses it. Well, why don't you just USE Scientology and stop explaining
it?
The main problem which faces us now is WHAT are we going to do to SAVE
the medical doctor? He has all but ruined himself. We need bone and baby
mechanics. We need somebody to sew up the maimed and mauled. We MUST be
careful not to attack medicine. We MUST remember to be patient and gentle.
Otherwise you and I in a few years will have to sew them up and deliver
them and that's too much to ask.
Scientology is advancing just exactly the way it was intended to
advance. Now let's all of us get able enough to make the able much more
able and get this show on the road.
P.A.B. No. 23
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11
_____________________________________________________________________
2 April 1954
HAVINGNESS
(From the Researches and Notes of L. Ron Hubbard)
Starvation for energy is the keynote of any case which maintains
facsimiles in restimulation.
The thetan who holds facsimiles to the body has chosen to have the
energy in spite of the perceptions and significances in it. He is
attempting to have the energy and not have the aberrative quality of it.
Thus he is posed the problem of trying to reject the thought and accept the
energy and thus he cannot do either.
In Dianetics we gave him the energy by processing out the significances
(perception) in it.
When well exteriorized a thetan may have his energy so far reduced that
he becomes unhappy. Having him create and snap in anchor points upon
himself (not the body) will remedy this unhappiness.
Matched Terminaling, Admiration Processing and any other process which
reduces energy, at length "starve" the thetan for energy.
All these conditions are remedied by remedying the "havingness" of the
thetan.
As we saw in Acceptance Level Processing (PAB No. 15) only certain
energy forms may be acceptable to the thetan. This is regulated by the
screens he has erected against things. By setting up a resistance to
certain energies, he creates an eventual appetite for them. He sets up
screens to resist the form and the screen becomes plus for the form on the
far side and negative for the form on the near side. As the screen caves in
upon him (by being pounded by the unwanted form) it eventually causes an
appetite (vacuum) for the form. Thus he actually starves for a form he once
detested. This is the dwindling spiral of the MEST universe. The thetan
believes he has to have the form to survive.
The remedy of havingness is necessary for all cases at and below Step
IV of SOP 8.
An auditor remedies havingness by "starting an avalanche," by making
the preclear begin an automatic inflow of acceptable things, then graduates
the preclear rapidly to avalanches of stars, planets, heavy masses and
spaces.
It is density and mass which count, not specific items.
Degradation begins when the thetan is interiorized into unwanted mass.
It is completed when, having developed an appetite for heavy mass, he is
exteriorized from it.
Copyright (�) 1954 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
In this lifetime the downfall of any thetan began with his loss of some
heavy mass. The heaviness of the mass was the value of the mass. For
instance, an auditor wishing to trace the feeling of degradation in a
preclear would look for a time when the preclear lost or was removed from a
massive object. The auditor then has the preclear mock up the object and
change its quality better or worse until it "snaps in" automatically on the
preclear. Then the auditor has the preclear mock up enough of the object to
create an avalanche. The preclear must then add more and more to the
inflow, then add planets, stars and black stars until the preclear can
comfortably throw several dense objects away in mock-up. A reverse
(outflowing) avalanche is then begun and
Outflowing and inflowing avalanches are run on the preclear until his
"hunger" is satiated.
Numerous facsimiles may appear. The auditor continues with the dense
masses in avalanches, not the facsimiles. The facsimile will "blow."
This process, run for four or five hours, will create a Book 1 MEST
Clear.
Perceptions are turned on by running "acceptable" smells, lights and
sounds in avalanches. Masses are more important than perceptions.
[The above PAB is reissued as HCO B 3 May 1972, Havingness.]
5TH AMERICAN ADVANCED CLINICAL COURSE LECTURES
Phoenix, Arizona
30 March-7 May 1954
The 5th American Advanced Clinical Course convened in Phoenix, Arizona,
on Monday, 29 March 1954, and ran through Friday, May 7th. L. Ron Hubbard
delivered the following lectures and group processing sessions-including
more on Universe Processing as well as SOP-8D.
During the 5th ACC, on Wednesday, 21 April 1954, L. Ron Hubbard gave a
series of special group processing sessions. A listing of these is given on
page 50. A further series of public lectures was given on 5 May 1954 near
the end of the 5th ACC. These are listed on page 56.
5403C30 5ACC-1 Universes
5403C31 5ACC-2 Simple Processes
5404C01 5ACC-3 Basic Simple Procedures
** 5404C02 5ACC-4 Presence of an Auditor
5404C05 5ACC-5 Group Processing: Safe Place for Things
* 5404C06 5ACC-6 Lecture: Universes
* 5404C07 5ACC-7 Universe: Basic Definitions
** 5404C08 5ACC-8 Universe: Processes, Experience
* 5404C09 5ACC-9 Universe: Conditions of the Mind
* 5404C12 5ACC-10 Universe: Change and Rehabilitation
* 5404C13 5ACC-11 Universe: Manifestation
5404C14 5ACC-12 Universe: Manifestation
* 5404C15 5ACC-13 SOP-8D: Exteriorization and Stabilization
* 5404C16 5ACC-14 SOP-8D: Lecture
* 5404C19 5ACC-15 SOP-8D: Process, Universe Assessment
* 5404C20 5ACC-16 SOP-8D: Process, Remedying Havingness
* 5404C21 5ACC-17 SOP-8D: Elements of Auditing
* 5404C22 5ACC-18 SOP-8D
* 5404C23 5ACC-19 SOP-8D
* 5404C24 5ACC-20 SOP-8D: General Handling of Pc
* 5404C27 5ACC-2 1 SOP-8D: Anchor Points and Space
* 5404C28 5ACC-22 SOP-8D: Space and Havingness
* 5404C29 5ACC-23 SOP-8D: Space
* 5404C30 5ACC-24 SOP-8D
** 5405C03 5ACC-25 SOP-8D: Viewpoint Straightwire
How to Do a Viewpoint; also issued as PRO-22
* * 5405C04 5ACC-26 SOP-8D: Be, Do, Have Straightwire
* 5405C06 5ACC-27 Anatomy of Universes
* 5405C07 5ACC-28 Energy-Exteriorization
ADVANCED COURSE
Phoenix, Arizona
DATA SHEET
(For use as basic information by students of the
Advanced Clinical Course as of April 10, 1954.)
GOALS: Life has solutions for many things. It has never had a solution for
aberration until now. The target of the auditor is not simply the
eradication of aberration. It is the relegation of aberration to the status
of a solved problem.
Primary in auditing procedures is getting the preclear to change his
mind. When he can shift postulates easily and at will he will continue to
be in good condition. When he cannot his is a problem of other universes in
which he is "trapped." In any universe one is subject to the postulates of
the God of that universe. Therefore, when a preclear cannot be brought to
change his postulates he must be having trouble with other universes.
A problem with universes is primarily a problem in spaces. Secondarily
it is a problem in energy and matter. Any preclear having difficulty with
other universes is having difficulty with space.
The definition of space is "a viewpoint of dimension." Thus other
universes are created by other viewpoints. When a pc has been changed in
space a great deal by another viewpoint and when he has many impacts in
common with it he may believe that he is in another universe and,
mechanically, this is so. In such a way a preclear may be found in mother's
universe, in father's, in a pet's, in his body's and is, of course, in the
MEST universe where the postulates, he conceives, are those of God. The
nuclear physicist studies God's postulates.
Whenever a preclear cannot change his own postulates easily, we
conceive that he is operating upon other postulates than his own and thus,
that he is in another universe. We resolve space only insofar as we need to
resolve other universes.
Where the preclear is in a universe which operates upon psychotic
postulates he is immediately pressed to face aberration.
This is an E-Meter problem, that of other universes and is resolved by
asking the pc while on the meter whose commands he would obey, whether
father's, mother's, etc. The meter will experience its biggest drop on
those universes where he is having the greatest conflict. However, the
meter will not necessarily respond on universes in which he is entirely
enclosed. Removing the "reacting" (biggest drop) universes, one at a time,
will exteriorize the pc from all universes.
The key command in all Universe Processing is "Where (father, mother,
wife, pet) would be safe." The pc must then SPOT points in space where he
is certain the person in question would be safe. Various regular phenomena
then occur. The replies are not, of course, very rational. Getting the pc
to spot spots in space is of the essence. He must be brought to spot spots
in MEST space.
It will be found that spotting a spot in space is almost impossible for
some pcs. They give conditions, not locations. Or, even in using Opening
Procedure, they cannot easily spot a location in space without their
attention flicking quickly to objects.
KNOW-SEX SCALE: There is a scale of behavior, patterned on the tone scale,
which starts at the top with KNOW and goes as follows downscale. This is
also a scale of tolerance of viewpoints or tolerance of space or
interiorization in universes and furnishes a fast diagnosis. KNOW-can
create space. LOOK-is creating space. EMOTE-is combining space and energy.
EFFORT-is condensing space. THINK-is wandering in condensed spaces. SYMBOLS-
has codified spaces into words and other significances. EATING-is content
with spaces already condensed but belonging to others. SEX- finds no space
tolerable for present beingness but looks to other and future beingnesses
as the only chance for universes.
COMMUNICATION: The graph of communication is CAUSE ....to .... EFFECT.
Or CAUSE-DISTANCE-EFFECT. Or C distance E. A perfect communication occurs
when whatever is at Cause point is duplicated exactly at Effect point. Thus
a perfect communication contains duplication. A thetan seeking to
communicate seeks to send impulses or particles from himself at C to the
receipt point at E, WITHOUT FORM. Thus, a thetan has NO-FORM as a condition
of a perfect communication. A body, on the other hand, when it
communicates, places the condition of FORM into any communication it sends.
Thus a thetan, working obsessively, would seek to make NO-FORM at all
effect points while a body would attempt to create FORM at effect points. A
body seeks to make something out of every communication, hence,
significance and deeper meanings and prior causes. A thetan seeks to make
NO-FORM out of all communications, hence a nothingness. These are the
mechanics of communication. They are also the mechanics of human behavior.
The perfect duplication of a communication is seldom possible, hence the
dwindling spiral. BUT harm in communication only occurs when there is no
KNOWING about communication. Impulsive or obsessive communication alone
takes exception, on the part of a thetan, to something, on the part of the
body, to nothingness.
NON-EXTERIORIZED CASES: When cases are difficult to exteriorize the auditor
is involved, basically, with a tangle of universes. The thetan cannot LOOK
because he is in all other universe where looking (the making of space) is
forbidden. Occlusion of various kinds, facsimile looking, are present only
when the thetan is in another universe than his own. In his own he can
easily look even into other universes. Occlusion and non-exteriorization
are then stemming from the same cause. THE MORE DIFFICULT THE CASE, THE
LESS TOLERANCE OF SPACE. This is resolved by having the pc spot space,
using the body perception or not. He can do this via Opening Procedure as
well as by spotting distant MEST spaces. The SPOT in space is more
important than the object in space. Thus one has him spot spots until he
can with ease. One then begins the task of separating him from universes
using Universe Processing.
CHANGE OF SPACE: This process has been standard for some time. It is not
used on pcs until they are exteriorized. It can be approximated by non-
exteriorized cases by having them spot spots in space. The goal of Change
of Space is bringing the preclear up to present time in all MEST spaces.
Rapid spotting or changing into various locations where the pc has been in
difficulty keynotes this process.
INTERIORIZATION-EXTERIORIZATION: The preclear must be able to interiorize
into and out of objects and spaces at will. Drills which interiorize and
exteriorize him rapidly time after time from the interior to the exterior
of rocks, planets, animals and people remedy his ability. It must be noted
however that this decreases havingness and this decrease must be remedied.
HAVINGNESS: The preclear has so long had that he believes he must have.
This lack of havingness is run by discovering what is acceptable to the pc
in the way of mass and having him pull many such objects in upon him.
Pulling in enough mass will run out the engram bank. Engrams are in
restimulation only because they represent energy which the pc or the body
pulls in. Universe Processing, run correctly, DOES NOT
UPSET HAVINGNESS and is the one process which escapes it. Avalanches of
planets and stars can be started inward and outward by remedying
havingness. This is beneficial rather than otherwise. Such avalanches
should be put into the control of the preclear with starting, stopping and
changing their inflow and outflow.
GRAND TOUR: This is the process of taking the newly exteriorized pc to
various locations in this solar system and is Change of Space and
Interiorization-Exteriorization combined. The pc is sent to places near the
Earth, the Moon, the Sun, Mars, etc. This is done rapidly and many times.
He is then exteriorized-interiorized out of and into these heavenly bodies.
He is made to move down to planet surfaces and to centers as opposed to
being in positions but he is also made to be in positions. In other words,
he is rapidly changed in space and is also, during other intervals, made to
move through space. A grand tour is completed, actually, by change of space
through all the important spots (where he has had experience on the whole
track) of the MEST universe.
SOP 8-C: This process, as developed, continues to be successful in general
hands and is recommended for instruction of auditors in other than the
Advanced Clinical Course and for use by Book Auditors. It is a powerful
weapon and is chalking up many successes.
OTHER PROCESSES: There are many patch-up and emergency processes. They are
of varying value. None of them have been abandoned. Where an auditor has
these as part of his know-how, he should use them in relationship to their
effectiveness in his experience. He should not, however, compulsively
continue with a process which he is not finding very useful in his hands
simply because it "makes nothing" or "makes something" of the preclear. A
case in point is the obsessive use, by many auditors, of the early
processes of Dianetics. These auditors have fixated on "making nothing of
pictures." In Scientology we have better processes and have had better
processes for some time. In fact Scientology processes are so much better
than this that we terminated the temporary use of the word "Dianetics."
Older processes and emergency processes in particular have not been
invalidated. Auditors would, for instance, discover that engrams can be
made to vanish by having the preclear remedy his havingness or by "finding
places where pictures would be safe" for a few hours. Any phenomena can be
remedied by 8-C or Universe Processing. The results of these have the great
advantage of being stable when attained.
ADVANCED COURSE PROCEDURE
Continually working with students in the Advanced Course I have been
able to codify procedures in such a way that they work very consistently
for auditors.
First: Establish a two-way communication with the preclear, either by
discussion or questioning in generalities. Get him to talk a little. Then
run next to last list of Self Analysis to measure his communication lag for
future reference and to avoid falling into "one of THOSE cases" unawares.
Second: Run from ten minutes to two hours of Opening Procedure (a) until
the preclear is happy to take orders from an auditor and (b) UNTIL THE PC
CAN LOCATE SPOTS IN SPACE WITHOUT HIS ATTENTION SNAPPING ON TO MEST
OBJECTS.
Third: Run SOP 8-C Step I. If at this point pc exteriorizes with certainty,
run the remainder of this procedure (Advanced Course Procedure). If PC DOES
NOT EXTERIORIZE EASILY he is having a major problem with universes. This
problem with universes must be resolved somewhat before he can be made to
exteriorize. Resolve some of the universe problems, then go to the second
step (ACP) above, then run this step (8-C Step I) again. If he still
doesn't exteriorize, resolve more universe problems. To
run Universe Processing, have pc, first, spot spots in space. Then have him
find places where E-Meter reacting personnel (mother, father, etc.) "are
safe." This is actually all there is to the process. One stays with the
person selected until the charge is greatly lessened or until the phenomena
of "separating universes" takes place. The key command is "Where are
viewpoints safe?" Have the pc actually spot spots in space and make sure
that he IS certain that the viewpoint (or the person) is safe there. The
clue to this "safe" is, of course, "Senior Survival." The pc gets into the
winning valence because that had senior survival. Thus he takes the
viewpoints of MEST objects or people which have senior survival. Beingness
Processing is another process similar to but less powerful than (but
complementing) Universe Processing.
Fourth: Beingness Processing. By which the auditor has the preclear BE
various things until he finds things the pc can be with certainty. The goal
here is to get the pc able to be anything in any universe or to be any
universe. Which is to say, to assume the viewpoint of anything. This clears
up spots which the pc cannot tolerate, also forms of which he is afraid.
When the pc is discovered being something compulsively, one finds where
that "would be safe," for it is a winning valence. This includes getting
the pc to be his first piece of space, and his first piece of energy. The
reason one does this last is to "undercut" his first period of
"unknowingness." The pc is asked to be the space, then himself, back and
forth, many times. Then to be the energy, then himself, back and forth many
times. A variation, when the pc is compulsively discovered being something,
is to have him be that thing, then to find places where a thetan would be
safe from the viewpoint of that thing he is being. Again the goal is to get
the pc to a point where he can be any object or space in any universe.
Fifth: Universe Processing and Step I of 8-C on the EXTERIORIZED pc,
alternating.
NOTE: When the pc goes into apathy on Universe or Beingness
Processing, the auditor should take care that he himself, by
communication breaks, has not brought on the condition. Running
Opening Procedure on a case which has heavily bogged into apathy is a
good repair measure. But apathy results in Beingness Processing when
the thetan has been something compulsively and is just beginning to be
himself in that situation. Asking him to be the object and then be
himself will run out this apathy. The apathy is the halfway mark of
coming out of a winning valence and is rather inevitable. Apathy is
more alive than the object the pc was being.
Sixth: The Grand Tour (see earlier part of this data sheet). The Grand Tour
now includes Change of Space to the entrance point of the MEST universe,
etc., etc., etc. It also includes exteriorization-interiorization drills.
NOTE: If pc boils or gets dull, REMEDY HAVINGNESS. If this does not
alter the condition, it is a problem in universes and Universe
Processing should be used.
Seventh: Run SOP 8-C in its entirety on preclear including brief Opening
Procedure.
Eighth: SOP-8-0 as released in April.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:-.rd
Copyright (�) 1954
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
ADVANCED COURSE HAS
Phoenix, Arizona
April 15, 1954
S.O.P. 8 D
This procedure is for use by a trained Scientologist. It can be used in
conjunction with ADVANCED COURSE PROCEDURE and its primary goal is the
delivery of heavy cases; however, it can be extensively applied to all
cases. It is better to run a Step I well on 8-C before using this process
upon him.
OPENING PROCEDURE: Have pc move his body around the room locating SPOTS IN
MEST SPACE. Have him locate many such spots and designate them with his
finger. Have him do this until he can do it very well and until he obeys an
auditor's directions easily.
STEP I: Ask preclear to be three feet back of his chair. This is the total
step. The auditor does not press the matter further even if the pc is.
STEP II: Have preclear look at his environment and whatever he sees have
him duplicate it many times. Then have him duplicate a nothingness he makes
or finds many times.
STEP III: Have preclear hold the two back corners of the room (2 minutes at
least or two or more hours). Then have him locate spots in space where he
is not.
STEP IV: AN E-METER STEP. Give pc a full assessment by putting him on an E-
Meter at this point and asking him to name the people with whom he has been
associated since birth. The auditor writes these down and indicates by a
symbol after each name whether the action of the needle is stuck, small,
medium or violent. On a consistently stuck needle, use next to last list SA
until needle frees. Then choose that person who got the biggest reaction on
the meter and using this person have preclear find spots or spaces where
this person would be safe. The preclear must be certain of the fact. The
auditing command is, "Find some places where would be safe." One
continues this until the needle shows no further reaction, on just this
first person. Then one goes to OPENING PROCEDURE and starts all the way
through the steps again. Now one takes the same person as the auditor first
chose and runs this processing question only: "Spot some things which your
does not own." This is the total question. (One to two hour
communication lag may not be unusual.) The auditor continues to ask this
question and the preclear continues to spot things which this person does
not own until the needle is relatively inactive. Then the auditor goes to
OPENING PROCEDURE above and continues through the steps. But now he takes a
new assessment and proceeds exactly as before. "Places where would be
safe" is Universe Processing. "Things does not own" is Ownership
Processing. No variations of command of any kind whatsoever should be used
by the auditor as these are not dichotomies and variation can be very hard
on the preclear, even making him ill. The auditor should add "The spirit of
Man", "The spirit of Woman", God, and the body. STUDY THIS PROCESS WELL
BEFORE USING IT. DO NOT DEPART FROM IT OR VARY IT UNTIL PRECLEAR IS STABLY
EXTERIORIZED. THE ACTUAL GOAL OF THIS PROCESS IS TO BRING THE PRECLEAR TO
TOLERATE ANY VIEWPOINT.
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH:- jh
Copyright (�) 1954
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
T H E J O U R N A L O F
SCIENTOLOGY
Issue 28-G [1954, ca. mid-April]
Published by
The Hubbard Association of Scientologists, Inc.
Phoenix, Arizona
Scientology: A New Science
L. Ron Hubbard
1954 INTRODUCTION
Scientology: A New Science was written by L. Ron Hubbard in 1947
fifteen years after he began his studies of the mind, and was the
manuscript offered to such organizations as the American Medical
Association and the American Psychiatric Association. Instead of being
accepted by these organizations, this thesis was accepted broadly by the
public at large. Tens of thousands of copies of it have been circulated all
over the world, mostly by the public itself, duplicating it, mimeographing
it, even typing it with many carbons.
The basic science was named "Scientology" in 1938. In 1947 L. Ron
Hubbard changed its name to "Dianetics" in order to make a social test of
publication and popularity. That test completed, in 1952 he changed the
science back to its original name, SCIENTOLOGY. This was done to inhibit
its being monopolized for private purposes.
This work in its first manuscript form was called Scientology: A New
Science. This was changed soon by L. Ron Hubbard to Abnormal Dianetics for
offerance to the medical profession.
The first article, "Dianetics: The Evolution of a Science," appeared
months afterward [May, 1950 in the United States; June, 1950 in England, in
Astounding Science Fiction Magazine].
It was in May of 1950 that Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental
Health was published. Although the latter is widely known as "the first
book," A New Science actually holds that honor by three years.
Seven years after its first appearence, Scientology: A New Science is
issued again for its historical importance, its simplicity and its
usefulness to those studying the evolution of the science itself. It is
very simple and workable even in the early form presented here.
_____________________________
[For the full text of Scientology: A New Science, read the book under its
current title, Dianetics: The Original Thesis by L. Ron Hubbard. The only
difference in the text is that the above article used the word
"Scientology" in place of "Dianetics."-Editor, 1975]
Copyright (�) 1951 ,1954 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
P.A.B. No. 24
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11
_____________________________________________________________________
16 April 1954
CERTAINTY OF EXTERIORIZATION
Are they exteriorized?
Perhaps one never appreciates the benefits which result from
exteriorization until he runs, with a case which has been exteriorized, a
drill of exteriorization-interiorization with solid objects. This step, the
principles and operation of which will be covered in an early PAB in
greater detail, demonstrates the great difference which can be achieved in
a preclear who is made able at last to exteriorize from and interiorize
into any and all objects and spaces at will.
An individual has to have, as long as he believes objects can be forced
upon him and pushed around him-whatever his own determinism on the matter
may be.
After a thetan has been unable to separate himself from a group or
object for a considerable length of time he begins to believe that whatever
it is is something he must have. He will then figure-figure a reason why he
has this object.
After a thetan has been a body for a long period of time, he believes
he cannot separate himself from a body, and believes, therefore, that he
has to have a body. He will then add many reasons why he has to have a
body.
Reasons always follow the fact. The fact occurs, and then purposes are
originated in order to account for the fact. Explanations ensue from
incidents. Necessities in havingness ensue from possession.
If an individual has to have something, it is certain that he has once
possessed the object or one similar to it, or he is in the valence of
something which has to have the object.
Contrary to all the rationale connected therewith, all possession
derives on the basis of "Now that I've got it, what can I do with it?" "Now
that I am doing something with it, I have to have it."
The basics of this are contained in the Theta-MEST theory. This was the
original theory of somethingness-nothingness. A thetan, being nothing,
attempts to achieve nothingnesses. A body, being something, attempts to
achieve somethingnesses.
The effort of a body to achieve somethingnesses continues long and
arduously even into the field of reason. The effort to achieve
somethingnesses includes "having to have a reason for."
A person who is firmly convinced he is a body and is therefore being a
body always has to have a reason for or a significance. Hence we get figure-
figure-figure.
Copyright (�) 1954 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
Given a fact, there must always be a reason for the fact. Thus there must
be other facts. And in this wise we get somethingness adding up to greater
somethingnesses. In the case of the thetan we get a continuous effort to
knock out the somethingnesses and achieve greater simplicities or
nothingnesses. Basically this is a problem in communication. A perfect
communication demands that that which is sent from the source point must be
duplicated perfectly at the receipt point. The graph of communication is
therefore C- - - E. Here we have cause, a distance, and effect. A perfect
communication would be one which found at the E point a perfect duplication
of that impulse or particle which emanated from the C point. It should be
very plain, then, that communication is, in a purity, a complete
duplication.
Any communication resulting from a cause point which has no form, if
perfectly duplicated, would contain as an integral part of its message "no
form." Thus at the effect point of the communication line one would
discover the message to be without form. Thus the impulse of the thetan in
communicating is to make no form. In other words, being a nothingness so
far as form is concerned, if balked in communicating one way and another,
the thetan would eventually become obsessed with the idea of having no form
at any effect point he was trying to reach.
Similarly, when there is a mass at the cause point of a communication
line, the effect point would be expected by the cause point then to have
mass. In other words, a body talking to a nothingness would tend, if it
became obsessed upon the subject, to become upset because there was no mass
at the effect point of its communication line. A thetan would tend to
become upset if there continued to be a mass at the effect point of his
communication line.
Completely rational behavior naturally permits a nothingness to
communicate to a somethingness and a somethingness to communicate to a
nothingness, a nothingness to communicate to a nothingness and a
somethingness to communicate to a somethingness. These, being all possible
combinations so far as mass and communication are concerned, are of course
the requisites if anybody is to have a free feeling about communication
itself.
Let us take, though, the case of a body obsessively communicating with
a spirit. Here we have John Doe addressing a nothingness. John Doe believes
he is a mass, therefore he seeks to give all of his communication mass. He
continually seeks to communicate with a no-mass at the effect point.
Inevitably he will begin to believe that there is something wrong with his
communication since no mass appears at the effect point. Talking to God,
John Doe would be most pleased if God were to step forward in a massive
form, for this would be a more or less perfect communication. But John Doe,
going on talking to God without God appearing, will eventually become
obsessed and will believe, then, that he cannot communicate. Believing he
cannot communicate, he believes that the line is now reversed and that the
cause point is at the nothingness and the effect point is at himself.
Therefore he will seek to become a nothingness. A nothingness will be
communicating with John Doe. And this will make it necessary for John Doe
to achieve a no-mass state if the communication is to be perfect. Thus John
Doe could liberally interpret this communication system in various ways,
and the least of his interpretations would be that he was unworthy or
degraded, or that he should repent or abase himself-which is to say in all
cases become nothing by the common interpretation of nothing.
But let us say that John Doe is totally aware of himself as a thetan.
He begins to communicate to a mass such as an idol or a body or some other
solid object. If he continued such a communication line without realizing
the fundamentals of communication, he would soon begin to expect a
nothingness to appear where the idol or the body or other mass was. The
persistence of the mass at the E point would make Doe feel that he had
never communicated. He would therefore believe that his power to
communicate was less, and he would believe that he therefore must become
something. Thus he steps out of the role of being cause and becomes an
effect on this communication line. This, at the very least, would tend to
interiorize John Doe, the thetan, into the mass he was trying to
communicate with, for he would not consider himself capable of reaching the
distance necessary to communicate and would believe that this mass, now
considered to be senior to himself, would have the power to reach him;
therefore he would interiorize.
These, basically, are the mechanisms of communication. But they are
also the mechanisms of interiorization-exteriorization. Duplication, you
see here, is the effort. And duplication becomes the effort solely because
communication is the effort. When a being loses grip on these principles he
is then in for considerable trouble, for he will find himself unable in
this universe to achieve a perfect duplication and so will be unable to
achieve a perfect communication.
Now let us take this matter and apply it to auditors, and let us
discover that an auditor who is not himself exteriorized and who still
believes that he is a somethingness would actually feel thwarted and
unsuccessful if he achieved an exteriorization on a preclear. His effort
would be to continue to make something of the preclear, in other words a
mass of the preclear. That the preclear was still interiorized would be
gratifying to an auditor who is not exteriorized. You should see this very
easily, then, that an auditor who is not exteriorized and who has no actual
subjective proof of exteriorization would, whether he knew it or not, work
towards more thoroughly interiorizing the preclear. In other words, he
would continue to try to have something at the E point of the communication
line between auditor and preclear. The auditor being something auditing
from source point would attempt to gratify his desire for a perfect
communication to have something always at the effect point.
Similarly, an auditor who was exteriorized would find it more or less
intolerable, if he had forgotten these principles and had become obsessed
about communication, that the preclear's body continued to sit there in the
auditing chair.
In either of these cases, a conflict may possibly arise and the theta
clear and the auditor still interiorized might alike (forgetting these
principles) dispute whether or not the preclear was exteriorized, since
either one of them would find fault with the preclear's condition. The
basic fault that they would be finding, in the case of the theta clear
auditing, would be that the preclear's body continued to be there, and in
the case of the person not yet exteriorized, that the preclear maintained
that he was not any longer there and was not in his body. An auditor, then,
whether a theta clear or one still thoroughly interiorized, is likely to
raise a very large point over exteriorization itself. This point would rise
to the same violence that the individual himself would feel toward
communication itself. If an individual, whether exteriorized or
interiorized, has any arduous or frantic feeling about communication, he is
likely to manifest that arduousness or franticness on the exact point of
"Are they exteriorized?"
If any damage is to result in auditing it will be on the lines of
invalidation of the certainty of exteriorization. By invalidating this,
particularly to a preclear who has just achieved it, one is complementing
thoroughly a continuous communication problem of the preclear; which is to
say, he is a nothingness continuously in communication with somethingness.
In order to remain cause on this communication line, and in order to be an
effect and relaxed about it, the preclear has to attain a considerable
serenity on the subject of being a nothingness trying to communicate with
somethingnesses. People who are still interiorized have lost that serenity
and find the communication with a nothingness intolerable.
Only an auditor who is ignorant of these principles and is still
obsessed on the subject of communication would make the effort of
invalidating exteriorization on the preclear's part a major activity.
How can you tell if they are exteriorized? The most recent and delicate E-
Meters will register the fact. But much more than this, DOES THE PRECLEAR
KNOW HE IS EXTERIORIZED? This last is the only true test. By questioning
his certainty and by beating him into an uncertainty, one has undone a
considerable amount of his knowingness.
L. RON
HUBBARD
SPECIAL GROUP PROCESSING SESSIONS
Phoenix, Arizona
21 April 1954
On Wednesday, 21 April 1954, L. Ron Hubbard gave the following special
Group Processing Sessions in Phoenix, Arizona:
* 5404C21 GP Spec-1 Exteriorization and Stabilization
5404C21 GP Spec-2 Exteriorization and Stabilization (cont.)
* 5404C21 GP Spec-3 Remedy of Havingness
5404C21 GP Spec-4 Remedy of Havingness (cont.)
* 5404C21 GP Spec-5 Certainty Assessment on All Dynamics
* 5404C21 GP Spec-6 Processing on Certainty
* 5404C21 GP Spec-7 Universes: Assessment
5404C21 GP Spec-8 Universes: Assessment (cont.)
P.A.B. No. 25
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11
_____________________________________________________________________
30 April 1954
BASIC PROCEDURES
There are several processes in use by professional auditors at this
time which reach into and resolve even those cases which we used to
consider difficult. As I have developed these one after another, I have
discovered that each one missed on a small percentage of cases. A
combination of these processes which I organized while teaching the
Advanced Clinical Courses is apparently achieving, in the hands of capable
auditors, the uniform resolution.
The auditor should realize something about case percentages. About
twenty-two percent of all cases, which is to say all people, resolve, at
least partially, with the application of almost any process Man has ever
had. A new drug, a new tom-tom, a new god, anything serves to right any
wrongness in these cases. Witch doctoring, medicine, psychoanalysis, when
they advance case histories, normally have selected from this twenty-two
percent. But then this twenty-two percent would have resolved on any
process.
The first major break-out from this percentage was evidently Dianetics.
Here we advanced sweepingly up to fifty percent. The first treatise on
Scientology written in 1947 and entitled Scientology: A New Science (Issue
28-G, Journal of Scientology [Dianetics: The Original Thesis] ) contains
within it sufficient know-how to attain this fifty percent resolution. This
percentage was bettered somewhat by Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental
Health, Science of Survival, Handbook for Preclears and Advanced Procedure
and Axioms (all but Science of Survival available from the HAS).
On my discovery and use of the first exteriorization techniques it was
found that the same fifty percent who would respond to Dianetics easily
would exteriorize almost immediately. The effort of Standard Operating
Procedures from 1952 forward was to better this percentage in the hands of
a competent auditor.
In the hands of most auditors, SOP-8 still left more than ten percent
of the cases unsolved.
By continuing to work while instructing the Advanced Clinical Units,
and particularly through the discoveries of the basic principles of
communication itself, I evolved SOP-8-C (Journal of Scientology, Issue 24-
G, available from the HAS, 806 North Third Street, Phoenix, Arizona, 50�).
According to reports which continue to be received from auditors, any
honest application of SOP-8-C resolves extremely difficult cases as well as
very easy cases. The reason for this is that SOP-8-C reaches closer to
truth, which is the reason for any efficacy in processes. SOP-8-C takes
into account very fully the fact that the ability of a thetan to make
postulates is senior to his concerns over space, energy and objects. In
fact, so far as the thetan is concerned, all he has is an ability to make
postulates. Certain postulates, agreed upon, have apparently become the
various universes we know about. That certain of the postulates became
"solid" is
Copyright (�)1954 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
no reason that the thetan is incapable of making other postulates. The
conclusions forced upon him by objects, energy and space are not the only
conclusions there are, and these conclusions do not make the thetan junior
to objects, energy and space. Thus we could study the behavior of space,
energy and objects for a very long time indeed without freeing our
preclear.
However, the percentage of cases who do not resolve easily have to have
addressed in them the problem of havingness-which is to say, the problems
of objects, energies and spaces. We also discover now that we are reaching
a much higher state with those on whom the techniques originally worked.
Our problem has been heightened by the fact that we are achieving states
which are greatly superior to any states ever achieved by any therapy in
the past. By reaching up toward higher states of beingness, we are actually
exceeding our original proposition that we were trying to make men well.
However, if these states are there to be reached then they should be
reached, for unless we reach them our preclear cannot be guaranteed to be
stable for the many decades to come. Thus our goals are now higher levels
and greater stability.
In an effort to achieve these goals, I have been combining the most
effective processes I know into an operating procedure called Unit IV
Procedure.* This process, that is to say combination of processes, does not
exceed the proposition that the thetan operates on postulates and does not
exceed SOP-8-C. It simply reaches deeper into the strata of preclears
available to an auditor's skill.
The keynote of any process is the skill of its application. Processes
applied with variation are usually applied without knowledge of the
background of the process. The safest way to apply a process is exactly as
set forth. Of course, persons who are not yet exteriorized and who are not
relaxed about communication will inevitably take a simple process and try
to make it more complicated. In this effort it is quite commonly made
ineffective. Processes are as good as they are simple. The direction toward
simplicity is the direction toward nothingness. It happens, in life, to be
the direction of workability because the individual himself is a static
without mass or place in time. Thus, truly a very basic simplicity.
Auditors who try to multiply and complicate processes are auditors who have
not themselves been properly processed and who are not free from
communication compulsions. The existence of these auditors and their
twisted use of processes is responsible in large measure for their
inability to obtain results with the processes.
Should auditors who have been having difficulty with cases simply take
Issue 24-G of the Journal of Scientology and use exactly it as set forth,
they would discover that their preclears whom they considered difficult
would become extremely easy to work and would become theta clears.
In view of the fact that 8-C will achieve this result in competent
hands and in view of the fact that it is very easily applied, one would
seem to need no further advance in Scientology. But there are two problems
into which a preclear can fall which are not immediately resolved by 8-C.
These are the problems of BEINGNESS and UNIVERSES.
The preclear who is difficult to process is not in contact any more
with his own universe. And the auditor processing him is actually
processing the universe of somebody else for the preclear.
There is a rule involved in universes to which an auditor must pay
attention, and that is that the universe is subject to the postulates of
the god of that universe. In other
[*Refers to the 4th American Advanced Clinical Course, held February 15-
March 26, 1954, in Phoenix, Arizona, see page 25.]
words, in the case of mother's universe, mother's postulates are effective
and the preclear's postulates are not. When a preclear has closed terminals
with and is existing in mother's universe (even though mother has been dead
for fifty years) he is not operating on his own postulates. Therefore a
technique which immediately and intimately approaches postulates, where it
encounters somebody deeply enmeshed in somebody else's universe, of course
has limited workability.
In the case of Beingness Processing we find that preclears are very
often being things. A preclear who is being a bedpost may act perfectly
rational but at the same time will think much as a bedpost thinks-which is
not at all-and will have some flaw connected with trying to act with and
use the characteristics of somethingness which he is compulsively being. A
preclear who is in good condition can be anything at will. A preclear who
is in poor condition waits for the environment to give him consent to be
something or actually succumbs to the fact that the environment wants him
to be something. Here again we have a failure of postulates, since a
bedpost does not make very good postulates.
Unit IV Procedure handles such problems and includes within it as well
many of the drills which swiftly heighten the awareness and ability of the
preclear. Unit IV Procedure includes SOP-8-C in its entirety, but is an
extension of other workable processes which I have used to free
individuals.
As the first requisite of auditing is a communication line and as the
worst thing wrong with a preclear is his communication system, it will be
discovered that the earliest processes to be used are those of getting a
preclear into communication. In view of the fact that his communication
probably reverses on the principle of duplication (see last PAB), the
auditor will often discover that the preclear is changing or altering or
reversing directions given to him. This is an immediate failure on the part
of communication, not on the part of the process being used. There is an
additional process which remedies this fairly well, and that is the
handling of machines which reverse communications. One simply tells the
preclear to do one thing, and has the preclear consciously do something
else until the machine is keyed out. As an example, one tells the preclear
to lift his right hand and the preclear consciously having heard the
command, walks across and lays his left hand on the table. This done for a
considerable length of time will throw out of existence the command
reversal machinery of the preclear. This is actually an integral part of
Opening Procedure as contained in SOP-8-C, but is not covered in 24-G.
Auditor competence is the keynote in handling any process. But auditor
competence depends upon the auditor being able to receive and give forth a
process as it has been found to work. Thus we are apt to find difficulty
with certain auditors simply in that they do not deliver the processes
which are placed in their view. They take these processes, complicate them,
and obeying some communication obsession or compulsion seek to make more of
the preclear instead of exteriorizing him, or seek to make nothing of the
preclear where the preclear is perfectly entitled to have something.
There is no question about the workability of Scientology in the hands
of those trained in the Advanced Clinical Course. Nor is there any question
of its workability in the hands of those who audit straightforwardly from
the material presented. But there is a question of the workability of
Scientology when a case which cannot receive a communication complicates or
deranges some process and then delivers it in such a way as to complicate
the case of a preclear.
Auditors have many explanations when they do this, and amongst these
explanations is the fact that they do not like "to be a follower." These
people are under the delusion that I have "invented" Scientology and that
"Hubbard's theories and ideas" are Hubbard's. Scientology happens to be a
description born out of twenty-five years
of investigation of how life and universes are put together. It is a
description of a great deal of observation. There have been discoveries,
yes, on the order of somebody suddenly seeing a mountain and telling
somebody else about it. In addition to this description, a communication
system has been originated in order to bring home to the preclear the truth
of a situation so that by recognizing it he may alter it. One can only be
lost in puzzles. A puzzle fully described ceases to be a puzzle.
It can be said now that a hundred percent of the cases are solvable
given competent and interested address to the problem. Some cases take
longer than others, depending upon how thoroughly mired down a case may be.
Because of the time factor-wherein an auditor refuses to audit a case for
fifty or eighty hours in order to remedy a psychosis-a percentage of non-
solution will continue to result. But in eighty percent of the cases today
we are auditing on an auditing span of twelve to fifteen hours where a
competent auditor is involved. And there is a finite end to any case, a
fact which I have been consistently demonstrating, and which Advanced
Clinical Course people have been consistently demonstrating, for many
months. However, in that one cannot force people (and there is no reason
whatever to force people) to stay with cases as long as they remain
unsolved, it can be expected that cases which go above twenty or thirty
hours of auditing time will tend to remain unfinished. This does not,
however, mean that such cases will not have received all those benefits
which were ever expected from psychotherapy. For a competent auditor can
achieve these with any case now in a dozen or two hours whether he finishes
the case off to operating thetan or not.
We have arrived at the goal of operating thetan where we consistently
strove forward to that goal. But more important, we have reached and passed
any goal psychotherapy ever entertained as much as a year ago. Those goals
on which we are now working with preclears so far exceed any goal set by
Man that it is not fair to call Scientology any more a developing science,
for we are well above the level of science and we are working with the
factors which create sciences.
In subsequent PABs I will set forward the various steps of Unit IV
Procedure, some of which can be self-audited. Seeing that Scientology can
embrace a science, a religion, a psychotherapy, one of the wittier DScns
recently invented Scientocracy, which is "Government of the people, by the
thetans."
L. RON
HUBBARD
VIEWPOINT STRAIGHT WIRE
May 3, 1954
These questions, with small variation, are put to the preclear without
regard to his anxiety or concern and without directing his attention to
specific types of activity. Just these questions are used.
The goal of this process is to bring the preclear to tolerance of any
and all viewpoints in any universe.
What question wouldn't you mind asking?
What question wouldn't you mind another (others) asking?
What wouldn't you mind knowing?
What wouldn't you mind another (others) knowing?
What wouldn't you mind looking at?
What wouldn't you mind another (others) looking at?
What emotion wouldn't you mind observing?
What emotion wouldn't you mind another (others) observing?
What emotion wouldn't you mind experiencing?
What emotion wouldn't you mind another (others) experiencing?
What effort wouldn't you mind observing?
What effort wouldn't you mind another (others) observing?
What effort wouldn't you mind experiencing?
What effort wouldn't you mind another (others) experiencing?
What wouldn't you mind thinking about?
What wouldn't you mind another (others) thinking about?
What symbol wouldn't you mind observing?
What symbol wouldn't you mind another (others) observing?
What eatingness wouldn't you mind viewing?
What eatingness wouldn't you mind another (others) viewing?
What wouldn't you mind eating?
What wouldn't you mind another (others) eating?
What sexual activity wouldn't you mind observing?
What sexual activity wouldn't you mind another (others) observing?
What sexual activity wouldn't you mind experiencing?
What sexual activity wouldn't you mind another (others) experiencing?
What sound wouldn't you mind hearing?
What sound wouldn't you mind another (others) hearing?
What motion wouldn't you mind observing?
What motion wouldn't you mind another (others) observing?
What (who) would it be all right to like?
What (who) would it be all right for another (others) to like?
What (who) would it be all right for you to dislike?
What (who) would it be all right for another (others) to dislike?
What (who) would it be all right for you to agree with?
What (who) would it be all right for another (others) to agree with?
What (who) would it be all right for you to disagree with?
What (who) would it be all right for another (others) to disagree with?
What (who) would it be all right for you to communicate with?
What (who) would it be all right for another (others) to communicate with?
What (who) would it be all right for you to refuse to communicate with?
What (who) would it be all right for another (others) to refuse to
communicate with?
What would it be all right for you to remain ignorant of?
What would it be all right for another (others) to remain ignorant of?
Use each question many times.
Observe Auditor's Code.
Preserve Two Way Communication with preclears.
Observe Communication lag.
If Communication lag unchanged, go to next set of questions.
Don't make this process more complicated.
Don't change to SOPs until case completely able on Viewpoint Straight Wire,
has full recalls and is exteriorized with excellent perception and
sense of location.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH :-.rd Copyright (�) 1954
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
PUBLIC LECTURE SERIES
Phoenix, Arizona
5 May-5 June 1954
L. Ron Hubbard gave the following Public Lectures in Phoenix, Arizona,
in 1954:
* * 5405C05A PLS-1 Efficacy of Processes
* 5405C05B PLS-1 Remedying ReasonsWhy
* 5405C05C PLS-2 Rundown of Processes
* * 5406C05D PLS-3 Human Evaluation
6TH AMERICAN ADVANCED CLINICAL COURSE LECTURES
Phoenix, Arizona
10May-18June 1954
The 6th American Advanced Clinical Course began in Phoenix on Monday,
May 10th, and ended on June 18, 1954, with time out June 5-8 for the
Universe Process Congress (see page 59). L. Ron Hubbard gave the following
lectures and group processes, including the Procedure 30 Series, to the 6th
ACC:
* 5405C10 6ACC-1 Introduction, Materials and Publications
** 5405C11 6ACC-2 Affinity, Reality, Communication
* 5405C11 6ACC-3 Significance, Symbols, Orientation
5405C11 6ACC Goals of Scientology in Processing
* 5405C12 6ACC-4 Goal of the Auditor
* 5405C12 6ACC-5 Basic Definitions
** 5405C13 6ACC-6 Definition: Cycle of Action and Time
5405C13 6ACC-7 SOP-8C by Definitions
* 5405C14 6ACC-8 Randomity, Beingness
* 5405C 14 6ACC-9 Remedy of Havingness
* 5405C17 6ACC-10 Simple Processes, Specifics
** 5405C17 6ACC-11 Simple Processes Summary
* 5405C18 6ACC-12 Barriers
** 5405C18 6ACC-13 Barriers, Processing of; PTP, Help
* 5405C19 6ACC-14 Third Dynamics
** 5405C19 6ACC-14A Communication and the Dynamics
5405C19 6ACC-15 Imagination, Viewpoint Processes
5405C20 6ACC-16 How to Put Procedure Together
** 5405C20 6ACC-17 Definitions A-R-C
* 5405C20 6ACC-17A First Dynamic
* 5405C21 6ACC-18 Consideration and Intention
** 5405C21 6ACC-19 Seminar
** 5405C24 6ACC-20 Conduct of the Auditor, Communication Lag
** 5405C25 6ACC-21 Conduct of the Auditor, Older Therapies
** 5405C25 6ACC-21A Connecting Point Between Older Therapies and
Auditing
* 5405C25 6ACC-22A Valences
* 5405C25 6ACC-22B Beingness Processing
* 5405C26 6ACC-23A Third Dynamic ARC
* 5405C26 6ACC-23B Command Process
5405C26 6ACC-24 Practical Aspects of Auditing
5405C27 6ACC-25 How to Do Viewpoint Straightwire
* 5405C27 6ACC-26 Demo Session
* 5405C28 6ACC-27 Demo Session
* 5405C28 6ACC-28 SOP-8D With Wheel, Know to Sex Scale
** 5405C28 6ACC-28A Know to Sex Scale
5405C31 6ACC-29 Processing of Problems: Theta-MEST Theory
5405C31 6ACC-29A Processing Attention, Beingness
* 5405C31 6ACC-30 Procedure 30 Series: Granting Beingness
* 5405C31 6ACC-30A Procedure 30 Series: Issue I
* 5406C01 6ACC-31 Procedure 30 Series: Op Pro by Dup
** 5406C01 6ACC-31A Problems
* 5406C01 6ACC-32 Procedure 30 Series: Granting Beingness;
also issued as PRO-21-Granting Beingness
* 5406C02 6ACC-33 When to Use Procedure 30
* 5406C02 6ACC-33A Procedure 30 Series: How to Process a Case
5406C02 6ACC-34 Procedure 30 Series: Granting Beingness
5406C03 6ACC-35 Study of Man: Demo of Procedure 30
5406C03 6ACC-36 Consideration: Time, Beginning and End
** 5406C04 6ACC-37 Know to Sex Scale: The Mind and the Tone
Scale
5406C04 6ACC-38 Imagination and Abilities
5406C09 6ACC-39 Energy: Distractions of
5406C10 6ACC-40 Basic Elements of Scientology
** 5406C11 6ACC-41 Procedure 30: Handling of Cases
5406C11 6ACC-41A Processing Solutions: Procedure 30, Issue
lll
5406C11 6ACC-42 Basic Impulses
5406C11 6ACC-42A Basic Impulses (cont.)
5406C12 LECTURE Ron's Life
5406C14 6ACC-43 General Lecture: Anchor Points,
Viewpoints
5406C14 6ACC-44 Energy Machines, Survival
5406C15 6ACC-45 Functional Processes
** 5406C15 6ACC-45A Types and Forms of Commands
5406C15 6ACC-46 Dependency
5406C16 6ACC-47 Capabilities of Thetan
** 5406C16 6ACC-48 Contact with the Public
5406C17 6ACC-49 Betrayal, Ridicule, the Game Cycle
** 5406C17 6ACC-50A Assists-Part 1
* 5406C17 6ACC-50B Assists-Part 2
5406C18 6ACC-51 Summary: Training Processing
5406C18 6ACC-52 Certificates and Degrees
UNIVERSE PROCESSES CONGRESS LECTURES
Phoenix, Arizona
5-8 June 1954
The Universe Processes Congress (also called the Fourth International
Congress of Dianeticists and Scientologists) was held in Phoenix, Arizona,
June 5 through 8, 1954. The delegates received fourteen hours of lectures
and group processing from L. Ron Hubbard.
Seminar leaders group processed attendees from the Group Auditor's
Handbook (first volume) which was introduced at the Congress. Condensing
all the successful processes developed by L. Ron Hubbard in the previous
Advanced Clinical Courses and tested extensively before its final
codification, it contained ten action-packed group sessions in its 59
informative pages, as well as instructions for use.
* 5406C05 UPC-1 Opening Lecture-History of Dianetics and Scientology
* 5406C05 UPC-2 Procedure 30-Duplication
* 5406C05 UPC-3 Theta-MEST Theory-Tone Scale, Freedom, Space, etc.
* 5406C06 UPC-4 Group Processes: Procedure 30, Step 1
Opening Procedure by Duplication; also issued as PRO-19
* 5406C06 UPC-5 Lecture and Processing
** 5406C06 UPC-6 Group Processing (Look at that Object)
* 5406C07 UPC-7 Scientology Workbook-Journal of Scientology 31-G
* 5406C07 UPC-8 Processing Procedure 30, Step 3 (Granting of
Beingness) Session I
* 5406C07 UPC-9 Processing (Granting of Beingness) Session ll
** 5406C07 UPC-10 Group Processing (What Do-Didn't Have)
* 5406C07 UPC-11 Theta-MEST Theory-Being a Problem Aspect
** 5406C08 UPC-12 Group Processing (Solution to Something)
* 5406C08 UPC-13 Processes of Exteriorization
** 5406C08 UPC-14 Group Processing (Straight Exteriorization
Process)
GROUP AUDITOR'S HANDBOOK
by L. Ron Hubbard
Published June 1954
The Group Auditor's Handbook, Volume One, was released in June, 1954,
at the Universe Processes Congress given in Phoenix, Arizona, where it was
made available to delegates and used by Seminar Leaders.
Condensing all the successful processes developed by L. Ron Hubbard in
the Advanced Clinical Courses and tested extensively before its final
codification, the Group Auditor's Handbook, Volume One, contains ten action-
packed sessions in its fifty-nine informative pages
Complete with instructions for use, the Handbook contains everything
from Group Opening Procedure to the remedy of boredom.
The Group Auditor's Handbook, Volume One, was also designed to be used
individually by co-auditors, but was not intended for use on children.
Because of the tremendous popularity and success of the first Group
Auditor's Handbook, a second volume was published in early September, 1954.
It contained eleven more complete sessions, including group techniques
tested and developed after the publication of Volume One.
Group Auditor's Handbook, Volume Two, contained more Opening Procedures
and basic case opening processes than Volume One, and used before Volume
One, made it possible to take full advantage of Volume One processes to get
best results.
Although out of print and generally unavailable today, the original
Group Processing Session tapes, from which these books were compiled, can
be obtained directly from Scientology Publications Organization,
Jernbanegade 6,1608 Copenhagen V, Denmark.
P.A.B. No. 28
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11
_____________________________________________________________________
11 June 1954
Mr. D. M. Clouston, President
The John Howard Society
St. John's, Newfoundland
My dear Mr. Clouston:
I wish to thank you for your forceful letter on the subject of your
testimony as it may be given before a Royal Commission of Canada on the
subjects of "Insanity as a Defense" and "Criminal Sexual Psychopaths."
You state that the Royal Commission of Canada has been set up for the
purpose of inquiring into and reporting upon two questions:
1. Whether there should be any amendment to the Criminal Law of
Canada relating to "Insanity as a Defense."
2. Whether there should be any amendment to the existing Laws of
Canada relating to "Criminal Sexual Psychopaths."
As I understand it, you intend to advance the fact that only a trained
therapist with those detectors which may be at his disposal is competent to
make a fair analysis of a person's degree of sanity and in the second case
that you intend that, for arbitrary punishment now being imposed, periods
of detention should be set during which the prisoner should receive
therapeutic treatment (preferably Scientological) and discharged only when
found free from the criminal tendencies for which he was detained.
It is very encouraging that a Royal Commission should see fit to
inquire into these ranges of justice, and it is quite heartening to find
that it would invite a man of your caliber to express his views. It may be
that something definite may emerge from this and it would appear to be a
very hopeful view.
You asked me whether or not I think your approach is sound and invited
appropriate suggestions as I may care to make. And I wish to thank you for
this opportunity and your courtesy.
On page 401 of Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health there
begins a three-page essay on "Judiciary Dianetics" with which, I believe
from your letter, you seem to have some acquaintance.
For whatever they may be worth to you, may I give you my general
comments on this matter.
The whole subject of "insanity" in law is adrift since it is a chip
launched into the already existing definition of criminality. Any confusion
as to where to place insanity
Copyright (�)1954 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
in law comes about through the basic definition in law itself of insanity
and criminality.
Law defines criminality more or less as "action despite knowledge of
right and wrong" and "insanity" as an inability to differentiate between
right and wrong. If law is based upon the idea that all people are selfish
and self-centered, then we can differentiate between criminality and
insanity. But if law were to consider Man a social animal, basically it
would have to consider that any act which was intentionally harmful would
stem from a frame of mind which omitted differentiation of right from
wrong. No man, in other words, who was sane in the fullest sense of the
word would be motivated by actions which victimized his group or community
since he would realize that he, with the others, would suffer for these
activities. And even in a practical sense it is apparent that the thief in
committing criminal acts strengthens the necessary force of law in the area
and so further inhibits his own freedom.
This is a problem, mainly, of the degree of enlightenment of law
itself. It is a matter of what standard the law or the society, the will of
which is represented by the law, is willing to recognize-a higher standard
of conduct than that enforced by law these many years past. Society is more
and more inclined toward the understanding of criminality as "antisocial."
Jurisprudence may content itself to remain with its definition that
insanity is the inability to differentiate right from wrong. But this view
may be broadened through such inquiries as that of the Royal Commission and
by the public's own pressure, which actually such a Commission represents,
to account insanity as, simply, the inability to differentiate.
In the United States certain patterns of thought of recent years have
obstructed the growth of justice. Chief amongst these has been a dwelling
upon the "criminal mind" as a mind which is strangely distinct and
different from the minds of others who are not criminal. But a slightly
clearer view should demonstrate that even the "criminal mind" falls within
law's own definition for insanity: the inability to differentiate right
from wrong. It is obviously wrong for a being to harm his own species, his
own group, his own society. Therefore, a being who would commit harmful
acts is not differentiating between right and wrong and must at least savor
of insanity.
Here we have a problem of "where to draw the line." At what point does
an individual cease to be sane and become criminal? At what point, then,
does he cease to be criminal and become insane? Custom from which law
itself was born has long proposed the solution to this problem in its own
definition for insanity.
In order to classify criminals, we would have to classify crime. We
would discover that crime was subdivided into accidental and intentional
crime. Society punishes crime only when it considers the crime to be
intentional. If the crime is intentional, then the intent also included the
intention of harming the society. Thus a criminal action, by a broad sweep,
could be said to be an insane action-and all within the definition of law
itself. It could be defined that when a man descends to intentionally
harmful action against his fellow he has descended at least into the upper
band of insanity. Law could cleave open a path for itself by applying the
classification of "insane" to criminals. In view of the fact that past
systems of punishment have not reformed criminality or abated it, law seems
more inclined to take this view and would take it could it be demonstrated
to them that this inability to differentiate right from wrong could be
altered to the betterment of society. As prison systems have been found to
produce even more hardened criminality than they have remedied, it is
entirely possible that law might comfortably entertain a change of view on
the subject and treat criminals for what they are: mentally deranged
persons.
With this other choice law finds itself often betrayed. That choice is the
permitting of criminals to escape law by reason of "insanity." If a
criminal is proven insane he is permitted, at least to some degree, to
escape the penalty which would ordinarily be incurred by his act. Law, by
retaining this segregation, defeats its own ends and deprives itself of its
prey. Only in the face of an almost complete misunderstanding of insanity
could the people engaged in government be persuaded that the label "insane"
should permit criminals to escape punishment. Thus, to that degree,
insanity itself seems to be feared and is tolerated.
The blunt and terrible truth is that so long as insanity can continue
to be used as a defense it will invite criminals into that state of being.
Further, such laws as provide an escape from punishment thus unharness the
energies of many against their fellow men who would otherwise be curbed.
For example, a slightly insane person by reason of his "mental state" might
feel it unnecessary to obey law which actually was within his full
understanding. It is far from right that law should provide an escape for
the guilty on such grounds.
By concentrating its attention upon the fact that insanity, if proven,
will permit a person to escape justice, law is overlooking the fact that
crime apparently stems uniformly from an inability to differentiate to a
degree which a sane man would ordinarily consider sane. Law is faced with
the enigma of insanity as a means of thwarting justice. And thus insanity
must continually be disproven in the field of criminality. Whereas, it is
time that criminality be proven to be insanity. I have worked with many
criminals and have been, in order to observe criminality, a police officer
for a short time. And it is my very close observation that anyone subject
to criminal tendencies is, in a much broader sense, insane, and that his
insanity reaches much wider than the field of crime, but invades
hallucination, persecution and mental disabilities which are in themselves
symptoms of insanity.
The insanity of the criminal has its incidence in a conviction that the
first group, the family, has no function or need for him and develops upon
the recognition that the society does not want him. This is apparently the
genus of that antisocialness we call criminality. The insanity is further
developed by continuous association with others who are of the same
conviction and who form groups, which groups are motivated by a need for
revenge against the society. Current methods of punishment and police
handling only deepen this conviction, and it can be said so far as jail
sentences are concerned that the more punishment a criminal receives, the
more insane he becomes on the very subject of his criminality. Thus the
society victimizes itself by bringing from the realm of delusion into the
starkness of reality the fact that the individual is not wanted by any of
his fellows save a few of his most intimate associates. By joining hands in
their thirst for revenge against the society which rejects them, these
criminals then form societies of their own. And the final result of this
dwindling spiral is the deterioration of the society as a whole under
duress of laws which, seeking to repress the few, suppress the many.
Without such criminal gangs people such as Hitler, who depended utterly
upon them for his ascent to power, would themselves be powerless. Thus the
subject of criminality moves intimately into the field of government.
We might find then that insanity should be prohibited as a defense, but
that at the same time all criminality defined as intentional harm against
the society should be classified as a greater or lesser extent of insanity
and that the criminal should be, as you suggest, uniformly detained for
treatment. And we find also, as we examine this problem and see the
disastrous effects of early and unqualified releases from prison upon the
society, that a criminal should be detained until it could be ascertained
with great certainty that he would not further victimize the society. This
last strikes directly at the parole system which is an unhappy one at best,
and would make it the complete responsibility of parole boards to insure
the society against further criminal acts on the part of the released
prisoner.
In the absence of a remedying treatment and practical means to effect it,
such a course as this would be considered inhuman in the extreme. Even a
hardened judge might recoil from the idea that insanity should never be
used as a defense, and the intention to incarcerate criminals for their
lifetime, if necessary to insure society against their depredations. These
are very strong measures.
Today, however, several experiments have demonstrated that treatment
for criminality can be administered at very little cost to the state. This
cost is as small as a few cents per prisoner. By means of group processing
a great deal has been done in this field. The treatment itself is
administered by magnetic tape recordings. The problem could not have been
solved as long as individual application of therapy remained a necessity by
reason of technology. But with the advance of group processing, the
majority of criminals could be rehabilitated and freed by parole boards
using sanity as their criteria without injury to the society. Even though
this processing would not be effective upon all criminals to which it was
administered, according to present standards and practices, it would at
least be effective upon the majority.
With regard to the second part of the purposes of the Royal Commission
of Canada, it is my own opinion that laws relating to "Criminal Sexual
Psychopaths" should be no different from laws relating to other
criminalities. For the sexual psychopath, as Sigmund Freud long ago
recognized, is a mentally ill person.
In both these matters, we find the law capable of advancing to the
degree that it is willing to accept its responsibility to the society at
large. It is the purpose and function of law to safeguard the citizens of
the society against the depredations or criminal practices of the few. If
the law is totally responsible it would act to totally insure the citizenry
against crime. This cannot be done by suppression of the citizenry at
large, for this is the regulation of the many to monitor the few.
Even without Scientology, without adopting its practices, law could be
far more effective in safeguarding the society as a whole simply by
reclassifying what it means by "criminal" and firmly observing its own
definition for "insane." With Scientology, once it has segregated out the
criminals and the insane, once it has made its purpose distinct and clear,
its detention of criminals until they were once more social could be
resolved by the administration of tested processes to the criminals and the
release of those who had responded on a group level. This, however, is a
very long view and is far too firm a stand to expect from the judiciary, as
these cannot but go by the customs of the people whom they serve. A long
mile could be commenced upon this road, however, by demonstrating that
groups of prisoners detained in prisons could undergo individual change by
a rearrangement of their ideas and by releasing those so benefitted into
the society and by tracing their course until it was firmly established
whether or not they had become social. With this step and with the evidence
thus brought into being it might very well follow that a broad evolution in
law would ensue.
I wish to thank you very much for writing me. I hope you will let me
hear more about this as I am intensely interested.
My very best,
L. RON
HUBBARD
7 TH AMERICAN ADVANCED CLINICAL COURSE LECTURES
Phoenix, Arizona
21 June-30 July 1954
The 7th American Advanced Clinical Course convened in Phoenix, Arizona,
on June 21, 1954. This was the last, and perhaps the most memorable, in a
series of seven ACCs taught by L. Ron Hubbard, one after another, with no
pause between them. Tapes from this ACC, together with some from the 6th
ACC, were used for the 1st London Advanced Clinical Course (Mr. Hubbard was
not present for the 1st, 2nd or 3rd London ACC) held September 6-October
15, 1954.
Most of the "Professional Course, July, 1954" tapes come from this ACC
and are given an additional "PRO" number, together with the PRO title if it
was different. This 26 half-hour tape series was made into the book The
Phoenix Lectures (see Volume Vl, page 240).
In addition, Scientology: Auditor's Handbook including Intensive
Procedure (see page 71), which appeared at the end of the 7th ACC, was
designed for use by graduates of this ACC unit.
* 5406C23 7ACC-1A Opening Procedure 8C
* 5406C23 7ACC-1 B Further Uses of Opening Procedure 8C
** 5406C24 7ACC-2 Summary of Plan of Course
5406C25 7ACC-3 Review of Procedure: PTP, ARC Straightwire,
Two-way
Comm
* 5406C25 7ACC-4A Opening Procedure of 8D: Demonstration
* 5406C25 7ACC-4B Opening Procedure of 8D: Demonstration (cont.)
** 5406C28 7ACC-5A Exteriorization
* 5406C28 7ACC-5B Exteriorization (cont)
* 5406C29 7ACC-6A&B General Lecture: Straightwire, Communication
** 5406C30 7ACC-7 Rundown of Essentials
5406C30 7ACC-8 Group Processing and Lecture, Something,
Nothing
* 5407C01 7ACC-9 Group Processing: Communication, Duplication,
Spotting Spots
** 5407C01 7ACC-9A Communication, Duplication and Spotting Spots
5407C01 7ACC-10 Exteriorization by Distance, Cause
5407C01 7ACC-10A Exteriorization, Distance and Time
** 5407C05 7ACC-11 Things in Time and Space
5407C05 7ACC-11A A Bright Resistive Case
** 5407C05 7ACC-12 Laughter in Processing
* 5407C06 7ACC-13 Remedy of Havingness and Spotting Spots;
also issued as PRO-23
** 5407C06 7ACC-14 ARC, Time, Life and Universe
** 5407C07 7ACC-15 Intensive Procedure: Lecture 1
** 5407C07 7ACC- 1 5A Intensive Procedu re: Lectu re 2
** 5407C07 7ACC-16 Intensive Procedure: Lecture 3
5407C07 7ACC-16A Intensive Procedure: Lecture 4, Basic
Processes,
Patter
** 5407C09 7ACC-17 The Nature and Effect of Communication in
Games
** 5407C09 7ACC-17A Communication and Barriers in Society and the
Pc
5407C12 7ACC-18 Two Types of Cases
** 5407C12 7ACC-18A Time: Havingness
5407C12 7ACC-19 Intensive Procedure: Nothing-Something
** 5407C13 7ACC- 19A Auditor's Code in Practice
5407C14 7ACC-20 Power of Life and Death
** 5407C15 7ACC-21 The Difference Between a Good and a Bad
Auditor, Part I
5407C15 7ACC-22 The Difference Between a Good and a Bad
Auditor, Part ll
5407C15 7ACC-22A Training of Auditors
5407C16 7ACC-23 Teaching Formula: Duplication
** 5407C19 7ACC-24 Duplication: Religious Aspects of Scientology;
also
titled-Scientology: Its General Background (Part ll
as PRO-2)
** 5407C19 7ACC-25 Scientology and Civilization; also titled-
Scientology: Its General Background (Part I and Part
111 as PRO-1 and PRO-3)
** 5407C20 7ACC-26 Bridge Between Scientology and Civilization
** 5407C20 7ACC-27A What a Student Should Know; also issued as PRO-
4-
Consideration, Mechanics and the Theory Behind
Instruction
** 5407C20 7ACC-27B What a Student Should Know (cont.); also
issued as
PRO-5-Consideration and Is-ness
** 5407C23 7ACC-28A The Four Conditions of Existence; also issued
as
PRO-6-Isness
** 5407C23 7ACC-28B The Four Conditions of Existence (cont.);
also
issued as PRO-7
** 5407C23 7ACC-29A The Four Conditions of Existence (cont.);
also
issued as PRO-8
** 5407C23 7ACC-29B The Four Conditions of Existence (cont.);
also
issued as PRO-9
** 5407C23 7ACC-30 The Four Conditions of Existence (cont );
also
issued as PRO-10 and PRO-11
** 5407C27 7ACC-31 Two-way Comm and the Present Time Problem;
also
issued as PRO-17; and Opening Procedure of 8C; also
issued as PRO-18
* 5407C .. 7ACC-32 Afternoon Lecture remarks especially on
Telepathy
and ESP
5407C ... 7ACC-33 Title unknown
5407C ... 7ACC-34 Title unknown
** 5407C28 7ACC-35A Descriptive Processing; also issued as PRO-24
** 5407C28 7ACC-35B Group Processing; also issued as PRO-25
5407C ... 7ACC-36 Title unknown
** 5407C ... 7ACC-37 Time; also issued as PRO-12
5407C ... 7ACC-37B Types of Processes
5407C ... 7ACC-38 Title unknown
* 5407C ... 7ACC-39 Scientology and Living; also issued as
PRO-26
* 5407C30 CONF Certificates of Dianetics and Scientology
HUBBARD ASSOCIATION OF SCIENTOLOGISTS, INTERNATIONAL
806 North Third Street
Phoenix, Arizona
July 15, 1954
To: All HASI Schools and British Associates
Subject: TRAINING
The training program of the HASI was stabilized during the seven
Clinical Course units. This has been developed into the HASI training
schedule, and it is expected that this schedule will be fitted into the
training programs under use with no further modification than is absolutely
necessary to fit the peculiar needs of the school.
This training course embraces the grade of Hubbard Certified Auditor,
Hubbard Professional Auditor, Bachelor of Scientology and Doctor of
Scientology. There is no difference amongst these degrees as to the
procedures employed or methods of instruction. The difference of course
level amongst these ratings consists of the amount of theory and expansion
given to the subject of Intensive Procedure. In all cases, for all courses,
we wish at the end of a course to have an auditor in good personal
condition who understands thoroughly that the processes enumerated in
Intensive Procedure are workable and that they will resolve the problems he
faces in preclears and groups and the conviction on the auditor's part that
at least some of these processes can be used expertly by himself. The
auditor's examination for certification in any grade is based upon the
definitions and theories underlying those processes contained in
Scientology: Auditor's Handbook Including Intensive Procedure. The
examination should include history, general theory, and conversance with
the various publications of Scientology as well as Dianetics. The primary
goal of an HCA or HPA school is outlined in the first sentence above. When
this has been accomplished, that level of school can consider that it has
accomplished its mission.
The primary text of any school of any level is now Scientology:
Auditor's Handbook. A secondary text, but almost equal in importance, is
Scientology: Group Auditor's Handbook. Concentration on these two
publications should be extreme. Only those tapes which will actually
supplement these manuals should be employed. Particularly in the HCA-HPA
course, the instructor should be severely reluctant to impart any further
data of any kind than that contained in these manuals and the tapes
supporting them. A forthcoming popular text book on Scientology is designed
to embrace little more in theory and practice than that found crowded into
the two handbooks; thus when a person who has read the popular text turns
to a school or auditor for training he will discover himself studying in a
far more intense form that material on which he has already agreed.
The basic theory in which the student is to be instructed is as
follows: Considerations take rank over the mechanics of space, energy and
time and that these mechanics are the product of agreed upon considerations
which life mutually holds. That the mechanics have taken such precedence in
man that they have become more important than the considerations and
overpower his ability to act freely in the framework of mechanics, which is
to say that the picture man presents is an inverted one. That the goal of
processing is to bring an individual into such thorough communication with
the physical universe that he can regain the power and ability of his own
postulates. That Scientology is the science of knowing how to know answers
and that a Scientologist is expected to be able to resolve problems in a
great many specialized fields of which auditing is the first field he
addresses so as to be conversant with and capable in the phenomena of life.
That in a world every day more violently impressed with mechanics, chaos
may be expected to ensue on a national and community level by many reasons
which incidentally include atomic fission. That the role of a Scientologist
is to impede this disintegration if possible, but if it occurs to be ready
to pick up the pieces. That the Scientologist has no specialized political
or religious convictions
beyond those dictated by wisdom and his own early training. That the total
empire to which a Scientologist aspires is the empire of wisdom. That an
auditor is expected to follow the Auditor's Code 1954 and the Code of
Scientologists, and that he is expected to know these Codes by heart. That
the only scarcity of preclears which will occur is through his own
indigence, and his procurement of preclears or groups does not depend upon
the industry of other auditors but of himself. That L. Ron Hubbard is a
human being. He should be instructed as well in the organization and
functions of the HASI in various certifications and their meaning and in
his legal status.
His instruction should begin with the lecture on Scientology and what
it is and with an immediate assignment to auditing. This assignment should
consist of the most elementary possible technique in order to accustom the
auditor into achieving a two-way communication with the preclear. He should
be maintained on such an assignment until such time as the instructor is
satisfied that he can deliver the auditing commands and maintain his two-
way communication with the preclear without falling into any deeper
significances and until he has a complete and positive understanding of a
communication lag and how to flatten one out. The auditing commands to be
used in this first step are, "Something you wouldn't mind remembering"
"Something you wouldn't mind forgetting". It is COMPLETELY VITAL that the
student understand the mechanism of communication lag and its definition,
that it is the length of time between the moment the auditor poses the
question and the moment when that exact question posed is answered
positively by the preclear no matter whether silence or talk or incorrect
answers occurred in the interim.
Only when the student has become at ease with the above and perfectly
comprehensent is he permitted to go further in his training. The next step
consists of Opening Procedure of 8-C. The three parts of this are given him
one at a time to audit on his fellow students until he has become expert
and assured in performing each part. At this same time he must become
assured as well of the workability of this process and that it is the only
process he must ever employ on psychotics and neurotics. The student must
also be made to understand physical communication lag as just another kind
of communication lag. And he must become convinced that he must flatten
physical communication lags by continuing to use the command which produced
them. He must develop precision in his rendition and all sloppiness or
carelessness in the running of this process must be ironed out by the
instructor. The lecture material at this time should strenuously and
repetitively take up the Auditor's Code with examples until the student
understands it thoroughly.
The next process in which the student is to be indoctrinated is Opening
Procedure by Duplication. He is expected to do this for many hours. He is
expected to have this run on him for many hours. After this the Auditor's
Code is taken up again. And only at this point should general theory or
other data subjects be undertaken by the instructor, either in his own
lectures or by tapes.
Once the student is entirely comfortable and familiar and precise with
Opening Procedure by Duplication he is instructed in Remedying Havingness
and Spotting Spots in Space. Remedying Havingness is emphasized and is
senior to Spotting Spots in Space and is taken up in lecture in its various
forms before the auditor is permitted to run Spotting Spots in Space. When
the auditor has mastered Acceptance Level, Rejection Level and "Things that
you wouldn't mind occupying your space" he is then turned loose to audit
Spotting Spots in Space and the Remedy of Havingness using this to clean up
various areas or old auditing in his preclears. He is to run this process
until he is convinced of its workability and his ability to use it and
until he can honestly classify it as his chief emergency assist tool.
Now that the student can remedy havingness on preclears, he is
permitted to run Consideration in the form of Significances, having
preclears put significances into things. Only when the student has learned
to audit significances and has had all the processes he is being taught as
above run upon him is it particularly safe to engage upon much theory or
upon more complex processes, for the student turned loose to consider at
will may otherwise begin to make nothing out of preclears and mountainous
somethings out of processes.
At this point, Granting of Beingness in the form given in the Appendix
of Issue One of the Auditor's Handbook* should be run thoroughly by the
student and on the student and he should hear the LRH lecture on that
subject from the Seventh Clinical Course. For until this is remedied, our
student will have difficulty, most likely, with his fellow students by
being himself "the only one" who can grant life. He will also, to some
slight degree perhaps, be at war with the subject and his instructors until
this is remedied.
Only when all of the above has been accomplished, and with certainty,
should the student be embarked upon the use of Intensive Procedure as
given, be initiated into the mysteries of exteriorization and the general
data of earlier Scientology. We must be very definite at this point that it
would be far, far better to turn out a student who had learned the steps
prior to studying the Handbook itself, as given above, and graduate with
those steps firmly in his grasp than to cover a multitude of subjects and
processes in Scientology on which he had a poor reality by the end of the
course.
Our course goal is to push the student of the HCA-HPA level as far
forward as possible in his period of training into the Auditor's Handbook
and the Group Auditor's Handbook, but to progress him in such a way as to
teach him nothing further than he has been taught until we are sure that he
has excellent data workability and use reality on what he has been taught
at that point. This we learned in the Advanced Clinical Courses was an
absolute necessity in order to turn out auditors. It is better for us to
have auditors able to use well Opening Procedure of 8-C than auditors who
can use every technique we have poorly and ineffectually.
The training materials for the HCA-HPA course should include the
"Professional Course Lectures" by LRH made in July, 1954. [See page 65.]
The student should clearly understand that training which has been done
is not necessarily the training which is being and will be done. He should
understand that the exigencies of Scientology were such as to turn out as
good auditors as we could with what we had to hand and that we are just now
stabilized in training and that we expect far more from him than we have
ever expected from any auditor in the past.
Sincerely,
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH :rd
Copyright (�) 1954
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[* Auditor's Handbook, Issue One, Appendix regarding Granting of Beingness:
"R2-21: A basic difficulty in auditing and in the case of any preclear
lies in the preclear's unwillingness to permit anyone else to grant
beingness, particularly the auditor.
"Where a preclear is making no progress he is proving that 'they could
grant only death.' This is far below even, 'I grant death.' This condition
can be remedied in R2-21 by improving the preclear's considerations of the
giving of life and death as follows: 'Name some beings you would permit to
grant life.' 'Name some beings you would permit to grant death.' 'Name some
things to which you could grant life.' 'Name some things to which you could
grant death.' This should be run until all comm lag is flattened. Then the
preclear will improve further."]
GROUP AUDITING SESSIONS
July 23, 1954
Group Auditing Sessions to audiences which contain new people must
always begin with a talk about Scientology, giving its definition, purpose,
goals and background. This talk must occupy at least ten minutes of the
first hour. The descriptive material of 31-G of the Journal of Scientology
is acceptable. The auditor should not encourage floor discussion but should
then promptly begin his processing.
Floor discussion is avoided by informing the audience member who wants
to talk, "I would be happy to discuss that but these others wish to get
down to the serious business of processing," and so begin.
The group auditor before he begins his talk must get everyone's
individual name on a card. If husband and wife are present, each writes his
name. The cards are always collected promptly on being filled out and a
piece of literature must go out to people attending within 24 hours.
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH:-jh
Copyright( �)
1954 by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
SCIENTOLOGY: AUDITOR'S HANDBOOK
including Intensive Procedure
by L. Ron Hubbard
Published August 1954
The Auditor's Handbook was designed for use by graduates of the
Advanced Clinical Course, and when first released its popularity was a
surprise, selling out its first and second printings in three weeks. It was
intended as a concise navigational aid for the advanced auditor, but was
eagerly acquired by the less experienced auditors.
In his introduction to the book, L. Ron Hubbard said:
"Dear Auditor,
" l have written this book for you to help you with your
processing.
" It combines all the procedures of major workability developed and
tested during seven Advanced Clinical Course units. As processes were
developed and tested, I discovered that more and more workability was
to be found in communication alone. Thus Intensive Procedure was not
developed straight from theory, but was evolved out of theory where it
agreed with workability. The stress is upon certainty of communication
on the part of the preclear with objects in the physical universe. The
formula of communication itself, in all of its parts, must be entirely
rehabilitated with the preclear in the physical universe before the
preclear can then begin with his own universe. The goal of Intensive
Procedure is to bring about a complete tolerance and comfort on the
part of the preclear for the physical universe, his exteriorization,
and general rehabilitation.
" You will assist me if you will, from time to time, let me know
your successes and failures with these processes, by their proper
number, so that I can add to my catalogue their relative effectiveness
in the hands of auditors.
"Best
regards,
L. Ron
Hubbard
July 15,
1954"
Although out of print, and generally unavailable today in its original
form, the data it contained will be found in The Creation of Human Ability.
In addition to the various Codes of Scientology, it contained Intensive
Procedure through Route 2-29, most of the "L'Envoi" chapter, SOP-8D, and
the Outline of Lectures 1-3 of the July 1954 Professional Course, as now
published in The Creation of Human Ability.
P.A.B. No. 32
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11
_____________________________________________________________________
7 August 1954
WHY DOCTOR OF DIVINITY?
There has been some stir amongst auditors concerning the fact that
Scientology has allied itself with the Church of American Science, why a
Church of Scientology has come into existence and why auditors qualified by
training and personal attainments are applying for and have received
ordination as ministers in these churches.
To some this seems mere opportunism, to some it would seem that
Scientology is simply making itself bulletproof in the eyes of the law, and
to some it might appear that any association with religion is a reduction
of the ethics and purposes of Scientology itself. The broad majority of
those interested have accepted this step, but not all have entirely
understood it.
First, let me briefly take up with you the history of knowledge on
this, our planet Earth, in the last three and one half millenia. At the
beginning of our written history there was only one trace of workable
knowledge which had been handed down from prehistoric times. This was
contained in the Vedic hymns. The Vedic peoples are directly responsible
for that principle known to us in Scientology as the Cycle of Action. The
invaluable observation that birth proceeded into growth, that growth
proceeded into an unchanging state and that this unchanging state then
proceeded into decay and finally concluded with death, gives to us in
Scientology our create-survive-destroy curve. Although it was not
originally apparent that our dynamic principle of survive was an inherent
part of this cycle of action, the usability of survive was discovered some
time ago to be materially expanded by the recognition of the beginning and
end of the cycle-of-action curve. Here we find a principle extended to us
from a religion. The Vedic hymns are religious hymns. Yet the material in
them contains all that is to be found in the works of Charles Darwin and
even in the works used today by nuclear physicists. A survey of these hymns
as they are now written and available in your local library would astonish
you. It demonstrates clearly that our earliest indebtedness was to a
religion.
The next single most important philosophic advance within our written
history was accomplished by Gautama Sakyamuni. This work was part of a
religion known as the Dharma. The Dharma, existing some time before the
advent of Gautama, is a religion preached by individuals known as Buddhas.
The Western world knows this as Buddhism and variously believes it to be a
superstition or idolatrous practice or believes that it was founded by a
man named Buddha, none of which are true. A Buddha is simply one who has
attained Bodhi. A Bodhi is "one who has attained an ideal state of
intellectual and ethical perfection by purely physical means." There have
been many Buddhas and there are expected to be many more.
A very cursory glance at the Dharma discovers that it embraces these
facts. "All that we are is the result of what we have thought; it is
founded on our thoughts, it is
Copyright (�) 1954 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
made up of our thoughts." "By oneself evil is done; by oneself one suffers;
by oneself evil is left undone; by oneself one is purified. Purity and
impurity belong to oneself; no one can purify another." "You yourself must
make an effort; the Buddhas are only preachers. The thoughtful who enter
the way are freed from the bondage of sin." "He who does not rouse himself
when it is time to rise, who, though young and strong, is full of sloth,
whose will and thoughts are weak, that lazy and idle man will never find
the way to enlightenment." "Strenuousness is the path of immortality, sloth
the path of death. Those who are strenuous do not die; those who are
slothful are as if dead already."
In the "Surangama Sutra" giving a discourse to one Ananda, Gautama
said, "If you simply do not follow after these twelve notions of
conditioning phenomena, namely: motion and stillness, separation and
contact, variability and constancy, appearing and disappearing, passing or
impenetrability, brightness and darkness, or should ignore any pair of them
you will be freed from bondage to all mental contaminations. "
Although the Dharma does not give and does not contain, as it is handed
down to us, any real or workable methodology to accomplish the state of
Bodhi, it cleaves very strongly to a scientific rationale which, coming to
us from two and one half millenia ago, is startling in view of the fact
that it is more delineative, more exact, more comprehensive and more
comprehensible than any and all psychological doctrine as known to us in
this Twentieth Century.
Here is an amazing body of scientific-philosophical-religious truth.
These texts written about 600 B.C. outline a scientific religion of
compassion and magnitude.
What has been the fate of the Dharma in these past centuries? What mark
has it left upon Earth? The Dharma rose in an Asia enslaved by animism,
superstition, idolatry, cannibalism and slavery. It was a barbaric world in
600 B.C. Gautama Buddha and his handful of followers, pretending nothing to
the supernatural, using only wisdom, teachings and the technologies of
civilization, spread through India the doctrines of the Dharma and brought
to these hundreds of millions a much greater civilization than they had
known. Penetrating into China, the Buddhist priests spread civilization
before them. Penetrating into Japan, they taught the Japanese to read and
write, to weave and sew, until two-thirds of the Earth's population had
attained higher levels of wisdom. Spreading westward, the Dharma came into
the Middle East and there presented its message of "love thy neighbor" and
general compassion for life. And the parables of Gautama Buddha were re-
expressed with some differences and additions to spread westward again as
Christianity. And today, the entire Western Civilization lies under the
spell, if at a lower intellectual level, of the teachings of the Dharma.
You are left to conclude what you will concerning the actual foundation
of religion on this planet and of the factual structure underlying
Christian churches. Our only concern here is with the fact that religion is
basically a philosophic teaching designed to better the civilization into
which it is taught. Backed fully by the precedent of all the ages
concerning teachings, a Scientologist has a better right to call himself a
priest, a minister, a missionary, a doctor of divinity, a faith healer or a
preacher than any other man who bears the insignia of religion of the
Western world. And remember that it is precedent which masters the opinion
of multitudes and nations.
Why should Scientology ally itself with religion or use the word
religion in connection with its philosophy?
There are many, many reasons. Amongst them is that a society accords to
men of the church an access not given to others. Prisons, hospitals, and
institutions, and those
who manage them, cannot do otherwise than welcome men of the church. We are
talking now about more than simply expediency or protection under law. We
are talking about urgency indeed. For to my hand is a document written to
me by one of our auditors concerning a woman who had remained senseless for
three months following an accident. Her husband was desperate and desired a
Scientologist to do what he could to return this woman to consciousness.
The Scientologist did so and made excellent progress simply by putting the
woman into communication by hand pressures. Although she could not speak,
she could yet express herself and respond and even do mock-ups. The
terrible condition of her body bettered and when she was returning to the
world of speech and action, the medical doctor in charge of the hospital
who heretofore had granted grudgingly, on the husband's persuasion,
interviews between the Scientologist and the patient, seeing the
improvement, turned on the Scientologist and forbade him to touch the
patient or see the patient or have anything more to do with the patient
even though he could find nothing in the case but improvement and although
no incident of any kind other than improvement had occurred. The
Scientologist was turned out of the hospital and a few weeks afterwards the
woman, relapsing into the apathy of unconsciousness, died. We will not
charge this medical doctor with murder. We can only charge him with
ignorance and barbarism. For we live today in what is at best, so far as
social usages are concerned, a barbaric society. Those who profess to heal
more often than not exist to collect. Those in charge of the insane are
little better themselves than their patients. We live in a society where
dreadful and terrible weapons and controls are commonplace, yet which is
without many of the benefits of compassion, mercy and charity.
If we in Scientology had to hand only the weapon of better knowledge,
if we had no technologies, if we could not-other than give him wisdom and
hope-make any man well, we could still take what we know about life and
with that as our message effect a wide and compelling influence upon the
civilization of our times. For any message carried forward to a people
which gives them hope cannot but reflect to the betterment of their
culture.
But we have more than a message. We have more than a handful of axioms
or explanations of behavior. We have in this year of 1954 processes which,
even when worked upon groups, produce en masse a state of beingness which
2500 years ago was being groped for by the select few. We have more command
over the phenomena of life than any have ever had before.
Were we to accept our rightful role, were we to accomplish our
teachings and deliver to our culture this bettered state of beingness, we
would have changed at least the entire pattern of the Western world.
If we can accomplish psychotherapy, this does not mean that we are
psychotherapists. If we can accomplish better communications in business,
this does not mean we are business specialists. It may be that we could
conceive ourselves as emissaries to a barbarism grown lawless in the
possession of weapons too powerful for the understanding of their wielders.
In another time, in another place, those men (the Buddhas) responsible
for what Western culture calls their religion, called themselves priests. I
do not see, then, any inconsistency of any kind in the issuance to those
well-schooled and well-skilled in Scientology the degree of Doctor of
Divinity as a passport into those areas where they are needed. Only a
barbaric minister is a "Man of God." In all enlightened religions such men
are called "Men of Wisdom."
_______________________
I do not mean to tell you that Scientology is an extension of the
Dharma, or that the forecasts of the Tibetans concerning the Western world
are now coming true, or
that you should embrace Asiatic philosophy, or even that the efforts of the
Buddhas and the Scientologists are comparable. I am telling you this mainly
because Western civilization is extremely ignorant of its sources and
because these facts, no matter how true, are probably very little known in
America and Europe. And I am telling you this to dispel some of your
shyness and to increase your boldness and overtness where the society
itself is concerned. No door need be closed to you, nor need you apologize
should you accept through the Church of American Science or the Church of
Scientology any degree or title for which you are qualified. Western
civilization is engaged in a worship of superstition, the supernatural and
the miraculous even as other nations long ago. Its only other worship is
that of the machine. Where else could men and women of compassion and skill
serve better, and what else should they call themselves but Teachers of
Wisdom?
L. RON
HUBBARD
AXIOMS LECTURES
Phoenix, Arizona
20 August 1954
On Friday, 20 August 1954, L. Ron Hubbard gave the following half-hour
lectures in Phoenix, Arizona. They were included in the "Professional
Course, July, 1954" lecture series (as PRO-13 through PRO-16), and thus are
part of the book The Phoenix Lectures.
** 5408C20 AX-1 Axioms, Part l; also issued as PRO-13
** 5408C20 AX-2 Axioms, Part ll; also issued as PRO-14
** 5408C20 AX-3 Axioms, Part lll; also issued as PRO-15
** 5408C20 AX-4 Axioms, Part IV; also issued as PRO-16
P.A.B. No. 34
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11
_____________________________________________________________________
4 September 1954
With this issue of the Professional Auditor's Bulletin begins a new
series by L. Ron Hubbard entitled A BASIC COURSE IN SCIENTOLOGY. The
bulletins in this series are planned to cover the period of at least
one year. This Basic Course consists of numerous articles by Ron on the
theory and techniques of present day Scientology. The experienced
professional auditor will find this an excellent source of review; the
newcomer will have available a wealth of new data in easily used and
highly understandable form.
OPENING PROCEDURE, SOP-8-C
A Basic Course in Scientology-Part 1
Because many people write to me requesting information on how to run a
particular technique, and because the greater portion of such inquiries are
on how to get a case running, this process is here outlined for your use as
the first part of the Basic Course. Having once run this Opening Procedure,
SOP-8-C on a so-called "tough case," you will not require any further
reassurance or sales talk about it. And having it run thoroughly on
yourself by an auditor skilled in its use will adequately demonstrate its
workability.
IMPORTANT: IN PROCESSING PSYCHOTICS AND NEUROTICS OF WHATEVER DEGREE OR
THOSE HAVING PSYCHOSOMATIC AILMENTS OF ANY TYPE, USE ONLY OPENING
PROCEDURE, 8-C, EACH PART, UNTIL THE PERSON IS SURE WHO IS DOING IT. USE
ONLY OPENING PROCEDURE, SOP-8-C UNTIL THE CASE IS FULLY SANE. USE NO OTHER
PROCESS OF ANY KIND.
The entire modus operandi of Opening Procedure 8-C consists in having
the preclear move his body around the room under the auditor's direction
until (a) he finds he is in actual communication with many spots on the
surface of things in the room, (b) until he can select spots in the room
and know that he is selecting them and can communicate with them, and (c)
select spots and move to them, decide when to touch them and when to let
go. Each one of these steps is done until the auditor is well assured that
the preclear has no communication lag.
The auditing commands for part (a) are as follows: "Do you see that
chair?" "Go over to it and put your hand on it." "Now look at that lamp."
"Now walk over to it and put your hand on it." This is done with various
objects, without specifically designating spots of a more precise nature
than an object, until the preclear is very certain that he is in good
communication with these objects and walls and other parts of the room.
The above is run until the following manifestations of communication
lag (and any others you may encounter) are well erased: the preclear just
brushing the object he
Copyright (�)1954 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
is told to touch, looking away from it very quickly, not looking at it at
all, looking at the auditor instead of the object he was told to touch,
carrying out the command before it is given such as going over to touch the
lamp when all the auditor has said is "Do you see that lamp?", complaining
about the process in any way, objecting to being ordered to do the actions,
unwillingness to touch the items designated, putting all his attention on
creating an effect on the auditor, and apathy, grief, anger, fear and
boredom turned on by this process.
When the above has been accomplished the auditor can say anything he
pleases, or seemingly introduce any significance he wishes to so long as he
hews very closely to the actual thing in this method which makes it work-
which is to say perceiving the physical universe and making contact with
it. At this time the auditor can become very specific about the selection
of spots for the preclear to touch. "Do you see that black mark on the left
arm of that chair?" "Go over and touch it with your right index finger."
"Now take your finger off it." "Do you see the lower bolt on the light
switch plate?" "Now go over to it and touch it with your left ring finger."
"Now take your finger off it," and so forth until the preclear has a
uniform perception of any and all objects in the room including the walls,
the floor and the ceiling. This step can be kept up for a long time. It has
an infinity of variations. But it is not the variations which work, it is
the making and breaking of communication with the actual designated spots.
You can do the following at this point: make certain the preclear is doing
the process by asking questions such as, "Are you touching the door knob?"
"Where is the door knob?" "What is its shape?" "What is its color?" "What
sort of texture does it have?" "Are you sure you are touching it?" "Can you
feel it?" "Look at it." "Who is touching it?" "Whose hand is on that door
knob?" "Who is holding your hand there?" "Where is that door knob?" "When
is it there?" You can badger the preclear in the above fashion until his
actions show that he is in communication with the object and until he is
not angered by your questioning and direction.
IF AT ANY TIME THERE IS ANY DOUBT ABOUT THE PRECLEAR'S CASE DO THIS STEP
[PART (a)] UNTIL SATISFIED THAT COMMUNICATION IS GOOD. A CASE WHICH WILL
NOT OBEY 8-C (a) ORDERS WILL ALWAYS PERVERT OR ALTER COMMANDS TO BE
PERFORMED WITH LESS SUPERVISION THAN PERCEPTION OF HIS BODY.
Part (b) has these auditing commands: "Find a spot in this room." No
further designation is necessary for this spot. Spotting procedure gives
the preclear determinism of selection. When the preclear has done this the
auditor says, "Go over to it and put your finger on it." When the preclear
has done this the auditor says, "Now let go of it." It must be emphasized
that the preclear is not to act upon a command until the command is given
and must not let go until told to let go. The preclear is permitted to
select spots until such time as all communication lag is flat and until he
is freely selecting spots on the walls, objects, chairs, etc., with no
specialization whatsoever- which means that his perception of the room has
become uniform. Many things turn up in running this procedure such as the
fact that the preclear cannot look at walls, etc.
Part (c) of this procedure is run with these auditing commands: "Find a
spot in the room." "Make up your mind when you are going to touch it and
then touch it." "Make up your mind when you are going to let go of it, and
let go." A variation of this process is to have the preclear make up his
mind about a spot and then have him change his mind and select another
spot.
The trouble with most cases, and the trouble with any case which is hung
up and is not progressing, is that an insufficient quantity of Opening
Procedure 8-C has been used by the auditor. This has been found to be an
invariable rule. Preclears will pretend to run commands of a subjective
nature but not run them at all. In other words, the auditor is saying do
one thing and the preclear is doing quite another. Thus the process
is not actually being used on the preclear. The difficulty in this case is
a specific difficulty in communication where the preclear cannot duplicate.
But more important than that, any preclear whose case is hanging up is out
of touch with reality and the environment to such an extent that he has
begun to do processes on mock-ups rather than on the actual physical
universe. It will be discovered that doing processes on mock-ups such as
finding spots in them, finding distances to them, and so forth is
productive of no gain, and even negative gain. Only processes which
directly address the physical universe are found to raise the tone of the
preclear. He has to come to full tolerance of it before he can get out of
it. Thus any case bogging down somewhere in more intricate procedures can
be relieved and brought into present time by Opening Procedure 8-C. The
only caution on the part of the auditor is that he must be very precise
about giving his orders and must insist on the preclear being very certain
that he is actually seeing spots and touching them and inhibiting the
preclear from executing the commands before they are given.
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH TAPE LECTURE
Phoenix, Arizona
14 September 1954
** 5409C14 LECT Dianetic Group Processing
P.A.B. No. 35
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11
_____________________________________________________________________
18 September 1954
"WHAT I LEARNED IN TRAINING"
A Basic Course in Scientology-Part 2
For the last ten months, ever since the Philadelphia Congress in 1953,
I have been engaged in a research as thoroughly fundamental as the actual
subject of Scientology. This research was directed toward the training of
auditors. The immediate question asked in this research was one which has
remained relatively unanswered for four years: "How do we train an auditor
so that he will apply the processes known to be workable in such a way as
to make the subject work for him?"
A major difficulty lay in the subject itself, for it was in a state of
change. Certain processes would be found quite workable, better each time,
and these would be published, but this continuing parade of processes had a
tendency to invalidate auditors who had been trained earlier. Thus it began
to appear, I am well aware, that an auditor was expected to be in a
constant state of training, and that unless he had the "latest dope," he
was not to be considered top-notch. At almost any time from Book One on I
could have levelled off in research and investigation, as each Foundation
Board pleaded with me to do, out of their financial desires, and could have
trained intensively on the processes which existed so that auditors would
do them as they were given. There is no doubt, however, that this would
have been a losing program, for life kept unfolding new data before me, and
a greater and broader understanding of the entire picture was progressively
easier to view, and the actual goal of processing kept advancing.
Processes, when issued, if done by an auditor as issued, each time would
have raised the majority of individuals to whom they were addressed up to
the goal which was at that moment envisioned for Man. But the goal kept
advancing, higher and higher levels of beingness continued to come into
view, and so there was no choice for it. One could not agree with people
who, out of financial need, sought to stop research; and although one was
very conscious that a hardship was being worked upon trained auditors by
releasing continually new processes for them to learn, there was no choice
for it but to continue in the research and investigation of the subject of
Man and of Life.
We passed out of the field of homo sapiens in late 1950, for it was
obvious that we could make people saner than people had ever been. After I
had completed, through 1951, my examinations of the whole track, it was
obvious that the individual, the "I," the personality, was not the body,
and in early 1952 I was able to make the first announcements concerning
exteriorization. By September of 1952 processes had been developed which
made exteriorization much better and more stable, and using these processes
I had no great difficulty in exteriorizing cases. After training the first
group of auditors in Great Britain (September, 1952, the time of issue of
SOP-l) I began to realize that there was a considerable nervousness on the
part of auditors to face the fact of exteriorization. Indeed,
exteriorization as an accomplishment or an existing state has never been
very acceptable simply because the average public,
Copyright (�)1954 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
indoctrinated to believe that one stepped out of the body at death and went
to Hell or some such thing, found it too incredible. Man had been trying to
do this thing for at least 2500 years, and although he had some cognizance
of it he had never achieved any uniform success in making it come about at
will. The experience of training these British auditors demonstrated that
whenever an individual is low on havingness the effort to get him to face
the no-mass character of a thetan becomes impossible unless one brings up
the havingness of such people to a point where they can bear to view
"nothing." Such people, those low on havingness, actually get sick at their
stomachs physically, and very uncomfortable, at the thought of
exteriorization, or the exteriorization of others.
Then proceeded the various Standard Operating Procedures from 1 up
through 8, and more recently, including 8-C and 8-D. All of these were
routine, aimed in the direction of bringing up a person's ability to handle
space and nothingness to a point where he could bear the thought of
exteriorization, and so exteriorize. But having many auditors, and being
unable to process each one individually, there was a considerable scramble
of ideas and technique applications. As an example of this, for a while in
Great Britain all of the thoroughly "stuck in" cases had a general
agreement amongst them that there was such a thing as a "white five." This
strange beast was actually a psychotic who merely had the idea that he
could exteriorize, but actually wasn't exteriorized, but anybody who did
exteriorize was crazy. This stemmed immediately from the discomfort
entailed for a no-havingness case in viewing "nothing." Any time they were
asked to view nothing, they became sick and so they invented an explanation
to keep them from looking at nothing, which is to say, to keep them from
exteriorizing people.
In view of the fact that exteriorization alone brings about a rapid
recovery of a case, and in view of the fact that the thetan stuck in a body
is not unlike a thetan stuck in a theta trap to a degree where he has
inverted and become the trap, one had to carry forward with exteriorization
if one were going to deal with illness on any broad scale at
In training over a hundred auditors in America in the Advanced Clinical
Courses, I was learning every day, every week, every unit, better means of
bringing an auditor up to exteriorization as a case, and bringing up his
willingness to audit people into an exteriorized state. By the time we had
reached Unit VII [7th ACC], and well before it was completed, I discovered
that we actually had achieved, not a process designed to immediately
exteriorize people, not even a process to run out engrams, but a process
which could be handled by an auditor after relatively little training. So
here we had a slight disparity of goals. Here we had my goals, which
consisted of an achievement of an understanding of Life sufficient to bring
about a higher level of beingness and livingness, here we had
exteriorization, here we had all the SOPs, and here we possessed techniques
innumerable with which to achieve these goals, and on the other hand, an
abrupt dichotomy, I discovered I had invented a process some months
previously which could actually be communicated with sufficient ease to
auditors so that they would use it as given, and with which they could
produce some astonishing results. But this process actually was not aimed
at exteriorization. This process would be recognizable to anyone thoroughly
conversant with Dianetics. This process could have come into existence in
June of 1950 except that then one would not have had the least idea of
keeping this process up long enough so that it would actually work.
Now let me tell you something about this process. I have known since
1947 that getting an individual into present time was the most convincing
and abrupt therapy which could be performed. I have been in institutions
and have told inmates simply, "Come up to present time" with a resultant
regaining of a stable sanity on the part of these inmates. Anyone in the
field of Dianetics was familiar with "Come up to present time." One always
ended sessions that way. But after a considerable study, I had found
by 1949 that the anatomy of present time consisted of the ground, sky,
walls, objects, and people of the immediate environment. In other words,
the anatomy of present time is the anatomy of the room or area in which you
are at the moment when you view it, and this is present time. Putting a
person thoroughly into communication with this environment, which was
present time, was, of course, indicated. But processes of that time were
mainly subjective, addressed to the mind, on the mistaken idea that the
mind was a brain, and that the body had something to do with thinking
processes and personality, and so, beyond bringing people to present time
by telling them to be aware of their surroundings, as I was doing in early
1950, this principle was not used.
Actually, not until I developed SOP-8-C did I begin to understand what
it might take to put a person into communication with their immediate
environment, simply by looking at it, touching it and becoming aware of it.
All manner of liabilities ensued in the way of somatics and various other
phenomena, and it was not until I had made many exhaustive tests that I was
willing to accept the fact that somebody could be brought into present time
by making him contact the walls, floor, ground, ceiling, sky, trees,
people, of the exact moment in which he was, for many, many hours, with
stable therapeutic results.
Applying this broad awareness and communication with the environment
for tens or scores of hours as a total process, Scientology came into
possession of Opening Procedure of 8-C.
In Issue 24-G of the Journal of Scientology, we find SOP-8-C complete,
but we find, heading it, the following:
OPENING PROCEDURE: (Ten minutes to two hours, with MEST body).
Part (a): Send preclear to exact places in room, one place at a time.
Part (b): Have preclear select places in the room and move to them one
at a time, still under the auditor's direction.
Part (c): Have preclear drill in physically holding on to and letting
go of objects and spaces on his own decision to hold on, decision to
let go.
In the Auditor's Handbook as published by the HASI, printed edition,
$5.00 [incorporated in The Creation of Human Ability; see page 44], we find
"R2-16: RUN PRECLEAR THROUGH OPENING PROCEDURE OF 8-C, Parts (a), (b), (c),
EACH ONE UNTIL THE PHYSICAL COMMUNICATION LAG STABILIZES." Now go over to
the end of Intensive Procedure in the Auditor's Handbook [The Creation of
Human Ability, page 166] and find that we are not now running Opening
Procedure of 8-C from "ten minutes to two hours," but we find: "As a
summary comment on these processes, it cannot be indicated too strongly
that a preclear who is psychotic, neurotic, or who is having any
psychosomatic difficulty must be run on Opening Procedure of 8-C (R2-16)
for many, many, many, many hours."
Thus we have considerable importance being placed today, as a direct
result of my experience with the Advanced Clinical Units, on Opening
Procedure of 8-C. If it were not effective I would not put any stress upon
it. But continuous test has demonstrated that the final remark at the end
of Intensive Procedure in the Auditor's Handbook means exactly what it
says. Anyone who is psychotic, neurotic, or who is having any psychosomatic
difficulty can best be run, and should only be run, on Opening Procedure of
8-C, with the commands as given in the Auditor's Handbook and in the PAB
prior to this one. But, the most cheering and wonderful thing about this
process is that for the first time in all these years we came into
possession of something which could be taught, and which auditors, as
represented by those in the Advanced Clinical Units, could use, would use,
which they understood, which they did not vary, which they would keep up
with, and with that process we entered into training.
Immediately after this discovery, I found that "Duplication: Difficulties
of" was the bugbear back of training. Thus, Opening Procedure by
Duplication, completely aside from its terrific therapeutic values, brings
a person upscale to a point where he is actually able to follow and
duplicate processes.
Thus, with these two Opening Procedures we discover that we are indeed
into the strata of training, and today we can guarantee that processes
released are effective and, more important, that they will be done as
released. And now, and only now, is Scientology capable of going forward as
Scientology, and only now can we consider that an auditor, when he has been
trained, will not have to shift and vary that training.
As a result I am devoting the next many PABs to the subject of
training, and making out of them what amounts to a course to be used by
auditors who themselves are doing training, and for the use of auditors who
wish to come up to date, in such a way as to be from there on "in date."
Thus I feel that we have accomplished something.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH TAPE LECTURE
Phoenix, Arizona
28 September 1954
* 5409C28 LECT Church of Scientology Training Program and Lecture
on Group Processing
T H E J O U R N A L O F
SCIENTOLOGY
Issue 36-G [1954, ca. late September]
Published by
The Hubbard Association of Scientologists, International
Phoenix, Arizona
Dianetics and Scientology
Organizations United Again
Some months after the closing of the Wichita Foundation, Don G. Purcell
returned to L. Ron Hubbard and the Hubbard Association of Scientologists,
International, the corporations and Foundations of Dianetics, the various
books (including Science of Survival) and copyrights, and the various
rosters and correspondence files of the organizations. This meant that the
entire and complete control without contest of Dianetics, as well as
Scientology, was henceforth in Phoenix, Arizona.
When asked about this action by Don G. Purcell, Ron said, "Most men act
because they have reason to act. At one time, Don honestly thought, or had
been pursuaded to think, that Dianetics could be more rapidly advanced in
this society under an entirely business control. As time went on the
difficulties of conducting the Foundation bore heavily upon his time and
the progress he expected was not being made. But I don't believe that there
were either business or other expedient reasons behind this. I believe that
Don extended this gift of the Foundations and all their publications and
material-a rather considerable amount-because he felt that the public in
general, and Dianeticists and Scientologists in particular, would benefit
greatly from a renewed unity, and that he did it because he thought it was
the right thing to do. I appreciate it a good deal because it clears the
communication lines and makes it possible for us to utilize, to the
fullest, the considerable public which was generated by my first book and
because it permits us to integrate on two levels-one of them on a mental
therapy level and the other on an entirely religious level.
"Dianetics is very far from dead. The first book published in 1950
still sells as well as most current 'best sellers.' Even the contract and
plates for that book are being held for me now by Hermitage House, and it
will shortly be republished and issued on an even wider front. I admire Don
very much for this gift. I think he has done the right thing, and I think
it took a real man to do such a thing. There has been no animosity of any
kind on my part since Don and I went into communication again while I was
in Spain last year."
Questioned further concerning the future of Dianetics, Ron said, "All
the time I have been working on Scientology I have also been working on
Dianetics and laying it back on the shelf. Actually, the subject has
advanced enormously since 1951, when the last publications on it were
released by me. The various difficulties encountered in the early days when
we were trying to erase engrams have been examined by me and various
modifications made in theory and practice. There is a practice now called
'perfect duplication' which erases engrams in a few seconds when you have
educated the preclear to do it. This sounds far fetched, but so did
Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health sound far fetched in 1950,
and it is now so widely accepted that prenatals have become the subject of
many a popular magazine article such as one in the Ladies Home Companion,
another in Reader's Digest and many others in professional publications.
Copyright (�)1954 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
"Quite in addition to prenatals, there is wide medical acceptance now of
the dynamic principle of existence: Survive. It takes a certain length of
time to get acceptance of the data, and the basics of Dianetics have not
changed.
"Those preclears who in the past suffered from Dianetic processing were
only those who could not handle heavy material and who considered force too
great for them to touch. There exists now means by which this factor can be
eliminated.
"Although some of this material has been released to Scientologists,
there was no communication line extant for its general publication to the
public. Thus, the removal of this communications diversion will mean a
considerable amount of new material released in the very near future."
According to Ron, "Don Purcell has offered us an opportunity for unity
of all groups, all Dianeticists and Scientologists. We must now show our
appreciation of his gift and use it as he intended."
BULLETIN
[ca. September 1954]
FIGHTING PROCESS
ROUTING:
All HASI instructors: Horner and Richards, London; Al Kozak, Camden; L.
Ron Hubbard, Jr., Phoenix; and all Doctors of Scientology, and no others.
SUBJECT:
Techniques, Dianetics.
No doubt you have all heard of the sudden change by reason of the
reacquisition of the Hubbard Dianetic Foundation, or have read of it in
Issue 36-G.
We will continue the campaign and program of Dianetics as originally
designed, and will continue as designed all the programs of Scientology.
The solution to Dianetics as a Science is contained in the following,
which has been withheld pending the disposition and contest of the subject
itself:
Waste Fighting, in brackets, until communication lag is gone.
Inhibit Fighting, in brackets, until communication lag is gone.
Enforce Fighting, in brackets, until communication lag is gone.
Desire Fighting, in brackets, until communication lag is gone.
What would it be safe to fight?
What would others find it safe to fight?
What thoughts, emotions, efforts, would it be safe to fight? (Until
communication lag is gone.)
Indicate some things (in the environment) which are fighting themselves.
Indicate some things which are fighting. (Until all communication lag
has gone. but a minimum of one hour.)
Spot all the spots where you had to stop fighting them.
Spot all the spots where you won.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:mb.bh
P.A.B. No. 36
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11
_____________________________________________________________________
1 October 1954
THE USE OF SCIENTOLOGY MATERIALS
A Basic Course in Scientology-Part 3
The first thing a Scientologist should know about Scientology is the
use of its materials.
The materials of Scientology are not its tools. Its tools are processes-
its materials are books, tapes, Professional Auditor's Bulletins, Journals,
letters and experience.
Now that we are operating from the standpoint of a known subject and
known processes, we can handle material much better than before. Now that
we know that auditors can be trained rather easily to use Standard
Operating Procedure 8-C, Opening Procedure, and that they are happy to
learn it, and that it will produce results for them, we would be very
foolish, as schools, as auditors, as individuals, to abandon this gain.
The materials of Scientology are designed to communicate. That is all
very well, but TO WHOM-AND WHEN? Certain of the materials of Scientology
can be communicated with ease to people that never before heard of the
subject. Certain others can be communicated to people who have been in
association with Scientologists but who are not auditors. The higher level
of material and data can be communicated to people who are in training to
be auditors. Certain other material can be communicated to people who have
been trained as auditors. And if we do not recognize this fact, and if we
do not follow it, then we are going to produce a confusion with
Scientology, and we are going to turn people away from Scientology, and we
are going to defeat Scientology in doing what it is trying to do.
For a long time Scientology was in a state of change sufficiently rapid
to be bewildering unless viewed as an orderly whole, taken with cognizance
from the Original Thesis through Book One, up through Advanced Procedure
and Axioms, through 16-G, 24-G, and Professional Course Tapes. But now
there is no further excuse for using this material in a muddled fashion. To
give you some example of this, I recently received a bulletin from an area
in the United States which has a history of being confused and introverted
on the subject of Scientology. This bulletin was from two auditors who
should know better. It was an announcement. It had been mailed to a hundred
and fifty people who were more or less interested in Scientology, including
some auditors in that area. And this bulletin proclaimed that the
Professional Course Tapes, July, 1954, intended for the training of HCAs,
would be played as public lectures for these people over a few evenings. A
telegram was sent to these two auditors, telling them that if they
committed this crime against themselves and Scientology, their training
privileges would be suspended for five years.
copyright (�) 1954 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
What would happen if they did this thing? Here are the Professional Course
Tapes, designed to be played to a student after he has been thoroughly
taught Opening Procedure 8-C, Opening Procedure by Duplication, Remedying
Havingness, and Spotting Spots in Space, as well as Significances. After
the many weeks which would be spent in teaching the student these named
items, it would then be possible to communicate to him with the
Professional Course of July, 1954, and only after a student has been so
trained would he be further trained by playing these tapes to him.
Why is this? It is because one is talking as an instructor when he is
talking to any public audience. He is talking as a teacher. Is his purpose,
then, simply to confuse his audience and make them turn their backs on
something which is confusing, or is his purpose to degenerate what he knows
into the same level with all other confusions, or is it his purpose to
inform his audience? If we in the HASI have learned over ten arduous months
of communicating Scientology directly, face to face, with people who are
there solely for the purpose of learning, and in communicating Scientology
less directly to the American public (as in Operation Phoenix*); if we know
now, and assert that we must either communicate data as data and skill
through the stages of Opening Procedure, Opening Procedure by Duplication,
and the rest, to bring a student into any understanding of what Scientology
is all about; and if we assert that we have not been able to communicate to
the general public intelligently except by using the mildest and most
permissive data-then this, representing the combined efforts of myself and
some of the most trained and skilled auditors in Dianetics and Scientology,
should be taken with some weight.
Bluntly, you cannot avalanche data onto the heads of partially trained,
poorly comprehending people, or people who have no real conversance with
auditing at all. And if you try to do so, you will fail, and Scientology
will fail, and the people in the area will not have the least idea what you
are trying to do. And they will walk away from your meetings, and they will
walk away from your group sessions completely confused and vowing to
themselves to have nothing further to do with Scientology. And they will
not tell their friends about it, and people who should be brought in to be
helped will not be brought in to be helped. And so a great many people, by
this misunderstanding of the uses of the materials of Scientology, are
being denied the benefits of Scientology simply because these materials
have not been handled with intelligence.
Yes, I know that we have just learned this, but that we have just
learned it makes it no less emphatic. However, one supposes that somebody
who has been trained should have better sense than to use something with as
much dynamite in it as the Professional Course of 1954 as fit diet for
cursorily interested people.
Another shocking incident occurred in another area where a person who
had finished an Advanced Clinical Course Unit actually permitted a mailing
piece to go out to a great number of auditors from old Dianetic days, which
had scrawled all over the back of it in large letters, "The meat of an
$800.00 course for $38.50," and this refresher course pretended that it
would, in five evenings, bring these auditors up to date on Scientology,
and pour into them material which it had taken this graduate of the course
four hundred and thirty-two hours of hard study to begin to assimilate. The
course graduate did not do this, but permitted it to be done. Of course
there were considerable repercussions because of this. A Professional
Course graduate was an HCA or BScn before he began the Advanced
Professional Course. Most of the people in these
[* Operation Phoenix was started by the HASI in July 1954 to establish such
things as the most acceptable mailing pieces, the best means of
dissemination, the most worthwhile activities to which Scientology could be
devoted and the best means of enrolling and group processing very large
numbers of people. Group processing sessions on Sunday at the Church of
Scientology were part of this program as were visitations by ministers of
the Church of Scientology to hospitals, private homes, jails, etc. ]
units extended their training from the six weeks minimum up to twelve and
fifteen weeks, since this could be done without further charge. Nobody is
going to relay the material these people received in any five casual
evenings.
In the first instance, where the Professional Course was going to be
played in four or five nights as social entertainment, only chaos would
have resulted. The two auditors doing this have often wondered what was the
matter with their area, why more auditing was not done in their area, why,
when they brought groups together the groups did not stay together. The
reason is very plain. Instead of actually teaching these people something,
these two auditors had been falling back on material taken from courses
designed for people who were there to be trained and who had already spent
considerable time in training. These auditors had done, previously, with
other material, the same thing they were trying to do with the Professional
Course. As a net result, the people in their area who came to them for a
night, or two nights, would find only a steady avalanche of data far too
technical for their assimilation. And out of those recordings would come
sufficient restimulation to send them away, never to return.
On the other hand, think what would happen to an auditor, interested in
the quality of auditing and the reputation of Scientology in an area if,
after leaving such a thing as the Professional Course or finishing his
training with a Doctor of Scientology, he should reach out for all the
people who had ever been interested in auditing in the area, bring them in,
and teach them how to run Opening Procedure of 8-C. In other words, to
teach them, step by step, painfully and painstakingly, until they had it as
a complete purity, until they had it drilled and ingrained into them so
that they could not avoid doing it right, think what would happen to the
auditing skills, and think what would happen to the reputation of
Scientology as an immediate result.
Where public lectures are concerned, the HASI has a series of eight
hours of tapes which describe Scientology, its various efforts and
benefits. These are designed for the public at large. They do not so deluge
individuals that they create a confusion, but simply spark their interest
and curiosity sufficiently to bring them to a level where they will at
least wish to experience some of the benefits of Scientology or desire to
pursue it further.
There seem to be certain rules forming here about the use of such
material, and these would be more or less as follows:
1. Express to the general public only as much concerning the
benefits, organization and practice of Scientology as would give it
hope, without confusing it or embattling it with its prejudices.
2. When giving Scientology to people to use, give them only the
simplest tools, render them completely practiced and conversant
with those tools, and only when they are expert in them give them
data.
3. Instead of talking about Scientology, apply it.
4. The simplest processes are the best processes.
One could say that Man was a complicated animal simply because he is a
simple animal and will not face it. When you have seen what we have seen
here at the International Headquarters of the HASI, result from a
continuous application to a psychosomatic illness, to psychosis and
neurosis, of Opening Procedure 8-C, you will only then begin to understand
what an essentially simple mechanism Man is, and how hard he works to be a
complex one.
But only when you have been trained to use such a thing as Opening
Procedure of 8-C, arduously enough to demonstrate that it is done just
exactly the way it is done and no other way for hours and hours and hours
and hours, will you understand what we mean by training, and will you
discover that people can be trained.
The Director of Training in London who is, at this writing, completing the
first course of this new type of training writes: "The present course is
going well. The students have had days of Opening Procedure, both of 8-C
and by Duplication. It has been exceedingly interesting to watch. We have
spent about a month now getting across the simplicities in actual practice,
spending, for example, a whole day on 'Something you wouldn't mind
remembering' and 'Something you wouldn't mind forgetting' and two whole
days on Spotting Spots in Space and Remedying Havingness. The spirit is
very high and I think we will turn out the best bunch of HPAs ever. We have
hammered home auditing by observation of communication lag. It certainly is
a wonderful system, because auditors surely cannot miss with it. I know the
students going through now will not."
The grades of Scientology are: General Member, HASI; Scientology Group
Leader; HCA (HPA); BScn and DScn. These are grades of knowingness of the
subject. They demonstrate levels of skill in the subject and they very
adequately demonstrate the results which can be expected, for these skills
show up in terms of preclears.
Group auditing sessions, when done by the simplest of commands,
reducing every communication lag for every member of the group, are the
most effective group sessions. Here again we have simplicity at work. Here
we have processes being used right.
If we expect Scientology to communicate itself throughout the populace
of the world, it had certainly better be communicated as it can
communicate. If this is not done we will be standing here talking to
ourselves.
L. RON
HUBBARD
8TH AMERICAN ADVANCED CLINICAL COURSE LECTURES
Phoenix, Arizona
4 October-12 November 1954
L. Ron Hubbard conducted the 8th American Advanced Clinical Course in
Phoenix, Arizona, from October 4th through November 12th, 1954. During the
time period of the 8th ACC he also gave on October 8th and 10th the Route
One Lectures (see next page) and during October, November and December did
a series of Public Lectures and Group Processing Sessions (see page 95).
** 5410C04 8ACC-1 Introduction: Organization of Scientology
** 5410C05 8ACC-2 Two-way Comm, Straightwire, 8-C
** 5410C05 8ACC-3 Basic Elements of Processing
** 5410C06 8ACC-4 Two-way Communication
** 5410C07 8ACC-5A Elementary Straightwire
* 5410C07 8ACC-5B Intensive Processing
** 5410C08 8ACC-6 Opening Procedure of 8-C
** 5410C11 8ACC-7 Opening Procedure by Duplication
** 5410C12 8ACC-8 Remedy of Havingness
* 5410C13A 8ACC-8 Step ll SOP-8
** 5410C13B 8ACC-9 Spotting Spots
* 5410C13C 8ACC-9 Demo of SOP Step ll
* 5410C14A 8ACC-10 Creation of Human Ability, Route ll
* 5410C14B 8ACC-10A Group Processing
5410C15 8ACC-11 Creation of Human Ability, Route I
5410C18 8ACC-12 Creation of Human Ability, Route I
** 5410C19 8ACC-13 Axioms of Dianetics
** 5410C20A 8ACC-14 The Parts of Man
5410C21 8ACC-15 Route 2: Overt-Motivator Sequence
** 5410C21 8ACC-16 Route 2-61, Good and Evil-Spotting Spots;
Route 2-62,
Overt-Motivator-Remedy of Havingness
** 5410C22 8ACC-17 Two-way Communication
** 5410C25 8ACC-18 Communication and Straightwire
* 5410C26 8ACC-19 Survive
** 5410C27A 8ACC-20 Hypnotism
* 5410C28 8ACC-21 Process: What Would You Do If . . . ?
** 5410C29 8ACC-22 The Factors
** 5411C01 8ACC-23 Two-way Communication
** 5411C02 8ACC-24 Homo Sapiens
* 5411C03 8ACC-25 Shame, Blame and Regret
5411C04 8ACC-26 Title unknown
** 5411C05 8ACC-27 Factors Present in Good and Bad Auditing
** 5411C08 8ACC-28 Non-verbal Communication
* 5411C09 8ACC-29 Application of Axioms to Auditing
** 5411C10 8ACC-30 Definitions: Axioms
* 5411C11 8ACC-31 Scope of Dianetics and Scientology
* 5411C12 8ACC-32 Question-and-Answer Period, Dissemination
ROUTE ONE LECTURES
Phoenix, Arizona
8-10 October 1954
The Route One Lectures are twelve fifteen-minute lectures given by L.
Ron Hubbard on October 8th and 10th, 1954 at Phoenix, Arizona, on Steps
Four through Fifteen of Route One, Intensive Procedure (Ref. The Creation
of Human Ability).
* 5410C08 PIP-1 Route 1, Step 4
* 5410C08 P I P-2 Route 1, Step 5
* 5410C10 PIP-3 Route 1, Step 6
* 5410C10 PIP-4 Route 1, Step 7
* 5410C10 PIP-5 Route 1, Step 8
* 5410C10 PIP-6 Route 1, Step 9
* 5410C10 PIP-7 Route 1, Step 10
* 5410C10 PIP-8 Route 1, Step 11
* 5410C10 PIP-9 Route 1, Step 12
* 5410C10 PIP-10 Route 1, Step 13
* 5410C10 PIP-11 Route 1, Step 14
* 5410C10 PIP-12 Route 1, Step 15
P.A.B. No. 37
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11
_____________________________________________________________________
15 October 1954
THE COMMUNICATION LINES OF SCIENTOLOGY
A Basic Course in Scientology-Part 4
There are several levels of communication in Scientology, and these
should be known and observed by an auditor in his selection and use of
materials.
The first of these which we should consider is the communication from
the general public to the general public. Here we have word of mouth. This
is the most important communication channel where promulgation and
dissemination are concerned simply because it is the broadest and is the
one which ultimately will reach the most people. Thus it is that we must be
intensely interested in what Scientologists release, and what
Scientologists do, and what the press says about Scientology. It would be
thought by many with no great background in public relations that the
proper method of obtaining word of mouth is through the public presses.
This is not the case. Newspapers and magazines do not furnish the material
which the public is discussing. The newspaper would love to think that it
furnishes all the material which people talk about, but this is not the
case, and actually on a check-up you will discover that you have today
spent only a moment or two mentioning current events to your neighbors. It
is of considerable interest to Scientology and Scientologists that no news
stories be released. In the first place newspapers and magazines are
incapable of duplication and cannot put forth a straightforward story, and
have no cognizance whatsoever of ethics. The level of journalism today, if
you care to look it up on the Chart of Human Evaluation, is found to be 1.5
and below, and I invite your attention to the accompanying columns of that
level. This is a highly untrustworthy form of communication. It is not a
particularly broad form.
What the public says to the public, if it were to be duplicated, and if
it were to be regulated in any way by Scientologists and the organizations
of Scientology, would have to be brief indeed, and would have to be
uncomplicated. Otherwise it would not be duplicated by word of mouth. A
central message, properly formulated, would be distributed by word of mouth
if it could be embroidered into sufficient material to permit discussion.
Without discussion being possible no word of mouth would ensue, since
people use word of mouth material simply to be interesting themselves, and
their method of being interesting is by taking some simple principle which
is being talked about, which is yet controversial and embroidering it.
Thus, by adding their opinions to it, they themselves become interesting.
Thus, if you have something to which no opinions can be added you have
something which will not be talked about.
For example, we have one piece of information, which, variously stated
and in various forms, seems to communicate and which is communicated, and
that is to the effect that for two thousand years Man has not had health,
happiness, or immortality, yet these were promised to him two thousand
years ago, and Scientology is delivering them today. Well stated, poorly
stated, summed up, rephrased, this is still something
Copyright (�) 1954 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
that people will talk about. They may only use part of it, to the effect
that Man has not had health, happiness, or immortality for two thousand
years. Another piece of information which people will talk about, when it
gets into circulation, is that a nuclear physicist, in trying to research
matters of physics, found the human soul and discovered how to free it. One
rather astonishing piece of information which was handed out was found to
travel fairly well, and that was to the effect that God did not like
unhealthy people. He made Man to be healthy, and Man got unhealthy. This,
without any Scientology connected to it, was found to travel. Thus, the
information which is put on the communication line from the public to the
public has to be simple enough at its core to bring about discussion, so
that by being embroidered it yet does not lose its core.
The Scientologist subscribing to the Code of Scientology is also
subscribing to some control over this communication line from the public to
the public. By staying out of the press, by refusing to engage in unseemly
conversations over the subject, he is aiding and abetting the flow of word
of mouth.
As any science which betters people gathers unto itself considerable
numbers of people who can dramatize only how bad it is over there, we get a
great deal of crank, squirrel, neurotic, and psychotic communication flow.
We have an incidental communication line, then, which does not at all help
the public's word-of-mouth communication from this entheta line. We call
this an entheta line simply because people use Scientology to explain to
others how bad it all is over there, how bad auditors are, how bad courses
are, how bad Hubbard is, how bad rain is, how bad cats are, how bad the
other person is, etc., etc. We even have publications which pretend to be
part of Dianetics and Scientology which couldn't possibly print anything
but bad news. That there is not one word of truth in all this news so far
detected by the most searching inspection here, that these rumors and
perjuries and falsehoods haven't even the dignity of a background in fact,
does not stay their passage.
For instance, a character in that city of characters, Los Angeles,
recently wrote to a publication which had no better sense than to print it,
that the Supreme Court had many times decided that ministers who charged a
fee for whatever they did were practicing medicine without a license. The
writer of that letter refuses processing and happens to be connected with
persons of a religious faith which is not Christian, and to be himself no
Christian, and has a definite stake in religion which he does not mention
in his letter. This is overtly slanderous, stated with malice and intention
to squirrel up the field. However, many people, simply by driveling along
about how bad it all is, put out unconscious dramatizations about how bad
it all is, put out unconscious dramatizations about Scientology.
But the HASI, having been free to a large degree of the burden of
investigation, has come alertly forward to police these lines, for there is
a great deal of difference between free speech and slander. The first
notable example the HASI made has come off very successfully. A piece of
uncalled-for publicity which, like all the rest, was nothing but a lie, was
published; its author was promptly and immediately threatened with suit if
he did not instantly apologize, and seeing for the first time the
difference between slander and free speech, this person hastily apologized
and cut his communication line.
But unless all Scientologists fall into the habit of ascertaining the
source of their information, and policing this entheta line, then the word-
of-mouth advertising from the public to the public is seriously threatened,
and there will be no great advance of Scientology in the public itself. For
the very best communication line there can be for Scientology is being
continually destroyed by irresponsible, if not insane, people who may not
know anything else, but they certainly know how bad it is over there.
L. RON
HUBBARD
HUBBARD PROFESSIONAL COLLEGE ANNOUNCEMENT
1954 [ca. October]
Official Publication of
The Hubbard Dianetic Research Foundation
Phoenix, Arizona
Dianetics and Scientology
. . . a Crusade
L. Ron Hubbard
Dianetics and Scientology are more a crusade for sanity than they are a
business.
The Foundations and other organizations in Dianetics have suffered only
when the insistence that they be run as "business" overpowered their will
to help humanity.
If all we wanted to do with Dianetics and Scientology was make money,
we would all be rich, for it is an easy thing to sell those hitherto
unpurchasable things health, long life, and happiness.
But there is the extreme of charity which neglects the first dynamic.
An optimum solution would be that one which brought the greatest good to
the greatest number of dynamics. Thus the auditor must not neglect the
first dynamic-himself. Too many have. And their work has been impeded by
lack of funds.
The Foundation is not a business, the auditor is not a businessman. But
both the Foundation and the auditor must live and work in a commercial and
economic conscious world.
It is no disgrace for an auditor to earn several thousand dollars in a
few weeks. It would only be a disgrace if he worked only to earn it. With
money made from those who can afford auditing, an auditor can himself
afford to undertake the assistance of those in hospitals and asylums or who
have lost in life.
It is a luxury to be so generous. It is not a luxury to earn, only-who
was it said that he who is without charity is as empty as sounding brass
and the tinkling of the temple bell.
But remember, there is a happy mean between an overburden of wealth and
an overburden of charity. Either way loses.
And so, when we speak of an auditor's income, we speak of his potential
charity. And when we speak of an auditor's charity, we hope he can have
enough paying preclears to afford it.
An auditor is wasted on a routine job-his time is lost. He is also
wasted processing nothing but movie stars and millionaires-if he forgets
that these can only buy him the luxury of charity in the backwaters of the
world.
PUBLIC LECTURE AND GROUP PROCESSING SERIES
Phoenix, Arizona
20 October-15 December 1954
L. Ron Hubbard gave the following public lectures (PLS) and group
processing sessions (PPS) in Phoenix, Arizona, in October, November and
December 1954:
5410C20 PLS On Comprehending the Incomprehensible
* 5410C20B PPS-1 "Rising Scale" on the Tone Scale and "Find
Something Incomprehensible"
* 5410C20C PPS-1 A Group Processing
* 5410C27B PLS Principal Difference Between Scientology and
Dianetics
* 5410C27 PPS-2 "Electing Cause"-"Something You Can't Control"
* 5411C03B PLS Organizationof Scientology
* 5411C17 PPS-3 "Accept" and "Reject"
* 5411C17 PLS The Wrong Thing to Do Is Nothing
* 5411 C24 PLS Creation of Human Ability
5411C24 LECT Accent on Ability (could be same tape as above)
* 5411C24 PPS-4 "Find Shortest Comm Line"-"Create a Memory"
* 5412C01 PLS Awareness of Awareness
* 5412C01 PPS-5 "Decide to Be Silent"-"Find Some Secrets"
5412C03 PLS Title unknown
* 5412C08 PPS-6 "Waiting", "Something You Can Associate With"
* 5412C08 PPS Group Processing
5412C15 PLS Acceptance Level
P.A.B. No. 38
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11
_____________________________________________________________________
29 October 1954
THE AUDITOR'S CODE 1954
A Basic Course in Scientology-Part 5
1. DO NOT EVALUATE FOR THE PRECLEAR.
The main difficulty of the preclear is other-knowingness. An auditor
auditing a preclear has before him someone whose last stronghold of owned
knowingness is his engram bank and various mental phenomena. As much as
possible, the preclear should be permitted to discover the answers to this
phenomena through the process of auditing. What the auditor is doing is
steering. If he tells consistently what is to be found or what will happen,
the preclear will not get well. The steering, of course, is a covert but
highly acceptable method of inviting the preclear to find out. Giving a
process's commands is an invitation to this discovery. The auditor is
working from a body of knowledge as to how all minds and spirits function.
The preclear could even be trained in this high generality without harm,
and certainly can be audited in such a high generality, but its
particularities and peculiarities, the phenomena which occur, must not be
"telegraphed" to the preclear before they occur, and when something has
occurred to the preclear the auditor should not then come up with its
explanation. This was the entire failure of psychoanalysis. The preclear
would say something, and the analyst would then tell the preclear what it
meant.
The auditor should confine himself to giving the proper auditing
commands and engaging in enough "dunnage" (extra and relatively meaningless
talk) to maintain a two-way communication line.
2. DO NOT INVALIDATE OR CORRECT THE PRECLEAR'S DATA.
After a preclear has informed the auditor of an incident in his life it
would be a fatal error, so far as the preclear's case is concerned, for the
auditor, using other data, to inform the preclear that he did not have a
proper recall on the incident. This is the main trouble with husband and
wife auditing teams, and why they normally do not work. Both have been
present under various circumstances, and the husband or the wife doing the
auditing on the other may find it impossible to repress his or her own
version after the other one has delivered up an incident. Today's type of
auditing enters incidents minimally; therefore opportunities of this kind
are not as frequent as in earlier days. Verbal invalidation is, of course,
the symbolic manifestation of force. Invalidation, when expressed in
emotion and effort, is force. When the preclear is invalidated he feels as
though he has been struck by some force. One of the lowest levels on this
line of invalidation is criticism. Lacking the effort or energy to hit
somebody, a covert person criticizes or otherwise invalidates.
Copyright (�) 1954 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
3. USE THE PROCESSES WHICH IMPROVE THE PRECLEAR'S CASE.
In a series of tests conducted to discover why certain co-auditing teams
had failed to effect an improvement, it was found that the auditor in each
of these failed teams had been auditing out of the preclear what should
have been audited out of the auditor. Top-flight Scientology processes
minimize this difficulty, for they audit the common denominator, as nearly
as it can be approached, of the difficulties in any and all minds.
Nevertheless, auditors have a tendency to do to the preclear what should be
done to the auditor in the way of processing. Furthermore, there are
processes which effect improvement only after a great deal of auditing, and
although this might be considered remunerative, it is actually not
efficient since an auditor tying himself to one case is not benefiting the
society as a whole, and is so defying his own third dynamic.
4. KEEP ALL APPOINTMENTS ONCE MADE.
Many a case has failed, not because of processing, but because the
auditor was so irregular in keeping appointments that he introduced into
the case an anxiety about waiting or unpunctuality. By failing to keep an
appointment the auditor is actually telling the case that the case is not
important, therefore not interesting, and the case will not run for an
auditor who will not keep appointments. If an auditor has, himself,
difficulty in keeping appointments, then he should not make specific
appointments.
5. DO NOT PROCESS A PRECLEAR AFTER TEN P.M.
Utilizing all the experience of four years, it has been discovered that
items 5, 6 and 7 of the Auditor's Code were the only actual causative
agents in spinning preclears. Whenever a preclear markedly worsened under
processing, the process itself was found to be guiltless, and it was
discovered that items 5, 6 and 7 of this Code had one or all been present.
In every case where a psychosis or neurosis was restimulated by bad
auditing, all these factors, 5, 6 and 7, were present. Because the body is
built of cells which contain in their experience line, evidently, the
pattern of plankton, energy level actually drops after sundown, but for a
while there is a certain franticness which can be mistaken for energy. In
other words, when the sun went down the source of energy was no longer
present, therefore auditing during any of the dark hours is not as
effective as auditing during daylight. However, a person can be audited
safely up to 10 p.m. regardless of the state of his case. After 10 p.m. the
curve of ability to handle energy drops quickly and hits its low at 2:00
a.m. But any auditing after 10 p.m. has been found to be at least
ineffective, and might as well not have been done.
6. DO NOT PROCESS A PRECLEAR WHO IS IMPROPERLY FED.
It is an unhappy thing that occasional hidden factors such as lack of
sleep, lack of food, or an urgent present time problem may defeat the
efforts of an excellent auditor. The best process will not benefit a
preclear who, still interiorized, is being drained down as a thetan by a
body which is badly in need of food. Every bit of energy which the thetan
puts out is being absorbed by the body, which is improperly fed. A body
suffering from malnutrition, or even lack of a proper breakfast, will thus
inhibit auditing.
Sometimes a preclear who has come from a distant area to be audited is
sufficiently short of cash that he will attempt to subsist during the week
of an intensive upon sandwiches and coffee. He might as well have stayed
home, for his body, being hungry, will pull in engrams, which are after all
edible energy, will drain down every beam which a thetan throws out, and
will in general defeat processing.
An improperly fed preclear demonstrates on a basal metabolism test,
even when sane, the same oxygen burning rate as a psychotic. You can take
any preclear, have him
omit eating breakfast, and a psychotic, and test the two of them, and you
will discover their metabolism and breathing behavior to be similar.
It is not prescribing a diet to demand that your preclear eats as a
normal human being should during an auditing intensive or before any
auditing. Preclears who are not adequately fed can be spun if bad auditing
and some other factors are added into the session. This does not mean that
a body can get so starved that it cannot benefit from auditing, but it does
mean that a proper diet, as is normal with the preclear, should be observed
during an intensive. Diet, by the way, is nowhere near as large a factor in
the recovery of cases as nutrition "ads" would have you believe, and today
no HASI auditor is allowed to prescribe diets if he is to continue in the
protection of the organization. However, number six must be observed during
auditing.
7. DO NOT PERMIT A FREQUENT CHANGE OF AUDITORS.
Although it is almost impossible for a case to escape having two or
three auditors, when the number gets up to six or eight over a relatively
short space of time, such as a few months, the case is seen to suffer by
reason of the change. As much as possible a case should be run by one
auditor. The basic reason for this is that one auditor running a case has a
better chance of completing what he starts. A frequent change of auditors
nearly always means a frequent change of estimates of a case, and a
frequent change of processes none of which get finished.
8. DO NOT SYMPATHIZE WITH THE PRECLEAR.
There are three ways of handling those who need help. The first and
most senior of them is to be effective and remedy the condition once and
for all. The second method would be to make the person comfortable. If you
cannot be effective, and you cannot make the person comfortable, only then
would you be justified in giving the person sympathy. At the same time
cases can be retarded by the auditor's being far too domineering, but if
one has to err, err in the direction of being too domineering, not in the
direction of being sympathetic. Sympathetic auditing invites the preclear
to dredge up more data about which the auditor can be sympathetic, and
finally becomes a mutual sympathetic society.
9. NEVER PERMIT THE PRECLEAR TO END THE SESSION ON HIS OWN
INDEPENDENT DECISION.
With such processes in existence as Opening Procedure by Duplication,
it becomes important that the auditor carry through what he starts. You
will discover that a preclear very often will get up to a point where he
desires to fight the auditor, and then will walk off from a session. It is
the auditor's responsibility to bring the preclear back and to finish the
session. Sessions end when the auditor says they are over, not when the
preclear says they are over. However, in order to continue the session it
is not legitimate to abuse the preclear or disobey any other sections of
the Code.
L. RON
HUBBARD
P.A.B. No. 39
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11
_____________________________________________________________________
12 November 1954
THE AUDITOR'S CODE 1954 (Concluded)
A Basic Course in Scientology-Part 5 (Concluded)
10. NEVER WALK OFF FROM A PRECLEAR DURING A SESSION.
Although no auditor of any decency or attainment would believe that a
person applying Scientology processes would need number ten, it has
happened often enough that auditors have walked off from preclears who were
in the midst of long communication lags to make it necessary that this be
included in the Auditor's Code. The auditor's effort to punish the preclear
for not obeying his command is responsible for this. One notable case, a
poorly trained person practicing Scientology-you would hardly call him an
auditor-became incensed with a psychotic girl he was auditing, got her into
the middle of a long communication lag, raged at her, and then walked off
from her. It took fifteen hours of extremely good and clever processing on
the part of a top-flight auditor to regain the ground lost.
11. NEVER GET ANGRY WITH A PRECLEAR.
What must be the level of self-confidence of an auditor who feels that
the introduction of misemotion into a session is necessary to express his
inability to cope with his preclear?
12. ALWAYS REDUCE EVERY COMMUNICATION LAG ENCOUNTERED BY CONTINUED USE OF
THE SAME QUESTION OR PROCESS.
Numbers 12 and 13 of the Auditor's Code 1954 are the essential
difference between a good auditor and a bad one. If you want to know who is
a bad auditor, then discover the auditor who fails to reduce communication
lags encountered in the preclear by a repetition of the same question or
process. This auditor is expressing his own inability to persist, and is
expressing as well his own inability to duplicate, and he is more under the
control of the preclear than the preclear is under his control. An auditor
not only has to understand communication lag, he must reduce every
communication lag brought into being by a question or a process before
going on to a new question or a new process.
13. ALWAYS CONTINUE A PROCESS AS LONG AS IT PRODUCES CHANGE, AND NO
LONGER.
Here is the other way you tell a bad auditor. A person whose case is in
poor condition will express his state by changing every time the preclear
changes. Here is the auditor being the effect of the preclear. The preclear
changes his condition, changes his communication lag, changes his ideas,
and if, between auditor and preclear, he is
Copyright (�) 1954 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
actually cause, the auditor will then change the question or change the
process. You watch some auditor auditing who is ordinarily not reputed to
get results, and you will find out that in the course of an hour he is
likely to use ten or twelve different processes. Each time some change
occurs in the preclear, instead of pursuing it and reducing the
communication lag on the process the auditor promptly changes. He excuses
this to himself by saying some other process is needed or necessary.
It so happens that the process which brings about a change will
probably bring about further change. There is an auditing maxim concerning
this: "The process which turns on a condition will turn it off." This is
true within limits, but it is true enough to drive home the fact that a
person should use a process as long as it produces change. This can also be
true of an auditing question. An auditing question should be used as long
as it continues to produce change. But if one has used a question or
process for some little time-in the case of a straight wire question five
or eight minutes, in the case of Opening Procedures two or three hours-with
no real change in the preclear, it is time to change the process. If the
auditor does not change a good process, the process will then produce a
change in the preclear.
A bad auditor will use a process until it turns on a somatic, will then
change to another process, will run it until it turns on another somatic,
and then change it, and so on until he has thoroughly bogged a case. In
spotting spots to get rid of old auditing in preclears who have been
audited between 1950 and 1954, the plaint is often heard from the preclear,
"Oh, if only just one engram had been run a second time, or if one
secondary had been run again, or if any auditor had said 'go through that
again' how wonderful it would have been."
It was the inability of the auditor to repeat the process of erasure
which prevented Dianetics from being all we would ever have needed. The
inability of the auditor to duplicate is mirrored in the fact that he
cannot duplicate over and over the same question or the same process. This
also comes into view in another way. An auditor who is unable to duplicate
must always give the given and standard process with his own slight twist.
He is given an auditing phrase, but he finds that he cannot use it unless
he gives it a small curve. This auditor is worried about his own
thinkingness and is using other thinkingness as his randomity. You can
always tell a good auditor. He uses and abides by 12 and 13 of this Code.
14. BE WILLING TO GRANT BEINGNESS TO THE PRECLEAR.
An auditor who is unwilling to grant beingness to those around him will
find himself unable to run a process which is effectively producing a
change for the better in the preclear. This auditor will try to discover
all manner of processes which reduce the status of the preclear. Whatever
rationale he uses to explain this, he will not use an effective process if
he is himself unwilling to grant beingness or life to the preclear. Thus we
get two sharp divisions amongst auditors: those who are using the preclear
as an opponent in a game, and those who are using the preclear as though
the preclear was something being created by the auditor. The latter state
of mind will produce remarkable results, the earlier will produce chaos. An
auditor who needs preclears in order to have a fight would probably also
beat children or small dogs-not big dogs, small dogs.
15. NEVER MIX THE PROCESSES OF SCIENTOLOGY WITH THOSE OF OTHER PRACTICES.
Auditors in general have considerable contempt for those who mix
Scientology with some other practice or who use Scientology, change it
around, and out of position or cowardice call it something else. Auditors
do not like this because they almost invariably, one or another of them,
will inherit at least some of the preclears of people who disobey this line
of the Code. There follows then an auditor's effort to unscramble
a case which has had its spine adjusted while running engrams or which has
discovered an incident only to have discovered immediately after that it
has tremendous mystic significance or psychoanalytic bearing. An auditor
who mixes Scientology or miscalls it has never learned Scientology. If he
knew Scientology he would not feel it necessary to do something else, for
Scientology is nothing if not extremely effective-certainly more effective
than any other existing practice today.
Sometimes auditors encounter people who "really use Scientology, but
because of the acceptance level of the public" mix it with something else.
The public has no difficulty and has never had any real difficulty in
accepting or using Scientology under that name practiced according to its
own procedures. In a particular instance, an auditor who prescribes diets
or who does other things of a material nature additive to the practices of
Scientology immediately divorces himself from the protection of the HASI
and is subject to action by the CECS.* An auditor who has to mix
Scientology to make it work didn't know Scientology in the first place and
so wasn't really an auditor anyway.
This is the Auditor's Code of 1954. It supersedes any earlier Codes. It
has been developed by the CECS as its standard of practice, and latterly
was adopted by the Hubbard Dianetic Research Foundation for use in the
field of Dianetics. It is the official Auditor's Code.
It is required of students under training that they know this Code by
heart, know what it means, and as they process, practice it. It is one
thing to know it-another thing to practice it. A good auditor does both. It
is not something to be read, agreed with and forgotten. Following it means
success in cases. Neglecting any part of it means failures. It combines the
arduously won experiences collected during four years from the practices of
three thousand auditors.
We want successes.
L. RON HUBBARD
[* Committee of Examinations, Certifications and Services.]
T H E J O U R N A L O F
SCIENTOLOGY
Issue 40-G [1954, ca. late November]
Published by
The Hubbard Association of Scientologists, International
Phoenix, Arizona
Validation of Scientology
L. Ron Hubbard
The validation of Scientology and Dianetics has engrossed the time and
attention of many auditors and myself. The aggregate validation programs
engaged upon in the last four years have cost in excess of $200,000. It is
not for nothing that we can say that today we practice the most validated
science in the field of the mind and spirit that Earth has ever known.
The first validation pamphlet was accumulated by practicing
psychologists and psychometrists in Los Angeles in mid-1950 and was
published in the fall of that year. It was no more than an effort to make a
formal study of validation itself. It brought forward many astonishing
factors and was very broadly and pleasantly received.
Another validation program was engaged upon publicly on the founding of
the HAS when people were invited to send their results in to the HAS so
that these could be collected and published. These case histories were
never published due to lack of funds which could be appropriated to that
specific purpose.
Clinical course graduates report results to the HASI on exact report
forms. This multitude of cases represents an enormous amount of study by
individual auditors operating in various stages of training and in various
areas on a wide cross section of the populace. These demonstrate a uniform
and continued success on the part of auditors at this time to obtain
results upon preclears.
However, the most arduous and carefully carried out program of
validation has never been offered to the public and probably never will be.
This is the program undertaken by myself and a few auditors to test and
validate or invalidate new processes before their general release.
Countless tests have been made of the processes which are today
Scientology, and from this has come an understanding of the human mind of a
magnitude and certainty to permit the Hubbard Association of
Scientologists, International, to guarantee today to a preclear that
Scientology, administered by a trained auditor, will result in a far better
life. And this research program is mirrored in the results we get, for it
has included the knowledge of how to train auditors so that they can
continue to obtain these results. Today there is no question about the
workability of Scientology and the results it obtains. It is, indeed, the
most validated science of mind Earth has ever known. The results which come
in every day adequately prove this.
Copyright (�) 1954 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
PHOENIX CERTIFICATION COURSE LECTURES
Phoenix, Arizona
15 November-4 December 1954
L. Ron Hubbard began lecturing to the Phoenix Certification Course
(leading to HCA or HDA), which enrolled every Monday, on Monday, November
15, 1954. He gave the following lectures, which deal with the fundamental
data of Scientology and the exact and precise use of techniques and
processes:
5411C15 HCAP-1 Title unknown
** 5411C17 HCAP-2 Background of Six Basic Steps
* 5411C .... HCAP-3 Elementary Straightwire
* 5411C .... HCAP-4 Remedy of Havingness
* 5411C22 HCAP-5 Levels of Case Ability
** 5411C23 HCAP-6 Addressing Groups and Starting Sessions
* 5411C24 HCAP-7 Following Orders
** 5411C24 HCAP-8 Two-way Communication
* 5411C30 HCAP-9 Solving Cases
** 5412C01 HCAP-10 Opening Procedure of 8-C
** 5412C03 HCAP-11 Op Pro by Dup with Two-way Comm; also issued
as
P R O-20
* 5412C04 HCAP-12 Last Lecture
During this same period L. Ron Hubbard was also giving public lectures
and group processing sessions (see page 95).
P.A.B. No. 40
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11
____________________________________________________________________________
______
26 November 1954
THE CODE OF HONOUR
A Basic Course in Scientology-Part 6
1. Never desert a comrade in need, in danger or in trouble.
2. Never withdraw allegiance once granted.
3. Never desert a group to which you owe your support.
4. Never disparage yourself or minimize your strength or power.
5. Never need praise, approval or sympathy.
6. Never compromise with your own reality.
7. Never permit your affinity to be alloyed.
8. Do not give or receive communication unless you yourself desire it.
9. Your self-determinism and your honour are more important than your
immediate life.
10. Your integrity to yourself is more important than your body.
11. Never regret yesterday. Life is in you today, and you make your
tomorrow.
12. Never fear to hurt another in a just cause.
13. Don't desire to be liked or admired.
14. Be your own adviser, keep your own counsel and select your own
decisions.
15. Be true to your own goals.
Scientology is itself the microcosm of a civilization. It contains two
moral codes: one is the moral code of practice which is the Auditor's Code
of 1954, the other is the Code of a Scientologist, which will be given at
greater length in the next PAB. It also contains an ethical code, and that
is its Code of Honour.
The difference between ethics and morals is very clearly known in
Scientology, if not in a modem dictionary. This mergence of morals and
ethics has occurred in recent times, and is symptomatic of a general
decline. An ethic is practiced on an entirely
Copyright (�) 1954 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
self-determined basis. An ethical code is not enforceable, is not to be
enforced, but is a luxury of conduct. A person conducts himself according
to an ethical code because he wants to or because he feels he is proud
enough or decent enough, or civilized enough to so conduct himself. An
ethical code, of course, is a code of certain restrictions indulged in to
better the manner of conduct of life. If one Scientologist started to
punish or berate some other Scientologist and called for an enforcement on
the grounds that the Code of Honour had been disregarded, the punitive act
itself would involve and violate the Code of Honour. The Code of Honour is
a Code of Honour as long as it is not enforced. If a person is big enough,
or strong enough or sane enough, then he can indulge himself in the luxury
of holding upon himself freely and of his own decision the Code of Honour.
When such an ethical code begins to be enforced it becomes then a moral
code.
A moral code is enforceable. Mores are those things which make a
society possible. They are the heavily agreed-upon, policed codes of
conduct of the society. If an auditor were to flagrantly and continually
violate the Auditor's Code or the Code of a Scientologist, then other
auditors would have a perfect right to demand, and through the HASI effect,
the suspension or revocation of certificates or memberships, or both.
However, no such action is possible with the Code of Honour. A person could
continually and flagrantly flaunt the Code of Honour and experience no more
than perhaps the slight contempt or pity of his fellows.
The Code of Honour clearly states conditions of acceptable comradeship
amongst those fighting on one side against something which they conceive
should be remedied. While anyone practicing "the only one" believes that it
is possible to have a fight or contest only so long as one remains "the
only one" and confronts as that single identity all of existence, it is not
very workable to live without friends or comrades in arms. Amongst those
friends and comrades in arms one's acceptability and measure is established
fairly well by his adherence to such a thing as the Code of Honour. Anyone
practicing the Code of Honour would maintain a good opinion of his fellows,
a much more important thing than having one's fellows maintain a good
opinion of one.
If you believed Man was worthy enough to be granted by you sufficient
stature so as to permit you to exercise gladly the Code of Honour, I can
guarantee that you would be a happy person. And if you found an occasional
miscreant falling away from the best standards you have developed, you yet
did not turn away from the rest of Man, and if you discovered yourself
betrayed by those you were seeking to defend and yet did not then
experience a complete reversal of opinion about all your fellow men, there
would be no dwindling spiral for you.
Indicative of this is a process which is rather easy to work and which
has some workability. Sit down in a public place where many people are
passing by and simply postulate into them, above them, around them,
Perfection-no matter what you see. Do this person after person as they walk
by you or around you, doing it quietly and to yourself. It may or may not
occur that you would bring changes in their lives, but it would certainly
occur that you would bring about a change in yourself. This is not an
advised process-it is simply a demonstration of a fact that he who lives
believing wrong of all his fellow men lives, himself, in Hell. The only
difference between Paradise on earth and Hell on earth is whether or not
you believe your fellow man worthy of receiving from you the friendship and
devotion called for in this Code of Honour.
L. RON
HUBBARD
F O U N D A T I O N B U L L E T I N S
Volume 1, No. 3 [December, 1954]
Official Publication of
The Hubbard Dianetic Research Foundation
Phoenix, Arizona
Accent on Ability
NEW TREND TAKES FORM
L. Ron Hubbard
Many things have been learned in the past several years of Dianetic
research and investigation, as will be brought out in the book Dianetics:
1955!. But chief amongst these items is the fact that we have misplaced, to
some degree, our accent mark.
Formerly we were intent upon surveys of many lines of human activity.
We have covered such things as psychosomatic illness and aberration, and
indeed the stress on these two is paramount as represented in the title
itself of Book One, Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health. Today's
accent is much more sharply aligned, and arrowed into human activity.
Today we know that man is so hungry for a game that he cannot but cling
to, or even invent, psychosomatic ills and aberrations so as to satiate his
apparently unappeasable thirst for problems.
All of us have had the experience of processing preclears who did not
want to get well. Of course, today, we could give them a sufficient
abundance of problems and illnesses in mock-up form, or in some other
manner, so as to bring them into a state of realization that they could
create more problems than they had and so convince them that it would be
possible to release at least some of the ills to which they are dedicated.
This does not mean, of course, that we could not bring preclears into a
state of being well, or that we cannot bring them into such a desirable
condition. All I wish to call to your attention here is that we have
misplaced our accent. If man is so thoroughly engrossed in self-inspection
so as to generate and multiply barriers such as psychosomatic ills and
aberrations, then it must mean that his interest is centered on himself.
And if his interest is centered upon himself, and we yet find it
undesirable for our fellow men to be so out of communication, then there
must be other spheres to which this interest can be directed.
We know that if his interest is so thoroughly involved with the first
dynamic, then he must have abandoned many other dynamics. We see in this
first dynamic fixation a lessening of force and ability throughout the
whole of mankind or any group of men. When interest introverts, the subject
which seems most compelling to man is psychosomatic ills and aberration,
for he generates these only when his interest is so introverted.
It has been my good fortune to discover in the researches of the past
few years that there were many roads out of this puzzle of self. Indeed,
the entire span of the dynamics could be considered themselves a roadway.
If an individual is to depart from a fixation on the first dynamic, then it
is necessary for him to project himself and discover interests upon the
remaining dynamics. This is, indeed, a very clear roadway, and one which
anyone would take-unless, of course, he were confronted by a barrier
sufficiently gigantic to him to debar his interests from forming on these
additional dynamics.
Let us examine this situation further by inspecting the dynamics.
According to the fundamental axioms of Dianetics, which have not changed,
the dynamic principle
Copyright (�) 1954 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
of existence is "Survive." Survival considered as the single and sole
purpose subdivides into at least four dynamics. Dynamic One is the urge of
the individual toward survival for himself. Dynamic Two is the urge of the
individual toward survival through procreation and includes both the sex
act and the raising of progeny. Dynamic Three is the urge of the individual
toward survival through a group. Dynamic Four is the urge of the individual
toward survival as Mankind. These, as stated in the First Book, are the
legitimate sphere of interest of Dianetics.
If we are considering these dynamics as a roadway, and if we are
seeking to draw man's interest away from the First Dynamic where it can
center only upon psychosomatic illness and aberration in order to have
problems, then we see at once that the Second Dynamic is barriered. This is
highly frowned upon in this society at this time, and yet the Second
Dynamic is the only dynamic which will permit future generations to come
into the world. Even the Archbishop who frowns and sneers on the subject of
sex is, as a body, the product of a sexual act between his father and his
mother. No matter how much he might rant and rave to his congregation,
actually even for the persistence of the church and the survival of
congregations, to say nothing of the revenue provided from baptisms, the
church is entirely dependent upon the sexual act. When people interest
themselves in juvenile delinquency they should interest themselves in that
part of the sexual act which is the raising and caring for children. Unless
we release, at least to some degree, the stigma attached to sex we have
immediately blocked our road out to just that extent that the sexual act is
forbidden or denied.
But consider that our individual has managed to bridge the sexual act,
and has at least thought about adventuring on the road to the Third
Dynamic. Here do we find any barriers? Indeed we do. We discover that
before an individual can possibly be admitted into any group, whether small
or large as that nebulous thing called "society," he must be possessed of
many abilities. Otherwise he will be improperly mannered and possessed of
too few skills to make his presence in the group desirable, and here we
have the foremost bar upon the line: the individual's lack of social,
artistic, technical, artisan, or labor ability.
Now, while we can understand ability upon the Third Dynamic, it becomes
a little difficult to understand upon the Fourth Dynamic unless one
conceives it in terms of absence of ability. Let us inspect this situation
today wherein nationalism was launched upon the world to give into our
possession at this time, in this atomic age, an anarchy of nations. These
nations depend for their further continuance and sustenance upon the
production and even worship of their citizens. A few years ago this system
was not entirely unworkable. Distances were sufficiently great to permit an
isolation to occur, but now we are in possession, according to the
officials of at least three major governments, of weapons of such magnitude
that these could very well destroy all life extant upon a continent of
earth. This doubtlessly laudable ability on the part of our weapon-makers
discovers a certain inadequacy in this arrangement of nations, for these
nations live in an anarchy, and an attempt to reconcile them one to another
has already met with defeat, where the biggest of these nations, in San
Francisco, withheld to themselves the right to veto any action of the
General Assembly.
Somewhere (you and I do not know where), some individual (you and I do
not know who), has at this moment in his possession weapons of sufficient
magnitude to lay flat continents of earth. If one is so naive as to suppose
that one can wipe off a continent without endangering or even obliterating
life on other continents, then one has not flown recently across an ocean
and discovered what near neighbors these continents are, and that they
breathe the same air recirculated by the prevailing Westerlies-for atomic
fission is noted for nothing if not its ability to remain suspended in the
air. We do not properly know who would give this man his orders, providing
this man would stay there and wait for orders, nor do we know in what area
of the world such a man might be located. Perhaps there are two such men.
Perhaps there are two dozen. Perhaps three or four nations have such men
standing by with such weapons. In this age of guided missiles it is highly
doubtful if the services of a pilot and plane would have to be commandeered
in order to accomplish the destruction of a continent. Do not think that I
speak idly, for I am merely quoting Secretary of the Air Force, Harold
Talbott, to the effect that he is in possession-or somebody is in
possession, he does not let us in on what or where-"of weapons that can lay
waste an entire continent men, women, children, even the beasts and the
vegetation. They can abolish in a single night not only an army, not only a
nation, but a whole civilization." He also states, "Some of them are of
such awful power that even the men who build them cannot fully visualize
the carnage that would follow their use." He also tells us this is neither
the time nor the place to dwell upon these weapons, just as though there
were some time and some place where one could consider this problem. For
none of us, on this Fourth Dynamic problem, which is what it is, has,
evidently, any right whatsoever to think in such terms as the survival of
Mankind.
If only by atomic power, and without regard to the anarchistic state of
nations one to another, we are definitely barriered from a Fourth Dynamic
survival. For instance, what would you do right this moment in order to
resolve this problem on the Fourth Dynamic? What ability could you possibly
assume to yourself, practice and perfect, which would remove from Mankind
this threat of wanton and widespread destruction at the hands of
irresponsible politicians and rather seedy nuclear physicists who have
never been noted for their sanity-who, indeed, today, by National
Proclamation (at least in the United States) are debarred even from a
cursory examination of their sanity? For if they are given an examination
on the subject of their sanity they have broken their "top secret
classification'' and thus must never more handle weapons or papers of that
nature. They are not only debarred from the casual society of their fellows
by these awful secrets which they possess, but they are debarred as well
from any resolution of any mental problem which they might have. And, as we
look at this situation where one man, with or without orders, can destroy
an entire continent, we cannot but be amazed to discover that no-one is
ever to be permitted to investigate his sanity or to give him any counsel
along human lines. This individual is not being barred merely from the
Fourth Dynamic, he is being compressed thoroughly back to the First
Dynamic, and the result of this? Well, what would you do tonight if you had
to solve this problem? Thus, you see, thee and me are lacking to some
degree an ability in this, or ability on the Fourth Dynamic.
Now, looking this roadway over again, we see that each of the last two
dynamics are rather thoroughly barriered by lack of ability. Let us
investigate further. Most often we discover sexual aberration continuing
from a complete lack of sexual ability. This was most marked in the very
early years of Christianity, wherein we discovered a eunuch, Saint Paul,
advising everyone to have nothing to do whatsoever with sex-a course which
the church, without further inquisition, has happily helmed itself along.
And we discover that if we can sufficiently suppress the ability of an
individual sexually, or if we can suppress his ability to have children, we
get those various manifestations which we call nymphomania, which we call
perversion, and so forth. Anyone who has audited people has discovered that
where we had lack of sexual ability we had various disabilities which are
classified by law as sexual irregularities. And thus we find this problem
of ability is very present on the Second Dynamic. Further, if one cannot
have children we discover that one is prone to be rather diffident, to say
the least, about raising children no matter whose, and thus any ability as
a father or a nurse is suppressed.
On the First Dynamic we are continually struck by the fact that
individuals in the society insist upon other individuals negating the First
Dynamic. It is not merely common, it is socially polite to pretend to be
unable. A man who can do courageous things is expected to discount his
ability. A man who can work well in the field of the arts is expected to
make nothing of it. This is simple politeness, but it is not good
processing. For an individual who has to make a postulate nine times a day
that he is incapable is liable, at long last, to become just that.
We long ago discovered in Dianetics that what we validate comes true.
Thus, if we continue to process or connect with or continue to harbor
entheta, we discover that entheta becomes quite live. But if we decide to
process on the theta line, validating such things as affinity, reality and
good communication, we make short work out of the case. Here we have the
difference between making a preclear well and making him
sick. We can actually process a preclear in the direction of difficulty to
such an extent that these difficulties, imagined or actual, become real.
The validation of difficulty will always result in the accomplishment of
difficulty. Similarly, the validation of ability will always accomplish
ability.
Thus we see that there were two sides to these dynamics. The lower side
in each case, whether we had to do with the First, Second, Third, or Fourth
Dynamic was aberration and psychosomatic illness. The individual, self-
centered, is liable to dwell sufficiently upon his ills and injuries and
negate himself sufficiently to become an "only one" and to suppress any
ability which he has. On the Second Dynamic he broods about his inabilities
to have or raise children until he has confirmed these inabilities. On the
Third Dynamic he is made to feel a stranger to the group by his lack of
skill or his lack of social presence, or by the group's own aberration or
psychosomatic ill, to a point where he is occasioned to abandon the group.
On the Fourth Dynamic this has become so marked that one does not even
think of the Fourth Dynamic as having ills, much less how to remedy them.
But we discover in this anarchy of nations where any politician of any
country can make capital of hatred for any other country, a psychosomatic
illness and an aberration.
Confronted with this situation we see that the wrong thing to do would
be to validate any dynamic's ills, but rather, we should process along the
lines of the wellness in the dynamic.
Now the upper range of all this would be ability. Ability on the First
Dynamic would be the ability to handle and train and accomplish goals as
one's self. Ability on the Second Dynamic would be to have and raise and
train children. Ability on the Third Dynamic would be to have the ability
necessary to develop social, industrial or agrarian skills so as to be an
asset to the Third Dynamic. And unfortunately, unless we have built up
ability across these first three dynamics we will never attain an ability
of any kind on the Fourth Dynamic. Man, indeed, today, is so antipathetic
toward any ability on the Fourth Dynamic that he, as represented by one
group, almost actively murdered an individual who dared to write a book
called One World. That the individual, Wendell Wilkie, was murdered by
heartbreak does not make it any the less a murder. When we approach a point
of no ability, we approach a desperate state of psychosomatic illness and
aberration. Abandonment of any dynamic is not an escape from that dynamic,
but an enslavement to it. This is how this universe works.
The accomplishment of ability on any of these first four dynamics will
be absolutely necessary if man is to survive, and indeed if individuals are
to go forward and make any civilization in which it would be fit to live.
Our accent, from the first, should have been upon ability.
Thus, Dianetics was not really the modem science of mental health, but
was (and I think all of us understood this basically) the Modem Science of
Ability, for I have never had a preclear who did not hope, through
processing, for other than to gain new ability or to regain his old. He was
not there to be processed out of his psychosomatic ills and aberration.
On the definition of "sane" or "ill," if we examine any page of world
history we will discover that "sanity" had very little to do with ability.
We find some of the men who have given the greatest service to mankind so
completely "insane" that they could not have passed the first part of any
modem test. "Sanity" is only "agreed upon behavior." When one departs from
this "agreed upon behavior" one is of course susceptible to the label
"insane." Any behavior which is visionary, compelling, or out of the
ordinary is apt to be labelled insane. By "insane" we mean only that the
conduct, or the vision, or the goal has not generally been agreed upon.
Strangely enough, we also find "sane" men benefiting Mankind. And so we
have here no definition at all. Conduct out of the ordinary has numberless
times benefited Mankind. Thus we have no grounds on which to work at all if
we use "sanity" as a basis. We are, however, on solid ground when we
address the subject of ABILITY, and when we say that we are going forward
to increase ability on the First, Second, Third and Fourth Dynamics, we
would then be on solid processing ground, for ability is a common
denominator just as survival is a common measure and urge in all man.
The modern processes of Dianetics increase ability. Each and every one of
these processes which is successful in the hands of an auditor does nothing
but increase ability. Ability is something which is created. If we are
searching forever for the native kernel which is man we will only succeed
in depressing him from communication on the Second, Third and Fourth
Dynamics, and if we accomplish this then we have accomplished the "only
one," the aberrated, the sick individual.
Dianetics today is a Science of Ability. It has no traffic with
psychosomatic illness or aberration. It does not care a whit about these
two things. Dianetics today can be prepared to expect out of an asylum, or
off a Mount, alike some benefit to mankind. It is prepared to discover in
the sickest body possible, assets to man, and caring nothing for the
sickness of the mind or the sickness of the body, it seeks only to increase
the native ability of the individual and to create new abilities in the
individual and for the individual so as to resolve the problems of the
First, Second, Third and Fourth Dynamics.
T H E J O U R N A L O F
SCIENTOLOGY
Issue 41-G [ 1954, ca. early December]
Published by
The Hubbard Association of Scientologists, International
Phoenix, Arizona
Is It Possible to Be Happy?
L. Ron Hubbard
It would appear that our main problem in life is happiness; yet there
appears to be a confusion about the ingredients that go to make up this
evidently desirable condition. To many the main ingredients seem to be
money and leisure. How can one be happy without a new coat, a better pair
of shoes, a new car, a better house and the leisure in which to enjoy them?
How is it possible to be happy when it is manifestly impossible to have the
things one wants and desires? And yet, an individual can have a million
dollars and buy everything that he desires and still not achieve happiness.
Another, who has worked hard all his life and raised a large family, has
looked forward to retiring when he would have the time to do all the things
he had always wanted to do. But, after he has retired, is he happy? No, he
is sitting there thinking about the good old days when he was working hard.
So this question of happiness needs to be examined. What is it? How
does one attain it?
The truth of the matter is (and philosophers have said this many times)
that the only happiness you will ever find lies within you.
Actually a little child derives all of his pleasure in life from the
grace he puts upon life. He goes out in the morning and looks at the day.
And it is a very, very beautiful day. He looks at the flowers and they are
very beautiful. He waves a magic hand and brings all manner of interesting
things into being in the environment. Do you see the magic of the morning
and the beauty of the flowers? Too often when we have become adult the
flowers are wilted, if we even see them, and the beauty of the morning is
obscured by a cloud.
Our attitude toward life makes every possible difference to our living.
It is not necessary to study a thousand ancient books to discover this
fact; but sometimes it needs to be pointed out again. Life does not change
so much as our attitude towards it.
It is easy enough to lose sight of this when our problems are
overwhelming us and we no longer seem able to handle them. When the
marriage which we dreamed would be so happy turns out to be a dog fight,
the project from which we had hoped so much suddenly falls flat, or the
friend whom we had trusted betrays our trust.
Is there anything that we can do for conditions like these? There are
many things we can do-the least of them is to take a look at the
environment. Just look around and ask yourself, "Where am I?" "What am I
doing here?" Once you have found out where you are, then find out what you
can do to make it more habitable. The day you stop building your own
environment, when you stop creating your own surroundings, when you stop
waving a magic hand and gracing everything around you with magic and
beauty, things cease to be magical and beautiful.
People seek happiness in various ways, hectically, seriously,
desperately; but the odd part of it is that they find only what they
themselves put there. People become unhappy about life because they have
ceased to make life. This is the single difference between human beings. On
the one hand there is the human being who is unhappy,
Copyright (�)1954 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
miserable, sick, who is not getting along in life and who does not see its
brightness. Life is handling him, running, changing, making him. On the
other hand, we find somebody who is happy, cheerful, strong and who finds
everything in life worth doing. What is the secret about this person? It is
very simple. He is busy making life. This is the single difference. The
first person has stopped making life because he, himself, has decided that
life cannot be made. Some small failure, maybe not graduating with the same
class, not marrying the first man or woman who came along and seemed
desirable, losing a car, or just some other minor thing in life started
this attitude, and the person looks around one day and says, "Well, I've
lost." After that life makes him; he does not make life any more.
This has been the main problem which man has faced and failed to solve
and it would be a very dreadful situation if nothing could be done about
it. The fact of the matter is that this is the easiest problem of all the
problems man faces. Simply stated, it is changing his own and the attitudes
of those around him. Everyone seems totally dependent upon the attitude of
other people; the attitude of somebody else towards you may make or break
your life. There are two problems: changing one's own attitude towards
someone else and theirs towards oneself. For many centuries man has desired
to know how to change the mind and condition of himself and his fellows
but, up to a relatively few years ago, had not accumulated enough
information to do so. Man now understands a great many things which he
never understood before, and among these can now be placed an understanding
of the human mind. Man can conquer himself, and as a result interesting
miracles are taking place across this country and the other continents of
earth. These miracles consist of people becoming well when they were
incurably ill, of people who were unhappy becoming happy, of abolishing the
danger inherent in many illnesses and many of the conditions of man. Yet
the answer has been with man all the time.
The science of Scientology came about because of the increase of man's
knowledge of the physical universe and of energy. Never before in all of
his history has man possessed so much information about energy, and, in
accepting this, he has entered into his inheritance of knowledge and
understanding of his own mind. Scientology has made it possible for man to
reach the goal towards which he has been striving for thousands of years:
to know himself and, in knowing himself, to know and understand other
people and the rest of the physical universe.
(Written from a transcription of a recent broadcast lecture by L. Ron
Hubbard )
9TH & 10TH AMERICAN ADVANCED CLINICAL COURSE LECTURES
Phoenix, Arizona
6 December 1954-21 January 1955
L. Ron Hubbard began the 9th American Advanced Clinical Course in
Phoenix, Arizona, December 6th. At this time it was announced that HCAs
could enroll in the ACC every three weeks; thus the 9th ACC lectures
overlap those of the 10th ACC which began January 3rd. There was also time
out during this ACC for the Unification Congress, December 28-31, 1954 (see
page 125).
The Wednesday evening public lectures and group processing were also
recommenced on January 5th, during the time period of these ACCs (see page
126).
* 5412C06 9ACC-1 Introduction to 9th ACC-Havingness
* 5412C07 9ACC-2 Essence of Auditing, Know to Mystery Scale
** 5412C08 9ACC-3 Rundown on Six Basics
** 5412C09 9ACC-4 Communication Formula
* 5412C10 9ACC-5 Practice of Dianetics and Scientology
** 5412C13 9ACC-6 Conduct of the Auditor
** 5412C14 9ACC-7 Mechanics of Communication
* 5412C15 9ACC-8 Havingness
* 5412C16 9ACC-9 Pan-Determinism and One-way Flows
** 5412C17 9ACC-9A History and Development of Processes-Games and
the
Limitations in Games
* 5412C17 PLS History of Processes
** 5412C20 9ACC-10 Games (Fighting)
** 5412C21 9ACC-11 Anatomy of Games, Part A
** 5412C22 9ACC-11A Anatomy of Games, Part B
* 5412C22 9ACC-12 One-way Flows ( In Processing)
** 5412C22 9ACC-12A Q & A Period
* 5412C23 9ACC-13 Havingness and Communication Formulas
** 5412C23 9ACC-13A After-Lecture Comments
** 5412C24 9ACC-14 Pan-Determinism
* 5412C27 9ACC-15 Training New People
* 5501C03 9ACC-16 Auditing Requirements, Differences
* 5501C03 10ACC-1 Pan-Determinism of Auditors
* 5501C04 10ACC-2 Pan-Determinism of Auditors
* 5501C04 9ACC-16A Time
* 5501C05 10ACC-3 Exteriorization by Gradient Scale, Remedy of
Havingness-Adjusting Anchor Points
5501C05 10ACC-4 Title unknown
* 5501C05 9ACC-17 Auditing at Optimum
* 5501C06 9ACC-18 Exteriorization
* 5501C06 10ACC-5 Route 1-Exteriorization
* 5501C06 10ACC-6 Condensation of Know to Mystery Scale
* 5501C07 9ACC-19 Elementary Material: Know to Mystery Scale
** 5501C13 9ACC-23 Definitions: Glossary of Terms
** 5501 C14 9ACC-24 Perfect Duplication, Life Continuum
** 5501C17A 9ACC-25 Auditing Demo: Six Basics in Action
* 5501C17B 9ACC-25A Auditors' Conference
* 5501C18A 9ACC-26 Auditing Demo: Spotting Spots
* 5501C18B 9ACC-26A Auditors' Conference
* 5501C19 9ACC-27 Auditing Demo: Exteriorization
* 5501 C20 9ACC-28 Background Music to Living
** 5501C21 9ACC-29 Axioms: Laws of Consideration, What an Axiom
Is
LRH TAPE LECTURES
1954 (specific date unknown)
54 .. C .. LECTURE Lecture 2, Valences
54 .. C .. LECTURE Lecture 6, Facsimiles-Sol ids
54 .. C .. LECTURE Lecture 18, Chronic Somatics
54 or 55 LECTURE The Dynamics-OT/ARC-As-isness
54 .. C .. GR/PROC Group Session-Reaching and Withdrawing
54 .. C .. LECTURE Illusion Processing
54.. C .. LECTURE Reach and Withdraw
54.. C.. LECTURE Resistive Level 5's
54 .. C .. LECTURE Space and the Pc and Self-Determinism
54 ........ Special Radio Broadcast: Introductory Talk for
the
Scientology Road Show
P.A.B. No. 41
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11
____________________________________________________________________________
______
10 December 1954
THE CODE OF A SCIENTOLOGIST
A Basic Course in Scientology-Part 7
All Scientologists who have been granted the right to train by the
Board of Directors of the HASI have pledged themselves to adherence to the
Code of a Scientologist. It is also the official code of the CECS* and a
similar code has been adopted by the Dianetic Foundation for Dianeticists.
In that Man, until he has gotten above 20.0, lives to fight, it is an
extremely simple thing for an individual, finding opponents very scarce, to
choose out his own organization as an opponent. This is the basic and
actually the only reason why there has been enturbulence in the
organizations and groups of this science: some individual lacking
sufficient sight to see that the organization was facing a potent and
powerful abundance of opponents, himself able only to fight with thought
itself, to turn upon his fellow auditors, upon a group, upon an
organization, and fight it, to fight the subject matter of his science, to
fight the correspondences of his organization, to fight the commas and
semicolons of Bulletins, and in short to conduct himself as a one-man
thinking machine at war with all of thought. Actually this is not very
exciting. Such a person is attacking people very like himself who do not
fight back, for others than this person can conceive that the actual
opponent and enemy being attacked by this science lies totally outside the
perimeter of this science. Find someone attacking his job rather than using
his job to help attack existence, find someone using his degrees and awards
to attack his own organization, find someone using his rank as an officer
to attack his own army and one finds immediately a sick man. If he were not
a sick man he would have sufficient power and influence to bring about the
changes he conceives desirable without recourse to combat.
In that there has to be a fight for there to be a game, it is not
strange to find people who have lost elsewhere attacking their own
organizations. When such a person gets extremely decayed, he can only
attack himself, and so splits himself up into various entities, or
identities, or valences, and quarrels with these. The trick of this
universe is to reduce down the eight dynamics by making a person fight each
one in turn. The willingness of the thetan to fight aids and abets this.
Thus this dwindling spiral consists entirely of what one is willing to
fight. There is no peace for anyone below twenty, and that is fairly high
on the tone scale. But it is a good game to advance science, civilization,
knowledge and understanding into a semi-barbaric world made affluent by its
machines. It is a good fight simply to make the world effective enough TO
fight, but he who loses in a wider fight will engage in a more intimate
quarrel until at last he is only fighting himself. About the saddest thing
you would ever care to encounter is a thetan obsessively and continually
putting out beams which go an inch or two from him and then come back and
hit him. He is not even possessed of
[* Committee of Examinations, Certifications and Services. ]
Copyright (�) 1954 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
a body, he is simply an isolated identity at war with himself, for he feels
and has been led to feel, that there are no other opponents.
The Code of a Scientologist is a stopgap to serve in the interim time
when all Scientologists are not yet up to a level where they are content to
receive for their opponents the logical targets of the science itself, and
for their randomity must pick out the organization and other Scientologists
in order to engage in a game.
With all Scientologists subscribing to this code, Scientology will,
itself, become a potent forward motion in our world and this universe.
A student is expected to know, in its entirety, and to know it well
enough to practice it, this Code.
THE CODE OF A SCIENTOLOGIST
The Code of a Scientologist was evolved to safeguard Scientologists in
general, and is subscribed to by leading Scientologists. The Committee of
Examinations, Certifications and Services of the HASI has accepted it as an
enforceable code.
As a Scientologist, I pledge myself to the Code of Scientology for the
good of all.
1. To hear or speak no word of disparagement to the press, public, or
preclears concerning any of my fellow Scientologists, our professional
organization or those whose names are closely connected to this science.
2. To use the best I know of Scientology to the best of my ability to
better my preclears, groups and the world.
3. To refuse to accept for processing and to refuse to accept money
from any preclear or group I feel I cannot honestly help.
4. To deter to the fullest extent of my power anyone misusing or
degrading Scientology to harmful ends.
5. To prevent the use of Scientology in advertisements of other
products.
6. To discourage the abuse of Scientology in the press.
7. To employ Scientology to the greatest good of the greatest number
of dynamics.
8. To render good processing, sound training and good discipline to
those students or peoples entrusted to my care.
9. To refuse to impart the personal secrets of my preclears.
10. To engage in no unseemly disputes with the uninformed on the
subject of my profession.
L. RON
HUBBARD
[pic]
P.A.B. No. 42
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11
_____________________________________________________________________
24 December 1954
SIX BASIC PROCESSES
There are six basic processes today in Dianetics and Scientology.
Before we consider these processes, let us first consider the essential
difference between Dianetics and Scientology. What we are doing could be
called, more succinctly, "an understanding of life." Under this heading, we
could call anything a science or an art and we could bring in many
subdivisions.
Other subdivisions which enter into this represent the difference
between a study of life in general and a study of man in particular.
Scientology could be called a study of life; Dianetics could be called a
study of man. The first four dynamics are devoted to Dianetics. If you read
again Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health, you will discover
that it treats of the first four dynamics. If you examine the first shadows
of what we now call Scientology, it treats all of the eight dynamics. In
view of the fact that both Dianetics and Scientology operate in the field
of man, it should be readily seen that the basic processes of Dianetics or
Scientology as they apply to man would be the same. Just because we have
used two different words is no reason man has changed. Thus we have our six
basic processes and thus we discover that Dianetics and Scientology, up to
the point of stable exteriorization, operate in exactly the same field with
exactly the same tools. It is only after man is sufficiently exteriorized
to become a spirit that we depart from the field of Dianetics; for here,
considering man as a spirit, we must enter the field of religion. Thus we
have our additional subdivision. Dianetics is a science which applies to
man, a living organism; and Scientology is a religion.
The six basic processes are as follows:
1. Two-way Communication
2. Elementary Straightwire
3. Opening Procedure of 8-C
4. Opening Procedure by Duplication
5. Remedying Havingness
6. Spotting Spots in Space.
An additional breakdown of these sections demonstrates that these
processes subdivide into some highly important techniques. An additional
process is as follows:
1. Two-way Communication includes communication lag, scarcity of
problems, the Code of a Scientologist, the Axioms of Dianetics.
2. Elementary Straightwire includes the Auditor's Code, Self Analysis,
Memory and Mass and their relationship, under which we get past life
loss of memory and what we generally call "next-to-the-last list of
Self Analysis."
3. Opening Procedure of 8-C includes pan-determinism, orders,
defenses and the theory and material pertinent to present time.
4. Opening Procedure by Duplication includes the communication formula,
general theory of ARC and "it must-mustn't happen again."
5. The Remedy of Havingness includes the scale of substitutes, the hide-
to-curiosity scale, Expanded Gita, mock-ups and engrams, overt acts and
motivators, flows and terminals, the fact that two things can't occupy
the same space if one is to have a universe, significances and problems
and, in particular, the scarcity of problems.
6. Spotting Spots includes "space, the theory of," disinterest,
importance, as-isness and the conditions of existence and separateness.
Appended to these subjects is one of equal importance in that it is the
prediction of human beings. This is included, and could be called part
seven of these basics. Science of Survival, with its dissertations on the
Theta-MEST theory, ARC, and the Chart of Human Evaluation, is, indeed, a
study of the prediction of homo sapiens.
It has been discovered in the field of training that an auditor has to
be thoroughly versed in these seven items. He must be able to be expert in
processing people using the six processes, and his understanding must be
increased to the seventh item as included in the book Science of Survival.
How thoroughly does one have to cover any one of these subjects in
order to render an auditor conversant with it? It has been found in the
Phoenix Certification Course that even auditors who have studied this
material before coming to the course had to be rehearsed on it a minimum of
eight times and had to be carefully supervised through each one of these at
least eight times, had to audit at least ten or fifteen hours on each
process under supervision, and had to have each one of these processes run
on him expertly for many hours before he finally was able to practice them
with such skill that he produced uniform results. This is in spite of the
fact that these particular processes are simple. Indeed, they are so simple
that an auditor has a tendency to look at them and use them as though they
were also pliable. Their simplicity is residual in the fact that they are
the exact processes necessary to produce the exact results of Dianetics and
Scientology.
It has been found that the simplicity of these processes was the
stumbling block in their use. One instance in one HCA unit: a class went
through for five weeks without entirely grasping the theory and practice of
communication lag. Amongst this class was an auditor-student who was so
expert at giving indirect, yet seemingly direct, answers that he had
actually evaded the understanding of his fellow students. This person had
yet to give a precisely direct reply to a question asked him. An instructor
sat down with this student and for forty-five minutes asked him the same
simple question. At the end of that time the student gave at last a direct
reply, and this reply was the first time in the course when he had answered
a question straight. A precision definition of communication lag is "the
length of time, whether verbal or silent, intervening between the auditor's
asking of a specific question and the specific and precise answer of that
question by the preclear." It would not matter then whether the preclear
continued to talk about something else than the question, or simply
remained silent, this would still be communication lag. The class had not
entirely grasped this fact in that they assumed that an indirect or an
almost answer was sufficient. Rapidly in the next two auditing periods the
case of the student broke, simply because his auditor now understood
exactly what this person was doing with auditing questions and now demanded
precise answers to questions, at the same time retaining ARC with his
preclear.
The processes of Dianetics, as one can see, stress bringing a preclear into
present time. In the old days we did this by running engrams, running locks
and unsticking the preclear in general from various incidents in the past.
Now we approach the problem far more directly. The Opening Procedure of 8-C
is putting the preclear into contact with what is present time. The Remedy
of Havingness will actually give the preclear enough energy masses to
permit his starved condition to let go of the energy masses he is holding
to him. The energy masses he is holding to him are commonly engrams with
significance and content which make him very unhappy, but not as unhappy as
he thinks he would be if he no longer had this energy. The motto of an
individual seems to be "Any energy, even with content as vicious as an
engram, is better than little or no energy."
Here, with this list of processes, we have before us the basic training
for the Dianeticist and Scientologist. These processes have now remained
stable for some eight months. In spite of all the attention and tests they
have received, little or no improvement has occurred in the actual form of
the processes, and the processes and the commands have remained steady and
stable.
In view of the fact that the thetan exterior is described fully in the
second chapter of Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health, and in
view of the fact that we have now with the command "Be three feet back of
your head" the "one-shot clear," and in view of the fact that the
instructor in London with his Advanced Clinical Course [1st London ACC]
only three weeks deep had exteriorized successfully all of his students, we
see we do not have any real problems in terms of processing or processes
today. We can do it. An auditor who is well trained can achieve results
with these basic processes which in any other age would be called miracles.
There are people around who desperately need it as a process who
believe and who would have you believe that the Opening Procedure by
Duplication techniques are the most vicious things ever invented. Compare
this with the fact that these people also feel bounden to go out and
crusade amongst their fellow men to teach them how bad Dianetics and
Scientology are. These two facts combined should tell you something
concerning duplication. The very thought of duplication is so hideous to
some people that they are utterly unwilling to face the slightest chance
that they might be brought in to a willingness to duplicate. These people
have had things happen to them which are bad enough to make these people
postulate that certain things mustn't happen again. Duplication means that
things must happen again and the process of duplication itself balances out
and makes a person easy about his past.
In the process of running Opening Procedure by Duplication hypnotism
very often comes off of the bank. Here we have an example of unhypnotizing.
The process of hypnotism is a monotony and a central fixation on some one
object. Opening Procedure by Duplication, using two objects and using an
alert and aware procedure, contacting and examining these two objects
alternately, tends to unfix a person from points in the past. Naturally,
this begins to run out hypnotism. A person run for only 15 or 20 minutes on
Opening Procedure by Duplication might very well feel himself getting more
and more hypnotized; by the time he has been run 45 minutes or an hour,
this sensation has worn away and the person is far more alert than he was
at the beginning of the session. It is quite common to run Opening
Procedure by Duplication for several hours, and Intensive Procedure as
given at headquarters of the HASI is run precisely as given and taught upon
preclears for a minimum of five hours before the HASI is content to release
a preclear as in good condition. If the preclear cannot duplicate, his
arrival at a state of good condition will simply be a signal for him to
have a "no duplicate" fixation on feeling good. Thus the auditor would have
brought him up to a level of feeling well and immediately afterwards the
individual, being able to have things happen only once, would then have to
feel bad. Here again is the problem of exteriorization which results soon
afterwards in re-interiorization: the person has
exteriorized, he has the fixation that something must happen only once, and
thus he will go back into the body and will not come out again. This is all
under the heading of duplication. Opening Procedure by Duplication wakes up
the preclear, puts his body back into balance and gives him a brighter
outlook in general and makes him fear the past much less than before it has
been run on him. He is far better able to control his body and his
environment than previously and remarks that incidents have far less effect
upon him than before. This does not look very much like hypnotism, now,
does it?
With these processes a trained auditor-and we emphasize trained-is able
to get the results which are called for and described in all the earlier
books on Dianetics and Scientology. The reason one did not see these
results more often was that the auditor himself could not duplicate the
auditing commands, and thus anything and everything was being run but a
minimum of result was taking place. I was running one preclear one day who
was a very old-timer and who had been run many, many hours on the
techniques contained in Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health. I
was running him on processes which ran out all of his earlier auditing. He
broke down under this processing and began to curse, saying, "If only once-
if only just once-I had been permitted to run a second time through an
engram by my auditor; if only just once I had been able to run the
secondary once more! But no! I was never given the chance to go through the
engram a second time." Now those of you who know the techniques of Book One
know definitely they call for a continuous running through, over and over,
of the same incident so as to de-intensify it. This is the sort of
complicated duplication which the preclear was asked to do which resolved
at once his ability to duplicate and the fact that it mustn't happen again.
Thus when auditors failed to return people through engrams and secondaries,
for a second, fourth, fifth, or even tenth time if necessary, it then
became impossible for these early techniques to work.
In training it is very difficult to relay the theory and processes to
people who are not very alert and who cannot duplicate. One can say
straight to a class that such-and-so is observably true, and the class will
immediately agree that something is observably true, but immediately after
leaving the classroom, will believe in themselves that an entirely
different statement had been made than the one they agreed with. They will
then agree with this different statement and all sorts of oddities in the
form of theory and techniques become circulated.
In the next Professional Auditor's Bulletin I am going to give you a
rather thorough rundown on two-way communication and on the bulletins
subsequent to that I am going to give you, for the first time, in written
form, a considerable dissertation on these processes and the exact auditing
commands and the results to be looked for.
But there is one thing I am probably not going to cover again, and this
is an odd fact which has shown up in our training experience here and in my
handling of a great many auditors. This has to do with the case of the
auditor in particular. I could write an entire series of PABs on this
subject, but I am sure this statement will be enough. The case of an
auditor, one who is skilled in the processes of Dianetics and Scientology,
and the case of a preclear, one who has just walked in off the street
without further knowledge, are entirely different cases, as both
Dianeticists and Scientologists know. At one time the cases of
Scientologists and Dianeticists were considered so much with horror on the
part of other Scientologists and Dianeticists that one audited a fellow
practitioner with considerable reluctance. Dianeticists and Scientologists
were renowned to be tough cases.
I have found now what made them tough cases. The preclear has an
entirely different goal from the auditor. The preclear is there to get
well: the auditor is there to make the preclear well.
When we consider this further, we see that the ability of the auditor to
control minds and mental reactions is dependent upon his getting results in
preclears. The preclear's results simply stem from the preclear's gained
ability to control his own mind and its reactions. Thus, of course, we have
entirely different values.
An auditor who does not consistently get good results is going to have
his own case cave in on him. The only way an auditor can keep his case up
is to get continuous and predictably excellent results upon preclears. Thus
an auditor, to have his case in good order, would have to be in good order
as an auditor; he would have to be able to get results upon those he
processed. In view of the fact that he could get results upon other human
beings, he could then, of course, know continuously that he could control
human reactions and mental reactions; and so, with this confidence and this
control, be completely unworried about his own case and be able to do
actually anything he wished with his own mental machinery.
The case of the auditor actually depends upon his successes in
auditing. Thus in the Certification Course in Phoenix we stress today only
the skill of an individual to audit, and we discover consequently that, as
the auditor gets results upon his fellow student and as he gets results on
outside preclears, his own belief in his ability to handle the human mind
soars to such an extent that as a case he ceases to be in the concern
category. He of course is audited and without being audited he would not
know the results which would happen in a preclear, but his actual case
gains depend on his gains on preclears.
Now with today's techniques we can guarantee those results on
preclears. We can demonstrate to any auditor that he can make anybody well,
if the person is even vaguely breathing, simply by using with skill and
understanding, as trained, the above six processes and the seventh, which
is actually an understanding. Here is the problem of the auditor's case
resolved. The way to have one's case in excellent condition is to have
continuing confidence in one's ability to get results on preclears. In the
Certification Courses in Phoenix and London we work solely in the direction
of giving an auditor confidence in his ability to handle the aberrations of
others and we discover that with this gained confidence the fear of his own
behavior vanishes; and thus an auditor becomes a very, very capable clear.
L. RON
HUBBARD
[The above PAB is reissued as HCO B 4 May 1972, Six Basic Processes.]
[pic]
DIANETICS 55!
by
L. Ron Hubbard
Published
December 1954-April 1955
Dianetics '55! was published in April, 1955, though a limited
manuscript edition was available at the Unification Congress at the end of
1954.
Following the return of the Foundations and properties of Dianetics to
the management of L. Ron Hubbard, the Hubbard Dianetic Research Foundation,
the Hubbard Dianetic Foundation, the Dianetic Foundation and the Dianetic
Research Foundation were consolidated under the original Dianetic
organization, the Hubbard Dianetic Research Foundation. The ownership and
control of all Dianetic publications, books, certificates, without contest,
were vested by the laws of the United States, its several states and the
State of Arizona, in the Organization which began in 1950.
Signalizing this new unity, L. Ron Hubbard completed the manuscript of
Dianetics '55! and released it in the form of a facsimile of the original
to the Dianetic public. A Congress was held in celebration of the
unification.
Dianetics '55! takes the main premises of Dianetics: The Modern Science
of Mental Health and brings them up to date, showing
how they developed. In it, L. Ron Hubbard shows where the Six Basic
Processes, which lead to Route 1, are on the tone scale and how through
them we find communication everywhere.
"Thus, in Dianetics '55! we actually have the second book of Dianetics.
Everyone has assigned the title 'First Book' to Dianetics: The Modern
Science of Mental Health. But nobody has referred to Science of Survival,
published in 1951, as the second book. They haven't because it obviously
wasn't. Science of Survival adventured into causation, not into the
problems outlined in the First Book."
L. Ron Hubbard-Dianetics '55!
192 pages, 1 illustration, 1 chart, glossary, hardcover with dust jacket.
Available from your nearest Scientology Organization or Mission, or direct
from the publishers: Scientology Publications Organization, Jernbanegade 6,
1608 Copenhagen V, Denmark; or Church of Scientology Publications
Organization U.S., 2723 West Temple Street, Los Angeles, California, 90026,
U.S.A.
UNIFICATION CONGRESS OF
DIANETICISTS AND SCIENTOLOGISTS LECTURES
Phoenix, Arizona
28-31 December 1954
The Unification Congress of Dianeticists and Scientologists, given
under the joint sponsorship of the HDRF and the HASI in honor of the return
of Dianetics to L. Ron Hubbard, its founder and originator, opened at the
Little Theater in Phoenix, Arizona, on 28 December 1954. It had as its
theme the new book, the "second book of Dianetics," Dianetics 1955!, of
which a limited manuscript edition was introduced. The Congress data
amplified and broadened the data in this book; the Congress group
processing (communication processing) demonstrated the workability of this
material.
So successful was this Phoenix Congress that popular demand at once
brought into action its scheduled reproduction in four important places: in
New York City, in London at the Royal Festival Hall, in Australia and in
New Zealand.
5412C28 UC-1 Title unknown
5412C28 UC-2 Group Processing (incomplete)
5412C28 UC-3 History of Dianetics
5412C28 UC-4 Dianetics '55
** 5412C28 UC-5 Communication and ARC
** 5412C29 UC-6 Games
5412C29 UC-7 Title unknown
5412C29 UC-8 Title unknown
** 5412C29 UC-9 Terminals and Communication
** 5412C29 UC-10 Errors in Communication
** 5412C30 UC-11 Communication and Problems
5412C30 UC-12 Title unknown
5412C30 UC-13 Title unknown
5412C30 UC-14 Problems and Games
5412C30 UC-15 Title unknown
** 5412C30 UC-16 Pan-Determinism
5412C31 UC-17 Title unknown
5412C31 UC-18 Title unknown
5412C31 UC-19 Title unknown
5412C31 UC-20 Title unknown
54 ... C ... UC Unification Congress: Communication-Dianetics
'55
54... C ... UC Unification Congress: Goals
PUBLIC LECTURES AND GROUP PROCESSING SERIES
Phoenix, Arizona
1 January-11 May 1955
In early 1955 L. Ron Hubbard continued his Wednesday evening public
lectures and group processing at the Monroe School Auditorium in Phoenix,
Arizona.
* 5501C01 Public Processing
** 5501C05 PLS- 1 The Society at Large
* 5501C05 PPS Group Processing
** 5501C12B PLS-2 Games
* 5501C12C PLS ARC Triangle
** 5501C19 PLS-3 Communication and ARC Triangle
* 5501C19 PPS Group Processing
* 5501C26 P LS Goals of HDA and Scientology
** 5501C26 PLS-4 Scientology and Auditing
* 5501C26 PPS Alcoholism (Group Processing)
** 5502C02 PLS-5 Alcoholism
** 5502C02 PPS Group Processing, Variation on Six Basic Processes
** 5502C09 PLS-6 Miracles
* 5502C09 PPS Session: Control of Body, Think a Thought
** 5502C23 PLPS-1 Scientology and Ability
* 5502C23 PPS Group Processing
* 5502C23 PLPS-2 Session: "Find a Mystery"
** 5503C02 PLPS-3 Efficiency, Thought, Emotion and Effort
** 5503C09 PLPS-4 Health and Certainty
5503C09 PLPS-5 Session: Only One, Things Real and Unreal
* 5503C09 PPS Group Processing
* 5503C16 PLPS-6 Knowingness
** 5503C16 PLPS What We Are Doing
** 5503C23 PLPS-7&8 Scientology: A Technical Subject-Communication
Lag,
Principal Kinds Found in a Pc
** 5503C30 PLPS-9 Conquered Territory (a summary of the
achievements
and directions of Scientology)
* 5503C30 PPS Group Processing
* 5503C30 PLPS-10 Session: "Making Things Real and Unreal"
** 5504C02 PLPS The Second Dynamic
* 5504C06 PLPS-11 On the Second Dynamic
* 5504C06 PLPS-12 Session: "What Could You Say To ......?"
** 5504C13 PLPS-14 The Eight Dynamics
* 5504C13 PLPS-15 Session: Find Present Time
** 5504C20 PLPS-16 Para-Scientology-or Things That Go Boomp in
the Night
* 5504C20 PLPS-17 Session: Change and No-Change
** 5504C27 PLPS-18 The Direction of Modern Scientology
** 5504C27A PLPS-19 Grey Dianetics
* 5504C27B PLPS-20 Session: "Something you could say
to.........."
and "Ownership"
** 5505C04 PLPS-21 Cause and Effect and Its Use in Processing
* 5505C04 PLPS-22 Session: Cause and Effect
* 5505C11 PLPS-23 Operation Manual for the Mind
* 5505C11 PLPS-24 Session: "Enchantment" Processing
** 5505C11 PLPS-25 Lookingness and Cause
LRH TAPE LECTURES
Phoenix, Arizona
1-7 January 1955
* 5501C01 Public Processing
* 5501C03 9ACC-16 Auditing Requirements, Differences
* 5501C03 10ACC-1 Pan-Determinism of Auditors
* 5501C04 10ACC-2 Pan-Determinism of Auditors
* 5501C04 9ACC-16A Time
* 5501C05 10ACC-3 Exteriorization by Gradient Scale, Remedy of
Havingness-Adjusting Anchor Points
5501C05 10ACC-4 Title unknown
** 5501C05 PLS-1 The Society at Large
* 5501C05 PPS Group Processing
* 5501C05 9ACC-17 Auditing at Optimum
* 5501C06 9ACC-18 Exteriorization
* 5501C06 10ACC-5 Route 1-Exteriorization
* 5501C06 10ACC-6 Condensation of Know to Mystery Scale
* 5501C07 9ACC-19 Elementary Material: Know to Mystery Scale
P.A.B. No. 43
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11
_____________________________________________________________________
7 January 1955
PLOTTING THE PRECLEAR ON THE TONE SCALE
The most important point in entering a case from the viewpoint of the
auditor is establishing the position of the preclear on the Chart of Human
Evaluation as given and fully described in the publication Science of
Survival.
Today this is a relatively simple task providing the auditor knows the
simple processes which are the basic processes of both Dianetics and
Scientology. As given in the last PAB, these processes are: Two-Way
Communication, Elementary Straightwire, Opening Procedure 8-C, Opening
Procedure by Duplication, Remedying Havingness and Spotting Spots in Space.
The establishing characteristic of the preclear's position on the tone
scale is all contained under the heading of communication lag. Today we do
not use E-Meters; today we do not use old-time dianometry; today we have a
positive and precise method of positioning the preclear.
Communication lag is the length of time intervening between the asking
of the question by the auditor and the reply to that specific question by
the preclear. The question must be precise; the reply must be precisely to
that question. It does not matter what intervenes in the time between the
asking of the question and the receipt of the answer. Incidentally, from my
experience in training in Phoenix, this is a very hard point for an auditor
to grasp. Thus I am stressing it for you in these PABs. It does not matter
what intervenes: the preclear may outflow, jabber, discuss, pause, hedge,
disperse, dither or be silent; no matter what he does or how he does it,
between the asking of the question and the giving of the answer, the time
is the communication lag. The near answer, a guessing answer, an undecided
answer, are alike imprecise answers and are not adequate responses to the
question. On receipt of such questionable answers, the auditor must ask the
question again. That he asks the question again does not reduce the
communication lag; he is still operating from the moment he asked the
question the first time. And if he has to ask the question twenty or thirty
times more in the next hour in order to get a precise and adequate answer
from the preclear, the length of time of the lag would be from the asking
of the first question to the final receipt of the answer. Near answers to
the question are inadequate and are, themselves, simply part of the
communication lag.
Example:
Auditor: How many chairs are there in this room?
Preclear: Now, let me see. I don't know-we're sitting down, anyway.
This is not an answer to the question. The answer to the question is
the exact number of chairs in the room.
Copyright (�) 1955 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
There are, of course, certain questions which are "fade-away" questions, to
which, because of the characteristics of the mind, there is no possible
answer. One of these is "Give me an unknown time." As soon as the preclear
starts to answer such a question, he of course has as-ised a certain amount
of unknownness and will know the time. The answer to a fade-away question
is also measurable, however; it could be said arbitrarily to be answered
when the preclear has as-ised enough unknownness to give a known time.
There are relatively few of these questions.
The length of time necessary for an individual to ask and answer
questions is actually a complete two-way communication lag, but here, in
testing a lag, we are interested simply in the question the auditor asks
and the length of time it takes a preclear to answer it.
Now here comes a specialized knowledge on communication lag. A preclear
may have a very short lag on social questions. He may be able to answer
immediately and expertly what his name is, how old he is and many other
things. These questions are actually being answered by "social machinery"
or habitual practice. He has actually no lag, apparently; but remember, the
auditor in this case is not asking the preclear: he is asking a social
response machine for the socially acceptable answer. As an example of this
as mentioned in Dianetics: Evolution of a Science, I once had a preclear
who would answer on any query as to health that she was fine, even though
she was lying in the agony of a migraine headache. She had a machine set up
to respond. One was not in communication with the preclear; and, indeed,
one seldom ever was, for she was psychotic.
Thus, in establishing communication lag, it is necessary for the
auditor to ask nonsocial questions. The question "What is your name?" may
be replied to very readily. However, this is a social question, and thus
one would have to ask the question such as "How many doors in this room?"
or "How many feet do women ordinarily have?" in order to pose a question
which requires intelligent differentiation on the part of the preclear. The
length of time it takes for him to resolve this question as a problem and
reply to it is the lag time.
This is an actual measure of the distance and the number of vias on the
communication lag line of the preclear.
The phenomenon of communication lag is intensely useful; it tells you
immediately how far the individual is out of present time; it tells us also
the ability of the preclear to give up a problem. He may be so hungry for
problems, and every question is a problem which requires an "answer," that
he simply swallows the problem and refuses to solve it by giving an answer
to the question. It also tells us how protective, defensive the preclear is
in regard to life and the environment.
An old-time auditor could very probably tell by his tone of voice as he
spoke where he was on the emotional tone scale as given in Science of
Survival. An auditor not so schooled need only glance at the person's
communication lag in order to know where he stood on the tone scale.
There is an additional phenomenon, a "brother to communication lag,"
known as "process lag." This is the length of time it requires for the
preclear to obtain a result from a process. "How many chairs are there in
this room?" process, and then let us ask the preclear this question "How
many chairs are there in this room?" and discover how many times he has to
be asked the question and has to be made to answer the question precisely
in order to do so without protest and with instant response. The length of
time it would take him to reduce first his lack of knowledge as to the
number of chairs in the room and then his unwillingness to be asked the
question many, many times over and over (which is his unwillingness to
duplicate) would, on an overall count, be
his process lag. The process lag is the length of time it takes to reduce
all communication lag from a type of question or action in auditing; and a
process lag, then, is peculiar to auditing, unless, of course, you wish to
examine the whole subject of communication lags, at which moment you would
discover all manner of interesting phenomena not particularly necessary to
the auditor.
He would discover, for instance, that the length of time it takes for
an individual to learn and adequately use arithmetic could be classed as a
process lag. He could discover also that there is a communication lag going
on in nearly all conversations. One asks the social question, "How are
you?" and the person responds from his machinery, "Fine"; and then, as
though totally disrelated, one-half-hour later suddenly says to his
companion who asked the first question, "You know, I feel terrible today."
There is, for instance, the physiological communication lag. How long does
it take for a man's body to change the consideration that he is tired to
the consideration that he is refreshed? How long does it take a certain
drug to work? But it is not our purpose to go into the broad study of
communication lags, as interesting as that field may be, for we do not need
to know any more than communication lag and process lag in order to do a
good job of auditing and to position the preclear accurately on the tone
scale.
Actually it is the process lag which situates the preclear on the tone
scale for the auditor. Let us say that a very long process lag could be
classified as "unable to do until processed." Then we would discover that
Two-Way Communication as the basic process would be an inability if not
done with ease by the preclear; if it is done very arduously by the
preclear, it would take the preclear on the lower part of the tone scale.
Similarly, if the preclear has enormous lag on Straightwire questions, it
would peg him as on another, slightly higher, part of the tone scale; and
so forth.
This is extremely useful information for an auditor, for it tells him
that anybody below 2.0 on the tone scale is there to be audited into death.
He is not there to be made to survive, and thus a case poses a considerable
amount of trouble for an auditor when it is below 2.0 on the tone scale.
When, in other words, it does not discover in Two-Way Communication and in
Elementary Straightwire easy processing.
Just to make sure that no preclear fools an auditor with social
responses and just to make sure that every preclear gets well, we process
today in this fashion. First we discover and execute Two-Way Communication
with the preclear, even though we have to do it in the field of mimicry.
Then, when Two-Way Communication is very adequately established between the
auditor and the preclear, we continue with Elementary Straightwire, the
commands of which are "Something you wouldn't mind remembering," "Something
you wouldn't mind forgetting." Only then would we go into Opening Procedure
of 8-C. It would seem very hard to believe to some people, unless they have
considerable experience in auditing, that many people find in Opening
Procedure of 8-C a process so arduous that they become sick, fall on the
floor and do all manner of weird convulsions. Yet it is true that an
individual who has not already been put upscale to Two-Way Communication
and Elementary Straightwire will discover considerable difficulty in
Opening Procedure of 8-C.
When one has done Two-Way Communication and Elementary Straightwire on
a preclear and has recovered the preclear's ability to get well, he can see
for the purposes of auditing that the individual has come to a level above
2.0 on the tone scale and he then is ready to embark on Opening Procedure
of 8-C, remembering at all times that he must still be able to maintain his
two-way communication-that is, not one-way communication, but two-way
communication with the preclear, whatever process he does on the preclear,
whenever he does it, no matter what actual condition the preclear is in.
Many an auditor fails simply because he fails to listen to the preclear
when the preclear has something to say and thus the preclear goes into
apathy, for he was about to discover to the auditor that the auditor's
process had done something fantastically
interesting to him, and being unable to communicate this to the auditor,
the preclear goes into apathy.
CHART OF PROCESSES
WHERE THEY ARE ON THE ARC TONE SCALE
Exteriorized
4.0
Spotting Spots in Space
3.6
3.5
Remedy of Havingness
3.1
3.0
Op. Pro. by Duplication
2.6
2.5
Opening Procedure 8-C
1.8
1.8
Elementary Straightwire
1.1
1.0
Two-Way Communication
-8.0
LRH TAPE LECTURES
10-20 January 1955
** 5501C10 9ACC-20 Education: Goals in Society-Adult Education
* 5501C10 CONF Auditors' Conference
* 5501C11 9ACC-21 Fundamentals of Auditing
* 5501C11 9ACC-21A Auditors' Conference
** 5501C12A 9ACC-22 Definition: Aberration, Vias, G.E.
** 5501C12B PLS-2 Games
* 5501C12C PLS ARC Triangle
** 5501C13 9ACC-23 Definitions: Glossary of Terms
** 5501C14 9ACC-24 Perfect Duplication, Life Continuum
* 5501C16 31CGB-1 Address to Congress Delegates by L. Ron
Hubbard
** 5501C17A 9ACC-25 Auditing Demo: Six Basics in Action
* 5501C17B 9ACC-25A Auditors' Conference
* 5501C18A 9ACC-26 Auditing Demo: Spotting Spots
* 5501C18B 9ACC-26A Auditors' Conference
* 5501C19 9ACC-27 Auditing Demo: Exteriorization
** 5501C19 PLS-3 Communication and ARC Triangle
* 5501C19 PPS Group Processing
* 5501C20 9ACC-28 Background Music to Living
[pic]
THIRD INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS OF SCIENTOLOGISTS LECTURES
London, England
16-19 January 1955
During the 9th American ACC given in Phoenix, Arizona, L. Ron Hubbard
made a tape especially for congress delegates to the Third International
Congress of Scientologists held at the Royal Festival Hall, South Bank,
London, January 16-19, 1955. Using the latest Phoenix Congress tapes, the
theme of the London Congress was two-way communication-its importance for
human well-being and how to initiate and maintain it.
* 5501C16 31CGB-1 Address to Congress Delegates by L. Ron Hubbard
T H E J O U R N A L O F
SCIENTOLOGY
Issue 43-G [1955, ca. mid-January]
Published by
The Hubbard Association of Scientologists, International
Phoenix, Arizona
Phoenix Clinic
The first actual HASI-HDRF clinic is now in full swing at 806 North
Third Street, Phoenix, Arizona. Unlike earlier Foundation and Association
processing activities, the present processing center is personally run by
LRH from his own office.
The establishment of the center was not entirely intentional, but, like
Topsy*, just grew-and unlike Topsy and earlier centers, is functioning with
startling smoothness. The demand for HDRF-HASI processing had been growing
steadily. During and after the Congress recently concluded, it boomed well
out of the control of the old processing office at 616 and, as generally
happens in such emergencies, LRH was pushed into harness. Ken Barrett,
D.Scn., already Ron's own administrative officer at 806 was shoved into the
post-as another duty-of Director of Processing. He began to line up the
best auditors he could call back to or find in Phoenix in order to get a
staff which could do the job on the preclears. For their assistance he
began to hold a five o'clock daily conference on the cases being processed.
When Ron exteriorized from the Congress he found his office overrun
with data, auditors and preclears. This looked interesting and so he
decided to hold the five o'clock conferences himself. He sent some of the
auditors back to school, added some new ones and began to coach and build
into existence the most able staff of auditors so far assembled.
Coached on every case at five o'clock every afternoon, the dozen
auditors who compose the staff have begun to concentrate on just one goal-
to clear every preclear they get their hands on. Already faced with three
of the roughest cases ever discovered, the staff has begun to call clearing
a Black Five a routine activity. This staff is out to run up a record of
clears.
The center has at its disposal a sanitarium, abundant applications for
processing and Ron's quick assistance and advice. The processing requests
are made to Ken Barrett at 806 North Third Street, Phoenix, Arizona, Phone
Alpine 24416. The auditor is assigned by Ron after case assessment and
psychometry and is checked daily thereafter by LRH. Processing results are
secured by guarantee where desired and, should the results be not as good
as expected in the preclear's opinion, refund is made. The goal of this
staff is to clear as many people as possible. At this center we may be
beginning the biggest forward push to date for Dianetics and Scientology.
N E W Y O R K C O N G R E S S !
Be at the New York Congress if you missed Phoenix! On February 4, 1955
at Steinway Concert Hall, 113 West 57th St., New York City, at 10:00 A.M.
you can register and on the same day at 1:00 P.M. the Congress starts with
an address of welcome from L. Ron Hubbard as recorded. And on the 5th, 6th
and 7th of February
[* Topsy: In Harriet Beecher Stowe's Uncle Tom's Cabin, a young negro slave
girl whose ignorance and unconscious humor provide comic relief. Her
replies to questioning, "Never was born" and "I spect I grow'd," have made
her the symbol of that which originates spontaneously and develops
aimlessly.]
Copyright (�)1955 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
the program continues. All the lectures Ron gave at December end in
Phoenix, specially recorded with high speed high fidelity, will be given on
these days from the 4th to the 7th. All the group processing he gave. All
the data on Communication. This was the Unification Congress of Dianetics
and Scientology given under the joint sponsorship of the HDRF and the HASI
and you can have it in full in New York at Steinway Hall for the same price
that was paid in Phoenix. Also present will be specially autographed copies
of Dianetics 1955! the SECOND BOOK of Dianetics on which these great
lectures are based.
Richard Steves, D.D., D.Scn., will be the manager. Write him now in
Phoenix at the HDRF or HASI for your reservation.
If you want to understand communication processing, if you want to meet
the stellar names in Northeastern U.S. Dianetics and Scientology, if you
want to come closer to clear with Ron's group processing, be there for
sure.
The December Congress was the most important thing that ever happened
in Dianetic and Scientology events. It is being repeated in the four comers
of Earth by the HDRF and HASI-in New Zealand on Easter given by Tooley of
the HASI-in London in January at the great Royal Festival Hall by Horner of
the HASI-in New York on Feb. 4 at Steinway Hall by Steves of the HASI. This
is topflight, bigline, engraved stuff. (And if you come to the N.Y.
Congress, which you will if you are near, Steves says, he promises, he
certifies, that he will not thereafter revoke any certificate you might
ever hold.) So let's go NEW YORK!
_____________________________
HOW COME THIS JOURNAL IS TYPEWRITTEN can best be explained by the
downright busyness of Phoenix what with the Congress here and the cussed
laziness of some people. You got it at all because Ken Barrett he up and
pasted and Ron after his Wednesday night public lecture that happens every
Wednesday here came back and tuck his typewriter and some multi plates in
hand and writ it and because Maxine she up and grinded and the staff
stapled and right after this paper was addressed and put to print they all
hung the former editor, for being late too often, to the nearest Cottonwood
Tree, Western style (no anvil in his pants) and this is all to announce the
auction of his boots come February 8th by Tom Esterbrook who has come down
from Dry Gulch at last to write once more for the Journal.
_____________________________
DIANETICS, 1955! by LRH is breaking all former sales records with its
limited edition. We are sending a hundred to the New York Congress but we
are so close to out at $5.00 a throw autographed that you'll be lucky if
you're fast with your order. This is no sales talk. This is a hint to our
friends to act fast. Why is it important? Because it completes the cycle of
Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health.
A SPECIAL TAPE PACKAGE OF SIX ADVANCED CLINICAL COURSE LECTURES WHICH
SUPPLEMENT DIANETICS, 1955!, the book, are ready to be airmailed to you for
$60 the set. These tapes give a lot of background for the book and several
processes which weren't even talked about outside the Clinical Course.
SIXTEEN HOURS OF CONGRESS TAPES, all of them, at 33/4 inches per second
are ready to send at once for $160 a set. In Phoenix they were live. In New
York they'll be close to live at 15 inches per second high fidelity plus
seminars and talks by prominent auditors. If you went either place you'll
still want this set of tapes. They cover COMMUNICATION as it has never been
covered before in the history of Man. Here's a milestone!
YOUR BACHELOR OF SCIENTOLOGY CERTIFICATE is yours if you complete the
HUBBARD PROFESSIONAL COLLEGE CERTIFICATION COURSE. You
have to have an HDA or HCA certificate to qualify for a half cost whole
time of eight weeks course. You'll be a successful auditor if you complete
it. That's $500 for the course of which you HDAs and HCAs pay half only.
YOUR HUBBARD CERTIFIED AUDITOR CERTIFICATE IS YOURS when you complete
the eight weeks certification course here in Phoenix. That's $500 for the
whole course, certification examination, certificate and texts. And it's
lovely in Phoenix this time of year. Good instruction, up-to-the-minute
data, training completely guaranteed. Of course if you think you are buying
for that $500 only eight weeks of training, you better look. You're buying
a career and fellowship with the highest toned people on Earth. You won't
ever know Scientology like a pro knows it unless you take a course. And
many take this course just to know Scientology and get their cases up.
There's 24 crackerjack students in the Certification Course right now.
They'll welcome you.
THE ADVANCED CLINICAL COURSE UNITS are the top goal of the auditor in
training. You have to be an HCA or an HDA and appointed to the course for
this is the course which Ron teaches himself. It is the only way to get a
Doctor of Scientology degree, the only way to get a right to train to HCA
level. The Dianeticist gets his Ph.D. on graduation if he wants it. All the
topflight auditors get to it eventually. We're just graduating Wing and
Smokey Angel even hotter than they were. $800 for the course of six weeks,
payable in advance.
By the way we're trying to build a college out here. We're growing.
We're expanding, we're bursting. Every time the squirrels chatter, we grow
another notch. Every time you begin to hear wilder rumors about Ron or the
HDRF or the HASI you know we must be putting on a burst of speed. If there
were space enough here we'd be able to write all the real good things that
are happening. We've got a new kid school run by Marcia and HCA Estrada to
care for the loose children we find lying around and for the kids of the
staff and students. We've been working a miracle case on sclerosis. We've
got stacks of news, news, news from auditors all over the world-and believe
us, EVERYBODY lately has been getting fascinated with auditing and its
modern results- even auditors!
The June 1954 Congress was promised a book. It is THE CREATION OF HUMAN
ABILITY-formerly, and an expanded (by triple) version of, THE AUDITOR 'S
HANDBOOK. It's coming up in beautiful hard covers in a very few weeks. And
those of you who will receive it or have placed orders for it will be very
happy to know that we held it to get it up to date and make it stay in
present time. If you haven't ordered it, better. Almost the entire first
printing is already bought. It's $5.00 a volume. It has the AXIOMS of
SCIENTOLOGY and 76 terrific processes including the important
exteriorization steps. You'll need this and Dianetics, 1955! both. They're
very different, each is getting raves-for a few have had a peek at the
galleys of The Creation of Human Ability.
_____________________________
We have just read this through and find there is too much enthusiasm in
it as a paper and we realize that this will offend a lot of people who
can't take enthusiasm. But we can't much help the enthusiasm because all
the dreams and goals we have been working toward since 1950 are starting to
take form and come true and we look at the old HDRF here and feel mighty
good and we look at the projected college building and we feel good and we
talk to some of the people these staff auditors have been processing and we
feel good and by golly we're sorry we just can't get down to tone for the
public good. Even Alphia could make us laugh tonight.
P.A.B. No. 44
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11
_____________________________________________________________________
21 January 1955
TWO-WAY COMMUNICATION IN ACTION
The first thing one should know about communication is its formula. The
formula of one-way communication is Cause, Distance, Effect, with Intention
and Attention, where that which occurs at Effect Duplicates what emanated
from Cause. The elements of communication, then, are Intention, Attention,
Cause, Effect, Distance and Duplication. Meaning, Significance, are
secondary phenomena.
Communication is part of the triangle of Affinity, Reality and
Communication. Reality is composed of the degree of duplication possible,
and this is also describable under the heading of Agreement. Reality is a
quality which depends upon duplication, and in the action of duplication
expertly or poorly done we find agreement and disagreement. The basic
definition of Affinity is "co-existence" and as we drift away from actual
co-existence, we drift into the ARC triangle and the communication formula.
Co-existence is superior to the ARC triangle and the mechanics of living.
Here we would find two things occupying the same space. This would be at
the top of the scale. Two things with no space, no mass, and no energy. At
the bottom of the scale we would find two things compulsively or
obsessively almost occupying the same space. As Affinity enters into the
state of not-quite co-existence, we get the manifestations of particles and
significances, symbols, and, of course, much more intimately, Affinity
embraces the distance part of the communication formula. It begins with the
no distance of co-existence and then, as Affinity drops, the distance
factor is more and more important (regardless of whether the distance is
far or close) until we have at last a complete and positive objection to
proximity, or a complete and positive objection to any distance, and in
this "state of mind" we find material objects or the particles which
compose them. Under Affinity, of course, we have the emotional scale:
Effort, as found in Science of Survival, and the Know down to Mystery Scale
as discussed in the Advanced Clinical Course Tapes.
The entirety of ARC is the subject of understanding. Knowingness is
highest on the scale, and this exceeds ARC and is in the realm of
considerations and ideas. The moment we enter into understanding we get
into the communication formula and the ARC triangle. Understanding is a
highly superior commodity, but still lower than knowing. Understanding
itself produces a column of the Chart of Human Evaluation which could be
added to it. At the top we would have a complete understanding of all
things, and it would be complete knowingness, but this would require no
communication to effect. From this knowingness we would drop downscale into
understanding, and then into varying but dwindling degrees of understanding
until we arrived at 2.0 on the scale, where we would find that
understanding had become commixed with incomprehensibilities to such a
degree that the entire vectors of life are reversed and become the vectors
of physical objects. From 2.0 down we specialize in greater and greater
degrees of incomprehensibility.
Copyright (�) 1955 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
The subject of incomprehensibility is difficult to comprehend. If we
examine the communication formula we discover that a duplication at effect
must take place if a communication is to be received from the cause point
of the line. Similarly, the cause point of the line has to take into
account the fact that effect must be able to duplicate. Thus, the cause
point of the line, if it wishes to communicate, must communicate in a
fashion or in a guise which can be duplicated at the effect point of the
line. This is not a question of being so stupid or incomprehensible as to
cause an effect on any incomprehensibility, but it is a willingness to self-
determinedly emanate in such a manner as to allow a duplication to take
place at effect.
The basic stuff of the physical universe, to a thetan, is an
incomprehensibility, but he is entirely devoted to trying to understand it.
A thetan himself, the awareness of awareness unit, is understanding. Thus,
we have this unit attempting to understand the incomprehensible. A thetan
can, with perfect ease, understand incomprehensibility, but sometimes until
it is called to his attention, he is continually on the track of trying to
find some comprehensibility in the incomprehensible. The very fact that a
thing is in a mass form is a puzzle to a thetan, since he, himself, has no
mass, no wave length, and no actual position in space other than his own
declaration of it. He can easily understand a form, since he is generally
"experienced" in forms, but he can't understand the stuff of which the form
is made because that stuff is incomprehensibility. Thus we find the thetan
very easily "as-ising" forms and altering them, and we find him considering
that he is incapable of altering in its actual substance, creating or
destroying the stuff of which the physical universe is made.
A thetan looking at the incomprehensibility of the physical universe
is, of course, doing a no-duplicate. He is mocking himself up in the role
of having to understand the incomprehensible. Thus we get him fixated on
the idea of the physical sciences and eventually degenerating down to a
point where he behaves like MEST, and here we have the luckless nuclear
physicist who can cause MEST to vanish only by blowing it up, physically-a
game which will never win. Here we find science in general, and here we
find scientists, and their utter incapability of understanding any
slightest particle of human behavior or conduct, and without any beliefs to
speak of in humanity, and with a perfect and gruesome willingness to
destroy it. These, as awareness of awareness units, have agreed so
thoroughly with the physical universe that they have no agreement with
actual understanding. They write their books with many communication lags,
hemming and hawing, and without any decisions, and thoroughly object to
anybody's writing as though he knows what he is doing. The one thing that
the scientist knows is that nobody knows, and this does not happen to be
true. Thus, his science is based on a false datum. He originates a theory
that man rises from mud because he, himself, is so close to it. When he
does go into the field of the human spirit, the spirit itself, and indeed
his own beingness, is an other-determinism to him. He sees no virtue in
human fellowship or decency and advises in his books the necessity to turn
to higher force. Once a scientist has broken through, in a revulsion
against himself, his feelings of non-understandingness about people, it is
generally on the downward side and it is in the realm where he must
obsessively turn to God.
I give you this as an idea of what happens to preclears as they go down
the tone scale. When they get close to the bottom they become scientific
and pretend they know nothing and fight anything else which might know.
When they get a little further down they become more violently neurotic and
a little more south they become psychotic and forget even their science.
And this is of considerable interest to the auditor, for the auditor is
interested in human reactions and actions, and all he has to do is
understand that he is looking at an incomprehensibility when he looks at
anyone who is that neurotic or psychotic. There is no other causation in
psychotic behavior than that everything is incomprehensible. There is no
private, secret button which can be hit in a case, magically turning the
individual into sanity, unless, of course, we utilize successfully "Be
three feet back of your head" with some basic preparatory
work. But this, of course, returns the person upscale toward understanding
since it takes him from such close proximity to mass.
The auditor, then, who is looking at a psychotic, is trying to
understand an incomprehensible, and if we were to cease using the word
"psychotic" and began to use the word "incomprehensetic," we would have a
word which would serve us extremely well.
Thus, an auditor processes the psychotic with considerable difficulty
in the absence of this understanding of incomprehensibility. For the
auditor, to get any communication across, has to mock himself up, at least
to some degree, as psychotic before he can communicate. The auditor's fight
to keep from being psychotic, or even seeming psychotic, is such that this
conflict within himself (not because of any emanation from the psychotic,
since these people do not emanate) restimulates him. The best way to handle
a psychotic is with physical form, making the psychotic mimic the physical
form by mimicking, with the physical form, the psychotic. Thus we have our
basic level of mimicry, and thus we have the entering wedge of
communication.
One-way communication is a first-dynamic operation. Two-way
communication is a third-dynamic operation. An auditor who is playing "the
only one" does not engage in third-dynamic activities, much less
communication, and so he withdraws into one-way communication, and thus
never lets the preclear emanate any communications, and will not listen to
anything the preclear has to say. To this one fact alone we attribute the
breakdown and lack of forward progress of many cases. The auditor did not
pay any attention when the preclear had some vital information he desired
to impart.
The process involved with running a two-way communication is best
entered in the field of mimicry, and the best two-way process is then, of
course, mimicry. Such a process will be given in the next PAB.
On the subject of communication itself, the auditor must realize that
two-way communication is part and parcel of every process known in
Dianetics and Scientology, and if it is not established, and if it is not
continued, and if no attention is paid to two-way communication, only a
small amount of benefit will occur. If two-way communication is understood
as a process, many cases which previously seemed utterly unsolvable can be
resolved with considerable ease.
CHART OF PROCESSES
WHERE THEY ARE ON THE ARC TONE SCALE
Exteriorized
4.0
Spotting Spots in Space
3.6
3.5
Remedy of Havingness
3.1
3.0
Op. Pro. by Duplication
2.6
2.5
Opening Procedure 8-C
1.8
1.8
Elementary Straightwire
1.1
1.0
Two-Way Communication
-8.0
[pic]
LRH TAPE LECTURES
Phoenix, Arizona
21 January-2 February 1955
** 5501C21 9ACC-29 Axioms: Laws of Consideration, What an Axiom
Is
* 5501C26 PLS Goals of HDA and Scientology
** 5501C26 PLS-4 Scientology and Auditing
* 5501C26 PPS Alcoholism (Group Processing)
** 5502C02 PLS-5 Alcoholism
** 5502C02 PPS Group Processing, Variation on Six Basic Processes
P.A.B. No. 45
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11
_____________________________________________________________________
4 February 1955
MIMICRY
The following process was developed by DScn Jan Halpern. Throughout the
process the auditor doesn't say a word. He doesn't answer possible
questions, he doesn't explain in words what he wants. Under all
circumstances he makes like the Tar Baby and "don't say nothin'." He uses
any gestures necessary.
Step I-a: The auditor stands in front of the preclear, holding out
a small object to him, until the preclear takes it from his hand. As soon
as the preclear takes the object, the auditor holds out his hand, palm up,
until the preclear places the object in his palm. The auditor immediately
then offers it to the preclear again. This is continued until without comm
lag. The object should be offered to the preclear from a variety of
positions once he has gotten the idea: from down near the floor, far off to
either side, over the preclear's head. Likewise, the palm should be held in
a variety of positions for the return of the object. Both hands may be
used. Get the preclear doing it really fast.
Step I-b: When Step I-a is going swiftly and easily, the auditor
introduces a switch. After the preclear has just accepted the article, the
auditor, instead of extending his palm for its return, places his hands
behind his back briefly, then conveys by gestures that the preclear is to
offer the object to him. When the preclear does so, the auditor takes the
object from his hand, but does not return it until the preclear holds out
his own hand, palm up, to receive it. This exchange is continued until the
preclear is offering and accepting the object from as wide a variety of
positions as the auditor used, and all other comm lags are flat.
Step II: The auditor, just having accepted the object, makes a
gesture that this part is over, then deliberately puts the object down
where the preclear can see it, stands back and indicates that the preclear
is to pick it up. When the preclear picks it up, the auditor gestures that
he is to put it down again anywhere he likes in the room. The instant the
preclear does so, the auditor snatches it up and puts it someplace else.
You keep this up, till auditor and preclear are racing around the room,
seizing the object as soon as the other's fingers have let go of it. The
object isn't necessarily placed in a different spot each time. It may be
picked up and put down again in the same place, but it must be handled each
time. All sorts of tacit rules and understandings will probably develop
while this is being run.
This process rehabilitates the sense of play; validates non-verbal ARC;
short-circuits verbal circuitry; lets the preclear position matter and
energy in space and time; gets the preclear up to speed; murders "there
must be a reason" for doingness; processes the auditor and the preclear
equally and besides, it's fun.
Copyright (�) 1955 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
[pic]
LRH TAPE LECTURES
Phoenix, Arizona
9-12 February 1955
* * 5502C09 PLS-6 Miracles
* 5502C09 PPS Session: Control of Body, Think a Thought
* 5502C12 Auditors' Conference
P.A.B. No. 46
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11
_____________________________________________________________________
18 February 1955
STRAIGHT WIRE
The oldest form of psychotherapy involved the questioning of the
patient about his dreams. This is currently dramatized by psychology. A
more modern type of psychotherapy consists of asking a preclear about his
past.
Both of these, and many other activities in Dianetics and Scientology
could be included under the heading of Straight Wire.
Effective particularly from 1.1 on the tone scale to 1.8, the processes
embraced under the heading "Straight Wire" have all one purpose in common:
this is the purpose of making the preclear stretch a "straight wire"
between Cause and Effect across the intervening distance, whether this
"distance" could be a distance in terms of location or a distance in terms
of time.
Any process in Dianetics or Scientology is a Third Dynamic process.
Thus, any process in Dianetics or Scientology requires communication. In
Straight Wire and any other process, this fact must be observed by the
auditor: that a two-way communication must be maintained. Thus, when
administering any process which could be called "Straight Wire," the
auditor should be careful at the same time to maintain two-way
communication. When he originally started the session the auditor captured
some ground. He established two-way communication, whether by mimicry,
conversation, or discussion. He must never lose this captured ground. Thus,
when running Straight Wire, when running Opening Procedure of 8-C, Opening
Procedure by Duplication, Remedy of Havingness, Spotting Spots in Space or
any other process, it is necessary that this gained ground be maintained.
The term "straight wire" itself is meant to describe the imaginary
straight line between Cause and Effect. The trouble with a preclear is that
he is doing too many things VIA. He is doing anything and everything in
life VIA. He is obtaining via food. He is looking via glasses. He is
feeling and expressing emotion via glands. He is utilizing or experiencing
effort via muscles. He is thinking via (he thinks) a brain. He is obtaining
sensation, sustenance, and even revenge, via food. He is experiencing
sensation and making the future via his genitals, and he is even trying to
experience the origin of life, in most cases, via a church.
His dependency upon objects and services is such that his own
creativeness becomes suppressed, submerged, for this working law is always
present: that upon which one becomes dependent becomes, at length, one's
enslaver. When anyone sets up anything automatically, that thing becomes
his randomity at some future date. We can observe this in many ways, but
the entire summation of this can be grouped under the heading "VIA."
Copyright (�) 1955 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
Should the auditor bring the preclear to a point where a certain cause and
a certain effect can be joined together without the intervention of a VIA,
then the auditor has materially gained. Such a process is the Opening
Procedure of 8-C, for here the preclear is being asked to connect, at least
as a body, directly with a wall. As he reaches out to touch a spot on that
wall, he is, in effect, stringing a straight line. It is notable that the
Opening Procedure of 8-C was first designed for use upon an exteriorized
person, and when one has a preclear exteriorized, running through the steps
of the Opening Procedure of 8-C and the remainder of 8-C as given in Issue
24-G of the Journal of Scientology produces very marked effects.
If your preclear cannot have an effect he certainly cannot change. If
he cannot cause an effect to occur, he certainly cannot change himself. All
time is change-change is time. While, basically, time is simply a
consideration, the considerations of time itself are mechanically tracked
by the alteration of the position of the particles in space. Your preclear
is stuck wherever there was no motion of particles, whether the moment is a
pleasure moment, a triumph, a failure, or even death. In the absence of
particle motion, as far as he is concerned, if he has lost his power to
change his considerations, no time has existed. Thus, those things which
you find in the engram bank which are most readily available to the
preclear are things which contain no change in them, or things which have a
change immediately before them and after them, but have no change between.
In the absence of this change, we get a condition of timelessness in an
engram or facsimile which permits that incident to "float" on the track and
thus rise up to present time.
As the preclear becomes more and more embedded in motionless incidents
he becomes harder and harder to change himself. Or, as he dramatizes to a
marked degree his own bank, in the most ordinary living, then, he
dramatizes the changeless moments, and he, himself, does not change.
The basic confusion of a preclear lies in the fact that an awareness of
awareness unit basically has no mass, meaning or mobility. It has qualities
and potentials, but it does not have position in space, nor, in its highest
form, any movement in space. It can be at will in various positions in
space, but it is not, itself, in space. As this is the case you can see
that a preclear is dramatizing the truth when he is holding himself and
motionless incidents motionless. In other words, if change to him is
totally a particle shift in space, then he is apt to consider himself
moving as the particles move. If he is moving he is actually to some degree
disobeying the most basic quality of theta. Motion, then, to him, becomes
antipathetic. On the lowest toned catatonic one finds this dramatization in
full progress. A motionless person is then dramatizing the truth. But in
all aberration we discover that it is the ingredient of truth which
maintains the aberration in force. He is dramatizing motionlessness, and is
motionless, but the truth of the matter is that, as a thetan, he should be
able to make things move at will and appear in various positions in space.
Thus, in clinging to the truth he loses his ability to move particles, and
thus loses his ability to have time. This is best manifested as his
communication, but as his communication drops, so drop his reality and his
affinity. In other words, although he clings to the motionlessness of being
a thetan, he loses the basic qualities of being a thetan, which are those
of Knowingness and Understanding.
The basic confusion of any preclear, then, is to move or not to move.
Shakespeare has said "to be or not to be" is the question. When it comes to
getting a preclear upscale, the question is "to move or not to move."
The basics of Straight Wire are designed to bring the preclear into the
realization that he, himself, can be at either the cause or effect point of
a communication line, and that he, himself, does not have to be the
particle moving on that line. Being the particle and insisting upon the
truth that he isn't moving simply stops his communication entirely.
Particles move on the straight line between Cause and Effect. Cause and
Effect themselves are not in motion. The task is to get the individual to
assume the responsibility of moving particles. With this comes the
realization on his part that he, himself, does not have to move in order to
move particles, and thus he will come upscale. Getting him to move his body
around the room is an excellent method of accomplishing this, but to many
preclears the movement of a body is a near-impossibility. And these can
contemplate only the moving of a memory or an idea. Thus, from 1.1 to 1.8
on the tone scale we find the best therapy to be that which directs itself
toward the thinkingness below effort-the moving of ideas.
There is no particular reason to concentrate solely upon a preclear's
past. Actually, a preclear is not the product of the past, he is the
product of himself. All the past can do for him is to accumulate and hold
for him the information that it is bad for him to move, or act, or do. So,
let us take a preclear whom we have gotten into communication and work with
his more elementary ideas and thus get him to string straight lines between
Cause and Effect.
Elementary Straight Wire has two commands. The auditor takes the first
of these and uses it as long as is necessary to entirely flatten the
preclear's hesitancy as represented by his communication lag. His
communication lag is merely the expression of VIAs on the line, which
amounts to the preclear's unwillingness to string a straight line. The
questions are: "Give me something you wouldn't mind remembering," "Give me
something you wouldn't mind forgetting."
A more elementary form of this would be: "Remember something," "Forget
something," but this is far too direct for our preclear. If you will
notice, a very direct and forthright person, if surrounded by people who
are more covert, gets a very bad going-over for it. Thus it is in
processing when you try to string a very straight line with a preclear he
will sometimes resist.
Slightly less elementary than Elementary Straight Wire as above is the
next-to-the-last list in Self Analysis: "Can you recall something that is
really real to you," "Can you recall a time when you were in good
communication with someone," "Can you recall a time when someone was in
good communication with you," "Can you recall a time when you felt some
affinity for someone," "Can you recall a time when someone felt some
affinity for you."
The entire text of Self Analysis, in its original edition now available
from the Foundation in Phoenix, is devoted to rehashing the preclear's past
to show him that it is not quite as dangerous as it is made out to be, and
that it won't bite him if he remembers some things about it.
From this form of Straight Wire we go into a more complicated form as
given in Self Analysis in Scientology, a converted edition of the original
Self Analysis. The edition is converted, by the way, simply by substituting
everywhere in its text for the word "recall" the word "mock up." Simply by
substituting "mock up" in the directions at the beginning of each list, one
has a modern Self Analysis.
Now it is very remarkable that the less specific and sequitur the
auditor's questions are, the better the results with the preclear.
Another form of Straight Wire is quite superior to those above, but is
a very vicious and violent process. It is contained in The Creation of
Human Ability, which is the printed edition, much expanded, of the earlier
Auditor's Handbook. The basic command of this process is: "Start Lying,"
"Keep on Lying." This can be particularized with: "Tell me some lies about
your past," "Tell me some lies about me present," "Tell me some lies about
the future," the auditor each time making sure that the preclear is using
non-actual places and times.
Remember that while running Straight Wire one must maintain a two-way
communication. Many a case has been lost simply because the preclear wanted
to say something and the auditor was so intent upon the process that he
paid no attention whatsoever to the preclear's urge to communicate.
Remember that one-way communication is a First Dynamic operation; that two-
way communication is necessary for a Third Dynamic operation; that under
one-way communication a preclear will not get well; that under two-way
communication a preclear will get well. Thus, in running Straight Wire do
not begrudge the preclear a few moments' discussion of the incident he has
just recalled, or discussion of phenomena he has suddenly noticed. Do not
crush him simply because he wishes to express himself.
This is essentially a subjective process, and the auditor should make
sure that the preclear speaks aloud the things he is remembering. The
preclear's nod or "yes" to signify that he has recalled something or has
invented something is insufficient, and should always be suspect, for
preclears who are very bad off pervert or invert every communication line
they use and so they will not be doing the process if given any slightest
opportunity.
Elementary Straight Wire and other forms of Straight Wire are intensely
beneficial from 1.1 to 1.8 on the Tone Scale, but after you have your
preclear up to 1.8 or above, remember that there are better processes.
[pic]
** 5502C23 PLPS-1 Scientology and Ability
* 5502C23 PPS Group Processing
* 5502C23 PLPS-2 Session: "Find a Mystery"
* 5502C28A Staff Auditors' Conference
* 5502C28B LECTURE Basic Reason
** 5503C02 PLPS-3 Efficiency, Thought, Emotion and Effort
* 5503C03 LECTURE History of Research and Investigation
P.A.B. No. 47
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11
_____________________________________________________________________
4 March 1955
OPENING PROCEDURE 8-C
Report after report from various auditors comes to me stating that they
now realize why their auditing of many of their preclears failed. And they
uniformly declare that the reason for former failure on preclears was not
the case level of the preclear, nor yet the complicated state of processes,
but ( I ) failure on the part of the auditor to get the preclear into two-
way communication before proceeding with other processes, and a continuing
failure to keep two-way communication established, and (2) not doing enough
Opening Procedure of 8-C on the preclear.
An evaluation of a technique does not depend upon the intricacy or
brilliance of its theory, but upon its ease of communication to auditors
during training, and the ease of their application of it upon preclears. In
8-C we have a process which answers these various conditions. It is very
easy to train an auditor to do 8-C. It is very easy for a preclear to do
Opening Procedure of 8-C in one form or another.
The entirety of a technique known as Standard Operating Procedure 8-C
was intended for exteriorized preclears. Its opening procedure was
originally designed to be done by an exteriorized preclear, but it was
found to be far less workable for the exteriorized preclear than when done
(so far as the opening part of the procedure was concerned) with the
preclear moving his body around and making it touch spots.
There are three parts to Opening Procedure of 8-C, and it is necessary
for the comm lag as dramatized physically by the preclear to be completely
flattened by the auditor on each part before the next is undertaken.
Eventually these parts are the gradient scale of decision. In the first
part we have the auditor picking out the spots, telling the preclear to
walk over to them, telling the preclear to touch them. In the next step,
part (b) of Opening Procedure of 8-C, we have the preclear picking out the
spots on the auditor's order, and then, on the auditor's order, walking
over to them and touching them. And in the third part, part (c), we have
the preclear picking out the spots on the auditor's order, walking over to
them, and deciding on his own decision, but under the auditor's command,
when to touch and let go.
This is not one of those processes one gets "novel" about as an
auditor. The process has been found to be workable exactly as it is put
forth. Variation, or the introduction of extraneous material beyond that
necessary to continue a two-way communication with the preclear is found to
be destructive of the process. This process is as workable as it is simple.
It is also as workable as the auditor is able to do a process as given.
The first thing that Opening Procedure of 8-C does is to get the
preclear used to the idea of following somebody else's directions, and
leading him to discover that by following somebody else's directions he
does not collapse or become ill or die. In other
Copyright (�) 1955 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
words, the preclear discovers that he can follow orders without becoming
entirely ruined. This is an interesting discovery, since the physical
universe is continually ordering him around, and if he is resisting orders
he is resisting the physical universe. Resistance is the one step necessary
to entrapment.
There is another point in the Opening Procedure of 8-C which cannot be
too thoroughly stressed. Nearly every failure in the past where the
preclear has been audited and audited, and audited, the auditor was unaware
of the fact that the preclear was not following the directions given him. A
survey was taken of preclears who had had a great deal of trouble in being
processed in Scientology, and each one of them, either by means of a meter
or by their own statement, was discovered to have uniformly avoided running
any of the auditing commands given them, even though they were giving the
auditor every assurance and appearance of running the auditing commands.
Now it could only be possible for a preclear to avoid auditing commands if
the auditor was unable to observe directly the workings going on in the
preclear. In the Opening Procedure of 8-C it is impossible for the preclear
to avoid the auditing command. The auditor can stand or sit and watch the
preclear go through the exact orders and observe directly whether or not
the preclear is doing what he is told to do. This is a major benefit.
The basic theory of Opening Procedure of 8-C is to make and break
communication with the physical universe. Once an individual discovers that
he can make and break communication with walls and objects, it will be
discovered that he can let go of various pieces of his engram bank.
Actually, all the time he is doing 8-C he is letting go of enormous
quantities of useless material with which he has cluttered his thinking and
life. It is a very direct process and gets the preclear to stretch a very
straight line between Cause and Effect.
An auditor while running this should occasionally ask the preclear,
"Who is doing this?" Preclears who are psychotic will tell the auditor that
their finger is doing it, or that the wall is doing it, and then advance on
up to where the hand is doing it, the arm is doing it, and finally that the
body is doing it, and at last that the preclear himself is doing it. This
is the acceptance of responsibility for an action.
A very good description of the Opening Procedure of 8-C exists in the
printed edition or the mimeo edition of Intensive Procedure as R2-16, which
is the proper technical number of this process. A thorough description of
the process is given in PAB No.34 at the beginning of this series. The
process is being repeated here in order to give it proper stress. It has,
and do not doubt it for a moment, tremendous value.
I have yet to see a preclear who is having physical difficulty of a
major sort or mental difficulty, fail to improve under a long and careful
and meticulous administration of the Opening Procedure of 8-C.
There are two errors which can be made in the running of the Opening
Procedure of 8-C. The first is not to know and do the process, and the
second is not to run it long enough. How long is long enough? In many
cases, twenty-five hours is not long enough.
In the Opening Procedure of 8-C (R2-16) the auditor has a very powerful
tool and is invited to use it thoroughly.
[pic]
LRH TAPE LECTURES
Phoenix, Arizona
8-18 March 1955
* 5503C08 DEMO Auditing Demo
** 5503C09 PLPS-4 Health and Certainty
5503C09 PLPS-5 Session: Only One, Things Real and Unreal
* 5503C09 PPS Group Processing
* 5503C14 DEMO LRH Auditing Demo
* 5503C14 DEMO LRH Auditing Demo
** 5503C14 HPC-1 The Only One (the mechanics and solution of the
occluded case)
* 5503C14 Auditors' Conference
* 5503C15 DEMO Auditing Demo
* 5503C15 DEMO Auditing Demo
* 5503C16 PLPS-6 Knowingness
* 5503C16 DEMO Demonstration-LRH
* 5503C16 DEMO LRH Auditing Demo
** 5503C16 PLPS What We Are Doing
* 5503C17 DEMO LRH Auditing
* 5503C17 DEMO LRH Auditing
* 5503C18 DEMO LRH Auditing
LRH AUDITING DEMONSTRATIONS
Phoenix, Arizona
8 March-29 April 1955
The first issue of Ability, Number One, issued early 1955 from Phoenix,
Arizona, carried news of a very special offer of personal processing by Ron
in demonstration sessions to the Advanced Clinical Course Units.
Presented live on television to ACC students, the sessions were also
recorded on tape for future use.
These demonstration auditing sessions are all grouped together here for
convenience. They are also shown in their correct date sequence with the
written materials in the following pages.
* 5503C08 DEMO Auditing Demo
* 5503C14 DEMO LRH Auditing Demo
* 5503C14 DEMO LRH Auditing Demo
* 5503C15 DEMO Auditing Demo
* 5503C15 DEMO Auditing Demo
* 5503C16 DEMO Demonstration-LRH
* 5503C16 DEMO LRH Auditing Demo
* 5503C17 DEMO LRH Auditing
* 5503C17 DEMO LRH Auditing
* 5503C18 DEMO LRH Auditing
* 5503C18 DEMO LRH Auditing Demo
* 5503C21 DEMO Auditing Demo-LRH
* 5503C21 DEMO Auditing Demo-LRH
* 5503C22 DEMO Auditing Demo-LRH
* 5503C22 DEMO Auditing Demo-LRH
* 5503C23 DEMO Auditing Demo-LRH
* 5503C23 DEMO Auditing Demo-LRH
* 5503C24 DEMO Auditing Demo-LRH
* 5503C24 DEMO Auditing Demo-LRH
* 5503C25 DEMO Auditing Demo-LRH
* 5503C25 DEMO Auditing Demo-LRH
* 5503C28 DEMO LRH Auditing Demo
* 5503C28 DEMO LRH Auditing Demo
* 5503C29 DEMO Afternoon Auditing Demo
* 5503C29 DEMO Afternoon Auditing Demo
* 5504C01 DEMO LRH Auditing Demo
* 5504C01 DEMO LRH Auditing Demo
* 5504C04 DEMO LRH Auditing Demo
* 5504C19 DEMO LRH Auditing Demo
* 5504C20 DEMO LRH Auditing Demo
* 5504C21 DEMO Auditing Session
** 5504C27C DAS Education on Problems-Who Doesn't Think You're
Insane
* 5504C27D DEMO LRH Auditing and Discussion
* 5504C28 DAS Demonstration Auditing-More Education on Ownership
Process
* 5504C28 DAS Demo Auditing-Ownership Part IV
* 5504C29 DAS LRH Discussion and Auditing of Ownership and Control
* 5504C29 DAS LRH Discussion and Auditing of Ownership and Control
Part Vl
HUBBARD PROFESSIONAL COLLEGE LECTURES
Phoenix, Arizona
14 March-14 May 1955
In March and May 1955, L. Ron Hubbard gave ten one-hour lectures to the
students attending Hubbard Professional College in Phoenix, Arizona.
Ability Minor 4 reported: "Ron's lectures to Hubbard Professional
College are given every Saturday to all the students and to the staff of
HASI. In these lectures Ron has been talking directly to the trained
auditor about auditing. They are not introductory lectures. They are the
most advanced material on auditing available, and this does not mean that
every Saturday Ron has been chucking out everything that has gone before
and announcing new theory. He has been talking about things which he has
been testing for a long time, and reporting the most valuable of what in
his experience is found to be practical and sound practice for the auditor.
The Six Basic Processes are still the Six Basic Processes and what Ron has
been doing is to make the auditor more knowing and more familiar with these
as his base."
** 5503C14 HPC-1 The Only One (the mechanics and solution of the
occluded case)
** 5503C26 HPC-2 Axiom 51
** 5504C02 HPC-3 Axiom 51 in Action (The creation and uncreation of
energy and masses by postulate; Knowingness; and
Communication)
** 5504C09 HPC-4 Consequences and a New Understanding of the Six
Basic Processes (how to discover with precision and
raise the reality level of the preclear)
** 5504C16 HPC-5 Service Facsimiles (its handling by modern auditing)
** 5504C23 HPC-6 Thinkingness
* 5504C30 HPC-7 Ownership Processing
** 5505C07 HPC-8 Meaningness (the basic formula for happiness-a new
process), Part I
** 5505C07 HCP-9 Meaningness, Part ll, Auditing Tips
** 5505C14 HPC-10 The Tone Scale (an important new understanding
of
the tone scale)
[pic]
Major 1 [1955, ca. mid-March]
The Magazine of
DIANETICS and SCIENTOLOGY
from
Phoenix, Arizona
THE SCIENTOLOGIST
A Manual on
THE DISSEMINATION OF MATERIAL
L. Ron Hubbard
INTRODUCTION
The basic purpose of this book is to inform members and auditors of the
Hubbard Association of Scientologists, International about the fundamentals
of Scientology and its organization.
It is expected that a member of the HASI will know the contents of this
book, and the substance of this book should become the source material of a
basic course in Scientology.
The hope of this book is to bring order into any confusion concerning
Scientology, its purposes, its organizations, and the various grades of
auditors. The emphasis of this book is upon purposes of organization. It is
quite one thing to have an orderly science of life, and quite another thing
to have an orderly organization to keep that science of life in such a form
as to be utilized by life.
Whereas it is all very well to envision the ideal-that everyone in
possession of the materials of Scientology would utilize them with good
heart and in an orderly manner to the improvement and betterment of
mankind, it is quite another to have had years of experience with this
science in action. It has been discovered that unless an auditor or a
person interested in Scientology is part of a group which expresses this
ideal, that the individual will be lost in the turbulent mass of the
society and will thus become ineffective.
Scientologists everywhere, when an organization of force and purpose
was, to a large extent, lacking, were victimized and brought into disrepute
by persons who could express vast opinions about Scientology, yet who knew
nothing about Scientology; by vested interests in the society which were
bent upon the suppression of anything which might be seen to have the
potential of supplanting their peculiarity. And, in particular, the auditor
was victimized in his practice by the existence of persons who, untrained
in Scientology and uninformed, yet practiced upon others with it, producing
few, poor, or harmful effects.
However, once this organization existed and began to function, another
thing came into view: the failure of the auditor and member to understand
the purposes and actual operation of the organization of the Hubbard
Association of Scientologists, International, and a failure to understand
how Scientology should be communicated. The fact that one was an auditor of
the HASI or a member of that organization did not immediately presuppose an
understanding of the formation of the organization, its purposes or
activities.
Copyright (�) 1955 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
This publication, The Scientologist: A Manual, is designed for use by
members and auditors to inform them of the formation and function of the
HASI, and the dissemination of Scientology itself-these two subjects being
more or less synonymous.
This book is the product of experience and agreement. The HASI is
organized as it is because those auditors working with it have agreed that
it should work this way, and the various provisions and divisions of the
HASI exist by reason of the first years of experience of the HASI or other
disrelated organizations which existed before it.
We know that Scientology cannot progress in the society unless it is
done by a group effort. We know that it can best progress as individuals
banded into groups, and these groups banded together into a larger group.
In other words, the HASI is built like a life organism is built. If
everyone knows his subject and does his job we will have here a smoothly
running and progressive organization which can by its existence and
activities bring a better civilization to man.
Although this is the avowed purpose of many organizations, those in
Scientology have come to discover over and over that Scientology contains
answers which man has lacked in his progress until now. Parts of these
answers have been represented in many places under many names, but the
organized whole has not been in his possession. As this is, at this time,
in his possession, an organization to carry it forward is vitally
necessary, and the subject itself and its gains would perish or be altered
to such a degree as to be unrecognizable in the absence of a strong, firm
organization.
When a member or auditor supports the HASI, he is supporting himself.
If the HASI fails, he will fail. There are two things which could occur in
the life of any individual. By Scientology he could be processed into the
state of a complete static, and in that state he might find life, as
represented by that state, pleasant. The other existence would be that of a
well balanced individual operating with the forms and spaces of life
itself, still in communication with existence, still carrying forward to
make that existence better. As, so far, those who have attained the state
of complete static have again returned by their own choice to the business
of life itself, we can assume that even the processes of Scientology in
making a totally cleared individual are not enough. Life, its spaces and
forms, must be added to existence in order to make it interesting. Thus,
Scientology and life itself as represented by the forms and spaces make a
workable combination. The forms and spaces by themselves are too complex
and confused at this stage and in this civilization to make a usable
panorama with the absence of Scientology. Scientology AND life, which is to
say life broadly understood and changeable at will, can create an existence
close to an ideal. Scientology and its organization, the HASI and its
affiliated organizations, represent a living of life with an understanding
of its goals and purposes and the ability to change it.
A DESCRIPTION OF SCIENTOLOGY
Scientology is the science of knowing how to know answers. It is an
organized system of Axioms and Processes which resolve the problems of
existence.
A Scientologist is a specialist in spiritual and human affairs.
Scientology is organized from the viewpoint of the spirit and contains
a precise and usable definition of the spirit, and charts and studies and
is capable of changing the behavior of the spirit.
This science is formed in the tradition of ten thousand years of
religious philosophy and considers itself a culmination of the searches
which began with the Veda, the Tao, Buddhism, Christianity, and other
religions. Scientology is a Gnostic faith in that it knows it knows. This
is its distinguishing characteristic from most of its predecessors.
Scientology can demonstrate that it can attain the goals set for man by
Christ, which are: Wisdom, Good Health, and Immortality.
By spiritual means, but means which are as precise as mathematics, a
host of bad conditions of life may be remedied in Scientology. Illness and
malfunction can be
divided into two general classes. First, those resulting from the operation
of the spirit directly upon the communication networks of life or the body,
and those occasioned by the disruption of structure through purely physical
causes. Unhappiness, inability to heal, and psychosomatic illness (which
include some seventy percent of the illnesses of man), are best healed by
immediate address of the human spirit. Illness caused by recognizable
bacteria and injury in accident are best treated by physical means, and
these fall distinctly into the field of medicine, and are not the province
of Scientology, except that accidents and illness and bacterial infection
are predetermined in almost all cases by spiritual malfunction and unrest.
And, conditions in accidents are definitely prolonged by any spiritual
malfunction. Thus we have the field of medicine addressing the immediate
injury, such surgical matters as birth and acute infection, and such things
as contusions and abrasions resulting from accidents, as well as the
administration of drugs and antibiotics to prevent the demise of the
patient in a crisis. This is the role of medicine.
Where predisposition to disease or injury exists, or where disease or
injury is being prolonged, or where unhappiness and worry causes mental or
physical upset, or where we desire to better and improve communications or
social relationships, we are dealing, if we are efficient, in the realm of
Scientology. For such things are best healed, or best prevented, or best
remedied by immediate and direct recourse to the spirit and its action and
determinism of the course of the body.
The only truly therapeutic agent in this universe is the spirit. In
Scientology this has been demonstrated with more thoroughness and exists
with more certainty than the physical sciences or mathematics. A
Scientologist CAN make an individual well, happy, and grant him personal
immortality, simply by addressing the human spirit.
For more than ten thousand years man has been accumulating material
toward this goal, but it required a wide understanding of the philosophies
and processes of Asia and a thorough indoctrination in the Western physical
sciences and mathematics to bring about the precision existing in
Scientology when practiced properly by a trained Scientologist. It could be
said that with Scientology we have entered The Second Age of Miracles.
It is a discovery of Scientology, a discovery susceptible to the most
arduous scientific proofs, that people are not bodies, but that people are
living units operating bodies. The living unit we call, in Scientology, a
thetan, that being taken from the Greek letter theta [ � ], the
mathematical symbol used in Scientology to indicate the Source of Life and
Life itself. The individual, the person, the actual identity, is this
living unit. It is modified by the addition of a body, and by the addition
of a body it is brought into a certain unknowingness about its own
condition. The mission of Scientology is to raise the knowingness of this
spirit to such a degree that it again knows what it is and what it is
doing, and in this state the thetan can apply directly to his own body, or
to his environment, or to the bodies of others, the healing skill of which
he is capable. It is the thetan which builds and constructs, it is the
thetan which forms actual forms and organisms.
Amongst the capabilities and potentials of the thetan is immortality in
full knowingness of his own identity. The amount of time which he has spent
on earth, and the number of deaths through which he has gone, have brought
him into a state of forgetfulness about who and where he has been. This
material is recovered in Scientology, if the Scientologist specifically
processes toward it.
DISSEMINATION OF MATERIAL
The dissemination of materials of Scientology is a problem of
comparable stature to the use of techniques on a preclear in an auditing
session. Just as you would not process a preclear with heavy processes when
all he could take might be ARC Straight
Wire, thus you would not issue Scientology materials of considerable
weight to people incapable of assimilating them.
The immediate result of the issuance of materials not intended for that
audience is to produce a state of confusion in the minds of that audience
regarding Scientology. Here we have no question of talking down to people.
Here we have no question of "watering" our material, but we do have a
question of disseminating Scientology. If we do it properly, then
Scientology will be very broadly known. If we do it improperly it will stop
in its tracks, and be known, if at all, as a confusion.
When materials are issued above the acceptance level of an audience, a
confusion results. A confusion is the antithesis of a flow. Any
communication resulting in a confusion then brings about an eddy or
tumbling of particles rather than their spread. And a confusion at length
becomes a mystery.
Part ten of the Code of a Scientologist says: "I pledge myself to
engage in no unseemly disputes with the uninformed on the subject of my
profession." This is an immediate injunction not to start an eddy of
confusion. The employment of Scientology to the greatest good of the
greatest number of Dynamics does not include using it knowingly or
unknowingly to confuse hearers.
An outline of the communication lines of Scientology follows:
1. General public to the general public.
2. Scientologists to the general public.
3. Member HASI to member HASI.
4. Trained Scientologist to a member of the HASI.
5. Member of the HASI to a preclear.
6. Trained Scientologist to a preclear.
7. Trained Scientologist to a trained Scientologist.
8. HASI to membership.
9. HASI to trained Scientologist.
10. HASI to the general public.
[pic]
1. GENERAL PUBLIC TO THE GENERAL PUBLIC
There are several things we would like the general public to say to the
general public about Scientology. The first of these is that we would like
the general public, when it sees an individual or group problem, to be
quite certain that the proper thing to do is for that individual or group
to consult a Scientologist. For instance, if somebody is having headaches,
we would like his friends to come to the obvious solution that this person
should see a Scientologist or should join a group undergoing processing.
The next on this communication line is that Scientology does not pose
any threat, that Scientologists are good citizens, and that they can be
trusted with problems of a private and confidential nature, or with
problems dangerous to other people, such as the problem of criminality.
Another frame of mind we would like to see the public have and register is
that people attacking Scientologists have something wrong with them (and if
you could meet any such people personally you would see that this is no
more than truth). As a subdivision of this, the actual substance of
communication about what Scientology is, from the general public to the
general public, should be that Scientology says that good health and
immortality are attainable. That it is something compounded out of all man
knows of the subject of man, and that people are living units operating
bodies, rather than bodies, and that this living unit is the human soul.
Given this much communication line, the general public can embroider
enormously, and unless a person in the general public can express his
opinions, and unless the subject gives him a chance to express his own
opinions, and so let HIM be interesting, he will not talk about the
subject. Thus the data in the general public should give individuals a
chance to be interesting, by knowing no more and no less than the above. We
are not interested in sensationalism, personalities, or the complexity of
Scientological methodology being discussed by the general public. As a
subdivision of this, we do not want Scientology to be reported in the
press, anywhere else than on the religious page of newspapers. It is
destructive of word of mouth to permit the public presses to express their
biased and badly reported sensationalism. Therefore we should be very alert
to sue for slander at the slightest chance so as to discourage the public
presses from mentioning Scientology. What the newspapers say is not word of
mouth. As an example of this, how many minutes today have you spent in
discussing current events? NEWSPAPER REPORTERS WRITING ARTICLES ON
SCIENTOLOGY DO NOT EXPRESS SCIENTOLOGY. Scientologists should never let
themselves be interviewed by the press. That's experience talking!
As a subdivision of general public to general public we have the
problem of the professions which might consider Scientology to be
antipathetic to them, amongst these would be psychologists and medical
doctors as well as psychiatrists. These persons are entirely in error when
they express the opinion that Scientologists are against them. Scientology
does not consider them sufficiently important to be against. Flour-pills or
any incantation or system will produce in 22% of the public, benefit.
Therefore, any practice or art can always achieve 22% recovery in their
patients. It is when we better this 22% that we are being efficient. We
have no more quarrel with a psychologist than we would have with an
Australian witch doctor. We have no quarrel with a psychiatrist any more
than we should quarrel with a barbarian because he had never heard of
nuclear physics. And as for the medical doctor, we know very well that
modern medical practice, having lately outgrown phlebotomy, has come of age
to a point where it can regulate structure in a most remarkable and
admirable way. In Scientology we believe a medical doctor definitely has
his role in a society just as an engineer has his role in civil government.
We believe that a medical doctor should perform emergency operations such
as those made necessary by accidents; that he should perform orthopaedics;
that he should deliver babies; that he should have charge of the
administration of drugs; that his use of antibiotics is beneficial; and
that wherever he immediately and curatively addresses structure he is of
use in a community. The only place we would limit a medical doctor is in
the field of treatment of psychosomatic medicine, where he has admittedly
and continuously failed, and the
only thing we would ask a medical doctor to change about his practice is to
stop taking money for things he knows he cannot cure, i.e., spiritual,
mental, psychosomatic, and social ills.
With regard to psychologists, medical doctors, and psychiatrists, then,
what would one say in talking with them? But again we have section 10 of
the Code of a Scientologist. You wouldn't expect this psychologist, or
psychiatrist, or medical doctor to get into an argument with you on how to
get rats to find their way through mazes, how you would set a tibia, or
what voltage you would put on an electric shock machine. Therefore, and
equally, do not permit yourself to be put in the situation where you are
discussing privately or in public the methodologies of your wisdom. The
attitude of a Scientologist toward people in these professions should be:
"I have my techniques. It took me a long time to learn them just as it took
you a long time to learn yours, and I am not going to try to make a
minister out of you, and you are not going to try to make a medical doctor
(psychiatrist, psychologist) out of me. I am an expert instructor only
where it is intimately involved with the human spirit. I can produce my
effects. You can produce yours. In view of the fact that you do not pretend
to operate in the field of the human spirit, and I do not pretend to
operate in the field of structure, I do not see how there can be any
discussion. But things that I can't handle in structure when called upon I
will be very happy to refer to you, and I shall expect that when matters of
the spirit come into question you will have enough understanding of life,
where we are all specialists, to refer them to me." A quiet explanation of
this character will do a great deal to place you as a professional man in
their realm of understanding of professional men.
Should anyone challenge you for having suddenly secured a relief in a
hospital or an institution from some dire malady which balked the efforts
of the professional men in charge of it, and should you ever be "called
upon the carpet" for having "interfered" with the progress of a case, you
should be extremely dismayed, and act it, to find yourself in the presence
of barbarians who do not believe in the power of prayer, in the will of
God, or the promises of Jesus Christ. And you should point out that,
whereas the body was in their keeping, they did not at any time care to
take purview of the human soul. And if anything has occurred because the
soul, in your province, then reacted upon the body, you believe that they
are unwilling to admit the will of God in their treatment of human beings,
and if this is the case, you now, while you are being addressed by such
people, discover yourself to be in a strange place where men pretending to
be Christians doubt God, the Son of God, and the power of prayer. Your
entire address to such people, in such a situation, publicly or privately,
should be entirely overt, accusative, and not at any time apologetic. And
you should immediately make it your business to place this matter before
the proper authorities, that people are in charge of an institution here,
are not Christians, and do not believe in God, and you should inform your
accusers that you are going to do so.
Should you ever be arrested for practicing Scientology, treating
people, make very sure, long before the time comes, that you have never
used drugs or surgery, and that you have never prescribed a diet, or
vitamins, and when that time might come, make very sure that you
immediately and instantly, within two or three hours after your receipt of
the warrant, have served upon the signer of that warrant, a personal civil
suit for $100,000.00 damages for having caused the arrest of a Man of God
going about his business in his proper profession, and for having brought
about embarrassing publicity and molestation. Place the suit and WIRE THE
HASI IMMEDIATELY. Make the whole interest during the entire time of such an
unfortunate occurrence the fact that the signer of such a warrant, who
would ordinarily be a medical doctor in charge of the medical department of
some city, had dared fly in the teeth of religion. And use what is
necessary of the earlier passage above to drive the point home. DO NOT
simply fall back out of communication if you are attacked, but attack, much
more forcefully, and artfully and arduously. And if you are foolish enough
to have an attorney who tells you not to sue, immediately dismiss him and
get an attorney who will sue. Or, if no attorney will sue, simply have an
HASI suit form filled out and present it yourself to the county clerk in
the court of the area in which your case has come up.
IN ALL SUCH CASES OF ARREST FOR THE PRACTICE OF SCIENTOLOGY, THE HASI WILL
SEND A REPRESENTATIVE AT ONCE, BUT DO NOT WAIT FOR HIS ARRIVAL TO PLACE
THIS SUIT. THE SUIT MUST ALREADY HAVE BEEN FILED WHEN THE HASI ATTORNEY
ARRIVES.
In other words, do not, at any moment leave this act unpunished, for,
if you do you are harming all other Scientologists in the area. When you
are attacked it is your responsibility then to secure from further attack
not only yourself but all those who work with you. Cause blue flame to
dance on the courthouse roof until everybody has apologized profusely for
having dared to become so adventurous as to arrest a Scientologist who, as
a minister of the church, was going about his regular duties. As far as the
advices of attorneys go that you should not sue, that you should not
attack, be aware of the fact that I, myself, in Wichita, Kansas, had the
rather interesting experience of discovering that my attorney, employed by
me and paid by me, had been for some three months in the employ of the
people who were attacking me, and that this attorney had collected some
insignificant sum of money after I hired him, by going over to the enemy
and acting upon their advices. This actually occurred, so beware of
attorneys who tell you not to sue. And I call to your attention the
situation of any besieged fortress. If that fortress does not make sallies,
does not send forth patrols to attack and harass, and does not utilize
itself to make the besieging of it a highly dangerous occupation, that
fortress may, and most often does, fall.
The DEFENSE of anything is UNTENABLE. The only way to defend anything
is to ATTACK, and if you ever forget that, then you will lose every battle
you are ever engaged in, whether it is in terms of personal conversation,
public debate, or a court of law. NEVER BE INTERESTED IN CHARGES. DO,
yourself, much MORE CHARGING, and you will WIN. And the public, seeing that
you won, will then have a communication line to the effect that
Scientologists WIN. Don't ever let them have any other thought than that
Scientology takes all of its objectives.
Another point directly in the interest of keeping the general public to
the general public communication line in good odor: it is vitally important
that a Scientologist put into action and overtly keep in action Article 4
of the Code: "I pledge myself to punish to the fullest extent of my power
anyone misusing or degrading Scientology to harmful ends." The only way you
can guarantee that Scientology will not be degraded or misused is to make
sure that only those who are trained in it practice it. If you find
somebody practicing Scientology who is not qualified, you should give them
an opportunity to be formally trained, at their expense, so that they will
not abuse and degrade the subject. And you would not take as any substitute
for formal training any amount of study.
You would therefore delegate to members of the HASI who are not
otherwise certified only those processes mentioned below, and would
discourage them from using any other processes. More particularly, if you
discovered that some group calling itself "precept processing" had set up
and established a series of meetings in your area, you would do all you
could to make things interesting for them. In view of the fact that the
HASI holds the copyrights for all such material, and that a scientific
organization of material can be copyrighted and is therefore owned, the
least that could be done to such an area is the placement of a suit against
them for using materials of Scientology without authority. Only a member of
the HASI or a member of one of the churches affiliated with the HASI has
the authority to use this information. The purpose of the suit is to harass
and discourage rather than to win.
The law can be used very easily to harass, and enough harassment on
somebody who is simply on the thin edge anyway, well knowing that he is not
authorized, will generally be sufficient to cause his professional decease.
If possible, of course, ruin him utterly.
A D.Scn. has the power to revoke a certificate below the level of
D.Scn. but not a D.Scn. However, he can even recommend to the CECS of the
HASI that D.Scns. be revoked, and so any sincere Scientologist is capable
of policing Scientology. This is again all in the interest of keeping the
public with a good opinion of Scientology, since
bad group processing and bad auditing are worse than bad publicity and are
the worst thing that can happen to the general public to general public
communication line.
The best thing that can happen to it is good auditing, good public
presentation, and a sincere approach on the subject of Scientology itself.
Remember, we are interested in ALL treatment being beneficial, whether it
is Scientology or not. For bad treatment in any line lowers the public
opinion of all treatment.
In addressing persons professionally interested in the ministry, we
have another interesting problem in public presentation. We should not
engage in religious discussions. In the first place, as Scientologists, we
are Gnostics, which is to say that we know that we know. People in the
ministry ordinarily suppose that knowingness and knowledge are elsewhere
resident than in themselves. They believe in belief and substitute belief
for wisdom. This makes Scientology no less a religion, but makes it a
religion with an older tradition and puts it on an intellectual plane.
Religious philosophy, then, as represented by Scientology, would be
opposed in such a discussion to religious practice. We are all-
denominational rather than nondenominational, and so we should be perfectly
willing to include in our ranks a Moslem, or a Taoist, as well as any
Protestant or Catholic, while people of the ministry in Western
civilization, unless they are evangelists, are usually dedicated severely
to some faction which in itself is in violent argument with many other
similar factions. Thus these people are ready to argue and are practiced in
argument, and there are more interpretations of one line of scripture than
there are sunbeams in a day. Beyond explaining one's all-denominational
character, explaining that one holds the Bible as a holy work, one should
recognize that the clergy of Western Protestant churches defines a minister
or the standing of a church by these salient facts: Jesus Christ was the
Savior of Mankind, Jesus Christ was the Son of God.
We in Scientology find no argument with this, and so in discussing
Scientology with other ministry one should advance these two points
somewhere in the conversation. Additionally, one should advance to the
ministry exactly those things mentioned earlier as what we would like the
general public to believe. Christ, if you care to study the New Testament,
instructed his disciples to bring wisdom and good health to man, and
promised mankind immortality, and said the Kingdom of Heaven was at hand,
and the translators have not added that "at hand" possibly meant three feet
back of your head. We could bring up these points but there is no reason
to. You are not trying to educate other ministry. A friendly attitude
toward other ministry in general, and fellow ministers in particular, is
necessary.
The way to handle an individual minister of some other church is as
follows: get him to tell you exactly what HE believes, get him to agree
that religious freedom is desirable, then tell him to make sure that if
that's the way he believes, he should keep on believing that, and that you
would do anything to defend his right to believe that.
None of these people as individuals are antipathetic. They know a great
deal about public presence, and can be respected for such knowledge.
However, engaging in long discourses, or trying to educate a minister of
some Protestant church or a priest of the Catholic faith into the tenets of
Scientology is not desirable and is directly contrary to Article 10 of the
Code of a Scientologist.
You will find you have many problems and people in common with other
ministers. They're alive too. Also you will see a campaign to place only
ministers in charge of the mind and mental healing. Talk about these
things.
The Christian Church has been hurt by factionalism. We stand for peace
and happiness. Therefore, let us carry it forward by example, not by
unseemly discussions.
2. SCIENTOLOGISTS TO THE GENERAL PUBLIC
In the assemblage of congregations, and in addressing the general
public at large, a Scientologist has a responsibility to give to the
public, in the form of such congregations or meetings, information
acceptable to them, which can be understood by them, and which will send
them away with the impression that the Scientologist who addressed them
knew definitely what he was talking about and that Scientology is an
unconfused, clear-cut subject.
Anyone using Scientology must state that he is using Scientology. He
cannot, must not, leave it unnamed or call it by another name. Use of it
without naming it is a breach of law.
A Scientologist, when addressing public groups, would never under any
circumstances confuse his communication line by engaging in a debate from
the floor or closing terminals with any persons who would care to heckle
him. By simply ignoring such people, one continues to talk to the bulk of
the people who are themselves very interested. When anyone causes an
unseemly upset, it is rarely difficult to have the person removed from the
group. In other words, either ignore him or remove him. Don't engage in a
debate with him.
Similarly, no Scientologist would ever consent to take a position on a
panel or on a stage engaging in a debate of Scientology versus some other
subject. This is an entirely unclear communication line. People are not
interested in a debate. They are interested, if they are there at all, in
Scientology. Why, therefore, give some other subjects an audience before
which it could air its views? In the last five years I have turned down
innumerable offers of debates, for I have found out that Dianetics or
Scientology was the attraction and that medicine or psychology was using
the public interest in this new subject in order to further their own aims,
and that any such debate engaged upon demeaned and degraded Scientology by
permitting it to be talked about contemptuously before a group-a thing
which SHOULD NEVER BE PERMITTED.
The first and foremost thing which a Scientologist should do in the way
of information is to relay the data contained in the earlier section. He
should punch this hard, regardless of what kind of a group he is talking
to. He should tell them overtly that when they see somebody who is sick or
unhappy, that if their illness does not require the immediate attention of
a medical doctor, then the thing for them to tell that person or that
person's family is to SEE A SCIENTOLOGIST.
He should also punch home the fact that Scientology believes in the
three things Christ intended for man: wisdom, good health, and immortality.
In other words, he should make it his business to use such an opportunity
of addressing a group to pound home what we think the general public should
say to the general public about Scientology. He should start this simply by
saying it to such groups insistently and many times. He could add a great
deal of descriptive material to this, but he should not go further into the
field of data. In other words, he should talk in generalities. He should
describe a Scientologist as one with a mission to bring wisdom, good
health, and immortality to the public. He should describe the aims and
goals of the organizations; which are to assist in wiping out criminality,
insanity and war.
He should pound home to such groups the fact that the human spirit is
the only therapeutic agent of any lasting value. He should tell such groups
what Scientology can do for them in bringing them wisdom, happiness, good
health, and immortality. He should describe to them how long it takes in
individual processes. Above all, HE SHOULD BE HONEST. He should tell
exactly what he himself feels to be true, but he should not give them
involved data.
It very often happens that a Scientologist who has recently come from
the HASI will be asked about the state of cases of people who have passed
through that area. He should give his honest and forthright opinion, not
any dressed up or hopeful conclusion. He should tell what he himself
observes. When asked about the training given in that area he should state
exactly what his opinion is of that training in the area, and this
sincerity itself will communicate.
He will find that people like to do little scandal-mongering and that
people who ask the most questions do not represent the general attitude of
the group. This is one of the foremost lessons a Scientologist learns in
addressing congregations, that the people who "close terminals" with him at
the break or at the end of the lecture do not represent the opinion of the
group. The general opinion of the group is a fairly high one. The people
who close terminals with him have opinions and data which are fairly low,
since these people close terminals because they are low on the tone scale.
Therefore he should be able to lift his eyes over the whole group and see
what kind of
a reaction the group itself has, not merely those who speak. The people who
speak from a group are not the spokesmen of a group. The spokesman of the
group is the Scientologist himself as he stands there addressing the group,
and he can regulate their tone and reception at will. He does this best by
not closing terminals with the most upsetting elements of the group.
The group occasionally wants to know something about other
Scientologists. They have heard things. Those inquiries about myself are
best answered in this wise: that in all Ron's experience with rumors and
stories about himself, he has yet to hear one single story come back to him
in a form which even vaguely approached the truth or the circumstances
about which it was told, and he has heard many, many things which did not
happen at all.
Thus, it is the case with Scientologists at large. Many things are said
about them, but they have this experience every now and then that one of
these stories comes back to them and when it comes back to them they will
not recognize the incident.
It happens that it is the tone level of the general public that scandal
and untruth take precedence. I ask you to consult the Chart of Human
Evaluation and you will discover in that chart that truth does not exist
below the level of 2.0. Therefore, why should you be surprised that so many
twisted stories are circulated? They are circulated about you as a
Scientologist as well as about me as the Founder of Scientology. Standing
together we can best this vagary of human communication lines. The example
is set for the public by its newspapers, which themselves offer little but
untruths.
And I call to your attention that courts do not admit hearsay evidence.
They have learned after long experience that they can only accept what the
witness himself has observed, and that they can never accept what the
witness has heard that somebody else observed. Hearsay evidence, that
evidence which simply recounts what somebody else has said he observed, is
not admissible in courts of law anywhere in the civilized world and has not
been since Roman times. Compare this, then, to the communication line of
hearsay's in terms of rumors, and find that there is little to be gained in
either clarifying or forwarding such rumors. In discussing rumors with
groups, discuss only the tone scale and theory of rumors. Use rumors as a
chance to teach, for a Scientologist is a teacher.
On the subject of myself, a Scientologist addressing any group of
people, when the subject is brought up and not otherwise, should make it
clear that Ron is just a human being who has been working hard to solve
some of the problems of life; that he has behind him now, on this subject,
in the public eye, many years of sincere application to the subject, and
that many results beneficial to people have resulted. That he has a
definite idea of where he is going and what he is doing, and that, like
anyone introducing new things into the society, a great deal of rumor and
upset and backbiting can be expected. In other words, on such a thing, pass
it all off.
As for himself, when addressing congregations a Scientologist should be
very careful to express his own personality and to express himself as
himself, not in just any role which will suit the particular congregation
he is addressing. People may believe him to be indifferently trained as a
Scientologist, but then, they believe that I am indifferently trained, too,
whereas Who Knows and What, the companion book to Who's Who in America,
which gives the professional experts of the country, and which you can find
in any good library, lists me as an expert in psychology, and any certified
Scientologist has actually invested more hours of study and practice in his
subject than a medical doctor or psychologist has invested in the study of
the mind.
If you do not believe this, simply add up the number of hours
psychologists and medical doctors are actually in classes which teach
theory and practice on the mind, and you will discover something
interesting. Add up the number of hours you have spent in study in
Scientology and Dianetics schools and your own hours of study and practice,
and you will see some truth in the fact that nearly all Doctors of
Scientology have invested somewhere in the neighborhood of five thousand
hours in training, which is an overpowering amount of training.
In other words, do not let the matter of skill fall into question, and
overtly represent that both the Founder of this Science and those who are
truly practicing this
science are the best trained people in the field of the spirit and the mind
in the world today. This could not have been said four years ago, but do
not let the impression of four years ago continue to exist. Today they are
really trained, but an auditor has a tendency to forget how well trained he
is because he does not know how poorly trained other professions are in
their subjects.
3. MEMBER HASI TO MEMBER HASI
Members of the HASI are theoretically bound by the Code of a
Scientologist, and they should be reminded of this by Scientologists who
are certified. They have the right, theoretically, to use and to study any
and all of the materials of Scientology. This right is exemplified by the
fact that the professional course tapes are made available to individuals
and groups who are not possessed of the right to teach. The reason for this
is that a communication line to the membership must not be cut.
This does not mean that a member is going to use these materials
responsibly, but he has a complete right to have them and to discuss them
with members. A member of the HASI is included as a Scientologist and
should be cognizant of Sections 1 and 2 above.
4. TRAINED SCIENTOLOGIST TO A MEMBER OF THE HASI
It is the duty of certified auditors to place their information at the
disposal of members, at the same time enjoining them that there is no
substitute for formal training.
A member of the HASI, as far as information is concerned, may have a
great deal of material available, but the certified auditor should extend
to him only the book Self-Analysis in Scientology, The Group Auditor's
Handbook, and Issue 31-G of the Journal to use upon preclears. These can be
used with some success by people who are not trained.
5. MEMBER OF THE HASI TO A PRECLEAR
Only members of the HASI, or of specifically delineated affiliated
organizations have the right to use the materials of Scientology-a fact
which the HASI is prepared to enforce as it can do legally at any financial
cost. (Membership, however, does not give the right to publish or excerpt
or reorganize Scientology, nor the right to teach it formally.)
Members of the HASI as well as auditors have the right to possess,
study, and know, all the materials of Scientology. In practice, however, a
member of the HASI who is not otherwise a certified auditor has no rights
of professional practice and may not process for personal gain, and will
not be supported by the HASI or its auditors should he err or get into
difficulties through having used processes on preclears, with only one
exception. A member of the HASI may apply to a preclear, informally, and
not as professional practice, and not for gain, and exactly as composed,
Self-Analysis in Scientology, Issue 31-G, and used as an individual process
or group process, but again exactly as given to individuals or groups, The
Group Auditor's Handbook.
A member of the HASI is expected to follow the Auditor's Code and the
Code of a Scientologist, and even if he does not know them well or know
about them, he may have his membership revoked by the CECS for failure to
follow them, since wide agreement and practice have demonstrated that
processing is ineffective or even harmful when executed without observance
of the Auditor's Code, 1954, and that the subject of Scientology itself
undeservedly suffers through failure to follow the Code of a Scientologist.
Where preclears in general are concerned, a member of the HASI would do
well when not trained as an auditor to refer such preclears to a trained
auditor.
6. TRAINED SCIENTOLOGIST TO PRECLEAR
The dissemination of information to a preclear is completely forbidden
by the Auditor's Code, 1954. This is evaluation.
While it is not true that a person trained in Scientology is immediately
and for that reason harder to process than one who is not trained, it is
true that forwarding information about the preclear's own case, or giving
him materials of Scientology while he is undergoing processing reduces the
effectiveness of processing.
7. TRAINED SCIENTOLOGIST TO TRAINED SCIENTOLOGIST
It might be a surprise that any injunction about the dissemination of
information would have to be outlined where communication is between a
trained Scientologist and a trained Scientologist. However, experience has
demonstrated that these two, particularly when auditing each other, get
into many involvements over what the exact point of the process is.
We discovered a short time ago with some amazement that this was a
major block on co-auditing teams composed of trained Scientologists only.
It seems that it is not unusual for two trained Scientologists, one
processing the other, to get into violent discussions regarding the exact
running of processes, with the session suspended while they consult texts
and tapes. In this regard, an auditor being processed by another auditor
should, in the first place, have made sure that he had a Scientologist of
comparable skill. In the second place, an auditor being audited should be
content to be a preclear for the term of the session. It could be said that
an auditor who has not been audited badly once in a while doesn't know how
grim it can get and won't regulate his own processing of preclears
accordingly, because any trained Scientologist has a great many ways of
getting preclears out of trouble, and no permanent damage can result.
Although the Code of a Scientologist specifically forbids a
Scientologist to talk out loud to the public about other Scientologists,
and to run them down, it definitely does not forbid this practice among
auditors. However, it does forbid defamation by an auditor of anyone in
Scientology in any published form.
A great many newsletters exist in Scientology which are more or less
intended to be for circulation amongst Dianeticists and Scientologists and
which take wide liberties with the reputations of all concerned. Any member
or trained Scientologist expressing himself in such a way as to defame
Scientology or the people connected with it may find himself in
considerable legal difficulty. Although during the formative years of
Dianetics and Scientology no-one had enough time or patience to find out
what was being written in such magazines or newsletters, the situation has
now changed, and enough time and money is now available to free all of us
from this great deterrent to our common purpose of making this world a
better place in which to live.
The trained Scientologist does and should make his experience known to
other trained Scientologists. In accordance with the Code of a
Scientologist he is expected to repress the names of actual preclears as
per Article Nine: "I pledge myself to refuse to impart personal secrets of
my preclears." However, discussing cases with a trained auditor discovers
often a necessity to be highly specific, for such cases are quite usually
experienced in common.
This discussion of peculiarities of a case has nothing to do with
revealing the secrets of a preclear, since processing today is not even
vaguely interested in obtaining secrets from a preclear.
Discussing cases amongst auditors is not the same as discussing cases
with HASI members, groups, or the public. An auditor must never discuss a
case with people who are not auditors beyond mentioning difficulties,
exactly pertinent to the arrangements of processing, to those upon whom a
case might be dependent. And, if an auditor should have occasion to mention
a case to a congregation or a group, he should so disguise the identity and
particulars of the case so as not to embarrass anyone, for it is quite
often part of training and part of description of Scientology to interested
groups to mention that such and such a type of case has recovered.
A highly specialized part of this communication line from trained
Scientologist to trained Scientologist is the certified auditor to the
student. While no certified auditor should invade and attempt to instruct
the students of some other auditor, a great deal of liberty is possible
between the trained auditor and the student, except in such
instances as when the status of a student is questionable. By student here
one means not someone who is studying Scientology, but one who is regularly
and specifically enrolled toward a certain degree.
Students should not be given misinformation, and very definitely and
specifically, as will be covered shortly, they should not be given
experimental data of any kind whatsoever. It is disastrous to take a
student who is not yet capable of the most elementary processes of
Scientology, no matter how capable he himself thinks he is, and turn him
loose with some experimental data. The immediate result of this is
distraction of the student from his course of study, and entering him upon
a line of investigation. Giving a student experimental data-and I should
know-is like turning him loose on a dark night in a sea filled with rocks.
The result is that he will go aground and his preclear will go aground.
Where students are co-auditing, any time you find any case in a unit
bogging, look for the person who audited him with experimental techniques.
You will occasionally find that the person who audited him on the
experimental technique was not a member of that unit, or was some wildcat
with no more purpose than "observe the effect."
A certified auditor should be courteous to the student. The student
will, in all probability, become a certified auditor.
One of the hidden but more vicious crimes which can be committed in
communicating information to students is to give them the data and deny
them affinity, and cut the affinity lines connected to the data. One
Scientologist who was very widely known in the early days trained many
auditors, but it was found later that every auditor he had trained had been
estranged from the subject by being estranged by this Scientologist from
any Scientologist who was following closely the course of investigation I
was undertaking. He gave them data, but somehow he gave them to understand
that I and auditors around me had something vague and unstated wrong in the
personality or behavior sector. He never gave any specific example to these
students, since he never could have done so with any truth, but he conveyed
to them that the subject was one thing, and I, and other auditors, quite
another. That the subject was good, the people who originated and practiced
it were bad.
As a result every single one of his students who has come through later
training units was found to be entirely deficient in a basic understanding
of Scientology. Alloying the affinity of the subject itself, the subject
would then not communicate to them, and the students did not know whether
they had studied gastronomy or monotony, and as a result each and every one
of them had long and arduous lines of failures as auditors.
The Scientologist of whom I speak in course of time obtained no more
students, not from any overt act against him by the HAS or the HASI, but
because this continual failure eventually accumulated to himself and he
failed in his entire establishment. I do not believe this person knows to
this day what actually happened to him and his business. The alloying of
the affinity line, no matter how vaguely, alloys the actual communication
of data. Simply adhering to the Code of a Scientologist, regardless of
one's personal opinions, however right or wrong these may be, will actually
bring good training to students.
If it is in the obsessive nature of man always to have something bad to
point out, and if this obsession cannot be avoided, then point out the
horribly pockmarked state of the moon, not the people who are making a
sincere try in Scientology.
For a long time a condition existed which confused the communication
line between trained auditors and trained auditors. In view of the fact
that the subject was advancing, and its advance was not being interrupted
simply because people had not been trained each time to the new level,
auditors who had just graduated from a school were prone to feel very
superior and derogatory toward auditors who had been trained a year or so
previously. There might or might not have been good reason for this, but
with the Seventh Clinical Unit I found that we could stabilize processes
and that we did have processes now that weren't changing simply because of
new data, and so this information level could be stabilized.
It is the responsibility of any trained Scientologist to make sure that
anyone with a certificate in his area is, by whatever means, brought up to
the training level which
exists today. It is the particular responsibility of the Doctors of
Scientology who themselves have a right to examine for or to revoke
certificates.
This retraining of older Scientologists by those with later training
presents a peculiar problem, since Scientology has worked for the well-
trained auditor for two years.
However, for some time to come it will be necessary for auditors
trained to the prescribed level to exactly follow the training letter of
July, 1954 in their retraining of certified auditors in their area. The
HASI intends to pick up and stabilize every certificate ever issued at one
time or another, and to that end currently offers a one-month retraining
course at half the cost charged regular students so that certified auditors
can be stabilized in training. For this is a matter of people who do not
know basic techniques or how to work them. It is training, not Scientology,
which is at fault in such a case.
8. HASI TO THE MEMBERSHIP
The Hubbard Association of Scientologists, International is by law a
fellowship of persons actively interested in and to a greater or lesser
extent trained in Scientology. It is not a public organization, but a
professional organization. The casual public member of Scientology who is
interested in its results and what it represents to civilization is
expected to be a member of an affiliated organization such as the Church of
Scientology and the Church of American Science. Those who conduct, process
and handle congregations and the churches are members of the HASI. The
congregations themselves are members of the Church of Scientology or the
Church of American Science. In the role of being a professional
organization, the HASI, then, conducts the schools and seminaries or
regulates the training done by professionals in Scientology.
The HASI is also a publications organization which furnishes the
materials for training done by professionals in Scientology. The HASI is
additionally a research and investigation unit. Publications, research and
investigation, professional services, and the regulation of those actively
practicing Scientology so as to secure good public acceptance, are the
functions of the HASI.
The churches accumulate congregations, conduct public programs, and
generally unify, disseminate and practice Scientology. In other words, here
we have a group of professionals, their publications, and their data
coordination center, who are banded together for the uniform good practice
of their subject and conduct of their activities. And here we have these
professionals operating congregations and units of various kinds which
actively practice Scientology in the public. If you can see this picture
clearly, then you can understand all the organizations of Scientology, and
you will understand the function and services of those organizations.
Under the HASI is the Committee for Examination, Certification and
Services. (This organization was, for a short time in its early days, the
Professional Auditors Guild, International [PAGI] and then the
International Guild of Scientologists [IG of S] but, when the public
confused it to be an additional organization, became the Committee for
Examination, Certification and Services of the HASI, which is what it had
been in function all the time.)
This is the body of principal authority and court of appeals of
Scientology. As the State of Arizona has made the HASI the issuing
authority of certificates in Dianetics and Scientology, and as LRH's
signature previously was all which gave authority to certificates, the
CECS, then, by the laws of the State of Arizona and LRH's own delegation of
certification power, controls all the certificates of Dianetics and
Scientology ever issued.
No other organization or unit of any kind whatsoever has authority to
issue certificates in Dianetics and Scientology outside the scope and
authority of the CECS. The CECS is a committee composed of five Doctors of
Scientology, who also hold Doctors of Divinity in affiliated organizations.
When a Doctor of Scientology in the field has trained someone up to the
level of HCA, and when that person has been examined by another Doctor of
Scientology, the recommendation for certification is forwarded to and
passed by the CECS.
The CECS has representatives on every continent in the world. It is their
purpose to guarantee the good practice of Scientology by all its
practitioners everywhere. This Committee for the HASI also extends various
services to those professionally interested in the practice of Scientology.
These are actually the services of the HASI itself, but it is the CECS
which regulates what they are and polices the communication lines.
In matters of dissemination of materials of Scientology or in the
improvement of practice in the field, or the revocation of or reduction of
certificate levels, it would be the HASI which would be acting, and it
would be acting through the CECS.
The HASI has what might seem at first a peculiar idea of what
constitutes a communications or processing crime. It believes that the
crimes of communication are not comparable to the crimes of non-
communication, and it holds far more detrimental to Scientology a FAILURE
to circulate and communicate than it does TO communicate. If you will look
over the MEST universe you will discover that one is only punished for two
things by the MEST universe. The first of these is for communicating. The
second of these is for being there. Nearly any organization of
professionals which Man has had has specialized almost entirely in
punishing only those who communicated or acted.
We see this reflected in the government, in an army or a navy. In such
places an officer or enlisted man may go through an entire life of service,
piling up crime after crime of omission, and yet arrive with the highest
rank and honors. Such services know, in theory, that there are two crimes:
one is the crime of commission, the other is the crime of omission. Yet
they punish only the crimes of commission. In other words such services
punish only those people who act, who communicate, who try to get something
done. It is very true that you will never get a black mark on your record
in such services if you simply do nothing. In World War II, for instance,
it was common experience for units or men to simply refuse to act even
though their friends or fellows were in danger.
Refusing to communicate, refusing to act, are alike crimes of omission,
of non communication. And when an organization begins to specialize in
punishing those people who communicate, who act, who circulate, that
organization is cutting its own communication lines, its own efficiency,
and spelling out its own eventual defeat.
On this theory, then, the HASI does not specialize in punishing those
who communicate, except, of course, in cases where the communication is
obvious slander intended to injure Scientology or the HASI, done by people
who are not part of the HASI, as the people who conduct campaigns against
Scientology are Scientologists or have been trained in Scientology.
Although Scientology communication lines are sometimes muddled up by
the writings or letters of people condemning Scientology and
Scientologists, a check-up will discover these people to be medical doctors
or psychologists who are utilizing the freedom of speech existing in
Scientology to deter that science from wiping out, as it might possibly do,
medicine and psychiatry and psychology. While it is not the intention of
the HASI to flatten or wipe out any science or field of endeavor, such a
thing is an inevitable consequence of introducing efficiency where
ignorance existed before.
Thus, people from medicine and psychology in particular sometimes use
the communication lines of Scientology, as though they were Scientologists,
in order to condemn Scientology, the HASI, well-known auditors in
Scientology, or L. Ron Hubbard. By cutting the communication lines of such
people one is not cutting any SCIENTOLOGY communication lines. He is
cutting only the communication lines of medicine and psychology, which,
very wrongly, consider themselves to be rivals in the field of Scientology.
Scientology cares nothing about either medicine or psychiatry.
The HASI, by the way, after much sad experience in trying to train
them, now has a rule which forbids the training of medical doctors,
psychiatrists, psychologists, chiropractors and like professionals. A
Doctor of Scientology is permitted to train them only in very special
cases.
The HASI exists to assist communication of Scientologists just as these
data in this book exist. These data are proposed simply because they are
more efficient, not because they are all mandatory. On the other hand, the
CECS for the HASI views very
dimly a Scientologist who has been trained at considerable trouble to the
organization, who has been provided with materials, information, tapes,
with the goodwill of the organization, and who has had the HASI vouch for
him to his practice or his public, then does nothing.
Such a person trained and equipped who is sitting still, who is not
active, or who goes off to other fields and ignores what has been done for
him, and ignores what he was supposed to do with the information, is the
chief target of the HASI's CECS. The HASI will do all in its power to help
such an individual bring his own case level up to an overt point, and to
assist him in his communication and action in the society. But when it is
at last convinced that the person does not mean to communicate, does not
mean to act, then it has no choice but to put him out of action by the
various legal means available to the CECS. In other words, we want no
professional "cases." We want professional auditors.
The CECS also exists to keep Scientology organizations solvent by
proposing to them campaigns and activities which will bring them revenue.
The CECS, however, can be counted upon to act when it becomes convinced
that someone is using Scientology in such a way as to accumulate funds by
whatever means or by becoming a thoroughly bad credit risk so as to
endanger the financial standing of all Scientologists in an area, as
happened in 1954 in Los Angeles.
In case of arrest or severe oppression of a trained Scientologist, the
HASI's CECS is prepared to send into that person's area an attorney to
clarify the situation.
The policy of the HASI to its membership in terms of data is that any
member of the HASI, whether sustaining, special, or professional, is
entitled to possess any of the information available on the subject of
Dianetics or Scientology, and to use that information so as to secure a
wider understanding of Scientology. By such data as is contained in this
booklet the dissemination of such data is made more efficient, but the
dissemination of information advised in this booklet is only recommended-it
is not enforced.
Naturally, the HASI expects someone of the stature of a Doctor of
Scientology to use with great understanding and great effectiveness this
information; it does not enjoin the same efficiency upon a sustaining
member.
This table of information, then, is not a catalog of crimes, but a
catalog of recommended communications. Any member can possess this
information and use the information of Scientology in any way he cares to
use it. The only time use of that information becomes a crime in the eyes
of the HASI is: (a) when he knowingly disseminates information to groups,
or attempts to ape or copy the activities of the HASI under another name
than Scientology; (b) when he causes to be copyrighted any of the materials
of Scientology under his own or an organizational name, or the names of
others whom he controls; (c) when a member who is not certified or who does
not have his certificate in force, or whose membership has lapsed,
practices Scientology professionally for the purpose of professional or
financial gain; (d) when a member or an auditor whose certificate is or is
not in force recommends, advises, or prescribes along with Scientology,
medicine, vitamins, food supplements, or food, or who uses in connection
with his practice any electronic devices, such as diathermy or E-Meters;
(e) any member or certified auditor who combines the practice of
Scientology with chiropractic, psychiatry, osteopathy, naturopathy,
psychology, or any other pseudo-medical or medical activity; (f) any member
or certified auditor who practices Scientology and calls it Dianetics, or
who if certified only to practice Dianetics, does not practice Dianetics
but practices Scientology; (g) who fails to follow the Code of a
Scientologist; (h) any member or auditor who flagrantly and repeatedly
violates in his practice the Auditor's Code, 1954.
The reason there is any punitive activity at all on the part of the
HASI's CECS lies with the member or auditor himself. A professional auditor
has a right to personal good public repute, and he has a right to be
respected for the reason that that which he represents is respected. He has
a right to practice Scientology without harassment from those in his
immediate area and he has a right to be free from wildcat and unauthorized
activities in his area destructive to the general repute of Scientology.
Further, he has a
right to benefit from the general accumulation of people in the society who
have got well because of Scientology. It is in the personal interest of
every auditor that any auditor who processes anybody secure excellent
results upon that person, for that person will then tell others and so good
practices can be built and held.
He has a right, as well, to standardized fees, not cut to pieces by
somebody, not authorized, processing poorly and for very little.
Furthermore, he has a right to have in any preclear he receives from any
other Scientologist a person whose case is already well advanced. Here is
an auditor who has been trained, who has studied his subject, who has
accumulated experience, and who is prepared to deliver good results. He
goes into an area where somebody has been using Dianetics or Scientology
without any attention to what they actually are, has been using it
unethically, and who has been getting very poor results. This trained
auditor is immediately victimized by the repute of the subject in that
area. A member or an auditor has rights to be respected for what they are.
People who would cut those rights to pieces or render them less must, of
course, be policed.
The ease of policing, if we must call it that, in Scientology rests on
the fact that the materials of Scientology are a scientific organization of
data adequately and amply copyrighted and owned, and a member or an auditor
of the HASI has a right to use them; but a person who is not a member or an
auditor does not have any right either to use them or to possess them, and
can be sued for doing so.
Furthermore, such a person practicing Scientology illegally, or using
the materials of Scientology illegally, can be sued by an individual
auditor in an area by an authority sent to that individual auditor by the
CECS.
As far as public attacks upon individual auditors, the HASI or LRH are
concerned, it has been discovered that all those who have attacked along
these lines in the past, by some strange coincidence, are criminally liable
for other things on quite other counts for the most part. This is not a
hopeful statement, nor an effort to propagandize any doubter into thinking
that these attacks are untrue. They are untrue, they were untrue at the
time.
Further, such attacks do relatively little damage, and in all truth, we
don't spend much time worrying over being attacked. We like others to have
to worry about that. But, behind every one of these attacks, every time
they have occurred in the past, has rested a criminal record of one kind or
another. These were the kind of people one would employ if one were some
hostile organization. The chief person responsible for attacks upon LRH's
character in recent years was, for instance, expelled from college during
his second year for grand larceny and is guilty of at least one count of
perjury before Federal Courts. Another person, who made the biggest splash
in the newspapers (in California, where else?) was found, upon
investigation, to have come from a criminal family, to have been a member
of an organization pledged to overthrow the United States Government by
force, and who committed, in making attacks, perjury on several counts, and
who, when finally confronted with this fact, signed full confessions of
perjury. Not all the people, of course, who make attacks upon Scientology,
its organizations, its auditors or LRH, do so from any other motive than
confusion. They don't know what any of these things are about and are
afraid.
But when these attacks assume a public crescendo, it has been
discovered in the past that the attacker was a criminal by record; thus you
can see the ease with which such people can be handled. Oddly enough, there
are only about twenty people in all these five years who have made such
attacks, and who have caused difficulties for this work. Not all of these
are known to be criminals, and not all of them have committed actual crimes
while making these attacks so far as we know, but the most serious of these
attacks WERE made by criminals. Therefore, an individual auditor finding
himself confronted in an area by scurrilous and vicious attacks has only to
trace these to their actual author and then trace the actual author,
through police or "private eyes," to find that he has far more upon which
to base charges than merely a dislike of Scientology. Normally such attacks
are motivated by a frantic need for secrecy and the fear that any subject
which could if it wished penetrate to the inmost secrets of a being would
disclose things which such people feel would disgrace them forever.
Now this matter of punishment is not a very happy subject, but neither is
it a very happy subject for individual auditors or an organization to be
engaged upon a provenly sincere course of intent in civilization, and yet
be balked by people who have no understanding or who represent the baser
elements of a society. If we find all this uproar and entheta stemming,
over a period of five years, from only twenty people, we can see that
twenty people meaning no good can create a considerable communication block
to us. Thus it is the responsibility of the individual auditor in his area,
if he wishes to guarantee himself a quiet, pleasant, beneficial and
remunerative practice, to be very alert, and quite punitive where
unauthorized persons and uninformed persons go on an all-out attack against
him, against Scientology, against its organizations, or who illegally use
or misuse Scientology.
And all of Scientology holds such a member or auditor as their hope in
smoothing out our communication lines. It is an entirely moral duty to be
punitive against strangers and outsiders who would stop the progress of
this civilization.
It might be felt at times that by becoming possessed of a greater
wisdom, a greater freedom, an individual has to some degree separated
himself from the human race. True enough, he has separated himself from the
more stupid elements of the human race, but it is not true that he has
divorced himself from the foremost and fundamental drive of man. He has,
quite the contrary, come much closer to it and the truth of living by being
in Scientology. When one has the feeling that he has become an outsider by
becoming a Scientologist, he has the tendency not to use the civilization
or its processes themselves in carrying forward his course of existence.
A member, or certified auditor, being himself a saner and more
civilized person, and being closer to the actual goals of government and
society, which are, of course, in any actually civilized land the
betterment of that society, has more right to use the government and
activity lines of a people than those who would do less by their fellows.
In other words, a member of the HASI or a trained Scientologist has full
and complete rights to utilize whatever governmental facilities, licensing
agencies, institutions, courts, police, legislation's, and communication
lines there are in that society. A member or trained auditor confronted by
disagreement from specialized interest finds himself confronted by people
who would like a member or trained auditor to believe that they, not he,
represent the legal side of the society. This is not true.
The person with the purer intent represents the civilized side of the
society, not the person who exists solely for vested interest or personal
gain. Remember that courts of law, officers of the law, institutions,
regulations, legislatures, congresses, are more yours than they belong to
your opponent. A Scientologist is no outlaw in a society, but is the
catalyst of that society, and as such he may and should use every facility
that society possesses to pull itself up to higher levels of beingness. In
other words, if a Scientologist finds somebody doing wrong in the field of
healing, he has the full and complete right to use any and all police
courts, legislation, to right that wrong.
The HASI exists to back up any such move made. Remember, the HASI does
not exist to punish communication and action, but to further it. When it
cuts communication lines it is not cutting any SCIENTOLOGY communication
lines.
America was civilized by a militant ministry, and when that ministry
ceased to be militant we saw on every hand the decay and decline of civil
government. We saw a rise of crime and a lowering of public morals. Most
churches in Western civilization hold that civil government has been
convened and authorized by a Divine Source, and that civil government only
exists by reason of that source, and that civil government is only valid
because of Divine Source, and that the members of these congregations
follow civil government only so long as it does not controvert any part of
the words of Jesus Christ as declared in the New Testament. In other words,
these churches conceive themselves to be a higher entity than civil
government. We do not declare this for Scientology, only insofar as it is
the custom of religious organizations, but we do declare that the
Scientologist, having a purer intent, has a better right to the use of
civil government processes than those who exist for more base purposes.
Scientology exists to further and better the government of people, and
believes in the principles of democracy, the Magna Carta, the Constitution
of the United States,
and also the Bill of Rights. And it believes that civil government should
be dedicated to the government of the people, that it should not exist for
graft, that it should not be used by individuals for personal enrichment,
that its courts must be just and that its law must be for the greater good
of the greater number of people.
Scientology was selflessly created and composed. It would have been
easy to have made millions or even billions from its creation. It would be
easy for an auditor, by narrowing his processing to the rich, to maintain
himself in affluence and luxury. Scientology could only have been conceived
if one had no desire for personal gain or aggrandizement. The authorship of
Scientology is publicly known solely because that was the only way
Scientology could be protected in its formative years. It would best have
been conceived from a complete obscurity, but the controls necessary for
its proper practice and dissemination would not then have been possible.
For every time it has been "turned loose" it has become enturbulated.
The endless ages and a higher authority have continuously operated in
the formulation and the purposes of Scientology.
It is necessary for the HASI to release to its membership and its
auditors all the information which is known. The reason for this lies in
the fact that Western Civilization is becoming more and more enturbulated
and its communication lines are being cut. A disastrous result could occur
in an atomic war if the materials of Scientology were not broadly held.
Furthermore, it would be dangerous for the materials of Scientology to be
monopolized in one area. A Doctor of Scientology, holding the materials of
Scientology for the training of persons up to certified level, may
occasionally find it embarrassing to discover that one student or another
has already examined all the materials. But it will not be embarrassing to
that Doctor of Scientology the moment he starts to actually train such a
person into the uses of Scientology. For people have to be trained into
Scientology. We have yet to find one person who was not so trained who was
expert in it, and we have found only those persons who were long and
arduously trained could obtain the results contained in it.
9. HASI TO TRAINED SCIENTOLOGIST
The professional auditor is given specific information of a highly
technical nature through the Professional Auditor's Bulletins, through the
circulation of tapes, and on occasion by personal letter from the HASI.
Additionally, auditors who have not been trained up to a level where they
can achieve uniformly good results are given specialized training courses
at reduced fees by Doctors of Scientology and by the HASI.
Many data of organizational nature are circulated to trained
Scientologists which are not circulated to the general membership.
10. HASI TO THE GENERAL PUBLIC
It would be the rare occasion, no matter what the substance, for the
HASI to release to the general public through the public presses and
magazines of the country any information of any kind whatsoever about
anything.
The HASI is not a secret organization, and the materials it has to hand
are not secret materials, but it has been discovered in five years that the
general level of the public press is such that it interviews with a pre-
formed conclusion, and might as well have written the story before it did
the interview. Several such interviews granted in the recent months have
resulted in no story being written, for that was the way the reporter was
handled. He had come to write anything sensational or bad as ordered by his
editor, and he found himself confronting programs and activities which he
became afraid to slander. In such cases interviews were granted in order to
stop stories, not to give them out. In all the thousands of articles
published on Dianetics and Scientology, only three or four published in
minor publications gave anything like the rendition of the subjects or
their activities. The stories were preconceived before interview.
Therefore, all the interview could do was to convince the person he
couldn't write the story he had planned to write, and so that prevented him
from writing any story at all.
In other words, the moment a reporter discovered that he could not write a
bad story, he did not want to write any story. And this applies to
reporters who are "friendly," who promise faithfully all good intent and
good press, and who have even been processed successfully. They wrote
knowingly inaccurate libel, whatever they said.
If this is the general intent of the public press, then it is our
experience that interviews are better forgotten, and that press releases
should not be engaged upon, and that reporters should not be granted
interviews, whatever they promise. Dianetics and Scientology would have
made far more progress had there been no single word about them in the
public presses.
Newspapers, magazines, do not represent public opinion, and are not the
formative agencies of the public. The only time they become formative
agencies in public opinion is when they express something bad badly enough
to completely blacken a person or an action. Then the public will become
alert and cease to have anything to do with that person or action. It could
be said about the modem press that if they were to know for certain that
there existed newly discovered an immediate cure for every case of polio in
the world, they would mention it somewhere inside the paper, in small
print. But that if one doctor in examining one polio case made an error in
its handling, then the incident would receive headlines.
The motto of the press is "it is all bad over there." Although several
commentators of international repute have, from time to time, given
Dianetics and Scientology and LRH a resounding pat on the back, these
comments have been completely lost in an avalanche of misinformed and
inaccurate material appearing in the press.
Any auditor will find it so. The mere fact that somebody is trying to
do something for the good of the society is sufficient to bring the modem
press down upon him, according to our experience. For example, the other
day an auditor performed a miracle the Pope himself would have been proud
to own. A child had died, was dead, had been pronounced dead by a doctor,
and the auditor, by calling the thetan back and ordering him to take over
the body again, brought the child to life. The child had died because it
felt it was not wanted by its parents.
The public presses knew about this-they did not care to remark upon it.
In another place, not too long ago, a Scientologist who had been a Justice
of the Peace, used, when he opened up a practice, J.P. after his name, and
there were four columns of critical and blasting print about that auditor
and about Scientology.
The public at large does not think this way. That is one of the reasons
why newspapers today aren't being read to the degree that they were.
Probably only the funny papers keep them being sold at all.
The HASI is very alert to the fact that word of mouth, and actual
Scientology publications, are the only accurate or decent dissemination
Scientology or its organizations will receive within the general public.
Scientology programs, then, are based solidly and entirely upon the
production of results with Scientology upon people in the general public.
If this policy is understood, then the actions of the HASI in handling
situations or organizations can be much better understood.
At this writing an HASI clinic in City "A" has been closed while an
HASI representative conducts there refresher courses. It was not that the
clinic was entirely insolvent. It was barely breaking even. But it was
noticed that the number of people coming to it was reducing week to week.
Originally the clinic had been opened to demonstrate to the public by a
series of solved cases that Scientology worked. Therefore an examination of
cases was quietly undertaken by the HASI and it was discovered that the
auditing being done in the City "A" clinic was not as good as it should
have been. The immediate result of this, of course, was for the clinic to
have fewer and fewer people calling. Therefore this was not acting as a
public dissemination line and that was all it was there for.
An able auditor of the HASI was immediately dispatched to improve the
training in general in City "A" and to conduct specifically an arduous and
exacting course of training on a few select auditors there. When these have
been trained, graduated, and
have had some experience, some of their number will be used in a reopened
City "A" clinic. And these practicing in that clinic will send out into the
public people who know that Scientology has gotten results upon them.
The entire dependence of the HASI is upon good results in the public.
Through an affiliated organization a test city operation was recently begun
in the United States. Only one mailing, if a large one, was released to the
public. Free processing was to be given every weekend by this organization.
These free processing groups began immediately and systematically to grow,
and the people who came to them stayed on and have remained week after
week, more and more progressively in favor of Scientology, and more and
more talking about it to their friends. Now this is true gain and this can
be done in any city in the United States.
The HASI, through its affiliated organizations in this test city, has
begun a program of visitation whereby every institution of whatever kind in
the city is being made into a "regular beat" for the ministers of this
organization. These persons are equipped with a small amount of literature
and a very large amount of willingness to help. As they visit people in
these institutions, these hospitals, these homes, the public at large will
become more and more aware of Scientology.
The policy on which the HASI operates is that it trains and equips
members and auditors, and provides them with the example of results and
then assists them in going forth to produce results upon the public. The
communication line of the HASI to the general public is one of result, and
that is the only way we feel that Scientology will make progress. No other
way produces any lasting result.
Our policy then is to produce and assist auditors and to hold them
secure in their professions, and to aid them in every possible way to go
out into the society and produce results.
Beyond the general message contained under sections one and two of this
article, we do not expect ministers to preach about Scientology, we expect
them to use Scientology. We expect them to secure with what they can do,
congregations, and groups which are part of the affiliated organizations of
the HASI, to support their endeavors by such groups and individual
processing, and to process and give programs of public betterment to these
groups, and to bring the more able members of these groups into higher
technical understanding of Scientology, and so make out of them members or
auditors of the HASI. And by thus creating more able people to give
Scientology an excellent word-of-mouth communication line to the public at
large.
Visiting institutions, hospitals, schools, attending and becoming part
of civic functions, by direct mailings, we assist our people to accumulate
groups and congregations and, by thus accumulating such groups and
congregations and by processing, to give them a higher understanding,
better health, to so reach wider and wider into civilization. In announcing
its policies to the general public through direct mailings and through its
auditors, the HASI makes available such materials as those contained in
this manual, except for this general communication plan, in the hope that a
better civilization will result.
Until Man has a clear, bold understanding of what Man is and has a
Science of Humanity, we will continue to fight and punish and misgovern,
and it will get worse than it is unless somebody takes some responsibility.
Scientologists are taking that responsibility. We know this can be a
better, saner world.
It is not the purpose of the HASI or its affiliated organizations to
overthrow or destroy by violence any group or government in the world. It
is hoped by the HASI that a higher understanding will result in a higher
and better civilization which will not have to have recourse to violence
and war for the settlement of its disputes. A civilization in which disease
and insanity are viewed as sub optimum rather than normal, and a
civilization which holds that a civilized man is one that is his soul and
that a man who holds himself to be a body and to have no soul is an animal.
In keeping with this program, the HASI issues books intended for use by
the general public, and to interest them in the goals which Man, in the
many ages past, has envisioned for Man. It is possible now. But not unless
we go about it in a sane and orderly fashion ourselves. That is the reason
for our organizations and communications plans.
P.A.B. No. 48
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11
_____________________________________________________________________
18 March 1955
OPENING PROCEDURE BY DUPLICATION
Numbered R2-17 in The Creation of Human Ability and the mimeo edition
of this, The Auditor's Handbook, available from the HASI in Phoenix,
Opening Procedure by Duplication has been doing things to cases hitherto
untouched by extensive and intricate auditing.
Because this process is very arduous to run on people below boredom on
the tone scale, and because it has very often been used on people on whom
it should not be used, it was early called "Dirty 30." Actually, "Dirty 30"
is Procedure 30, which encompassed what is now R2-17 and two other steps.
Ranting and raving has gone on in various locales because of Opening
Procedure by Duplication. It has been branded as a hypnotic technique. The
fact of the matter is, it runs out hypnosis and in the process of running
it the restimulation of hypnotism is sufficiently marked to make an auditor
and a preclear believe that hypnotism is taking place. However, Opening
Procedure by Duplication continued on past this point runs on out the
hypnotism.
Before one does Opening Procedure by Duplication one should have done
the earlier steps of the six processes, which are: Two-Way Communication,
Elementary Straight Wire, and Opening Procedure of 8-C. Only when these are
thoroughly accomplished should one attempt Opening Procedure by
Duplication. Furthermore, it is a very good thing for an auditor to have
had Opening Procedure by Duplication run on him before he tries to run it
on preclears, for the technique is very difficult upon an auditor who,
himself, cannot duplicate.
Inability to duplicate is also inability to be cause, and inability to
be effect. The reason one has an engram bank is because "it mustn't happen
again," or "it must happen again." In order to make sure that something
does not happen again, one has a picture of it which he considers necessary
to prevent him from duplicating the action. The existence of a picture, of
course, will eventually make him follow the action and follow the dictates
of the picture. Thus we get the action of an engram and restimulation.
The minimum time to run Opening Procedure by Duplication (R2-17) would
be two-and-a-half hours. There is no sense in running the process twenty
minutes, for it may well happen that the preclear can bear up for a little
while, only to bog thoroughly on the process.
Run on people who are below boredom on the tone scale, the auditor may
experience the preclear's bolting from the session.
Copyright (�) 1955 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
When Opening Procedure by Duplication is being run, it is common for the
preclear, by comments and reactions, to dramatize the Know to Mystery
Scale. The Know to Mystery Scale, of course, is a very long, tall scale,
but any section of this scale has in it the various levels of Know to
Mystery. Thus, one can see a preclear going up from Mystery through Sex,
through Eating, through Effort, through Emotion, through Looking, to
Knowing, then going through a different, higher harmonic of Mystery, then
Sex, then Eating, and so forth. The auditor may not see him go through all
of the grades on the Know to Mystery Scale in order, but will see him
spotting one after another of the levels of this scale. The preclear will
make such comments as "Looks good enough to eat," "There's a lot of work
connected with this," "It's a mystery to me." Going up the Mystery to Know
Scale, one of course crosses the Emotional Scale, which was described and
witnessed in Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health, but this
Emotional Scale is, of course, a part of the Know to Mystery Scale.
In Great Britain, where auditors have used for the two objects required
a book and a bottle, the process is called "Book and Bottle." These two
objects are a very good choice for working the process. A book, for
instance, is placed in one part of a room, and a bottle is placed in
another part of a room, far enough apart so that a preclear will have to
walk between them. The auditor then sends him back and forth from one to
the other, using for each item a stereotyped series of questions, which
actually, themselves, never vary. Because these questions never vary, the
auditor is apt to forget that he must maintain a two-way communication with
the preclear. The auditor is not doing Opening Procedure by Duplication,
the preclear is doing Opening Procedure by Duplication. When the preclear
talks and asks questions and when he volunteers information, the auditor,
of course, must answer him. There must be a discussion of some sort from
time to time, and the auditor who is not content with the fact that the
preclear has actually looked at it should, of course, insist that the
preclear look at the object, or that he weigh it more carefully. However,
one can err very easily in the direction of varying the process. Remember
that no matter how much talking goes on, the basic process is the same. And
the order of the commands, and the commands themselves, are all exactly the
same.
To quote R2-17 from The Creation of Human Ability, which is the printed
edition of The Auditor's Handbook:
R2-17: Opening Procedure by Duplication is begun only after the
preclear has some reality on his environment. Until the preclear's reality
on his environment is good, Opening Procedure by Duplication should not be
done, for the preclear only turns on an unreality circuit and goes through
it mechanically. The first part of Opening Procedure by Duplication is to
get the preclear to examine, communicate with and own (somewhat on the
order of Opening Procedure of 8-C) two dissimilar objects. These objects
are then placed several feet apart and at a level so that the preclear can
pick them up without bending over, but so that he has to walk between them.
Once the auditor is entirely satisfied that the preclear has reality on
these objects and can own them he then begins Opening Procedure by
Duplication with the following commands, supposing that one of the objects
was a book and the other was an ash tray, "Go over to the book." "Look at
it." "Pick it up." "What is its color?" At this point the preclear must
give an answer. "What is its temperature?" Here the preclear must answer
again. "What is its weight?" Here again the preclear must answer. "Put it
down in exactly the same place." When the preclear has executed, "Go over
to the ash tray." "Look at it." "Pick it up." "What is its color?" The
preclear says an answer. "What is its temperature?" The preclear says his
answer. "What is its weight?" The preclear says his answer. "Put it down
exactly in the same place." When the preclear has executed, "Go over to the
book," and the same words and the same formula are used over and over again
until the preclear has had a sufficient number of hours of Opening
Procedure by Duplication to enable him to do it without communication lag,
without protest, without apathy, but only cheerfulness, each time seeing
the items
newly. This is a process which is done by the hour. The process is better
when done consecutively for so many hours rather than done an hour apiece
each day for several days. This procedure is the first step of Procedure
30.
[pic]
* 5503C21 DEMO Auditing Demo-LRH
* 5503C21 DEMO Auditing Demo-LRH
* 5503C22 DEMO Auditing Demo-LRH
* 5503C22 DEMO Auditing Demo-LRH
* 5503C23 DEMO Auditing Demo-LRH
* 5503C23 DEMO Auditing Demo-LRH
** 5503C23 PLPS-7&8 Scientology: A Technical Subject-Communication
Lag,
Principal Kinds Found in a Pc
* 5503C24 DEMO Auditing Demo-LRH
* 5503C24 DEMO Auditing Demo-LRH
* 5503C25 DEMO Auditing Demo-LRH
* 5503C25 DEMO Auditing Demo-LRH
** 5503C26 HPC-2 Axiom 51
* 5503C28 DEMO LRH Auditing Demo
* 5503C28 DEMO LRH Auditing Demo
* 5503C29 DEMO Afternoon Auditing Demo
* 5503C29 DEMO Afternoon Auditing Demo
** 5503C30 PLPS-9 Conquered Territory (a summary of the
achievements
and directions of Scientology)
* 5503C30 PPS Group Processing
* 5503C30 PLPS- 10 Session: "Making Things Real and Unreal"
THE WAY RON WORKS
Many people have questioned me regarding Ron's research and
investigation into the human mind. The funny thing is that the majority of
the hundreds of research cases on whom he worked to give us the principles
for building a better world were never aware of who he was or what he was
doing. They had never heard of Dianetics or Scientology. All they knew or
were aware of was that they felt better, their bad eyesight or maybe the
limp in a once injured leg was gone.
Wherever we have been it has always been the same-in England, Belgium,
France, Germany, Spain, or here in our United States-rich or poor, young or
old, diseased or insane, there has always been the hidden man, woman and
child behind the scenes who were helped and who, but did they know it, were
contributing to the furtherance of a science. To me, the most important
foundation upon which Dianetics and Scientology is built was stated in the
First Book-that is, "Man is basically good." I know of no one who believes
this as strongly as Ron does. It is my feeling that this alone in times of
contemptuous press, financial difficulties, the betrayal of friends-times
when it seemed that all he had built was crumbling to pieces, kept him
going, kept him persisting to his goal of helping MAN.
In Phoenix after the fall of Wichita, a producer with whom Ron had
worked in Hollywood came to see us at our small apartment. He was offering
Ron what would seem to the ordinary man like ice cream and cake for
eternity. After picturing this dream in the clouds, he said to Ron, "Now,
really, do you think this Dianetics, this research of yours, is worth it?"
Ron sat for a very long time-silent, his eyes closed. Finally after what
had seemed like hours he opened his eyes, and said, "Yes! Yes I do." After
his producer friend left, I asked him why he had taken so long to answer.
He replied, "I was watching pass before me a parade of all the people I had
helped, their expression one of hope and faith in the goodness of the
future. Nothing can be worth more to me than that."
And that's the way he is. His belief in the innate goodness of Man, in
being able to bring this and Man's abilities to the fore continues him in
his research. It enables him to communicate to anyone despite their
physical disability to do so, or any language barrier.
His preclears are all over the world. The time he has spent processing
is too vast to enumerate. Even he does not know the hours; he works and
there is no time to him. This used to be very disconcerting to me. I
remember one time in Spain, I had spent the whole morning shopping in the
market and the whole afternoon preparing dinner on one oil burner and a
charcoal fire. This was a difficult process for one used to supermarkets
and a gas range. Ron had gone to the park. Dinner time passed. The food got
soupy from reheating and the charcoal supply got nil. My patience wilted
and I went to the park. I found him sitting at a sidewalk cafe, a middle-
aged Spaniard with him. He motioned me to sit down and be silent. He was
processing. The fellow had been in the Russian army, had fought in the
battle of Stalingrad and then had been forced into servitude in Siberia.
His legs had been so badly frozen that they would not bend at the joints.
This peglegged walk was to carry him through life and to deny him work
because of his slowness. After Ron had finished, we invited him home to
dinner. He walked naturally again. His realization of what had happened to
him did not come until he walked to the door to leave. He suddenly stopped
and began shouting, "I walk-I walk. "
There are many such people and many more-you in the field have not
been idle either these five years. Maybe someday we can realize Ron's
Project. Very few know about it, but someday he hopes to have every auditor
in the field "who is worth his stuff as an auditor" on the HASI payroll.
They would be given some person-someone in high government position,
someone in the arts, someone in religion-people who are in the public eye
and who supply thousands morale in the forms of good public works, books,
paintings, humor, spiritual aid, to bird-dog until they submitted to
processing. These auditors could then simply process and promote without
depending upon public approval or financial support which is dependent upon
public approval. Maybe someday we can accomplish this. It is a goal worth
working toward. We, too, will have a better world someday.
It is Ron's dream and yours and mine.
MARY SUE HUBBARD
from Ability Minor 3, ca. early
April 1955
P.A.B. No. 49
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11
_____________________________________________________________________
1 April 1955
THE REMEDY OF HAVINGNESS
There is a great deal of upper-echelon theory connected with the Remedy
of Havingness as a process, for here we are dealing with energy and the
reasons and operations of a thetan in regard to it.
Just why a thetan should get himself so completely snarled up in energy
might be an entire mystery to anyone who did not realize that a thetan has
to cut down his knowingness and his total presence in order to have a game.
The awareness of awareness unit builds space to cut down knowingness. Space
makes it necessary, then, to look at something in order to know about it.
The next thing a thetan does to cut down his knowingness is to create
energy and to pass it to other thetans and to bring in the energy of other
thetans so as to get a duration and a time span. If the thetan is
successful and obtains a game in this wise, he continues on with this modus
operandi of having a game, and when he does not have a game he simply cuts
his knowingness down once more. Of course, he reaches a point eventually
where he does not get a game simply by cutting down his knowingness, and
eventually assumes a fairly fixed, stupid, aspect. He is below the level of
having games, but because he has cut down his knowingness he does not know,
now, that he is below the level of having games and thinks that all that is
necessary to get another game is to further cut down his knowingness. He is
by this time obsessively dramatizing the lowering of knowingness.
When one speaks of knowingness, one should realize that one is speaking
of an embracive thing. Everything on the Know to Mystery Scale is simply a
greater condensation or reduction of knowingness. At first one simply
knows. Then he makes some space and some energy, and so now he has
knowingness in terms of looking. By changing the position of the particles
of energy thus created, and by exchanging particles with others, extant or
self-created, the thetan cuts down his knowingness further, and gets time,
and so gets emotion and sensation. When these become solid, he has effort
particles and masses. Now, he could cut down his knowingness further by
refusing to use emotion and effort, but by thinking about them thus
introducing new VIAs into his line of knowingness. And, when he no longer
knows entirely by thinking, he ceases to create knowingness and begins to
eat, and from eating he drops into the ready-made sensation of sex instead
of knowing what happens in the future. And from here he drops down into
postulated mystery as something one cannot possibly know about. In other
words, one gets a continued reduction of knowingness in order to have
games. The greatest chess player in the world has no game, since he can
predict that he will win and predict everything that opponents will do, so
he will simply demonstrate how to play chess. Sooner or later, he will
announce that he is "burned out" or has lost his knack for playing chess,
and will go off into some other field where he can have a game. The field
he will choose will be a less wisdom-demanding field than playing chess. A
boxer, such as some of the very great ones of the past, will reduce his
timing, which is to say his knowingness of arrival, to a point where he can
at least put on a
Copyright (�) 1955 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
good exhibition, and from this they will further reduce their knowingness,
and then not noticing how far they have gone, get themselves thoroughly and
consistently beaten. There will be a period, however, when they are fairly
evenly matched against their opponents.
To understand this with any thoroughness, one would have to recognize
the intention back of all communication. Creation, Survival, and
Destruction is knowingness. When somebody talks to you his intention is to
continue in a parity where he can have an interchange of communication,
which is to say a game. He takes knowingness from you, and gives
knowingness to you, with one form of communication or another. Two soldiers
fighting and shooting at each other are using a bullet to make the other
man know. What is there to know in this situation? That one is dead, of
course, and for the victor, that one has won.
It is dangerous, alike, to a thetan, to have too many wins or too many
losses. Give him too many wins, and he will correct in the direction of
reducing his knowingness as represented by his dexterity, his prediction,
his activity. Give him too many losses and he will seek another game, even
to the point where he will die and pick up another body. Because the
decision is on the basis of knowingness, the decision is always downward.
One does not decide upward toward greater knowingness, actually, unless one
has the full and complete intention of winning in a new game. If one
discovers that there are no wins or losses either to be found in this new
game, one will reduce one's own knowingness, even to the point of
forgetting all of his knowledge concerning it, in order to ensure a game.
As there is not an infinity of games in progress, one is apt, as he
comes down seventy-four trillion years of track, to play out the available
games and to put them in the category of "it must not happen again." One
then becomes bored. One is only bored when there is no game possible, from
his viewpoint. Actually, all he has to do is become enthusiastic about the
game on his own consideration and he will begin to know more about it
again.
A thetan considers that some form or mass is necessary in order to have
a game. He gets into the belief that he cannot create new masses, and so he
begins to hold on to old masses, and here, whether he is exteriorized or in
a body, we find him holding on hard to old facsimiles, old significances,
old decisions, rather than taking on new decisions.
The Remedy of Havingness directly addresses the problems of giving the
thetan something "to play with." When he discovers that he can have new
masses, he will begin to let go of old masses. It is an easily observed
phenomenon while having a preclear Remedy Havingness, that old engrams go
into restimulation, go into restimulation and run out, that they show up in
front of his face and suddenly explode or disappear. The Remedy of
Havingness actively does run out engrams.
This process is used from boredom up to conservatism for its best
results.
This process is done by asking the preclear to mock up something and
pull it in, or mock up something and throw it away. When a thetan is
exteriorized, if you want to see him get very unhappy, make him change
space until he begins to lose all the energy he is holding on to, and then
fail to remedy his havingness. The thetan will become convinced that he is
only a thought, and is therefore, by his standards, unable to have a game.
Tell him to mock up eight anchor points in the form of the corners of a
cube around him and pull them in upon himself. Ask him to do it several
more times, and he immediately brightens up and becomes very happy. Why is
this? You have reassured him that he can have a game.
The cutting down of knowingness and the Remedy of Havingness have
opposite vectors. The Remedy of Havingness will knock out old energy masses
the thetan is
holding on to, or that the body is holding on to, which tell the thetan he
is stupid. The supplanting of these by new energy masses which do not have
the postulate of cutdown knowingness in them of course makes the thetan
brighter.
When you find a theory detached from a process and not demonstrating
itself in a process, there must be something wrong with the theory.
Similarly, if what I say here about condensed knowingness being all other
things, and the cut-down of knowingness, were not demonstrated in the
process of Remedy of Havingness, then we would have to get ourselves a new
theory. However, this is demonstrated very definitely. Those people who
cannot remedy havingness, wherever they are on the tone scale, can be
brought to a point where they will remedy havingness simply by asking them
what they wouldn't mind knowing. The consideration of what they are willing
to know then begins to rise.
If you only could see a Black Five operate you would see that his
barriers are all erected toward knowing something. Of course he is very
afraid of being told something bad, and so doesn't want to be told anything
at all, and when the auditor gives him a command he never receives the
command as given, but does something else. He has a block up against
knowingness to such a degree that he will eventually permit himself to be
pressed into complete inactive stupidity. What are those black screens for?
Basically to keep him from knowing. Knowing what? Then one will have to
look closely at the definition of a datum. A datum is an invention which
has become agreed upon and so solidified. In other words, a datum is to
some degree a solidity, even if it is merely a symbol. To get into this
state it has to be agreed upon. When it is thoroughly agreed upon it
becomes, then, a truth. It is not at all a truth. It is an invention. What
made it sure or what made it real was the fact that it was agreed upon.
This opens the doors further to other processes.
In order to get the preclear in good condition we would have to put him
into some kind of a condition so that he could create. The first thing he
is liable to be able to create in auditing is a lie. The word "lie" is
simply "invention with a bad connotation." Society gives invention that
connotation because of its anxiety to have a game and to agree, and so be
able to communicate with one another.
Thus society frowns upon the invention of facts, yet the preclear's
sanity and continued happiness absolutely depend upon his ability to create
new facts. The technique which remedies this is included in "The Creation
of Sanity," number R2-29: "Start Lying." One can vary this auditing command
with "Tell me some lies about your past," and then keep the preclear at it
long enough so that the preclear is able to come out of the complete blur
which will follow on the heels of his taking over the function of and
running of his memory machines. The invention of data is a step immediately
toward the remedy of havingness. Simply asking the preclear what he
wouldn't mind knowing, what he wouldn't mind having other people knowing
about him will bring him into a condition where he can mock up and remedy
havingness.
The Remedy of Havingness is the companion process to Spotting Spots,
which will be taken up in the next PAB. The Remedy of Havingness, simply as
a process by itself, if worked up to by getting the preclear willing to
know things, and willing for other people to know things, and run
thoroughly so that whole avalanches of masses can pour into him or pour out
of him, will actually run out an entire engram bank, and thus is an
extremely valuable process.
It has been reported by several auditors that exteriorization was
accomplished on preclears by making them remedy havingness and do nothing
else for eight or ten hours.
The auditing commands for the Remedy of Havingness are: "Mock up
something," "Pull it in," until the preclear is doing this easily. Then,
"Mock up something,"
"Throw it away," until the preclear can do this easily. The significance
of the object may be added by the auditor with "Pull in an ideal body," or
some such thing, but the actual fact is that the actual significance does
nothing for the preclear. It is the mass which counts. The auditor can have
the preclear pull things in two at a time, six at a time. He can have the
preclear mock up something, copy it a dozen times, one time after another,
then pull in the whole mass, but the real reason he is doing this with the
preclear should never drop from sight. The auditor is remedying havingness
in order to give the preclear enough mass to permit him to discard old
masses which he is holding on to and doesn't know anything about.
[The above was reissued as HCO B 5 May 1972R, Revised 17 January 1973, The
Remedy of Havingness. ]
[pic]
* 5504C01 DEMO LRH Auditing Demo
* 5504C01 DEMO LRH Auditing Demo
* 5504C01 SAC-1 1st Hour Staff Auditors' Conference Series
** 5504C02 PLPS The Second Dynamic
** 5504C02 HPC-3 Axiom 51 in Action (The creation and uncreation of
energy and masses by postulate; Knowingness; and
Communication)
* 5504C04 SAC-2 Scale of Awareness [see page 191]
* 5504C04 DEMO LRH Auditing Demo
* 5504C06 PLPS-11 On the Second Dynamic
* 5504C06 PLPS-12 Session: "What Could You Say To .....?"
* 5504C07 DEMO LRH Auditing Demo
5504C08 CONF Staff Auditor Conference-Peggy's Report and
Ron's Comments
** 5504C09 HPC-4 Consequences and a New Understanding of the Six
Basic Processes (how to discover with precision and
raise the reality level of the preclear)
** 5504C13 PLPS-14 The Eight Dynamics
* 5504C13 PLPS-15 Session: Find Present Time
P.A.B. No. 50
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11
_____________________________________________________________________
15 April 1955
REMEDY OF HAVINGNESS-THE PROCESS
"When in doubt, remedy havingness."
This is a motto which can well be followed by an auditor doing any
process on any preclear.
But, if there is a process which one should do with any other process,
then that process should be understood thoroughly, for if done incorrectly
it would be likely to produce confusion into all the other processes of
Dianetics and Scientology.
Therefore, in the first place, let us examine with rigor the name of
this process. It is REMEDY OF HAVINGNESS. By "remedy" one means the
correction of any aberrated condition. By "havingness" one means mass or
objects. The process could also be called "Remedy of Un-Havingness." It
could also be called "Remedy of Acceptingness." It could also be called
"Remedy of Rejectingness."
To those people who are deficient in havingness, the process is liable
to mean that the auditor should increase the havingness of the preclear.
Such an auditor with this misunderstanding would have the preclear put up
large masses and push them into his body or himself. The auditor would
neglect having the preclear throw away objects and masses.
If the auditor misunderstood the process and simply assumed that it had
something to do with havingness, and if his own havingness were too great,
he would be likely to specialize on all preclears by having the preclear
throw things away.
Actually, the auditor should have the preclear push things into himself
and his body and throw things away from himself and his body until the
preclear can do both with equal ease. When this has been accomplished the
preclear's havingness has been "remedied."
What, then, does a Remedy of Havingness mean? It means the remedy of a
preclear's native ability to acquire things at will and reject them at
will. Amongst the havingnesses which would require remedy would be an
obsessive inflow of money, sexual objects, troubles, somatics, and
difficulties in general. Whenever one of these appeared in the preclear's
environment it would have a tendency to inflow on the preclear. The reverse
difficulty would be an obsessive outflow, whereby the preclear threw away
or wasted anything which he had, such as money, clothes, cars, or living
quarters. When the process "Remedy of Havingness" has been done thoroughly
and completely, the preclear should be able to reject or accept, at his own
discretion, anything in his environment as well as anything in his engram
bank.
Copyright (�) 1955 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
The earliest use of this process is to be found in GITA, which is to say
"Give and Take Processing," one of the early SOPs which became an SOP-8
"Expanded GITA." In Issue 16-G of the Journal of Scientology we have a long
list of key items. The preclear was asked to waste, accept, and desire
these items at will. This was the Desire-Enforcement-Inhibit Scale, or the
DEI Scale. This process is the immediate ancestor of the Remedy of
Havingness. Indeed, one could do far worse than to take the DEI Expanded
GITA list as given in Issue 16-G, and in the form of mock-ups use it as
such upon the preclear, or more modernly employ it directly on the Remedy
of Havingness on these objects.
If one were to employ such a list in the Remedy of Havingness, one
would, of course, have to employ gradient scales. The use of the gradient
scale has never been discarded, and the concept and principle of doing
things by gradient scales is inherent in auditing itself, for one starts
with a process which the preclear can do, and gives him some wins, and on a
gradual scale gives him larger and larger wins until he is cleared.
Similarly, in remedying havingness, the preclear must be started at the
lowest end of the scale and advanced on up to the higher end of the scale.
Quantity is one of the methods of doing this. At first one can ask a
preclear to mock up one of an item and shove it into his body or throw it
away, and then go, finally, when he is doing that well, to two items,
three, four, five, and six, all the same, but a greater quantity of the
item. An even lower gradient on this scale would be to simply get the idea
that something was there, and to progress on forward with the idea into the
actual mass. An expert auditor working with this from the idea on through
to the object would discover that he had no preclears who could not mock
up.
He would have the preclear get the idea out in front of him of a ball,
and get the idea of the ball being thrown away; get the idea of a ball up
in front of him and get the idea of a ball coming in; he would then, when
the preclear could do this excellently well, move forward into the actual
mock-up of a ball. The mock-up would get better and better as the process
progressed, until at last the preclear could mock up and throw away or push
into his body at will, a ball. He could see this ball, he could even feel
it, and its weight.
Now you may get the idea occasionally that these PABs are mostly, at
least in this series, handling old material. This is not the case. Every
time one of these PABs is written I put into it everything that is known up
to the date that it is written, and this PAB is no exception. And, let me
tell you, this is a very lucky PAB for you because Remedy of Havingness, by
a slight change I made some weeks ago, has become a key exteriorization
process. So, we have Remedy of Havingness for Exteriorization as a newer
process than the old Remedy of Havingness.
Exteriorization Remedy of Havingness, or Exteriorization by Remedy of
Havingness, is accomplished by having the preclear SHOVE or PUSH things
into his body. One no longer has the preclear PULL things into his body.
Simply by having the preclear mock up things and shove them into his body,
mock up things and throw them away, mock up things and shove them into his
body, mock up things and throw them away, a preclear who has already been
run on the earlier steps of the six basic processes will, at this stage,
exteriorize quite neatly after as little as fifteen or twenty minutes of
the process. If he does not, then the earlier processes have been skimped
and the preclear was really not ready for a full, forthright remedy of
havingness.
Even when doing Route I, the preclear is told to push things into
himself. This will rather take his flitter away for a moment, for he is
there being one viewpoint, and in order to push something into himself he
has to be a second viewpoint. In view of the fact that a thetan gets in
trouble by being only one viewpoint, this remedies the viewpoint scarcity
of the thetan, and he pushes himself up into two viewpoints with great
rapidity. Thus we are doing duplication of the thetan at the same time that
we
are remedying havingness, so one even has the thetan shove things into
himself, rather than pull things into himself.
In short, one never has anyone pull things into his body any more. One
has a person push things into his body. One has him, for instance, mock up
a planet, and push it into the body; mock up a planet and throw it away;
mock up a planet and push it into his body; mock up a planet and throw it
away; mock up a planet and push it into his body, and then one says, "Where
are you pushing it in from?" The preclear says, "Out here in front of the
body." The auditor simply goes on doing the process and very shortly the
preclear will, if the earlier steps have been done well, which is to say
the Six Basic Processes below Remedy of Havingness, the preclear will be
neatly exteriorized and will be ready for Route 1.
One would omit, in such an instance, running Spotting Spots as such,
for Change of Space Processing and Communication Processing have a great
deal to do with spotting spots already.
If you were to do Remedy of Havingness forthrightly and all-out, and
you were to accept this as the only process we had, we would work with its
cousin process, R2-63 as given in The Creation of Human Ability, "Accept-
Reject." One would ask the preclear for things he could accept, one after
the other, until the communication lag was flat, and then would ask the
preclear for things he could reject, one after the other, until the
communication lag was flat on that. One would then move into the Expanded
GITA list and would have the preclear mock up and shove into his body (if
interiorized) or into himself (if exteriorized) the various items on the
Expanded GITA list as given in Issue 16-G of the Journal of Scientology.
This would be a long process, and not entirely successful on all counts,
but would nevertheless be a very effective and efficient process from the
standpoint of gains. One would certainly get the preclear over a very large
number of aberrations and would do a great deal for him. However, this is
not the advised way of handling this process, for the process itself is not
an end-all. Aberrations can be handled much more easily by communication
processing as will be given in a later PAB.
The exact use and commands of Remedy of Havingness in ordinary and
routine auditing are simple and effective. One has been asking a preclear a
great many questions which "as-ised" large masses of energy. One, in
handling Change of Space or interiorization and exteriorization into
objects while the preclear is exteriorized, has been "burning up" a great
deal of energy. Any time the preclear begins to feel dopey or "boil off" he
has either run too long on a flow in one direction, in which case reverse
the flow, or he has simply reduced his havingness down to a point where he
feels tired or sleepy. Without waiting for this manifestation to occur the
good auditor simply in the course of Straight Wire or Description
Processing, or many other processes, such as those contained in Route 1,
remedies havingness. Having achieved something like a momentarily flat comm
lag on a process, the auditor says to the preclear, "Mock up a mass out in
front of you." When the preclear has done this, the auditor says, "Shove it
into your body." When the preclear has done so, the auditor says, "Mock up
another mass out in front of you." And when the preclear has done so, the
auditor says, "Throw it away." That, as given, is for preclears who are
interiorized. It is simply repeated over and over. The mass is not
specified. It can be almost anything, and in fact it does not much matter
what type of significance the mass has. Any mass is better than no mass,
according to the thetan.
If the preclear is exteriorized, the auditor already starts him on the
Remedy of Havingness in the Route I step where the preclear is asked to
copy what he is looking at (R1-5). When one is doing R1-5, one must be very
careful to obey the gradient scale principle behind Remedy of Havingness.
He would not make the preclear make twenty copies and then push them all
into himself or the body. He would make the
preclear make two or three copies and push them in one at a time until the
preclear could remedy his havingness with ease. The auditor would then have
the preclear "Mock up a mass and shove it into yourself," and then "Mock up
a mass and throw it away," and do this back and forth until the preclear
could do this easily and well, at which time the auditor would tell the
preclear, "Mock up two masses and shove them into yourself," and then "Mock
up two masses and throw them away," until finally the auditor has the
preclear mock up eight masses as though they were the corners of a cube
around the preclear and "Shove them into yourself," and then "Mock up eight
masses and throw them away."
One must remember that in spite of the fact that he cannot duplicate
mass actually as himself, having no space or mass, natively, the motto of
the thetan is "anything is better than nothing." When you tear up a lot of
facsimiles for a thetan and throw them away, he becomes very unhappy unless
you have him reconstruct those facsimiles or remedy the mass he has lost
accordingly. When you are having a thetan go into and out of MEST universe
masses, a certain amount of energy is burned up, and after the thetan has
been run for a short time on this step (R1-9 in The Creation of Human
Ability), you must be particularly careful to remedy his havingness with
eight masses shoved into himself and eight masses thrown away several
times. A thetan who has been run a great deal without Remedy of Havingness
comes to what is to him a horrible thought: "I am just a concept," and will
sag in tone. He does not come to this state as long as havingness is
consistently remedied.
It may be, as you look at Scientology, that you've come to the opinion,
watching Remedy of Havingness work, that all there is to anything is the
Remedy of Havingness, that it is all based on the Remedy of Havingness. If
you have a preclear shove enough havingness into his body he will
exteriorize in most cases. If you remedy enough havingness while he is
chasing around the universe, as in the Grand Tour, he will discover and as-
is a great many communication lines which otherwise might be very
detrimental. However, it is not true that havingness is the entire key to
the human mind. Havingness is the "gimmick" or "weenie" for which the game
is played, and having something is very like winning. However, above
havingness there is doingness, and above doingness there is beingness, and
above beingness there is communicatingness, and above communicatingness
there is knowingness, and above knowingness there is postulatingness, and
so we see we have a long way to go above havingness in order to get to the
top activity of a thetan, which is making postulates, or unmaking them. You
could, of course, rationalize each and every action of the thetan with
regard to havingness. You could even extend havingness to space, although
it normally refers to objects. You could do all manner of interesting
things with havingness. You could get as specific and as significant as you
like, or as un-significant as you like, and still find Remedy of Havingness
working, but we do not have here in Remedy of Havingness the total clue,
the total key. But we do have a process and an item which must not be
overlooked in auditing.
In the Six Basic Processes the Remedy of Havingness comes after the
Opening Procedure by Duplication as a process, itself, but remember that
Remedy of Havingness is done and can be done at any time during any of the
processes as long as the preclear is even vaguely in communication with the
auditor. It does not matter how vague the mass is that the preclear is
using to remedy his havingness. Here is a place where certainty is not
necessary. An unreal, vague, or flimsy mass, if this is all the preclear
can get, will still remedy his havingness. A case comes to mind out of the
Advanced Clinical Course where a student was unwilling, after his second
day, to continue his studies. He did not believe that he could stand the
"hammer and pound," as he put it, of the terrifically intense schedule. I
took him into my office, asked him what he was doing in life, and he
replied to me that he was a machinist. Also, it seemed to turn out that he
had had something to do with a ship which had sunk under him, although his
recollection of this was very unclear. I asked him what kind of a machine
he had customarily run, and he told me. Then I had him mock up this
machine, and remedy his havingness with it. Then I had him mock up the ship
and remedy his havingness with that, just as given above. I did this for
about fifteen minutes, and enough change occurred in his case to entirely
return his confidence in his ability to stand up to the course and to
audit. Yet the mock-ups he was getting were so thin that he could barely
vaguely discern them at all.
Mock-ups get unreal because the thetan is not-ising existence. He is
trying to destroy masses by saying that they do not exist, that they are
not real. He is so bent upon this system of destruction that he is making
everything unreal or black. One of the cures for this is End of Cycle
Processing run in the following fashion: One has the preclear mock himself
up dead (no matter how unreal this mock-up is), then have the mock-up waste
away to bone, and have the bones waste away to dust, and then have the
preclear shove the dust into himself or, alternately, throw it away. One
once more has the preclear mock himself up dead, have the mock-up waste
away to bone, have the bones waste away to dust, and then have the preclear
remedy his havingness with the dust. One continues this for two or three
hours with the preclear if one really wishes the case to make a change.
Where a preclear is getting no reality on mock-ups or blackness, he is
most commonly stuck in that Para-Scientological thing, that thing horribly
abhorred by psychologists who have become Dianeticists, or by people who
are just plain scared: a past death. If you wanted to convince somebody
that past deaths exist, you would run End of Cycle Processing on them. This
is a cousin process to the Remedy of Havingness. One could go a very long
distance with this process and have the preclear mock up his mother dead,
have her waste away to bones, and remedy havingness with the dust, or do
this with the dust, or do this with the father or brothers, or
grandparents, with a considerable change in the case.
This End of Cycle Processing, by the way, is a very fine process. It
has been with us about a year and it has been successful whenever used. It
has a tendency to fall into disuse because it has not until now had an
exact place on the Six Basic Processes. But End of Cycle is actually an
additional process to the Remedy of Havingness and is an effective way of
remedying havingness. Do you remember in the old days the Dianetics "corpse
case" who would lie upon the couch with his arms crossed neatly, all ready
for a lily, and would always audit in this fashion? The solution to this
corpse case is End of Cycle Processing, as given here. The preclear is so
fixed in a death that he is trying to make everything unreal, and the only
real thing, to him, would be the unreality of death.
In these PABs I have been trying to give you the basic auditing as it
is done today in Hubbard Professional College in Phoenix, and in London. It
is intensely effective auditing. A recent survey of the staff-audited
preclears over a period of two months demonstrated by the most arduous and
recognized testing that we had been jumping the IQ of preclears an average
of ten points apiece for every twenty-five hours of auditing. Many of them
went much higher than this. I, myself, in five hours of auditing, was
getting this same result which was being obtained by a staff twenty-five
hour intensive. But all that I was using, actually, were the Six Basic
Processes. All that staff auditors were using were the Six Basic Processes.
Of course, our having the know-how of using Remedy of Havingness and
Communication Processing in the midst of these Six Basic Processes, these
gains were not necessarily the gains being obtained across the broad field
of Scientology. There is actually no substitute for good, thorough,
professional training. A professionally trained auditor shows up like a
lamp in a lighthouse on a dark night, if only by reason of inspecting his
results.
You will find the background of this material contained in Dianetics,
1955! and in the recent hardcover edition of Intensive Procedure which,
including now 75
separate processes, is called The Creation of Human Ability. This book is
obtained from London directly, or from the HASI in Phoenix. Only the
British edition is ready, but we have plenty of these, and if you ordered
the book from Phoenix it was filed with a London edition. If you want to
write for a London edition you will find that the cost is $5.90, and it
will be airmailed to you.
We are discovering that it takes about eight weeks of very intensive
training in order to indoctrinate an auditor into an adequate use of these
Six Basic Processes. This is done in the HCA, or in London HPA, Course. The
course has the additional bonus of getting these processes run on the
auditor until he is in pretty good condition, if not cleared. In the upper
echelon Phoenix course, which is to say the Graduate Course, all of the
various "angles" and alternate uses are taken up. If you are using
Scientology or modem Dianetics without professional training you would do
very well to have somebody study these processes with you, as given in
these recent PABs, and run them on you, just as given, in order for some
subjective information concerning them.
Now, another footnote in this PAB. Some last-minute news on these Six
Basic Processes is a change from the material given in the PAB on
Elementary Straight Wire, and the PAB just before that on Two-Way
Communication. In the next PABs [Numbers 57, 58 and 59 written by Jack
Parkhouse] we will take up these highly advanced alterations, for the
mission of these PABs is to keep you up to date as far as possible.
By the way, I heard from an old HDA recently, via a member of the staff
to whom he wrote, and this old HDA complained, "Hubbard does not put out
anywhere near enough material to keep us up to date." A search through the
PAB files disclosed that this HDA was not on the PAB mailing list. If an
individual is not on the PAB mailing list it is certain he will be
convinced that Hubbard isn't putting out any material. The data which you
should have in your kit to know Scientology and auditing and be up to date
as of now are: The Creation of Human Ability from London, Dianetics, 1955!
from Phoenix, and at least the last ten PABs. With the material which is
immediately forthcoming you will be up to date, indeed, if not well into
the future, as far as the rest of the human race is concerned.
And by the way, I wish you would write and tell me how you are getting
along with these PABs, and how you are getting along with the auditing in
general. It just might be that I'd like to know.
L. RON
HUBBARD
[The above PAB was reissued as HCO B 6 May 1972, Remedy of Havingness-The
Process, making minor revisions and deleting the fourth paragraph on page
181, the last two paragraphs on page 184, and the text on this page.]
LRH TAPE LECTURES
Phoenix, Arizona
16-29 April 1955
** 5504C16 HPC-5 Service Facsimiles (its handling by modern
auditing)
* 5504C18 LECTURE Dianetics and Scientology
* 5504C18 CONF Auditors' Conference
* 5504C19 CONF Staff Auditors' Conference
* 5504C19 DEMO LRH Auditing Demo
** 5504C20 PLPS-16 Para-Scientology-or Things That Go Boomp in
the Night
* 5504C20 DEMO LRH Auditing Demo
* 5504C20 PLPS-17 Session: Change and No-Change
* 5504C21 DEMO Auditing Session
* 5503C21 CONF Staff Auditors' Conference
** 5504C23 HPC-6 Thinkingness
** 5504C27 PLPS-18 The Direction of Modern Scientology
** 5504C27A PLPS-19 Grey Dianetics
* 5504C27B PLPS-20 Session: "Something you could say to "
and "Ownership"
** 5504C27C DAS Education on Problems-Who Doesn't Think You're
Insane
* 5504C27D DEMO LRH Auditing and Discussion
* 5504C28 DAS Demonstration Auditing-More Education on Ownership
Process
* 5504C28 DAS Demo Auditing-Ownership Part IV
* 5504C29 DAS LRH Discussion and Auditing of Ownership and Control
* 5504C29 DAS LRH Discussion and Auditing of Ownership and Control
Part V I
* 5504C29 SAC 6th Hour Conference
THE CREATION OF HUMAN ABILITY
by L. Ron Hubbard
Published
April 1955
The June 1954 Congress was offered a book free of charge, which they,
by attending the Congress, had financed. This book was The Creation of
Human Ability, published first in England in April, 1955, and a few weeks
later in the United States.
It is basically a much expanded version of the very successful
Auditor's Handbook, updating the Codes, and adding R2-30 to R2-77, the
Scientology Axioms, a Summary of Scientology, This is Scientology: The
Science of Certainty from Journal of Scientology 16-G and SOP-8-C: The
Rehabilitation of the Human Spirit from Journal of Scientology 24-G, as
well as a section on Group Processing.
In the months between July, 1954, and April, 1955, L. Ron Hubbard had
expanded the processes listed under Route 2 of Intensive Procedure from 29
to 77 (the last two have since been deleted) and further codified the Six
Basic Processes. He developed communication processing and published
Dianetics '55!, which is a companion book to Creation of Human Ability,
even though it is quite different.
308 pages, 1 illustration, glossary, hardcover with dust jacket.
Available from your nearest Scientology Organization or Mission, or direct
from the publishers: Scientology Publications Organization, Jernbanegade 6,
1608 Copenhagen V, Denmark; or Church of Scientology Publications
Organization U.S., 2723 West Temple Street, Los Angeles, California, 90026,
U.S.A.
P.A.B. No. 51
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11
_____________________________________________________________________
29 April 1955
SPOTTING SPOTS
The essentials of this process are contained in R2-18 of Intensive
Procedure as given in The Auditor's Handbook or The Creation of Human
Ability.
The goal of the process is to bring the preclear to a point where he
can spot locations in space which do not have color, mass or shape, but
which are simply locations, and spot that same location repeatedly without
variation.
The auditor says, "Spot a spot in the space of this room." The preclear
does so. The auditor ascertains whether or not the spot has color, mass, or
whether it is simply a location in space, which is what he wants. The spot
should not have color or mass, it should have only location. The preclear
is asked to locate several such spots in the room and is asked to walk over
and put his finger on them. Spotting Spots markedly decreases havingness,
so a Remedy of Havingness is necessary after a very few spots have been
spotted in this fashion. The auditor will discover that if the preclear is
asked to put his finger on the same spot and take his finger off and put it
back on several times, that a preclear in bad condition will locate the
spot in various places close to the original spot, but will not locate the
original spot again. A preclear must be brought to a point where he will
locate the original spot every time. Good two-way communication, as in all
processes, is maintained while Spotting Spots is progressing.
When the preclear can adequately locate repeatedly and without upset
spots of no mass or color in the room, he is then asked to locate them
outside the room.
The ordinary phenomenon is that the preclear has various spots in this
universe out of location.
A much more modern method of running Spotting Spots in Space is to
locate a spot and say "hello" to it, and have it say "okay" back, and then
have the spot say "hello" and have the preclear say "okay" back to it until
the spot, itself, is in present time. The auditor can go into this even
further, having the preclear sending showers of "hellos" and receiving back
showers of "okays" from the spot, and having the spot sending showers of
"hellos," and having the preclear sending showers of "okays" back to the
spot. This can be done with any spot, whether significant or not. It can be
done to the place where an accident has just occurred. It can be done to
the area where the delivery of birth was effected on the preclear's body.
It can be done to his school. It can be done variously and continually.
Grand Tour is the Route 1 or exteriorized version of Spotting Spots.
The auditor asks the preclear to be in a spot of a certain description,
such as his home town, asks him to be in the auditing room, asks him to be
in his home town, asks him to be in the auditing room. This is the modern
way of running Grand Tour. The modern way of
Copyright (�)1955 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
running Grand Tour is when the preclear is asked to be in a spot
immediately above his home town, to have the preclear send showers of
"hellos" and receive showers of "okays" from the home town, and then when
he is asked to be back at the auditing room, to send showers of "hellos"
and "okays" at it. In other words, any position, or any motion, in the
Grand Tour is accompanied by "hellos" and "okays" on a two-way basis.
Naturally, once one has had showers of "hellos" sent to a spot and it has
sent back showers of "okays" one must now have the spot send showers of
"hellos" to the preclear and he must send showers of "okays" back at it.
This will be found to remedy positional difficulties with the preclear as
well as time difficulties.
The reason an engram comes into being and expresses itself on a
preclear's body is a lack of communication. The communication has become
solid. It expresses itself as an engram, as a facsimile, as a lock, as a
secondary. This expression comes about through absence of two-way
communication. The moment that one runs two-way communication in upon the
process, the spot has a tendency to go back to its original location. This
is the phenomenon known as snapping or closing terminals.
It quite often occurs that when the preclear is asked to spot, let us
say, London, he actually points in an entirely incorrect position and
direction. London is sufficiently disoriented, as far as he is concerned,
to cause him to lose it. He may have a picture of London sitting right in
front of him, and yet he is being audited in South Africa. He will spot
this picture as the location of London. London has snapped terminals upon
him or he has snapped terminals upon London. In other words, there is no
distance between the spot where he is and where London is. This means that
the material on the subject of London is engramic. Lack of mass is one
explanation of why the terminal snap occurs. Fear of and resistance to the
spot is the actual reason why it closes terminals.
In doing the Grand Tour one will discover, if he sends the preclear
between the Empire State Building in New York City and the Washington
Monument [in Washington, D.C.], that a preclear who is having difficulty
with havingness and locations will at first discover the Empire State
Building to be some distance from the Washington Monument, and then will
discover that the Empire State Building and the Washington Monument are
almost exactly together, and then will discover that they have sprung
apart. The auditing command producing this phenomenon is simply: "Be over
the Empire State Building. Okay. Be over the Washington Monument. Okay. Be
over the Empire State Building. Okay. Be over the Washington Monument.
Okay." In other words, the spots snap together. Actually, the spots
themselves are not snapping together. What is snapping together is the
facsimiles of the spots. As long as a location is expressing itself in
terms of facsimile, one knows immediately two things: that the havingness
of the area is low, and there is a lack of communication in existence about
this spot. The preclear does not want to communicate about it. One remedies
this in the crudest form by having "hellos" sent between himself and the
spot. One, by adding the factor of communication to this, would have a
process run with the following commands: "Be over the Washington Monument."
When the preclear is there: "Send a shower of 'hellos' at it." "Have it
send you a shower of 'okays.' " "Have it send you a shower of 'hellos.' "
"Send it a shower of 'okays.' " The auditor, of course, each time the
preclear performs any action in any auditing of any kind, acknowledges the
fact aloud with an "all right," or a ''fine,'' or a "good," or an "okay,"
thus adding to the amount of communication on the subject. Failure of the
auditor to do this has a tendency to stick the preclear in the session.
[pic][pic]
Minor 4 [1955, ca. early May]
The Magazine of
DIANETICS and SCIENTOLOGY
from
Phoenix, Arizona
The Scale of Awareness
L. Ron Hubbard
This article is a transcription of an important preliminary
discussion by Ron of his investigations out of which have come very
practical advances in the handling of communication and the
discovery of the preclear's level of reality in processing. The
talk was given at a Staff Auditor-ACC Conference of April 4, 1955.
. . . I'll give you a quick rundown on some data which has just
materialized here-it's an experimental scale and this experimental scale is
quite interesting. It really is a Scale of Awareness. A scale of awareness
would begin at the top with, of course, AWARE OF BEING AWARE. If a person
were really aware of being aware it would be sufficient communication for
him merely to be aware of the existing environment. If he were simply aware
of the existing environment he would feel he was in communication and would
feel very good-he wouldn't have to talk about it. You get that level?
All right now, we drop down from there and it's easier to describe from
the bottom up. On the bottom is COMMUNICATION WITH SELF WITH SIGNIFICANCE.
Worry. He can communicate with himself and he can worry. Now that isn't the
exact bottom of the scale, but the next lower level-and that's
UNCONSCIOUSNESS-becomes questionable as a communication level. But
nevertheless, it really belongs with this scale. So we look at this and we
find out that the guy could be aware of thinking a thought containing much
significance, but not expressing it. Immediately below this level, as I
say, is unconsciousness, which, of course, goes off the awareness scale and
is the reverse of awareness.
But, as we work up from absolute unconsciousness we find
UNCONSCIOUSNESS IS THE ONLY THING WHICH EACH HIGHER STEP HAS IN COMMON WITH
THE LAST STEP UNTIL WE GET TO TOTAL AWARENESS OF AWARENESS. So each one of
these steps is to some degree salted with unconsciousness, and up to the
moment when you would get to ABSOLUTE, complete unconsciousness, every one
of these steps would have some unconsciousness in it. But, absolute,
complete unconsciousness happens to be an absolute. It happens to be
unobtainable. Complete unconsciousness is not obtainable. Nobody has ever
been or ever will be completely unconscious. And this is a fact, because
processes do work out on unconsciousness, so the bottom of the scale would
be absolute, complete unconsciousness, but it's not the bottom of the
scale, because that can't exist.
So we would go up there to lesser and lesser degrees of unconsciousness
and greater and greater degrees of consciousness. Now one of the best
descriptions around that I have written on this unconsciousness business is
Self Analysis. The first few chapters on Self Analysis is a discussion of
unconsciousness. And when we consider alertness, we are considering
ability. Now, we've been talking about this for some time. We consider
alertness, then we consider ability. Awareness. If a person is aware of
something he normally can control it.
Copyright (�) 1955 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
All right, we look this over, and we find out that the place for a person
to be on the tone scale would be at AWARENESS OF AWARENESS and we find out
that he, there, would have sufficient communication just with his
environment to stay cleared. Get that? He could stay cleared. But, now
let's start out from this level of complete unconsciousness-let's go into
the first point on the scale which is actually there on the scale. Some
small, no matter how small, awareness that he is thinking a thought and
communicating with the thought he is thinking. And that level includes the
deepest anaesthetic possible, and it includes death. He always has some
tiny little spark of awareness there, in spite of the ambition of the
medico, the anaesthetist, etc.
He is aware that he is thinking something, no matter whether he thinks
that it's somebody else's thinking or not. He's just aware of some
thinking.
The next broad level here is COMMUNICATION WITH SIGNIFICANCE. (Of
course, in between, thinking a thought and thinking it to himself we get
gradients of that, so the individual knows when he is thinking a thought,
and knows when he's not thinking a thought. Naturally that's part of that
same scale.)
The next broad level is this: COMMUNICATION WITH SIGNIFICANCE WITH
SOMEBODY ELSE. You know what we mean, "with significance," it's got to have
a reason, it's got to have meaning, there has to be an intent. The next big
broad scale that's parked right up above this is SIMPLY COMMUNICATION, WITH
INTENT TO COMMUNICATE.
The next broad level up above this simply requires THAT ONE KNOWS OF
THE EXISTENCE OF COMMUNICATION.
And the next level above that is simply AWARENESS OF AN ENVIRONMENT AS
SUFFICIENT COMMUNICATION.
Now, as we go down from that to the bottom we find out we are more and
more fixed and less and less capable of spanning attention. So let's look
at communication between two people as a fixed double-terminal affair. The
individual is less aware of his immediate environment. At Communication
with Self he's not aware of his environment out here at all. And so we get
the contracting perimeter of the dynamics, which we've discussed before. As
we go down this Awareness Scale, which is also Communication Scale, we get
the individual closer and closer in until-one of the early symptoms of it-
he doesn't think anybody could possibly hear him unless he's standing with
his face right in their face. And the next spot below that is real worry.
Now this individual may be across the room. It doesn't matter. Now let's
add to this, and we get the actual name of this scale. And it is the Scale
of Reality. That is the name of the scale. Now this seems strange, if it
has to do with awareness and communication, that we call it the Scale of
Reality, because it is the scale, a practical scale which is useful in
processing.
Now, how is it useful in processing? We're looking at a preclear that
can't find anything real very easily. We suspect he doesn't even know he
can't find anything real. You know, it's just the way the case behaves-it's
kind of spooky. Well, this guy, the realest thing he could do would be to
think a thought and know that he thought the thought. That's the realest
thing the guy could do. Now, if you were to graduate him upscale from this,
the next thing he could do that would be real to him would be to get the
idea of saying something to somebody that has lots of significance to it,
and having that person say something to him. Mythical personnel. And that's
their reality. With significance.
Now we go up above this, and we find out that the individual could have
something real just by "hello" and "O.K." And one of the reasons we're
using hello and O.K. is that it is an unreal communication. If a preclear
can handle hello and O.K. without balking and consider it a real
communication, this preclear is at that band. If he insists that that's a
bad reply-you know, he "really wouldn't say hello" and then somebody else
"wouldn't say O.K."-he would go at it possibly on hello's back and forth,
but he would go on it much better with significances. "WHAT COULD YOU SAY
TO Pop?" "What could you say to your Mother?" And he'd give you
significances. "Now, what could your Mother say to you?"
The funny thing about this is the way this scale was traced out. It's
very interesting. It was traced out by watching the separation of
universes, and when these
universes come apart they first come apart as a WORRY, WORRY-then, "Think a
thought"-"Think a thought the other fellow would think"-"Think a thought
that you would think"-"Think a thought that the other fellow would think,"
and all of a sudden the individual differentiates between the kind of
things the other universe thinks and the kind of things that his universe
thinks. So we get this differentiation.
Our next differentiation up the line would be SOMETHING YOU COULD SAY
to that other universe and something it could say to you. And significance,
significance, significance, and then I discovered that we had a point in
the separation of each one of these universes when hello, hello, hello,
with the answer hello was REAL. Perfectly real and acceptable. The preclear
was not even vaguely uncomfortable about it. And then hello and O.K.-a
perfectly real communication. And then, THE FACT THAT THE PERSON EXISTED
was itself communication, and then THE FACT THAT THE UNIVERSE EXISTED AND
THE REST OF THE ENVIRONMENT EXISTED, too, was a sufficient cognition
without any further processing.
When you start to pull universes apart on the individual, these
universes have a tendency to go through that span, and the universes we
don't see are the universes which are totally introverted. An individual is
actually BEING his body, you see. He is in his body. He is actually, really
being his body, and then his body is being his father's universe. We could
start in by thinking that the most BASIC universe to separate would be
father and mother from him, but this isn't the case at all. It would really
be the thetan. So you could separate these other universes, but don't
forget that we have an artificial enclosure of universe with the thetan in
the body and here we're immediately talking about exteriorization, aren't
we?
So you could be almost any one of these universes. You'd find you'd go
up on this gradient of reality. At first you could have the preclear think
a thought and think a thought and think a thought, you of course making him
express a thought, you're making him communicate with you, but he doesn't
notice that. And think another thought, think another thought. Now, what
kind of a thought could this other universe think? Another thought the
other universe could think, another thought. When these become at last flat
and squared away you've got these universes well on the way towards
separation and then you can go into communication and separate them. Now,
this is not a hard and fast rule because I have to do considerable more
experimentation on it. I'm just letting you in on a particular echelon of
the spirit. This might not hold true, we might be able to separate them
all, all the way up the line, by simply thought, thought, "Think a
thought," "What kind of a thought would the other person think?" "What kind
of a thought would you think?"
The way I've been doing it with great success has been just: ask the
individual what he could then SAY to his father. Now, he has just
discovered he can separate out his father's pattern of thinking from his
own pattern of thinking. Now, it's time to communicate. Now we've got a
distance, so we get "What could you say to your father?" Well, have him
say, "Okay." "That's fine. Now, what else could you say to your father?"
etc., and then you get this very flat.
In its turn THINKING A THOUGHT itself became flat, THINKING HIS
FATHER'S THOUGHTS became flat, and then we got COMMUNICATION WITH
SIGNIFICANCE flat and then we got BOTH WAYS flat on that, and then we got
to this point where it is ENOUGH FOR HIM TO SAY "HELLO" or have his father
say hello. And he says hello and his father says hello; he says hello and
his father says hello, and then you could-you don't have to-move him out of
that bracket and have him say hello and his father say O.K. And this is
still real, good communication and then he becomes AWARE OF WHERE HIS
FATHER IS and at that moment you run into Spotting Spots. Got this? Up to
this time all spots are misplaced with connection with this person. But,
right about that time the spots start to go into their proper places.
The same phenomenon occurs somewhere in that band of "Hello and O.K.
with Pop" if it's sneaked up on in this fashion as occurred in running 8-D
in a limited number of cases, and all of a sudden his universe starts to un-
spin and he's aware of this and aware of that and aware of where his father
has been and aware of where he has
been in regard to his father, and he starts to get directionally accurate.
DIRECTIONALLY AND DISTANTLY ACCURATE. And up to that time it's just enough
to be aware, as far as his father's concerned just be AWARE OF EXISTENCE of
father and NOT AWARE. That's enough, that's a cleared sphere. Now, do you
see where we sneak up on something like this?
Well, that's an interesting scale. It's a scale of reality. I've been
working for some time trying to get some way to sneak up on reality.
Now, how does this fit in with the real universe and objects? Well,
there's a little kicker in here. Along about the time of "What could you
say to your father?" and "What could your father say to you?" and "What
could you say to your mother?" "What could your mother say to you?"-in
other words, separating part of these universes-we know that sooner or
later we would take up "What could you say to a body?" "What could a body
say to you?" We know we will run into that one, but that's not so real
sometimes. We've got to get him out of some other universes before we get
him out of the body's universe.
Right about the point where we would pass from that into communication
by hello-hello, the individual on an 8-C level can spot unrealities. Isn't
that good. He can spot unreality. Your pc today, Crystal, was just about
ready to take a look at the environment. But, he could spot unrealities
much faster than he could spot realities. Now, you know what I mean by
unreality. Supposing you ran 8-C on unrealities. It's along about that
point you could take up something like this if you wanted to. You'd run 8C-
"Spot something unreal in this room," "Spot something else unreal in this
room." Then the individual would spot a lot of things, the wall behind him
might be unreal, or something like that, you see, and he'll get out to a
point where he'll recognize that his sight line to the horizon is real, but
beyond that it's unreal, and he gets the idea of sort of living on a
saucer. It's a little saucer which goes exactly out to the horizon and no
further, and everything beyond that is unreal.
Ask him to spot some unrealities in his environment until it's real to
him. It sneaks up on the preclear after a while because he finds out things
are getting LESS AND LESS UNREAL. It's as-ising unreality.
When we're graduating a pc up the line it is very easy for the auditor
to monitor the pc so that the pc can apparently run the most impossible,
complex, the most advanced processes you ever heard of and just stall right
there. The pc goes right on running them, "It's all unreal and it doesn't
matter anyway," and he just goes on through it and the auditor kind of
monitors the preclear in every step and sneeze if we just keep on going.
Well, there is where we sometimes come a cropper in auditing. We audit
somebody in a rather advanced process and it's unreal. Now, we've just had
an experience of this happening. The guy apparently was just going bangity,
bangity, bang, and yet it wasn't real.
Well, it won't do them any good unless it's real. This is the way to
sneak up, then, on a preclear and make sure it's real all the way.
LRH TAPE LECTURES
30 April-11 May 1955
* 5504C30 HPC-7 Ownership Processing
** 5505C04 PLPS-21 Cause and Effect and Its Use in Processing
* 5505C04 PLPS-22 Session: Cause and Effect
** 5505C07 HPC-8 Meaningness (the basic formula for happiness-a new
process), Part I
** 5505C07 HCP-9 Meaningness, Part ll, Auditing Tips
* 5505C11 PLPS-23 Operation Manual for the Mind
* 5505C11 PLPS-24 Session: "Enchantment" Processing
** 5505C11 PLPS-25 Lookingness and Cause
P.A.B. No. 52
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11
_____________________________________________________________________
13 May 1955
AUDITING THE "WHOLE TRACK"
Let us move into top-echelon Scientology and utilize anything we know
from Book One right on up to present time.
One is quite aware of the facsimile phenomenon, the engram phenomenon,
and one can use this with Spotting Spots and Communication. (See earlier
PABs.) When a preclear has an engram he is out of position with regard to
the spot where the incident occurred. There is a very adequate description
of this in Book One, centering around the activities and engramic content
in the bank of a fish. Now, under Spotting Spots and Communication
Processing we can at last handle this. And here come E-Meters back into the
picture. The HASI is, at this moment, building a new and better E-Meter
than has ever been built before, under the trademarked name of Physio-
galvanometer, or O-Meter. It has very little in common with the old type E-
Meter. Nevertheless, an old type E-Meter can be utilized.
By asking, as in Electropsychometric Auditing [see Vol. I, page 221],
one discovers the length of time back to where the preclear is stuck. It
does not matter how far back he discovers the preclear to be stuck. As soon
as he ascertains where the preclear is stuck on the whole track, he swings
into Spotting Spots and Communication Processing with the following
commands. Let us say he has discovered the preclear to be stuck on the
Genetic Line as a plankton in the ocean. The auditor says, "Tell me some
things you can say to a plankton." The preclear then says something that he
could say to a plankton, although there may be a great deal of comm lag
connected with this. As soon as he has made this statement, the auditor
says, "Now have the plankton say 'okay.' " The auditor runs this on the
preclear using only the plankton until the preclear has no communication
lag in giving things he could say to the plankton. As soon as this occurs,
the auditor then says, "Give me some things which the plankton could say to
you." The preclear then gets some statement that the plankton could say to
him, and the auditor has the preclear say "okay" to that statement. This,
then, is run until the communication lag is flat. The auditor can then take
up the sea with "What can you say to the sea?" And when the preclear has
made some statement as to what he could say to the sea, the auditor has the
preclear have the sea say "okay" to the preclear. Then, when this has been
run thoroughly, "What could the sea say to you?" asks the auditor. The
preclear gives aloud some statement the sea could say to him, and the
auditor has the preclear say "okay" to that statement. It will be
discovered that the preclear has certain energy masses connected with the
sea, the plankton, and that he is out of location, which is to say that
these spots, these facsimiles, are not in their original position but are
impinged upon the body itself, and as this process is run it will be
discovered that the original location tends to assert itself and become
stripped of the energy masses connected with it which keep it out of
present time. The location will become clean after a while, which is to say
the spots are in present time.
Copyright (�) 1955 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
Now this particular process can be run on anything in any fashion, whether
Book One, What to Audit [History of Man ], or Universes.
To run this process on universes it is necessary to select out what
universes the preclear is interiorized into. It will be discovered
immediately that he was probably interiorized into his father's or his
mother's universe. One ascertains this by asking the preclear, "Whom do you
most resemble in the family?" And after careful questioning of the
preclear, establishes that the preclear is thinking the thoughts of, and
having the problems of, some member of the family. Then the auditor says,
"What could you say to this person?" mentioning the person. And the
preclear tells the auditor something he could say to this person. The
auditor now has the preclear have that person, more or less located where
the person actually is, say "okay" back to the preclear. The preclear, of
course, makes the person say this "okay." When this is flat, the auditor
then says, "Now what could that person say to you?" And when the preclear
has told the auditor something, the auditor says, "All right, now say
'okay' to that person." Working this back and forth one gets the preclear
out of various universes, which is to say out of coincidence with various
spots where he has interiorized into another universe.
The whole problem of interiorization is a problem of coinciding spots
which do not actually coincide. According to the preclear and the body, the
place where he had an automobile accident yesterday is right here with him
today. It's not down on the comer. The trick is to get that spot clean and
into present time, and at its proper distance from the preclear.
Naturally, the process could be extended to exteriorizing the preclear
out of this universe, and should be, but remember this is probably not
feasible until a great many incidents have been run with the preclear
brought into present time. Practically any and every psychosomatic illness
there is is represented by and caused by a facsimile on the whole track
which is in suspension, with its location out of location as far as the
preclear is concerned.
So we are running engrams again. So we are using a mechanical aid in
order to establish this. The reason we are doing this is because the
preclear does not get out of a body which is so out of position that the
preclear doesn't really know where he is. The body has birth in
restimulation, has some whole track incidents in restimulation, and the
preclear, being used to taking his data from the body, does not know where
he is. Getting the body into present time, more or less, will permit the
preclear to exteriorize. Further, cases which have not exteriorized easily
in the past, or which have not stayed exteriorized, can be made stable by
the use of this communication process in conjunction with Spotting Spots.
One does not have to pay too much attention to the Remedy of Havingness
while he is running this type of process. It is an oddity that two-way
communication applied to a mass will as-is the mass without particularly
depleting the havingness of the preclear. The reason he had the mass in the
first place, evidently, was to have something to talk about. He is being
permitted to talk about it, over it, and through it, and so is ending the
cycle of why he would have that mass. In actual practice, very little
Remedy of Havingness is necessary when running this type of Communication
Processing as given in the above paragraph. However, there is a tendency on
the part of most preclears to "chew around" or change the direction or
position of the energy masses which they are handling, and when this is the
case there is a certain loss of havingness by reason of heat and friction.
Thus, a Remedy of Havingness sooner or later is actually used, even though
Communication Processing itself does not materially reduce havingness.
It is very astonishing to find ourselves at this late date suddenly
scooping back and encompassing a tremendous amount of data which we thought
had been passed
over and forgotten. It is startling to discover that everything we know
about engrams, facsimiles, secondaries, the whole track, of the
interiorization of the various types of traps, of adventures and
misadventures of the thetan, without number, are all of use suddenly and
forcefully to the auditor.
As a case history, an individual who has been run for some five hundred
hours by various good auditors, and who is reputedly one of the toughest
cases ever seen in Scientology, had his case broken completely a few days
ago by the use of Spotting Spots and Communication in combination, as
given. The individual was stuck in a certain present lifetime area. He was
not so much stuck in one incident as he was stuck in all the incidents
which took place between his eighteenth and twenty-second year. Everything
and anything in that area was engramic and it was totally in restimulation,
with all of its spots out of position and surrounding the preclear. One was
then not auditing a preclear in present time at all, he was auditing a
preclear in the area of the eighteenth or nineteenth year. The preclear was
trapped in that area. The auditor asked the preclear for some things he
could say to that area. The preclear then gave them to the auditor. Each
time the auditor had the area say "okay" back. The auditor finally asked
the preclear for things that area could say to him, and the preclear, each
time, gave an "okay" back to that area. The area, at length, sprung out and
took its proper position and came up to present time, and at this moment
exteriorization was possible for this preclear.
Mass can be disintegrated, no matter what type of mass it is, by two-
way communication. There are two types of mass. There is the first type
which is simply mocked up mass in mocked up space. This we know by
agreement to be the physical universe. There is a second type of mass,
which is the space-mass experience mass, which we call a facsimile or an
engram. This type of mass has been our target and goal since the earliest
days of Dianetics, and two-way communication, used in the above fashion,
can resolve this.
Some more data on this subject will be given in your next PAB. The
announcement which this PAB contains is definitely a major point in the
research and investigation in Dianetics and Scientology and pulls together
many of the loose ends and details over which we have gone. I have worked
very arduously to discover, first, data about the anatomy of man and his
mind, second, the full details of this data, and third, methods of handling
this data. At this time we have a method of handling this data which is
very superior to anything we have had in the past and which can evidently
work at any level. I invite you to try this on your preclears and then tell
me how it works for you.
Best regards,
Ron
LRH TAPE LECTURE
Phoenix, Arizona
14 May 1955
** 5505C14 HPC-10 The Tone Scale (an important new understanding
of
the tone scale)
P.A.B. No. 53
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11
_____________________________________________________________________
27 May 1955
OWNERSHIP
SPECIAL PAB
I wonder if you realize that research is paying off and has continued
to pay off over the last hectic five years. In 1950 when organizations and
the paper chains within them threatened to engulf all of my time, and when
the absurdities in California where else?-of personal attack all but
wrecked the continuing advance and finance of research, I pulled back
sharply from organization and organizational matters, and made the decision
that whatever else happened I would continue this line of investigation
which I had begun in 1932 and would bring it forward to completion. It was
my belief that this subject would go as far in the society as it worked,
and no further. I confirmed this opinion in 1951 and 1952 when Big Business
decided that the thing to do with Dianetics was to make millions of dollars
with it, and that any further research in the matter was nonsense. The
whole theory lying behind Dianetics and Scientology is a very easy one to
comprehend, where it comes to its development, and that is, the subject
will go as far in the societies of Man as it is workable, and no further,
and no amount of advertising, and no amount of frilly stationery is going
to push it an inch beyond its workability. Thus, I have continued research,
whatever else I have done. Whoever and whatever has gone on harassing and
barking, and whining and snarling on a hypercritical level in whatever part
of the country, I have known and continued to act upon this formula.
At one time I envisioned huge staffs capable of correlating data and
discovering many things. These staffs have never materialized. Where a
"research department" has been formulated, as in the Elizabeth Foundation,
it has been a joke, and has actually done more to impede the forward
progress of research than otherwise. The sole purpose of organization has
been to continue the finance of research and investigation into the human
mind. The amount of finance demanded has not been very great. General
Electric throws away more money on research in any month than has been
spent on the entirety of Dianetics and Scientology, and they buy less for
it. One of my friends-and I certainly do have them-commented the other day
that Dianetics and Scientology, in the field of research, present the most
astonishing picture that has ever appeared in the field of research. More
actual biting data has been developed by myself under less money and under
greater duress than in any other time or place. Maybe his statement was
merely kind, but from where I sit, it certainly looks like it.
Very often a student or a preclear of the HASI wonders why he is paying
what he does to be trained. Actually it costs about half the sum he pays to
train or process him. The remainder is devoted to research. When a person
buys a membership of whatever classification, almost all of that money goes
into research or financing the dissemination of the material; although it
costs quite a bit to keep the skeletal framework of an organization as big
as the HASI running, it is yet capable of
Copyright (�)1955 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
continuing on the funds it receives. Very few people, even students and
preclears, realize this, but here is what is being done; and it's time you
took a good square look at this, when people out in the bullrushes start
whining about the HASI. Every dime spent with the HASI is guaranteeing the
continued freedom of Dianetics and Scientology. These subjects have been
lucky enough not to get into such financial straits that they could not
extricate themselves from ownership and control of persons who would have
utilized them to the detriment of Man. Dianetics and Scientology have not
depended upon large donations from personally interested persons. It is
highly doubtful if the HASI would accept a colored donation which was meant
in actuality to guide or steer the policy of "develop and disseminate."
Although various materials of Dianetics and Scientology have occasionally
been tendered to official and private agencies, any effort on the part of
these to monopolize or to classify under security headings this data, would
not only have been resisted, it would have been defeated. Because Dianetics
and Scientology and the existing organizations have been financed in this
fashion, Dianetics and Scientology are free, and will not be used in the
direction of some George Orwellian nightmare.
If you find something wrong with the organization of the HASI, its
personnel or people, and if you criticize this weakly or strongly, remember
you are criticizing your own organization. It's not somebody else's
organization-it's yours; and if you criticize constantly and continually
about the various ills to which any human organization is subject, allowing
of course that the HASI IS a human organization, you're making it just that
much tougher to get this job done. Actually, flatly, there is nothing wrong
that cannot be corrected with any part of the organization of Dianetics and
Scientology anywhere in the world. The HASI is far more efficient than most
modern businesses, but rubbing elbows as it does with the human race day
after day it is subject to breaks and omissions. The difference is that
when it becomes aware of them it repairs them. If you think this level of
efficiency should be raised, then why don't you come down to Phoenix or
London, or any other central office, and get to work. It's your
organization.
Or why don't you do a better job of dissemination right where you are.
The HASI today on the local scene is cutting a very deep swath into the
society where it is immediately centered. Its main job, of course, is an
international job and it pays most attention to this. It is actually doing
a very great deal these days right here in Phoenix. It is working on very
friendly terms with most of the civic organizations in town, and it is now
working with the probation officers on juvenile delinquency and criminal
problems.
Maybe one of the first things people should learn about Dianetics and
Scientology is that there is nothing selfish in its forward thrust, and the
only toes it ever steps on are the inefficient or the vicious ones. If the
HASI makes an error, or some auditor makes an error, it should be put down
to inefficiency, or lack of time, or too much to do, and from my
experience, exempting of course those few auditors whose certificates have
been yanked for very good and ample reason, the heart with which people in
Scientology work is a good heart. They may make mistakes, but they don't
make them knowingly, and what is most important, they correct them when
they have made them.
I hear a lot of whining and moaning here and there about how bad it is
over here, but I notice it is always from people who are totally
incompetent and who depend for their communication line on their
imagination, and with as little recourse to fact as possible.
It is quite interesting that almost any influential person who is
interested in Dianetics and Scientology sooner or later will begin to be
the target of squirrel publications. These publications are uniformly run
by people who will not accept processing, and none of these squirrel
publications are written or published by
personnel trained in Dianetics and Scientology, and most of the people back
of these squirrel publications are M.D.'s or Psychologists. Now, it is a
remarkable thing that influential people receiving this literature believe
they are receiving material from Dianeticists or Scientologists. The moment
I became aware of the fact that this was going on and that poorly informed
people actually did believe that Dianeticists and Scientologists trained in
the subject were the authors of this barrage of nutty literature, I began
to take action on a punitive level. And I can solemnly guarantee you that
in a relatively short space of time none of these squirrel publications
written by unlettered and untrained goof-balls will be in existence, for it
has been clearly indicated to me that they have very often impeded the
organization and made the HASI struggle in order to get this job of
research done. If one of these publications prevented just one desperate
preclear from seeking and obtaining the help he needed from the HASI, then
frankly, I can promise a short circuit. We have begun to act very
punitively in this direction-as a minor endeavor, to be sure, but
nevertheless as an effective one, for remember that we have never done
anything that is not eventually effective. That is a very awesome record. I
would also like to point out to you that each and every one of the
squirrels of yesteryear have met disaster. The biggest squirrel in Great
Britain, Derricke Ridgway, was recently to be found in bankruptcy court. I
wonder how he got there? We wouldn't know anything about that, of course!
Recently we tackled California where half a dozen people have been
keeping several million from having any respect for or interest in
Dianetics and Scientology. These people would call a vast number of
potentially interested public in and then tell them things which were
calculated to disgrace and discredit the subject. The auditors in
California sat around supinely and thought there must be some very good
reason why these people kept on doing this. Of course the amazing thing is
the apathy of the auditor himself who would permit this sort of thing to go
on. I know if anybody were operating in my area with a media-type of
attitude toward Scientology, who sent out vast numbers of postcards to
mailing lists and got all the people in so that he could make an ass out of
himself about how awful Scientology really was, and how bad the
organization really was, and how it was all wild and flighty anyhow, I
would have had a good fight on my hands, and somebody would have lost, and
I don't think it would have been me. Personally, if I were an auditor and
found my area being muddied up to that extent, I would have a definite
feeling, if I permitted it to go on, that I was not doing all I could do to
spread Scientology in my area. I would have taken such a screwball out of
the running so fast he would have thought he had been hit by a Mack truck,
and I don't mean thought-wise. But then the difference between me and an
apathetic auditor is that I fight, and I get things done.
Of course there is always liability in attacking a source of entheta.
One always gets a certain amount rubbed off on himself, but I am not so
scared of this stuff that I won't contact it. Right after we found that the
CADA* in California was trying to put out of the running any and all
Dianetic Auditing in the entire state by having legislation passed to
forbid it, and after we pulled the certificates of the ringleaders for this
entheta activity, a great many things happened-very strange things.
I don't intend to stop anybody's communication line as long as it has a
shadow of truth in it, but when a communication line is woven from totally
self-interested lies, I will not only cut the line, I will make it bounce.
Now the only real trouble with Dianetic and Scientology organizations
in the past is because of this matter of research. We have not been very
alert to people working
[* The California Association of Dianetic Auditors (CADA), which
represented a handful of auditors who were also psychologists, secretly
backed legislation that would require Dianetic auditors in California to
come under a psychology examining board and in effect make it illegal for
an auditor to audit. ]
their ill will from whatever reasons or causes in our own ranks. We just
haven't been interested. The important thing was to get the material
researched and to get people trained. When we had that job done and when it
was done very, very well, the spread of Dianetics and Scientology in the
society would be inevitable. We need five thousand trained auditors. That
is our first step toward this dissemination, for believe me, what we are
doing with cases today wasn't done last year, and has never before been
done in the history of the human race. We need a clear public presence, and
so we are taking a bulldozer to the communication perverters. We are
putting ourselves in solid on every front where we can be effective. It is
interesting that the American Psychological Association lost, hands down, a
bill which was directly aimed at the HASI in Arizona. It lost so badly that
it is doubtful that it will ever recover. We are not even vaguely
propitiative toward medicine or psychiatry, and we are overtly intent upon
assimilating every function they are now performing. We have great belief
in the value of a welltrained doctor, and the psychiatrist is certainly
welcome to the psychotic. We do not believe that the organizations of these
people should have any bearing or influence in the world at large, for they
have used their influence in the past to impede research.
We get terribly amused when some auditor writes in and says he has
managed to address the local medical association, and when we hear that
somebody is now calling himself a psychologist. These short-sighted people
believe that the labor union called the AMA or the APA is worth
propitiating and will be there long enough to influence anything. The
general attitude amongst the Powers That Be in these organizations has
definitely changed toward Dianetics and Scientology. They now regard these
as a very serious and deadly menace. These people are getting scared. We
know this because we had a recent reaction at a very high echelon. There is
no real danger in these organizations. There is more danger in our own
stupidity and in an apathy which would permit our fields to be plowed by
any untrained fool who wants to tell us all how bad it is over there. We've
been told how bad it is over there for seventy-six trillion years. It's
about time somebody said how good it can be somewhere. And that's what we
are doing.
I am telling you this because I want you to know how I feel about this,
and maybe knowing how I feel about it, and knowing how inevitable I feel
about the success of Dianetics and Scientology in this society of Man, you
will be better able to understand both what we have been doing, what we are
doing, and what we are going to do in Dianetics and Scientology.
[pic]
ANATOMY OF THE SPIRIT OF MAN CONGRESS LECTURES
Fifth Anniversary Congress
Washington, D.C.
3-6 June 1955
The Anatomy of the Spirit of Man (Fifth Anniversary) Congress was
held at the Shoreham Hotel in Washington, D.C., with more than 250 in
attendance. At this Congress Ron gave a summary of the new Tone Scale (from
-8.0 to + 40.0), showing how it differed and yet agreed with the Tone
Scale so familiar to all Dianeticists and Scientologists, and of the
processes above communication.
** 5506C03 ASMC-1 Address of Welcome-The Hope of Man [see page
209]
** 5506C03 ASMC-2 Practicalities of a Practical Religion
** 5506C03 ASMC-3 History of Research and Investigation
** 5506C04 ASMC-4 Direction of Truth in Processing
** 5506C04 ASMC-5 The Tone Scale-Three Primary Buttons of
Exteriorization
** 5506C04 ASMC-6 Group Processing-Meaningness
** 5506C04 ASMC-7 Composition of Beingness-Postulates,
Exteriorization, Beingness
** 5506C04 ASMC-8 Group Processing
** 5506C05 ASMC-9 The Descent of Man
** 5506C05 ASMC-10 How to Chart the Preclear, Knowingness and
Unknowingness
* 5506C06 ASMC-11 Six Basic Steps-Some Fundamentals of Auditing
** 5506C06 ASMC-12 The Mechanisms of Ownership in Living (the
ownership of information)
** 5506C06 ASMC-13 Group Processing-Additional Processing on
Meaningness
** 5506C06 ASMC-14 The Game Called Man
** 5506C06 ASMC-15 What Scientology Is Doing
THE TONE PLOTTING SCALE
by
L. Ron Hubbard
[pic]
DIRECTIONS:
Name of PC
.............................
Think a Thought, Problems, Solutions and Con- Date
.......................................
sequences, Plus and Minus on each square.
Case Number
..........................
[This chart was made available at "The Anatomy of the Spirit of Man
Congress", 3-6 June 1955, in Washington, D.C. L. Ron Hubbard describes the
use of this chart in Lecture 5506C04 ASMC-5 The Tone Scale-Three Primary
Buttons of Exteriorization. He gives further data in Lecture 5506C05 ASMC-9
The Descent of Man and Lecture 5506C05 ASMC-10 How to Chart the Preclear
Knowingness and Unknowingness.]
P.A.B. No. 54
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11
_____________________________________________________________________
10 June 1955
REALITY LEVEL OF PRECLEAR
Find the reality of the preclear. This is the watchword of processing.
Although communication, as completely outlined in Dianetics, 1955! is a
universal solvent, remember that there are also two other comers to the
triangle, and that one of these corners is Reality. That R corner of the
triangle is very important to you as an auditor because you, having very
great certainties on this and on that, are very prone to forget that your
Realities are greater than those of your preclear.
The reality level of the preclear is dependent on how much he is "not-
ising" his environment. If he is not-ising it, he must believe that it is
dangerous, and must believe that he himself does not have the power to make
anything in it disappear or vanish for himself. Therefore, his reality
level is as great as he is strong, and it is as poor as he is weak. Do you
know that you are processing preclears who do not believe that thought has
anything to do with action? You are processing preclears who believe that
thinking a thought will influence nothing. You are processing preclears who
believe that thinkingness is one thing and actingness is an entirely
different thing, and that no amount of thinkingness is going to influence
any amount of actingness. This is apathy, indeed, and along with that goes
an unreality which would appall you.
Yes, these preclears can get mock-ups. They can get concepts. They can
be very obedient. They can even be run with SOP 8-C and somehow or another
muddle through it, but the joker here is that the auditor is actually
monitoring the body of the preclear, and of course a body can respond to
orders, and will respond probably faster to the auditor's orders than to
the thetan the auditor is processing. Thus a preclear can be put through
any number of contortions and convolutions in processing without getting
anywhere at all. The auditor is simply doing it.
Find the reality level of your preclear. Unless you find the reality
level of the preclear you are not going to reach the preclear, because the
preclear is as alive as things are real.
Now, if this is so important, then let us see how far south we would
have to go to reach some preclears. Mechanical two-way communication might
very well be much too tough for 75% of the preclears you will process. Just
ordinary conversation is actually over their heads. People that we are
trying to reach do not know the auditor is acknowledging them when he says
"Okay."
Let us look at this acknowledgment of the preclear, and let us discover
that the auditor, in order to acknowledge the preclear, must also make the
preclear aware that he is being acknowledged. Thus, when an auditor says
"Okay," or "All right," or "That's fine," the other part of the statement
is to make the preclear aware that an acknowledgment has been delivered.
Thus, a "Did you hear me?" is quite often
Copyright (�) 1955 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
beneficial. When the preclear finally admits that he did hear the "Okay,"
and when the auditor makes sure that he time after time hears the "Okay,"
you will notice that the communication, on the acknowledgment level, starts
to work with the preclear. But it won't work as long as the preclear is
oblivious of the "Okays" the auditor is giving. Of course, you must give
the preclear an "Okay" for every action or completed thought he performs.
You must acknowledge what he has said or done, but you must also be very
sure that he receives that acknowledgment. It is not out of order to face
him squarely and hold up one finger and say, "Wait a minute, did you hear
me say 'Okay'?"
Now there are two processes which are at once the most basic of
processes and which are very low on the Reality Scale as well as high on
it. A person processed on these processes should not believe that the
auditor believes his reality level is low. Quite the contrary. Such a
process as this one happens to be very good anywhere on the tone scale. And
this process is, "Think a thought," "Receive a thought."
You are in essence processing thinkingness. I wonder how long and how
often you have processed preclears who could not clearly or
differentiatively understand that they were thinking a thought? The
auditing command is simply, "Think a thought." The preclear is given this
command time and time again, and he vocalizes the thought back to the
auditor, and the auditor acknowledges the fact that he has received that
thought, aloud. And the preclear is run until the preclear knows,
absolutely, that he himself, not some machine, not some energy mass, not
his toe, or his hat, is thinking the thought. The preclear will start out
thinking thoughts which are actually handed to him from some mysterious
source. When the communication lag on this is entirely flat, and when the
preclear knows that he himself is thinking the thought, the auditor can
then run the other side of the process.
"Receive a thought" is run with the following auditing command: "Tell
me a thought you would be willing to receive." This is then run until it,
as a process, is entirely flat: when it is no longer producing any result
or comm lag.
Part of the "Think a thought" process is to have the preclear place the
thought in various locations after he has thought it. Have his shoe think a
thought, have his hat think a thought, have a lamp think the thought, have
a rug think the thought. This gets the preclear into the practice of
placing the thought somewhere. Thus, thoughts are less likely to appear
suddenly and magically out of his machinery.
Very curious phenomena result from "Think a thought" and "Receive a
thought." It will be found sometimes that it is easier for the preclear to
think a thought for another universe than for himself to think a thought.
Let us take for example a preclear who is entirely interiorized into the
universe of his mother. It would, therefore, evidently be much easier for
him to have his mother think a thought than for the preclear himself to
think a thought. As a matter of fact it might be an enormous struggle,
resulting in rebellion, for the preclear himself to think a thought, but it
would be very easy for the preclear to have his mother think a thought. The
way to go about this would be to take an E-Meter, or simply estimate, by
finding out who the preclear most resembles, the probable universe into
which the preclear is interiorized. Having established this (and you would
only do this if the preclear were rebellious about thinking a thought
himself) you would then have this likely universe think a thought, with the
auditing command (having established that he is interiorized into his
mother's or his father's universe): "Have your mother (father) think a
thought." This would then be carried out until the preclear was absolutely
sure that he was making his mother or his father think a thought. This
would betoken an initial division of the universe.
Slicing up universes with communication processes is a very easy thing
to do. All one has to do is use the process: "What could you say to your
father?" and have the
preclear say it, and get an Okay from his father. And when this was flat,
"What could your father say to you?", and when the preclear has vocalized
this, the auditor would say, "Now give your father an 'Okay' to this."
However, this workable process which splits universes (in old-time parlance
"valences") is yet much too high for a preclear who is very low on reality,
and would take a very long time to do. It would be a process into which you
would eventually move the preclear who had been thinking a thought for his
mother, but remember that thinking a thought for his mother would be only a
start into communication processing, and would be an elementary process,
run until the preclear is entirely certain that he is thinking a thought
that his mother would think or that he can make his mother think a thought-
the latter being the most desirable condition.
You should be aware of the fact that you are processing thinkingness.
You are not processing spaces, you are not processing masses at this day
and state of development of Dianetics and Scientology. You are processing
thinkingness. A man is as well as he thinks. The more masses and spaces,
phrases and engrams you process, the less you are validating the fact that
you are actually processing a thinkingness: a thinkingness that we call a
thetan. To process this directly is, of course, the most indicated process
there could be, and sure enough, we are producing good results with it. But
the remarkable thing about the process is that it works on people who
heretofore have had very, very poor reality.
Now there is a process which is a little bit lower than this "Think a
thought" process, and this is the process of finding something real in the
room. Recently I have had some very excellent results with "Find something
in this room that is comfortably real." This is a variation on the initial
auditing command as given in the early SOPs. It is apparently better. A
preclear who is not-ising everything in sight will find things real, he
says, but actually he is not comfortable about it, and if you ask him to
find something that is comfortably real, it may take him a long time to
discover anything that he would tolerate to continue existence, and once
you have begun this process of toleration you would be able to do a great
deal for his case.
"Find something comfortably real" is not necessarily a low-toned
process. It will work in varying degrees on anyone. It is not recommended
for any particular case level. If a preclear utterly bogs on "Think a
thought" (which isn't likely), then you should have him "Find something in
this room that is comfortably real to you."
I am reminded of an auditor recently processing a very bad arthritic,
who processed him as an exteriorized case for some little time without any
apparent gain in the case before it occurred to this auditor that something
must be wrong. Actually, a great amount of time was invested. The auditor
asked Nibs, my boy who was then instructing the ACC course in the United
States, and who is at this writing in England, teaching the BScn course
there, what could possibly be wrong with this hung-fire preclear. Nibs
looked him over and discovered that the auditor had never yet gotten the
preclear into any kind of a situation which was even vaguely real to the
preclear. The auditor in one chair and the preclear in the other chair was
not a real situation to this preclear, and yet the auditor was running him
as an exteriorized case. Of course he was exteriorized, but with such a low
level of reality that very little benefit of course was resulting from the
processing.
Processing is as beneficial as it is real and factual to the preclear,
and if you cannot raise the preclear's reality level by the use of Affinity
and Communication, then you are letting the whole triangle hang fire. This
triangle of ARC may have suddenly gotten very important on the C corner,
but it is still foremost in the tool-kit of the auditor.
Now you will want to know why you should use "Think a thought" when
what is obviously wrong with the preclear you have in mind is a withered
leg. Let me assure
you that if you process directly this withered leg, you are processing
something and somebody who probably has a very low level of reality. He
wouldn't have a withered leg if he had a high level of reality. Where you
have anybody who is neurologically, physically, or psychosomatically ill,
unless it be from an acute infection or an accident, you have somebody who
has been trying to not-is his body. When an individual is not-ising his
body, making his legs wither, or his stomach get ulcers, or his head get
migraine headaches, or his teeth fall out, you have somebody who is trying
to not-is the environment. He is already going in the direction of succumb.
The one thing that would make him very happy would be the entire
disappearance of the physical universe. Well, with modern processing you
can make this happen, too, and maybe this is something you should have
happen for him in order to demonstrate that it could happen. Of course, if
you did this you would have to go through a modern BScn course at least,
for this is a very tricky procedure. In view of the fact that unreality is
the action of realizing things are there and then saying they aren't there
(not-ising them; see Creation of Human Ability and the Axioms of
Scientology) you are dealing with a protest against reality which results
in unreality. A person will let things be as real as he is willing to let
them exist. When an individual isn't willing to let a leg or a tree, or
this universe exist, then things are not real to him. One of the best ways
you could get him to raise his level of reality would be to give him some
reality on thinkingness. It isn't actingness, it isn't getting tired, it
isn't being unable to work, it isn't the second dynamic that impedes your
preclear-it is his thinkingness. All you have to do is to get him to change
his mind. If you could get anyone to change his mind enough he could then
command anything that was bothering him. But a preclear who is not-ising
things is trying to use force and pressure of one kind or another against
physical objects and spaces in order to push them out of existence. This
will never win, let me assure you. Energy will never destroy energy, I
don't care how many atomic bombs the peanut whistly brigade builds, they
will never destroy any space or energy with them. Your preclear who finds
things unreal has stopped trying to do anything with thought and is trying
to do something with force. He no longer conceives that thought can
generate or handle or give existence or life to space and energy.
Now you take this to heart, and take a good, hard look at some of these
preclears you have been processing on very fancy and frilly processes, and
you take a think back over all of these preclears who, after you processed
them, didn't think anything had happened. When the preclear didn't think
anything had happened, nothing happened. What was in error? You were
processing him above his level of reality. If you could get him to think a
thought and know he thought it, and receive a thought and know he had
received it, even though he put it there to receive it, which is what he
does, you would then be directly addressing the very thing that is doing
unreality and reality. An individual who has a compulsive outflow is simply
unwilling to receive a thought. An individual who is silent simply can't
think of anything. Thus, if an individual had control of his thoughts he
would have control of the universe. We can prove this now in a process.
And don't think you are going to finish this process, either side of
it, in a half-hour or forty-five minutes. Some of these glib preclears you
process will "fall in" on this process and begin to comm-lag an hour or two
after you start processing them on it. The main errors which have been made
with this process so far have been failing to run it long enough to have
the preclear really know and really understand that he, himself, has
thought the thought and that he, himself, has received the thought, or is
willing to receive the thought.
"Find the reality level of the preclear" is one of those bywords that
you can't use too often or look at enough.
[pic]
Minor 5 [1955, ca. mid-June]
The Magazine of
DIANETICS and SCIENTOLOGY
from Washington, D. C.
The Hope of Man
L. Ron Hubbard
From the Welcoming Address by L. Ron Hubbard to the Congress of
Eastern Scientologists at the Shoreham Hotel, Washington, D. C. on
June 3, 1955.
. . . The Congress here in Washington is a rather special event. One of
the reasons why I came East to give this Congress and why I was very happy
to be able to do so has to do with the development of information of
sufficient importance, as I believe you will see at this Congress' end, to
warrant telling as many important people as possible about it.
The things which have been happening in Scientology by reason of
research and development, have removed Scientology entirely from any
classification as a psychotherapy. The facts behind Scientology today are
that it is doing things which nothing has ever done before. One of the
things which I am very pleased to announce immediately is that we have
seldom failed in recent months to raise the intelligence quotient of any
individual undergoing twenty-five hours of processing at least ten points.
And for those who have undergone as much as seventy-five hours of
processing we have raised it as much as thirty-five points and we consider
twenty-five points routine. This is something that has never happened
before, and therefore it is an important thing that we take a look at this.
According to psychology this is an impossibility, completely impossible,
and therefore I want to tell you why it is impossible in the field of
psychology.
Dianetics, our earliest beginning, was a mechanistic science, very
mechanistic, but very precise. Without Dianetics we could not have
proceeded, but we had Dianetics and we did proceed. All Dianetics was, was
a very exact analytical approach to problems of the mind and in Dianetics
we were closely allied, of course, to psychotherapy. We couldn't help but
be, because all of the data upon which we were depending, all of the
procedures through which we were going were, one way or another, related to
psychotherapy. But when we moved out of this mechanistic approach, back in
1952, it was necessary to distinguish the fact that we had moved out of a
mechanical approach. We were no longer considering Man a robot. We were no
longer considering Man something which you wound up, and set him on the
track of life, and he ran for a number of years and ran down. We no longer
considered Man was doing this thing or was doing this kind of thing. We
graduated from that. We recognized that Man was basically a machine only as
far as his body went, that Man was, otherwise, a spiritual entity which had
no finite survival. It had, this entity, an infinite survival. One of the
basics, you understand, of Dianetics was survival. The basic principle of
existence is survival and that is only true for the body. A spirit cannot
help but survive whether in heaven or in hell or on earth or in a theta
trap. That is the saddest thing to most people. It is so sad that they very
well like to forget. They say, "Well, I am going to live a number of years
and then I am going to die. And that will be the end of me and you should
all feel sorry for me and send flowers." This is an interesting game, but
it is not true. If he
Copyright (�) 1955 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
thinks of this at all in the Western hemisphere he ordinarily thinks of it
in this wise: "I am going to live a number of years and then I will go to
my reward. And I hope it won't be what I deserve."
Now this is another game. This is not to frown in any way upon the
principles and beliefs of other religions, but it is nevertheless
demonstrable, too accurately demonstrable, that an individual is not
finished with the game once his body dies. We are on a much higher level in
Scientology than the Western religions have been, but we are not on a
higher level in Scientology except in our technologies, except in the
exactness of our understanding, than those great religious leaders of India
who kept the spirit, the spiritual side of life alive for thousands of
years against all materialistic ingression. And when we consider that a
great deal of what we now know with great exactness was already known and
lost thousands of years ago, we begin to see that we are not dealing with
something new when we deal with Scientology. It is not something new. What
we are doing with this data IS new. The way this material is organized is
new. The technologies with which we can bring about a new state of being in
Man are new, but the basic idea, the basic hope of Man, as it appears today
in Scientology, is thousands of years old. If we call Scientology a
religion we are calling it a religion out of a much deeper well than the
last two thousand years.
This Congress is given here to signalize an accomplishment of material
studied over a long, long period of time, over a quarter of a century,
which is a long time to study anything. If you have ever sat and looked at
anything for a quarter of a century, why you would know that was a long
time to sit there and look. I would like to say that this Congress is here
to honor the great spiritual leaders of the past-not of modern times, but
of the past-since these people handed along enough tradition to make us
aware of the fact that there was a spiritual side to Man. These great
spiritual leaders have been hanged, reviled, misinterpreted, badly quoted,
have not been at all comprehended, but nevertheless they are the hands
through which a torch has been handed through the centuries so that we
could culminate with a greater ability for Man and some hope for his
future.
These great religious leaders, at least those I consider great
religious leaders, begin with a monk, a legendary, mythical monk, whose
name is probably not, but is said to be, Dharma. That word has meant wisdom
ever since. Some many thousands of years ago in the highlands of India he
handed out or handed on information which was taken up and carried forward
by someone who might never have existed, just as they say Christ might
never have existed, and that person was Krishna. And we go forward from
there and we get to Lao-tse, who in his Tao again handed on knowledge and
said there was a spiritual side to life.
But all of these people were saying something that was much more
important than "There is a spiritual side to life." They were saying,
"There is hope. They can come to you and they can tell you that all is lost
and that you are dead, you are trapped and there is not hope for you. They
can come to you and say this, but this is not true. There is hope. You do
go on living. This life is not all there is. There is some future life in
which you can do better, succeed more worthily than you have." That is all
these men said. Whatever trappings have been hung upon their words, we
don't care. Whatever technology they had has certainly been lost.
Nevertheless, they did hand on this message to Man; they said, "There is
hope, you can be better, this life is not all there is and somehow or other
it is all going to come out all right in the end." Without that hope I do
not think Man could have survived this far down the track.
Another one of these great leaders, Gautama Buddha, who oddly enough
never pretended to be a god, pretended to be nothing but what he was, a man
inspired with the wisdom which he had gained and which he taught, and at
one time one-third of this earth's population knew of and was better for
Gautama Buddha. In the Western world, if you walk up to a man casually and
you say "Buddha," he'll say, "An Idol," which was the furthest thing from
Buddha's thoughts-to be an idol. He would have laughed and probably did
laugh after he exteriorized and came back and took a look around and saw
everybody building temples, burning joss to Buddha. Nevertheless, this was
not the attraction of the Buddhist; the attraction was again wisdom and
hope. People
poured out of China for centuries over tortuous and dangerous mountains,
snow-filled passes to drop down into India just to come close to the area
where Gautama Buddha had taught that there is hope and that the endless
cycle of life and death does not have to continue, that an individual can
be free even from this. Now that's interesting, isn't it? Yet, the ignorant
deified him. But, due to him, a great deal of this work was handed on and
an enormous amount of what we call religion in this Western hemisphere
today was given to this Western hemisphere directly by Gautama Buddha. It
was filtered through the Middle East. "Love thy neighbor" was one of the
first lessons he taught and it is that lesson which we have received from
the Middle East. But, what I am telling you is that these people handed on
a torch of wisdom, of information, generation to generation. It was handed
along geographical routes, and one of those geographical routes was the
Middle East and one of the people who handed it on was a man named Moses.
And again it was handed on to a man named Christ. And he handed it on, and
even the Arab nations benefited from this through their own prophet,
Muhammad. And these men I consider great spiritual leaders, because they
gave to Man on down through the years the hope that life could go on, that
there was a spiritual side to existence, that the business of barter and
gain was not all there was to life. And today, sitting in a materialistic
society, which almost vilifies anybody who speaks of the fact that you
don't die right away-when you're dead, you're dead and you're dead, you
see, you're dead-and right on down to this time, we are indebted to these
men.
Now the only reason we know anything about these men is the printing
press. And the only reason we really know anything about what they have
taught us is because here and there somebody set something down. But, today
we came into possession of an enormous amount of information, magnificent
information. The physical sciences. And although these ran off and
pretended to be an end-all to themselves and completely divorced from
spiritual existence, they nevertheless furnished a modus operandi by which
we could analyze the teachings and understand them better. And out of the
analysis and understanding we actually achieved a great deal.
Don't think for a moment that when I put together Dianetics I was not
completely aware of practically everything any one of these men said in his
own district and on his own home ground. If I had not had that information
we would never have had Dianetics. But, what did I, a Western engineer, do?
I said, "Well, these men are too sold on the spiritual side of life,
they're overboard. Nothing practical. We want everything workable. We want
wheels. We want cogwheels. We want a standard procedure by which we can
take a look at somebody on a couch and say, "Zip, zip, rip!" I was
persuaded into this to some degree by my engineering friends-to some
degree.
I could not completely tolerate looking this picture in the face. And I
dare say that there are some Scientologists who cannot tolerate looking
this picture in the face directly, because it's too much truth. They like a
few more vias. If you look at something too straight it's likely to look
back. So, I said, "They're too spiritual, they're too unworkable. They
themselves, the Eastern cults, religions, and so forth, are themselves in
poverty. They cannot handle their own problems, therefore they do not have
an answer, except, perhaps, that there is hope." And I was wrong, I was
wrong. The biggest mistake that I have made, and I have made mistakes,
believe me, but the biggest mistake I have made was the day when I said,
"All right, boys, we'll call this a science. All right, we will agree that
the Western hemisphere is not ready to accept anything spiritual or
religious; all right, we will call it a science. And this science we will
call Dianetics, which means 'through mind.' " And that was myself approving
with society and I never should have approved. Why? Because, we went on a
wide, a large via. We associated ourselves with psychotherapy, and that was
not good. It's not that there is anything wrong with psychotherapy; it's
that they already have a tremendous backlog of failures and so we failed to
some degree ourselves. And it was only in 1952 that I recognized that we
must be dealing with what we called right there in Dianetics the Awareness
of Awareness unit. We must be dealing with an awareness of awareness unit
which had tremendous survival power, because, by very scientific,
unquestionable means I could track back the life of this awareness of
awareness unit life after life after life. You and I or any scientist here
in Washington government worthy of his name-I
mean a scientist, now, not a psychotherapist; I mean a man who is educated
into exact mathematics, who was educated into precise disciplined ways of
thinking-and if such a man or any thousand of them cared to go over the
back track of this research, they would have to come to the same
conclusions. And these conclusions are that Man is actually a body run by
an awareness of awareness unit which has infinite survival power-even
though it can get into a great deal of trouble.
And so we have today a little turbulence which stems immediately from
the fact that a lot of people are saying, "Dianetics was all right, but
this Scientology, we don't know. Dianetics was fine, I liked Dianetics.
Dianetics had something, but Hubbard went crazy or something and he moved
out of that and now we don't have anything." That's right. They've got a
handful of nothing called a Thetan. And that nothingness contains all the
life there is and all the experience there is.
All right, we knew once upon a time that we had to raise peoples'
selfdeterminism. We knew that by raising their self-determinism we would
have better people. Well, let me tell you something. If we do anything else
BUT raise their selfdeterminism, if we do anything else but better their
self-control of their environment as a spirit, we've failed-flatly.
Remember, I have watched a long, long parade of cases. Thousands and
thousands and thousands of cases, more case histories than have ever been
examined by anyone in the field of psychotherapy, because believe me, we
collect them. People are anxious to be processed, they are not anxious to
be psychoanalyzed. In the few short years that Dianetics and Scientology
have been alive we have processed more people than were ever processed in
the sixty years of psychoanalysis. These are exact figures. But we were not
in the business of psychoanalysis. Now, I can tell you that wherever we
have neglected this factor of raising the self-determinism and ability of
this awareness of awareness unit, wherever we have neglected, wherever we
have stressed machine reaction, wherever we have attempted to heal the body
at the sacrifice of the man, we have gotten a leg, maybe, that worked
better, we've gotten a nose which maybe twitched better, but we haven't
gotten a better man. Now that's interesting, isn't it? And, the culmination
of this material and a study by reason of intelligence testing and
personality testing over the last many months-a program eight months in
length, which has just been concluded-has brought me to the conclusion
(which as far as I'm concerned is THE conclusion) that we cannot lose if we
stress the spiritual side of man and that we always lose when we stress his
material side. It's taken me twenty-five years to come to this conclusion
and I give it to you just that way.
Why didn't psychotherapy ever raise anyone's intelligence? Why do they
cut up men in order to heal them? Well, they do that just for this reason:
that they know they can get nowhere by doing it. They can get nowhere by
handling this mechanical object called Man. The mechanical object is not
handleable by other mechanical objects. Now, that's interesting, isn't it?
We have the same proposition. Two cars sitting down here in the garage and
one of them has a flat tire and the other car is sitting alongside of it
without a flat tire and we come back there three months later and those
cars are still sitting there, one of them with a flat tire. Did the other
car ever repair the flat tire? Well, Man is better than that, which is
baffling; he can always grow a new tire, one way or another through the
genetic line or something, he can always have a new tire. A car can't even
do this. But as long as we treat Man as a machine, he is capable of doing
all the things a machine can do and no more. And a machine cannot change
its intelligence and cannot change its personality. This is a fantastic
thing that today in this twentieth century, thousands of years of belief in
the field of religion have materialized into an actuality which can be put
into an effect rather easily by the average individual. We have at last
brought this material into the category of practical. The oldest material
Man has, hope, the spirit, has come to a culmination of being intensely
practical. Now, let me say something about this word "religion."
You know that religion has a great many meanings. It has a great many
different meanings. It can mean an enormous number of things. And where the
public at large turns away from religion they don't really know what they
are turning away from, but where they are turning away from it they are
turning away from its impracticality and that's all they are turning away
from. If you ask some avowed atheist, "Why are you
mad-dogging on the subject of God? Why do you talk, talk, talk on the
subject of God?" this man says, "Well, it started out when I was a little
boy and I asked him for a new bicycle and he didn't give me one and my
father beat me with the Bible." He's telling you what? He's telling you it
didn't work.
I practically cleared a preclear the other day by asking him just one
question. The preclear sat back-of course, this was just a freak case-the
preclear sat back; he was well educated in Scientology; he sat back and he
did a sort of dazed look at his past on this one question and all of a
sudden heaved a deep sigh of relief and was in beautiful condition. What
was the question? "Which of your parents," said I, "would you rather have
run 8-C on you?" Now, 8-C, you know, is a little process by which you have
someone go over and finish a cycle of action on one command. And he took a
look at his father, and he said, "Well, my father would probably be best,"
to himself, and then he said, "No, my mother. My mother sure would have
made sure that I went over and touched that wall. No, but she wouldn't have
let me touch the wall. She would have said, 'You go over there and touch
that wall; no, I mean the other wall. What are you doing that for?' " All
of a sudden the preclear said, "About my father, he just would have said,
'What wall?' He never would have ordered me to go over and touch the wall."
The preclear said, "Gee, with the kind of auditing I got when I was a kid,
no wonder I got messed up." Accepted it as an explanation, and revived.
Remarkable, very remarkable.
But, do you realize that where religion is used for the self-centered
and selfish control of other human beings it has been defamed? When papa
was a member of the Baptist Bible Class and he came home and he said, "If
you don't be a good boy, yak, yak, yak, you're going to hell. If you don't
do this, if you don't do that-threat, threat, threat, punishment,
punishment, punishment, threat, threat, threat." You know that's awfully
bad control. That's not good 8-C, is it? And where something has been used
as bad 8-C, we can then expect that a great many people in the society are
going to rebel against it. Just as they would rebel against any auditor who
said, "Now look, there's a wall right there in the air. Now walk over to it
and touch it. All right. Now feel the floor two feet above where you are
standing. That's fine." Then he'd close the doors very firmly and he'd say,
"Now, there being no doors here, walk out into the hall." Supposing he did
this, however: said, "Now, if you don't locate your chair at once a
lightning bolt is going to originate somewhere in the vicinity of your head
and you're going to be sorry." Does this sound like good 8-C?
There are two kinds of control. There's good control and there's bad
control. I can show you a process which demonstrates that a total absence
of control is sickness itself. A child who has no one in his vicinity to
control him as much as he is controlling things is on a stuck flow. He is
incapable then of proceeding. He gets upset. The total absence of control
is itself sickness. I could demonstrate that to you, but you'll have to
take my word for it. The most aberrative person in your bank is probably
the person who should have but did not control you. Now, that person, if
you start running it this way-what did this person want changed, what did
this person want unchanged, what did this person want changed, what did
this person want unchanged-you'll find your preclear becoming quite ill.
All of the tiredness, the upset, the confusion and the hectic necessity to
make an effect upon someone will suddenly rise up and haunt him, because
that person should have controlled him-his mother, his grandmother, his
father-and did not, and left then a sort of a hole in existence which was
timeless, because time depends upon change. And change is part of control.
Without control, without moving particles, without being oneself moved,
do you know that you would just float forever in a timeless void? So, there
is something to control. But, the word control and control itself has been
so badly done that control is almost a curse word. But there is good
control. It would be a type of control where we had some agreement and
knowledge of the goal to be attained. Do you see that? Some agreement and
knowledge of the goal we were trying to reach. That would have to be there.
It would have to be knowing. At least one party would have to know it very
well, and both parties would have to know it somewhat for control to be
functional. We would have to have an agreement of goals. Another thing we
would have to have would be completion of a cycle of action. Once a command
was given it should be
completed before a second command is given. We shouldn't tell somebody,
"Now, pick up that bunch of flo-no, leave it there." Well, now, what I am
describing to you is bad control, and that is very bad, because it
scrambles and confuses one's time. And bad control is done when one of the
parties is totally unaware of control being accomplished. Usually the
person who is being controlled is unaware that he is being controlled or
something of the sort, the person who is doing the controlling does not
know it but is merely acting compulsively or obsessively-and here we get a
situation where cycles of action are not agreed upon, the goals are not
agreed upon, the cycles of action are not completed and we get chaos and we
get bad control.
Where something has been used for bad control it becomes infamous by
the mere association with the confusion of bad control. We could say then
that if all of the auto license bureaus in the country were to get even
worse than they are and were to get into a situation where when they issued
a car license and you put it on your car they would then write you a letter
and tell you that it was the wrong license and you should therefore return
it, otherwise you would be arrested, and when you had returned it you were
arrested for not having a license. When you sent them $200.00, which I
think is the usual tax on a 1930 Model A car today, for tax and license fee
they then lost all of the records and then had you arrested for not
applying. Now this would be interesting, wouldn't it? The first thing you
know, every auto license office would have a very bad name and we would say
that auto licensing is bad, wouldn't we? That's bad. Let's just dispense
with the whole thing. It's impractical, it gets us nowhere, we have
enormous confusion and that is the end of it. And do you know that in this
Western world to a large degree that has happened to religion.
We look at the spectacular, unreasonable stunts. We look at some young
man saying, "I could run this country much better than anybody else. All
you have to do is tell everybody to believe in God and therefore the whole
country would run well." He gets up here on the Capitol steps right here in
Washington, D.C. and forty-five thousand people come out to hear him say
that and he says, "That's all we need and that solves all of our problems
and be good or you'll all go to hell."
Now, when we look at a stunt like this we say to ourselves, "Religion."
But, when we are saying "religion" the way we are saying it, we are talking
about the spiritual side of existence. We are talking about this strange
fact that if the awareness of awareness unit is not itself in control of
the body the body is sick. In other words, if we neglect the spiritual side
of existence and we do not recognize the existence of a spirit, we don't
recognize the part which this plays in life. We are making an open armed
bid for all the evils which escaped from Pandora's Box. We're just asking
for it. A little child goes to school and they say, "Be careful now, eat
your vitamins, be careful how you walk across the street, wear your
clothes, wear your rubbers, don't play in those mud puddles,"-on and on and
on, a constant tirade of what he is not supposed to do or what he is
supposed to do with his body, one way or the other, reasonable or not.
And nobody ever says to him, "Son, your self-determinism depends upon
your ability to tolerate the actions of others or to direct them at will.
It depends upon your ability to have charity towards your fellow men. It
depends upon your ability when in a position of trust to demonstrate mercy.
It depends upon your ability to make a postulate stick on that body. When
you tell it to walk, it walks." Nobody tells him that, and by not telling
him we have forecast for him a life of turmoil, confusion and sickness, and
I would say that is a dirty trick to play on any kid. If the awareness of
awareness unit is in control of the organism, the body, knowingly, we can
expect a healthy body and a successful life. And if a machine is thought to
be in control of the awareness of awareness unit, if it's all just figure-
figure and you-are-what-your-body-is-and-no-more and everything runs for
the body exclusively, we have sickness.
Scientology is knowledge. That's all Scientology is. The word
"Scientology" means knowledge, that's all it means. Scio means knowing in
the fullest sense of the word. Many people believe that this is named after
science. No, it's scio, knowing in the fullest sense of the word, studying
how to know in the fullest sense of the word, but this is the same word as
Dharma, which means knowledge; Tao, which means the way to knowledge;
Buddhism, which means the way to spiritual knowledge. It's an old
word, a very old word. It happens to contain within it today possibly the
bulk of what is knowable in terms of theory, that is immediately knowable
to anybody anywhere. But it contains in itself something else. It contains
a positive direction, a positive goal and is itself committed along a
certain path, and this is the first time that this has ever been committed
along this path and is the principal thing I wish to announce to this
Congress. There is no doubt any longer in my mind that a postulate made by
an awareness of awareness unit is a higher manifestation than any energy-
space manifestation and that the postulate is totally and entirely in
control of space-energy manifestations, a thing which would be news to a
nuclear physicist, but which could be proven to him. It would probably make
a very old man of him. Now we have that fact, that postulate. A thought is
the most senior thing there is. It is senior to any and all masses because
thoughts can handle masses, as I hope you will see in the group processing
here to your abundant knowledge.
Now, thought handles mass. Of course, they have been saying this for
years but they couldn't prove it. A fellow says, "All right, there's that
big truck running right at me and all I have to say is 'no truck.' Is that
the way I do this, right away, that handles the whole situation?" What are
you doing there in a mass that can be run over? That's where you enter that
problem. What are you doing there in a mass that can be run over? Since you
could be there just as easily in no mass at all; and that is what is
startling and what is new. Now Scientology contains, then, a direction and
it contains a goal, and the goal is simply a greater freedom for the
individual, and when we say the individual we are talking about something
as precise as an apple. We are not talking about a collection of behavior
patterns which we all learned about in the study of rats. We are talking
about something that is finite. We are talking about somebody. The
somethingness that you are and the capabilities you can be and this is what
we are talking about. We are not talking about the color of your hair or
the length of your feet. We're talking about you and we know what we are
talking about when we talk about you, and therefore, a greater freedom is
indicated for this individual, you. Why? Because this individual, you, is
today threatened by one of the greatest cataclysms Man has been called upon
to face. He is threatened by a lot of bodies running around, evidently on
total automatic, doing and planning interesting things for the demise of
the race. In the next few years, since this kind of an attack will not
occur for some time, the next few years are going to be nerve-racking
years.
If we understand what we know-you know, that's an interesting thing,
you have to understand what you know-if we understand what we know we can
go a long way in assisting or mitigating the effect and onslaught on a
society of weapons which exceed the imagination of any of us in their
destructive power and which are going to cause on every hand a decline of
the state of Man unless some of us know what we are talking about. And
fortunately, right now, we do know what we are talking about. It will
depend upon us to a very large degree whether Man will become an animal in
earnest or will continue to be a spiritual being. Because, Man is today
threatened by men who have become animals, who have no thought of any other
thing than this. This work does not represent a revolt; it doesn't even
vaguely represent a desire for the demise of any of these things. All it
represents is the hope that Man again can find his own feet, can find
himself in a very confused mechanistic society and can recover to himself
some of the happiness, some of the sincerity, some of the love and kindness
with which he was created, and if Man can do this and if we can help in any
way to accomplish this, then all the years of my life and all the years of
yours will have been well paid for, and none of us will have lived in vain.
I am very, very happy to see you here. I have a great deal to tell you
that is technical. I want to tell you first that we have a practical
religion. And before you say, "Religion, grrrr," think of that it is a
practical religion and religion is the oldest heritage that Man has. Many,
many of those present are ministers. The fact is that we do not fit at all
or influence or have any real contact with medicine, certainly not with
psychiatry. We do not exist in the tradition of psychology. We can only
exist in the field of religion. Of course, it would be up to us to make
religion a much better thing than it has been and to use it to run much
better 8-C on our fellow Man. Thank you.
[pic]
Major 4 [1955, ca. early July]
The Magazine of
DIANETICS and SCIENTOLOGY
from
Washington, D. C.
STRAIGHT WIRE
A MANUAL OF OPERATION
L. Ron Hubbard
ARTICLE ONE
Modern Straight Wire
On the theory that someone may pick up this book and have only time to
read a few lines, or have a constricted ability in amount of material
assimilable, right here in a hurry I wish to give you the type of Straight
Wire which is today producing phenomenal results on preclears.
THE COMMAND: Recall a moment of ______ .
NUMBER OF TIMES COMMAND USED: Until the complete flattening of the
preclear's communication lag takes place, so that he can readily and at
some length and quantity give replies without any difficulty.
COMMUNICATION: Always acknowledge with an "O.K." or an "all right"
every answer which the preclear gives you. Always let the preclear
originate any communication he wishes to originate, or comment on the
process, and acknowledge his origin of communication or comment. In other
words, do not override his effort to communicate to you as this will
considerably reduce his tone rise.
DUPLICATION: Make sure that you, the auditor, duplicate the command
over, and over, and over until the comm lag is flat, and do not be detoured
by any rationale of your own into any other process simply because you are
unwilling to continue the duplication of the command.
APPLICATION: In the blank space of the command can be placed any
subject of any concern or consideration of the preclear whether theta or
entheta.
EXAMPLE: The preclear is studious. The auditor then applies Straight
Wire in this fashion: "Recall a moment of studiousness*." The preclear does
so and says that he has or describes the time. It will be observed that the
first one may take a considerable length of time and that the length of
time intervening between the question and the reply will vary from here on
until the communication lag is entirely flat, which means that the process
may have to be continued for half an hour, an hour, or many hours. The
communication lag is known to be flat when the replies are readily given
without pause or hesitation and without any comment on the preclear's part.
The moment the preclear says he has recalled a time or describes the time
he has recalled, which is optional, the auditor says, "O.K." or "all
right," acknowledging the fact that
* The reason we've used "studious" here instead of "tired" or "dead" is to
keep the reader in present time. We want him to get the data not paralysis.
Copyright (�) l955 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
he has received the preclear's communication, at which moment the auditor
then places the exact question once more. An additional symptom of a flat
process is that the preclear will no longer be studious. But, as preclears
do not know how studious they are, it is best to run the process until the
communication lag is flat. It is not necessary for the auditor to demand
NEW times every time. The preclear can recall the same time if he desires
to do so.
OBSERVED PHENOMENON: The time track phenomenon will be observed while
delivering this Straight Wire question. It will manifest itself in this
fashion. The first answers of the preclear will probably be relatively
close to present time and then will be further back into the past, at which
time they will begin to progress (at some time they will begin to progress
forward into the future) and will come close to present time again, when
they will once more turn around and go into the past and then come into the
future. In other words, the preclear will give the time A DAY OR SO AGO
when he was studious, then a time A YEAR OR SO AGO when he was studious,
then a time WHEN HE WAS A CHILD when he was studious, then a time WHEN HE
WAS SIXTEEN when he was studious, then a time LAST YEAR when he was
studious, then a time THREE DAYS AGO when he was studious, then a time TWO
YEARS AGO when he was studious, then a time when he was THREE YEARS OLD and
he was studious, then a time when he was EIGHT YEARS OLD and he was
studious, then a time YESTERDAY when he was studious, and so forth. In
other words, the preclear sweeps up and down the time track. The caution to
be observed in this is, never leave the process when the preclear is
recalling moments which are far into the past. Leave the process when the
preclear is recalling times relatively close to present time. Otherwise you
stick the preclear on the track.
GOAL OF THE PROCESS: The goal of many processes is to raise the
selfdeterminism of the preclear. Memory is an automaticity which is not
under the control of the preclear. By taking over the automaticities of
memory and forgetting the preclear is capable of greater self-determinism.
In view of the fact that all mass could be said to be memory, you will see
at once that Straight Wire leads to the control of mass.
PREREQUISITES TO SESSION: Present must be an auditor, a preclear, a
place to audit and time in which to audit.
WHEN THE SESSION HAS BEGUN: The session is actually in progress and the
process is ready to be administered only when the preclear is aware of the
fact that an auditor is present, that HE is present, that the auditing room
is present and that an auditing session is in progress. TWO-WAY
COMMUNICATION or asking the preclear to locate objects in the room simply
by NOTICING THAT THEY ARE THERE (a lower process than Two-Way
Communication) should then be engaged upon until such time as the preclear
is aware of his surroundings and the condition.
ON WHAT PRECLEAR TO USE STRAIGHT WIRE: Straight Wire can be used on any
preclear who is AWARE OF HIS SURROUNDINGS, THE AUDITOR, AND AUDITING
SESSION AND WHO HAS REALITY UPON THE GOAL OF AUDITING. This is signalized
by the preclear being in fairly good two-way communication with the
auditor. Straight Wire should not be employed on preclears who are in very
poor two-way communication.
SUBJECTS ON WHICH STRAIGHT WIRE CAN BE USED: Straight Wire can be
employed on ANY SUBJECT OR CONDITION. It will be discovered that the
straight wire processes are PROBABLY THE BEST RESOLUTION OF BLACK CASES.
The resolution of a black case is indeed contained rather succinctly in the
auditing command, "Recall a time when you were looking at blackness." The
entire HIDE to SERENITY scale can be employed with considerable tone change
in the preclear. The key to exteriorization lies in the auditing command:
"Recall a time when you were in or associated with a body." Peculiarities,
physical deformities or conditions of any kind could be used on the above
straight wire basis with success.
I have given you this brief rundown on Modern Straight Wire, not
because it is all there is to say on the subject, but because I wanted to
give you the exact essentials
present in Modern Straight Wire as rapidly and as efficiently as possible,
so that they could be used without having to go through a great deal of
material. However, a person, to use Straight Wire, should know a great deal
about Straight Wire. While he could simply use the essentials above and
could produce a considerable change in a case on any subject, an auditor
who is not skilled would be held up by the duplication factor. He would
have a tendency, under, of course, very good alibis of his own, to desert
the command itself before the process was flat. He would have a tendency to
change the command to something else. He would have a tendency to go on
excursive trips into the side roads of the process, since a great many
comments, considerations and phenomena will come up while Straight Wire is
in progress. The self-discipline necessary to continue an auditing command
over, and over, and over, and over is not a light discipline. In fact we
could say that an auditor who has not himself had a great deal of
duplication run would find himself very resistive to repeating this
auditing command to a preclear for a long period of time. However, this
does not go to say that an auditor in terrible condition himself, knowing
this fact, could not then grit his teeth and pitch in and go on and
continue a two-way communication with the preclear, and go on and ask this
auditing question over, and over, and over, and over until the preclear's
case was solved. Not only is this possible, but it has been done very
often. And, in fact, we have a great deal of respect for auditors who,
although they themselves are in relatively poor condition, yet go on and
produce tremendous advances in cases. We, of course, get more enthusiastic
about auditors who are in good shape, producing good results, but we cannot
but admire the stick-to-itivity some auditors have in carrying through
processes which are above their own case level.
Now, just because we have a modern Straight Wire which is interestingly
exact in its application and very predictable in its results, is no reason
why we have to throw away all other processes. The Six Basic Steps, done as
they are done today, are, of course, of great value and do not go into the
discard simply because we have a more effective, more exact and simpler
Straight Wire.
There is one particular caution which should be observed in
administering Straight Wire: that A PRECLEAR WILL VERY OFTEN GIVE A NO-COMM-
LAG REACTION TO A PROCESS WHICH IS ABOVE HIS LEVEL. He will not get well on
the process; he will not improve on the process, but also he does not comm-
lag on the process. The process is being done more or less by some circuit.
It is being done without any reality and it is not involving the preclear
at all. One has to go far enough south so that the preclear develops a comm
lag. Now, if you were to run Straight Wire on some preclear and simply get
your answers every two or three seconds and keep getting answers for a long
period of time, you would discover at length that the process was not
improving the preclear. The reason the process is not improving the
preclear is because the process is above the preclear and the preclear has
no reality upon his recalls or his answers. In such a wise it would be very
wise to start in below Two-Way Communication and get the preclear to spot
objects in the room. Not walk over to them, or perform an 8-C, which is
above Straight Wire on the tone scale, but simply to look around and find
that there is a chair in the room, that there is a table, and so on. This
done for a while orients the preclear and it is discovered that he will go
into two-way communication with the auditor. Two-Way Communication, then,
about the preclear's everyday life should ensue, and after this, R2-20,
PROBLEMS AND SOLUTIONS, should be run flat on the preclear, for the
preclear who is very short on problems and who is incapable of arriving at
solutions is not likely to give up any case problem and is not likely to
arrive at any solution. So, we understand that there are actually three
points below Straight Wire. Now, a preclear who would need Problems and
Solutions run on him at great length is liable, oddly enough, not to comm-
lag on Straight Wire and also not to improve upon it. In this wise, the
preclear's reality on the question or the response is very low and he is
simply being monitored by the auditor. The auditor is more or less running
all of the preclear's machinery, an oddity which we observe in some
auditing sessions. Although the auditor is running the preclear's
machinery, neither the auditor nor the preclear is aware of it. The auditor
isn't aware of it because he would rather not be, and the preclear isn't
aware of it because he isn't aware of very much anyhow.
Just as an automobile doesn't much care who drives it, so do some low toned
preclears not care who is running the circuits.
A variation on Modern Straight Wire, a little older but still quite
effective, is "Give me something you wouldn't mind remembering," and "Give
me something you wouldn't mind forgetting." These two commands are run
independently of each other, not alternately, and each is flattened. These
are very, very effective commands. It is remarkable that "Give me something
you wouldn't mind forgetting" hits people who are dislocated so hard that a
many-hour comm lag may ensue on the question. These people are afraid to
forget anything. This is very, very effective auditing and is not
discarded. It can be used a little lower on the scale than Modern Straight
Wire, but it is slower.
An auditor should test Straight Wire very rigorously in the recommended
form given above before forming any forthright opinions concerning it. He
should observe that running this Straight Wire on a very low toned preclear
produces no comm lag and no betterment of the preclear. This is the first
thing he should learn about it. Then he should learn that run in its proper
place on a preclear who is in two-way communication and is in fair
condition, it produces remarkable, stable results which last for a very
long time. It is not a trick process. It is a plow-horse sort of process,
but once it has hauled the preclear up the scale it leaves him there. A
preclear's continued stability for a long time after an auditing session is
very desirable. The trick momentary flash results sometimes do not last. An
auditor should also learn that he himself is capable of repeating one
command over, and over, and over, and over, without varying it, without
getting so bored with it that he himself goes out of the auditing session.
Remember, when the auditor leaves the auditing session (although he is
still there giving auditing commands) it sometimes occurs that very little
auditing gets done, since an auditing session of necessity has to have an
auditor and a preclear present and auditing in progress.
It will be startling to you to know that this process is a specific
process for a black case and does relieve the black case's blackness. And,
after and above the black case level this process is a specific for non-
exteriorization and will produce exteriorization if "Recall a time when you
were in or associated with a body" is employed over a long enough period of
time.
There is a great deal more to know about Straight Wire. There are a
great deal of phenomena which occur in Straight Wire and there are many
other data to be studied about Straight Wire. However, if the auditor cares
to study these, first let him learn thoroughly what we mean by Modern
Straight Wire and that is laid out above with exactness.
ARTICLE TWO
The History of Straight Wire
The old Dianetic auditor will have no difficulty in recalling the
earliest days of Straight Wire.
Once upon a time Straight Wire was one of the most intricate, tricky,
intuitive processes known. There were auditors who were excellent at this,
but they were alone in their skill. There were many, many auditors who
never did make Straight Wire work.
Straight Wire of the old Dianetic type, expertly done, many times
produced such fascinating results that auditors would then specialize in
it, but, because it has often failed, their specialization would be
tempered with a restless search for some other process that would do the
job with greater exactness.
The genus of Straight Wire immediately followed the release of "The
First Book," Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health, on May 9,
1950. I developed Straight Wire a little too late to get it into the text
of that book, but taught the first ten students at 42 Aberdeen Road,
Elizabeth, New Jersey, this process and actually got these students
sufficiently expert in the use of Straight Wire that they could straighten
out present time problems on preclears with remarkable facility.
Here is an example of the earliest form of Straight Wire: A preclear is
observed to be possessed of a nervous affliction-the rapid blinking of one
eye. The auditor asks him, "Who had that affliction?" and asks him this
with sufficient communication and discussion so that the preclear at length
actually SPOTS A TIME WHEN HE OBSERVED THIS AFFLICTION IN ANOTHER THAN
HIMSELF. Now, today with our understanding of Ownership Processing, as
covered in the Congress of Eastern Scientologists on June third to sixth
[1955] at the Shoreham Hotel in Washington, D.C., it becomes highly
technical, for naturally the affliction, if it persisted, must be misowned.
But, it would also be understood that the preclear himself might be the
creator of the condition. If the preclear himself had created the eye
twitch at some time in his past, recalling it in somebody else would simply
reinforce the eye twitch; thus Straight Wire would not work. As, let us say
crudely, this condition exists in about 50% of the cases on whom Straight
Wire was used, we certainly would have, by the factors involving ownership,
a misunderstanding of the process and a great many failures.
In view of the fact that a thing persists only if it is misowned-if a
person himself has created it and says somebody else has created it or if a
person is saying he created something which somebody else actually created-
we get a persistence of the space or mass. If a person created the
condition and then says that he himself created the condition, a vanishment
of the condition will occur. If somebody else, a specific person, created
the condition and the preclear says that person created the condition, then
again we get a vanishment. Only when we misown or miscall the creation of a
condition do we get a persistence. Thus we can see that the earliest
Straight Wire depended in a great measure upon calling the correct
ownership; and recalling the correct ownership by recalling observation of
the condition in somebody else would be then sufficient to bring about a
diminishment of the condition.
Thus, repeating, Straight Wire would not work on conditions which the
person had himself created, as long as the auditing command was "Recall a
time when you saw that in somebody else." This would have to be
supplemented by "Recall a time when you decided this was a good thing." And
if those two auditing commands had been used on any condition and if we had
also known about comm lag and duplication of the question, then Straight
Wire would have been very successful. As a matter of fact it was quite
successful and quite startling but had the above limitations.
Now, the earliest type of Straight Wire was interesting in that it did
not embrace the case that couldn't remember. To handle this type of case we
invented a variation, which was simply to ask the preclear to remember
something, anything, and keep him remembering something or anything until
his confidence in his own memory rose to a point where he could remember
and thus could experience the benefit of old-time Straight Wire. An example
of this variation was to ask somebody if he could remember something that
had happened today or something that he had had for breakfast, and keep on
asking him for various things until he did have a solid reality on one
recall or another.
But this too was quite limited as to process, and in order to further
improve memories we came out with what is now known as the next-to-the-last
list of Self Analysis, which is "Recall something real," "Recall a time
when you were in communication with someone," "Recall a time when someone
was in communication with you," "Recall a time when you felt some affinity
for someone," "Recall a time when someone felt some affinity for you,"
which process capitalized on the ARC triangle which we came out with in
July of 1950, which was much better described in the book Notes on the
Lectures of November of 1950 and expanded considerably in Science of
Survival which was written in the spring of 1951 and released that summer,
the above list appearing in Self Analysis, which was written in September
of 1951.
Succeeding this "next-to-the-last list of Self Analysis" was Validation
Straight Wire, the theory of which was to validate all the good moments in
the preclear's past by having him recall them. An oddity immediately
demonstrated itself, however, in the use of Validation Straight Wire to the
effect that the preclear would recall just so many moments which were good
and would then fall off into moments which were very bad
indeed. This phenomenon had, by the way, been observed much earlier as a
comment on the running of pleasure moments, a process developed by Parker
Morgan in Elizabeth in 1950.
After Validation Straight Wire the whole subject of Straight Wire more
or less fell into disrepute and decay, and a great deal of concentration
was given to actual incidents on the whole track and an enormous amount of
phenomena which had been dug up through my work in Wichita. Only "next-to-
the-last list of Self Analysis" continued to be used right up to the time
when we developed "Something you wouldn't mind remembering," "Something you
wouldn't mind forgetting," in one of the clinical units of the summer of
1954. Immediately a great many limitations on Straight Wire were swept away
and Straight Wire became a much more important process because it was
getting much better results. Here for the first time we had entered into
the idea that forgettingness was an actual attribute. In other words, it
was a skill. A person forgot things so that he could have things. And,
realizing that this was a skill and that it was on full automatic we, of
course, had the reason why people were not able to remember. They were so
anxious to forget.
In the spring of 1955, in the tenth clinical unit, we discovered that
"something you wouldn't mind FORGETTING" was far, far more important than
"something you wouldn't mind remembering," and made several tests which
demonstrated a considerable rise in tone as a result of using this single
command: "Something you wouldn't mind forgetting." However, because many
more interesting things were showing up and occurring we did not give this
really the attention it deserved, and actually to this moment the process
is not as thoroughly tried as it might be. It might very well occur that
this process would succeed many other processes as something which would
produce a long-continued and stable result.
With the first clinical unit [October 5-November 16, 1953], which was
taught in Camden, New Jersey, we made a considerable codification of
"automaticity" and "randomity," which had first been introduced in the
Philadelphia lectures of December, 1952. The understanding of these two
things demonstrated that THE GREATEST AUTOMATICITY IN WHICH ANYONE WAS
ENGAGED WAS REMEMBERING AND FORGETTING. Thus, exercises on remembering and
forgetting were, of course, very, very important.
It should be understood, then, that no amount of engram running or
present time processes would handle this highly specialized thing,
automatic remembering and automatic forgetting. And in view of the role
remembering and forgetting play in everyday living we couldn't consider the
person very thoroughly processed unless we had taken his memory into
account. Thus, whatever other processes are run on the individual,
something should be done in order to bring this automatic memory factor
under control.
We have rather suspected of recent months that it is not necessary to
have a great versatility of subject in remembering in order to restore
memory. The mere act of remembering something is enough to take over the
automaticity. In other words, there isn't an automaticity for every subject
you can remember; there is simply an automaticity on the subject of memory.
Similarly on forgetting. One might think there was a forgetting
automaticity on every type and subject known, but there is only one
mechanism behind all of this and that is simply an automaticity of
forgetting.
Now, if you were to stabilize a preclear in present time and do all
sorts of other things with him and yet neglect exercising his memory in any
degree it is probable that you would have left the sphere of recall
untouched to his detriment and would have left him with this automaticity.
And the automaticity of remembering and the automaticity of forgetting
could, of course, push him on down again. So, we should say that any
preclear who becomes stable should have had exercises in remembering and
forgetting.
The actual history of Straight Wire is of course a very old one, much
older than Dianetics. We did not invent Straight Wire. We discovered and
observed a great many mechanics about memory which had been neglected
hitherto. But, we find that Straight Wire or memory exercises are actually
very ancient and have been used for at least sixty-five years.
There were many excursions and experiments made in Straight Wire in early
Dianetic days. One of these was Repetitive Straight Wire. Simply asking a
person to remember something over, and over, and over again. This naturally
succeeded from the running of an engram. Running an engram through, and
through, and through eventually erases it, so it was tried with Straight
Wire and it was discovered that this was fairly effective, but again was
not an answer.
The old Dianetic auditor can probably remember early Straight Wire with
affection and probably can remember a great many successes as a result of
using it. And strictly as a nostalgic exercise, he should know now that
with OWNERSHIP PROCESSING as given in the Congress of Eastern
Scientologists, he could make old-time Straight Wire totally effective with
the question "Can you recall a time when somebody else had that condition?"
"Can you recall a time when you decided to have that condition?" on all
those cases who are already in fairly good condition in the memory
department. He would have to ask BOTH of these questions of ANY case in
order to get a result and he would have to ask BOTH of these questions
MANY, MANY TIMES, until the preclear had flattened his comm lag. This would
be a rather crude form of Straight Wire, but it would at least be
completing the cycle of action from olden times.
Straight Wire is one of the most agreed upon things in Dianetics and
Scientology. There may have been many people who questioned the
advisability of running engrams or running secondaries or scanning engrams
or doing something else, but, nobody ever questioned very seriously the
efficacity of Straight Wire when it worked. It is, and has been broadly
accepted as a near synonym for Dianetics and Scientology.
ARTICLE THREE
The Theory of Straight Wire
Memory has played an intimate part in existence since the first Thetan.
The creation of time and the creation of memory were concurrent incidents.
Let us take a single particle. We find that with this single particle no
time is possible, since the space occupied by the single particle would be
indeterminate in placing the particle. Unless, of course, there were eight
particles demarking the space itself, at which time you would now have nine
particles, and it would be very simple to have time. But, with one particle
we cannot have time. We have to have two particles to have time. And we
have to have two particles to have memory.
We have to have two particles to have memory because we would have to
have a reference point for establishing where the moving particle had been
if one had remained motionless. In other words, let us take a motionless
particle and then let us have another particle move in relationship to that
motionless particle; we would then be able to tell that it had moved by
remembering that it had been where it was originally. And then remembering
successively the positions it had gone through until it arrived at its
present time position. The moment that it moved further one would have a
situation again of remembering what had been present time for it, but
observing what was now its present time position.
MEMORY IS THEN, MECHANICALLY, THE TRACKING OF POSITIONS. Where
POSTULATES or CONSIDERATIONS are concerned, however, we must first have the
consideration that space, particles in time can exist and then THAT ONE CAN
REMEMBER. This latter is more important than the mechanical facts of time.
For if one continually makes the consideration that he cannot remember, he
is at once making the consideration that he cannot discover the former
position of earlier particles, and any advanced student who knows about
PERFECT DUPLICATION, or if you care to read about that in The Creation of
Human Ability, will find that it would now be next to impossible for the
individual to cause the vanquishment of the particle. In other words, if
the person cannot remember where the particle came from originally, he
cannot establish its original position. And being unable to establish its
original
position he cannot get an exact duplication of it, which is to say a
perfect duplicate of it, and so will get a persistence of the particle.
Once one has forgotten its original position, which is the mechanical
aspect of this, one is then no longer able to cause it to disappear.
In processing we very often run into a person who has "heavy
facsimiles." In other words, these facsimiles are so heavy and so weighty
that he can barely push them around. This is simply basically a postulate
that these things are heavy, that energy is heavy, but next to that it is a
consideration that one cannot do anything to them. One cannot cause them to
vanish-therefore, one cannot cause them to affect one less.
Observing, then, that things tend to become more permanent and more
solid the less one can remember where they came from (though this is not a
total truth, you understand), we could consider that ALL OBJECTS ARE
MEMORY. Or more accurately, that ALL OBJECTS ARE MIS-MEMORY. If an object
is there, one comment you could make about it is that everybody has
forgotten when and where it was created. And having forgotten when and
where it was created, it now persists. Thus, you might say that objects
depend, or persistent spaces depend, entirely for their persistence upon
forgettingness. Which is to say, mis-memory.
Now, as memory applies to postulates and considerations as well as to
spaces and masses, it becomes obvious that conditions, good conditions or
bad, would tend to persist where they were mis-remembered. In other words,
if you knew exactly where all the particles of your car were created and
how many movements back they were created and who had created them (the
more important fact) and who had assembled them into a car you would not
have any car. It would simply disappear. In other words, a perfect memory
would bring about a vanishment of all objects and spaces.
Well, at least that is the theory and the theory is borne out by the
fact that it is only necessary to remember who created something to have it
diminish in density, or, in case of a light mass of energy, such as an
engram, to vanish.
In that Thetans become very possessed with the idea of making nothing
out of everything (their primary obsession), memory, an exact and
persistent memory, becomes an obsession with the Thetan. He knows that when
he no longer remembers the exact genus of all those things in his vicinity
he will no longer be able to make them disappear. Therefore, a failure in
memory causes a Thetan to be very frantic.
Now, we needn't go too deeply into just exactly why this is, but I will
brush it in passing. ALL THINGS LIKE TO BE DUPLICATED. A THETAN HAS NO
MASS, NO SPACE, NO WAVELENGTH, AND NO TIME. Therefore to get a perfect
perception of anything, he thinks the best choice would be to look at
something which has no mass, no space, no wavelength, and no time. Of
course, this is impossible. But, this is a Thetan being duplicated, and
this, indeed, would be the most comfortable frame of mind for a Thetan-to
have no persistence or non-persistence of any kind in its vicinity. Thus,
when a Thetan begins to see more and more spaces (and he is not space) and
when he begins to see more and more masses (and he is not mass) and when he
begins to see more and more wave motion (and he is not wave motion) he
conceives the fact that nothing is duplicating him, which is to say that
nothing is taking a look at his nothingness and becoming nothing. In other
words, he's losing control of things.
Well, it just so happens that a Thetan knows that if he could remember
the exact place everything had been generated, the exact time and the exact
conditions and the exact person who did it, he would then get a
disappearance. Thus, when a Thetan begins to object to life and considers
that this idea of masses and spaces is foolish and should be discontinued
(as the boys evidently believe in the nuclear physics department) they can
only think in frantic terms of making nothing out of everything.
It does not happen to be a healthy frame of mind for a Thetan to be
obsessed with making nothing out of things. We see people around who,
themselves, have considerable bulk but who are unable to make nothing out
of things but who try all the time to do so anyway. For instance, you tell
a joke; they say, well that's nothing, and they've heard that before. You
buy a new hat and they say they've always liked it. You invent a new dance
step and they say it has been done before. They are, on a covert level,
trying to make nothing out of something. These people already know they
can't
make nothing out of masses and spaces. They are already obsessed with the
idea that masses and spaces are dangerous to them and therefore, they do
have to make nothing out of them. And these people at the same time will be
obsessed with problems in memory and will probably develop a fantastic comm
lag on the auditing question "Give me something you wouldn't mind
forgetting." It does not follow that everybody who wants to improve his
memory is obsessed with making nothing out of everything. But it does
demonstrate how we get these obsessions on the subject of memory. Actually
you could probably remember one-one hundredth of what you are able to
remember and still get along. Certainly I know lots of places where people
would employ you if you could remember just one-thousandth of what you are
able to remember at this moment. The income tax bureau is one of them.
Memory, strangely enough, has very little to do with intelligence.
Intelligence is the ability to pose and resolve problems relating to
survival. Without some memory, one would have no track of time, but, an
absolutely perfect memory does not necessarily connote a perfect
intelligence. If one's memory were really perfect, he would have no objects
or spaces with which to pose or resolve problems. So, therefore, a certain
amount of mis-memory (or forgettingness) is necessary to have factors with
which to play a game.
When memory is entered as a factor into the posing and resolving of
problems one then gets the phenomenon of time track. One conceives through
"experience" the IDENTITIES, SIMILARITIES AND DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THE
PRESENT TIME FACTORS AND THE FACTORS OF THE PAST. AND HERE WE HAVE THE KEY
TO ABERRATION.
Theoretically, a person could not be aberrated who was not living on a
time track, since he would have no need of any kind to associate any spaces
or objects of the present with any spaces or objects of the past. Now,
naturally, no spaces or objects of the present are ever exactly identical
to spaces or objects of the past. But, a person through mis-memory will
eventually come into a situation where he does actually conceive a present
time situation to be identical with a past situation. When he conceives
this automatically and with great ease he is then in a fair way to being
aberrated.
One could not go so far as to say that no experience at all is
necessary to the living of life. But, one could go so far as to say that a
total reliance upon experience or hearsay or second-hand observation in
life brings a person into a very frightening state of mind.
Therefore, mis-memory could be of this kind. One sees a certain number
of factors before him. One misremembers some factors that happened to him
earlier sufficiently to conceive that these earlier factors are now
identical with the factors he faces. When he has managed this he has
essentially no time. In other words, IDENTITY does not give him PAST. He
says the factors I face right now ARE the factors which confronted me five
years ago. But he does not conceive this articulately. He conceives this on
a mis-memory basis. He "feels" that the present factors have a significance
which is due to nothing but themselves, but it's actually due to a
combination of past factors. This essentially is about all there is to
aberration. Aberration is "NO TIME." It does not conceive that there is any
earlier position for any particle.
Thus, we have the interesting fact that a perfect memory to an extreme
and absolute that has never existed would bring about a situation of NO
UNIVERSE, NO FORM, NO MASS, NO SPACE. And that a completely IMPERFECT
memory, which again has never existed, would bring about a total COLLAPSE
of all time, and would bring all factors into the present. Now, somewhere
between these two lies the game called SANITY. It is in the effort to
attain this game called sanity that the auditor exercises the memory of the
preclear. He must exercise the memory in such a way as to uncover a great
many similarities which the preclear thought were identities.
Now, here is the subject of valence. By valence we mean personality.
Theoretically a person could have his own valence. But, more familiarly the
term is used to denote the borrowing of the personality of another. A
preclear "in his father's valence" is acting as though he were his father.
The word "valence" means in Latin, strength (valentia). We use it in
Dianetics and Scientology as meaning personality, but it has not
escaped the value of strength. A person takes at will the valences of a
commanding nature or valences of a very obedient nature in order to answer
up to various situations. One person may routinely use several valences. In
order to handle women he takes the valence of his father, in order to
handle students he takes the valence of a bulldog. In order to get drunk he
takes the valence of a horse. There may or may not be any sense to the
valence beyond the fact that it was a strong valence in a situation
relating to the subject. In other words, he has mental image pictures
unconsciously experienced by him which have as their dominant or obedient
personality things related to the subject which he then identifies with the
subject. Many a psychotic is in the valence of a bedpost. Others are in the
valence of God. But these are totally stuck valences; any sane person
routinely uses in his modus operandi of existence a vast category of
valences. To say that somebody is capable of two or three valences would be
a misnomer. A person takes many valences. Now, it is not necessary to pick
up these valences or these personalities or "strengths" or "weaknesses" in
our expanded understanding of the word in order to handle existence. A
Thetan is perfectly capable of mocking up a beingness or valence sufficient
to the situation simply compounded from the elements of the situation. If
he does this easily he is very intelligent. He has a good imagination. Or
you might say a good valencination. Only when he has a tremendous
successful valence in the past which has enormous command value or enormous
obedience value and then when he forgets this and conceives that it is all
in the present does he assume anything like a fixed valence. He then is,
you might say, "himself." The "himself" or "herself" is simply a valence
which is moderately commanding, moderately obedient and which is "dreamed
up" or "taken out of past experience."
The automaticities of memory are dependent upon this valence situation.
By automaticity we mean anything that goes on running outside the control
of the individual. This in its severest definition would seem to indicate
that everything was automatic except those things upon which the person had
his immediate attention. And this is not too far from wrong. It is not bad
to have things automatic, it is bad to have placed things on automatic
which are detrimental to one's happiness and life. The more automaticities
exist around the individual the less living that individual is likely to
do.
This is quite interesting to observe, off the subject a little, in a
business office which is determined to modernize with all the latest
machinery and equipment. It is the theory that the introduction of all
these automaticities will bring down the number of people on staff and will
bring up the volume of work. Now, there is a make-or-break point beyond
which the introduction of automaticities is detrimental to the business
itself and will actually cut down the amount of outgoing communication. In
fact, in a great many overly machined business offices the greatest amount
of work done is by the repairmen, keeping the machinery in action. But,
without a certain amount of automaticity in an office, it is true that very
little work gets done.
Harm comes from this factor of automaticity only when people have
forgotten that something has been put on automatic, for when a thing is put
on automatic, which is to say, when it is put in a situation where it is
intended to run without any observation of any kind from anybody and
without any knowledge on the part of anybody that it is running, we
suddenly find a sphere of deteriorization, and we cannot trace it. We do
not know what has broken down since we did not know what was there and had
been placed on automatic.
Here memory plays an interesting role. The first requisite to putting
something on automatic is to forget that it has been placed on automatic.
And that in the severest Scientological use of the word is what we mean by
a full automaticity. Something is going on and we do not know its cause. We
do not know its cause because we have forgotten that we have placed it
there. Or, we have forgotten that anyone placed it there. We do not even
know that anything IS there. But, something is happening in that sphere.
Now, although this relates to many parts of life we are apt to
specialize on the psychosomatic character of this manifestation. We have
forgotten or maybe never did know who put a bad leg into this body. A bad
leg is in this body. We try, by moving it
around or by manipulation, to change the bad leg and find out that we get
an additional persistence to the bad leg. Only by discovering the ownership
of the decision or idea or mass of the bad leg would we get a complete
vanquishment of the bad leg. Now, if we went just a little bit further and
remembered also who made the leg in the first place, and remembered this
fully to the extent of remembering who made all the particles that went
together and made the leg and who made all of the organizations of food
which fed the leg, we would have no leg. So, we see that we could carry
memory through to a complete vanquishment.
But, automaticity and memory do not happen to be limited entirely and
completely to just one factor-psychosomatic illness. In fact, a person who
would work memory simply to get somebody over a psychosomatic illness has
himself a very bad identification. Life does not consist of psychosomatic
illnesses. As a matter of fact, the Scientology auditor who tells preclears
that he is going to get them over their psychosomatic illness has already
created a new automaticity, as far as the preclear is concerned.
Now, the PRECLEAR isn't going to go do it; the AUDITOR, by some
necromancy, is going to do it and we're likely to get a failure on the part
of the auditor to remedy that psychosomatic illness. As a matter of fact,
an auditor has no business at all promising anybody that he will ever do
anything about a psychosomatic illness. Not, of course, because he can't,
because of all the professionals in the world, the auditor is probably the
one most likely to knock out a psychosomatic illness. But an auditor who
says he's going to knock out a psychosomatic illness and goes in the
direction of knocking such things out is limiting himself so woefully that
it's hardly worth while knowing how to audit. When preclears start telling
us that they want to get rid of such and such a psychosomatic illness we
are apt to gaze at them with a questioning eye since the person has an
insufficiency of problems or he wouldn't have the psychosomatic illness,
and if we took it away he would just get another one unless we also
remedied PROBLEMS. And all we can see out of this statement of the preclear
is that this preclear has his attention fixed on something and he ought to
have his attention unfixed off of it. Well, if he has his attention this
thoroughly fixed on a psychosomatic illness he probably, on a gradient
scale, has his attention fixed on a great many other and unpleasant things.
And as a result we have a problem here in an individual who is stuck all
over the track. He's identifying, he's misremembering, he is in, to say the
least, an interesting state. And even if we did get him over the
psychosomatic illness we probably, if we limited the auditing to this,
would not have made him happy. So what we tell such a preclear is, "Well, I
may or may not do something about the psychosomatic illness, but I will
certainly make you feel happier about it." Usually he is fairly satisfied
with such an answer.
The earliest coining of the memory exercises known as "Straight Wire"
came from the formula of cause and effect. In 1950 in the early HDA
Lectures we described this as the act of stringing a line between present
time and some incident in the past, and stringing that line directly and
without any detours. In other words, we conceived the auditor was stringing
a straight wire of memory between the actual genus of a condition and
present time, thus demonstrating that there was a difference of time and
space in the condition then and the condition now, and that the preclear
conceding this difference would then rid himself of the condition or at
least be able to handle it. This essentially was the overcoming of
automaticities or the locating of automaticities. The preclear had some
engram that had a command value over him and it was necessary to locate the
source of that situation in order to bring it under the preclear's control.
The term "Straight Wire" was used to differentiate between Dianetic memory
exercises and those which had been used by psychotherapy in the past. And a
great need for such differentiation was necessary, because there's many a
Dianetic auditor who permitted "free association" and other unworkable
techniques to go on in the guise of auditing. Hence the term "Straight
Wire," and that term seems to be an apt one since it stuck with auditors
all during these years.
The motto of Straight Wire could be said to be, DISCOVER THE ACTUAL
GENUS OF ANY CONDITION AND YOU WILL PLACE THE CONDITION UNDER THE CONTROL
OF THE PRECLEAR.
ARTICLE FOUR
Straight Wire and Present Time
One of the earliest observations of Straight Wire which we made was on
no less a preclear than Burke Belknap (then studying to be an HDA) in the
small reception room at 42 Aberdeen Road in Elizabeth, New Jersey. Burke
had come in complaining of a headache and in an offhand way I said, "I'll
handle that" and asked him to remember who had a headache. He promptly came
up with a memory of someone else having a headache and then someone else
having a headache and finally of someone who complained about headaches and
abruptly his headache was gone. Well, this was very triumphant, but I did
not have enough sense to quit at that exact moment but started to run him
through the incident he had last recalled, and instantly his headache was
back.
Now, we are telling you this for more reason than nostalgia. This was
the first time we observed the difference between Straight Wire and engram
running to the degree that: Straight Wire did not run out the engram but
only got it out of present time. Naturally, in theory, we had had this
around for some time. But, here was an exact example of this very thing
occurring. In other words, you could remember something and feel good, and
then could run immediately into the engram and feel terrible all over
again. Now, this immediately and instantly gives us the reason why
psychotherapy was unworkable before Dianetics. One would get the preclear
into present time (and of course the preclear is always in present time but
the engrams are there also, so it is more accurate to say, get the engrams
out of present time) and then have the engram get into present time again
and have the preclear in the same state as before. In other words, as long
as and as often as we wanted to get these mental image pictures of pain and
unconsciousness into and out of present time we would have a change
accordingly in the preclear. Theoretically we could throw birth into
present time and out of present time, into present time and out of present
time, and have the preclear as rapidly have and not have the symptoms of
birth. Now when we realize that our machinery as a body-plus-Thetan is
being continually monitored by the environment and that the machinery which
throws engrams into present time is also monitorable by the environment and
by others in it, we see that simply throwing the engrams out of present
time and keeping the preclear in present time would apparently be
inadequate processing. Here evidently we would make a preclear well and
would then make him unwell just to the degree that we took out of present
time and put into present time the engram causing that unwellness.
Now, in view of the fact that an engram contains pain and
unconsciousness, it is very likely to become an automaticity. Thus, we are
playing tag with an unknown genus whenever we are playing tag with engrams.
A preclear does not like to look at things which suddenly make him feel
like his head is being torn half off. Thus, he will continue to keep out of
existence for himself, and to refuse control over, all engrams.
By old Dianetic standards, then, Straight Wire was merely a patch-up
process. It did not do too much for the preclear but made him momentarily
comfortable. It did this simply by slipping out of present time, engrams.
Engrams were held in present time by the preclear's making a bridge between
present time and the engram, of locks, which is to say conscious moments
which lay on top of the engram. In other words, we could have a sort of a
picture of a dark, Lying-in-wait engram, which had happened or had been
created at some early date, which had been keyed in by a conscious incident
a little bit later, which had been bridged by a repetition of similarities
until at last the preclear conceived an identity between the moment of the
engram's occurrence and present time. By this bridge of locks we would then
have an engram being present time.
So much for the early attitude. What is the attitude about this now?
There is no real change. It's just that THE PRECLEAR CAN BE BROUGHT TO
CONTROL A MASS OF ENERGY AS HEAVY AS AN ENGRAM BY THE GRADIENT SCALE OF
CONTROLLING LIGHTER MASSES.
Here we have essentially the idea of the person who lifts a calf every day
until the calf becomes a bull. Then we have a person who is able to lift a
huge animal. Now, I don't know that anybody ever tried this, but
theoretically it would actually occur. Certainly, it is much more likely
that this gradient scale of lifting would more workably apply to locks and
engrams than to pure bull.
By Straight Wire, on modern standards, we get the preclear to handle
the light key-ins. Over and over and over, new incidents or the same
incidents until at last he is able to handle the actual genus of the
situation, at which time the condition, of course, will vanish.
The great oddity is that a preclear is so wary of a heavy, hidden mass
like an engram, that when it comes into present time automatically he will
not or cannot throw it out of present time. And this is the main thing
which is wrong with the preclear. A heavy mental image from the past comes
into present time, then the preclear cannot throw it out of present time.
If he is unable to throw it out of present time it will stay in present
time, which is to say, ride along with the preclear.
One of the goals of Modern Straight Wire is to get the preclear to
throw the engram out of present time or into present time at will. In other
words, to teach him that he doesn't necessarily have to vanquish all energy
masses-that he can handle these energy masses and get them up to him or
away from him at will.
A clear, by definition, is somebody who does not have any engrams in
present time with him. By actual practice a clear would have to be a stable
Thetan exterior since the body itself is composed of energy masses which
unfortunately contain engrams.
We are no longer trying to rid present time of all engrams. We are
simply trying to bring about an ABILITY on the part of the preclear to
handle energy masses in the past or in present time at will. And by a
gradient scale to cure his fright of being confronted with a picture and
his compulsion and necessity to obey that picture.
ARTICLE FIVE
Straight Wire and Pictures
With the advent of communication processing a new method of handling
pictures arose. Within minutes after the first discovery that communication
alone would vanquish masses we found that communication would handle
pictures themselves. In view of the fact that pictures have been more or
less a common denominator of investigation since the earliest Dianetic
days, we became very interested in this startling new method of handling
the bank.
Whenever a person of the usual Mark I Homo Sapiens type is asked to
remember something, he gets a picture along with it. This, no matter what
names or description you place upon it, is simply a picture which has been
taken of an event in the past, said picture now being in the present. This
automatic feed mechanism has gone relatively unnoticed but occasionally
described back through the centuries. It seems that this should be
considered very usual. However, it was not until Dianetics that anyone made
any kind of a thorough study of these pictures.
In the first place, of what were these pictures composed? It was an old
saw in mysticism that mental energy was one thing and physical energy was
another thing. I suppose this was stated many times out of hopefulness
rather than fact. Today enough data has come to hand to establish that this
mental energy, such as is contained in a picture, and the energy of earth
or of the electric light company, are different only in wavelength. The
proof of this is that a person, by remedying havingness, can increase his
weight if he only pulls the havingness in, and can decrease his actual
weight by throwing the havingness away. Of course, a preclear has to be in
fairly good condition and has to be able to throw away or possess
havingness at will in order to do this, but in actual experiment weight has
been changed many pounds either way by this. And, believe me, if you can
weigh mental energy on a set of Toledo scales you certainly have
something very intimate to the energy of the electric light company, and
you don't have anything different than the energy of the electric light
company, save only in characteristic.
These mental image pictures, then, are actually composed of energy.
They have mass, they exist in space, and they follow some very, very
definite routines of behavior, the most interesting of which to us just now
is the fact that they appear when somebody thinks of something. He thinks
of a certain dog, he gets a picture of the dog. When a person is rather far
gone, when he thinks of the dog he gets the picture of a house. When he
thinks of a house he gets a picture of a cactus. This person's pictures are
not associated with his own thoughts, but are occurring on a total
automaticity.
But, what do we have in the first place but an automaticity? An
individual thinks of a dog and he gets a picture of that dog. This carried
on long enough would bring it about where he would think of one dog and get
the picture of another dog. And a little bit further, he would merely think
the thought and get a picture without any relationship between the thought
and the picture.
Well, if these pictures are actually more or less the same stuff as is
sold to you for five cents a kilowatt hour by the power company, then you
could suppose that they would have some effect on the human body, and so
they do. Pictures are continually being taken by the body or the Thetan or
the Thetan's machinery or the body machinery. You never saw such a complete
cinematographic plant in your life as the Thetan-plus-body, Mark I, Homo
Sapiens. Something even takes pictures when he is deeply unconscious and
during an operation.
Not only does a person take pictures of anything and everything just as
you right this moment are taking a picture of this page (if you don't
believe it, close your eyes and take a look at the page again) (oh, you
didn't know you were taking pictures all the time?), but also these
pictures then react back on the individual more or less as the incident
itself reacted on the individual. Thus, if a person had a bang on the thumb
from a hammer, he is certain to have taken a picture of this. Later on this
picture gets into present time and his thumb hurts. It is a picture which
is impinged upon his beingness so as to reproduce some of the qualities in
the picture.
One of the oldest obedience stunts on the track was to convince the
Thetan that he ought to "obey the picture." In fact, according to the O-
Meter, people within the last many generations have taught their children
to "obey the picture." In other words, made use of these mental image
pictures in order to produce a higher level of obedience on the part of a
child. Certainly it might or might not have produced a higher level of
obedience, but it did produce a much higher level of conscience and it is
in itself practically the anatomy of conscience. Overt act-motivator
sequence is itself only the action and reaction of these pictures. A person
takes a picture and then the picture turns on him.
Thus, the handling of these pictures becomes very important if one's
going to change the characteristics of an individual. One of the first
things, then, that an individual ought to be able to do is to handle these
pictures. An individual can't handle these pictures? He's in bad shape.
Now, let's take this thing we call a Black Five. This poor fellow is so
far gone he can't even see pictures any more. He only sees blackness in
front of him. Well, this blackness may be some kind of a screen; it may be
anything; but at least it prevents him from seeing pictures, and he's very
often keeping himself from being victimized by all these pictures by having
a continuous black screen in front of him. That the pictures reach THROUGH
the black screen and do influence him anyhow, he hopefully overlooks.
However, remember that THIS BLACKNESS ITSELF IS ONLY A PICTURE, and so we
don't have a special category of ( 1 ) people who get pictures, and (2)
people who get blackness. We have only one category. We get people who have
pictures of various things and people who have pictures of special things.
And this is simply a GRADIENT SCALE of how easily does the individual
handle these pictures that get into present time. When he handles present
time returned pictures very poorly more and more pictures get stacked up in
present time and pretty soon he is a fairly "massive" case.
Hence you can appreciate our excitement when we found a new way of handling
pictures. There have since been developed, as we became more versed in
handling special problems, additional ways, such as Ownership Processing.
But to this moment we know of no better routine way of handling pictures
than a combination of Straight Wire and the data which we are going to give
you here.
Before we go very deeply into this, you should realize that pictures
are not bad, and that blackness is not totally bad. Pictures are used by
the Thetan to assist his memory. They are not necessary to his memory, but
he begins to play with the idea of taking pictures of everything and
remembering by pictures as a sort of a game. It is an interesting game.
Gives him something to look at. Gives him some mass and makes him happy-up
to the point when he collects pictures of great unhappiness; then these
moments of unhappiness stay with him simply because he has pictures of them
and really for no other reason. As far as blackness is concerned, blackness
is usually the protective coating between the preclear and the pictures.
Not unusual for a preclear to have a machine, either of his own or
belonging to his body, which black-coats every picture that shows up before
he looks at it. This keeps him from getting stunned by these pictures.
This, by the way, is somewhat different than having blackness in continual
and total restimulation. Both of these conditions regarding blackness
exist: the machine that makes blackness, and having a black picture in
restimulation. There is also simply the blackness of looking around inside
of a head, and as yet, the modernness of science has not installed electric
lighting inside skulls.
We also get the condition, where these pictures are concerned, of the
Thetan's machinery taking pictures and then trying to show them to the
Thetan while the Thetan is inside the head. This is a very interesting
condition because the machinery cannot reach the Thetan, but reaches the
head of the body instead, and if this machinery is very powerful, which it
usually is, the body becomes very uncomfortable solely by reason of having
pictures shoved up against it by machinery which is foreign to it.
So we get a lot of conditions which are germane to pictures. But these
pictures are not all bad, and the whole subject of pictures is not a bad
subject.
And again, before we go any further, you should realize that it is not
ABSOLUTELY necessary for the auditor to handle pictures in the fashion we
are going to outline now in order to have Straight Wire as given in an
earlier article work. But, this is the fillip which really handles pictures
and is called "HELLOS AND O.K.'s TO PICTURES."
The technique has limitations. It is limited by the fact that the
auditor can audit Straight Wire on preclears lower on the scale than those
who can handle pictures with hellos and O.K.'s. In other words, a rather
low toned preclear can simply be run on Straight Wire as given earlier, but
when he comes upscale and starts to get pictures this process can then be
applied.
The anatomy of the process is simple indeed. Every time the preclear
remembers something the auditor asks him, "Did you get a picture?" If the
preclear did, which is usually the case, the auditor tells him, "Throw a
shower of hellos at it." The preclear does. The auditor then says, "Have it
throw a shower of O.K.'s at you." The preclear does. The auditor then says,
"Is the picture still there?" If the preclear says it is the auditor simply
has the preclear complete the cycle of two-way communication with, "Have
the picture send a shower of hellos at you," and when the preclear does,
the auditor says, "Throw a shower of O.K.'s at the picture," which the
preclear does. Again the auditor asks him, "Is the picture still there?" If
it is, the auditor simply repeats the four commands given above, which is
to say, he has the preclear throw a shower of hellos at the picture, has
the picture throw a shower of O.K.'s to the preclear, has the picture send
a shower of hellos to the preclear, and the preclear send a shower of
O.K.'s to the picture. Actually the auditor can have the preclear do this
over and over until the picture is gone, for that is the single and
solitary goal of the process: to make the picture disappear. It will be
discovered that early in processing the auditor will have to make the
preclear complete several two-way cycles of communication with the picture
before it vanishes, but, as processing continues and as the preclear
becomes more and more capable, that fewer and fewer two-way exchanges are
necessary to
make the picture vanish. And at length all the auditor has to say is,
"Throw it away," and the preclear will be able to do so. Of course, the
case which can simply throw the picture away in the first place and get it
back at will does not need to use communication processing on this, a fact
which most auditors overlook-they neglect to test the preclear to find out
whether or not the preclear can throw these pictures away. Now, in the case
of blackness this is rather foolish, to ask the preclear to throw hellos at
the blackness, since these screens are very resistive, indeed. In the case
of blackness one would simply use STRAIGHT WIRE with the question, "Recall
a time when you were looking at blackness" over and over and over until the
blackness was gone. If the blackness doesn't go, then it's a machine which
is making the blackness, but this is found to be handleable too by the same
process, if it is carried on long enough. And even if that did not work,
machine processing would.
Very well. We have here, by throwing showers of hellos and O.K.'s back
and forth between the preclear and the picture, a method of vanquishing the
picture. BUT, IF YOU AS AN AUDITOR ASSUME THAT ALL PICTURES ARE BAD AND
OUGHT TO BE THROWN AWAY, YOU WILL HAVE IN YOUR HANDS IN A VERY SHORT SPACE
OF TIME A VERY UNHAPPY PRECLEAR. If he is fairly upscale he will tell you
why he is unhappy. If he's fairly well downscale he will simply hug it
bitterly to his bosom. The fact is, you are getting rid of his pictures,
and his pictures are not a bad phenomenon, totally. Thus, you were robbing
him continually. Now, the old Dianetic auditor who is trained only to make
pictures vanish or a person who is obsessed with the idea of making nothing
out of everything, is liable to neglect this vital little step, and if this
vital little step is neglected this entire process will wind the preclear
up in an unhappy state of mind. So, after the picture has been vanquished
by either throwing it away or by throwing hellos and O.K.'s back and forth
between the preclear and it, the auditor MUST ask the preclear TO GET THE
PICTURE BACK. This is, of course, part of the automaticity cycle. The
picture got there automatically; well, the preclear had better take over
that automaticity-for all automaticities are conquered by having the
preclear do what is being done automatically, or by simply sighting the
genus of the automaticity.
Thus, having completed this two-way cycle of hellos and O.K.'s, the
auditor now says, "Get the picture back." This usually startles the
preclear, for at first the preclear will be very victorious at having
gotten rid of this automatic function of pictures. But the preclear, one
way or another, will get the picture back. He may get back some other facet
of the scene. He may get back a picture different from the first one, but
what you want is that same picture. Of course, don't badger and hound your
preclear until he goes out of communication with you to get the same
picture back. You can tolerate a certain amount of looseness at this stage
of the processing, but what you really want is the same picture back again.
Now, having gotten the preclear to get the picture back, you now have him
throw once more showers of hellos at it, have it throw showers of O.K.'s at
him, have it throw showers of hellos to him, and he throw showers of O.K.'s
to it, until it vanishes again. And when it is vanished, you ask the
preclear to get the picture back. Now, before you have handled this picture
very much you will find usually that the preclear can simply bring the
picture up and throw it away at will, at which moment you go on to the next
auditing question on Straight Wire, which is, "Recall a time when-" or
"Recall a moment of-" whatever you were asking before. And once more you
ask him, "Did you get a picture?" You handle it in this fashion. You have
him throw hellos and O.K.'s back and forth. You have him throw it away, get
it back- you have him handle it, in other words. After a while you will
find the preclear will be able to get all sorts of pictures at will and
throw them away at will. You will also find that some of his automatic
machinery starts to break down. If this starts to happen, why just continue
him on the process. You may have to drill him for a short time on mocking
up pictures. If you knock out his automatic machinery which is giving him
pictures-doing the mock-ups for him-you have made it necessary for you to
give him the assurance that he can make pictures, which will again make him
happy. Very often a preclear who is unable to make pictures but is getting
everything automatically will recover his ability to create pictures once
he brings this automaticity under control.
"HELLOS AND O.K.'S TO PICTURES" is a very valuable process. A preclear will
work up a gradient scale to where he can throw some hellos and O.K.'s to
engrams that pop up and will then be able to bring engrams into present
time or throw them out of present time at will. And when he can do this he
has no further worries or upsets about energy masses.
You will understand that this process of communication is entirely
independent of locating the genus of the picture. The actual knockout of
the machinery making the pictures could be accomplished by having the
preclear state that this or that CREATED or OWNED the machine, including
himself, until the machine was gone. But, this is not a very good process.
It is robbing the preclear of something on which he has no reality.
However, we expect future developments will embrace something which gives
us a superior process along ownership lines.
Remember, now, that our goal is not to make the preclear get rid of
every picture that pops up. Our goal is to make him capable of handling
those pictures which pop up, throwing them away and getting them back at
will.
This process is also used with the technique "Tell me something you
wouldn't mind remembering," "Tell me something you wouldn't mind
forgetting," and was originally employed as part of this process.
ARTICLE SIX
Psychoanalysis and Straight Wire
When Sigmund Freud and Breuer first began working on the theory that if
an individual could recall enough he could be well, they were working
primarily on the assumption that there was something wrong, which they now
had to make right, and that the wrongness was a hidden or buried memory.
It is notable to remark today that Scientology does not try to find
something wrong in order to make that wrongness right. This introduces a
via on the line, introduces an assumption into the case which is not
justified. All we assume is that an individual can be more able than he is
and we take it from there. We are not looking for hidden memories.
Another thing which Freud assumed was that guilt underlay these hidden
memories as their primary propulsive mechanism. This was not necessarily
true, for you will discover that anyone, no matter how innocent, who has
been struck, if he has been struck hard enough, will begin to believe that
he must have been guilty of something. In other words, he gets a reason why
he has been punished, which may or may not have any actuality in fact. In
other words, any sudden blow or duress can be expected to have as its
consequence the feeling that one has been guilty. In order to stay a
reasonable or rational being an individual has to assume that there must be
a reason for everything. This is not necessarily true at all. Thus, guilt
comes about merely from a blow or duress. I imagine if you put a man in
prison long enough he would be absolutely certain at the end of that time
that he had committed the crime for which he was incarcerated. I suppose
that if you questioned a man long enough about his guilt, if this
questioning were under duress, he would begin to feel he was guilty of the
crime of which he was being accused, which accounts for many of the
confessions which are brought forth by third-degree methods. Even the
police have begun to question these, having discovered all too often that
the person was really innocent although he now believed he was completely
guilty. Thus, we have the fact that physical pain and unconsciousness in a
memory would produce a HIDINGNESS in the memory, since a person would not
want to confront a painful picture, and would bring about a feeling of
guilt. All this is resolved simply by MAKING THE INDIVIDUAL CAPABLE OF
HANDLING ENERGY PICTURES OR ENERGY MASSES OR SPACES REGARDLESS OF THEIR
SIZE, SHAPE OR THREAT.
In performing a psychoanalysis, emphasis was then laid upon memory and
upon things about which society expected people to feel guilty. In this
alone we have the
reason why psychoanalysis is such a long drawn-out affair and why it leaves
a person in such a careful frame of mind.
The psychoanalytic patient was expected to talk long enough-without
much acknowledgment from the analyst-to disclose hidden memories. The
actual hidden memories were, of course, moments of pain and
unconsciousness, and if the psychoanalyst had ever gotten a patient into
one of these moments of pain and unconsciousness he wouldn't have known
what to do about it. But this was outside the theory if well inside the
practice.
In the process of trying to recover hidden memories the analyst was
continually in combat with the automatic forgettingness of the patient. By
asking a person to recall and recall and recall and recall and think about
the past, the analyst often got the individual back down the time track and
didn't get him up again. In the first place, the analyst, not being very
able in the field of DUPLICATION seldom gave a repetitive question which
would have freed the patient from one line of action.
Further, the analyst was insufficiently observant and inquiring. He may
or may not have noticed this phenomenon of energy pictures but, being
trained in a rather mystic school, he probably did not believe that these
energy pictures possessed any energy and so could not do the patient any
harm.
But, let us suppose that we were actually trying to uncover hidden
memories for the preclear. If this were the case, then, we would have to
get his forgettingness off of automatic and into his control.
If you wish to reform the entire field of psychoanalysis, which is not
any particular mission for the Scientologist, as Scientology is not
psychotherapy, you yet could do so by the publication of this material:
Have the patient relax and become aware of the fact that you, the
analyst, are there, that he is there, that the room is there and that you
are about to do some psychoanalysis.
Enter into a discussion with the patient concerning his trials and
tribulations in the present-time world, permitting the patient to originate
communications and become relaxed about talking with the analyst.
Now that these steps have been accomplished, ask the patient this
question, and use no other question aside from incidental and momentary
discussions and acknowledgments, no other: "Tell me something you wouldn't
mind forgetting."
No matter how long the patient took to answer this question, do not
abandon it and do not go away from the question. But, at last, still
maintaining pleasant relations with the patient, obtain an answer to this
question.
Having obtained the patient's statement that he has at last found
something that he is very certain he wouldn't mind forgetting, the analyst
should then say, "Very well," as an acknowledgment of the fact that the
question has been answered. And the analyst should never at any future time
omit to acknowledge with a "Very well" or some such statement the fact that
the patient has completed the analyst's command.
Having received an answer to this question, the analyst must now repeat
the very same question and again must get an answer to this question and
again must acknowledge the fact that an answer has been received.
The analyst should not go into discussions of the material and should
not tell the patient what the material means, for the analyst should be
well aware of the fact that if the patient has already reached this depth
in his psyche he must perforce be capable of reaching much deeper depths
and that better information will always be forthcoming.
Even though the analyst finds himself becoming inattentive or upset by
the repetition of the same question over and over he must continue this. He
must, each time the patient has complied and the analyst has acknowledged,
ask again, "Tell me something else you wouldn't mind forgetting."
This should be the sum total of the analysis and this program should be
continued as long as the patient is being analyzed, whether that be four
times a week for a year or four times a week for two years. No other
interchange or material should be discussed or addressed than these things
the patient would not mind forgetting.
If an analyst were to follow this program and if he were capable of
repeating this question or duplicating so often and so long, he would
discover that his patient had come into more possession about his life and
his beingness than any other program could have accomplished, and that it
will no longer be necessary for the analyst to evaluate for or make
decisions for the patient.
We recommend that this process be coached to analysts in the hope that
the field of psychoanalysis could be made into a successful psychotherapy,
for Scientology is not a psychotherapy and does not intend to take the
place of any existing psychotherapy.
ARTICLE SEVEN
How to Do Straight Wire
There is a happy medium of two-way communication which must be present
in all processing, whether that processing be Opening Procedure by
Duplication or Straight Wire.
ENOUGH TWO-WAY COMMUNICATION WILL KEEP THE PRECLEAR AWARE OF BEING
AUDITED AND AWARE OF THE AUDITOR'S INTEREST. AN INSUFFICIENT AMOUNT OF TWO-
WAY COMMUNICATION MAY CAUSE THE PRECLEAR TO FEEL A LACK OF PARTICIPATION IN
HIS CASE, WHICH WILL CAUSE THAT CASE TO SAG OR BOG. TOO MUCH TWO-WAY
COMMUNICATION WILL SIMPLY GET IN THE ROAD OF THE PROCESS. An auditor must
be aware of these factors and have a feeling for the right amount of two-
way communication whenever he is processing a preclear.
One of the most delicate subjects in all auditing and one of the most
delicate skills in auditing consists of knowing HOW MUCH TWO-WAY
COMMUNICATION TO ENTER UPON AS AN AUDITOR WITH THE PRECLEAR.
Straight Wire requires this as in any other process. However, many
errors can be made in Straight Wire with two-way communication which would
have peculiarly detrimental effects. The preclear, you must understand, is
indulging in recalling his past, and we can forgive preclears for being
excited about remembering various pleasant parts or various unpleasant
parts of the past. We can also forgive the preclear for trying to justify
some of the actions he has suddenly recalled having entered upon in his
past. Thus, we can understand that it is necessary for the preclear to be
permitted to communicate about what he is doing; otherwise he will feel
suppressed and straitjacketed by the auditor who refuses to let him talk.
BUT, THE PRECLEAR WHO JUST GOES ON TALKING ENDLESSLY ABOUT WHAT HE IS
RECALLING IS NOT DOING HIMSELF ANY GOOD. HE IS NOT DOING THE PROCESS, HE IS
TALKING ABOUT THE PROCESS. Thus, to some slight degree he must be checked
on this excessive comm lag. The auditor should be very definitely aware of
what comm lag is before he does very much auditing. He must also be aware
of what acknowledgment is before he does very much auditing.
COMM LAG-COMMUNICATION LAG-IS THE INTERVAL OF TIME BETWEEN THE MOMENT
OF THE AUDITOR'S ASKING THE QUESTION AND THE REPLY TO THAT EXACT QUESTION
BY THE PRECLEAR. A near reply is not a reply. A reply to some related
question is not a reply. The interval between may be occupied by argument
from the preclear, talk from the preclear or silence from the preclear. It
does not matter what goes on between the asking of the question and the
answer to the question; the internal is communication lag. In other words,
communication is not taking place during this interval.
A COMMUNICATION LAG IS FLAT WHEN IT IS CONSISTENT. A person may have a
habitual lag of ten seconds. He may answer everything after a ten-second
pause. If a person then answers after a ten-second pause on a particular
process it could be said that his communication lag was flat, since his
communication lag is always ten seconds. We say that a question is flat
when the communication lag has been similar for
three successive questions. Now, that is a FLAT QUESTION. The communication
lag might be five seconds, five seconds and five seconds. We would still
say with some justice that the QUESTION lag was flat. However, the process
lag would not be flat until the actual normal exchange lag was present. The
question would no longer influence the communication factors of the
preclear when the process is flat. Usually, because these processes are
very beneficial, it occurs that the individual under processing talks very
rapidly after a process is flat. His basic lag has changed.
There is another kind of communication lag with an automaticity of
communication which an auditor should understand. When the question has
excited a machine into answer it is quite common for the answers to come
very rapidly, often too rapidly for the preclear to articulate. When this
occurs the auditor is advancing against a communication SPEED which is as
artificial as a communication LAG, and it will be discovered after the
question is answered several times that this communication speed will drop
into a normal and will then expand out into a communication lag.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT is a very necessary study. AN AUDITOR MUST ALWAYS
ACKNOWLEDGE WHAT THE PRECLEAR HAS SAID. This may enter a compulsiveness
into auditing for the auditor, but it is nevertheless true that a preclear
will keep on talking until he KNOWS he has been acknowledged. Some people
would require a sledgehammer in the face to know that they had been
acknowledged. One auditor stood in front of a preclear and waggled his
finger close to the preclear's nose for several seconds and said very
loudly, "Good!" and the preclear knew she had been acknowledged. It very
often happens that the auditor is saying O.K. but is not acknowledging the
preclear because the preclear does not understand or even hear the auditor
saying O.K. Thus, occasionally an auditor should ask, "I just said O.K. Did
you hear that?" And the preclear will sometimes look rather sheepish and
realize that he has not known that his statement was acknowledged.
Very often the crankiness or upset of old people or children simply
stems from the fact that nobody acknowledges them. They begin to say
something and then can't stop saying it, and will keep on saying it until
it has been acknowledged by someone that they have said it. They would have
to know that that statement had been acknowledged before they could "come
off' the statement. You could say that a thing persists until it is
acknowledged. This, by the way, is quite applicable to machinery. Machinery
keeps putting up pictures until the pictures are acknowledged, and the
Thetan seldom acknowledges these pictures, and so we get into a dwindling
spiral of automaticity which ends up in blackness. It is not a cure,
however, to simply have the preclear say "O.K." to all the machinery.
The auditor should also understand THE AXIOMS as contained in The
Creation of Human Ability, particularly the CONDITIONS OF EXISTENCE which
are outlined in THE AXIOMS. These are quite important. Particularly
important are those axioms devoted to "ISNESS" and "NOT-ISNESS." We find
that a person very often not-ises his pictures or not-ises his memory. In
other words, he meets his memory or pictures with force. He pushes force
against force and then we have accumulation of force, and this is not
particularly good. The apparency, or isness, condition of existence comes
about, of course, through alter-isness. Where we try to change a mass for a
long time we eventually get a mass which is persisting and that persistence
is isness. So, we see that CHANGING MASSES WITH ANYTHING LESS THAN LIFE OR
MEMORY OR COMMUNICATION OR POSTULATE BRINGS US INTO A CONDITION OF
PERSISTENCE OF A CONDITION. The auditor who knows this well knows that if
he were to try to change with not-isness or alter-isness a deformed
shoulder he would find that the condition of the deformed shoulder was
persisting greater than ever.
SUCH A WELL INFORMED AND SKILLED AUDITOR MIGHT USE, WITH GREAT PROFIT,
AN ADDITIONAL COMMAND-MAKING TWO STRAIGHT WIRE COMMANDS IN ALL. THE
ADDITIONAL COMMAND WOULD BE "RECALL A MOMENT OF PREVENTED ."
EXAMPLE: THE PROCESS WOULD THEN BE "RECALL A MOMENT OF STUDIOUSNESS."
AND WHEN THIS COMMAND SEEMS FLAT, "RECALL A
MOMENT OF PREVENTED STUDIOUSNESS." THE LATTER COMMAND TAKES OUT THE NOT-
ISNESS OF THE PRECLEAR.
ACTUALLY THE BEST RESULTS ARE OBTAINED BY USING THESE TWO COMMANDS,
SUPPLYING WHATEVER IS NECESSARY IN THE BLANK. ONE IS RUN FAIRLY FLAT. THEN
THE OTHER IS RUN UNTIL IT IS FAIRLY FLAT. THEN THE FIRST IS RUN AGAIN. WHEN
IT IS AGAIN FLAT, RUN THE SECOND AND SO ON-AS NEW MATERIAL THUS IS
DEVELOPED.
The duplication of questions is something that is very hard for an
auditor who has not had much processing to do. He will get discursive, he
will go off away from this necessity to duplicate it over and over and
over. Thus, many processes are rendered null and void by an auditor failing
to complete the process. He cannot stand the idea of duplicating, doing the
same thing again and again and again, because he apparently is stacking his
time track up. Actually he is not doing so and if he did it long enough, if
he simply would go ahead and audit and ask the same question over and over
and over again long enough, he would get a drill for himself which would
cure him of his inability to duplicate. The biggest stumbling block to
auditing is the obsessive change factor on the part of some auditors.
Actually, when an auditor has an obsessive change factor he seldom makes a
good auditor, because his obsession to change gets into his auditing. He
has an obsession to change the preclear so he starts to force the preclear
into changes which the preclear does not particularly want. The preclear
may want changes but not necessarily the kind the auditor wants. The
auditor precomputes the case, in other words, and decides in which
direction he's going to change this preclear. That's all right and an
auditor can do it, but when an auditor obsessively has to change the
preclear we discover that the auditor at the same time will change THE
PROCESS. In other words, both of these are inabilities to duplicate. An
auditor can also err in the opposite direction. He can use the process so
long and so consistently and so far beyond its doing the preclear any good
that the whole idea of auditing is defeated. For more data on this look at
the new Auditor's Code, which is printed in The Creation of Human Ability
and in Dianetics, 1955! These enjoin the auditor to run the process as long
as it produces change. When it no longer produces change don't run it.
However, an auditor who changes the process and says to himself, "Well I
changed this process because it was no longer producing change," when in
reality it was, and the auditor couldn't stand the duplication any longer,
is, of course, reasoning himself out of good results for the preclear.
The auditor should understand that the discovery of the actual creator
or genus of anything will bring about its vanishment. This is also done by
communication only. Ownership Processing can be used very effectively on
preclears and in Straight Wire, but actually using communication as given
in an earlier article is a superior activity. Ownership Processing is run
by having the preclear state that this owns the condition or that owns the
condition, and just have him keep stating that this or that or the other
thing, and including himself, and his machinery and the body's machinery
owns or made the condition, or the pictures own or made the condition until
the condition vanishes. One has sighted the actual owner often enough.
However, if one went on sighting the wrong owner often enough the picture
or condition would strengthen. In other words, you would be mis-owning it.
All masses, spaces, conditions depend on mis-ownership for their
persistence. In the absence of mis-ownership-we own up to the ownership of
everything that we did and know the ownership of everything that everybody
else did, or has-why everything would disappear. Ownership Processing is
declaring the proper owner. It's a very amusing process.
Ownership Processing is best done using an O-Meter or any type of
physiogalvanometer. Here we see at once that the principal ownership is the
response that we get on the meter. We get greater masses when we get mis-
ownership. We get more reaction when we get mis-ownership. All the needle
of a lie detector or any such instrument registers is mis-ownership. When
mis-ownership is present the needle registers and when it is not present
the needle doesn't register. Thus, a lie detector does not detect a lie; it
merely detects the mis-ownership of the picture of the incident. A criminal
who says that he didn't do a thing when he did will of course make the
picture of the
incident become stronger; thus, it will register. Similarly, the criminal
could say, "I did it," when somebody else did and you would get an
additional lie or the same reaction. If the preclear says that he caused
the picture when something else caused the picture the picture will become
stronger and the needle of the meter will register. This is about all there
is to electropsychometric auditing.
One of the most notably lacking qualities in the unsuccessful auditor
is charity. I am reminded of a section in the new testament which I
misquote, because it sounds better, to the effect, "Though I speak with the
tongues of angels or of men, though I have not charity, I am as sounding
brass or the tinkling of the temple bell." An auditor who has no charity,
who is continually critical of the preclear, who is trying to change the
preclear because the preclear is so bad, seldom achieves very great results
with the preclear because he's out of ARC with the preclear. Mercy,
charity, kindness are qualities which are not low scale. They are the
highest and kingliest qualities there are. And an auditor should never
forget them.
ARTICLE EIGHT
Scientology and Straight Wire
It is a great temptation to call anything a psychotherapy which uses
memory. Because psychotherapy has devoted itself to memory in the past.
This is a fluke or a freak. Psychotherapy should devote itself to
aberration.
Because Scientology has a process known as Straight Wire, which uses
memory, it might be very easy to conclude that Scientology was then a
psychotherapy. And this, of course, would be true if the goals of
Scientology were those of psychotherapy.
The goals of psychotherapy are to eradicate unsocial or aberrated
behavior in an individual.
The goals of Scientology are to create better abilities in the
individual.
Scientology is far more closely related to education and its goals than
it is to psychotherapy, but because of the factors which Scientology
handles it is perforce not only intimately related to but is basic
religion.
If you find anything disturbing about that association-Scientology and
religion-we might cockily ask, "If religion treats of the human soul has
there ever been a religion before Scientology?"-since there was precious
little information available about the human soul until we took our
textbooks in hand.
Naturally when you know the broad principles of anything, such as
memory and forgettingness (these being two different items), you can apply
them to almost anything you want to. And, as we have stated in an earlier
article, you certainly could take an elementary form of Straight Wire and
apply it to the field of psychoanalysis and let the analyst go on and do
much of the things he does. As a matter of fact, if I were a Scientologist
practicing in an area which contained some psychoanalysts I would
definitely make it my business to associate myself with these people, and
train them to give the same question as given in an earlier article, over
and over, to duplicate, to acknowledge and to get some good works out of
their patients. This is a very simple thing to train somebody in a sharp
discipline and it would not be out of order for a Scientologist to take
this under his wing because, Lord knows, the analyst has a hard time in the
society and has a hard time with his patients. Furthermore, it is not
unusual for the field of psychotherapy to turn to the church when it is
blocked. And we hope it is not unusual for the church to try to make the
world a better place to live in.
But, when you are using Scientology as a Scientologist, and you're
employing Straight Wire, you had better realize that your best results come
about BY RETURNING SELF-DETERMINISM TO THE PRECLEAR. Which is to say, make
him better able to handle and control himself and his environment. In fact,
you will not be able to achieve any results of any lasting quality or of
note unless you do this for the preclear. Therefore, the degree to which
you suppress his self-determinism by finding things
wrong with him will depress as well the results of auditing. As a
Scientologist you should concentrate on increasing the abilities of a
person.
In the field of education memory is of the essence. Unless we could
handle memory well we could not educate people well. Automatic
forgettingness sets in on a student almost as fast as the textbook is
closed. This is because he is on a forced draft of memory. He is expected
to remember everything. Until the day comes when he can forget and remember
at will he will be no better than the book from which he has studied. Thus,
as a Scientologist you could explain this to an educator and use your
skills and technologies to train this educator into the elementary steps of
Straight Wire. The delivery of the question, the giving of the
acknowledgment, the duplication of the question. You could train the
educator into this as a necessary step to education, since every student he
has who is failing, is failing not because of a real antipathy toward the
subject, but because the automatic characters of his memory are not
properly engaged and in gear. Before we would spend years and great
quantities of wealth upon the education of a young man, we would certainly
see that he was in shape to REMEMBER OR FORGET HIS MATERIAL AT WILL. We
would also see to it, even as importantly, THAT HE WAS ABLE TO POSE AND
RESOLVE PROBLEMS RELATED TO ANY SUBJECT. Were he able to do these two
things he would always be an honor student. Why should we waste time as
educators, and as a nation obsessed with education, in handling minds which
cannot remember and forget, which cannot pose and resolve problems? Were we
to practice this on an educational level and if we were to be careful at
all times with all students to bring them into a state of ability with
regard to memory and problems and solutions, before we gave them things to
have memory and forgettingness about, and problems and solutions, we could
probably place eight or nine foreign languages and eighteen or twenty new
majors in any standard educational span and do it with success. Therefore,
education would be far more effective and would have much greater duration
with the individual, and as a result we would have a much higher culture.
In the field of business efficiency, memory, forgettingness and the
posing and resolving of problems are the difference between an ineffective
slavey and a powerful executive. With these processes, almost any second-
rate file clerk could be moved into a valuable asset, and certainly the
moving of a business executive from the lower brackets of ability in
memory, forgettingness and posing and resolving problems to an upper
bracket might mean the make or break of that business.
While Straight Wire does not, in any way, supplant any of the other of
the Six Basic Processes, you can be very certain that it can stand by
itself as a process. It is very important to know this, for it is the
easiest process to teach anyone, and it is the easiest way to obtain stable
results.
If you were to essay to teach those people who had the handling of
other people in their charge the elements of Straight Wire, exactly how to
do it as a drill, not to burden them in any degree with any theory, to
reassure them about the phenomena and to turn them loose to do exactly the
drill called Straight Wire on those intimate to them, you would have
Scientology spreading at a very rapid rate.
The only other solution akin to this would be to teach everyone 8-C.
Particularly parents who ordinarily run very poor 8-C on their children.
However, 8-C appears to be more childish than Straight Wire. Straight Wire
appears to be deep and has great significances connected with it and would
be done by adults much more easily. Furthermore, an individual could
conceive himself to be very wise in delivering Straight Wire and listening
to the answers he got from it, but do not let your student, of course, get
so wise that he will stray from the process.
In other words, I recommend to you that you would take some of the
people who have some vague interest in Scientology and take a certain facet
of their existence and run the basic Straight Wire question given in the
earliest article in this series on that one facet until they understand
something has happened. Then teach them how to do the process on others.
TEACH THEM THESE EXACT RUDIMENTS:
ONE: Awareness of the auditor, the auditing room, that an auditing
session is in progress.
TWO: Two-way communication on a casual basis.
THREE: The delivery of the question.
FOUR: Communication lag.
FIVE: The acknowledgment of the question.
SIX: The duplication of that exact question.
Having taught a person to do these things and having taught him to do
them well, you could see that you have expanded his livingness and his
beingness. He can MEAN more to more people by this knowledge. This
knowledge is not difficult to learn; it is not difficult to teach, and we
hope that we have placed in your hands at this time something which will
help you to disseminate the information of Scientology and to bring about a
better culture than that we have.
ACADEMY LECTURE SERIES
Washington, D.C.
11 July-21 September 1955
"At 1845 'R' Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. in a ten-room building of
its own, the Academy of Religious Arts and Sciences is training people to
be Scientologists.
"The only place in the world where all three levels of Scientology
training may be obtained, the Academy grants certificates as follows:
Hubbard Certified Auditor, Hubbard Advanced Auditor, Hubbard Graduate
Auditor.
"Refining its training and certificates upon five arduous years of
experience in Dianetics and Scientology, the Academy program is bringing
auditors to a level of ability hoped for for years but just now achieved.
"Receiving personal lectures from L. Ron Hubbard, associating daily
with the best auditors and instructors five years have produced, the
courses follow a pattern laid down almost a year ago and which has varied
little since .... A new student ... enrolls at 8:00 a.m. on Monday morning
(any Monday morning). He then enters a week's indoctrination course where
he receives careful personal coaching by a staff auditor and some
professional auditing .... After his indoctrination week he enters the
course into which he enrolled .... The HCA Course is eight weeks long. The
HAA Course is five weeks in length. The HGA Course is six weeks long."
-Ability Minor 6, July, 1955
** 5507C11 HCA Seven Basic Steps (In this tape Ron describes the
curriculum of the HCA Course and the part the six steps [in
bulletin above] play in the training of an auditor.)
* 5508C23 ALS-1 The Auditor's Public
* 5508C23 ALS-2 Axiom 53: The Axiom of the Stable Datum
* 5508C30 ALS-3 Rugged Individualism
* 5508C30 ALS-4 Union Station-R-46
* 5509C14 ALS-5 The Unknown Datum-a MEST-shaking Lecture
* 5509C21 ALS-6 Postulates 1, 2, 3, 4, in Processing-a new
understanding of Axiom 36
P.A.B. No. 56
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11
_____________________________________________________________________
8 July 1955
AXIOM 51 AND COMMUNICATION PROCESSING
Let me give you a small review on communication. Axiom 51 says that
MEST cannot change MEST, and we find that postulates and live communication
do change MEST. MEST cannot change MEST, therefore a pair of forceps cannot
basically change a tooth condition. This is sweeping and I want you to
realize how sweeping it actually is. A medical doctor would not be able to
alter completely a broken leg. You may say, "That's silly, of course he
could. He could come in and snap the bone back into place and the fellow
would feel a lot better." No, I'm sorry, a medical doctor cannot over a
period of time change a broken leg. Do you know what will happen? Let's
look at it from the standpoint of life, now, and we find out that the
individual got attention for his broken leg, didn't he? It will emerge as
rheumatism some day. In the next life it will emerge as two broken legs!
We're going to get a repetition of this because as soon as you attempt to
change MEST with MEST in one fashion or another you are going to get
persistence, and that is all. Persistence of what?
In view of the fact that all conditions are postulated conditions, and
that the consideration behind them that they are bad or good is simply
again a consideration, if we say persist it doesn't mean that it is either
bad or good, it simply means that condition. What condition is it? The
condition we are trying to change. And whenever we try to change MEST with
MEST we get a persistence of that condition. It will crop up one way or
another, and you will see this time after time.
Dealing as we are in a very high echelon of live communication, when we
try to alter a condition with MEST we get this persistence. Restimulation
is the condition persisting in the auditor, as an auditor who goes around
altering energy masses gets restimulated. The auditor comes along and says,
"Now all I have to do is change this energy mass one way or the other," and
he may succeed in doing so as far as he can see for the moment. So he goes
off restimulated. That is the condition persisting. It's going to persist,
one way or the other. The only motto back of MEST is "PERSIST."
But we have this licked. Hence Axiom 51. Postulates and live
communication actually can bring about a permanent change and can actually
stop a persistence.
Now, this process, "What wouldn't you mind____communicating with?"
"What wouldn't mind you communicating with?" is actually not a low
echelon process. A low-echelon preclear, one with no mock-ups and very
little reality, one who is not well off, will not be touched by this
process. He cannot assimilate the process. Why? Because, to run this
process, you have to have the cooperation of the preclear's ability to as-
is. You have to have the ability of the preclear to have a cognition and
the ability of the preclear to as-is a piece of energy, that is, to make a
perfect duplicate of it.
Copyright (�)1955 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
Where, then, does that leave this process to be totally functional? It
leaves it upstairs, because when you run it downstairs, the individual
begins to "chew energy." Just "chewing the energy around" doesn't make it
persist, but, with all this chewing, he isn't as-ising anything. All he is
doing is moving mass "A" to position "B." Anybody who is doing this gets no
cognition out of it at all. He is waiting for that piece of energy to tell
him something, and this tells you a great deal about the preclear who
couldn't run an engram. He was waiting for the MEST to say something.
The preclear who could run engrams could still play a game well enough
to make the MEST say over and over again what the MEST had imprinted on it.
That is exactly why an engram could run and why we had success in running
engrams, and when an engram disappeared that is exactly what happened. It
was up there all right, it was up there in lights, but it wasn't saying
anything. It was a bunch of sound waves imprinted on a bunch of molecules
of one kind or another, and the preclear had to sort of pretend it was
saying these things over and over. In other words, he made it talk. Now
today an individual gets an engram in front of his face and you just tell
him to make it talk. Make it say, if you please, exactly what is in the
engram, or make it say anything-it doesn't matter which.
As we look over this running of an engram, let us say that we are
getting an individual to run birth. What we are doing is to get an energy
mass called birth to articulate to an individual, and it would run very
handsomely indeed if we had the preclear saying Okay. This is actually a
terrifically effective way to run an engram. If we wanted to start today
running engrams, we could, full out, and achieve tremendously superior
successes because we could certainly run any kind of an engram in the bank.
We could dream it up, and the preclear could dream it up, could do anything
he wanted to, just to make these energy masses talk.
Of course very strange phenomena happen on an occluded case when you
have him dream up the fact that he has the concept of an engram in front of
him. You just look at him and you say, "Now let's make believe that you
have birth in restimulation in front of you." (This would be a roughie, and
a weird way to go about it.) "And now let's pick up the engram at the point
where the doctor is saying, 'If you will just take this pint of strychnine,
mamma, the child will be born much earlier.' " You have him to make this
concept say this, and have him say Okay to that.
The strange part of it is that you don't have to pay any attention to
whether birth shows up or not. I counted the number of births on an
individual one time and it was several thousand, believe me, and they all
go back to Fac Ones and things like that. So we just have him get the idea
that he has birth in front of him and have it articulate. Quite often this
totally occluded case will have a complete birth show up and begin to run
off. But, he was totally occluded, wasn't he? He couldn't run an engram.
We could just buckle right down at that point and actually run that
engram with Okays from the preclear, just as it showed up, or we could go
on running a synthetic engram. In either case facsimiles would go out of
restimulation in the individual. As long as we have communication those
energy masses will disintegrate and you will stop the persistence of the
condition.
So let's look at the optimum way that I know of at this moment-the best
way I know of-to separate universes, on which I have had considerable
success and to date have had no failures as long as the preclear could at
least articulate anything. As long as you can make him do anything at all
you can make him do this. You have seen the process already.
"Give me some things you could say to your mother." If you wanted to
make this very perfect, if he is unable to play a game you don't have to
(very often the preclear is
unable to play a game), you would say, "Now get the idea mamma is out there
saying Okay to all of this." "Now give me something else you could say to
your mother." Then you say, "Get the idea mamma is out there and have her
say 'Okay.' " "Now give me some things that mamma could say to you."
Now you will get a positive blow-apart in a fairly rapid order of the
interiorization of the universe. We know very well that people interiorize
into a body, into other bodies, into MEST objects, into planets. So, if you
were to run this one all the way backward you would take somebody who is
obviously seen to be interiorized into earth, and what would you have him
do?
You would say, "All right now, give me something earth could say to
you." If he is really interiorized into earth he'll think up something.
Then you have him say Okay. The next thing you know he will get the ball of
earth 'way out there somewhere. Maybe it's the first picture he has ever
had! You will say, "That's fine. Now give me some more things that earth
could say to you." "Now give me some things you could say to earth," and
very ordinarily he will come right on up the tone scale. You will never see
such perfect behavior of a tone scale as when you use a MEST object.
Then we would pick out (if we really were bent on exteriorizing Mr.
Doakes and Mr. Doakes was interiorized into the interiorizations) another
universe when we knew that we had the first one blown, and we would know
that because his physiological condition would very definitely alter. We
would go on to the next likely universe.
We find this fellow who has been a linotype operator for eight thousand
seven hundred and sixty-two months, or something of the sort. We don't have
to be specific. We pick a linotype machine, and we say if he got into earth
he certainly got there via some sort of apparatus he was controlling, so we
say, "All right, what could a linotype machine say to you?" He would think
it over for a moment. A very literal-minded fellow would probably say, "It
could say 'clank.' "
"Okay, have it say clank."
"You know, I don't get any sonic on this," he'd say. (I've had this
happen.)
"Well, just get the idea of its saying clank."
"Well, it's going clank, all right."
("Oh no you don't," says the auditor, aside and to himself.) "Have it
SAY clank."
"Have it SAY clank? A linotype machine can't . . . well, I guess it
could. On thinking it over I guess a linotype machine could.... All right,
I'll have it say clank."
"All right. Now have it say something else." He does, and we blow him
out of the universe of the linotype machine.
Now let's pick the wife he hates worst, or something like that. What
could she say? etc. Admittedly this is not a short process, but it keeps
going faster and faster. Next we would pull him out of papa and mamma, and
maybe grandma and grandpa, and so on. We are doing one of these schoolbook,
by the table, separations. Then we say, "Now give me something your body
could say to you."
"My body say something to me?"
And away we would go, and we would blow him out of his head.
It will work with almost that mechanical ease. The question is, how many
hours of auditing would it take to bring somebody who is totally
interiorized into a planet out through these various stages and finally out
of his head? As far as I'm concerned it is the minimum number of hours he
could be audited for maximum result.
We could do a tremendous number of things for him. We could do a
momentary patch-up on a lot of things, we could do this and we could do
that, but if we were going straight toward the goal of making this
individual into the highest level of condition that we could make him into,
we would follow a process just about like this. It would be slow, and it
would be arduous, but we would get better, and better, and better. He would
finally get to a point where he could feel these things blow off and blow
out on him.
I went so far one time as to try to exteriorize a fellow from his
engram bank. I think I exteriorized a lot of thetans from that bank, but I
never got the fellow out of it entirely because I didn't have the time. His
track finally stretched out in all directions and he could view it clearly,
and then he was terribly interested and wanted to run and have to do with
each individual engram-and there were about seventy-six trillion years
worth of them. Then there was the whole GE line. So I abandoned that
attempt. He felt wonderful, though, and went around telling everybody he
was cleared. Compared to his earlier state he sure was. He was cleared
easily from eight or nine heavy engrams in about eight or nine hours'
auditing.
The articulation of the actual communication would be something you
would do on an individual who is having the vaguest difficulty playing a
game, who couldn't as-is birth at a glance. And this is the conclusion I
have reached rather arduously over these past weeks on this. I give you
data when I have it.
Axiom 51 is right. It says you can't change MEST with MEST, but
postulates and live communication can change it. But realization on the
part of a preclear with no cognition is not possible. So if he can't
realize, that means he can't as-is, so if he can't as-is, there he is. But
I have seen preclears pass right on up the line from cognition zero to
almost instantaneous cognition. In the Air Force they have ceiling zero. We
have cognition zero, but it's the same thing-total fog.
It is immensely safe for an auditor to change by communication. There
is no restimulation involved.
[pic]
[pic]
Minor 6 [1955, ca. mid-July]
The Magazine of
DIANETICS and SCIENTOLOGY
from
Washington, D.C.
The Adventure of Scientology
L. Ron Hubbard
As a member of that crew of experts on the subject, the Explorer's
Club, as one who has plowed keel into Seven Seas, who has ducked shots
fired in anger and watched others fail to duck, I can verify that when all
horizons are measured, all swamps mapped, all deserts charted and supplied
with water and instant rescue, there will yet be a world of unknown frights
and glooms and cheers to explore, there will yet be a universe of adventure
left, a universe sufficiently powerful to daunt the last few thousand years
of thinking men-You. The universe of You.
From the first moment of a co-auditing session the preclear begins to
make discoveries-discoveries to him far more important than Balboa's
glimpse of the Southern Sea or Columbus' glance at San Salvador. The
preclear begins with mystery and ends with knowledge. And even in those few
cases where "nothing happens" he at least discovers the pattern of his life-
nothing happening.
No matter if one travels the six basic steps or the whole track, the
universe of Mind minute by minute opens and unfolds. For this is the
adventure of Scientology: to discover not a wrongness as in psychotherapy,
to create not a peculiar pattern of individuality, as in education, but to
find and come to grips with the totality of Mind itself, its "substance,"
"meaning" and "vastness" or whether these exist.
To use Scientology "to get well," to "become less nervous," is like
using an alpine stock to dig a ditch for a water pipe in the back yard. To
use Scientology as a guidebook to the discovery of the Infinity of
Infinities is a proper use.
Perhaps you seek to "sell Scientology" to some chair-rooted
conservative. Will you? If that person cannot buy adventure he cannot buy
Scientology. There may be nothing really wrong with the person who refuses
adventure. He MAY be the one who is right. Perhaps it is best to cower
behind barriers with grip-shut eyes and hope never to find out. But this
attitude will not appeal to the Scientologist. If he is being shot at from
some mysterious and hidden quarter of body or mind he wants to stand up and
take a good, hard look. If he is being wracked by unknown shivers, he wants
to know (a) can he shiver harder, (b) do other people shiver and (c) can he
turn it on and off.
The trained Scientologist is the greatest adventurer of all, for he
adventures into many, many minds. The expertly processed preclear is the
deepest adventurer of all, for he sees more and faces more in any given
instant. But trained or not or processed or not, the Scientologist is an
Adventurer. Many men as ages go will own Earth. The Scientologist, in
addition to visiting many universes, doesn't care WHO owns them. And that
is the test of he who would walk above kings-the doing is as good as the
adventure therein-and that's the way it is.
Copyright (�)1955 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
CERTAINTY
Vol. 2, No. 8 [1955, ca. August]
The Official Publication of
DIANETICS and SCIENTOLOGY
in the
British Isles
An Idea Versus War
L. Ron Hubbard
Creation precedes destruction: for to be destroyed, a thing must have
been created.
The initial form of creation is an idea, and from an idea flows the
energy and forms necessary to action.
Destruction requires action when that destruction embraces nations,
towns, and the bodies of man.
Since civilization began on earth, men have been seeking to destroy men
in the "glorious cause of ending war." Force begets force; the spear only
seeks the weak point of the shield; the shield itself, offered long enough,
will provoke the invention of a spear which will pierce it.
Man has sought to solve his confusion by applying it to the chaos and
confusion of force on the level of the material universe. Yet no progress
or advancement ever has been made by mankind which did not have as its
vanguard an idea. An idea alone is capable of altering man's circumstance
with regard to war. Ideas, their creation and control, alone can defeat an
atom bomb. The idea which will defeat the bomb may be as low as the
construction of a force stream to render impenetrable the defences of a
city, but that idea would end war only for a time. Observably it will
require an idea of far greater magnitude to stop the bloodlust of nations.
Perhaps in Scientology there exist sufficient techniques for the origin
of new ideas and the control of ideas to halt the willful suicide of man
through the machinery of battle.
Copyright (�) 1955 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
[pic]
Major 5 [1955, ca. early August]
The Magazine of
DIANETICS and SCIENTOLOGY
from
Washington, D.C.
With A-R-C
L. Ron Hubbard
WE STILL SPELL SUCCESS WITH A-R-C.
If the old-time Dianeticist feels strange today with the SIX BASICS and
all this fantastic STUFF about COMMUNICATION, he still has an anchor point
to windward, he still has a comfortable harbor, he still has a sound hull
in A-R-C.
Science of Survival is still as modem as tomorrow's headlines. Science
of Survival with its huge chart was written clear back in the unclear days
of 1951 but its message is still talking in every today piece of auditing
that is done.
That huge chart of Science of Survival was evolved from the basic
principles of A-R-C and now we discover that the only way you can tell if
modern auditing is working is whether or not it increases the pc's A-R-C.
Yes, THAT is the best test. That is the only reliable test.
If today's auditing session does not raise the pc's A-R-C then it
wasn't an AUDITING session. It might have been a jam session or a bull
session. But it wasn't an AUDITING session.
If a pc "blows a session" he blew it because there wasn't enough A-R-C
in the auditing itself or because HE didn't have, wasn't capable enough of
A-R-C to match the session s process.
EVERY one of the Six Basic Processes today is designed and delivered
only to increase the pc's A-R-C. Every one of these processes is successful
today ONLY when it improved the pc's A-R-C, ONLY when it raised him, in
other words, on that tone scale detailed in Science of Survival.
Thus today there would be NO excuse not to know whether or not the pc
benefited from the session. If his A-R-C improved, he benefited from the
session. Thus today there is NO excuse not to know WHAT process to run on
the pc. The auditor runs THAT PROCESS which LEADS slightly the preclear's A-
R-C and into the lower rung of which the pc can enter with SOME A-R-C.
The only auditor judgment required today is the ability to estimate the
A-R-C of the pc. The best trained auditors at the center in Washington or
from the Academy are those who CAN estimate the A-R-C of the pc and who,
KNOWING the tone scale chart and where the Six Basics fit, can ADDRESS the
right process to the preclear and THEN LEAD the pc upscale by improving his
ability to do the process.
Slow boat auditing is auditing done without an ability to estimate the
A-R-C of the pc or know where the Basic Processes fit on the tone scale.
When we ask how clear a man is we are asking how ALIVE he is. When we
are asking how ALIVE he is we are asking how much UNDERSTANDING he has.
When we are asking how much LIFE and UNDERSTANDING he has we are asking how
much A-R-C he is capable of performing. And that's about all there is to it-
IF you know your Science of Survival, IF you know your Six Basics and where
they belong on the chart.
Copyright (�) 1955 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
AFFINITY - REALITY - COMMUNICATION are the corners of the triangle of
UNDERSTANDING. They are interdependent points. Without affinity, one cannot
have either reality or communication. Without communication one cannot have
affinity or reality. And one has as much affinity, reality OR communication
as he has communication, affinity or reality. The DEGREE of any one comer
brings about the degree of the other two.
By affinity we mean, roughly, the liking or disliking of something.
By reality we mean the similarity or dissimilarity of IDEAS about
something.
By communication we mean the interchange of ideas about something.
Now let us say that you tried the material in the Ability article
"Straight Wire" and you did it all right. You tried it on three pcs or
friends. It worked, let us say, with magnificent results on two. It did NOT
work at ALL upon the third. WHY?
On the third man it didn't work because his A-R-C was not UP to
confronting his past. It might have been up to a process lower on the scale
than Straight Wire. But it WASN'T up to Straight Wire. In other words we
started with NO toehold of A-R-C which we could improve by auditing.
And HERE we have the only real auditing DIFFICULTY. There MUST be SOME
A-R-C present in order to improve a pc's case. He must at least quiver
slightly when touched. There MUST be some life present in order to upscale
a case.
Now it is TRUE that one can, theoretically, animate inanimate matter.
IF one lifts a match without manual contact, by "force of will," he MUST
imbue it with some LIFE. If one cannot imbue with life he can't handle
objects or spaces. They DEFY him. Thus the Granting of Beingness. BUT, for
our purposes the auditing of this extreme of NO LIFE is not then auditing.
It is ANIMATING. Anybody can ANIMATE a pc. He can actually monitor his
machinery with words alone. But auditing involves RAISING THE SELF-
DETERMINISM (pan-determinism) of the pc. Maybe you could imbue with life
and then raise THAT into self-determinism. Maybe you do. But that is NOT
auditing as we understand it. It is NECROMANCY. (Though I will admit we all
practice it somewhat.) Auditing consists of DISCOVERING a spark of A-R-C
and, by processes AND A-R-C fanning it into a proud flame.
A pc may have enough A-R-C to do Locational Processing. If he does,
then Locational Processing (having the pc sit still and spot things by
glance in the environment) will UP his A-R-C to a point where the pc can do
TWO-WAY COMMUNICATION (not mechanical, which belongs with Opening Procedure
by Duplication). If a pc has enough A-R-C to simply talk over things THEN
this can be fanned up to enough A-R-C to do PROBLEMS AND SOLUTIONS. And if
he can do this one (R2-20 in The Creation of Human Ability) he can then, in
doing it graduate upscale to THINK A THOUGHT. And if he now has enough A-R-
C to do THINK A THOUGHT he will gather force and momentum in thinking
thoughts to at length enter the lower A-R-C floor of STRAIGHT WIRE. And so
on up the rest of the processes.
HERE you see where we are going. Here you see the LADDER we are
climbing. Here you see WHY we are climbing it. And here you see also why
Straight Wire on that third pc didn't make any improvement on his case.
If they don't improve on the Six Basics in auditing by the code and by
the book then the auditor has ASSUMED more A-R-C in the pc than the pc
could muster.
When a preclear is run on a process without change, the process is just
too high on the A-R-C scale for the extant A-R-C of the pc. And that's ALL
there is to it.
In the game of living (often carelessly called a business by low-toned
people) you are as UNDERSTOOD by the people as they have A-R-C to
understand you OR you are as understood as you grant them A-R-C to
understand you.
You are as ALIVE as you can do a process. There is no shame in being
partially dead. There is only shame in WANTING to be dead, for you can
change that.
Now maybe, looking at your Science of Survival, you can estimate your
pc and lead your pc into greater life. BUT remember, if he DOESN'T QUIVER
on a process, he hasn't entered into its life band and all his doing of it
will be SOCIAL RESPONSE or YOUR running of his machinery. You can do it
too.
Good hunting.
[pic]
[The above "Old Cuff" was originally printed on the back of PAB 58, 5
August 1955. The text of this PAB was not written by LRH so it is not
included here. ]
LRH TAPE LECTURES
Washington, D.C.
23-30 August 1955
* 5508C23 ALS-1 The Auditor's Public
* 5508C23 ALS-2 Axiom 53: The Axiom of the Stable Datum
* 5508C30 ALS-3 Rugged Individualism
* 5508C30 ALS-4 Union Station-R-46
[pic]
Major 6 [1955, ca. early
September]
The Magazine of
DIANETICS and SCIENTOLOGY
from
Washington, D.C.
L. RON HUBBARD
[pic]
[The above letter accompanied Ability Major 6 when it was originally sent
out. The process "Union Station" referred to above as being on "page 26" of
the original magazine is now on page 254. In addition to the text on the
following pages, this issue contained The Axioms of Scientology, The Code
of a Scientologist, The Auditor's Code, The Prelogics, The Logics, The
Axioms of Dianetics and The Tone Plotting Scale.]
Copyright (�) 1955 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
Basic Processes
RUDIMENTS: One: Awareness of the auditor, the auditing room, that an
auditing session is in progress. Two: Two-way communication on a casual
basis. Three: The delivery of the question. Four: Communication lag. Five:
The acknowledgement of the question. Six: The duplication of that exact
question.
I
1. I. FIND A PC.
2. II. ESTABLISH THE EXISTENCE OF THE AUDITOR.
3. III. ESTABLISH THE EXISTENCE OF A SESSION: LOCATIONAL PROCESSING.
"Notice a chair in this room."
"Notice the ceiling."
"Notice the floor."
"Notice ..., etc."
4. IV. TWO-WAY COMMUNICATION RECALLING PC'S SECRETS (see Dianetics,
1955!)
5. V. DISCUSS PRESENT TIME PROBLEM, IF ANY.
6. VI. HELLO'S AND OK'S TO PICTURES (article 5, Ability Major 4,
"Straight Wire-A Manual of Operation"):
"Recall a moment."
Hello's and OK's to and from any picture or blackness.
Bring back the picture.
"Recall a moment."
Hello's and OK's any pictures or blackness.
Bring back vanished pictures.
(SPLITTING UNIVERSES)
7. VII. PROBLEMS AND SOLUTIONS (R2-20, Creation of Human Ability):
"What problem could you be to yourself?"
"Give me another problem you could be to yourself."
"Another ..., etc."
"What solution could you be to yourself?"
"Give me another solution you could be to yourself?"
"Another ..., etc."
8. VIII. THINK A THOUGHT:
"Think a thought."
"Think another thought."
". . . another thought, etc."
"Receive a thought."
"Receive another thought."
". . . another thought, etc."
(ASSIGN, INVENT, MAKE TYPE PROCESSES)
9. IX. CONSEQUENCES:
"What would happen if you were apathetic?"
Repeat, etc.
"What would happen if you got angry?"
Repeat, etc.
APPLY TO TONE SCALE AND AWARENESS SCALE.
II
X. ELEMENTARY STRAIGHT WIRE (ABOVE 1.0):
"Give me something you wouldn't mind forgetting."
Hello's and OK's to any pictures.
Put back any pictures.
Repeat, etc.
"Give me something you wouldn't mind remembering."
Hello's and OK's to any pictures.
Put back any pictures.
Repeat, etc.
(STRAIGHT WIRE ON SECRETS, KNOWINGNESS)
III
XI. OPENING PROCEDURE OF 8-C (A, B, C) (ABOVE 1.9):
A. "Do you see that (large object or area such as a wall)?"
"Go over to it and touch it."
"Now look at that (another large object or area)."
"Go over to it and touch it."
Repeat, etc.
Exact spots. "Do you see that black mark on the left arm of that
chair?"
"Go over to it and put your finger on it."
"Take your finger off of it."
Do this with many precise spots.
B. "Find a spot in this room."
"Go over to it and put your finger on it."
"Now let go of it."
"Find another spot."
Over and over, etc.
C. "Find a spot in this room."
"Decide when you are going to touch it and then touch it."
"Decide when you are going to let go and let go."
Repeat, many spots, etc.
IV
XII. OPENING PROCEDURE BY DUPLICATION (ABOVE 2.6):
Have pc become familiar with two objects.
"Go over to the (book)."
"Look at it."
"Pick it up."
"What is its color?"
"What is its temperature?"
"What is its weight?"
"Put it down in the same place."
"Go over to the (other object)."
"Look at it."
"Pick it up."
"What is its color?"
"What is its temperature?"
"What is its weight?"
"Put it down in the same place."
"Go over to the (first object)."
Etc. Repeat. Run for hours.
V
XIII. REMEDY HAVINGNESS (ABOVE 3.1):
"Mock up a (planet, man, brick, boulder)."
"Make a copy of it."
Explain "copy" if unknown by pc.
"Make another copy of the original."
"Make another copy of it."
"Make another copy of it."
"Make another copy."
"Another copy."
"Another."
"Another."
Etc. as many as pc can comfortably make.
"Now push them together and push them into the body."
"Mock up a ...."
"Copy it."
Many copies, as above.
Have pc push them into the body.
Repeat many times.
Have pc mock up and copy as above, and:
"Throw them away-have them disappear in the distance."
Etc. many times.
VI
1. XIV. SPOTTING SPOTS IN SPACE (ABOVE 3.6):
"Spot a spot in the space of this room."
"Spot another spot."
Etc. many spots.
"Spot a spot in the space of this room."
"Walk over to it. "
"Put your finger on it."
"Let go."
Etc. many times.
Intersperse:
"How big is the spot?"
"Does it have any color?"
"Does it have any mass?"
And similar questions until spots have no mass, simply locations.
VI
2. XV. ROUTE ONE: 5, 6, 7 (FOR EXTERIORIZED PC):
(5) "What are you looking at?"
"Make a copy of it. "
As many as pc can COMFORTABLY make.
"Push them into yourself." (Not the body) (Alternate with "Throw
them away.")
To do this, the pc will assume actually two or more locations at
once.
"Can you find a nothingness somewhere around you?"
"Now make another one just like it."
Have him make many like the first nothingness.
Have pc push them into himself or throw them away.
As many as the pc can comfortably make.
(6) "Locate the two upper back corners of the room (those behind
pc's body). Hold on to them, and don't think."
Have pc do this for at least two minutes.
Alternate with:
"Find two nothingnesses."
"Hold on to them and don't think."
At least two minutes by the clock.
(7) "Let go." "Find a place where you're not."
Many places.
Repeat 5, 6, 7, many times.
THE H.A.A. SHOULD BE CONVERSANT WITH ALL THE FOLLOWING:
ASSIGN some INTENTIONS.
Waste, accept, INVENT:
Wrongnesses
GAMES
Bad conditions
MAKE some TIME.
Three spots in your body. Three spots in the room (will exteriorize
pc).
INVENT a dangerous mock-up.
What kind of a mock-up SHOULD you put up? What kind of a mock-up
COULD you put up? What kind of a mock-up should you be able to
DESTROY? What kind of a mock-up could you DESTROY?
RECALL SOME SPACE. All right. Is it TOO MUCH or TOO LITTLE? (Can be
used with HELLO'S and OK'S.)
Someone who doesn't think you're insane. Someone you don't think is
insane (eases pc found worried).
If pc fails R1-4: What could you OCCUPY? What could you BE?
In what could you PARTICIPATE?
WHO or what IS MAKING ALL THE SPACE?
What is EXTERIORIZATION?
What do you want CHANGED? What do you want UNCHANGED?
OTHER PEOPLE (R2-46) to be run ONLY in railroad terminals, large
bus terminals and airports. Use live people. Tell me something you
REALLY KNOW about that person. What would you PERMIT THAT PERSON TO
KNOW ABOUT YOU? (This process is known as "Union Station.")
What could you say to (papa, mama, wife, husband)?
What could (......) say to you?
Find something COMFORTABLY REAL. (Eases pc found uncomfortable.)
Use HELLO'S and OK'S to the spots in Change of Space.
(R1-9 Creation of Human Ability)
See the space in that room? MAKE it. See the space in that
(another) room? MAKE it. Alternate.
WHAT ARE YOU DOING? WHAT ARE YOU DOING THERE?
COGNITION
COGNITION IS AWARENESS OF AWARENESS. Example: An individual has been
studious since age five. Preclear is run on studiousness. Preclear says,
"Well, I'll be darned!" Auditor says, "What happened?" Preclear says, "I
have been studious since I was five years of age! This is remarkable in
view of the fact that until this very moment I never had the slightest
notion that I was being studious. Remarkable."
This is an example of COGNITION. The awareness of awareness of a
condition permits the lessening or vanishment of that condition. The
awareness of awareness of a scarcity permits the lessening or vanishment of
that scarcity.
Cognition is of the highest importance in processing. A process used, when
it is the right process for the case, should normally bring about a
cognition on the part of the preclear and when there has not been a
cognition the process is not the correct process, or it has not been run
fully.
The most important communication lag is the cognition lag. A process
should not be left for the next higher process until there has been a
cognition on the process or the considerations addressed in the process.
GRANTING OF BEINGNESS
A process has not been the correct process or has not been run
correctly, or has not been run long enough if there has not been in the
preclear an increase in his ability to grant life to others and to his
environment.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
A. The auditor must acknowledge every answer, every command
carried out, every comment, every communication, every attempt to
communicate on the part of the pc. He should further invite
communication wherever the preclear desires or needs to
communicate.
B. The auditor must be willing to grant beingness (life) to the
preclear.
C. The auditor must be alert to the pc at all times.
D. The auditor must be real to the pc at all times.
E. Cognition (awareness of awareness) is the goal of any process.
The pc must be invited to impart any new cognition which he has
gained during a session, or between sessions. A major cognition
resulting from any process is generally a flattening of that
process. The next process can then be delivered.
F. Acknowledgement is given by the auditor by the use of: "OK,"
"Good," "Fine," "All right," "OK, good," "All right, fine," etc.
G. The auditor does not use: "That's right, I agree," or "Yes,
that's correct," or "Now you've got it," or any such phrases
denoting validation. This is not acknowledgement, but is
evaluation, either the auditor evaluating for the preclear or the
preclear evaluating for the auditor, neither of which are auditing
situations.
P.A.B. No. 60
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
The Oldest Continuous Publication in Dianetics and Scientology
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11
_____________________________________________________________________
2 September 1955
"ANYTHING-EVERYTHING-NOTHING"
I want to call your attention to something you might watch with some
interest. It is the systematized generality with which a certain type of
preclear answers questions. He categorizes. You ask him about a cat and he
gives you all cats. Many people will answer in that way, and they very
often answer with system.
There is nothing mysterious about this, but it denotes the existence of
groupers, good old Book One groupers. When a preclear answers in this
fashion, his track is very grouped, whether he knows it or not.
In auditing this type of preclear, I have countered this with some
highly general processes. I took up solutions, but I didn't leave them
specific. Why did I leave them unspecific? Why didn't I leave solutions and
problems as solutions and problems? Simply because such a preclear's
attention needs direction.
One of the handiest ways to go about this is just to take the Eight
Dynamics with the Know to Mystery Scale. If you are going to categorize
something you will have it well covered, and you are going to hit most of
the corners of the universe one way or the other.
By way of example, I would like to tell you a little more in detail
about one such
case I audited. Although his case level was in poor condition,
psychometrically and actually conversationally, this man was sane among
sane. He had a very good impulse toward healing, he was very sensible and
so forth. He was rather intensely local in his Scientology interests, and
he had a tendency toward "the only one" and rather resented anything that
might come in from another quarter on this. (This is the critical level.)
He was not really powerful, but he was a fine man and had done a lot of
good processing.
At the beginning, I had to actually work around in the session to get
some sort of communication with the man so he could answer questions. In
other words, "Give me some solutions for God" was utterly beyond him. He
couldn't communicate on this basis. "What is God a solution to?" did
communicate, so that was the question we settled with, and from there he
went on down through all the dynamics. We did not bother to take up
"himself" very much because his generality was so great that he probably
wasn't there!
Now this man was not in bad shape. He was in pretty good shape, but
case-wise the mechanical aspects of his case-he was grouped, generalized,
and far, far too fixated on others to the exclusion of himself. He wasn't
there. The optimum situation is: Earth is here, other people are here, I'm
here, my machines are here, my body is here, the
Copyright (�) 1955 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
reactive bank is here-awareness of all these things. He, however, was so
far from being exteriorizable from the body that he had to be pulled out of
the planet, then out of some other bodies, and then out of his own head,
one way or another. It took some doing!
At first I could only try to develop some kind of two-way communication
with this man. I found him hell-for-leather on an obsession toward
knowledge, and telling a person that you did not know something was not a
communication to him. If you said "When does the train leave?" and he told
you "I don't know," he would not have communicated to you. I almost
bludgeoned him into the recognition that there was a communication involved
in telling somebody "I don't know," that you did refer to the problem or
situation if you said "I don't know" and went right on off on one of those
techniques which can be used on a low-level case: "Give me an unknown
datum."
Consider the case reality! If I asked him for "Something you wouldn't
mind remembering; something you wouldn't mind forgetting," I would have
actually exceeded his level of reality. Any man who is as obsessed on the
subject of having to know as this, normally is sitting in a tremendous "I
don't know." So I just used one of the R2s: "Give me an unknown datum." He
didn't interpret the auditing command. He missed on each one of them.
Somehow it came out wrong. He couldn't be audited on whom he wouldn't mind
communicating with. It just didn't audit. He didn't have any reality. There
was no reality on the process as far as he was concerned. We were just
sitting there talking.
Somewhere along the line, when you have to handle such a preclear,
you've got to find some kind of problem that's real to him; or something
that is real to him; or something that will register if you are trying to
get a case entrance on a case of this kind. I get some lulus for some
reason or another. This man was really a very able man. There was nothing
really wrong with him, nothing specifically upsetting with his life; but
his general tone, his general reality was just down-real poor.
I said, "Give me an unknown datum," and he started reeling them off-and
he came into present time with the process. He was naming abstractions,
abstractions, abstractions, unknown, unknown, "I don't know when a train
leaves," and so on- things he wasn't looking at. Then, the next thing you
know, he was giving me unknown data about the material in the immediate
auditing room, and he gave me a lot of it. So, for my money, that process
flattened.
That's a very covert way of running 8-C on somebody, isn't it? "Give me
an unknown datum," and finally he just came up splendidly and was actually
looking at his environment.
Actually, just listening to the preclear and predicting about where he
is going to go is quite a game. With this man I got groups, high
generalities, terrific classifications; he was giving me back Scientology
as he had read it out of a book. There wasn't any thought in it at all. He
wasn't giving me name and energy, but by not addressing the point
particularly, but just drumming it and keeping in two-way communication, we
were suddenly getting him so specific that he was naming articles in the
room.
We, as auditors, know what's wrong with somebody. It's a matter of time
and energy to resolve it. The preclear doesn't know what's wrong with him,
so there's no real talking to him on the subject. If he knew what was wrong
with him it wouldn't be wrong with him! This man was glibly unaware of
being there, and he saw nothing strange or peculiar in his answers to
questions: "Anything," "Everything," and so on. In a situation like this
you have to degrade the question down to actual action. If you had two
universes, you would say, "What are some things you wouldn't mind saying to
your mother?"-and maybe he would find them. You would go on, and on, and on
until that was flat. And then, "Some things you wouldn't mind saying to
your mother," and make him say them. And on, and on, and on, and you would
watch those universes go up in smoke. Always find what universe he is stuck
in, and then talk him out of it in this fashion-that is, make him talk
himself out of it. You really can!
Now it is almost unimaginable not to be able to run this process on a
preclear, and yet here was a preclear that could not run it. In such a
case, you have to take the action dramatization of the communication. "What
wouldn't you mind saying to your mother?-Come on, give," and "What wouldn't
you mind your mother saying to you?" Of course, the first answer you get in
this case is the tip-off. It is: "Anything," "Everything," "Anywhere," and
then they'll come up with qualifications. "Well, if we rule out pain, then
I wouldn't mind communicating with bang, and bang, and bang," and you'd
say, "Just a moment. We haven't ruled out pain." "Well, then-nothing! I
wouldn't communicate with anything."
It is interesting in Spotting Spots in Space that this person is very
definable. You can test him, and find this case out immediately. You simply
say, "All right, let's spot a spot in the space of this room," and the
fellow will say, "Well, it's there." You say, "Now, put your finger on it,"
and he will say, "Oh, I couldn't do that!" "Well, go ahead, put your finger
on it," and he will probably say, "Well-why?" And you get into that! He
will not spot a single spot in space. When he does that, he also qualifies
everything, he gives everything conditions, and in addition to all that
it's "Anything" and "Everything."
When you run up against this case, then, he cannot run this process
very fast or very easily: "Things your body wouldn't mind communicating
with," and "Things you wouldn't mind your body's communicating with,"
because he is in this "Anything Everything" class.
The thing to run then is obviously just what kind of universe he is
stuck in, and to begin splitting it up with an axe!
"What wouldn't you mind your mother saying?"
They'll hate this process. They'll practically, if you insist on it
long enough, get down and chew the rug. "Give me some things you wouldn't
mind saying to your mother." It's just horrible! The thought of having to
go through all that communication. But this they can't dodge. So we can
grade the process. We can say this "Anything and Everything" process
wouldn't be the optimum case, and quite possibly wouldn't run at all
"Things you wouldn't mind so-and-so communicating with, your body
communicating with," or anything else. That process is too subjective. They
can't grasp it enough. They can't play the game. So you make them sit there
and you go on down for this other process.
How do you find out whose universe he's in? Just ask him who he most
resembles in his family.
There are two things which will create change. One of them is
Postulates, and the other is Communication. A live communication,
postulates, will always create change of one kind or another. Now, the
point is, how ably can your preclear communicate? If he can't communicate
very ably, then you are going to have to make him dramatize communication.
Mechanical two-way communication is one method of dramatizing communication-
you have the preclear refusing mass, and at the same time he's
communicating. This will persuade him to communicate. But there is another
way of doing this, which is what I used on this preclear successfully. I
actually changed his skin tone, and did something to the universes, and
there was some change on his psychometry as a result thereof.
I went further and did him a dirty trick. I gave him the same process to
run, but thoroughly flat, on all members of his family, and that process
was: "Give me some things you wouldn't mind saying to you." "Give me
some things you wouldn't mind saying to ."
Now actually, it isn't that the sense of the thing he is saying or has
said has anything to do with it. But with this process your preclear is
going to do something peculiar. He is going to pick the bank clean. Any
time somebody is super-generalizing on "everythings" and "nothings," you
can absolutely count on the fact that he is not capable of creating energy.
He will be able to create some ideas, but this will be rather slow, and
he's lazy. So he will take actual phrases and things that occur to him when
his mother really said something-anything-and things he would say to his
mother.
With this particular process, we picked his bank clean of things he
would say to his mother in about three minutes, and he went into a horrible
comm lag. Finally he said, "Well, actually, I never say anything to her. I
never did say very much to her."
Just as a result of that processing and no other (two hours out of the
five I used on that process), he had markedly changed his consideration.
But if you think he had improved, you are mistaken. He had gone downhill,
and the reason he had gone downhill is that he had given it all up. He had
really got into "Everything and Nothing" now. He was really willing to let
his body communicate with cannon balls. He was willing to let his body
communicate with anything destructive. He was not yet covertly hostile to
the body; he just didn't mind communicating.
What changed this was separating the two universes.
The interesting thing about any of these cases is that a person who
qualifies all statements, who can never be specific, would apparently
suffer intense pain if he were to say "oatmeal" when you asked him to "Give
me something you wouldn't mind eating," and he never seems to grasp the
fact that the auditor wants him to say "oatmeal." You can just keep on
telling him that this is what you want him to say. I have actually made
this test, too, by the way (not that it was as a good auditor, but as a
good research man). I have sat and I have said to a preclear, "Now, I want
you to name a specific kind of food that you wouldn't mind eating. One is
all I want you to name, and one is all I will allow you to name. Now, what
kind of food wouldn't you mind eating?"
"Any kind of food."
Now, if you get that kind of conversational manifestation, it is a
fellow who disperses away from every spot he tries to look at. You've got
the case pegged, postulate-wise and mechanically. He can't locate a single
spot. You would say, "Where are you from?" and he would say, "I'm from the
New England part of the country." If you ask somebody who can spot a spot
"Where are you from?" he is likely to come back with something like this:
"I'm from Bramblebury, Vermont. Were you ever there?" He would suspect you
had probably been there. You know, anybody could locate that place!
Precision. Spotting.
But "Anything and Everything" is an imprecise spotting. It's buttered
all over the universe, and it is peculiar to the mystic. And let me assure
you that it is very unusual to find a process short of Spotting Spots in
Space which relieves this condition-but that process is: Figure out the
universe he is in, make him say something to that universe by asking him,
"Things you wouldn't mind saying to your mother" (or father, or whoever it
is). He will hate you like poison before you are through. Halfway through
the process he will just as soon cut your throat as look at you. You are
making him communicate, and this will break up.
I'm glad we've had a good look at this case. I'm glad we have some inkling
of this condition, but you are going to run into it. It's the one that
makes an auditor blow his brains out most often. You give the preclear an
auditing command. You KNOW this command works. Then this-everything,
anything, nothing.
Now let me be very specific to you. This is the thing that drives an
auditor away from using good processes. He strikes one of these high
generality, unable, on high semantic sensitivity cases, and uses a process,
and the auditing command does not communicate at all. He should be sure
that the case is incapable of doing that process, but instead of that he
will feel that the auditing command must be bad, or the process must be
weak. No. It is simply that the process is above the individual's ability
to handle. Now it becomes a study of how far south can human beings go, and
how far south can we reach and actually audit them.
Now you will understand that two-way communication simply makes the
preclear say something to you, and you say something to him, and he says
something to you. We could come up above that a little bit, and we could
make him tell us things he would say to people and things people would say
to him, and it becomes a "wow" of a process at that level, because you pick
the universe and you blow him out of that universe. This universe he is in
is probably an "Everything-Nothing" consideration, and you unburden that-
and he comes on up. This is an indirect version of Two-Way Communication,
and it hits straight at Universe Processing.
There is a solution to that case!
L. RON HUBBARD
Washington, D. C.
[pic]
Issue 14 [1955, ca. mid-September]
The Magazine of
DIANETICS and SCIENTOLOGY
from
Washington, D.C.
Start That Practice!
L. Ron Hubbard
Here's a new successful way to start a practice !
All over the world auditors are succeeding. However, in some areas we
understand there are auditors who can't seem to get going. In one
particular area we have heard that some auditors were working at regular
jobs. What a waste! In a world without assistance, real honest assistance
from anyone but Dianeticists and Scientologists, the waste of ability in
these lines is practically criminal!
There's no lack of willingness on the part of these auditors. It's
finance. They can't seem to get paying preclears. And to keep on eating
they go to work.
Well, we've got the solution to that. We've been running a pilot
project right here in Washington and although we haven't gotten it all the
way through, the auditor we assigned this project to has now begun to look
for an assistant and he has turned over a pc to the Guidance Center.
I have been alert to this problem of starting a practice for a long
time and I knew that it was crucial in many quarters. Thus when I got this
idea I thought that we had better make a good test of it and see what
happened and if it worked out then we had our no-practice auditor right
into the swing of it.
We started this a month ago. The auditor selected had no real luck and
no intensives for about two weeks and then the dam broke.
Here in essence is the project. On a three-time-a-week basis, place in
the personal column of the local paper-in a city of some size-the following
advertisement:
PERSONAL RELATIONS: I will talk to anyone for you about anything.
Call GR 5-8906 between 4 and 6 p.m. Reverend Charles Gringle,
Church of Scientology, 1899 Nevada St.
Putting in the auditor's home phone (getting an answering service also
if you want) and his own name we are now ready to go. The ad should run
Tuesday, Thursday and Sunday at least or seven a week if you can afford it.
We've already varied the wording around to test the best and the above
is the one that pulled calls.
You should expect a lull. For a few days people will read it and do
nothing. They'll think it's a code. But when it appears over and over they
will see that it's really a service and they'll come out of their comm lag.
Now here's the trick. DON'T charge for their service. That isn't where
you make it. You DO talk to anyone about anything FOR the caller. You go
out and take trouble with his troubles. You help him patch things up with
his boss or landlady or wife or the government. And you don't charge him
anything and you don't straight-talk at him about auditing.
Copyright (�)1955 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
You have to hand, however, literature about Scientology. And you have, of
course, your pro card (which gives your minister's rating) and this should
read, this professional card:
The Rev. Charles Gringle, HCA
Consulting Scientologist
GR 5-8906 452 Fro St.
And you have another card:
CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY
The Reverend Charles Gringle
Pastor
Meeting every Sunday Morning at
1899 Nevada Street
at 10 a.m.
Repair the ravages of the week
with Scientology services
And you hold that Church meeting even if you seem to be TOO BUSY
helping people to spare that hour Sunday morning. You run the service only
until 11. One hour's basic group auditing, the simplest session in the
Group Auditor's Handbook, Session I-always that. You vary it and they'll
leave after five or six sessions. Stay with it and the congregation will
stay with you.
NOW you will discover that most of the calls you get are from people in
trouble which is best solved by auditing. One or the other of the people
concerned will be found to need it badly.
You give them auditing on an hourly basis. You charge $10.00 per hour
and carry none of it "on the cuff." Take it cash in advance. Guarantee
nothing. Make sure you stress its spiritual slant and value. Steer clear of
promising cures. AND DON'T rush them into auditing. They'll beg for it soon
enough.
Actually do this to be of service to Man. Try to give it away. You'll
find you can't. Don't use this just because it's a "preclear getter," it's
a lot more than that. It will put you in financial condition and get your
Church going.
Now if several auditors in an area do this there are ways and means of
settling rows amongst them. Given three local papers and three auditors
doing this, agree amongst yourselves who should have which paper and run
one auditor to the paper. If you are too many for this then run it all
through one switchboard or phone and take watches, allot the house calls,
pool the auditing and cash resulting. Or do it one group per paper.
Keep that "Church of Scientology" in the ads so there's always a
trademark on the stunt and it can't be pushed into by some untrained quack
psychologist or Commie psychiatrist.
Actually run that Church!
All right, you'll learn fast when you start it.
You need this to begin. Your ordination must be in good order. With an
HCA you can get that from the Founding Church. Its cost is now $18.00. You
had better have one from the Founding Church or the Church of American
Science or the Church of Scientology.
Make sure you have a Church Charter. Write in to the Founding Church at
1845 "R" Street, N.W. and make your application.
If you want we'll send you literature. We have a handout piece at the
printers into which you stamp your name and address and which advertises
nothing else but you.
When you've got these, run your ad and begin. Don't run your ad unless
you've got the above straight.
Now the press will contact you. The Code of a Scientologist on the
subject of the press is explicit. No interviews.
BUT sooner or later make sure you do all you can to get yourself or your
group a TV spot or a radio spot to talk about the calls for help you get
and keep it going steadily. Press is a via. Radio and TV are straight
communication, relatively speaking. So whatever you do don't, particularly
now, fall away from that Code of a Scientologist and always act within the
area of Ability Major 1, "The Scientologist-A Manual on the Dissemination
of Material" which you can get from the HASI for $1.00.
Now by the time you have all this started I'll have something for you in
the way of fast assists if what you've got isn't fast enough for you.
In other words, wherever we can, let's get this show on the road. We
don't care how many Churches of Scientology there are in a town. So long as
there's a leading Church. So long as they're actually Churches. We don't
care how many ministers we have so long as they're good auditors and good
people, willing to run Churches and help their fellows.
The cost of starting all this is not high. If you're working keep on
working for a little until you get a practice started. Put your interview
hours in the right place for you and work harder by putting yourself in two
slots at once. If you're not working and broke, get a job doing anything,
finance your project and then cut loose from the job when you are rolling.
Well, here goes a main all-out push across the world. We want 5,000
auditors and 5,000 Churches by 1958.
There's not a minister anywhere around that measures up to what the
public thinks he should be able to do-except a Scientologist.
There's no remedy for a case like busyness.
There's no remedy for an attack on an outfit like a full-scale offense
toward Theta goals.
Okay?
LRH TAPE LECTURE
Washington, D.C.
14 September 1955
* 5509C14 ALS-5 The Unknown Datum-a MEST-shaking Lecture
P.A.B. No. 61
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
The Oldest Continuous Publication in Dianetics and Scientology
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11
_____________________________________________________________________
16 September 1955
SELLING
It is completely fantastic that we have to sell Dianetics and
Scientology. Yet we do.
If this is so, then why, and how?
The world does not know that there is any hope for the mind, the
spirit, the intelligence level, weariness and disability. If you talk to a
group all about the mechanics of the spirit and fail to talk to them about
"There is some hope for it," you've overshot, and right there you have
"entered the public case" too high. Its data level does NOT include
SOMETHING CAN BE DONE ABOUT IT.
The careless driver, the faithless wife, the negligent employee are all
severe problems. You could confront an individual beset by such problems
and talk for half an hour about engrams and have him walk away without
asking for help. Why? Because his entrance level is SOMETHING CAN BE DONE
ABOUT IT. You'll have to sell him on that before you can sell him anything
else. Does it take selling? It surely does!
The world has been promised and promised and promised for centuries,
with a flop every time. Today the magazines of the cheaper variety are full
of psychiatric articles about the miracles of new drugs. Even legislation
states that psychiatry "cures 75 percent of its cases"; an outright lie. It
knows that as soon as you promise cures you're Lying. Even the Busy
Business Bureaus state that the public should suspect anyone who promises a
cure for anything-by which, we believe, it includes psychiatry. So your
glowing statements that you can take care of it entirely are received by
the beset person not at all. He's heard it before. He's spent his money on
patent medicine, and medicos, and quack psychologists, or he knows somebody
who has, and he knows it won't work, that there is NO HOPE.
How do we solve this impasse? We don't over-promise our beset person.
We tell him that we have known such things to be helped by Scientology;
that if we were persuaded, we might take a crack at it; that the thing
isn't ENTIRELY hopeless, since Scientology, a brand-new science, has been
handling things that couldn't be handled in the past. And we go on in this
vein, a sort of two-way comm, until we bring his tone up to where he thinks
maybe there IS something that can be done about it if he is very lucky and
if we, fortunately, will make an effort. Show him the Code of a
Scientologist. But talk to him not about WHAT you can do or HOW you can do
it, but that there IS some hope in the matter these days.
Another point is to de-classify Scientology as medicine, psychology,
psychoanalysis or psychiatry. Classification with these will doom your
point. Your beset person, or the group you are addressing, possesses
experience along these lines. Punch this
Copyright (�) 1955 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
up everywhere: SCIENTOLOGY IS THE ONLY ANGLO-SAXON-developed science of the
mind and spirit. Medicine is Latin in origin. Psychology is German (Prof.
Wundt, 1862). Psychoanalysis is Austrian (Freud, 1894). Psychiatry is
Russian (Pavlov and others in the 1890's). Scientology is an Anglo-Saxon
exact science of the mind and spirit.
Another point is the goal of Scientology: Ability.
Now, in talking to a group, steer off from Para-Scientology. Lay off
the whole track stuff, huh? Lay off the fantastic. And if you have some
chap around who insists on telling people about these things, just note him
down; he isn't working for us, fellers. The quickest way to lose a beset
person or a group is to load him down with phenomena. Talk, instead, about
the fact that something can be done. Talk about the fact that there IS a
spiritual side to Man. Talk about the fact that Scientology solves social
problems. When they are very initiate and it's all in good fun and they've
also got their HPA or HCA, do what you like with the whole track. Or use it
in private sessions. Don't hand it out to the public raw. It's too strong.
To establish two-way communication (as you MUST do if you are going to
communicate at all), you have to talk within the UNDERSTANDING of your
audience. Remember that UNDERSTANDING is the peak of ARC. And ARC includes
COMMUNICATION. Communication brings about understanding, so communicate a
lot. But some understanding must exist to bring about communication, so
don't tell the Ladies' Aid Society about your whole track space opera and
expect them to begin cheering your speech. If their mouths open at all it
will be either to say "Huh?" or to snore. And they won't come back again.
This is so much a fact that I want you to write and tell me who and where
anytime you hear somebody spout off about whole track to new audiences or
to strangers, for by this we find the boys who aren't in our camp.
Our world today, before we're well into it, believes that you live one
life and get buried, and that's that; that you don't go to heaven; that
mechanical gimmicks work better than men; that religion was "pie in the
sky" and nobody got to eat it; that SCIENCE may or may not be beneficial;
that you can't really do anything about it anyway. That's a pretty dim and
inaccurate view, but that's the view, just the same.
When raising the tone of the pc, do it gently by small gradients. The
rises can get spectacular, but not if you try it with rocket ships. And
when you do it, you'll do it by raising his UNDERSTANDING, but if you fail
it was because you jumped ABOVE his understanding and so you became unreal.
Now, the first step in auditing is not a process as such. It's FIND A
PRECLEAR. And the next step is ESTABLISH THE EXISTENCE OF AN AUDITOR.
That's why you don't do quite so well with mama. You haven't established
the existence of an auditor. To find a preclear, you have to engage what
little understanding you are confronting, and then raise it.
Asking a preclear to decide to have processing is silly. You wouldn't
ask him to run Part C of SOP 8-C first, would you? No. You tell him, within
his framework of understanding, that auditing is necessary to accomplish
his goal, and when to report. You don't ask an audience to decide to like
Dianetics or Scientology. You tell them to like it, to trust it, to learn
to hope again with it. You aren't a scientist, and you don't have to be
wishy-washy and indefinite about what you say. Be simple. Be decisive. Be
theta.
To find a pc, you have only to establish the fact that there is hope in
auditing and the existence of the auditor.
You don't have to struggle to tell people what Scientology is, what it is
all about. Scientology applied the exact methods of science to the problem
of the human mind and spirit, and won. It means the study of knowingness.
Its immediate result in application is the bettering of ability in
individuals and groups. It is a practical religion for all denominations,
and doesn't require faith in anybody until they have experienced something
to have faith about. It helps people who want to be helped, and if they
don't want to be helped it doesn't insist on helping them. It can be used
to train and control people. Its goal is freedom. It has more validated
cases in its files than any other practice. It is not an authoritarian
science, and is of and for the people; it belongs to the little man and
woman, not to huge interests.
By using Scientology you can talk better to people, and understand
people better, and get things done or keep things from getting done.
Scientology caps about ten thousand years of study that began in Asia and
wound up with a quarter of a century of work in the Western Hemisphere. Its
practitioners are ministers. These are trained for years, in school and
out. These ministers abide by a Code that couldn't be applied to the
healing sciences at all by all reason of its clauses.
If people want to know a lot about Scientology, they'll have to start
from scratch like you did. You do things, you don't just talk about them.
When and if somebody starts running you and Scientology down, get amused,
get superior, don't close terminals. Scientology is like "good roads and
good weather." Everybody is for those. Somebody trying to run it down would
be for bad roads and bad weather, and you appeal to that few who like
things done right and running right. And so you become amused at
opposition.
You don't demonstrate Scientology on somebody before an audience just
to PROVE IT WORKS. You handle this problem by insisting, if you process at
all, upon processing the entire group, and you use "three points in the
body, three points in the room, find three points in the body" until
somebody pops out. Then you smile and hand them your card, and wonder who
is running at Epsom Downs next week. Talking or processing, you are in
poised control of the subject and your person or audience.
I wouldn't credit it, if I were on Saturn and somebody told me you had
to sell a science which gives the priceless gift of freedom to everyone,
that such a stupid planet could exist. But it does, and you are on it.
Good selling,
Ron
LRH TAPE LECTURE
Washington, D.C.
21 September 1955
* 5509C21 ALS-6 Postulates 1, 2, 3, 4, in Processing-a new
understanding of Axiom 36
P.A.B. No. 62
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
The Oldest Continuous Publication in Dianetics and Scientology
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11
_____________________________________________________________________
30 September 1955
PSYCHIATRISTS
Don't be terribly surprised if in the next year or two the
psychiatrists start pushing auditors around with even greater antagonism.
And DON'T be caught flatfooted when they do.
You know, auditor, we HAVE had a fight on our hands. And we have and
WILL have a fight on our hands. The old Book One Black Panther mechanism is
all right in its place, but it doesn't do here.
Nearly all the backlash in society against Dianetics and Scientology
has a common source-the psychiatrist-psychologist-psychoanalyst clique.
Their patter doesn't vary. Behind the bulwark of authority these people,
when asked about you, an auditor, or about the subject or about me, usually
say that it is a hoax and that you or I are really just out of an
institution for the insane.
Wherever some auditor stupidly decides to co-operate with
psychiatrists, he has been gobbled up very quickly. One cannot co-operate
with them any more than he can "do business with Hitler."
You think maybe I'm just sawing out a tune when I say this. Very few
people believe the actual true history of our science in the past five
years, the amount of attack and antagonism to which it has been subjected.
But let it suffice that about two million have been spent to put Dianetics
and Scientology out of the running. Because the people trying to do it are,
by and large, pretty stupid, and low-toned, the campaign has not succeeded.
But the amount of fast action necessary to combat that much money has been,
to say the least, exhausting.
I could tell you a lot more about this: I could tell you about the
strange finances of the BDR,* of DIANOTES, of other squirrel publications.
I could tell you about three actual murders. I could tell you about long
strings of psychotics run in on the Foundation and the Association, sent in
to us by psychiatrists who then, using LSD and pain-drug-hypnosis, spun
them and told everyone Dianetics and Scientology drove people insane. I
could tell you about the strange politics and ambitions of psychiatry, so
well covered in the book Psychopolitics, and give you a proper riddle as to
why we, a small group, the only ANGLO-SAXON DEVELOPMENT IN THE FIELD OF THE
MIND AND SPIRIT, have been subjected to so much attack and finance. But I
am not telling you stories or being dramatic. I am inviting your co-
operation in your own future security. Whether you believe this war exists,
or believe the psychiatric rumor that it's all a figment of my mind, it's
best to be safe in this battle.
[* Bristol Dianetic Review, Bristol, England.]
Copyright (�) 1955 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
It's best to be safe because it isn't our battle and it isn't our objective
to ruin psychiatry or medicine. We don't care about these. Our goals are to
make more people more able, to make a rather inefficient society a lot more
fun. In order to attain these goals we had better scan the river ahead for
shoals and fit our craft so as to survive any, and having done that,
lightheartedly continue on our way. Dianetics and Scientology are not
political; they desire to overthrow no government. Each auditor anywhere is
expected to continue his long-given allegiance. Dianetics and Scientology
exist to serve and assist any given officialdom in a proper way. We have in
view no empire of madmen all screaming for some dictator or banner. We have
our place in the world of things as they are, and we can do an awful lot
right in that place, seeing that we know more about the mind, the spirit
and religion and even science than any other group in the world.
Granting this, then, we should act to best fit our niches, and so do
our jobs. About the only thing which upsets our forward course is the fact
that psychiatry and medicine sit close to the advisers of state, and these
officials, on matters of the mind, turn to psychiatrists for their opinion,
and the psychiatrist there can be counted upon by his cult headquarters to
give the right amount of sneer to the official about Dianetics and
Scientology. The public as a whole love Dianetics and Scientology. Our word-
of-mouth praise is remarkable. But in the official strata, because the
psychiatrist is the authority, we are likely to be mud. Similarly, the
newspaper, in wanting an opinion of us, calls the local medical or
psychiatric board and again gets this formulated sneer and defamation. That
the public responds to us and likes us is remarkable in the face of this
authoritative calumny. Reversely, the public utterly LOATHES psychiatry.
You waste time if you try to defame psychiatry to the public. The public is
already in a spitting frame of mind on THAT subject. Coals to Newcastle,
strictly. Psychiatry stands in the public mind for ineffectiveness, lies
and inhuman brutality. The public is better informed on this than you
suspect. The public only avoids YOU, an auditor, when it believes you are a
psychiatrist or a psychologist, so there is no team-up; there never will
be. The Busy Business Bureaus, advised by psychiatry, will always give
Dianetics and Scientology a bad report no matter how hard you work to get
them to give a good report. The answer-ignore them. We are an organization
for and of the people.
But don't fail to take the steps to secure yourself an immunity from
attack, auditor. Make sure all your papers are in good order. Make sure, no
matter where you are in the world (for the last attack upon us was in
Central Africa) that your ordination is in good order. Make sure that you
are running a good and orderly congregation every Sunday morning. Make sure
your Church is registered properly. Make SURE your literature says you make
the able more able, and that insanity and illness are no more your problem
than they would be the problem of any minister. Stay out of that slough of
insanity and severe illness, for you don't belong there and never will.
Practically, I don't know any auditor who ever came out unscathed entirely
when he attempted to work with the severely ill or the insane. The amount
of enturbulence caused by contact with such is fantastic.
Now, not to scare you but to inform you, psychiatry has armed itself
with several new drugs. One of these, LSD, has the total goal of driving
persons insane for 15 to 25 hours-JUST long enough to convince people that
your auditing spun the preclear. When you see a process solve a case, and
then the case spins, don't even bother to look for the needle mark on the
pc. The APA spent their whole May convention in Atlantic City drooling over
the effectiveness of this LSD, WHICH HAS NEVER MADE ANYONE WELL AND IS WELL
KNOWN TO HAVE THE TOTAL PURPOSE OF PRODUCING INSANITY. Grim? Fantastic? Ha!
Ask the few auditors who've had this done to the pc. For the pc or his
family often has a psychiatrist looking in, unknown to the auditor. And it
HAS happened. Wild? It's a lot wilder when it's happening to you as an
auditor. The answer? Don't process people with psychotic histories. That's
simple enough.
Now if it does happen to you, don't just abandon the case. Give the case a
few exercises and observe the recurrence of the weird spin. Observe this
carefully. And then bluntly inform the family or the authorities, if you
are questioned or called in, THAT YOU AS PASTOR OF THE CONGREGATION TO
WHICH THIS PERSON BELONGS HAVE A VESTED INTEREST IN THE LIFE AND HEALTH OF
THIS PERSON AND THAT YOU BELIEVE THAT UNDUE INFLUENCE WAS USED AND THAT
SPECIFICALLY YOU GAVE EXERCISES TO AND OBSERVED THE PERSON IN QUESTION TO
DETERMINE WHETHER OR NOT THAT PERSON HAD BEEN GIVEN THE INSANITY DRUG LSD
SO THAT YOU COULD REPORT IT TO THE PROPER AUTHORITIES. And don't testify
otherwise. Sounds wild? Well, always do it if involved in such a thing.
You'll find the family physician or psychiatrist was called in midway in
processing (which consists, remember, entirely of making able people more
able). You'll find there is a vested interest somewhere in the insanity of
this person. And so testify that you suspect it. We will have to hand lots
of literature on LSD, in fact we'll have the APA convention reports on it
for you. If this happens to you, you, minister, are the only policeman who
would suspect it. If, then, psychiatry "plants" one on you, look it over,
report the sudden occurrence of insanity promptly, testify your suspicion
of LSD, produce the literature on it and get the sheriff looking around for
that medico or psychiatrist as fast as possible. BUT, don't look for
trouble in the first place. Leave insane people alone. I know we can do
things for them. We can also shed light on how to solve the national debt,
too.
DON'T ever promise people you will cure them. If they want to know if
Scientology will help their arthritis, tell them it often has been known to
do so, but that that isn't an auditor's goal. If a person becomes more
able, he'll usually feel well. But DON'T advertise that you cure things. If
you HAVE to advertise, I'll give you some tips that work. They don't
include curing ills and insanity.
You, as the most educated people on earth on the subject of the human
spirit and MAN, certainly deserve a high role in the field of religion. We
can reform all of religion and make it vastly better. Why clash with
healing quacks?
Scientology is for the people and of the people. It belongs to them.
They are receiving it. They like it. Bear with our troubles with the dull
official and Authority and go out and make a happier world.
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH TAPE LECTURES
London, England
3-8 October 1955
** 5510C03 4LACC-1 Fundamentals of Scientology and Rudiments of
Auditing
** 5510C03 4LACC-2 Fundamentals of Scientology and Rudiments of
Auditing
5510C04 4LACC-3 1st and 2nd Postulates in Living
* 5510C04 4LACC-4 1st to 4th Postulates in Living
** 5510C05 4LACC-5 Smoothness of Auditing
5510C05 4LACC-6 Smoothness of Auditing (cont)
** 5510C06 4LACC-7 Communication and "I Don't Know" (Confusion)
* 5510C06 4LACC-8 Stable Datum and Confusion
* 5510C07 4LACC-9 Relations to Time Continuance
* 5510C07 4LACC-10 Base Time and Time Continuum
** 5510C08 LPLS-1 Goalsof DianeticsandScientology
* * 5510C08 LPLS-2 IndividuaI to National Levels of
Intention,
Confusion and Communication
4TH LONDON ADVANCED CLINICAL COURSE LECTURES
London, England
3 October-5 November 1955
"Landing suddenly and unexpectedly on September 20th (1955), L. Ron
Hubbard is not only in England, but is hard at work bringing the
technologies of Scientology up to date, attending to British
reorganization, and lecturing to the ACC and the public, and, with all
this, having his first vacation since he left Britain two years ago.
"Ron will be here for only a few weeks, but during this time he is
delivering public lectures at the Lindsay Theatre, next door to the HASI
Clinic, at 2:00 p.m., Saturday afternoons. He is also talking to auditors
every Tuesday night at 7:00 p.m.
"His coming means new tapes and a brighter outlook for British
Scientology."
-Certainty, Volume 2, No. 11
The first Advanced Clinical Course given in England by L. Ron
Hubbard personally (4th London ACC) commenced on 3 October 1955.
** 5510C03 4LACC-1 Fundamentals of Scientology and Rudiments of
Auditing
** 5510C03 4LACC-2 Fundamentals of Scientology and Rudiments of
Auditing
5510C04 4LACC-3 1st and 2nd Postulates in Living
* 5510C04 4LACC-4 1st to 4th Postulates in Living
** 5510C05 4LACC-5 Smoothness of Auditing
5510C05 4LACC-6 Smoothness of Auditing (cont.)
** 5510C06 4LACC-7 Communication and "I Don't Know" (Confusion)
* 5510C06 4LACC-8 Stable Datum and Confusion
* 5510C07 4LACC-9 Relations to Time Continuance
* 5510C07 4LACC-10 Base Time and Time Continuum
* 5510C10 4LACC-11 Establishing of the Auditor
** 5510C10 4LACC-12 Communication and the Subject of Communication
5510C11 LAM History of Dianetics and Scientology
5510C11 4LACC-13 Data of Comparable Magnitude
** 5510C11 4LACC-14 Comm Bridge, Confusion, Time Factor
5510C12 4LACC-15 Communication and Intentions, Deteriorization
of
5510C12 4LACC-16 The Communication Bridge
5510C13 4LACC-17 The Antiquity of Auditing
** 5510C13 4LACC-18 Affinity, Reality and Communication
5510C14 4 LACC- 19 Exteriorization and Interiorization
5510C14 4LACC-20 Further Aspects of Exteriorization
5510C17 4LACC-21 Tolerance of Havingness
** 5510C17 4LACC-22 Establishing a Session
** 5510C18 4LACC-23 Beginning and Continuing a Session
** 5510C18 4LACC-24 Processing: Level One
5510C19 4LACC-25 The Senior Desire of a Thetan
** 5510C19 4LACC-26 Third Level of a Process
** 5510C20 4LACC-27 The Pc's Present Time Problem-the Body
5510C20 4LACC-28 An Understanding of Creative Processing
5510C21 4LACC-29 Native State and Postulates 1, 2, 3, 4
5510C21 4LACC-30 Native State and Confusion
5510C24 4LACC-31 Resume of Creative Processes
5510C24 4LACC-32 Lack of Terminals
** 5510C25 4LACC-33 Engrams
** 5510C25 4LACC-34 The Handling of Confusion
** 5510C26 4LACC-35 Stable Datum and the Study of Science
* 5510C26 4LACC-36 Solving Engrams with Stable Datum,
Communication
Terminals
** 5510C27 4LACC-37 The Role of a Scientologist
5510C28 4LACC-38 The Anatomy of Terminals
5510C28 4LACC-39 Title unknown
** 5510C28 4LACC-40 Intolerance
** 5510C31 4LACC-41 How to Audit
5510C31 4LACC-42 Training of an Auditor
5511C01 4LACC-43 The Preclear's Reality
5511C01 4LACC-44 Improvement in Technology
5511C02 4LACC-45 Title unknown
5511C02 4LACC-46 Randomity and Automaticities
5511 C03 4LACC-47 A Review of the 4th London ACC
** 5511 C03 4LACC-48 Attitude and Conduct of Scientologists
5511C05 4LACC-49 New Understanding of Universes
** 5511C05 4LACC-50 End of Course Lecture
LONDON PUBLIC LECTURE SERIES
London, England
8-29 October 1955
"In October of 1955, at the New Lindsay Theatre in London, L. Ron
Hubbard gave a series of guest lectures to a crowded theatre. The
attendance at these lectures was so tremendous that in addition to all
standing room being occupied, a series of extension speakers had to be run
to our clinic premises in order that as few people as possible should be
turned away or disappointed."
-Certainty, Volume 2, No.11
** 5510C08 LPLS-1 Goals of Dianetics and Scientology
** 5510C08 LPLS-2 Individual to National Levels of Intention,
Confusion and Communication
** 5510C15 LPLS-3 How Good You Can Get
** 5510C15 LPLS-4 The Eight Dynamics
5510C22 LPLS-5 The Goodness of Man
** 5510C22 LPLS-6 The Soul-Good and Evil
5510C29 LPLS-7 Automaticity-Cause and Effect
** 5510C29 LPLS-8 Power of Choice and Self-Determinism
P.A.B. No. 63
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
The Oldest Continuous Publication in Dianetics and Scientology
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11
_____________________________________________________________________
14 October 1955
PLAYING THE GAME
The highest activity is playing a game. When one is high toned, he
knows that it is a game. As he falls away down the tone scale, he becomes
less and less aware of the game, and thereby less and less.
The greatest ability of thought is DIFFERENTIATION. So long as one can
differentiate, one is sane. Its opposite is IDENTIFICATION. When one begins
to identify, one has "closed terminals" too closely, and believes one
terminal is another terminal. The failure to differentiate between two
terminals, in an electric motor, would bring about no "moting." In a pc, it
brings about no power or ability to handle power.
The legal definition of sanity is "the ability to tell right from
wrong," and that is a very sooth statement.
Therefore, the highest ability in playing a game would be the ability
to know the rightness and wrongness rules of that particular game. As all
rightness and wrongness are considerations, and as the game itself is a
consideration, the playing of the game requires a high ability to
differentiate; particularly it requires an ability to know the rules and
the right-rules and the wrong-rules.
When an individual is prone to identify, he is no longer able to
differentiate the right-rules and the wrong-rules, and the right-rules
become wrong and the wrong-rules become right, and we have a criminal.
A criminal cannot play the game of society. He plays, then, the "game"
called "cops and robbers."
A person who strongly identifies is not necessarily a criminal, but he
certainly is having trouble playing the game of society. Instead of playing
that game, he "gets tired," "gets sick." He has these things happen because
he doesn't want to play the social game. He has a "game" of sorts in
"hypochondria."
Now, if you had a culture which was running a no-game game for anybody,
a culture which itself had no game for everybody to play, a culture which
had in its government a fixation on keeping anyone from playing the game
THEY wanted to play, we would have as its manifestation all manner of
curious ills such as those described in various ideologies like Capitalism
or Communism. The entire government game would be "Stop playing YOUR game."
The degree of sanity in government would be the degree it permitted strong
and active participation in the game of government, in the game of playing
your game.
Copyright (�)1955 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
But if people who can't play the game can't differentiate, similarly a sane
person could find himself very confused to be part of a game which wasn't
differentiating and where the rightness and wrongness rules were unclearly
defined. Thus, a government without exact and accurate codes and
jurisprudence would discover in its citizens an inability to play the game
no matter how sane they were.
Thus, the game can be crazy and its players sane, or the players can be
crazy and the game sane. Either condition would affect the other. When we
get crazy players and a crazy game, the end product of either of the two
imbalances above, we would get anything except a game. We would get chaos.
Into this chaos, then, could be injected a new game, and on this alignment
we would be able to have people who could play a game playing a game that
could be played.
As a useful example of this, let us take people who cannot see anything
wrong with slanderous materials on the subject of Scientology. These
people, perhaps, also see nothing wrong with Scientology. They read The
Aberree or the Daily Worker with equal facility with Ability and see no
difference. We have here people who see no difference. They don't
differentiate. They don't differentiate because they see no game. They see
no game because they can't play a game. Or, habituated to a social
structure which had no rules or rightness or wrongness, they have lost,
like so many students of various universities, their criteria.
By Axiom 36: A LIE IS A SECOND POSTULATE, STATEMENT OR CONDITION
DESIGNED TO MASK A PRIMARY POSTULATE WHICH IS PERMITTED TO REMAIN.
A basic rule is that to as-is a second postulate, it is necessary to as-
is only the first postulate preceding it, for upon that one depends the
strength of the second.
To run out all games one would only have to find where there are no old
games, spotting these one after the other. He would then hit the various
cognitions that a game was in progress, for the game was always preceded by
no game and all games are tailored by considerations.
Various effects from games are to become "the only one" on games, to
become all apathetic about games, to have the rules of the games in reverse
so as to counter games.
The remedy of having no game, or not knowing a game is in progress,
would be to as-is the first condition and the current condition by simply
spotting here and there absences of games. Then make one.
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH TAPE LECTURES
10-13 October 1955
* 5510C10 4LACC-11 Establishing of the Auditor
** 5510C10 4LACC-12 Communication and the Subject of Communication
5510C11 LAM History of Dianetics and Scientology
5510C11 4LACC-13 Data of Comparable Magnitude
** 5510C11 4LACC-14 Comm Bridge, Confusion, Time Factor
5510C12 4LACC-15 Communication and Intentions, Deteriorization
of
5510C12 4LACC-16 The Communication Bridge
5510C13 4LACC-17 The Antiquity of Auditing
** 5510C13 4LACC-18 Affinity, Reality and Communication
[pic]
5510C14 4LACC-19 Exteriorization and Interiorization
5510C14 4LACC-20 Further Aspects of Exteriorization
** 5510C15 LPLS-3 How Good You Can Get
** 5510C15 LPLS-4 The Eight Dynamics
5510C17 4LACC-21 Tolerance of Havingness
** 5510C17 4LACC-22 Establishing a Session
** 5510C18 4LACC-23 Beginning and Continuing a Session
** 5510C18 4LACC-24 Processing: Level One
5510C19 4LACC-25 The Senior Desire of a Thetan
** 5510C19 4LACC-26 Third Level of a Process
** 5510C20 4LACC-27 The Pc's Present Time Problem-the Body
5510C20 4LACC-28 An Understanding of Creative Processing
5510C21 4LACC-29 Native State and Postulates 1, 2, 3, 4
5510C21 4LACC-30 Native State and Confusion
5510C22 LPLS-5 The Goodness of Man
** 5510C22 LPLS-6 The Soul-Good and Evil
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
1 Brunswick House,
83 Palace Gardens Terrace,
London, W.8.
OPERATIONAL BULLETIN NO.1
20 October 1955
Distribution: HAS staff, Founding Church, all Continents.
The following auditing commands are standard as of Issue Three of Six
Levels of Processing, superseding all commands as of this date.
RUDIMENTS OF AUDITING:
1. Awareness of the auditor, the auditing room, that a session is
in progress and that the preclear is being audited.
2. Two-way communication on a casual basis.
3. The delivery of the question.
4. Communication lag.
5. Acknowledgement of the question.
6. The duplication of that question except when using auditing
commands on a two-way communication basis.
STARTING A SESSION: Establish ONE of the rudiments. Discuss the present
time problem if there is one. Ask the preclear, "What could you do about
that?" If this does not resolve it, ask him to imagine a problem of
comparable magnitude, and ask him what he could do about the imagined
problem. When he has done this exercise of resolving imagined problems
several times, ask him again what he could do about the present time
problem. This is the low harmonic on Level Three.
LEVEL ONE. LOCATIONAL PROCESSING: The object of Locational Processing
is to establish an adequacy of communication terminals in the environment
of the preclear. It can be run in busy thoroughfares, graveyards, confused
traffic, or anywhere there is or is not motion of objects and people.
Command: "Notice that (person)."
SEPARATENESS: The object of Separateness in Locational Processing is to
establish and run out identifications. It is noteworthy that its opposite,
Togetherness, does not run and is not a workable process. Commands: "Select
an object from which you are separate." "Select an object which is separate
from you." Run the first command only until the end of any given session or
until the preclear "dopes off." Then run the reverse command the next
session until its end or until the preclear "dopes off." If "dope-off"
occurs, run the opposite command until pc is alert, then return to the
"command of the session." This method is used on all commands in Level One
only.
SEPARATENESS FROM PEOPLE: This is used to remedy valence difficulties,
to establish identities and run them out, and to raise the tone level of
the preclear on the third dynamic, and to establish the fact that
communication terminals exist to which one could speak. Commands: "Select a
person from whom you are separate." "Select a person who is separate from
you."
WATERLOO STATION: This process is utilized only when the earliest steps
of Locational Processing have been completed when the preclear is in
excellent ARC with his auditor. It is run with a great deal more
acknowledgement, ARC, and two-way communication than earlier Locational
processes. Commands: "Tell me something you can not-know about that
(indicating or describing) person." "Tell me something that that person can
not-know about you." It is noteworthy that the command change makes this a
different process from Union Station or Victoria Station as earlier
released. Data from the HAA class at the Academy in Washington, and the 4th
London ACC and additional research sources established the fact that the
preclear often has difficulty understanding that he is to "un-know"
something, that he either does not know already, or that he can simply wipe
out. This is a rehabilitation of his ability to not-know. The first
postulate evidently communicates better on not-know, but if there is any
difficulty it can also be stated as "can don't-know." The word "can" is a
demonstration that this is an ability, not a simple stir-up of the bank.
The preclear too often picks up an existing don't-know, and as in other
cases such as "Invent processes," he drains the bank of stable data. Don't-
know is a stable datum as per Axiom 53. The native state thetan is the
total knowingness. In order to have a game he not-knows something, then
with this as the first postulate, makes the second postulate that he knows
something about it, makes the third postulate that not-ises the second
postulate that he can forget about it, and finally as a fourth postulate,
remembers, which is then an alter-isness of the not-isness, and is found to
be not as functional in processing as it should be. In Axiom 36, Axiom 53,
and Axiom 54, as well as the old Dianetic Logics, we see that stable data
are necessary for the alignment of data or a confusion results. If the
preclear is draining not-knowingnesses out of his bank rather than
rehabilitating his ability to not-know at will, he naturally brings on
himself the confusions in the bank, thus running "don't-know." When it is
misinterpreted as pulling out old don't-knows, it brings about more
confusion; running "can-not-know" thus actually places new stable data into
the bank. Because of this misunderstanding and miscommunication, Union
Station, first postulate variety, Victoria Station did not produce the
results on many preclears which the process itself is capable of producing.
LEVEL TWO. This level is reached when the preclear is originating
communications smoothly without coaching and acknowledging the auditor's
commands well. There is no command as such. There is the subject of
communication; secrets. Any idea in Scientology or process can be run on a
two-way communication basis, whereby it is simply offered and discussed. At
this level auditors are invited to be alert for preclears whose cases are
and have been unchanging since Dianetics, since several of these cases have
been found to be harbouring data and intentions towards Scientology which
they felt they could not communicate to Dianetic or Scientology auditors in
particular. Thus harbouring such secrets, the cases have remained static
without advance. Advancing these cases is the only thing which will handle
such incursions. More than twelve have been reported to date by various
auditors whose cases were unchanged as they had data of bad intention
toward Scientology which they could not divulge in particular to the
Scientology auditor. There is no feeling or thought of revenge towards such
people or punishment which should be very adequately clear to them if the
matter is suspected.
LEVEL THREE. This is a subjective level. In this could be placed all
former Dianetic and Scientology processes. Almost any of these will work
with correct auditing but only if the person is able to handle subjective
processes. It should be clearly stressed that at LEVEL THREE one is dealing
with the basic present time problem with the preclear, communication. His
real present time problem could be said to be any difficulty in using the
body as a communication terminal.
It must also be stated that there is no such thing as a finite amount
of communication. Any part of a communication formula of Creation of Human
Ability and Dianetics 1955 can be too scarce but they cannot be too
abundant. Attempting to increase the abundancy of these various parts of
communications is the primary interest of the preclear at any and all
times, but as he would rescue his body from a fire in order to use it in
the future for communication, so does he feel that certain things have to
be avoided if communication is to be possible. One of the things to be
avoided is, for instance, knowing too much. If he knew all there was to
know he would have no communication. Communication is his pay. It is the
only pay he will ever get.
As the substance of the subjective level is to repair his communication
terminal- body-so that he can continually use it as a communication
terminal, better than before, and stop avoiding all of the various things
which seek to tell him not to communicate, we see that the essence of gain
and subjective processing is measured by the return of an abundance of
communication potentiality.
CREATIVE PROCESSING: Creative processing is now used to get the preclear to
mock up terminals. Any preclear can mock up a terminal similar to the one
he already has. This terminal does not look to him a thetan, like a body,
but looks to him sometimes like a black mass or a confused mass, or an
invisible mass. He is asked to make mock-ups continually with no regard to
throwing them away, placing them on various sides of his body to adjust
dope-off in case of "stuck flows," and using gradient scales in order to
make him make better mock-ups. He is never asked to throw a mock-up away,
as a psychotic patient would not give you back a sheet of paper after you
handed him simply one. He will yet hand you back a sheet of paper after you
have handed him successfully fifty or sixty sheets. He now has enough so
that he can dispense with one. The thirst for communication terminals is
such that the mock-ups hold on and snap in and will not disappear. When the
individual feels that he can mock up or do something about communication
terminals in general, he will then be able to get rid of the mock-ups. He
can be asked to mock up not-knowing confused black terminals or anything
else which seems to be indicated. This creative type processing is
continued until the preclear volunteers that he has a feeling that he can
possess himself subjectively of a communication terminal.
A lower harmonic of this process and one which can be used at the level
of present time problem is, "What do you think is worth looking at?" This
is discussed on a two-way communication basis. It will be discovered that
you can remedy the preclear's consideration and his ability to consider
only when you have remedied his anxiety about communication.
The effort of the preclear will be to destroy undesirable pictures but
these do not destroy easily since he already has too few pictures about
which to communicate. He needs pictures for communication with the past
which he feels is no longer there. He has got into a tangle about this and
usually all he can think of is to obsessively make nothing of pictures and
mock-ups. Making nothing of these is a version of having enough of these.
DEFINITION PROCESSING: Definition processing is done by asking the
preclear to define such things as "exteriorization," "problems and
solutions," "creativeness," etc. The command is "What is ?"
INVENTION PROCESSING: This is done by having the preclear invent various
ideas or considerations by which he creates stable data to displace
aberrated stable data, and to handle confusions thusly. Commands: "Invent
some problems," "Invent some solutions," "Assign some intentions."
ENGRAM RUNNING: Persistent subjective situations and engrams can be
handled by the following commands. "Tell me something you can not-know
about that picture." "Tell me something that that picture can not-know
about you." Creating "terrible situations," "confusions," "bad pictures" by
means of creative processing until an abundance of the variety is
established is however a superior process.
MODIFIED GITA: The entire list in Step Four of SOP 8 can be used with a
not-know command as follows: "Tell me something you can not-know about
." "Tell me something can not-know about you." This is normally used
for specific and acute situations or assists.
LEVEL FOUR. Opening Procedure 8-C run as in earlier manuals.
LEVEL FIVE. Opening Procedure by Duplication First Postulate. This is
done until the preclear can duplicate easily. The process is done with a
book and a bottle as the two objects. It is done exactly as given in
earlier manuals with the following command changes. Commands: "Do you see
that book." "Walk over to it." "Pick it up." "Tell me something you can not-
know about its colour." "Tell me something you can not-know about its
temperature." "Tell me something you can not-know about its weight." "Put
it down in exactly the same place." "Do you see that bottle." "Walk over to
it." "Pick it up." "Tell me something you can not-know about its colour."
"Tell me something you can not-know about its temperature." "Tell me
something
you can not-know about its weight." "Put it down in exactly the same
place." "Do you see that book." Etc, etc. Run with good two-way
communication. Do not vary commands. Does not need to be followed up by
regular Opening Procedure by Duplication. Usually flattens in a couple of
hours.
LEVEL SIX. Remedy of Havingness and Spotting Spots. If the lowest
levels are handled well, the preclear should have been exteriorized long
since. In case of exteriorization the preclear should have been talked to
about it, and over it, and with it, but no further attention should have
been paid to it. Separateness processing should bring about an
exteriorization of the preclear if the lower levels of processing failed to
do so. It would be considered unusual if the preclear had not exteriorized
today, by the time he reaches Level Six. In this event the commands and
levels should be utilized all over again starting at the bottom. The
difficulty was probably not bringing about the rudiments in the first
place, or that the preclear had things he felt he could not discuss with
his auditor.
By modem processing, Remedy of Havingness and Spotting Spots are done
simultaneously in addressing the drill of the exteriorized thetan. The only
change would be in using showers of hellos and okays or "things you can not-
know" on spots in the universe with which the preclear might have any
difficulty in the Grand Tour.
L. Ron Hubbard Purposes in England
I am in England teaching the 4th London Clinical Course which is now
about half-way completed. We have a large number of good auditors who are
completing their training with this unit. The results in the unit itself
are very spectacular as far as training auditors are concerned, and case
class very good. We are making in all during the seven weeks of lecturing
here-with Jack Parkhouse, DScn on the recording machine, substituting for
Don Breeding at this end-seventy-eight lecture hours all on modern
processing. Much of the material is new. Eight of these hours are public
addresses made at the Lindsey Theatre near Notting Hill Gate. The theatre,
by the way, is being swamped every Saturday afternoon and at the second
lecture had sold out nearly all of the last two lectures in advance
seating. A set of these tapes, made on a fifty cycle Wear-right which is
capable of 12,000 cycles, will be retaped in London for use in the rental
library which has just been established, and for copying in South Africa
where Jack Horner has gone to teach an Advanced Clinical Course unit. A
copy made on the Ampex sixty cycle machine of each of these recordings is
being forwarded as made to Don Breeding in the U.S. and will be available
in sets from the U.S.A. The Saturday afternoon eight hours will be put on
rental library if their quality is deemed good enough. Sets of these tapes
are available to DScns as they represent a complete rundown of modern
Scientology and incorporate all we know in Dianetics, and contain the exact
methods of auditing which are today producing the results they are
producing. Training DScns will probably want these tapes.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH :-.rd
Copyright (�) 1955 [ Operational Bulletins numbered 2
and 3 contain no
by L. Ron Hubbard data of technical interest and so
have not been included
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED in these volumes. ]
551 0C24 4LACC-31 Resume of Creative Processes
5510C24 4LACC-32 Lack of Terminals
** 5510C25 4LACC-33 Engrams
** 5510C25 4LACC-34 The Handling of Confusion
** 551 0C26 4LACC-35 Stable Datum and the Study of Science
* 5510C26 4LACC-36 Solving Engrams with Stable Datum,
Communication
Terminals
** 5510C27 4LACC-37 The Role of a Scientologist
P.A.B. No. 64
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
The Oldest Continuous Publication in Dianetics and Scientology
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11
_____________________________________________________________________
28 October 1955
FIRST POSTULATE
We've got ourselves a little piece of data here that you might be
interested in. It will make this first postulate a little clearer to you.
The native state of a thetan would be the first real postulate,
wouldn't it? There is an oddity that occurs: He continues to insist on this
native state clear down to the bottom of the scale.
Let's take a look at this. Actually, in his native state, he knows
everything without looking, or anything, but he doesn't know any
particulars of data. These are all invented. So what you would really call
this would be a potentiality, or Pan-Knowingness.
Now as we go on down the scale, he insists upon knowingness, all the
way downscale, only he puts it into the form of data, and he gets his
knowingness inverted so that all he knows is data, and he loses his
capability of knowing.
Another thing that occurs as he goes downscale from top to bottom: He
is not looking at anything, and we discover that eventually he begins to
insist upon this condition. He starts wearing glasses, not seeing, seeing
blackness and so forth. All he is doing is insisting that he is not looking
at anything.
We take another one of these things: In his native state he didn't have
any space, and so he goes all the way down the tone scale, clear to the
bottom, insisting on no space. Only, how does he make "no space," finally?
He begins to pull in all the energy upon himself, and crowds himself in
real tight, and he is making "no space" by getting everything jammed
together. But he is still insisting on the native state.
There are a lot of these native states that you can look over, and you
will see that you get a whole string of first postulates out of them. Here
they are, native states, and they actually are first postulates.
This is peculiar, to note that thetans insist to each other that they
be in their native states, and the way they do this is to say "You're
stupid," "You don't know about it," "You don't know any data," "You ought
to be in jail," "You should have no space at all," "You shouldn't be
moving" (cops are always objecting to people for moving, you know). And
they insist, one way or the other, that he doesn't have anything. They say,
"You can't have anything."
In other words, the whole society will dramatize this native state to
some degree, but on what a horrible harmonic! So a thetan, after a while,
begins to believe that all
Copyright (�) 1955 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
these native state postulates are bad. Therefore, he must avoid them, so
therefore, he gets entangled, and trapped.
We look this over in processing, and we then move from the locational
process up through Two-Way Communication, up into the subjective processes.
The subjective processes, therefore, should all be first postulate
processes, and the lowest of them would be "Something you wouldn't mind
forgetting." You wouldn't ever run "Something you wouldn't mind
remembering."
All right, there are two other processes that go along in this
subjective band which are intensely interesting. They are quite workable.
Now you understand that you do "Union Station," or objects on
locational processing, on "What don't you know about that object?" and
"What doesn't that object know about you?" But now we have other places we
can go, and one of the places we go is, of course, up into the subjective
process band, which lies above Two-Way Communication.
Some of the subjective processes which are the most interesting are
"Find some no-space," "Tell me some things you are not looking at," "Tell
me some things that are not looking at you."
You see at once that these are native state situations so these are
very, very good subjective processes. They are run on a straight wire
basis. So you see what a neat group that makes. But the ones that run
fastest are these first postulate processes. "What aren't you looking at?"
"What isn't looking at you?" "Locate some no-space," "What don't you have
to locate?" "Something you wouldn't mind forgetting"-all these are
intensely workable.
We would move up from there into a new oddity, and that would be 8-C.
Did you ever hear of 8-C before?
Do you know why 8-C works? 8-C works very interestingly. It is totally
on a tolerance of command, and the continuous postulation of feeling or
seeing something. 8-C, as a process, assumes the native state in a thetan
and then tells him to go to the second postulate.
Here is a thetan. You are processing him. You are evidently assuming
that he is in a native state, because you are saying "Look at the wall." So
you assumed that he wasn't looking at the wall before you said, "Look at
the wall." You are taking over the automaticity of the second postulate.
That's why it works.
The third part of 8-C is just taking over more second postulates. He
says, "I'm not looking at anything. Now I'm going to look at something. Now
I look at that thing. Now I see it."
We could probably dress up 8-C a little more workable just on this
basis, but I don't think it's necessary, at this time, because it works,
just the way it sits. But maybe you should understand it a little better
just on the basis that we are assuming, all during 8-C, not that the guy is
crazy, but that he is in a native state, and that his attention has to be
directed to things.
So we take over all these automaticities, and he comes upscale.
Now let's apply this native state principle to Opening Procedure
by Duplication.
We are again telling him to look at one object, and telling him to look at
another object.
Natively, he was able to totally duplicate the object. Now he doesn't know
anything about the object, so we could run "don't know" in here again. We
could say, "See that book? Walk over to it. Pick it up." And now we run a
higher first postulate on him: "What don't you know about it?" "All right.
Put it down in exactly the same place. Do you see that bottle? Walk over to
it. Pick it up. All right, tell me something you don't know about it."
You could run this on this same basis on a first postulate, too, and it
would be an intensely workable process.
Of course, when we go up to Remedy of Havingness, we are assuming he
doesn't have anything, and we are giving him something. So we are taking
over the automaticity of having something, but we are again assuming that
he is in a native state. The process assumes this, and then makes him
dramatize, knowingly, the second postulate. Have something. He hasn't got
anything-now he has something.
As far as Route I is concerned, Route I is a far more native state than
being in a body, and just drills on it, all by itself, of course, would
accomplish a great deal. But you could take Route I and ask him what he
didn't know about these various locations on the Grand Tour and these
incidents, all up the track, would blow.
Our assumption, as auditors, that the thetan is in a native state, and
that we are then going to make him take over the automaticity of living by
doing it himself, is a very valid one, and is evidently the one that
produces the greatest result at this time.
So here is just a little change of mind in the way you look at
processing. We take the native state of a thetan. We figure out "What is
the thetan's native state?" He is not in contact with space, energy, mass.
He doesn't have any dimension. We take this as the first condition. He can
make a postulate out of this condition, and then he makes a second
postulate, and the second postulate is a lie.
You can assume that he is in a native state, and make him make the
first postulate, and you will have an intensely workable process. We assume
he knows all there is to know about people, and then we say, "All right.
Tell me something you don't know about that person." We are running the
first postulate, right away.
Now if you assume a thetan is bad off, plowed in, and is not even
vaguely in his native state, you will tend to run processes which will spin
him in. If you are running him from the attitude that he has to come
upscale to feel a wall, this is a bum deal.
The attitude you should run him from is: Here's this poor little
thetan, all stupid, and we're going to show him a wall. We will find out
that understanding of him, then, proceeds at a much higher rate.
You will get, sooner or later, a very important thing here. It is
actually the auditor being there, two-way communication, and the assumption
about the native state of the preclear that produces auditing.
When you particularize too solidly on a process, without paying
attention to these three things, you don't get any auditing done.
L. RON
HUBBARD
CERTAINTY
Vol. 2, No. 11 [1955, ca. November]
The Official Publication of
DIANETICS and SCIENTOLOGY
in the
British Isles
The Six Levels of Processing
L. Ron Hubbard
(For the first time Certainty magazine has the scoop on new material,
beating out the PAB and Ability, the only other magazines in Dianetics and
Scientology which have the goals of helping people.)
BASIC THEORY
(Ref. Axiom 36, Creation of Human Ability)
There are five items in Scientology which have been discovered which
make the difference between slow cases and fast cases, failed cases and
successful cases. These are:
NATIVE STATE: A thetan in his native state has the potential of knowing
everything. If one knows everything he cannot have a game. To have a game
one must make a postulate:
FIRST POSTULATE: I do not know about ......
SECOND POSTULATE: I know about that item.
THIRD POSTULATE: I have forgotten about that item.
FOURTH POSTULATE: I remember that item.
The first postulate, because it is not perverted or denied, is the
truth. The second postulate, since it denies the first postulate, is a lie.
The third postulate is the not-is-ness of the second postulate. The fourth
postulate is the alter-is-ness of the third postulate. Hence the act of
continuous remembering brings about the changes in mass which we call
ridges. The act of forgetting is putting aside and twisting something which
is already a lie. The act of knowing about SOMETHING is not only an
invention but a denial of the first postulate. The first postulate is a
denial of the native state of a being. Hence we have the various conflicts
of the mind.
CONFUSION: Random knowingness and not knowingness create when unaligned
a confusion.
AXIOM 53: A Stable Datum is necessary to the alignment of data.
AXIOM 54: A tolerance of confusion and an agreed upon Stable Datum on
which to align the data in a confusion are at once necessary for a sane
reaction across the eight dynamics. (This defines sanity.)
Copyright (�) 1955 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
RUDIMENTS OF AUDITING
ONE: Awareness of the auditor, the auditing room, that a session is in
progress and that the preclear is being audited.
TWO: Two-way Communication on a casual basis.
THREE: The delivery of the question.
FOUR: Communication Lag.
FIVE: The acknowledgement of the question.
SIX: The duplication of that exact question.
STARTING A SESSION
Establish ONE of Rudiments.
Discuss any present-time problem. If there is one ask the preclear what
he means to do about it often enough to as-is some of its confusion by
injecting into it stable data or unbalancing it by deciding to make a
forward motion toward it.
Follow remainder of Rudiments while doing so.
LEVEL ONE
LOCATIONAL PROCESSING:
The object of Locational Processing is to establish a stability in the
environment of the preclear on the subject of objects and people. It can be
run in busy thoroughfares, graveyards, confused traffic or anywhere that
there is or is not motion of objects and people. It is run in the auditing
room itself to orient the preclear.
Commands: "Notice the (object)."
"Pick out some people who seem especially real to you."
"Spot a car."
When a preclear is oriented and up in A-R-C, shift to:
SEPARATENESS:
The object of the Separateness version of Locational Processing is to
establish and run out identifications. It is noteworthy that its opposite
Togetherness does not run and is not a workable process.
Commands: "Select an object from which you are separate."
"Select an object which is separate from you."
Run the first command only until the end of any given session or until
the preclear "dopes off." Then run the reverse command the next session
until its end or until the preclear "dopes off." If grogginess or "dope-
off" occurs run the opposite command until pc is alert, then return to the
"command of the session." This method is used on all commands in LEVEL ONE
only.
SEPARATENESS FROM PEOPLE:
This is used to remedy valence difficulties, to establish identities
and run them out, and to raise the tone level of the preclear on the third
dynamic.
Commands: "Select a person from whom you are separate."
"Select a person who is separate from you."
WATERLOO STATlON (First Postulate Union Station):
This process is utilized only when the earlier steps of Locational
Processing have been completed and when the preclear is in excellent A-R-C
with his auditor. This is the power-process of the group of processes we
call Locational Processing. An extraordinary amount of two-way
communication and in particular acknowledgement must be used to run this
process. Run at least 15 hours in frequented places.
Commands: "Tell me something you can NOT-KNOW about that (indicating or
describing) person."
"Tell me something that person can NOT-KNOW about you."
To not-know is an ability.
LEVEL TWO
This level is reached when the preclear is originating communications
smoothly and, without coaching, acknowledging the auditor's communications
well.
There is no command, as such. There is a subject of communication:
secrets. It is expected here that the preclear will now discuss freely his
various problems.
LEVEL THREE
This is the subjective level. Here the preclear is invited to inspect
his own "reactive bank" or his own thought processes. All the processes of
Dianetics and early Scientology were subjective processes; it is noted that
these did not work on some persons since no homo sapiens can actually
introvert safely with a very good auditor on the job unless he has already
attained this level.
DEFINITION PROCESSING:
Definition Processing is done by asking the preclear over and over,
smoothly and pleasantly, keeping good two-way communication, to define such
things as Exteriorization, Problems and Solutions, Creativeness, etc.
Commands: "What is ?"
INVENTION PROCESSING:
This is done by having the preclear invent various ideas or
considerations, by which he creates stable data to displace aberrated
stable data.
Commands: "Invent some problems."
"Invent some solutions."
"Assign some no-intentions."
ENGRAM RUNNING:
The resolution of only persistent engrams is done by Level Three Engram
Running. It is only done when specific difficulties are apparent from
obvious engrams. The name is also given and the process used on strange
manifestations in the reactive bank such as "demons" and "hallucinations."
WARNING: This process is only done when lower levels are entirely flat.
Commands: "Tell me something you can NOT-KNOW about that picture."
"Tell me something that that picture can NOT-KNOW about you."
These commands are run, a few of one, a few of the other, then a few of
the first again, etc. The command can be varied when some other
manifestation is being addressed.
MODIFIED GITA :
Run "Things you NOT-KNOW about ..." with the Expanded Gita List of SOP
8.
LEVEL FOUR
OPENING PROCEDURE 8-C:
This is run exactly as given in earlier manuals. This is the upper
harmonic of Locational Processing and accustoms the preclear to taking
commands, discovering that these do not create new confusions, and making
decisions.
LEVEL FIVE
OPENING PROCEDURE BY DUPLICATION BY FIRST POSTULATE:
This is done until the preclear can duplicate easily. The process is
done with a book and a bottle as the two objects. It is done exactly as
given in earlier manuals with the following command changes:
Commands: "Do you see that book?"
"Walk over to it."
"Pick it up."
"Tell me something you can NOT-KNOW about its colour."
"Tell me something you can NOT-KNOW about its temperature."
"Tell me something you can NOT-KNOW about its weight."
"Put it down in exactly the same place."
"Do you see that bottle?"
"Walk over to it."
"Pick it up."
"Tell me something you can NOT-KNOW about its colour."
"Tell me something you can NOT-KNOW about its temperature."
"Tell me something you can NOT-KNOW about its weight."
"Put it down in exactly the same place."
"Do you see that book?"
Etc. etc.
Run with good two-way communication. Do not vary commands. Does not
need to be followed by regular Opening Procedure by Duplication.
LEVEL SIX
This is the level of the remedy of havingness and spotting spots. By
modern processing these are done simultaneously in addressing the drilling
of the exteriorized thetan.
The only change would be in using showers of hellos and okays or
"things you can NOT-KNOW" on spots in the universe with which the preclear
might have any difficulty.
By modern processes the preclear should have been exteriorized some
time earlier in processing without much being done about it beyond
recognizing the fact clearly.
Any preclear exteriorized earlier than this release should be started
at Level One and carried through all steps.
LRH TAPE LECTURES
London, England
28 October-5 November 1955
5510C28 4LACC-38 The Anatomy of Terminals
5510C28 4LACC-39 Title unknown
** 5510C28 4LACC-40 Intolerance
5510C29 LPLS-7 Automaticity-Cause and Effect
** 5510C29 LPLS-8 Power of Choice and Self-Determinism
** 5510C31 4LACC-41 How to Audit
5510C31 4LACC-42 Training of an Auditor
5511C01 4LACC-43 The Preclear's Reality
5511C01 4LACC-44 Improvement in Technology
5511C02 4LACC-45 Title unknown
5511C02 4LACC-46 Randomity and Automaticities
5511C03 4LACC-47 A Review of the 4th London ACC
** 5511C03 4LACC-48 Attitude and Conduct of Scientologists
5511C05 4LACC-49 New Understanding of Universes
** 5511C05 4LACC-50 End of Course Lecture
HUBBARD PROFESSIONAL COURSE LECTURES
London, England
8-10 November 1955
L. Ron Hubbard gave the following lectures to the Hubbard Professional
Course in London during November, 1955:
** 5511C08 HPC N5-1 Six Levels of Processing, Issue 5, Level 1
5511C08 HPC N5-2 Six Levels of Processing, Issue 5, Level 2
5511C09 HPC N5-3 Six Levels of Processing, Issue 5, Level 3
** 5511C09 HPC N5-4 Six Levels of Processing, Issue 5, Level 4
** 5511C10 HPC N5-5 Six Levels of Processing, Issue 5, Level 5
** 5511C10 HPC N5-6 Six Levels of Processing, Issue 5, Level 6
P.A.B. No. 65
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
The Oldest Continuous Publication in Dianetics and Scientology
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11
_____________________________________________________________________
11 November 1955
FROM A LECTURE BY L. RON HUBBARD ON
MEST PROCESSING, JULY 7, 1951
A person's self-determinism is immediately and directly established in
ratio to his handling of MEST.
Self-determinism goes down as a person goes down the tone scale, so
what do you finally get? You get a person around 0.5. This person's self-
determinism is OUT. They are not self-determined, they are determined by
something else-not by themselves.
Furthermore, they can't handle MEST.
The "I" confuses the organism itself with the MEST it cannot handle,
and selfdeterminism deteriorates.
It happens something like this: The "I" gets to a point where it
obviously can't handle other MEST, so it can't handle itself, either. It
can't handle space. Not only is it unable to put somebody else through
space, it can't put "self" through space. And so on!
So here you have the tug and pull below 2.0 on the tone scale.
Here is an individual riding at 1.5, and here is another individual
riding at 0.5. The 1.5 is trying to make the 0.5 into the 1.5's MEST. Here
is an individual confusing an organism with MEST. Here is the 1.5 trying to
take this other person and OWN him as MEST.
If you have, also, a 1.1 here, the 1.5 is trying to make the 1.1 into
his MEST and the 1.1 is fighting back to the extent of trying to nullify
the 1.5 to the point where the 1.5 is a 0.5-and then the 0.5 becomes the
1.1's MEST!
Here is the leading order of the tone scale below 2.0.
Nullification is worked on the 1.5 so that the 1.5 can be owned by the
person occupying the lower band on the tone scale. The 1.5 will take a 3.0
and try to move him on down to a 0.5 so that the 1.5 can OWN him.
The organism, below 2.0, is more MEST than theta, actually, and
entheta, being confused and chaotic like MEST, behaves to a large degree
like MEST.
Here is your battle of the strong and the weak. In other words, the
battle of the 1.5's and the 0.5's.
Copyright (�) 1951,1955 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
The only way you can possibly get along is up in the bracket of ARC,
because these other things don't win.
Nobody ever succeeded in owning another organism. It can't be done.
You can own a horse-with ARC! You can be nice to the horse, and the
horse understands you, and you just get along fine. The horse is very glad
that you are riding him, and everything is happy-and that horse stays in
good shape.
But let's "own" the horse! "Okay, you brute, you beast, you will do
exactly what I say!" Before long, you have a 0.5 horse, and that 0.5 horse
will develop spavins, spasms, and everything else.
The only way 3.0's can operate is on data, and exchange of ideas, and
reaching an agreement with relationship to that data.
_____________________
This is an added observation which I now realize I have been "adding"
for a long time. 2 and 2 make four unless you insist on having spots before
your eyes (instead of stripes) when they make either .22 or 2.2-anyway:
Have you ever seen a person (so called) below 2.0 on the tone scale who
ever accepted the fact that Scientology was REAL? I have seen them say,
"Why sure, it's wonderful," but I have also had the privilege of processing
some of these characters, and so far I have yet to see one who had any
reality on it. Just an observation, but it continues to explain SO MUCH.
They will sell it, or use somebody else's idea of its reality to make
hay for their own stack (below 2.0 a barn is too much MEST to own, and they
have already started in on organisms).
But for themselves? Just you try to process one on an advanced
technique, and you will see what I mean.
And so, as sweet thought for the day, I give you all those "tough
cases."
Please, Sir, will you prescribe a process for the processing of
processing toward reality on the subject of Scientology itself.
I have a feeling I will hit it in a tape.
When I do, I will send it to you.
L. RON
HUBBARD
OPERATIONAL BULLETIN NO. 4 11
November 1955
ALL AUDITORS, ALL CONTINENTS
SIX LEVELS OF PROCESSING-ISSUE 5
NOTE: Issue 5 of SLP is not a final issue of this operating procedure and
is subject to change especially in the matter of command wording. However,
the processes here reproduced have been evolved into a workable state and
have been run with success with the commands given. Issue 5 of SLP is
released at this time because it is better than previous material, not
because it is the final form of SLP.
With SLP is introduced a method of auditing and a new auditing
atmosphere which articulates the attitude best calculated to maintain
continuing stable data in a case. The auditing atmosphere is A-R-C, with
gain marked by continuing rises in A-R-C. With SLP a somatic or boil-off
means reduced A-R-C and is an indication of an auditing break in A-R-C.
With SLP comes the COMMUNICATION BRIDGE, restarting sessions, maintenance
of high R, and liberal use of processing outside an auditing room.
All assist type processes are outside SLP except for the present time
problem. The emphasis of SLP is on bettering the pc's reality and power of
choice.
LEVEL ONE
RUDIMENTS:
These must be established at the beginning of every session. They must be
re-established each time the pc tends to go out of session.
The rudiments are:
(a) Find the auditor.
(b) Find the pc.
(c) Find the session environment.
(d) Establish that a session is in progress.
(e) Accept every comm the pc originates.
(f) Acknowledge every command execution by the pc.
(g) Agree upon the process and the command form before using and do
not
confuse it.
(h) Use two-way comm liberally.
(i) Follow the Auditor's Code.
(j) Deal with present time problem which may be present at the
beginning or
arise during or reoccur during a session.
(k) Use a Communication Bridge at every process or area change.
(I) Establish goals by two-way comm and the command, "Assign an
intention to
(auditor indicating object)."
(m) Run SOP 8-C as given in Creation of Human Ability until pc is
certainly
obeying auditing commands and is under control.
LEVEL TWO
LOCATIONAL AND NOT-KNOW PROCESSES:
Run in populated places, ambulant.
(a) Energy Sources:
Have pc spot acceptable energy sources. Do not permit him to spot
statics unless he is ready for it. Run until pc can empower terminals.
Command: "Spot an acceptable energy source."
(b) Spotting Objects:
Have pc spot objects in a place with ample space and objects.
Command: "Spot an object."
(c) Spotting People:
Have pc spot people in populated places. Command: "Spot a person."
(d) Separateness from Objects:
Have pc spot objects he is separate from, then objects separate from
him. Commands:
"Locate an object from which you are separate."
"Locate an object which is separate from you."
(e) Separateness from People:
Have pc spot people he is separate from, then have him spot people
separate from him. Commands:
"Locate a person from whom you are separate."
"Locate a person who is separate from you."
(f) Waterloo Station:
Have pc spot people about whom he can Not-Know something and then
have him spot people he is willing to have Not-Know things about him.
(Auditor selects persons.) Commands:
"Tell me something you wouldn't mind not-knowing about that person."
"Tell me something you wouldn't mind that person not-knowing about
you."
LEVEL THREE
DECISIONAL PROCESSING:
Run in quiet places or auditing rooms.
(a) Think a Placed Thought:
The object is to train the pc to think thoughts exterior to his head
and thetan bank to obviate the "cave-in phenomena of Axiom 51".
Command (auditor indicating object or position): "Think a thought
in(on) that_______ ."
Alternate Command: "Do you see that (object)? Think a thought in(on)
it. Did the thought appear where it is?"
(b) Choice Rehabilitation:
Using the ability acquired in Level Three (a), have the pc make
choices between two objects indicated by auditor. Command: "From
(indicated point) make a choice between (indicated positions or
objects)."
(c) Directed Decision Rehabilitation:
Using the ability acquired in (a) and (b), exercise the pc on
decisions. Command: "Putting the decision on(in) that (indicated
object) make a decision about it."
(d) Permissive Decision Rehabilitation:
Using the abilities acquired in (a), (b) and (c), turn pc loose on
decisions. Decisions must be outside head and bank. Command: "Decide
something."
LEVEL FOUR
OPENING PROCEDURE BY DUPLICATION:
Done in an auditing room with a book and a bottle.
Commands: "Do you see that book?"
"Walk over to it."
"Pick it up."
"Not-know something about its colour."
"Not-know something about its temperature."
"Not-know something about its weight."
"Put it in exactly the same place."
"Do you see that bottle?"
"Walk over to it."
"Pick it up."
"Not-know something about its colour."
"Not-know something about its temperature."
"Not-know something about its weight."
"Put it in exactly the same place."
"Do you see that book? (etc)"
LEVEL FIVE
REMEDY OF COMMUNICATION SCARCITY:
The object of this step is to restore abundance on any and all
communication possibilities. Done in an auditing room.
(a) Create Confusion:
Command: "Mock up a confusion."
Alternate Command: "What confusion could you create?"
(b) Creating Terminals:
The pc may have to be coached into mocking up unknown confused black
terminals and thus into good terminal mock-ups. Commands:
"Mock up a communication terminal."
"Mock up another communication terminal."
(c) What Wouldn't You Mind Communicating With:
Duplicate the auditing command exactly. Don't red-herring (go chasing
after facsimiles). Command:
"What wouldn't you mind communicating with?"
(d) Creating Family Terminals:
Have pc mock up until he has an abundance of any and all persons he
has ever used as anchor points. Commands:
"Mock up your (father, wife, mother, husband)."
"Mock him(her) up again."
LEVEL SIX
REMEDY OF HAVINGNESS AND SPOTTING SPOTS IN SPACE:
Route One:
An exteriorized step done as given in The Creation of Human Ability.
LRH:ts L. RON
HUBBARD
Copyright (�) 1955
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[The above Operational Bulletin basically duplicates an issue dated 8
November 1955 titled Six Levels of Processing - Issue 5. ]
[pic]
Issue 16 [1955, ca. mid November]
The Magazine of
DIANETICS and SCIENTOLOGY
from
Washington, D.C.
What Are You Going to Do About It?
L. Ron Hubbard
Scientology has several problems it really shouldn't have. These are
third and fourth dynamic problems. It should be enough that a science
developed for the good of Man, and given freely into his knowledge, should
simply be itself disseminated as itself, and without further intrusion into
world affairs, but it so happens that the people of Dianetics and
Scientology have an interest in the playing field called Earth. Looking
broadly about, one does not find very many people interested in the
preservation of this playing field. They do not believe that it is their
responsibility. The government of country A does not believe it is their
responsibility; the government of country B does not believe it is their
responsibility. It is very possible, from the view of a survey recently
conducted, that there will be no actual forward effort at any time,
anywhere, to modify the threatened havoc of the atom bomb, unless it is
done quietly and effectively by a group which is interested beyond the
interest of governments.
It is the belief of Scientology that no government should be interfered
with. When a government is changed, it is changed to resume its old shape.
No revolution is successful. It is a maxim of Scientology that if a
Scientologist is trained within the boundaries of Libya, he is expected to
follow out the training and beliefs of his nationality, and to support to
the last degree his own government. Similarly, a Scientologist of the
U.S.A. or a Scientologist of Great Britain is expected to support his own
government to the fullest possible extent. Any and all changes which occur
by reason of more knowledge occur along the lines of evolution and not
along the lines of revolution. Therefore, Scientology is so far from
seeking changes in governments that it would contest to the ability of
every last communication line any threatened change in any government
anywhere.
However, there is something which is above nationality today. It is
even above the level of the United Nations which has proven its inability
to handle the problems. Man is confronted with a weapon of such magnitude
and range that unless some solution appears for this weapon, Man will cease
to exist, and all life may cease to exist upon this planet.
How does one then influence a problem of this magnitude beyond the
level of nations?
The answer to this problem is communication. We have seen that an area
of enturbulence ceases to exist as soon as communication is levelled into
it. True, the area has a tendency to explode somewhat in our faces before
it as-ises, and tames. However, the answers to such problems as the atomic
bomb lie in the problem of communication.
The communication of more knowledge, the communication of better
abilities itself could bring about this change in time. However, we may not
have this much time before us. Therefore, it is better that we communicate
specifically upon the problem of
Copyright (�)1955 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
the atomic bomb itself, and this is what we ask the peoples of the world as
our communication, "What are you going to do about it?" By communicating,
and by signalizing the fact that no one is taking active responsibility for
it, it may be that we can bring about vast significant changes upon the
third dynamic.
There is a great deal of technology associated with this. Communication
lines of great magnitude are necessary, but all these things are at this
moment in preparation. We have never beheld a more sweeping forward look
than we have at this time. There is no reason to suppose that we will fail.
We know the thing not to do, and that is nothing.
We are not a group or organization dedicated exclusively to the
bringing about of peace, but we are forced by our own impulses of self-
preservation to take a hand in this game which seems too big even for
nations to play. Nations cannot play this game because nations are not
individuals. We are individuals and we know we are individuals, therefore,
we can communicate to the world upon this problem without defying our own
nationalities or enturbulating or upsetting the course of nations
themselves. The bomb is bigger than nations and we ourselves as
individuals, any one of us, have greater co-ordinative abilities than
nations themselves. Thus the responsibility is ours, thus our campaign. We
will tell you more about this. We are in deadly earnest. We have for the
first time a good solid and workable answer to the problem of the atomic
bomb, and we mean to use it. We know that if we communicate on the subject,
we will be rewarded by solution to this gravest threat Man has ever had. We
mean to do it. That's the way it is.
Ron
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
1 Brunswick House,
83 Palace Gardens Terrace,
London, W.8.
OPERATIONAL BULLETIN NO.5 [ca. mid-
November 1955]
All HAS Offices, All Continents
LIMITED COMPANY PROCEEDING: The HUBBARD ASSOCIATION OF SCIENTOLOGISTS OF
THE UNITED KINGDOM is proceeding with fair rapidity to its completion. This
will be its official name even though it spells HASUK. Its offices will be
located at No. 1 Brunswick House, 83 Palace Gardens Terrace, London W.8,
and its phone number will be BAYswater 5780. It has passed the stage of
being okayed for its company name by the Registrar of Companies in London
which had some question as to calling a limited company an Association, and
for a while we thought we would have to get real inventive to delete the
word "Association" from the title, but it got by anyway. It will be
governed by a Board of Trustees. Being a limited company it is the first
entirely English and British HAS. As the Queen doesn't mind "aliens"
holding shares you can guess who has the controlling finger in the pie.
This limited company succeeds to the control of all other United
Kingdom HASs-Australia, South Africa, etc. This is important, for in those
countries an incorporated entity has to be incorporated in every single
state and being so has no power in any other state. You would have to have
five separate corporations to cover Australia (or is it seven). But by
qualifying the HASUK in each, a well connected organization can thus result
though each one can be autonomous. In South Africa they are holding on with
a course waiting for the HASUK papers to file them for SA operation. There
is an existing HAS of SA held by Albert Low which I suppose will be turned
over to the HASUK by Albert depending somewhat on Albert, who will I am
sure cooperate. In Australia Johnny Farrell and some other fine chaps have
an HASI; it however is limited in an extreme rather than a company sense,
being in only the one state, Victoria. I believe, depending somewhat on
them, that they will close it out and open a new qualified HASUK and then
qualify the HASUK in each one of the Australian states, appointing a
resident agent for each branch and the whole being managed by a committee
composed of the already existing Australian directors. Similarly the HASUK
can be qualified at small expense in every state in South Africa and the
whole again managed by a committee there. Those in interest on this will
receive HASUK limited company certificates for their use in qualifying it
in all these states. That's a stack of qualifications for which the HASUK
will pay. These papers will be forwarded in a very few weeks.
CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY GOING IN IN ENGLAND: Already having started with
great success the "I will talk to anyone for you about anything" ad in
London (Ray Kemp piloting), the Church of Scientology is being placed in a
limited company status in the United Kingdom. CHARTERED CHURCHES will be
available to qualified auditors throughout the United Kingdom. The Central
UK Church of Scientology will issue the charters on a tithe basis. All
ordinations will be committed by the Central Church, not the chartered
churches. Ordinations must have an HPA or HCA in full force as a requisite,
plus general good standing. An ordination and its certificate will cost 5
gns to those qualified. A Sunburst Cross and lapel pin will cost 8 gns. The
cross is a lovely thing of pure silver about three inches high, hung with a
plain silver chain from the crossbar. It is worn with any collared shirt or
dress about the throat, a distinctive badge. Qualified auditors may apply
now.
WHAT TO AUDIT TODAY: If there's any doubt in anyone's mind as to what we
ought to be using on preclears, it's SIX LEVELS OF PROCESSING, ISSUE 5. And
if there's any doubt about that, use only LEVEL ONE on any pc. And if
there's any doubt about that, use only the PRESENT TIME PROBLEM PART of
Level One as far as techniques go.
AUDITING THE PT PROBLEM: A pc could be said to be a composite of a
consecutive series of Level One present time problems. His body for
instance is his chief p.t. problem. If you had only one process today to
work on any case of any level from psycho to Op Thetan, it would be working
present time problems with the "problem of comparable magnitude" process.
This is called simply "Invented Problems of Comparable Magnitude". It is a
precision tool with precision commands.
It is done this way: The pc by two-way comm, having been started into
session, is asked to come up with and isolate ANY present time problem of
no matter what size. He is not bird-dogged on to his chronic somatic or
other specific difficulty since this may be beyond his grasp at the start
and because it will come up inevitably in its turn. Once the auditor has
gotten the pc to articulate ANY one present time problem the auditor then
says (precision commands here), "Can you invent a problem of comparable
magnitude?" or "Can you invent a problem as big as that one?" When the pc
does this the auditor then says (precision command wording, use no other),
"What could you do about that one?", meaning the invented problem. (The
word is "could", not "can".) The pc is finally two-way commed into actually
hazarding that he might do so-and-so and such-and-such about the invented
problem, at which time the auditor says, "Fine. Now what ELSE could you do
about that problem?", again meaning the invented problem, the same one.
In such a way the pc gives solution after solution, no matter how poor
and without being challenged on whether or not they would work or would
solve the problem until he has solved the invented problem. IT IS VITAL
THAT THE PC BE BROUGHT TO A FINAL SOLUTION TO HIS SATISFACTION OF THE
INVENTED PROBLEM, UNTIL HE VOLUNTEERS THAT IT IS SOLVED: THEREIN LIES THE
TRICK. Don't go on to new invented problems until the old one is in pieces.
Make the pc then invent a new problem IF HE IS STILL WORRIED ABOUT THE REAL
PROBLEM HE BROUGHT UP. If, upon discussion the pc is no longer concerned
with the real problem, then two-way comm him into a location or isolation
of a new present time problem. If he is still worried about the old problem
or first one, have him again invent one of comparable magnitude to it. If
he is not worried about the old one, have him find a new problem in his
life (present time) and then have him invent the "problem of comparable
magnitude" again with the same commands, "Please invent a problem as big as
that one," "What could you do about the invented problem?", having the pc
get solution after solution or action after action proposed about the
invented problem until he feels he's whipped it and volunteers same to the
auditor (the auditor doesn't fish for solution-final).
An auditor will discover that a pc with higher and higher cognition
ALWAYS has a present time problem no matter how many have been solved. And
the composite of these problems is the pc's case (not a composite of OLD
problems). The pc's case is a composite of present time problems. Thus the
oldest axiom but one (SURVIVE) that he has is back at work: THE FUNCTION OF
THE MIND IS TO POSE AND RESOLVE PROBLEMS RELATING TO SURVIVAL. And boy does
this work! I really sprained a beam when I invented this "Invented Problems
of Comparable Magnitude".
SIX LEVELS OF PROCESSING, ISSUE 5: If you gaze deeply into the brief pages
of SLP, Issue 5 you will find a lot of things that are good for cases, and
a good clean look at Level One will give you the start-out that any cases
needed. The funny part about Issue Five is that it is not necessarily a
graduated scale like all its predecessors. Almost any case runs at any of
its levels, and anyone who exteriorizes can run at once at Level Six. But
none run without Level One.
EXTERIORIZATION TODAY: Today's idea of exteriorization is that it happens
and that it must be FULLY acknowledged but that one, acknowledgement of it
and discussion of it with the startled pc done, then continues the process
which the pc exteriorized on. In other words one doesn't change his entire
auditing just because of exteriorization. One notes it and carries on and
it then gets better. You can't keep them in their heads anyway with SLP,
Issue 5-why, try to work them outside.
TWO-WAY COMM: An auditor (Old-time HDA) said, "I know modern auditing is an
awful lot of yak...." So I finally got two-way comm across to him in this
wise. "Today the auditor is a salesman who is trying to sell the pc on the
idea of changing his mind about a lot of things. With two-way comm he makes
this easy." And the HDA understood.
HCA/HPA CURRICULUM: What tapes? We were giving live lectures everywhere.
It's now advanced considerably. For awhile let's set up a tape schedule,
for the training in all levels is being given a new auditing STYLE. Opening
and closing sessions, the Communication Bridge, Two-way Comm et al are new
to most. Thus the gradient scale of importance of what an auditor must know
is as follows:
1. Reality on Scientology (by case success in himself or others
and by orienting old data he has by new Scientology stable data
that he selects out);
2. Auditing Style and Mechanics (as per Level One);
3. Six Levels of Processing, Issue 5;
4. Scientology Vocabulary;
5. Axioms of Scientology;
6. Auditor's Own Case.
These are reviewed in HAA levels. Axioms are expected COLD at HAA level.
The London HPA November Lectures are a must. So are the earlier 26 half-
hour lectures of 1954. So are some of these ACC lectures. Therefore the
instructor had better have a leading student and a tape PLAYER (so the
student can't wipe tapes) and an evening schedule to get these in. The HPA
Nov. '55 will be airmailed for $60. (If I said �60 earlier it was a slip.)
They have the ACC lectures in SA and can sell them for that area only.
Silver Spring and London are both copying Hi-Fi (Silver Spring a bit higher
Fi) the HPA and the 4th London ACC tapes. Both have and can furnish the
1954 HCA 26 half-hour tapes. Also there are some 15-minute lecture per step
Route One tapes you can have for $23 a set. These haven't been generally
released before.
With this new auditing style and the fabulous work being done with SLP,
Issue 5, we can't be backwards in our training or old in our approach. So
please modernize courses FAST. IT HAS ALWAYS BEEN MY BELIEF THAT THE
SUBJECT TRAVELS AS FAST AS IT IS WORKABLE. Upon that axiom we have built up
to where we are. Thus a delay in using new training material is a delay in
the subject. I'm not trying to sell you tapes. We'll never climb out of the
red on these unless it's by workable Scientology.
CLINICAL PROCEDURE: All Hubbard Guidance Centers should be using SLP, Issue
5, with emphasis on LEVEL ONE and the p.t. problem, briefer emphasis on
earlier steps of Level Two, solid emphasis on WATERLOO STATION. Emphasize
then SLP, Issue 5, Level One and Waterloo Station. Get each of these fully
flat. First twelve hours of an intensive most cases on p.t. problems, three
on assign intentions, ten on Waterloo Station, rough estimate.
ATTITUDE TOWARD PSYCHIATRY: "The medical profession, healing groups and
ourselves are attempting to get psychiatry to accept on a pledge of no
harmful treatment psychotics who now have to be withheld from psychiatrists
and institutions because of the real danger that they will have their backs
broken, their teeth knocked out or their brains damaged by shock, drugs or
surgery. We and other committees are trying to get psychiatry to make such
non-harmful facilities for the insane available in order to serve the
medical and healing professions so that these can dispose of their insane
patients without themselves being guilty of murder or mayhem upon them.
It's an international movement."
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH: ts
Copyright (�) 1955
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
P.A.B. No. 66
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
The Oldest Continuous Publication in Dianetics and Scientology
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11
_____________________________________________________________________
25 November 1955
FIRST, SECOND, THIRD AND FOURTH POSTULATES
Identification and differentiation are the two extremes of processes.
An auditor really ought to make this experiment, just to show him the way
things go. He should sit a preclear down and ask him what things are like
things.
Something curious occurs-he plows right on in. It's the second
postulate. "What thing is like what thing?" is the second postulate.
Now we turn around and run him on what things are different from what
things and he clears right up and gets as bright as a dollar.
So if we ask somebody to look around at all those people and find
people he is like, we immediately find out why old Dianetics Straight Wire
had such a terrific limitation. It had this limitation simply because we
were saying, "All right, who had that manifestation?" "Oh, you have a
twitch there?-Well, who had that?"
It would only run for four or five questions before it would plow in,
so it was a hit-and-run process. The reason for this was: we were running
identification.
So, if we were to take somebody out to a railroad station and say, "All
right, now pick out some people around here that you are separate from," he
would get sharp and bright, and he would feel wonderful.
Let's just take a shadow of that now: "Get a person there that you are
the same as." "Now get some things you have that are the same as the things
you have." The same, the same, the same, and all of a sudden this guy goes
"Gug!" He doesn't like it!
So if we ask him "What do you know about that person? Something else
you know about that person; something else you know about that person," we
don't have the full effect, but we have some little echo of this
identification effect.
A very searching look at whether it is better to hit and run-one
person, another person-tells us immediately something that is quite
interesting: that if we found a lot of things you know about that one
chair, for instance, the process would be effective, but it would be only
about one-tenth as effective as "What do you know about that chair?" "What
do you know about that table?" "What do you know about that lamp?"
We find they fit on a scale as follows:
First Postulate: NOT- KNOW
Second Postulate: KNOW.
Copyright (�)1955 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
So far we have been going with nothing but material objects or spaces.
Now, the third postulate is: FORGET, and the fourth postulate is: REMEMBER.
Forget and Remember stand in relationship to each other as an abstract
first postulate, you might say, Forget, and the second postulate is:
Remember.
Therefore, Remembering processes and Knowing processes simply make the
person able to handle a second postulate. Therefore, they are long.
However, they don't run out very well.
If we wanted to run out Knowingness, we would run Not-Knowingness.
In view of the fact that a lot of people just know things that are
horrible, it would be to some advantage to run out some of this
Knowingness. It is very false Knowingness, isn't it?
So we have the consideration added to each one of these postulates:
Good, Bad, Survive, Succumb, and that is added to Not-Know. Good or Bad, to
Not-Know. Taking the second postulate we would have Good or Bad, Survive or
Succumb, as Know. Good or Bad, Survive or Succumb, as the third postulate,
Forget, and Good or Bad, Survive or Succumb, to the fourth postulate,
Remember.
Now let's look at that in conditions of existence, and we discover that
an object, or something, must have presented itself, about which the
individual didn't know, and he'd have to decide that he didn't know about
it, before he would decide that he would have to know about it. So he is
not-ising his Not-Knowingness, by knowing.
In order to forget about it, he has to not-is his Knowingness. So he
has to not-is Knowingness, in order to forget.
To remember it, he will have to have forgotten it. Therefore, he not-
ises Forgettingness.
By this pattern and scale we have all the difficulties a mind can get
into. This is all a thetan can do, really.
Now we get the Curiosity, Desire, Enforce, Inhibit Scale. We are
familiar with that scale. We call it the DEI Scale. Actually it has
Curiosity just above Desire.
So, we find one could be Curious about, Desire, Enforce and Inhibit Not-
Knowingness.
We have the consideration, which is Good or Bad, Survive or Succumb,
and now we have the volition. The volition of a person about this Not-
Knowingness is to be curious about it, desire it, enforce, or inhibit it-or
just plain not know it. Take it as its as-isness.
But if he decided not to not-know it, it would disappear. So in order
to keep it there, he decides to know something about it.
Everything you get to know anything about becomes more solid, because
it is a second postulate.
Now this very tricky set of values is evidently closer to the truth
than we have been before, but it has to be worked experimentally, now, to
discover how much of this is valid, and how much isn't valid.
I made a test on one preclear who has a black field and made him good and
sick. So we take the fourth postulate. Now get how solid things would
become if you were using a fourth postulate.
I had him look at pieces of blackness, and instead of looking, remember
them. It would have been easier for him to forget them instead of looking
at them-and it was.
We didn't carry the experiment any further. We just carried this as far
as forget and remember-instead of look, let's remember. It made him good
and sick. It didn't run out his occlusion.
We can understand, if we search a little further in this, what this
blackness is, then. An individual decides to KNOW what is in that
blackness, and immediately that he decides to know what is in the
blackness, he will get a solidity to the blackness, won't he? It's a second
postulate.
So you see how far this ''figure-figure'' carried us.
If we run something about that person that you would be willing to not-
know and something you would be willing for that person to not-know about
you-we will unravel the secrets out of people this way.
The people get better, and we are running closer to the truth than we
have been in the past.
I just want to repeat to you, as I often have to do, one of those
primary principles that is liable to go astray: This is the principle of
Mystery.
The principle of Mystery is, of course, this: The only way anybody gets
stuck to anything is by a mystery sandwich. A person cannot be connected to
his body, but he can have a mystery between him and his body which will
connect him.
Now the oddity is that it is the desire to solve the mystery which does
the connection. So, really, the Know to Mystery Scale, on this day, has
become the Not-Know to Mystery Scale.
We have pushed our information up just that much further.
You have to understand this thing about the mystery sandwich. It's two
pieces of bread, one of which represents the thetan, one of which
represents the body, and the two pieces of bread are pulled together by a
mystery. They are kept together by a volition to know the mystery.
And then people run the Curiosity, Desire, Enforce, Inhibit Scale on
that mystery. That keeps them interiorized, and this is really the secret
of Interiorization. The secret is a secret. Q-and-A!
Survive and Succumb are simply a consideration. To a being who cannot
possibly succumb, succumb is always a second postulate, but it is a second
postulate to an actuality.
To really as-is a thing, you have to make a perfect duplicate of it,
don't you? The thing originally appeared, but was not known, so the second
postulate came around and altered it into a knowingness. Therefore, in
order to get the basic-basic on any chain of actual physical objects, you
would simply have to say, "What could I not know about it?"
This is the cycle of alter-isness and not-isness of any perception: The
Evolution of Thinkingness.
1. OBJECT (seen) NOT- KNOWN (As-is possible)
2. OBJECT KNOWN (Prevented As-is by Alter-is)
3. ABSTRACT FORGOTTEN (Not-isness)
4. ABSTRACT REMEMBERED (An Alter-is of Not-is)
If you look carefully at number four, you will find that a fixation on
remembering produced that tangle which is called a mind. Now, do you see
how a mind could be loused up?
Now, added to any of the four above, are the following:
Considerations: Good, Bad, Survive, Succumb.
Volition: Curiosity, Desire, Enforce, Inhibit.
This is really not a scale, it is a time-plot.
Added to all this, of course, would simply be Confidence, and at any
portion of that plot you could add this factor of Confidence. But
Confidence goes into Conviction. At any point you have these two things
taking place: You have Confidence, which then shifts off into Conviction.
Confidence becomes Conviction, so any one of these four conditions can
become fixed, and so unalterable. But you tackle anything on this scale,
simply by running the first postulate.
Right now "Waterloo Station" is quite stable just the way you are
running it. Actually, "Waterloo Station," on Know, or running enough
Remember, would do this terrific thing: It would make the person totally
competent to handle that second postulate. He would no longer be upset
about the second postulate. He could handle it or not handle it, as the
case might be, but he is liable to come upscale faster if you run what he
would be willing to NOT-KNOW about that person.
[pic]
Issue 18 [1955, ca. late November]
The Magazine of
DIANETICS and SCIENTOLOGY
from
Washington, D. C.
Letter to Ability Editor
Dear John,
. . . I have just ended here seven good hard weeks of training, being on
the platform five-and-a-half to seven hours a day, training, I am not quite
sure how many students, but in excess of thirty, and for the first time in
Scientology history, getting this type of comment from the students
trained: "This is the first course I was ever on where I would in the last
week permit anyone on the course to audit me." This is literally true. We
sweepingly made these people into fine auditors. Great Britain is now
richer to that degree.
. . . The British operation is quite interesting. It occupies one-and-
one-quarter floors of Brunswick House, a building on the comer of Palace
Gardens Terrace and Bayswater Avenue, one of the most traffic jammed
streets in London. It consists of a great many offices, classrooms and
auditing rooms, and has a staff of about twenty people, there being about
three hundred trained auditors certified in Great Britain. Of course, I
don't mean in the British sense that these auditors are certified, since
that in Great Britain means "insane," which is why we call them Hubbard
Professional Auditors here. We have now given up the small quarters down at
163 Holland Park Avenue, because these were far too cramped, and inadequate
for our purposes. The guys here took one of the large rooms and painted,
carpeted, and draped, and fixed it up into a very swanky office for me
which is still in a state of improvement, but which I have been using these
days since the close of the ACC course. The ACC course did not give me any
time whatsoever to think about occupying more office than my hat.
My first job when I first got here was immediately visible to the eye. I
had to make some up-to-date crackerjack auditors. I went ahead and did so.
I am still doing that on night courses and HPA courses and these people are
really getting the results and coming right along. We have an auditing
staff here of about five under the direct supervision of Dr. Ann Walker. It
is a great oddity that almost everybody in this operation here has been
with the movement since the earliest days. The ranks keep swelling, but
those most intimate to the organization here are long-time and old-time
Dianeticists and Scientologists, a thing which speaks very well.
. . . This scene is much less foreign to one's eye than one would
expect. London is sort of a New York of 1890, but much, much faster, with
its streets jammed with fast small cars, huge fast buses. It is a very
exciting town, and a very sociable town. In fact it is so sociable that I
have an awfully hard time keeping my calender clear enough to get some work
done. I feel like a New York debutante complaining about parties, parties,
parties.
. . . Tonight is Thursday night when the second night of the week
briefing course for auditors in general is held and at 8:30 I will talk to
them for an hour. I am going to talk to them explaining to them that you
can't run present time problems on preclears who are low in havingness if
you have them solve the problems. Such preclears can be run only by having
them invent problems. Even if they invent problems of comparable magnitude,
they are liable to drop too low on havingness.
Copyright (�) 1955 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
I very much miss, despite all this sociability, my friends in Washington,
since I am doing a piece of research work which is right straight down the
groove. I am really shooting for the moment on this one. SLP will stay
pretty much the way it is for some time to come, since it was fought for
and won with the ACC and tested while training them. But what I am shooting
for now will be done with the co-operation of the staff auditors here at
Brunswick House. This is too early really for any general release, but I
have done two things with some new processes, which make me extremely
hopeful for the future of Scientology. Boy, you ain't seen nothing yet,
John.
. . . I hear good comment everywhere on Ability.
Best,
Ron.
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
1 Brunswick House,
83 Palace Gardens Terrace,
London, W.8.
Tel. BAY 5780
OPERATIONAL BULLETIN NO. 6 [ca. late November 1955]
PROCESSING FUTURES
There is a great deal of speculation rampant concerning the direction
which processing is taking. This is natural in view of the fact that six
basic steps remain for so long a stable item. To old-timers the year long
stability of the six basic steps was the novelty, not change in direction
of processes. However, I have learned so much concerning the mind and
processing in general that it is very easy at this time to immediately
forecast what changes are going to occur now out of SIX LEVELS OF
PROCESSING, and this is an announcement in effect of the content of SIX
LEVELS OF PROCESSING, Issue 6. What we are trying to do is to stabilize a
regimen of processing for use by auditors, and in particular for use in
clinics and we are daily in receipt of information from various parts of
the world and the centers concerning the efficacity of processes. Oddly
enough, the most fruitful source of test material, the Hubbard Guidance
Center in Washington, D.C., has failed to report very much about their
results. This may be because their results are very good, but it is also a
small hole in research. However, the auditors at Brunswick House, where we
now have a complete operational clinic in operation, and the instructor, as
well as former Fourth London ACC students, have been filling in the gaps.
Therefore, SLP Issue 5 has had a considerable working over and I am
repairing it by two additions only, from a standpoint of theory.
To SLP Issue 5 we are adding in Level One a process at the point of the
present time problem which instantly and immediately remedies the
havingness of the preclear and brings about considerable change, and in
Level Two in all steps except Waterloo Station, we are adding the
additional command "Increase it", or "Increase him". And, at the level of
Step C of Level Three, Decisional Processing, we are changing the command
to, "Make a decision about that (indicated object)". To SLP Issue 5, in
other words, we are adding in the immediate beginning of processes the
remedy of havingness on a covert basis, and adding to SLP Issue 5 in
general the factor of creativeness. This stems from our oldest precept
which I discovered here in England many years ago, that the preclear cannot
create, will not let go of anything; thus, aside from the change in Level
Three which is purely for the understanding of the preclear, the total
changes to date which will comprise SLP Issue 6 are the addition of
creativeness at the present time problem level, by introducing a regimen to
make the preclear acquire havingness rather than as-is it all with solving
present time problems, and at the second level, to make the activity of
spotting objects a creative process.
Substituting for the present time problem:
We discover that there are a number of preclears, those that are the
furthest south, who are so low on havingness that the moment they are asked
to confront objects, the physical universe tips out of plumb with them and
they are considerably confused. It has been discovered on some cases that
are very low on the tone scale that their lowness in terms of havingness
must at once be remedied before they can even be given locational
processing. Thus a regimen has been developed by which I have been making
preclears begin to create, and locate themselves, and increase their
havingness all at the same time. This process goes as follows: The preclear
is asked to (l) Spot some things which are not thinking. When he has done
this and has cognited that MEST is not thinking, he is then asked (2) "Tell
me a lie about that (indicated object)," with the auditor selecting the
objects, and with the preclear telling the auditor a lie about each one of
them in turn. This is the lowest level of creativeness, and it will be
found after a while that the preclear will be able to change to the next
one, (3) "Invent a problem". It should be understood that theta is the
solver of
problems, that MEST is the problem. Whenever an individual is asked to get
a problem of comparable magnitude, and is then asked to solve it, he is
inventing a problem and is then as-ising any havingness which he acquired
by reason of having invented a problem. If you go on and ask some preclears
who are very low on havingness to solve the problem over and over by asking
him what he could do about it, he has a tendency to lose far too much mass.
This makes him very uncomfortable, and upsets him. The preclear runs
entirely through this regimen then, and invents a bountiful supply of
problems. The preclear on whom this should be run is easily spotted, since
he is a person who is fixed on various set problems and cannot get off
them. In other words, the individual has a scarcity of problems, and we get
him to think about them first by spotting some unthinking things in the
environment, then we get him to exercise the lowest level of creativeness,
and at the same time, add to his mass by asking him to tell us a lie about
these objects, and then we ask him when he has successfully flattened the
last process, to invent problems. We do not ask him to solve any of these
problems. Only then would it be safe to run the present time problem, and
it really isn't safe to run it on this preclear anyway. The next step up
the line which would be run would be "Assign an intention". This could be
altered to "Invent an intention for that (indicated object)".
Adding creativeness to spotting:
The second level of the SIX LEVELS OF PROCESSING will become
tentatively in Issue 6, Creative Spotting. In order to create, anything, it
must be that the preclear can first change it and then add to it, and at
length will come up the gradient scale of being able to create one all by
himself. In all early levels except Waterloo Station which is the last
process in the second level, we have the preclear increase it in any
instance. For instance, we have him spot an energy source. Then before we
let him get off of it, we ask him if he could increase it. The exact
auditing command is, "Spot an acceptable energy source", and when the
preclear has, "Get the idea of increasing it". When this gets to persons,
one can vary the command of increasing the person by asking the preclear to
"Spot a person", and then when he has, "Would you make him bigger".
You see the preclear is stuck ordinarily over on the destruction end of
this cycle of action. It is first necessary if we are going to change him
at all, to move him out of this destructive end of the cycle, and into the
change middle of the cycle, and over, if possible, into the create side of
the cycle. I do not believe it is possible to make a preclear entirely well
unless we rehabilitate thoroughly his ability to change, and it is
certainly not possible to make him completely able without rehabilitating
almost in its entirety his ability to create. You see, a preclear goes from
create over to changing things, and drifts from changing things over to
destruction on the cycle of action which goes create-change-destroy. When
he gets over on the destruction end, the way to get him out of it and back
into the creation end is to make him actively start creating things.
There is in destruction an effort to decrease the size of everything.
This becomes obsessive. However if we try to run this on preclears, we
discover that their havingness starts to vanish; therefore we simply and
overtly by the process itself move them over into the creative end of the
cycle.
I am not trying to release here SLP Issue 6 in its entirety, but these
are the principal changes in it. The one I am working on, and which is the
reason why I have not released it with this Operational Bulletin, is the
factor of time. Time is motion or change. Everything moves the preclear.
The preclear moves nothing, and I am trying to find the ways and means of
getting the preclear to move not-have universes, so that he can split them
adequately. One of the ways I am trying to split universes these days is to
have the not-have universe, separation from the preclear being desirable
without reduction, but on the contrary with increase of havingness, tell
the preclear a lie. This is quite interesting as a process.
None of the foregoing means that SLP Issue 5 is in any state of flux.
It merely seeks to give the direction of travel of research, and to give
you a little advance information that will run a few cases even further
south than those we have tackled so
far. We have gone quite a way south here in recent months in trying to pick
up and undercut preclears that were giving us a great deal of trouble.
Every time we do this of course, we benefit the cases on the up ranges
markedly.
OPERATIONAL STABILITIES
Scientology has not even begun to reach its various goals. We have made
considerable progress in these last few years. The lines of progress which
have been most marked were in the level of knowledge itself. We can do more
with cases today than we could ever do in the past, and we have a greater
understanding of the human mind than was ever before available to man,
according to our records. The point here is that we have to go through a
certain regimen before we attain goal-velocity. One of these attainments is
operational stability. We are making incredible progress in this direction.
We have more know-how today than we ever before dreamed was possible. Our
operations have been far from stable in the past for the good reason that
the operation was seeking to change a wide cultural aspect which was
kicking back on it and which of course was changing the operation on a Q
and A basis, but we have learned many lessons. The first and foremost of
these lessons is to place Scientologists prominently in all organizations.
We do not let "out-siders" have the reins and key posts. It would surprise
you to know that some of the fanciest talent that could be bought on the
subject of public relations, management, advertising, and many other lines,
has already served and failed Scientology organizations, and has been
replaced with more efficient Scientologists. The blunt fact is that as
unable as we sometimes consider ourselves, we are more able than the world
in which we are operating, and unless we realize that fact first and
foremost, we won't get very far in our own operational organizations.
Bright, intelligent people who come to us in subordinate positions either
recognize what we are doing and begin to learn Scientology or they can't do
their jobs. It is almost as blunt as this. Now and then we make mistakes in
personnel, even with Scientologists. It does not mean the Scientologist
himself was a mistake, but it means that we have him on the wrong post or
doing the wrong job.
But it is not this matter of minor personnel changes which makes
Scientology unstable. It is the impact of Scientology against the Society
itself. One stands up continually to the most cock-eyed ideas of the mind
and of Scientology. It would do a Scientologist an enormous amount of good
to have run on him, "Tell me a lie about Scientology". For a short time it
might unstabilize him entirely on the subject but he would come back more
rational and more able and more capable of facing these outrageous lies
which are told about Scientology. The world at this time seems to be bound
on a downward curve, and we are in the lonely position of being the only
organization capable of doing anything about it. One seldom objects to his
own lies. These give him havingness. One always objects to somebody else's
lies. One can object to somebody else's lies about a subject for so long
that he finally interiorizes in with them. This is basically the anatomy of
a squirrel. The world has hit him so hard on this subject for so long that
he now believes he is the subject in a perverted form. However we have the
answers for all these things, and putting the answers into effect, we are
getting places. Things never looked better. Auditors were never more
welcome. Operational gains were never more hopeful.
POSSIBILITY OF CONGRESS
There is at this time a possibility of a congress during Christmas Week
in the United States. This has been authorized with Bill Young that a
congress be given there. Announcements had better be gotten out on it in a
hurry. There is also, depending on permission to stay in Great Britain, a
possibility of a congress during Christmas Week in Great Britain. The tapes
of congress week in Great Britain will not be available for the American
congress unfortunately.
ABILITY COMING OUT SLOW
Ability needs to come out, it needs to come out regularly, and it needs
to stress training and processing, and the general state of Scientology. An
awful lot of letters should be carried in Ability, and an awful lot of
news. If Ability will notice, Certainty and the PABs come out on regular
schedule.
TAPES SPOIL IN AIRMAIL
Due to the magnetic field around travelling airplanes it is reported
tapes sometimes erase or partially foul themselves up in the magnetic
fields. Thus all tapes to be transported by air must, and I repeat MUST, be
wrapped in tinfoil inside the box. One takes tinfoil and puts it around the
tapes and then puts the tape into the box, and we won't get any more of
these bad tape qualities because of airline transport.
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH :rd
Copyright (�) 1955
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
LONDON AUDITORS' MEETING LECTURES
London, England
1 December 1955-14 February 1956
L. Ron Hubbard gave the following lectures at the London Auditors'
Meetings, beginning 1 December 1955. These lectures are listed here
together for convenience. They are also shown on other pages at the dates
at which they occurred.
** 5512C01 LAM-1 The Lowest Level Case
** 5512C01 LAM-2 The Fundamentals of Auditing Style
5512C15 LAM-3 Exteriorization by Separateness from Weakest
Universe
** 5512C22 LAM-4 Matching Auditing to Tone
5601C03 LAM-5 Solution to Body Behavior, Part 1
5601C03 LAM-6 Solution to Body Behavior, Part 2
5601C10 LAM-7 Auditor Insight
5601C12 LAM-8 Anglo-Saxon Thought
5601C16 LAM-9 Repair and Remedy of Havingness
5601C19 LAM- 10 Exteriorization
5601C24 LAM-11 The Role of Creation in Aberration
5601C24 LAM-12 The Role of Creation and Destruction in
Havingness
5601C31 LAM-13 Basic Lecture on Havingness [see page 491 ]
5601C31 LAM-14 G.E. Scientology
** 5602C07 LAM-15 The Game of Life (Exteriorization and
Havingness)
** 5602C09 LAM-16 Sixth Dynamic Decisional Processing
5602C14 LAM-17 Aims and Goals of Scientology 1956
5602C14 LAM-18 Games Processing Applied to Auditing
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
1 Brunswick House,
83 Palace Gardens Terrace,
London, W.8.
BAY 5780
OPERATIONAL BULLETIN NO. 7 6 December 1955
INTENSIVE IN PROGRESS
As an item on the First Dynamic, which we seldom discuss, I am fifteen
and a half hours deep on an intensive being given me by Mary Sue. I am just
a little bit astonished to note that two or three processes which we went
by swiftly in the last year or two are most intensely workable. It is not a
bad idea to get some subjective reality on some of these things, before
drawing up anything like a final issue of SLP. If you want to ask auditors
who have run me, I audit like a well-greased wheel. It is rather amusing,
therefore, to have the GE picked out of an incident auditor Dick Saunders
left it stuck in, in July of 1950. That gives you some idea of how
fundamental our newer processes are, if they can even remedy 1950.
HASUK
The Hubbard Association of Scientologists of the United Kingdom is
still in a state of formation, but the British public has not yet learned
that the old organization has all but disappeared, and the new organization
has taken its place. People and even a couple of staff members are still
reacting towards the organization as though it was the same old grind. This
is a case of doing too smooth a job of change-over, without making enough
fireworks. We are left with the job of informing the British public very
directly that the HASUK bears little if any resemblance to the HAS of old.
In the first place take the matter of Clinic. We closed the HAS Clinic
many, many months ago saying we were going to open it again in December of
this year. We have done just exactly that, but on its opening, we find an
entirely different programme than we had before, entirely different
processes, and different methods of handling people. We are hand-picking
our auditors, and we are supervising the auditing of cases right down the
middle. This of course does not even vaguely compare with the way we were
handling cases a short time ago where we were farming them out. But that,
remember, was the HAS, and this is the HASUK. The Clinic at Brunswick House
is turning out more results faster than are being turned out anywhere else
in Great Britain.
People have also overlooked the purpose of a central clinic. Its
purpose is to clean up cases which are left in distress, and to produce
sufficiently excellent results to alert the public at large to the benefits
of Scientology. As far as cases in distress are concerned, we have all that
locked up. If any more exist in the British Isles that we have not patched
up, and put way up the tone scale, then we do not at this moment know about
them. We do not include in this a case or two that were in terrible
condition a decade ago and on which we are still working with success. As
far as results are concerned, we are making absolutely sure of these
results by giving psychometric tests before and after each intensive. We
have no idea whatsoever of letting a preclear get away without having
benefited appreciably from processing.
The public does not know this. Free group processing, lecture service,
a free basic course given by LRH for auditors now in progress and an
evening professional, and a day professional course, plus publishing and
general Scientology organization, have altered with the general
organizational plan of SERVICE. We admit there were many things left to be
desired by the HAS, but the HASUK is in there pitching and the like of this
we have not seen in a very long time. It remains for all of us to do enough
talking to convince the auditors themselves and the public at large that we
are a different organization, that we are operating differently, and that
we are getting results. That they must be told this, and that it must be
demonstrated to them becomes obvious when one realizes that preclears in
London are going to a rather distant part of the world when they could have
better auditing at less right here in London.
PROCESS STABILITIES
Aside from the slight change in command wording in SLP, we have levels
three, four, five and six of this series of processes taped, which is to
say they are just about the way they're going to be. However, levels one
and two are still being overhauled. Two more basic processes evidently fit
on level one below the level of present time problem. One of these
processes is "What wouldn't mind obeying you?" "What wouldn't you mind
obeying?" The other one is an old one: "Tell me something in this
environment you could have." Either one of these is more workable than
spotting or assigning intentions or 8-C.
Oddly enough, there is some possibility, for various reasons, that the
"What wouldn't you mind obeying?" "What wouldn't mind obeying you?",
however phrased, is one of those all-the-way processes. I stumbled onto it
recently and it has now been under test for a month, and is showing every
sign of being the bright-haired process of the future. This process and
"What could you not-know about that?", run almost at random on a case, are
rivals for the most productive sessions. However, stuck cases seem to
progress best by getting them to tell you lies about the environment. Also
it appears that havingness processes, even Opening Procedure of 8-C, should
be preceded exhaustively with "Tell me something around here you could
have." I won't go into the mechanics of why, but we have been running
people, and making people spot the environment who could not have the
environment but could have a subjective bank. When they can have the
environment they don't have to have the subjective bank, and that's about
the end of it.
There are some recent philosophic advances in Scientology which are
compelling interest, as they bear very intimately on the question, "Can a
thetan get along in this universe, or can't he?" You will be happy to know
that the answer is yes he can, but will be probably very astonished to know
just why this is true.
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH:jh
Copyright (�) 1955
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
1 Brunswick House,
83 Palace Gardens Terrace,
London, W.8.
BAY 5780
OPERATIONAL BULLETIN NO. 8 13 December 1955
HANDLING PRESS
If it is absolutely necessary to admit press or talk to press, the only
thing which really convinces them is result, and I would refuse to go on
with a long line of speculation concerning press, or about it. If it begins
to crowd such an operation as the Washington operation too hard for
material on Scientology, I would follow this procedure. I would take them
up to the big grey file case at 2315 15th Street, and say that it will do
all the talking, and that they can if they wish bring any expert in to look
over these records. I would then not go along any further along the line
whatsoever, but would simply tell them to look over these case histories
which are the case histories of Scientology. In other words I would make
the file case do the press talking. We are getting along fairly well right
now on our policy of no communication with the press but this sooner or
later may trip us up, and I think such means of communication as simply
insisting that the only thing that talks around there is this grey file
case, might possibly become a press gimmick which would be appreciated and
taken up. Permit them to bring in any experts to examine these files.
In other places than Washington, D.C., it would be a very good idea to
simply accumulate records of this kind and throw them into a file case and,
instead of talking about Scientology and what it does on various fronts, to
give people who have to have material about Scientology the run of that
file case. One which has fifty or sixty cases in it will do more talking in
the long run than anything else.
We are entering a new era with Scientology and we should be prepared to
hand out data to authorized persons who want it, but I do not think the
data handed out should be speculative. I have this afternoon granted an
interview on myself as a personality to the Daily Mail feature editor. He
may go away and write a great deal about Scientology instead of about me
and I decided to make this little test just to find out how it came out.
Now we will see what he does write. Certainly he was corrected in an
impression he had of me which he had gained from the rumour line. He had me
all mocked up as a wild-eyed crusader, and he was quite astonished and
friendly during the interview. We talked mainly about Hubbard as the
writer, but he did have an awful lot of questions about Scientology
BRAINWASHING MANUAL
The brainwashing manual which came into our possession so mysteriously
is being released, not with any intent to unmock psychiatry, but as a
necessary piece of information for auditors who are confronted with the
problems of brainwashing. Some of these cases are now turning up, and
unless the basic philosophy of the brainwasher is understood, they are more
difficult to handle. SLP Issue 6 or 7 will very undoubtedly handle
brainwashing-7 by the way is not yet released, but 6 will do until it comes
along. Therefore there is no point in writing an additional manual to
handle this as a specific problem.
Some of the mystery concerning the manuscript on brainwashing which
came into our hands in Phoenix was resolved when it was discovered that a
book called Psychopolitics (spelled with a K) is in the Library of
Congress. It is in German. It was written by a man named Paul Fadkeller,
and was published in Berlin in 1947. Although I may be misinformed, and I
definitely do not read German, this book is probably the Russian
translation.
It is simply our intention to make the book available for 50 cents a copy
to people in Dianetics and Scientology so that they can be informed as to
the actual character of brainwashing and the mechanics of it. To that
degree it is a technical book. There is no intention of handing it around
into official quarters since I am sure official quarters must know about it
since the book is apparently on file at the Library of Congress, and
naturally if it is on file at the Library of Congress, officialdom must
know about it. Thus there is no point in beating the drum concerning it.
If I am asked by press or persons in authority concerning our release
of this, which I may well be, I will have to reassure them that there is no
political significance attached to it. We couldn't be less interested, but
brainwashing happens to be a facet of the human mind and it has been
necessary to make available to our own people any and all texts which exist
on the subject. We probably should get hold of the book at the Library of
Congress and translate it in full, but we do not have the money or the time
to do this just now. Thus Don has been asked to mail a copy of the manual
as printed to our various professional members, and to make other copies of
it available through Box 242, Silver Spring, Maryland, for 50 cents a copy.
This is certainly reasonable enough. I don't think there is any point of
any kind in placing it in official hands, as I have said, since even the U.
S. Army and Air Force must be fully cognizant of brainwashing, since, as I
have noted, a copy of it is on file at the Library of Congress. It could
also be noted at the same time that there is a general movement among
psychiatry to correct their own profession and to do something to those
psychiatrists in it who are hurting and killing people with electric shock
and surgery, and thus this is no concern of ours.
I repeat, our interest in this is professional not political.
Brainwashing has become so much of a subject that it is very well for
anybody having to do with the field of the human mind to be able to
understand the intentions behind it and how it is done. This is the only
work we have on the subject. If there are any political repercussions to be
expected by us, I would consider that we are being very self-conscious,
since obviously if there were any political repercussions to be expected,
they would have come before this since, as I say, this book has evidently
been in very wide circulation already and is on file at the Library of
Congress so far as we know. I think the general reaction of the public is
that they couldn't care less.
______________
Out of a letter from Frank Sullivan: . . .
"Randomity. Found an interesting gimmick. Tell someone 'We have formed a
new club. We call it the Society for the Prevention of People-we have found
that people cause us all of our troubles-they cause us characters more
doggone trouble. Would you like to join?' If he says 'yes' tell him he is
in. (Also if you should ask him to be three feet back of his head-he will
be.) If he asks just one question, he is out. Doggondest test for a Step
One I ever saw. This has been well tested."
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:ts
Copyright (�) 1955
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
LRH TAPE LECTURE
London, England
15 December 1955
5512C15 LAM-3 Exteriorization by Separateness from
Weakest Universe
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
1 Brunswick House,
83 Palace Gardens Terrace,
London, W.8.
BAY 5780
OPERATIONAL BULLETIN NO. 9 19 December 1955
THE TURN OF THE TIDE
The London Daily Mail feature editor, John Hall, took it upon himself
on December 13, 1955, to personally interview me, and write exactly what he
found. He published in the Daily Mail, a first run paper published in
London, Edinburgh, Manchester and Paris, a very long and friendly story
which will probably do us more good in the British Isles and France than
anything which has happened for a long time. Time Magazine has written
eight pages, there have been about 80 columns in U.S. magazines such as
Life, Liberty, Look, and there has been untold press released on the
subject of Dianetics and Scientology. But aside from one young communist
who spent about three minutes talking to me on the stairs, at Elizabeth,
and a fellow who wandered in, from Life he said, and never wrote anything,
in Los Angeles, there has been no press reporter near me since before the
publication of Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health.
That feature editor, John Hall, did take it upon himself to actually do
an interview, and that the results were favourable caused me to make a
little investigation concerning how press has been operating before, and on
what it has been operating. Evidently the total activity of press has been
to pick up slanted and hearsay information. So I was interested to find out
how this information came into being. Apparently it works this way: to make
some sort of "face", somebody who met me at a cocktail bar then pretends a
considerable knowingness on the subject of all of my life and activities,
and gives forth at a considerable pace not handicapped in the least by the
possession of no data, and this by and large whether done by Scientologists
or casual acquaintances has been the total sum of information which has
been circulated about myself since the late '30s.
As even John Sanborn can tell you, I have been very chary about
releasing any actual information about myself. I had a rather large
collection of old-time photographs which I thought we might put into
Ability, and at the last moment made John put in something else. I have not
been anxious, in other words, to put up a big show of myself, thinking that
Scientology was enough for its own sake. In this I have apparently made an
error. I look over possible available sources of unbiased information
concerning my own past, and discover that while it could be traced down on
official records in libraries and other places and confirmed, there is no
one who even knows enough about it to do that job of coordination. Thus it
is necessary that I release some accurate biographical information to
supplant some of this rumour and hodge-podge which has been spread around
in the name of information. There is plenty of authenticating and
documenting material if one cares to look for it.
Now I know that it is extremely bad taste to put out any data
concerning oneself, or to talk about oneself, but if people see fit to talk
about one and, having nothing to talk about, therefore lie about one, and
if this rebounds as widely as it has, through presses, books, plays and
motion pictures, certainly one has some responsibility for putting out
something like an accurate biographical narrative to say the least, and so
we are doing so at this time, and then I can forget about it and go on
doing something more important.
For sure, however, the tide has turned on the subject of press, which
doesn't mean, however, that we should give the technical materials of
Scientology to press. The best way to talk to press is to sort of two-way
comm process them, and show them stacks of case histories, and let the
deeds speak.
BRAINWASHING MANUAL
HISTORY
In our studies of brainwashing it has been necessary to procure what
information existed on the subject. Fortuitously, in Phoenix there came
into our hands two manuscripts on the subject; as well as I can recollect,
they were left there at the front desk with the request that they be mailed
back to their owner. We are not sure exactly from whom these came, but we
understand now that this is unimportant since the subject is broadly rather
well known in a book on Psychopolitics. It is to be found in the Library of
Congress. It is in German, but we suppose it is the same manual. As we
needed this material for research, we read it off onto a tape, compiling
the two manuals and removing from them some of their very verbose
nomenclature, substituting for it more common English terms, and we have
had a few copies of this struck off for use in our research.
It is necessary if one is confronted by a case of brainwashing to
understand the motives and general procedures of the people who did it. I
must say an inspection of this manual does not make for much respect for
the motives of people who brainwash other people. In the early pages of
this manual, there is a letter from the person who purportedly gave these
manuals to the organization, "Charles Stickley", supposed to be a professor
at Columbia University in New York City. This letter, included in the
manuals as printed, makes it definitely and adequately clear that these
manuals were reprinted for study by research workers. However, in handing
out a copy of one of these manuals to one of our own people who had not
heard of it, he made several wrong estimates of the manual itself. At first
he thought it was a piece of communist propaganda. Then he thought it was
something the organization had composed. Then on further inspection, he did
not know what to think and it had to be pointed out to him very
specifically that this was a synthesis of a Russian instruction book on the
subject of brainwashing, and it had to be pointed out to him that it was
reprinted for the benefit of people working to remedy and heal
brainwashing. It had to be pointed out to him additionally that there was a
cover letter in it which explained these things. Thus if you have one of
these copies and it gets away from you which it might, you may find it
necessary to explain exactly what it is.
We certainly have the right to have in our possession materials
covering something as intimately connected to mental research as
brainwashing. We have the right to know why and where and who. Furthermore,
this material is evidently well known to various governments and is not
classified, since the subject "Psychopolitics" (which is the technical name
for brainwashing) is to be found in the major libraries of the world.
In the original text of this book there was a warning to
psychopolitical operatives that they must stamp out Dianetics, Christian
Science, and practical psychology, as these alone represented a menace to
the brainwashing programmes. This reference in the text to Dianetics (which
has been known to the Russians since 1938) makes the matter very much our
business, quite aside from research. Yet if most of the vagaries and upsets
from which we have been suffering have stemmed from a desire on the part of
some political group attempting to accomplish a political coup and in the
road of which we have been standing, then we certainly have the right to
know why we have been knocked around by press and governments to the degree
that we have been. Hardly a word uttered against Dianetics and Scientology
has had any truth in it. The prevalent official but not the public opinion
regarding Dianetics and Scientology is that they are phony sciences,
tricked up to hoodwink people. Contrast this with the fact that in
Dianetics and Scientology alone in all the world of mental healing lie the
answers to increased intelligence and ability, and not very incidentally,
in Dianetics and Scientology and in Dianetics in particular, we have the
total antidote for the eradication of brainwashing. In other words we could
unbrainwash them with Dianetics as fast as they are being brainwashed,
given enough staff. Furthermore we can put troops and persons in a
condition where they cannot be brainwashed. This we can do in Scientology.
Thus if brainwashing is being counted upon heavily to accomplish a
great deal inside and outside the nations under attack, there would be only
one organization
which would be standing thoroughly in the road of that programme, and if
that programme inside a country had advanced to a point where officials
could be influenced, then you would discover of course this odd official
opinion of Dianetics and Scientology, that they are quack sciences.
We are not planning to use this reprinted manual for purposes of
propaganda. However, to prevent any misunderstanding from occurring, the
highest police in England and America have both received copies and have
been told that this is a reprint manual, and that we do not wish to cause
them any extra labour in case another one of them falls into their hands.
Actually, however, it is my belief that they have had the original, which
is to say the communist version of these manuals, in their possession for
years, and have simply been unable to credit it or unable to do anything
about it. Thus our reprinted version should come as no shock to them.
It has been my experience with Anglo-Saxon governments that where idea
propaganda line attacks were concerned they couldn't care less. They do not
believe that propaganda is effective. Otherwise they would themselves
engage in more propaganda activities. The Anglo-Saxon traditionally depends
upon force in order to accomplish his ends.
This is one of the reasons why communism has made such vast progress
across the face of the world. It is an idea advancing against arms, and the
arms of course will never be able to stop an idea. An idea will be
necessary to stop the idea. We may very unfortunately be those persons in
possession of the idea that will stop the other idea. Certainly the way
things are going, if we don't use our ideas to stop the incoming ideas
across the face of earth, we are going to wind up one of these days in the
middle of a total communism, living in a totally brainwashed society, the
way I look at it.
WASHINGTON CONGRESS
My very best wishes to the Congress and my hopes for a highly
successful time by all. I have made several recent tapes on material of
some interest and value which have been sent swiftly and rapidly across so
that the latest material would be available at the Congress. I have not
made, however, a welcoming tape as I ordinarily would, and take this
opportunity to thank those people who came, and hope that they go away
feeling better, and feeling happier about things. There is no doubt that
the Washington operation is on the steep upgrade and my principal
communication in Scientology is between myself and the Washington operation
where Bill Young, Julia Lewis, Ken Barrett, Don Breeding have things pretty
well in hand. The silver ministers' crosses are ready now and are supposed
to be a knockout. The Co-Auditor's Manual is ready, the "Brainwashing"
pamphlet is being released to those who are interested in the subject, and
it should be with all a very successful Congress indeed. I wish I were
there.
NEWEST PROCESSES
I am tabling up all those processes which have been successful in
starting low toned cases. These have amounted to about 24 new processes in
the last three or four months. This table will be available in the near
future with an analysis on it. However, I wish to call to your attention
the singular success of Waterloo Station in handling low-ordered cases. Not-
knowingness is time. If a person cannot not-know he becomes the slave of
time.
One of the more interesting late developments is a process called
"'Orrible Fates". You ask the preclear to tell you some 'orrible fates. The
theory of this is very simple and will probably become Axiom 55, which will
be to the effect that the cycle of action of the physical universe is
create, change, destroy. Thus, anyone trying to make things better and in
very close agreement with the physical universe, in reversing this cycle,
will bring upon himself some regret. We have a wild example of this in the
cycle of action imposed upon us by Christianity in the good works, the
hounding and the death of Christ. This mechanism, also handled in Fac One,
gives us the oddity that we are trying to put create forward in time,
whereas destroy lies forward in time. One then either masters the subject
of time, by running not-knowingness processes, or he
puts into the future inventions of horrible fates for various persons and
himself and this universe, until he runs out the considerable regret which
is accumulated every time he has envisioned a good action. Naturally the
final solution of this is the solution of agreement with the physical
universe. When one breaks this and it is no longer disagreement or
agreement, he has really done something, and the keynote of doing this
thing is, of course, in "not-knowingness".
NEW AUDITING STYLE
I have made a direct deliberate test, not of a process but of the
auditing style itself as a helpful agent. The keynote of new auditing style
is that any boil-off, somatic, anaten, swing of attention or going out of
session on the part of the preclear is occasioned by some sort of error or
miscomprehension on the part of the auditor, and the preclear. I used a
general process not ordinarily very therapeutic, but not destructive, and
starting with this process and a preclear, worked only in one direction: to
keep the ARC of the preclear advancing continually throughout the session,
proceeding from the level of ARC of the preclear just before he came into
session-in other words, consistently and consecutively bettered him. I did
this by two-way communication, and communication bridges. Every time the
preclear tended to go out of session even slightly, every time any
slightest sign of dropped awareness occurred, I assumed at once that
something had gone wrong with the session. I assumed that something had
been said which he didn't understand, or something had been overlooked, or
that something had been done in error on the two-way comm formula, and
immediately researched this fact to put the session straight again. In
other words, during this entire session I did nothing but put the session
straight with two-way communication, and run a relatively noncommittal
duplicating process on the preclear. The process I knew of old was not
going to produce any grand rise in tone. However, this preclear who was
usually difficult to audit finished up a half-hour session in much better
condition than this preclear had been in in years.
The assumption here on the part of the auditor is that if the preclear
goes into a slump, has a somatic, or otherwise drops in ARC, then a
difficulty has arisen with the session. We calculate this from the
following: that at the top of the tone scale we have knowingness and
awareness, in the middle ranges we have ARC, in the lower ranges somatics,
and in the far lower ranges, varying degrees of unconsciousness. Thus when
we say that the preclear's tone should be promoted throughout the session,
we mean of course that he must not be slumping toward unconsciousness. He
must be advancing toward higher levels of consciousness.
Therefore today it can be said that good auditing does not result in
boil-off and somatic unconsciousness, dope-off, or pain, but results in a
constant and consistent advance of the ARC of the preclear from the first
moment of the session to the end of the session, when it should be much
higher, and that any time there is anything wrong at all with the session,
the preclear will reply by getting more unconscious. This was about the
most arduous and rigorous test that could be made of new auditing style
with a difficult preclear and following very solidly the precept that it
would be an auditing error if the preclear dropped off in attention or
consciousness. Thus when I have said that in the new auditing style we
should always advance ARC, I meant exactly what I said, and have even gone
so far as to run an auditing session which was nothing more than an
auditing session to demonstrate that an auditing session all by itself with
the two-way communication consequent to it would result in increased tone
for the preclear. By the way, this type of auditing also results in
increased tone for the auditor, so we are winning both ways.
REPORTS FROM WASHINGTON
Washington has recently received a stack of forms from me which they
were supposed to fill out weekly and send through as reports on conditions,
finances, etc. This is really not so much an effort to fill up my "vacuum
of information" as it is to get the Washington operation to pay very close
attention to these details themselves. The theory is that if they have to
compile these data, they will then know these data, and, knowing them, they
will see what the situation actually is.
I believe much of the activity which goes on in an organization is done
without any real realization of what the condition of the organization is,
and it may very well be that for the last five years, only myself and a few
others have been actually conscious of the real condition of Dianetics and
Scientology organizations with regard to their business organization and
finance. This sort of situation cannot of course continue. Dianeticists and
Scientologists working inside of organizations and keeping them running
would be as competent as they knew what was going on in the organization,
and they would know as well what was going on in the organization as they
were acquainted with the problems which the organization actually faced in
terms of business and finance.
Probably one of the things which has held us back more than anything
else was a good working knowledge of business itself. The basic maxim of
business is simplicity itself, and that is first, that there must be an
organization there, and second, that it must perform its duties and
functions, and third, that it must originate communications as well as
receive communications, and fourth, that its income must be slightly
greater than its outgo, and fifth, that persons inside the organization
should know what was going on generally in the organization.
I instituted this report system when I discovered that the Washington
operation could sit there and not notice that the training department
itself had never originated a single letter of procurement to prospective
students. Mary Sue was originating all these letters, and when she left
Washington to come over to London (having stayed behind to square things
away), the training department, which had the responsibility for emanating
all communication on the subject of procurement of students, wrote not one
single letter to anyone anywhere. Thus Washington is involved in a slump.
Similar to Australia, where internecine warfare kept people from
communicating out to the world at large, Washington was brought into an
intensified usual Christmas slump by a failure to originate communications.
Another circumstance came to my attention which was very amusing. Over a
period of two weeks, I was being asked by the downtown office if Silver
Spring had received a cheque for expenses. Downtown Washington was
communicating with me to find out a datum about Silver Spring which if a
map is inspected will be found to be eight miles away. Silver Spring was
not communicating this information to downtown Washington, and downtown
Washington evidently never thought of asking Silver Spring. I let it ride
until they eventually got together on the subject. Interdepartmental
bulletins and meetings to exchange information are absolutely necessary if
an organization is going to continue in a healthy state.
It is time that the central organization of Scientology began to
circulate bulletins on what it is doing. I know definitely that in each
department branch of the entire Washington operation everyone, with very
small exception, is doing his all-out level best to keep everything rolling
and they are doing a wonderful job of it. I think, however, that from
department to department the Washington operation doesn't know this. How
about meeting each other, you guys?
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH:ts
Copyright (�) 1955
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
LRH TAPE LECTURE
London, England
22 December 1955
** 5512C22 LAM-4 Matching Auditing to Tone
P.A.B. No. 68
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
The Oldest Continuous Publication in Dianetics and Scientology
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
Brunswick House, 83 Palace Gardens Terrace, London W.8
_____________________________________________________________________
23 December 1955
FIRST AND SECOND POSTULATE
Here is some very fundamental material that has come up on the first
and second postulate.
I have been going over this very carefully, and discover that we can
know more about knowing.
We take our first and second postulate Axiom, and we find in this that
if you run the first postulate, the second postulate runs out, and
difficulties because of the second postulate run out-that there can be,
really, no difficulties with the first postulate.
Our first test on this is to have somebody look around and, instead of
looking at something, remember it.
He is looking at the wall, so you say, "Remember that wall." So he
looks right straight at it, and remembers it.
He looks at chairs, and things like this, and remembers them. Instead
of looking, he remembers. Of course, it is right there in present time, but
he is remembering, right there in present time.
This will do some interesting things to ridges. It is just an
experiment. It's not a process.
Now we have him look at some things and forget them! We just have him
look around and forget some things.
"What in this room are you willing to forget? Now, instead of looking
at it, just forget it."
The next experiment would be to have him look around and KNOW about
some things in the room.
Do you see how that fits in with R2-46, Other People?
The next experiment would be to have him look around and see if there
is anything in the room he can not-know about. He is perfectly willing not
to know about these various things.
If we run these in this order, we will discover an oddity. Remember and
Know are sticky, and Forget and Not-Know are not sticky, but will run.
Copyright (�)1955 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
Well, this becomes very, very fabulous, doesn't it?
What we have here has already been mentioned in Self Analysis, 1951,
Fall, and that is the first ascent into the abstract and away from real
objects: Forget and Remember. Those are the first abstract actions a person
can take, mentally: Forget and Remember.
Now for the first time, with this Axiom about the first and second
postulate, Forget and Remember fit into their proper relationship, and we
get them in relationship to the conditions of existence.
The only thing that gets wrong with a thetan, you could say, is that
his attention gets stuck on something. Then, when you go ahead, as an
auditor, and stick his attention on something, you have the other thing.
There is some more data that I think you ought to have. It's a little
bit advanced in some respects, but it won't do anybody any harm.
The first is a short note, here, on intentions. We have a process which
is: Assign Some Intentions.
This is quite interesting, because it reveals a great deal of automatic
machinery. You run a process on a student, such as this: "Now I am supposed
to-" and you have him finish the sentence, and acknowledge it, and talk
about it. Then you have him say, "Now I am supposed to-" and he tells you.
You just have him say this, each time: "Now I am supposed to-" and have
him finish the sentence.
Of course, it could be run on the basis of: "Now what are you supposed
to do?"
It is quite interesting that we find a student and a preclear set up in
a school, is: "Now I am supposed to learn some processes." Or: "Now I am
supposed to have a short comm lag." "Now I am supposed to do this-now I am
supposed to do that." "Now I am supposed to resent this breach of the
Auditor's Code!"
That process might loosen up a case or two that gets stuck in student
auditing- the kind that isn't making much progress.
L. RON
HUBBARD
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
1 Brunswick House,
83 Palace Gardens Terrace,
London, W.8.
BAY 5780
OPERATIONAL BULLETIN NO. 10 28 December 1955
I am giving here in outline form the basis of survival of various
Scientology organizations. This is how they live and this is how they keep
going. When they stumble it is because staff is missing out one or another
of these points.
In five years of trying anything and everything-and I mean everything-
to get things going, my own program of success for organizations boils down
to the following. I would consider it a favor if all Scientologists
concerned with Scientology organizations studied this for what it is-an
outline that wins:
THE MANAGEMENT AND ACTIVITIES OF SCIENTOLOGY ORGANIZATIONS
(one copy to each staff member and to all Scientology organizations)
The function of the HASUK is the dissemination of Scientology and the
demonstration of its results.
Dissemination by:
Free Lectures
Free Group Processing
Free Pamphlets Sale of Elementary Texts ) 1. To Bookstores
Sale of Advanced Texts ) 2. To Members
3. To Public
Sale of Tapes (To Members
(To Groups
Rental of Tapes (To Members
(To Groups
Circulation of Certainty
Circulation of HASI Bulletins
Demonstration of Results by:
Good Clinical Auditing (Intensives only)
Adequate Training of Auditors ( 1. By HASI School
( 2. By HASI Grads
High Ethical Standards (Certificate Control
(Failed Case Control
Efficient Operation and Presentation of Office and Quarters by:
Alert personnel
Swift replies to letters
Swift filling of orders
Origin of High-toned letters
Cleanliness of Offices
Courteousness of Staff
Financial Policy:
Income must be greater than outgo.
Charges on books should be cost x three.
Charges on tapes must be cost x two.
Tapes and magazines can be sold at a loss.
Charges on Training must be adequate to ensure the long continuance of that
person's training. (About 3 years.) Total training HPA and BScn and DScn,
the formal (in dass) training, is only a fraction of total done.
Charges on processing must be adequate to ensure all eventualities for
any one case. Refuse to sell hourly processing. Never sell 25 hours to a
rough case. Sell 75.
Strict accounting, bookkeeping and invoices with counter checking of
all functions.
Operational Smoothness is obtained by:
Informing everyone in the organization of everything.
1. Interdepartmental Bulletins
2. Bulletin Boarding Coups and Changes
3. Being exact and brief
4. Being real about conditions
5. Being frank inside and putting up a solid front to the outside
6. Talking out troubles within organization
7. Staff meetings, regular and exact
8. Paying only passing attention to lengthy or critical letters
Financial Security is obtained by:
1. Anticipating slumps and planning fast promotion and mailings to meet
them
2. Compelling interest in organization
3. Being real about the actuality of needs
4. Attention to the philosophy that a healthy organization is a long
term investment by staff and realization that the only staff
personnel ever fired by the HASs were those who flagrantly acted to
shorten the life of the organization for all
5. Sound advertising
6. Good word of mouth
7. Good financial planning
8. Only Scientologists or those so studying, on staff in any capacity
9. A sincere interest in Scientology's health and good action = no
financial distress
10. Keep all staff processed
The organization in general will be only as healthy as its legal
control of the subject appears formidable to any hungry invader. Hence, no
membership organization, no loose stock distribution, no large unpaid
bills, no overcapitalization because of property. Own little, do much.
Owning much means doing little.
Happy New Year to Scientology staff everywhere. Let's make 1956 the
year we really win.
LRH:jh
copyright (�)1955 L RON
HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
LRH TAPE LECTURES
1955 (specific dates unknown)
54 or 55 LECTURE The Dynamics-OT/ARC-As-isness
55 ...C ... LECTURE Elementary Straightwire
* 55 ...C ... DEMO LRH Auditing-"What wouldn't you mind fighting"
55 ...C ... LECTURE Two-way Comm
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
1 Brunswick House,
83 Palace Gardens Terrace,
London, W.8.
BAY 5780
OPERATIONAL BULLETIN NO. 11 3 January 1956
Now that the happy holidays are over, we find Scientology embarked upon
a new year which presages greater gains than ever before. With the opening
of 1956 we discover that we have certain definite assets which are now
paying excellent dividends. With the excellent job being done in Washington
and London and with new efforts under way in South Africa and Australia and
with auditors in many places doing more and better than ever before we are
moving in to our first real organizational year. I wonder if you realize in
the past how much of a burden of dissemination has been carried by myself.
I wonder if you know the number of hours I have sat over a typewriter late
at night beating out stencils, shoving booklets through on inadequate
budgets in order to hold up the public interest while we got an
organization built, but you might have some comparison in the amount of
work which you have done to keep things rolling during these last years.
Now more than ever we look like a team and certainly we are acting as
organizations and carrying forward the dissemination of Scientology as
never before.
In the last issue of Operational Bulletin-Op. Bull. No. 10-I gave you a
brief outline of the facts of organizations to which I had paid very clear
attention. These aren't by the way a series of fragments thrown together
with a lot of stuff left over. That outline is given to you for your study
because it does contain in it actually all the points; when we go too far
outside these points we have a very difficult time of it.
BOOK DISTRIBUTION AND SELLING
You may not realize how much distribution is possible by one
individual. The way you do this is to procure telephone books for the
various cities, particularly the more important ones, and you comb down
through the classified directory listing all bookstores. Now you take this
as a complete bookstore list and you have made up a very fancy and
presentable circular, and you offer them the usual trade discounts and
operate just like a book distributor. You don't have to have any order form
or order blank, you simply put together a little brochure which tells them
what books you have available and puts these books on order to them. You
will be amazed how many orders come in particularly as the sale of
Scientology and Dianetics books has been tremendous and you say so in the
brochure.
Now making proper coverage you then continue to hammer and pound away
at the bookstores which didn't order until you have set up a full
distribution machine. Thereafter you very carefully keep this bookstore
distribution circulation as a separate enterprise and activity, fill their
orders very promptly and remember to watch your billings. Many of these
stores will order books on credit. It is perfectly all right to sell the
books on credit but it is necessary to bill them at a certain time. If this
is done on the release of any new book it is necessary to send copies of
this book to every prominent newspaper for review. These newspapers will
review the books. Furthermore, in such things as the Saturday Review of
Literature you can buy a small ad or two announcing the publication of the
book. In addition to that, and particularly this, you place an ad in the
booksellers' trade journal. The booksellers have a trade journal and this
trade journal sells ads and you buy a big ad in the trade journal and then
all the bookstores look at this ad and many of them send in for this book.
Now this takes a little bit of doing but this is the totality of
operation and action which the publisher actually gives you. Of course he
has a salesman or two but these salesmen are actually working for many
publishers and are seldom relative to just one publisher. They are trying
to sell so many books at once that they get into quite a confusion over the
thing.
Action for this in the United States is of course Bill Young; action in
London is Jack Parkhouse. We should begin to compile a complete list of
bookstores and get our campaign in order. We should also place our ads in
the publisher's weekly.
SIX LEVELS OF PROCESSING ISSUE 7
As Issue 6 got lost in the testing, SLP Issue 7 is now being prepared
by myself and will be released as soon as one more of its processes is
adequately tested. This SLP is really a killer. For the first time it gives
us ways and means of processing successfully and directly a chronic
somatic. There are no really violent changes from SLP Issue 5 in form and
order. There are no processes dropped. There are processes added and some
changes are made.
WASHINGTON NEWS LETTER
The first issue of the Washington news letter has been released and is
being sent out by Don Breeding to the various HASs. It is an effort to keep
the organization informed within the Washington organization and to inform
others of what the Washington organization is specifically doing.
HAS BOOK EXCHANGES
There have been several questions concerning how one country could get
books from the organization of another country. These are best answered by
a credit system of the value less discounts of the merchandise. London
transferring books to Washington, D.C., is keeping a booklet which is full
of these transfers. This also applies to tapes and other materials. Thus
the organization in London can transfer as much as it likes to Washington,
D.C. Similarly Washington, D.C., can transfer as much as it likes to
London, and eventually these accounts will be balanced off one against the
other. South Africa and Australia could be doing the same thing providing
of course that they have materials to submit to London and Washington which
can operate on an exchange basis.
HAPPY NEW YEAR 1956
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH:jh
Copyright (�) 1956
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
LRH TAPE LECTURES
London, England
3 January 1956
5601C03 LAM-5 Solution to Body Behavior, Part 1
5601C03 LAM-6 Solution to Body Behavior, Part 2
P.A.B. No. 69
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
The Oldest Continuous Publication in Dianetics and Scientology
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
Brunswick House, 83 Palace Gardens Terrace, London W.8
_____________________________________________________________________
6 January 1956
SIX LEVELS OF PROCESSING
Issue 7
This issue of the Six Levels is dedicated to only one thing-the
clearing of any level of case.
A careful analysis of its every part of every step will discover it is
a process in itself.
SLP 7 does not include many processes found in earlier SOPs and SLPs.
They are omitted not because they are not good but because they are not
entirely direct. They will reappear in later issues of SLP, no doubt. In
this No. 7 we do not have something which will then become something else.
We have a unique process series which while it retains form, enforces
simplicity.
The reason for this Issue and its stand-to-the-side of the evolution of
processing in Scientology is that Issue 5, and even 6 with its emphasis on
creativeness, used without enough selectivity, lose us the Intelligence and
Personality gains prominent earlier in the fall of 1955. The processes are
still there-they are not being concentrated upon, lost a bit, in the
multitude of choices of No. 5 and No. 6. Thus No. 7 is especially made for
staff auditors.
In SLP 7 the goal or finite end of any process given is detailed. The
actual rationale is delineated and the entirety of the processing is done
in accordance with one positively asserted assumption as follows:
When the pc goes more anaten than he is when not being audited, he is
in the grip of a real or affected Code Break and is out of session. Any
drop of alertness is a drop of ARC, first with the auditor, second with the
bank, always. Therefore a drop of consciousness denotes a break with the
auditor which must be repaired before the session continues.
Done without the above strict rule, I cannot guarantee any success from
No. 7. It is too strong a process series, in other words, to omit any
precaution.
Two-way comm must be stressed at all times.
LEVEL ONE
This is what gets the case moving
PROBLEMS
Chronic Somatics
The body of your preclear is a quivering hunger for overt acts. On
consideration level these are problems. The auditor begins his auditing
with this first barrier. He must
Copyright (�) 1956 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
surmount it by
1. Two-way comm to establish good ARC
2. Directly remedying havingness of problems or
3. Remedy of overt acts by creative processing
4. Alleviating a chronic somatic or problem by remedying their
scarcity or
5. Increasing ARC until all problems or somatics seem unnecessary.
7 I (a) Find the auditor.
7 I (b) Find the preclear.
7 I (c) Find the auditing area (light locational processing).
7 I (d) Establish that a session is in progress.
7 I (e) Accept, discuss every comm preclear originates.
7 I (f) Acknowledge every command execution by preclear.
7 I (g) Agree on process and command before using it and do not confuse
it.
7 I (h) Use two-way comm liberally.
7 I (i) Follow the Auditor's Code.
7 I (j) (changed) Remedy havingness of problems by selecting
communication terminals or universes (not conditions) and use command
"Invent a specific problem could be to you."
Note l-Can be run with best gain by discovering "weakest universe" by
two-way comm about weak people and things and then using this person so
discovered as the name in the blank above.
Note 2-"Invent a specific problem could be to you" has a reverse
command: "Invent a specific problem you could be to "; however, this
is the overt act side and should be handled with care if used.
Note 3-At SLP 7 I (1) chronic somatics can be alleviated (and should
be) by "Invent a problem your leg (or stomach or liver) (never your
lameness, your ulcer, your illness, as these are conditions, not terminals)
could be to you." Using mock-ups of overt acts to body and having pc, when
he has created them, even black ones, get how each part or fragment of the
mock-up is entirely dedicated to destroying the pc's body and so make mock-
up vanish. To the body, separation can occur from anything only when it has
done enough overt acts to the body to cancel all obligation, obligation
being the first bargain or agreement possible to a free being (pledged
word).
Note 4-It is distinctively understood that within this or the next step
the chronic somatic will be alleviated before the clearing is continued.
Note 5-A very few pcs have lost the ability to invent problems with any
reality; these run on "Tell me some lies about the environment," and then
on problems as above.
7 I (l) Run pc on ORDERS. Two methods: Opening Procedure 8C and
direct command, latter preferred. "Tell me some orders you wouldn't mind
receiving." "Tell me something that would obey you."
Note 6-These commands are phrased to be permissive to the pc,
commanding from pc to environment.
Note 7-Orders are an "all-the-way route." The wall is an order
(postulate) complicated by the order to be solid and endure. The reality of
the preclear depends on his ability to receive orders.
Note 8-Don't stick the pc on one subject or object in running orders.
If the bank turns up an engram, don't insist he gets part of it he can
receive orders from. Also do not insist he take orders from various parts
of environment.
Note 9-In Level One don't solve any problems. Increase by various means
as above the problems preclear can have.
7 I (m) "What could change you?"
"What would leave you unchanged?"
(Run alternately one question, then the other.)
7 I (n) To prevent all the problem and motivator techniques from
adversely affecting the thetan (or if the above processes did), run
alternately the following questions:
"Tell me something your body doesn't have to reach."
"Tell me something you could reach."
LEVEL TWO
This is what changes the Scientometric Tests
7 II (a) WATERLOO STATION
In a populated area (park, RR station, etc.) have pc tell auditor something
he wouldn't mind not-knowing about persons which auditor spots for him, or
the persons not-knowing about him. Commands:
Auditor: "Do you see that (man, woman, described slightly)?"
Pc: "Yes."
Note 10-Make allowances for your pc's ability to see people clearly.
Run if possible with glasses off if he still has them.
Auditor: "Tell me something you wouldn't mind not-knowing about that
person."
Note 11-The pc selects things he already can know to not-know. He does
not give things he does not know anyway. This stress is the willingness to
not-know things one already knows. Otherwise pc will become confused.
Note 12-If two-way comm won't keep the pc alert he is on stuck flow.
(See Scientology 8-80. ) Run "other side" as below:
When pc-to spotted person has been run flat or to a dope-off,
reverse to:
Auditor: "Tell me something you wouldn't mind that person not-
knowing about you."
Note 13-Run one side for hours, then the other side, in ordinary use.
Note 14-Observe that in SLP 7 we omit all other spottings. These are
good, but Waterloo Station is the cream of Level Two SLP 5, and auditors
have been too involved in lower steps to run Waterloo Station. For God's
sake don't neglect it. It's the most valuable process in Scientology. It
handles TIME!
Note 15-The goal of Waterloo Station is not to make the pc make one
thing vanish. That phenomenon is just the start. Auditors have been
quitting when the pc made somebody's hat disappear. When the pc can make
the whole universe wink on and off at his consideration to know or not-know
it, you're getting somewhere-so don't stop at a hat.
Note 16-Don't give the pc back what he has just not-known. If he not-
knew it, he not-knew it.
Note 17-If an auditor is so hungry for overt acts that he has to
provoke the pc into them by breaks and poor compliance with procedure, just
ask the pc to hit the auditor a few times. It'll remedy it.
LEVEL THREE
This is what exteriorizes them
DECISIONAL PROCESSING
Run in quiet places.
Preparatory: "What contracts could you break?"
7 III (a) Think a placed thought.
The object is to train the pc to think thoughts exterior to his head and
thetan bank to obviate the "cave-in phenomena of Axiom 51."
Commands (auditor indicating object or position):
"Think a thought in (on) that ."
Alternate command: "Do you see that (object)? Think a thought in (on)
it.
Did the thought appear where it is?"
7 III (b) Choice rehabilitation.
Using the ability acquired in Level Three (a), have the pc make choices
between two objects indicated by auditor.
Command: "From (indicated point) make a choice between (indicated
positions or objects)."
7 III (c) Directed Decision Rehabilitation.
Using the ability acquired in (a) and (b), exercise the pc on decisions.
Command: "Make a decision about that (indicated object) in or on that
(indicated object)."
7 III (d) Permissive Decision Rehabilitation.
Using the abilities acquired in (a), (b), and (c), turn pc loose on
decisions. Decisions must be outside head and bank.
Command: "Decide something."
LEVEL FOUR
This builds back their willingness to live
OPENING PROCEDURE BY DUPLICATION
Done in an auditing room with a book and a bottle. Commands:
"Do you see that book?
Walk over to it.
Pick it up.
Not-know something about its color.
Not-know something about its temperature.
Not-know something about its weight.
Put it in exactly the same place.
Do you see that bottle?
Walk over to it.
Pick it up.
Not-know something about its color.
Not-know something about its temperature.
Not-know something about its weight.
Put it in exactly the same place.
Do you see that book? (etc.)"
LEVEL FIVE
This makes them able to play games
REMEDY OF COMMUNICATION SCARCITY
The object of this step is to restore abundance on any and all
communication possibilities. Done in an auditing room.
7 V (a) Create Confusion.
Commands: "Mock up a confusion. "
Alternate command: "What confusion could you create?"
7 V (b) Creating Terminals.
The pc may have to be coached into mocking up unknown confused black
terminals and thus into good terminal mock-ups. Commands:
"Mock up a communication terminal."
"Mock up another communication terminal."
7 V (c) What wouldn't you mind communicating with? Duplicate the auditing
command exactly. Don't red-herring (go chasing after facsimiles). Command:
"What wouldn't you mind communicating with?"
7 V (d) Creating Family Terminals.
Have pc mock up until he has an abundance of any and all persons he has
ever used as anchor points. Command:
"Mock up your (father, wife, mother, husband)."
"Mock him (her) up again."
LEVEL SIX
This exercises their exteriorization and stabilizes
REMEDY OF HAVINGNESS AND SPOTTING SPOTS IN SPACE
Route One
An exteriorized step done as given in The Creation of Human Ability.
L. RON
HUBBARD
[The above PAB is basically the same as an issue dated 3 January 1956
titled Six Levels of Processing - Issue 7.]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
1 Brunswick House,
83 Palace Gardens Terrace,
London, W.8.
BAY 5780
OPERATIONAL BULLETIN NO. 12 10 January 1956
AN EXPERIMENTAL ARRANGEMENT OF LEVEL ONE
Level One
(a) Establish the auditor.
(b) Establish the preclear.
(c) Establish session environment.
(d) Establish that a session is in progress.
(e) Check for present time problem. If problem is holding
preclear's attention, use command "Invent problem of comparable
magnitude". Continue this until preclear has his attention off the
problem.
(f) If no present time problem, or level (e) successfully achieved,
then command "What would change you?" alternate "What would leave
you unchanged?" This process is essential to use on pc who is
waiting to be changed by auditor.
(g) "Invent a lie about (indicated object)." Do this until it is
flat. Process must not be done using same object over and over. Best
done ambulatory.
(h) "Something you could reach" alternate "Something body doesn't
have to reach". Run this until pc is quite aware that he can reach
without using effort on his body. This process is essential before
level (i) is attempted.
(i) Command "Place a thought in (indicated object)." Run this flat
as with all in this level. "Assign an intention to (indicated
object)." Then, "Assign an evil intention to (indicated object)."
Then, "In (indicated object) assign an intention towards your body."
Then, "In (indicated object) assign an evil intention towards your
body." With these latter we are preparing the pc for body
motivators.
(j) "Have (indicated object) tell you a lie." This process is not
essential but can only be done readily when this point is reached.
(k) Body motivators. Subjective on weakest universe. Use this
process on mockups of weak universes. Facsimiles, etc, will show up;
when they do, use this process on them. Command "Consider that sole
intention of is to kill your body."
(I) "Invent a horrible fate for yourself" alternate "Invent a
horrible fate for your body."
(m) If pc still has psychosomatics or problems in general with
specific terminals then "Invent a problem that could be to
you." In put only terminals and not conditions.
(n) "Orders you are willing to receive." Run this flat and then,
"What would obey you?" Alternative step to this SOP 8-C Opening
Procedure Step A.
The above arrangement of processes for Level One of SLP Issue 7 was
accomplished by the HASI London director of processing and registrar, Dr.
Ann Walker, and London HASI director of training, Dr. Dennis Stephens in
collusion with myself. The arrangement resulted from experimentation with
preclears being processed by staff auditors and by the use of the processes
by students. It will be seen that these steps are
preparatory to spotting as in Waterloo Station. The most interesting fact
here is that these processes have been empirically derived. Out of the
large number of processes used on low level cases it has been discovered
that these processes each one have been responsible for starting one or
more hitherto impossible cases. Similarly, the old ladder of processes, Six
Basic Processes, was similarly arranged, which is to say empirically. The
original Six Basic Processes were compiled from a number of processes and
were adopted when it was discovered that each one of the Six Basics had
been responsible for solving one or more difficult cases, and were always
responsible, one or more of them, in the progress of any case. It will be
found that the arranged order of the above steps leads a preclear into the
acquisition of various abilities he will need in order to run higher levels
of processes.
This is not necessarily the final arrangement which will become SLP
Issue 8 but it is the Level One series order which is to be used now on
preclears coming in for staff auditing. This arrangement has already broken
one famous case, and, in view of the fact that at this writing the
arrangement is not forty-eight hours old, presages a very happy future for
it. Additional adjustments and steps will undoubtedly be made, as
experience is gained.
What we are watching here with Six Levels of Processing is the
evolution of a new ladder. Six Basic Processes were standard for so long
that this period of change of processes probably seems upsetting to many
auditors, as though we are unsure of what we are doing. We are sure of what
we are doing, but some preclears aren't sure of what they are doing. It is
our goal in Six Levels of Processing to pick up any and all cases, even the
psychotics, and start them in and move them on without specialties or
exceptions. Our success with any one of these processes has been pronounced
in each of several cases.
The important thing to know about Level One of SLP Issue 7 is that it
is "run to cognition". The primary fault field auditors have had in using
the Six Levels of Processing is that they have tried to run each and every
part of old SLP 5 until it is entirely completely crushed flat, eradicated,
flattened, and wiped out with the preclear. This is not an optimum thing to
do with processing. As Dr. John Sanborn has noticed, a process will run
flat, and then will unflatten and then run flat again and unflatten almost
infinitely. A preclear is thereby "stuck" by the auditor, not that the
preclear is actually stuck on the track, but he is stuck on the ladder of
processing because the auditor isn't advancing up the ladder. The way one
overcomes this is to change the process when the preclear has a cognition.
When the preclear has actually gained a new understanding of what he
himself or life is all about, the auditor takes that point to throw in a
communication bridge and change the process. This is the essence of running
such a process as any of those found in Level One. One might say the first
basic cognition of the preclear is that an auditor is present, but auditors
have a tendency to go over this point every time with the preclear when it
is entirely obvious that the preclear cognited before he started for his
session appointment that an auditor would be there. In other words, a
cognition has already taken place on this point and need not be further
stressed. It is a waste of time, in other words, to ask the preclear if an
auditor is present. It is quite obvious that the preclear knows this. Of
course the little formula of "is an auditor here, etc" furnishes some
chitchat for an auditor who has nothing else to talk about, but is really
not vital. Here we have a necessary cognition before the session can
continue beyond the point. It is very often the case that the auditor fails
to recognize the fact that the preclear has had a cognition and if he does
recognize it tends to invalidate the cognition by asking the preclear if he
is very sure now that he knows that or some such thing.
I will be very happy to receive any results which might accrue from the
use of the above arrangement of Level One of SLP Issue 7.
BRAINWASHING BOOKS RECALLED
It is the friendly opinion of the government that the pamphlet giving
forth the basic materials of brainwashing be circulated only amongst very
trusted personnel in the organization and that it be withheld from general
public release. You understand
that this is not an official order on the part of the government, but the
government appears to be very well satisfied with us and is only afraid, I
suppose, of the commotion which would be caused by the broad and general
release of the brainwashing booklet. Certainly the materials in it
described by the government representative as "noxious" would bring a
considerable upset into the public sphere. We are quite satisfied that the
material has been placed on proper communication lines and has been
communicated to the proper authorities. This having been done our basic
interest in the booklet, that it be used by us in order to research the
entire field of brainwashing and its healing and eradication, be resumed
and that we withhold from public distribution any and all of these books.
There is as an incidental point an error in the printing of the booklet, in
that it does not carry the name of the printer. Any copy handed around
should be signed out to the person and should be accounted for by the
person and should be handed back to the organization, and copies should
only be handed to personnel actually interested in research and development
in eradicating brainwashing and its possible threat to western culture. An
order has gone out from this office to Washington, D.C., requesting that
all copies of the brainwashing pamphlet be called back. Any large number of
these pamphlets now in existence in the United States should be carefully
stored so that they will not fall into improper hands.
____________
Axiom 55. The cycle of action is a consideration. Create-change-destroy,
the cycle of action accepted by the GE, is only a consideration which can
be changed by the thetan making a new consideration of different action
cycles.
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH:jh
Copyright (�) 1956
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
LRH TAPE LECTURES
London, England
10-16 January 1956
5601C10 LAM-7 Auditor Insight
5601C12 LAM-8 Anglo-Saxon Thought
5601C16 LAM-9 Repair and Remedy of Havingness
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
1 Brunswick House,
83 Palace Gardens Terrace,
London, W.8.
BAY 8881
OPERATIONAL BULLETIN NO. 13 17 January 1956
Distribution: Washington-Dr. W. H. Young; South Africa-Dr. M. Scholtz;
Australia-Dr. John Farrell; New Zealand-Dr. Frank Turnbull; West. Australia-
Dr. Stanley Richards; Connecticut- Dr. Dick Halpern; Dublin-Dr. Bernie
Green; London-Dr. Jack Parkhouse.
OPERATIONAL BULLETINS GROWING UP
This is the thirteenth issue of Operational Bulletins. So far we have
been setting an enviable record of getting Operational Bulletins out on
time. They are usually composed on Monday and are mimeographed and mailed
late Tuesday afternoon. They are done on a special Gestetner machine which
uses blue ink to distinguish them from other mimeographed material released
for the various organizations. In every week except Christmas week, when
nobody worked on Tuesday and when we were a day late, the Operational
Bulletin is setting a record for coming out on time, a noteworthy and
unusual circumstance in Dianetics and Scientology publications.
The purpose of Operational Bulletins is of course to furnish
information of various types to Scientology organizations and personnel and
to give them the jump, "the scoop", ahead of the rumour line, individual
instructions by letter to various personnel and primarily and principally
to keep key staff personnel in Scientology from being embarrassed by the
sudden change of direction or the solution or arising of certain incidents,
so that they can act in the role of people who are "in the know". This is
quite important since we have in the past had many instances whereby things
were released to one quarter of the world, were unknown in another quarter
of the world and people in the field would ask staff members in some HAS
what was going on and these HAS members would not know, much to their
embarrassment. The Operational Bulletins give them a chance to have the
straight dope and enable them to put people right concerning a great deal
of material.
Further, if I started to originate individual letters to each and every
key person in Scientology and give him regularly all that was going on we
would have in effect merely a repeat of this Operational Bulletin; thus I
am enabled to write to persons material which is directly and intimately in
their department and to put all generalized information on the
communication network covered by the Operational Bulletins.
Operational Bulletins are sent by airmail to every quarter of the globe
and although .there are not very many copies of them released, they have
the effect of a very wide distribution system. However, you should keep
definitely in mind the fact that the information which appears in the
Operational Bulletins is not generally well known to the field. In fact
practically none of this material is intended for direct consumption by
auditors and Scientologists at large. It is not that they would not
understand it but in these bulletins I do not spend any time being nice or
pulling my punches or being artificially poised about everything and
anything. From my viewpoint these Operational Bulletins give me a chance to
vent what bad temper I have and to indulge what puckish sense of humour I
might conceive to be ill placed in wider spheres.
Alert yourselves, however, to the fact that the material in Operational
Bulletins 2 reworded where it is of questionable content to non-
Scientologists, can be freely used and quoted in Certainty, Ability, Local
Newsletters, in lectures such as those given live by instructors and those
given to free group people, and indeed it is expected that the
material in Operational Bulletins will get a wider release at the direct
discretion and good sense of people in Scientology who are in charge of
various publications everywhere.
You know how when I'm right there my closest friends sit around in the
office or living room and we take the situation apart, well this is not
that good, but the Operational Bulletins are at least something of a
substitute for the much closer type of communication that we like and which
is quite impossible on a wider publication basis wherein the publication
might fall into any set of hands.
OH MY GAWD!
The other day a well known figure in British Scientology was standing in
my office being asked to undertake an activity and I said to him, more to
make conversation than anything else, "Of course you know that if we were
to take on a long series of cases suffering from some specific chronic
somatic we would at least, even if we used group processing, alleviate the
majority of those cases." And this gentleman who has been in Scientology
for a very long time and has done a very great deal of auditing said to me,
"Oh really? Could you do that now?"
WHERE HAS THIS GUY BEEN? Back in Wichita when Susie and I were combing
the whole track trying to plow up the various incidents which eventually
became What to Audit (in England, The History of Man) we took on a series
of polio cases by means of newspaper advertisement. The newspaper
advertisement said, "Polio sufferers. A research foundation is undertaking
an investigation of polio. Any persons so inflicted who would like to
participate in this investigation should phone ----- ." The same ad was
also run for arthritics. People with arthritis and polio started to call in
and we took these people on, the polio sufferers up at my house, the
arthritics down at the foundation, and using the oldest known form of overt
acts and motivators, and using effort processing, we alleviated the
majority of the cases which presented themselves. The first case that came
up immediately, by the way, enrolled in the professional course and other
cases took professional auditing afterwards. Don G. Purcell cut the program
off without informing us because of course the foundation was supposed to
fail. This program alone would have meant the making of Dianetics in that
immediate area, and as a matter of fact, is still heard from, although it
was only in progress ten days (it happens to be a good gag for any auditor
to work). But remember this was 1951, and right there, auditing these
people no more than three hours per preclear, we made the majority of these
people feel so much better about life that they could get on with it. One
girl threw away her crutches immediately. Another one, an old lady, got out
of her wheel chair, and what we did in that short program just auditing
these few hours using nothing but overt acts, motivators in the manner of
effort processing, yet it did so much more for these people than had ever
been done for them medically or ever could be done for them medically, that
they were astonished beyond gratitude.
And here is this British Scientologist who has been in practice for
years standing there in front of my desk and asking me in a surprised tone
of voice whether or not we could do anything for polio or other types of
illnesses. This man is reputed to have more success with auditing than many
others. But if he has not learned that we can alleviate the majority of any
illness in any series (as distinct from curing all cases into a state of
perfection), then what does this man think we are doing? Does he think that
Scientology is a swindle. He must! Either that or he's never applied it
even vaguely to people who were ill.
This matter was a considerable shock to me, as you might well suppose,
for it told me at once why the progress of Scientology in Great Britain was
relatively limited. A further check into this subject with another person,
a much better Scientologist, discovered to me that the British
Scientologist is not aware of the wild reactions and phenomena obtained
from running engrams. The preclear rolling up in a ball on the bed as he
goes into a pre-natal or wriggling his whole body like a fish as he hits a
sperm sequence is unknown in Great Britain. Indeed at this late date I
suppose that it is more or less unknown in America since it has been two or
three years since anybody ran an
engram on anybody. But here again was the tremendous drama associated with
auditing.
Now if we have forgotten in Great Britain, America, and if we have not
established in South Africa or Australia, first that Dianetics or
Scientology even in its crudest form could alleviate the majority of man's
illnesses, and that a majority of any series of cases of any specific
illness would be alleviated, and if we have not established the various
highly convincing phenomena obtained in running engrams, we of course are
not making anywhere near the progress we should. Indeed if we have let this
material lapse in America and are no longer beating the drum for it, no
longer demonstrating it, we of course are going to make very slow progress.
There is nothing quite as convincing as getting tipped over into a pre-
natal and getting it run out. The phenomena of running birth, of
operations, accidents, of the loud zip, pop that comes from electronic
explosions hot enough to burn holes in the E-Meter electrodes, and
particularly the fantastic efficiency of Dianetics and Scientology in
alleviating a majority of illnesses, are any one of them capable of giving
enough word of mouth to Dianetics and Scientology across a populace to
alert the world to what we really have here. However, if we neglect these
things utterly, if our auditors do not know they can happen, we are going
to make very slow progress of it.
We can as of this moment process a chronic somatic. I know that some
months ago and earlier than that it seemed rather fatal to us to continue
to fixate the preclear's attention on a chronic somatic. But that is not a
problem with us right now. It ceased to be a problem the moment I invented
an auditing command exactly as follows: "Invent a problem that (leg,
arm, nose, eye, body) could be to you." Running this command which is in
itself a sort of a remedy of havingness, and repairing and remedying the
havingness of the preclear as we go, we will discover that practically any
and all phenomena associated with the service facsimile will come away and
clear up and the limb or nose or eye will get well. This can be used as a
word of warning, only on actual terminals. Never use this command, and I
mean never, on actual conditions. Never ask the individual to invent
problems lameness could be to him. Never ask him what problem blindness
could be to him. Lameness and blindness are conditions. We want to know
what problems legs or eyes can be to him, since legs and eyes are
terminals. In running this command we reduce havingness too rapidly
whenever we are stressing conditions. Therefore we run it only on terminals
and use only terminals in running it. Handled in this way we do have the
answer, as of this moment, to chronic somatics. This is really not news. We
have had the answer to chronic somatics for years, and we have actually
been able to alleviate the majority of chronic somatics which presented
themselves to us.
WHY WE WEREN'T WINNING
The exact reason why our progress through the society was limited might
lie in part in the fact that we no longer stressed the alleviation of
chronic somatics, but in actuality it is far more important to us that for
at least the last year auditors have been auditing in a way which I did not
suspect and which does not produce an adequate result upon a preclear.
It is very startling news to me to review Scientology via its
psychometric test results and discover that over a period of about four
months neither Washington nor London had been getting anything like the
rise in ability in its preclears that it had formerly been getting without
at once discovering the answer. The answer in this particular case was
elusive. If you will examine one of the last Ability's published in
Phoenix, Arizona, you will see two sets of graphs. One of them consists of
twenty-five hours by staff auditors on a series of preclears and the other
graph consists of five hours on a series of very tough preclears by myself;
you will see that the gains of the twenty-five hour intensive and the five-
hour intensive are quite similar. In fact the five-hour I was giving was a
little bit bigger gain than that being gotten in twenty-five hours by the
staff auditor. Now I thought it was merely a smoother presence or a better
grip on existence and Dianetics and Scientology that was doing this, but
this large generality as a statement of the difficulty was inadequate.
Laterally although my own auditing on preclears was getting better and
better, the staff auditing on preclears and the auditing on preclears out
in the field was getting worse and worse; less and less gains were being
obtained during the last few months. I have spent a very uncomfortable
three months researching and looking hard at techniques in Scientology in
trying to determine what was happening to preclears who were coming in for
auditing and why they were not easily and smoothly progressing as they were
being audited. Only at the last did I look hard at something the auditor
himself was doing.
You have heard me say dozens and dozens of times I am sure, "When in
doubt, remedy havingness." Well, you ain't doing it, and you better start
right now.
I cannot entirely congratulate my only alertness in discovering this for
the matter was presented to me about two weeks ago when I came out with a
process known as "body motivators". I had discovered that a body is very,
very hungry for motivators of such a very low level that any and all
motivator remedy had in the past escaped it. All you have to do is mock up
a mock-up of any kind and have the preclear state an intention into it that
it is there to kill the body and instantly it goes into the body. This
hunger was so pronounced and widely spread that one auditor suggested that
we invent a technique on it called "SOP SLURP". It was not until three
separate auditors asked me how you went about getting a preclear to mock up
a mock-up and get it into the body that I awakened to the fact that in our
HPA-HCA schools we had not adequately instructed on how to repair and
remedy havingness. That was the first inkling. The next was some auditing I
myself got in which no havingness was repaired or remedied and even this
passed me by; and the next was just a week ago, checking a case to discover
with some astonishment that each and every symptom of loss of havingness
was missed by the auditor. At that time last week I gave a lecture on the
subject of remedying havingness and its necessity, but at the time I gave
this lecture, which is available in London and Washington, and which covers
the subject fairly adequately, I was not entirely aware of the fact that
auditors in general are completely ignorant of the necessity for remedy and
repair of havingness.
It is then with considerable shock that I have to report that one of the
basic tenets of Scientology invented here in England three years ago and in
use for all those three years has been missed and is being overlooked by
auditors everywhere and if they are overlooking this, then they are messing
up preclears at a most delightful pace.
It may not be that every auditor is obsessed with the idea of making
nothing out of preclears, but it certainly looks as if we have overlooked
the repair and remedy of havingness, that we have all too many of us been
trying to make nothing out of the preclear's aberrations .the wrong way
around. The way to make nothing out of those aberrations is to repair and
remedy the preclear's havingness every time it drops.
What are the symptoms of loss of havingness? Running any as-ising
technique, the preclear may become anaten, or he may become slightly
nervous or agitated or want a cigarette or seem to break out of the session
in some fashion. In either case, he is "down in his havingness". In other
words he has burned up, used up or as-ised too much of his physical body
energy in the auditing itself. In view of the fact that every subjective
technique puts a sort of a hole in the middle of the electronic mass
surrounding a preclear, parts of that mass then begin to cave in on the
preclear. Thus running an as-ising technique on a preclear beyond the
ability of the preclear to sustain the consequent loss of havingness will
bring in on the preclear many new engrams which he did not before have, and
a technique which as-ises energy if used without a repair or remedy of
havingness will bring about a worsening of the case of the preclear.
For instance, there are several auditors I have not directly trained on
staff now working in Washington. Just as this has missed me, it has
evidently missed Julia and in London has missed Dr. Walker. A careful study
of the Washington staff auditor reports reveals that the only advance in
graph of the preclear which is significant and worthy of the name of
Scientology during the last few weeks occurred when the auditor repaired
and remedied havingness or was using a mock-up type of technique along with
as-ising types of techniques. As an example, the preclear audited last week
by Dick
Morley was run very largely on repairs and remedying of havingness. Old
time staff auditor Dick Morley evidently wasn't taking his finger off any
number. He very carefully repaired and remedied havingness and reported it
as such and his case did a remarkable jump.
Now exactly what is happening is very simple. A preclear starts to go
anaten and the auditor keeps on running the process. This is to some degree
my fault. The auditor has been indoctrinated into running the process
regardless of what happens. He hasn't realized that he ought to interrupt
any process at any time if the preclear demonstrates a loss of havingness.
Anaten is such a demonstration of loss of havingness. All right, another
example: the preclear becomes agitated or upset. He reaches for a
cigarette. He begins to twitch. His foot begins to wobble. He begins to
talk excitedly. He begins to cough while being audited. All of these things
demonstrate a loss of havingness. Even the bulk of the somatics which turn
on are a demonstration of loss of havingness. These same conditions by the
way can result from the preclear believing that the auditor has broken the
Auditor's Code in some fashion or has treated cavalierly or has overcome
his power of choice. Both a repair and remedy of havingness are immediately
indicated on the observation of anaten or agitation on the part of the
preclear, and in addition to this the auditor should carefully go over the
session itself to find out if anywhere the preclear believed that his power
of choice was being overcome or if the Auditor's Code was believed to have
been broken by the preclear. You understand that the auditor didn't have to
overcome the preclear's power of choice or break the Auditor's Code in
order to have the preclear believe that this had happened. However, this
could be overlooked entirely if the auditor had been careful enough to
repair or remedy the havingness of the preclear.
The slightest drop of alertness on the part of the preclear or the
slightest agitation or somatic on the part of the preclear should
immediately indicate to the auditor that havingness has dropped and must be
immediately repaired or remedied. A great deal of time can be spent on the
subject of repair and remedy of havingness, and it is very beneficial time
spent. It is better to waste time repairing and remedying havingness than
to blunder on through. Now there is another thing I have noticed with
regard to this. Auditors are running these days toward cognition. Very
well. If they expect the preclear to cognite they should not expect him to
pull in a bank on himself. If an auditor runs a very obvious process which
should bring the preclear toward cognition and if he runs it several
auditing commands and then stops and repairs and remedies the preclear's
havingness and then after that asks him the same auditing question two more
times, he will discover that he has blown a cognition into view. In other
words, you could remedy the havingness of a preclear while his mind was on
one particular subject and bring a cognition into existence.
The reason Scientology has been going slowly is in part, as covered
above, the fact that we have been neglecting its efficacy in the matter of
chronic somatics, but in the main because auditors have not been repairing
and remedying the havingness of the preclears and have been running them
downhill at a mad rate.
Now boy this is something we have got to jump on in a hurry. We've got
to get in there and grab every auditor by the scruff of the neck and say,
"Listen, do not run an as-ising command beyond the point of alertness of
the preclear. The moment that the ARC of the preclear drops or the preclear
becomes agitated even vaguely, you get in there and repair or remedy
havingness."
This becomes particularly important today since a few months ago I
discovered that you could remedy the havingness of anybody, and I mean just
that. You can remedy anybody's havingness and you can turn on mock-ups on
anybody. The fact that the preclear who has a black field or even an
invisible field can be caused to mock up blacknesses or invisibilities and
shove them into his body brings us into an era of being able to make
anybody turn on mock-ups. Getting the preclear to postulate that the
blackness is bad for the body will cause that blackness to snap into the
body. Getting the preclear to postulate the invisible mass he has mocked up
as bad for the body will snap it into the body. Of course after this has
been done a few times the consideration of the preclear will change. Then
perhaps the blackness or the
invisibility will only snap in when the preclear postulates that it is good
for the body. He may also have residue left. It is very important to get
rid of these repair and remedy havingness residues. By various postulates
such as that the residue is a threat to the body, it is good for the body,
it is bad for the body, the residue too will snap in.
Let's differentiate at once here the difference between a repair of
havingness and a remedy of havingness. We used to call repair of havingness
"giving him some havingness". It needs a better technical term. Therefore
let us call this repair of havingness. It means having the preclear mock up
anything he can mock up and in any way it can be done to get him to shove
(never pull) that mock-up into the body, and by similar means to get rid of
the residue which went along with the mock-up. That is a repair of
havingness. It is a one-way flow. It is an inflow. Now a remedy of
havingness is getting him to mock up and shove into the body enough masses
or simply mock up and copy enough masses to bring him to a point where he
can eventually throw one away. In other words, repair of havingness is
simply having him mock up things and have him shove them into the body, and
a remedy of havingness is having him mock up and shove in and throw away
the same type of mock-up. Remedy of havingness is always a superior
operation to repair of havingness. Repair of havingness is a very crude
stop-gap but can be used at any time. However, a preclear who is working
well and on whom havingness can be remedied should at all times have his
havingness remedied not repaired. In other words, any mock-up mocked up
should both be shoved into the body and mocked up and shoved away, and this
should be done in considerable quantity until the preclear is quite relaxed
about that particular type of mock-up. One does this, remember, every time
the attention of the preclear drops or becomes agitated.
There is one other little point connected with this which is quite
important and that is auditors very often audit a preclear into an area of
time when the preclear exteriorized. This on a preclear who does not easily
exteriorize brings on a considerable grief and sadness. The way to get rid
of this is of course to remedy the preclear's havingness or only repair it
and to ask the preclear to recall times when he was not exteriorized. This
will bring up at once times when he did exteriorize and recalling these and
using further remedy and repair of havingness will get him out of those
areas on the time track where he did exteriorize and where fear of
exteriorization was built up considerably.
I have noticed another special condition regarding this exteriorization
phenomena which is quite important. A preclear will occasionally repair and
remedy havingness up to a point where the body disappears. He doesn't quite
know where to put the mass which he has mocked up since he cannot find the
body. This is particularly true of preclears who have a very low threshold
on havingness. An auditor would be stupid indeed to simply plow along
beyond that point where the preclear has already said that he couldn't find
any body to push any havingness into. The moment the preclear does that the
auditor should suspect that the preclear has gotten into an exteriorization
type incident. It is not, however, necessary that he immediately flounder
around and try to find this incident as recommended in the paragraphs just
above; he can also repair and remedy havingness in this fashion, and it is
very important to know this. Although it is disastrous for a preclear to be
asked, "What could your body have?" since he will simply strip the bank of
various old facsimiles, it is a very, very good repair of havingness to ask
a preclear, "What is there around this room (area) which your body could
have?" and then have him pick out specific objects in the environment which
he says the body could have. If he does this he will come up the gradient
scale of havingness, and his havingness will be repaired or remedied
immediately or directly on the Sixth Dynamic. A preclear who cannot get
mock-ups and wherein the auditor has either been too clumsy to get the mock-
ups turned on or it really was impossible, more or less, the preclear's
havingness can be repaired simply by having him do this process, so this is
a very, very important process and one that ought to go down in red
letters.
This whole subject of repair and remedy of havingness and its effect
upon auditing and the fact that it has not been stressed at all in
training, being up there at Level Six in the old Basic Processes, brings us
to SLP Issue 8. The entirety of Level One in SLP will be devoted to remedy
and repair of havingness.
In SLP Issue 7 we have a great many phenomena associated with the remedy of
the body's havingness. The reason for their position is to bring about an
adjustment of the condition of the body before one goes on to other and
more complicated ways of processing. Now in Issue 8, all of these various
things will be retained but they will be paralleled with a complete remedy
of havingness as that particular level of SLP will be gone over. In actual
experience it is better to remedy the havingness of a preclear no matter
where he is on the tone scale and no matter by what process than to run any
significant process. Further, if a preclear cannot at least repair his
havingness, to run Waterloo Station on him is to invite disaster, because
in this particular process of Level Two he is liable to get himself into a
down havingness situation and of course will not be able to not-know
anything. He may be chewing up too much energy while trying to not-know.
Thus we would have the failures which have occasionally occurred in
Waterloo Station. They were simply havingness failures, not a failure of
Waterloo Station. Furthermore, there has been a new command suggested for
Waterloo Station, "What would you be willing to not-know about that
person?" This seems to be a better command at least for the British Isles.
You may believe I am being rather militant and accusing everybody of
having pulled an overt act against me by doing this, but the truth of the
matter is that no time in my auditing have I ever permitted a preclear to
drop in his havingness and I have therefore gone through a considerable
period of surprise when I find that this particular thing is being
neglected elsewhere. This tells at once what has been happening to our
psychometric graphs has been happening to our preclears where they didn't
advance in a hurry and has been definitely interrupting our goals. Any and
all field auditors are undoubtedly sinning like mad in this particular
direction. We've got to make a practice to tap these fellows on the
shoulder and say, "Here, you've got to repair and remedy havingness, no
matter what else you're running on the preclear, every time he goes anaten
or gets agitated in any way." We've got to conduct an educational program
in an awful hurry throughout the field. Naturally we should start closest
to home and we should take our staff auditors and we should be very, very
insistent that they repair and remedy havingness on preclears, and we
should hold this up as more important in the early parts of a case than any
change of mind or significance. The change of mind occurs after repair and
remedy of havingness has been accomplished. If our auditors continue to as-
is everything in sight in the preclear, the preclear's case is going to
hang and that is all there is to it.
I have not yet run the sequence I wish to on cognition. I believe that
I will be able to run a few commands of a specific as-ising type command
and then repair and remedy the preclear's havingness and finally ask the
same as-ising command a couple more times and get an immediate cognition on
the part of the preclear. In other words, I believe that you can use repair
of havingness or remedy of havingness to get an immediate cognition on
almost anything with the preclear.
We also take care of vacuums and separatenesses and everything else
with repair or remedy of havingness and running in with it certain other
things such as problems, etc. When we discover by two-way communication a
weak universe, we could then ask the individual preclear, "Invent a problem
that person (weak universe) could be to you," and then watching him very
carefully and repairing his havingness on the subject of that person's
possessions get a very rapid separation of universes. I have noticed that
the weak universe phenomena begins when the person elected by the preclear
to be a weak universe first began to put MEST anchor points around the
preclear. In other words, valuable presents.
Now although I sound very militant about this you should translate that
militance into urgency. I feel rather triumphant. I have put my finger on
something here which has been a puzzle to me for a very long time. Why did
auditors in general fail to get the results on preclears. We have sorted
out a great many points and have straightened out a great many things, but
none of them have been the real thing. The actuality is this business about
repair or remedy of havingness; I am sure that this is it. An auditor can
almost audit carelessly if he repairs and remedies the havingness of the
preclear adequately. Of course there is a great deal to know about the
repair and remedy of havingness which has never been put down. The gradient
scales, methods of turning on
sonic and visio, and a host of technologies and techniques relating to the
repair and remedy of havingness having yet to be delineated adequately. I
am, however, attending to this as fast as I can and you can expect in the
very near future a considerable rundown on exactly how you go about
repairing and remedying havingness. I am even going so far as attempting to
make a training film on an animation principle using a live subject and cut-
outs to show what it really looks like when the preclear is repairing
havingness and what it looks like when he is remedying havingness.
I am as pleased as can be to get a finger on this point and I know
doggone well that if East, West, North and South would begin to repair and
remedy havingness and stop specializing in the significances without repair
or remedy of havingness, we are going to start shooting people up to the
top of these psychometric graphs. We can't help it. This is not going to be
a very easy road, I feel, for an auditor recently who was very, very
closely coached on the subject of repair and remedy of havingness did go
out and manage to lay a considerable egg. The auditor just didn't get the
idea of the agility of a preclear's havingness. The auditor could not
credit the fact that the agitation and excitement of the preclear was
actually a loss of havingness. Another auditor could not credit the fact
that the continuousness of a preclear's fear was simply a lack of
havingness.
Let me call your attention specifically to the old phenomena of the
emotional scale and the engram. We found out that when one engram was keyed
in that it fixed the emotional tone of the individual. Then we had him run
this and as he converted the havingness of the engram to usable havingness,
we found that his tone rose. We discover on these psychometric charts that
the "unhappy" section is not moving in recent times. The reason it is not
moving is because we aren't changing the mass of the preclear. In order to
change his emotional tone we would have to change his body mass. The best
way to change his body mass is repair and remedy havingness and get him on
the road with regard to mock-ups. We started out a long time ago to change
people on the tone scale. Well here is the answer to changing that position
on the tone scale, and we sure better use it.
A lot of this I confess must be a lack of observation on my part but I
am so happy to have hold of it and to get this point straightened out that
I don't much care what the basic cause was in relationship to it.
I want you to look accusatively at any and all auditors you run into and
say, "Why haven't you repaired the havingness of preclears you've been
running as-ising processes on?"
Well, we've got this answer taped. Let's go.
BRAINWASHING BOOK RECALLED
Washington has recalled the brainwashing manual from all those to whom
it was issued on request from the government. The manual is not to be
issued in general to the public but is to be let out only to our most
trusted association members, so that they can aid and understand and
further their studies on curing brainwashing. This manual is an exact text
on how brainwashing is done. The manual itself had to be written into much
more obvious English from the very poor translation which it was originally
and thus reads fairly well but is no less deadly for the change.
YOUR PHOTO PLEASE
Any and all persons on the Operational Bulletin distribution list are
requested to send as soon as possible either an 8 x 10 studio portrait of
self or a very good quality snapshot film, so that an enlargement can be
made.
We intend to put up in the various HASs throughout the world the
pictures of the various persons intimately connected with Scientology
offices. As soon as I have these I will either make the enlargements or
have the portraits and will distribute.
Remember now I am waiting for a picture from you, and if you don't send one
you will be missing in the halls of the various HASs, and you don't want to
be missing amongst this crew.
MOTION PICTURES NEEDED
We are hoping to have a reel of 8 mm film of each HAS in the world and
its personnel so that we can have this film copied and copies distributed
to these various offices for their view in demonstrating to people what the
HAS looks like in other areas. If you are interested in this project let me
know.
TRAINING SCHEDULE RELEASED
The whys and wherefores of the four levels of courses taught in
Scientology rather than schedules of class hours have been put together
recently by myself and are being distributed. This schedule will also
appear as a PAB since it contains for the most part a rationale of
training; a brand new way of teaching the indoctrination course is
included. You will probably be getting your copies of this very shortly.
The primary difference is the establishing of an auditing attitude on the
part of the student before he is taught any processes. There is a
difference, procedures to Scientology techniques. An auditor who does not
know Scientology procedures is not likely to be able to handle Scientology
techniques. This schedule is to be put into action at once everywhere.
BOSS GOES UNPAID
Evidently the only staff person who is not now receiving his pay cheque
regularly is myself. When I left Washington there was a considerable ball-
up on pay cheques. For reasons best known to himself the former secretary
of the Founding Church was not at all ambitious in getting the personnel
paid. Now I have finally gotten everybody straightened out due to the help
of Hugh Neals, the new Washington bookkeeper. We have been so intent on
getting all the records straight one way or the other, however, that we
have neglected to notice that I have gone unpaid here for some months. This
is a very easy thing to have happen to one if one happens to be the actual
management of an organization. The staff can always strike against the
management, but who does the management strike against? If it were not for
my handiness with dice I probably would have starved to death by this time.
WASHINGTON GIVES TERRIFIC CONGRESS
Under the management of Dr. Young and ably assisted by Dr. Barrett, Dr.
Sanborn, Dr. Breeding and at the last minute Dr. Lewis, as well as the
other stout fellows, in the Washington area, a terrific congress is
reported to have been had. Naturally the numbers of attendants were not as
high as the usual central congress even though the fee was much lower due
to my absence, but the public was very happy with it which makes me very
happy. I wasn't directly taking the testimony of the Washington staff
itself concerning how terrific this congress was. However, people who
returned home from the congress then wrote me letters thanking me for the
terrific new processes and the wonderful advance Scientology has had so I
guess it is now in order to thank the staff now that it has been proved
true.
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH:rd
Copyright (�) 1956
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
1 Brunswick House,
83 Palace Gardens Terrace,
London, W.8.
BAY 8881
OPERATIONAL BULLETIN NO. 13 APPENDIX 1 17 January
1956
SCIENTOLOGY SCHOOLS CURRICULUM
This release is issued in advance of the issue of Six Levels of
Processing Issue 8 which will become standard training information and
processes. Any and all Scientology schools or training activities please
note and comply.
The goal of this curriculum is to turn out an optimum student who can
produce results with standard auditing. Although this is an extremely
simple statement, it should be taken in its most arduously literal sense.
Scientologists do not make preclears more able by sudden bright ideas in
the middle of intensives, by strange intuitions or even by aligning a
process to a preclear's particular case. In the past this might have been
true in greater or lesser degree but it is not true today. A Scientologist
who gets results on his preclears is one who has been thoroughly trained in
the fundamentals of auditing and who could follow a process exactly.
Training in curriculum is the product of five years of experience in
training and twenty-five years of experience in research. In addition to
exploring new phenomena of the mind and perfecting new processes every
attention has been given to singling out those items which have been used
with great success and in general in processing and applying them to
standardized procedures. It is believed at this writing that very nearly
all of these mechanisms have been discovered and can be taught.
Improvements in auditing technique may or may not come by reason of
auditing preclears while exteriorized and while not encumbered with body in
various non-MEST processes and perhaps with a better understanding of
energy masses. But the experience of the last two years has brought
forcefully to attention that I have managed to single out the most
effective items and elements in the actual fact of auditing where it
appertains to an auditor with a body auditing a preclear with a body.
A recent survey and extensive testing has demonstrated that vagaries of
processing and unclear understanding of exact auditing procedures as
distinct from processes are responsible for case failures. Thus the closest
and most particular adherence to standard auditing procedures as well as
processes is demanded.
Training in Scientology today is divided into four distinct stages. The
first of these is the indoctrination week. The second of these is the HCA
or HPA course. The third of these is the BScn or HAA course, and the fourth
of these is the DScn or HGA course. These courses have settled down to very
finite lengths. The indoctrination period is one week; the HPA-HCA course
is an additional seven weeks following immediately after the indoctrination
week. A period of practice is recommended in most cases, prior to the
undertaking of a BScn course. The BScn or HAA course is usually five weeks
in length. The DScn or HGA course is precisely six weeks in length. The
levels of ability to be obtained in each one of these courses is
considerably advanced from the last course and these levels of ability are
denoted on the same examination but with different and higher grades for
each successive course on that examination. The bulk of training is
supposed to derive from active practice in the field. Prior to
indoctrination it is supposed that a considerable study will have been
embarked upon by the prospective student which should include the reading
of the various standard texts such as Dianetics, the Modern Science of
Mental Health, Science of Survival, and some of the more modern material.
Certainly it is not expected that anyone can take the eight weeks of
courses which consist of the indoctrination week and the HPA-HCA course
without having read Dianetics, the Modern Science of Mental Health, and
still expect to attain a complete understanding of the subject, preclears
or auditing.
All four levels of this course are considered to be the equivalent of a
university education in the field of the mind. In view of the fact that
they are usually given over a similar period in terms of class and
laboratory hours as demanded by a university, the bulk of actual training
is to be found in experiencing the phenomena of auditing outside the
classroom and after and between formal study. It would be quite impossible
for an individual to simply read Dianetics, the Modern Science of Mental
Health, and take all four levels of courses and emerge a good
Scientologist. The usual procedure is to acquire experience with additional
training at regulated periods over a period of about four years. Just as
Dianetics, the Modern Science of Mental Health will give the book auditor
certain definite and superior results over those achieved by earlier
workers in the of the mind, and will permit him to practise in a superior
fashion, so to a much greater-degree does an indoctrination week in the HPA-
HCA course elevate his experience above that of a book auditor. It is
expected that an individual is capable of engaging in practice at the end
of an HPA-HCA course. This practice of course would be greatly superior in
terms of results and achievements to any other course of study the
individual can take on earth at this time. However, a maturity is necessary
and this is achieved in experience subsequent to the course and prior to
taking the HAA-BScn course. This latter course is a refresher course
intended to bring up to date and consolidate the experience of the student
of Scientology, and after this he is expected to go forth and practise
considerably and for a long period of time before he rounds out his
training with, as is usual, two or three DScn or HGA courses (additional
refresher HGA courses are not of course paid for by the student).
Because the organization must be there to continue to serve the student
and because the organization is called upon over a long period of time to
handle the training and problems of the student, the combined fees of these
courses actually represent more of a high membership in an exclusive
professional organization than they do fees for training. Nevertheless, the
totality of fees in the U.S.A. is less than $1500 or very far below a
university training, arriving with the same equivalent knowledge, were it
available which it is not.
An alternate course schedule must of course be envisioned for those
times when the organization must train large bodies of auditors for
organizations. In such case the initiative of the individual to gain his
experience is not to be relied upon but the entirety of training will have
to be done over a finite complete period of time. Experience has dictated
that six months would be more than ample for a fairly professional
Scientologist. Four months could be envisioned and three months under
pressure would at least make a mechanical auditor. In view of the fact that
no outside experience would be gained by these individuals, a great deal of
attention would have to be paid to their learning rates.
The primary reason why Scientology training can be given so much more
briefly and with a much better command is processing itself. The usual gain
between entrance and indoctrination week and graduation from the HCA-HPA
level course is usually somewhere around twenty-five points of IQ. As
education has never dealt with this type of factor before it is not
presumed that educators would understand it until they themselves had dealt
with it, but it is an appreciable factor in accelerating education. We are
taking advantage of this factor. Where a student's own case is not
progressing, his study of the subject is not progressing and a lacking
reality will rebound upon his abilities as an auditor. While all training
is done under the strict philosophy that we are all auditors here and there
are no preclears present, the instructor must nevertheless give very close
attention to cases in view of the fact that the learning factor is so
closely associated with them. Therefore bad auditing in an HPA-HCA class or
in any other unit in view of the compressed time can be quite uncomfortable
in retarding the learning rate.
THE INDOCTRINATION WEEK
Bad auditing in the HPA-HCA class is obviated and cancelled by proper
instruction and indoctrination in the first week. Here a special instructor
devoted only to the students incoming that week persuasively and forcefully
teaches the actual procedures of auditing. In this week a good unshakable
grasp on the procedures of auditing itself as opposed to processes must be
given the student. By auditing procedures is meant
attitude and the various actual mechanics of putting a preclear in a chair
and auditing him. By the end of this week it is expected that without
knowing a scrap of theory, a single axiom or even what the results of
auditing are the indoctrinee will be able to present a precise mock-up of a
good auditor processing a preclear. Except for those processes run on him
by his instructor the bulk of the processes taught in an indoctrination
week are not processes at all but "Dummies". In other words, the
"processes" of indoctrination week which the indoctrinee will use are
carefully chosen so as not to bring about any change of case. As a result
both the student-"auditor" and student-"preclear" are alike able to observe
the simple mechanics of auditing without any exploration of the deeper
significances of the mind or its phenomena. The entire and total text of
the indoctrination week is contained in one paragraph of the HCA Manual
(Fall, 1955, Washington, D.C.) at the top of page 23 of that manual, and
the Auditor's Code. When one realizes that the attitude of the auditor goes
prior to the application of the process and that the student has just one
week in which to learn this attitude, one realizes that he can well afford
to spend the total time of this week on that attitude.
In addition to learning the paragraph of rudiments by heart and the
Auditor's Code by heart and in gaining an auditing attitude using these
things, the indoctrinee is expected to receive at least three hours of
auditing from the instructor, himself a professional auditor. The total
process run on the student should be gauged not to improve his case but to
improve his reality on Scientology, to demonstrate to him that actually
happened to him by reason of the administration of a process. We do not
even particularly care whether this something is bad or good but we do care
that it is demonstrative that an effect can be produced upon the preclear's
own case. The most marked result will be discovered from the handling of a
serious present time problem or giving the preclear an assist. One could
even run him through an engram providing it were a light engram and it did
not take too long to finish. But whatever the process run its end goal is
to demonstrate that Scientology can produce an effect upon the indoctrinee.
Later on his student auditors will give him what beneficial results he
needs. Right now it is necessary for him to learn that that which he is
handling is itself powerful, that it can reach and that it is effective.
Failing to gain this reality the indoctrinee entering the HCA-HPA course is
prone to be careless and not to be convinced of the necessity of handling
processes decently well and lightly and will inevitably mess up somebody's
case.
"Dummy" auditing sessions must be severely and closely scheduled and
supervised. One indoctrinee (or in case of only one student in an
indoctrination class, the instructor) takes any ordinary book which has
short sentences in it-not a Scientology book-and reads one sentence at a
time to the indoctrinee to which the indoctrinee is tutored to reply
"Okay", "Alright" and so forth. When the indoctrinee is able to do this
quickly and satisfactorily he is then taught to do it convincingly and
interestedly. He must learn to receive the communication and reply to it.
In the case of some indoctrinees it will be found that this will require
some hours of practice in coaching since it is itself quite restimulative
unless the individual has become accustomed to it. As a further sample of
the "Dummy" processes, an auditing phrase "dummy" is used such as, "Do you
have two shoes?" The indoctrinee must ask this auditing question over and
over and over receiving each time an acknowledgement from the person he is
asking the question of. This again will require hours since it is in itself
training to repeat a single phrase interestedly and to receive an answer to
the question. When he is able to do this well this "dummy process" is
expanded to include the handling of preclear originated communications. The
person acting as preclear on whom the "dummy process" is being used is
provided with a list of standard preclear originations. This list contains
actual types of remarks preclears make such as "I think I've just backed up
from my body", "I have a pain in my stomach" and so forth. The indoctrinee
must learn to respond, to acknowledge, handle and discuss. When the
indoctrinee is able to respond adequately and discuss such origins, he is
then given a "dummy" duplicating type question and the person acting as
preclear answers it and occasionally springs one of the preclear origin
statements.
By these and other similar simple means an auditing procedure is
indoctrinated into the student so that he will not pull off the primary
mistakes which hurt cases, and
so that he will at least look like and sound like an auditor when he moves
into the HPA-HCA course. He must be worked with until his voice has
certainty, his presence is assertive and not apologetic, and so that he
will have a good idea that he should run the preclear's case rather than
let the preclear run his own case.
The principal understanding that is given to the indoctrinee consists
of the liabilities of not using these rudiments of auditing. He should
understand that a failure to acknowledge sticks the preclear in session. He
should understand that the quickest thing that will drive a preclear into
apathy is a failure of the auditor to respond to an originated
communication on the part of the preclear and particularly when that
communication is revelatory to the preclear.
As Scientology has a language of two or three hundred words, the
preclear who does not understand that these terms are exact in their
meaning and that they are a set of communication symbols which mean
specific things will not be able to grasp a great deal of the material he
will be given in the HCA-HPA course in the early days. Of secondary
importance is an indoctrination into this vocabulary but certainly the most
commonly used words should be drilled into him, so that he knows what a
facsimile is, what an engram is and so forth. The continued study of this
vocabulary is expected to be carried on in the HCA-HPA course. However, the
more vocabulary an indoctrinee can master in his indoctrination week, the
more rapid will be his progress since it has been uniformly discovered that
individuals who had the most argument with and the most difficulties in
producing results with the processes of Scientology were those who had not
mastered some of the simple terms.
It is expected that a student will have studied Dianetics, the Modern
Science of Mental Health before entering an indoctrination week, for to
cause him to read the book in that week would bring him to such a state of
restimulation that the change of emphasis would disturb him a very great
deal. He can, however, spend whatever leisure time he might have in
perusing various volumes which have been issued to him. But the instructor
should carefully guide his perusing.
To attain a perfect auditing attitude in one week is a very large task.
It will be found by the indoctrination instructor that there is very little
time left over for anything else. If there is any time left over he should
further improve the auditing attitude of the student since this may be the
last time that he receives such particular and close attention and may be
the fault of all the later difficulties the student may have.
HUBBARD CERTIFIED AUDITOR &
HUBBARD PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR COURSES
In the seven weeks which the student will spend in the HCA-HPA course a
great deal is expected of him. He must learn the theory and practice of
Scientology. He must get himself into good condition as a case and he must
emerge from that course capable of giving a polished performance as an
auditor.
This would not be possible in seven weeks if Scientology were less well
codified. The codification of Scientology is the emphasis here not the
theory. A great deal of theory will of course be taught during the HPA-HCA
course but it is a secondary matter. As a prominent auditor once remarked
to me, "When I really have to get results on a preclear I discover that my
main asset is obedience, not delicacy of approach. I have learned that the
processes released by you get results when they are used exactly as they
are given. Therefore I maintain to all young Scientologists that the
highest quality which they can attain is really obedience." Although this
sounds quite harsh, Scientology itself is harshly real. It is not as most
students would like to have it, a speculative science. Grasp of theory
comes from two sources: One, experience in auditing preclears, and two,
subjective reality on one's own case. To know the whys and wherefores
behind the exact operation of the process is rather important, but it is
not nearly as important as understanding how one would minister the process
and achieve results with it. In later courses we stress theory. In the HPA-
HCA course we stress practice. We have to. There are not nearly enough good
Scientologists. Furthermore, if an auditor cannot audit when he emerges
from the course and achieve results
with his auditing there is very little likelihood of his ever getting
enough experience to further his studies. While an instructor should always
indulge the originated communications and ideas of students, it is the
general experience of an instructor that the speculations are usually off-
beat or have been known so long to Scientologists and Dianeticists that
they are almost forgotten. What the student is actually trying to do is
cognite and he expresses his learning cognition to the instructor and the
instructor, like a good auditor, should give him a very well on it.
If in the opinion of the instructor the student has not attained a
sufficiently good auditing attitude to be trusted with another student,
then the HPA-HCA instructor on the new student's entrance to his course
should return him at once to the indoctrination week and cause him to take
it over again for from this student particularly "case louse-ups" can be
expected. Thus it would be better to indoctrinate this student into an
auditing attitude for seven weeks and teach him to remedy havingness for
the final week of the course than to let him wade through and jam the banks
of not only a few students but also all of his future preclears. It is
perfectly true that if one gave a student a perfect auditing attitude and
the know-how necessary to remedy havingness the student would be able to
achieve miracles all over the place. Thus it would be a good investment of
time.
The registrar of Scientology schools is usually instructed not to be
too harsh in forbidding admittance. The reason for this is that the
judgment of the registrar, while very good, sometimes excludes people who
go out and do startling things for Scientology. If we people who make
people more able start closing the doors because they are not able before
they begin the course, we are invalidating ourselves. Thus this admonition
about teaching someone an auditing attitude for seven weeks and to remedy
havingness for one week and thus call him an auditor is not made in fun. We
must keep our doors open to those who come to us and we must let out of our
doors only those who can gain results. When we do not do this the
instructor and failure to follow curriculum and failure to teach processes
are at fault, since I can and have made a ten year old child into an
excellent auditor so that he could process his alcoholic father back into a
competent workman. The task is an arduous one. However, one can sympathize
with some of the problems which confront instructors.
Where a large group is to be given an HCA-HPA course the entirety of
the group will find themselves at the same time in indoctrination week.
This has an unhandy aspect. One of the best reasons to enrol every Monday
is to give particular attention to the two, three or four new students who
can then have the full time of one instructor. When a group is being put
through it will be found expedient to continue the indoctrination week for
those who are lagging after the others have passed on into the first week
of the HPA-HCA course, and then to continue the indoctrination week for a
third week for the few, if any, who have not been able to assume and
execute a proper auditing attitude. Only in this way can one assure a
minimum of fouled cases.
The actual training schedule hour by hour is fairly well a local
matter. However, some of my recent observations in training large and
looking in on small classes have been that one long auditing period a day
produces results superior to two short auditing periods. However, a rough
outline of the course should suffice by stating that it should begin at
8:00 in the morning with a live lecture, should give students periods in
which they can study, should give adequate time to recover or return from
an auditing session, should have an auditor's report in the afternoon (it
is an additional advantage to have only one auditing period a day, not only
because it is longer, but because it makes the reports longer being from
only one-half the class). A schedule should also have in order to cover all
the material, a short group processing session and a tape playing session
of a more general nature in the evening. These schedules are very precisely
laid out, do not necessarily agree from one continent to another, there
being peculiarities such as lunch hour differences, tea breaks, and so
forth. It is necessary that the schedule embrace enough theory lectures to
remedy the havingness of the student since there are always those in
classes who devour theory.
The technology which is to say the exact processes taught in the course
match the current best procedure and are so subdivided that one level is
taught per day on the
successive days between Monday and Saturday making in all six different
levels. It is occasionally opportune to have sixth, seventh and eighth week
students specialize on such things as exteriorization, but in view of
limited time it is not well to detach them entirely from the student body,
just for a special study. Exteriorization should be generally covered right
along with the other materials.
The most glaring lack of ability in any group of students is what is
now Level Six, in the part which covers the repair of havingness and the
remedy of havingness. The ability of a student to repair havingness is
absolutely essential to his handling any process anywhere and at any time.
This is distinctly different from the remedy of havingness which is more
complicated, making it possible for the preclear to both receive and get
rid of mock-ups. Repair of havingness is practicable today even on a very
black case. This repair of havingness could also be called "giving the
preclear havingness". The student should be indoctrinated that at the
slightest sign of agitation, squirming, desire for a cigarette or
unpleasant stomach sensations the preclear is in need of havingness and
indeed has as-ised too much energy and that a repair of havingness at least
is indicated immediately. Conversely, the moment a preclear loses alertness
or goes anaten the student should be taught to expect that a repair of
havingness is definitely indicated. However in the case of anaten the first
thing that a student should expect is that some breach or difference has
arisen between himself and the preclear. He himself might not consider it a
breach but the preclear does and after the point of that breach or
contradiction or break of code the preclear will be found to go anaten
since anaten is simply a drop in ARC to an extreme. Remedy of havingness is
a broader process but is easily accomplished today.
It is not safe for a student to audit anything significant on a
preclear until that student understands repair of or remedy of havingness.
If we were to have a two week indoctrination period, the first week would
be devoted to attitude and the second week would be devoted to utilizing
that attitude and the skills and techniques of repairing and remedying
havingness. While this is not a bad idea and might be engaged upon, it is
not in force at this time. It is therefore necessary for the HPA-HCA
instructor to use an elementary repair of havingness technique instruction
on the new students he receives. Their havingness must be repaired and they
must be instructed in how to repair another's havingness. In this way the
bulk of case fall-aways and upsets in HPA-HCA classes will be obviated.
Probably the greatest resistance on the part of a student and even of
the instructor is the "walking out" type of process where the student takes
his pc out into some populated area. Students like to choose places where
they will be watched over by police and questioned and embarrassed and an
instructor must be careful to get around this. Furthermore the student is a
long way from close supervision, a thing an instructor should always
practise. Thus the student is apt to do strange and peculiar things.
However, it is actually absolutely necessary that these "walking out"
processes be taught and executed in HPA-HCA classes. It should be very
clearly understood that at this date of technique, Waterloo Station
requires ten to twelve and one half hours to be effective and this is a
long time for anyone to continue a process. The introduction of such
processes as Waterloo Station also militates in favour of one long auditing
period per day.
When one conceives the amount of actual knowledge necessary to be an
auditor he is apt to be appalled. Therefore it should be the solid rule of
the HCA-HPA classes that, given a good auditing attitude in indoctrination
which will become improved throughout his HCA-HPA course, the student must
be concentrated upon factual precise processes and be able to perform these
processes regardless of his understanding. In that way when he is graduated
he will be able to achieve his goals and continue to experience success and
there will be time enough for him to pick up with that experience the
requisite understanding to exactly what is happening. Therefore there is no
argument between understanding on the one hand and mechanical action on the
other hand. If mechanical action is absent you have a squirrel.
The only reason we have to train anyone is that we are training them to
unlearn. As we can eradicate the bad aspects of educational systems by
auditing, it is therefore
no concern of ours that our curriculum should be less than precise and that
we are less than efficient even when arduous. The student is not there to
experience a quiet rest. His schedule may be long but his formal course is
brief. The best way to train is to use precise scheduling, to demand that
everyone be on time, to demand that orders be complied with and to make at
least a young hurricane around the head of any student who departs from
school or auditing instructions. There is no need to resort to punishment
in order to enforce such a schedule. One merely has to make it known that
this is the way it is. It is extremely simple to fry a student at the
auditors' conference when he has done wrong or when his preclear looks
anaten after a session. One should do so. The instructor then is not
expected to be kind. He is expected to be efficient and precise.
Very recently in a prominent Scientology school an instructor was found
to be giving all precedence to good ARC with the students. He listened to
their complaints, he coaxed them gently over the tough spots, and in
general did a very, very good and kind job of teaching. The only difficulty
was that all his students kept flunking their examinations. While it is no
doubt true that these students held a lasting friendship for this
instructor, Scientology, knowledge of, was what was paying for this
friendship. These students were not getting results on their preclears.
There is a happy medium between extreme harshness and destructive
friendliness and that medium is the level we attempt to attain in HCA-HPA
classes.
There is one maxim to remember in handling students. Never sympathize
with their desire to make nothing out of everything. If they will make
nothing out of their preclears by practically erasing them away, they will
make nothing out of you, the instructor, when your back is turned. If they
make nothing out of prominent figures in Scientology, they are making
nothing out of Scientology outside the precincts of the school. Such
persons' cases collapse under a good repair of havingness. These students
who obsessively make nothing out of everything are distinct liabilities but
they need not be liabilities if immediate attention is given to this
factor, in their cases. They cannot have, that is why they have to make
nothing. These are the first to take advantage of and spoil the camaraderie
of a class, and an instructor should spot them at once that they arrive in
his class and do something drastic about their havingness. If he does not
their cases will not progress and neither, if such persons can help it,
will the class.
A Scientology school is a place where you learn to be an auditor. If
one goes through one and cannot audit then the school has failed. No amount
of ARC can forgive or explain away a loss of just one auditor who upon his
graduation cannot produce effectively results upon cases. In view of the
fact that we need thousands of Scientologists where we have hundreds, the
failure to make any one student into a good auditor is a very large failure
in our books. It is in the Scientology school that Scientology's future
will be made or broken.
BACHELOR OF SCIENTOLOGY AND
HUBBARD ADVANCED AUDITOR CLASSES
The curriculum of the HAA-BScn Unit is largely regulated by the demands
of the class, but should concentrate on refreshing the information,
correcting the picked up blunders of the student and a thorough grasp of
the axioms of Scientology.
Because this curriculum is loose there is some slight tendency to run a
loose schedule in BScn-HAA classes. The auditors are almost always well
experienced and have their own opinions. This opinionation gained during
the period they spent in practice at their HPA-HCA course actually sounds
much better than it is and the instructor who will Q and A with this
opinionation is an instructor who will not successfully teach a BScn-HAA
class. The best instructor for such a unit is actually suspicious. He
suspects in the first place the ability of these students to produce a
crack job of auditing and he acts accordingly. He puts them straight
through their paces as though they were starting in kindergarten all over
again, and then he subjects them to a discipline which cures them of the
tendency they inevitably pick up after graduation from the HCA-HPA course
to change processes and invent new processes in
full flight while auditing a preclear. The more they did this the less
results they achieved, and the main thing such a student has lost while
gaining his experience has been his reality on the speed with which a
process should work. He has had preclears he has been content to stall with
over a period of time. Therefore he has slowed down to what the preclear
considers a reasonable gain. It is up to the instructor to increase this
expectancy of process result. The primary mission of the HAA-BScn course
then is to reduce the number of hours in auditing necessary to clear a
preclear in the eyes of the student. How fast can it be done? The student
has already extended his opinions to match those of slow freight preclears.
It is necessary that these opinions be reestablished that processing can be
done rapidly and accurately.
This student in his experience in the field has run up against a great
deal of invalidation in Scientology and has audited a great many preclears
who did not progress as fast as he should like to have them progress.
Therefore it is necessary in his auditing sessions that this individual
have the fact of invalidation of Scientology nullified and to have all his
preclear failures, if any, nullified. It is remarkable to note that the
only reason this continues to be the case at this time is that the HCA-HPA
classes to which most of these BScn students went were taught so long in
the past that Scientology has markedly changed in the interim, for being a
young science we are not yet afraid to change.
Actually a rather heavy hand is needed by the instructor and he would
do well to take a chapter out of the way I train clinical auditors. I set
these auditors down to run a process bad or good regardless of what it does
to the preclear. I make the auditor run the process and report exactly what
the process did. This has a tendency to separate the auditor from the life
or death intensity with which he is accustomed to auditing and this relaxed
attitude towards the case he is processing then begins to turn up in
benefits in new and better results in the preclears.
There is no real limit to the curriculum of the HAA-BScn level course.
As it is teaching basic and advanced theory and as its processing is
calculated to produce the maximum possible result on the cases involved in
this length of time, a teaching schedule may be precise and arduous in
terms of appointed hours but not in its text. However there is one proviso
in the BScn-HAA course. It is not, I repeat NOT, a research indoctrination
course. It is not expected that its enrollees will be entirely conversant
with the basic theory of Scientology. The students are never ready to
embrace a research level course. Thus the material which is given to the
student in this course is cut and dried and long established. It is found
in Scientology 8-8008, in Scientology 8-80. It is found in PABs, and it is
found in particular and exactly in the Axioms of Dianetics and Scientology.
On his graduation a student should understand as well as be able to parrot
these axioms, and he should as well have a working knowledge of the old
Axioms of Dianetics which to an advanced Scientologist with considerable
experience are an intellectual picnic.
The one main thing which distinguishes an HAA-BScn course from an HPA-
HCA course is the fact that the higher level course student is much more
conscious of his personal reputation. He is usually someone who has made
something of a reputation at least to his own area as an auditor. Thus his
reputation will have to be handled gently. We are dealing here with someone
who is a practising professional ordinarily and to whose reputation some
respect may be paid, but the instructor pays his respect in not derogating
the ability of the auditor before others. He shows a nice courtesy at
auditors' conferences. He does not call down or upbraid in public auditors
who make reports of having erred. He does this in private. The instructor
must not publicly spoil or even seem to spoil the repute of any such
student.
The BScn-HAA course is intended to polish off and take the rough edges
from the professional auditor and should be conducted as such.
THE ADVANCED CLINICAL COURSE
The ACC is basically a theory and research course which gives a much
further insight into the phenomena of the mind and the rationale of
research and investigation.
I usually teach this course myself or teach those students who have already
taken an ACC when one has been given elsewhere.
It is mainly from the ACCs that we have learned how to teach other
courses. The candidates in HAA and BScn degrees are usually the students of
an ACC course.
There is no reason at this time to give a description of how an ACC is
run beyond that it teaches, unlike other courses, how to spot non-
therapeutic processes and more or less turns the auditor loose. Usually a
student takes two or three ACC courses and indeed it is generally hoped
that he does, particularly at this stage of the development of Scientology
while I am still alive and producing.
ACC courses are not regularly scheduled in any time or place but are
announced well in advance.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH: rd
Copyright (�) 1956
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[The first half of the above Operational Bulletin was reissued as
Professional Auditor's Bulletin No. 70, Training, on 20 January 1956. The
text of this PAB includes up to the heading "Bachelor of Scientology and
Hubbard Advanced Auditor Classes" which is the title of PAB 71. The text of
PAB 71, issued 3 February 1956, is the remainder of the above Operational
Bulletin.]
LRH TAPE LECTURES
London, England
19-24 January 1956
5601 C19 LAM- 10 Exteriorization
5601 C24 LAM-11 The Role of Creation in Aberration
5601C24 LAM-12 The Role of Creation and Destruction in Havingness
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
1 Brunswick House,
83 Palace Gardens Terrace,
London, W.8.
BAY 8881
OPERATIONAL BULLETIN NO. 14 24 January 1956
AFTER THE FLOOD
Operational Bulletin 13 must have appeared to be a flood of material
and it was actually. It contained (1) the road block which has been
preventing the progress of Scientology and its remedy, and (2) the outline
of basic philosophy behind courses. I hope you read all this because it
will undoubtedly have a profound influence upon the forward progress we are
making.
The indoctrination course outline in particular is to go into effect at
once and it may be expedient to take existing HPA and HCA students and feed
them back through this regimen.
As far as repair and remedy of havingness are concerned and body
motivators I have made several tapes recently for the coaching course given
in London which are available from the London HAS. There are six hours of
these tapes or three reels and the set is available for �15. They will be
sold to anyone. A � (pound) is worth $2.80 if you wish to convert this into
U.S. dollars. The series includes body motivators, recent materials on
exteriorization and a great deal of material which you will probably never
see otherwise.
THE ONLY ONES
It is fantastic to have to advertise or sell Scientology. It is the
only methodology extant today which alleviates or remedies psychosomatic
illness, proofs an individual against a host of casualties, improves
reaction time, raises intelligence, and improves ability.
That Scientology has throughout the world today only about 1200
practitioners in full practice could be true only if these people did not
understand entirely the capabilities which lay under their hands. The
discovery that they were not repairing or remedying havingness-and of
course my omission in pointing out this fact-is about the only thing which
has brought about failed cases and which slows down the general progress of
cases everywhere. Now that this is spotted and swept out of the way, I
don't see any real bar to our forward progress.
Scientologists are the only ones where healing is concerned or where an
improved race or culture is concerned. Scientology and Scientologists are
the one hope the human race has today.
Let's not make it a thin one.
COMPARISON OF RESULTS
Do you recall one of the last Abilities issued in Phoenix, Arizona,
which contained two graphs. One of the graphs had to do with a composite of
all cases audited by staff over a long period of time and the other one had
to do with a very long series of preclears I had audited. The staff
auditors audited their preclears for 25 hours each. I audited my preclears
for five hours each. The results were comparable with perhaps the slightest
edge over the staff auditor in my graph. In other words, the results I was
getting in five hours were being obtained almost in 25 hours by the staff
auditor.
One of the reasons behind this disparity of time was not just the
"insight of the old master". It was the solid reason that I repaired and
remedied havingness on my preclears.
Perhaps another influencing point was that I audited these preclears only
one hour per day for five consecutive days. When havingness was cut into,
the preclear did not for long have to suffer under that duress, but this is
probably a minimal reason. Some of the other reasons were acknowledgement
and respecting the origin of communication by the preclear, a condition
which was not always met by the staff auditor.
This graph, by the way, will explain to some degree my own continuous
state of optimism where Dianetics and Scientology were concerned. I always
stated what I had found to be true. This was not necessarily true and
practised by the auditor. It has therefore been my contest to find out what
I was doing so that I could relay the information on and so make the
auditor results comparable. This we have evidently more nearly approached
today than ever before, particularly with our new indoctrinations schedule
and what we have just discovered about the repair and remedy of havingness.
EARLIEST FINDINGS ON HAVINGNESS
It might be amusing for you to know what the earliest finding was in
the field of havingness. I wanted to know exactly what happened in terms of
intelligence quotient when engrams were run into restimulation and knocked
out of restimulation. I therefore set up a series of tests to be
accomplished under a very solid regimen as follows: The preclear under test
was given a short form Otis IQ test. This took him about ten minutes. The
auditor then immediately threw him down the track into such engrams as
birth or accidents and when that engram had been run just enough to get
into the full restimulation, the preclear was given Form 2 of the Otis IQ
which is comparable to Form 1. This was done in a rather long series. The
engrams were then erased or de-intensified and the individual was given
Form 1 of Otis IQ again.
I set this up simply as a needful datum. I did not anticipate any
particular results and was willing to learn from the experiment. I did. It
was found that the IQ of the individual raised from five to eight points by
the simple fact of being thrown into birth or a heavy engram. This was such
a wild result and so unexpected and yet so constant in the testing itself
that I had to accept that the restimulation of an engram increased the
intelligence quotient of the individual. The de-intensification of the
engram by further erasure did not again lower the IQ of the individual, a
fact which is accounted for by the mass in the engram being converted by an
erasure, not eradicated.
As we understand this today, it was that the preclear was given
havingness. The havingness he was given did contain vast significances but
the significances were less important than the actual mass itself.
Therefore the IQ gain.
This was our first encounter with the relationship between intelligence
and mass. What actually occurred in this experiment was not visible to me
for years, since the experiment took place in November and December of
1950. The experiment was the only one conducted for me directly on the line
of actual research-as distinguished from puttering-by the Hubbard Dianetic
Research Foundation of Elizabeth, N.J. That organization spent $47,000 all
told on research. It conducted the above experiment and collected some
evidence that in one case of spinal arthritis Dianetic processing had
undoubtedly relieved the condition. The research department was at the time
conducted by Donald H. Rogers.
Although some might not think otherwise, I feel that in view of the
conduct of the above experiment by that department the $47,000 did buy
something after all despite all contrary intent.
It should be noted that when we erased an engram we did not erase the
mass connected with it. We erased the significance in the mass. We took
perceptics out of it and it then could convert into acceptable mass. What
was unacceptable was the perceptics and these restrained the individual
from utilizing the mass. Actually I should say the individual's body from
utilizing the mass.
We can further learn from this that the figure-figure boy is doing just
about this. He is trying to erase out of what mass he can have enough
content so that his body can utilize that mass. His figure-figure is
actually an effort to erase.
The answer of course is to give him mass he doesn't have to erase the
figure-figure out of. The figure-figure boy is way down on ability to have
and is going on a sort of a storage battery philosophy that while he can't
create anything he can at least utilize blocks of stuff that he has
stockpiled in his bank.
UTILIZATION OF OPERATIONAL BULLETINS
It has not leaked through several ridges yet, but these Operational
Bulletins are for use in other publications and for use by HAS staffs.
Having an extremely limited circulation, being destined only for key
Scientologists who themselves are dissemination points, these Operational
Bulletins are made to contain much information which should reappear in
various publications. When utilized in other publications, of an official
nature, one should not say that the material is from an Operational
Bulletin. One should simply say the material is from L. Ron Hubbard. One
can directly quote it or rewrite it giving credit to its source. By quoting
the Operational Bulletin one puts into existence into the field the
awareness that there is another communication line running which people
then begin to desire thus devaluating the value of the PABs, Certainty and
Ability. If material placed in these bulletins is not so utilized a
communication line is being cut.
I could sit down every couple of weeks and write long articles
especially for Ability magazine. I could do the same thing for the PABs. I
could also do the same thing every month for Certainty. Sometimes I even do
this. But the material which I am handling is generally vitally needed in
one or another part of Scientology and I see no reason to deny the one and
a half score people who are the key figures in training and processing
throughout the world this data simply to introduce a comm lag on it for the
benefit of Ability magazine. Thus a better answer for it is to put whatever
articles I may have for these publications into Operational Bulletins and
send them on through, and then have this material released. Ability,
Certainty and the PABs can duplicate each other. It does not matter a bit
if they do. It simply gives some material greater emphasis than others by
having it repeated in two publications. Not all of this material will be
utilized by such publications of course.
I have various ways of getting communications out to people. One of
them of course is by personal letter and this system I use rather
extensively, but this has the unhandiness of jamming my own secretarial
service since much of the material I handle is equally applicable to many
persons. I could of course adopt the sloppy system of taking new materials
and suggestions and making carbon copies of them and including this in as
appendices on various letters. This is in effect what the Operational
Bulletins are.
Just because the Operational Bulletins appear on mimeographed pages is
no reason they are a rival publication. They are not a rival publication.
They do not go out to the world of Scientology except through the medium of
Ability, Certainty and the PABs, as well as of course instructors and
auditors immediately concerned in the HASs. For instance, in Operational
Bulletin 13 there are exactly four PABs. Appendix 1 of Operational Bulletin
13 is to be broken in half and printed in two sections as PABs. In the
Operational Bulletin itself, if you will glance at it again, there are two
more PABs, but it is not known whether or not they will be so utilized.
Certainly in the main body of the Operational Bulletin all that material
must be repeated to Scientologists everywhere. It is sufficiently important
to be utilized in Certainty, the PABs and Ability. If it isn't utilized and
disseminated then we are just as far behind as we were last month.
Do you know what a German schema is? It is a graph which shows one
source breaking down into two sources which break down into four sources
which break down into eight sources and so on. Well, if you fit Scientology
publications on such a graph you find out that the Operational Bulletins
are feeding several sources. This publication is not a competitive medium
to Certainty, Ability, the PABs or Saturday Evening Post, the London Times,
or the Daily Worker. The Operational Bulletins are for the aid and
assistance of Scientology editors of the various publications and the staff
of HASs throughout the world. Outside distribution of Operational Bulletins
as such is not only discouraged, it is forbidden. And remember never give
credit to the Operational Bulletins. Give credit to L. Ron Hubbard as a by-
line at the beginning of the article just as though it were specially
written for the publication. In the case of the
PABs, by the way, the signature or by-line is always at the end of the
article not at the beginning. In Certainty and Ability the by-line is at
the beginning of the article.
THREE METHODS OF DISSEMINATION
With the introduction of two new courses in the London operation-the
weekend professional auditor's course at HPA level and the dissemination
course weekday evenings-we are stressing the fact that there are methods of
dissemination of Scientology and gaining and holding a practice and group
which are certain and adequately productive of results.
In the dissemination course we are incidentally going to teach the
indoctrination week first as contained in Operational Bulletin 13, Appendix
1, and then we are going to review the repair and remedy of havingness and
then we are going to lay on the line these three methods of dissemination,
how they are done, and what to do with what they gain.
The three methods are ( 1 ) "I will talk to anyone"; (2) Illness
researches; (3) Casualty contact. These are the major proven methods of
dissemination. There are other methods such as street contact, industrial
contact, and the old time psychoanalytic contact, but they are not well
proven in use. Auditors seem too shy to accost people on the street;
although industrialists show some interest, they seldom show cash; and
although the psychoanalytic contact, where one simply sits in an office
with a sign outside the door and waits for the flies to walk into the
spider web, is very definitely in use in Scientology as it was in
psychoanalysis, it still is not successful. It builds a limited and
constricted practice without any third dynamic appeal. It does very little
good for Scientology.
The fourth and entirely possible if hopeful method the auditor might
use is to sit and wait for the central organization to send him preclears.
Several auditors are doing this and it is not a method of dissemination and
will never happen for the good reason that the central organizations in
each case are depending on the individual auditor to beat up the brush for
Scientology. Thus we have a case of mutual waiting. The central
organizations do play a large role in the procurement of preclears, but
they do this by general dissemination and good will advertising as well as
releasing popular publications which go from hand to hand and cause an
alertness to the subject and the existence of auditors. The central
organization does not directly solicit preclears to be sent on to auditors.
It does very occasionally where any one auditor is concerned refer some
correspondent in an area to an auditor. It does this at what seems to it to
be a very high rate as it refers commonly ten or twenty preclears a week or
used to, but this spread out across 1200 auditors is not very many
preclears and so the auditor in the field has never believed that the
central organization did anything for him. The central organizations do a
very great deal for the individual auditor but they count upon him also to
build his own practice and thus Scientology. It is a very limited process
where the central organization contacts become the only contacts which were
made in the world on the subject of Scientology. If any auditor is trying
to pursue the last two methods mentioned which is to say hanging up his
sign and waiting for people to walk in the door or if he is simply waiting
for the central organization to send him people he better stop waiting.
The methods we must count upon to build groups, practices in
Scientology are the first three listed above.
No. 1 "I will talk to anyone" is in very broad and general usage in the
United States. It is not yet in general usage in Great Britain or on other
continents, even though it has been tested and found extremely successful
in London. The entire plan has been covered in one of my articles in an
earlier Ability which was written after an actual test I had made in
Washington had resulted in success. The gist of this plan is to place in
newspapers an ad which says, "Personal counselling. I will talk to anyone
for you about anything. Phone Rev. So-and-so between hour and hour." When
the people call up which they do-although the ad sometimes has to run for
some days before the first call, since people are waiting to first find out
whether it is a code and message or is actually an invitation to phone-they
desire the minister to talk to someone for them.
Actually in many cases their problems evaporate in the phone call itself.
If the minister simply asks them to repeat the problem several times or
asks them what they could do about this. If it is the purpose of the
minister simply to solve the problem of the preclear thus phoning, he can
of course cancel out his clientele with the greatest of ease. This however
is not his purpose. His purpose is to get this individual into a weekly
group processing unit. This person he will find is not one of the lower
strata of the society or one of its neurotics; he is one of the few
remaining citizens who still has a conscience and who wants to get
something done. Thus he will discover himself talking, strange as it may
seem to him at first, to the better people, although of course he will get
his proportion of pranks and nuts. He should actually undertake, and
importantly free of charge, the actual commission of executing the
communication. He should not talk to the person in such a way as to ease
the problem. This may be the last problem this person has and it would be a
disservice to simply solve it as easily as that. One makes something of the
problem, not makes nothing of it. (If auditors have any fault it is a one
way flow in making nothing out of things instead of occasionally making
something out of them.) The minister receiving the call should then credit
the fact that this is a pretty big problem and should undertake the
commission of completing the communication. He should be interested and
alert. He should require a personal interview from the person calling. If
he cannot get the name and address of the person calling he can always get
the name and address of the person the caller wishes him to communicate
with. He should get one or the other of these addresses on the first phone
call. The auditor should keep a log of such calls and should write down all
their particulars and any addresses that he may find in these, otherwise he
will become swamped. Also he will lose a lot of potential preclears. The
fact that the caller is calling at all says that the caller believes things
can be better. This is in the minority in today's society. It should be
cherished and nourished. Thus at the interview the minister places in the
hands of the person material relating to the work of the church group which
the minister is actually conducting every Sunday morning.
Of course there are ways to derail this particular project. The first I
have already delineated in stating that one can as-is the problem the
moment the call is received using Scientology techniques, and the other
chief one is for the auditor to get "so busy" completing people's
communications that he "doesn't find time to run a Sunday group". His
purpose is collecting together a Sunday group. Thus he simply couldn't be
busy enough to neglect this point. He has literature to hand which does not
insist that the caller who has now come in person attend but which holds
out to him the fact that there are other people in his similar
circumstances that he might care to meet, and that there are actually
methods which make it possible for individuals to solve their own problems,
and that these goals are achieved by attending a Sunday morning church
which of course is represented to be quite different than what one
ordinarily expects by reason of experience with old time congregations. One
does not talk about personal auditing unless the subject is forced onto
one. After the individual has been persuaded to come to the church group
(his communication in the meanwhile having been executed) he will become
aware of the fact that individual auditing is available, he will understand
what it is, he will also understand that he can benefit from it. There are
many instances of course of people simply turning up, learning about
auditing and wanting some at once without going to a group and these of
course can be cared for. But the main point is to execute the communication
of the individual without charge, fee or donation and to get that
individual to come to the Sunday morning church group. There he will of
course be given an opportunity to join the church at some small membership
fee and will be made a part of the group. Of course it stands to reason
that any auditor who has a fairly good sized group which is undergoing free
processing will get from the group many candidates for (1) personal
auditing, and (2) a basic course in Scientology for which charge can be
made. It is actually a mistake to charge for group intensives. It is much
better in the long run to do only free group processing, individual
auditing for a fee, and to teach basic courses in Scientology, usually on
certain evenings in the week. People who do not pay for auditing will pay
for the course. Many of the people in the course will demand individual
auditing.
This whole plan is working a gradient scale in getting people into
Scientology. When regarded otherwise it tends to break down. People call up
to get their problems solved, drift away. People get their communications
through and then lacking auditing
begin to burden the minister with additional communications which in the
long run mean nothing to him or Scientology. The chief stumbling block
auditors have encountered is the actual placing of the ad. It is found that
the ad places very poorly in huge city dailies as compared to small
suburban papers. Thus even in large cities the ad should be put into the
smaller papers. People taking classified ads want to know if the ad has
ever appeared before anywhere else. Naturally it has and copies of its
placement are available from Dr. Richard Steves, Founding Church of
Scientology of New York, Carnegie Hall, New York City, and from the HASUK
in London. But much more germanely there is now in existence a society of
consulting ministers. This was organized in Washington, D.C., by the
Founding Church. It has available a membership at very low cost which gives
to the ordained auditor a card which declares his membership in the
society. This membership card is an adequate representation of the society
and its antecedents and carries on it for the benefit of people on papers
such as reporters or classified advertising managers the following legend,
"Any question about the activity, integrity or ethics of the above minister
or the wording or precedent of any ad he wishes to place should be referred
to the society of consulting ministers, the Founding Church of Scientology,
1812 19th Street, N.W., Washington, D.C., or its British correspondent, the
HASUK, 1 Brunswick House, 83 Palace Gardens Terrace, London, W.8."
(Organizational note: Dr. Young-better have these cards ready as I think
you have the society arranged already for some time past.)
The ad itself has attracted sufficient press to give an adequate
background. One does not bring the word Scientology into press interviews.
One simply talks about the church, its work, and immediately it converses
on actual cases which have already been handled. One does not, I repeat
does not, discuss Scientology with the press. He discusses this particular
project. If the press wants to know what Scientology is, the minister
should shrug and say there are lots of textbooks about that, and that he
does not propose to teach a course in an advanced science to the pages of
the public press, that it is the church and the church's charitable
activities which are behind this, not Scientology. He should also say that
today ministers are indoctrinated in many learnings and skills and
Scientology happens to be chiefest amongst these.
The tremendous workability of the "I will talk to anyone" ad is attested
by the many congregations it has built for auditors and the numerous
preclears which they have received from these. The sphere of Scientology is
widening markedly because of this particular plan.
Plan No. 2 is rather older and less known. It is still within the
confines of ministerial activities but it was originally practised outside
those confines. The original ad which was placed to execute the plan
"Illness Researches" was placed in Wichita by Mary Sue and myself at the
end of 1951. It was tremendously successful and would have continued
successful if anyone else had wanted any success in Wichita. The very first
person who applied for this ad, immediately after a test audit, enrolled in
a professional course. The second person at once purchased a 75 hour
intensive and so it went. If I merely wanted a fortune out of Scientology
and did not desire the health of Scientology itself, and the good presence
and skill of its auditors, I would long since have abandoned research
leaving things just as they were and would have continued to run this ad
and run a clinic and school to care for its resultant callers.
The exact wording of the ad was as follows: "Polio victims. A research
foundation, investigating polio desires volunteers suffering from the after
effects of that illness to call for examination at address." When the
people arrived usually with a phone interview first, they were immediately
given about three hours of auditing. The techniques in use at that time
were effort processing and overt acts and motivators. We alleviated the
majority of preclears reporting using only those three hours. We did this
for polio victims, arthritics and were about to do it for asthmatics when
the surging success of the project frightened various individuals who had
other plans for Dianetics. However there was no protest whatever from the
newspapers, the public or the preclears. The auditing was given free of
charge. It was given under the guise of investigation and was in actuality
a research project. Any auditor anywhere can constitute himself as a
minister or an auditor, a research worker in the field of any illness. In
that he is not offering to treat or cure the illness but is strictly
investigating it, the laws concerning medicine do not obtain to him.
Anybody even a ditch-digger can look over
polio or arthritis or asthma or anything else. It is best that a minister
representing himself as a "charitable organization", which is what he is,
do the research so that the ad would then read: "Polio victims-a charitable
organization investigating polio desires to examine several victims of the
after effects of this illness. Phone So-and-so."
The interesting hooker in this ad is that anyone suffering from a
lasting illness is suffering from it so as to attract attention and bring
about an examination of it. These people will go on being examined
endlessly. The technique which would be used today would be with the repair
and remedy of havingness, appertaining to the illness or injury itself,
"Invent a problem that leg (or arm or lungs or stomach) could be to you".
One would use only this process as it is the only safe process to use
against a chronic somatic and successfully alleviates such. One would NEVER
use "What problem could lameness (a condition) be to you". Always run the
process of problems on the subject of terminals, never on conditions. Of
course one would repair the havingness of lame legs and eventually get the
individual to throw a bad leg away. If the preclear could not at once
invent, one would have him lie about legs or stomach or arms, or whatever
is affecting him. One would use up at the most about two hours of auditing
time on each case. He would not tell the person he was doing other than
investigating the cause. He would tell them he was not interested in curing
their polio but that educationally he could of course improve their ability
to walk or breathe or whatever. As a side comment, one would omit arthritis
as one of these quickies as it showed the lowest level of recovery. One
would then follow up the same principles of group. He would compose a group
of such people and he would find that they would be very happy to gather
together. From this group he would tell them they could have free group
processing and he would sell them individual auditing and would teach them
basic Scientology and a basic course as in Plan 1 above. This plan has the
advantage of not unduly exciting the press but if the press were to arrive
one would simply tell them, expanded, the subject of the ad.
A minister investigating polio would have many reasons to do so. He
would want to know how much of a drain the illness really was on the
society around him, what charitable resources were necessary in order to
care for it, how much difficulty it was to people in the immediate family.
He would want to know whether or not it was a major or minor factor in the
society. But basically he would want to get his hands on those preclears
and alleviate their condition. In other words, improve their ability to
walk or to breathe. He would want to do this and he would carry the project
along by having a group and from this group getting basic courses. Remember
today it is no fantasy whatsoever that you can alleviate the majority of
sufferers of various chronic illnesses. It is a very simple thing really.
We have been able to do it for four years and very good auditors have been
doing it regularly for five. We are not in the business of healing here. We
are in the business of educating people to walk, to talk, to breathe.
Incidently, although it has not been tried, it may be possible to get
people from various societies. However, the basic experience on this line
is that societies for various illnesses, as well as other organizations, do
not exist by and large to assist the illness and are very hard to do
business with. As an example, one auditor in the Pacific northwest did not
contact the public or individuals but contacted only various organizations
in the city. There has never been quite as great a flop as the general
practice of this auditor; contacting the public via ads in the public
presses is the reliable tested way to do this. The other, of course, can be
touched upon as it is not necessarily true that these societies will not
furnish people.
Method number 3 has the advantage of requiring little capital and being
highly ambulatory. Plans 1 and 2 above require enough money to have a
decent consulting room even if it's only one's living room and to place ads
which can come to a considerable amount. Plan 3 "Casualty Contact" is a
reverse vector. Every day in the daily papers one discovers people who have
been victimized one way or the other by life. It does not much matter
whether that victimizing is in the manner of mental or physical injury. It
does matter that the newspapers have a full parade of oddities in terms of
accident, illness and bereavement occurring at a constant parade before the
eyes. The essence of "Casualty Contact" is good filing and good personal
appearance. One takes every daily paper he can get his hands on and cuts
from it every story whereby he might have a preclear. He either has the
address in the story itself or he
gets the address as a minister from the newspaper. As speedily as possible
he makes a personal call on the bereaved or injured person. It is probable
that he will find on the first day that they are overly burdened with calls
since they have been a subject of the public press, and he may find that in
two or three days interest in the person has cooled off to a point where
his own appearance will admit of an actual interview. He should represent
himself to the person or the person's family as a minister whose compassion
was compelled by the newspaper story concerning the person. He should then
enter the presence of the person and give a nominal assist, leave his card
which states exactly where church services are held every Sunday and, with
the statement that a much fuller recovery is possible by coming to these
free services, take his departure. A great many miracles will follow in his
wake and he is liable to become a subject of the press himself. However, in
handling the press he should simply say that it is a mission of the church
to assist those who are in need of assistance. He should avoid any lengthy
discussions of Scientology and should talk about the work of ministers and
how all too few ministers these days get around to places where they are
needed. He should use the opportunity to castigate, not to hold classes on
Scientology.
Some small percentage of the persons visited or their families will turn
up in his group. Thus he will build a group and naturally from that group
he will get a great many individual preclears.
All three of the above plans have the frailty of going through their
pioneering period and then dwindling off. The auditor back-logs a great
many cases and individual appointments and stops his forward thrust into
the society itself. The thing for him to do if he is building a practice
too big for him to handle is to write the Academy or the HASUK if he is in
England, and have some likely young Scientologist newly graduated sent to
him to assist him. He should not cease to fire with his ad or with his
calls and should not cease to build his group. This is a question of how
much is havingness to an auditor. Auditors seem to get terribly well
satisfied on three or four regular preclears. Now my idea of a real
congregation would be one which you had to hold in a motion picture theatre
on Sunday morning. At least 2000 people. And my idea of a good practice is
one which has to be handled by about a dozen auditors and which is complete
with receptionist, mailing clerks, and deep rugs in the auditing rooms and
in the halls. This is purely a consideration of havingness. In doing any
one of the three above plans-and I am doing one of the above (No. I) right
this moment-I would consider my own mission the completing of the
communications or the "investigating of the polio victims" and the
continuous outward flow of interest of Scientology. And I would stack up
the appointments and do them when I could. I would not build up a group and
consider that was big enough, stop putting the ad in the paper and then
relax for about three months; later I would find out that all interest had
dwindled and ceased and that the word of mouth going through the preclears
I had had was bringing in only a trickle of new pcs. I wouldn't go at it
with fire and thunder for a few weeks and then quit, in other words. I
would set it up as a regular routine activity and carry forward.
One of the side plans to Plan 2 was to have another person good at
finance go around to all those who had been helped by the investigation and
tell them that their investigation which helped them was paid for by
another person and ask the present person whether or not he wouldn't like
to pay for somebody else's recovery, but this was never put into effect,
although it may be very workable.
Out of these three plans above can come large and vital practices. Only
remember this. They must be carried out within the framework of the
dissemination of materials, otherwise the failure of indiscretion of one
may bring about a cancellation of the good efforts of others. The thing to
do is to take one of these plans and carry it forward. They are all good.
They will all work. They have all been tested. They are listed in order of
workability as above, 1, 2 and 3. I can tell you the wrong thing to do
about a practice-do nothing. These will work and success is ahead of you.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:-jh
Copyright (�) 1956
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
1 Brunswick House
83 Palace Gardens Terrace
London, W.8
BAY 8881
To: The Hubbard Guidance Center
25th January 1956
I M P O R T A N T
The recent reports on preclears show:
1. The auditors are not remedying havingness on all processes.
2. The present time problem is being left unflat and the correct command
is "Invent a problem that (terminal) could be to you." Auditor must not
go on auditing with an unflat present time problem.
3. Auditors are running conditions not terminals. "Invent (always invent
or lie about-never what) a problem that (terminal [arm, leg, person] )
could be to you" is now the only allowable command on problems. Problem
invention is never followed now (after extensive tests) by "What could
you do about it?"
4. Auditors not bridging.
5. Auditors are running random pets, not running an SLP.
6. Auditors don't understand that dopiness or agitation must be answered
with breaking the process and at once remedying or at least repairing
havingness.
7. No Waterloo Station reported. This is now accompanied by remedy of
havingness and is run after Level One.
8. Level One until further notice for the clinic is: No Inventory taken
(it as-ises too much too often).
"Find Auditor Find preclear Find room." Handle present time problem
with "Invent a problem that (terminal, not condition or generality)
could be to you" until flat. During this, repair any havingness drop
with "Look around here and tell me what your body could have."
Repair preclear's havingness with blackness or invisibles or anything,
using any method including body motivators to repair havingness.
Now Remedy it by having preclear mock up and pull in and by any method
throw away mock-ups of anything.
Now run "What body would you like to have?" When preclear says one,
then, by any means have him mock it up and thoroughly remedy havingness
with it. Then ask him question again and with the answer remedy havingness
with it. And so on, until preclear is exteriorized and stable.
(Preclear exterior should pull in and throw away mock-ups from self not
body.)
Now run "orders" with good remedy of havingness. Now go to Level Two of
SLP 7.
Adding adequate remedy of havingness to each part of all upper steps
including Level Two, use upper levels of SLP 7.
This is clinical auditing and its SLP.
All auditors should be run through the same schedule as indoctrination
week until they are really sharp on procedure as opposed to techniques.
NOTE: The end of remedy of havingness on any object comes when they can
throw one away with ease.
L. RON
HUBBARD
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
1 Brunswick House,
83 Palace Gardens Terrace,
London, W.8.
BAY 8881
OPERATIONAL BULLETIN NO. 15 31 January 1956
LONG CONTINUED RUN
Well, Operational Bulletins now enter their 15th issue, furnishing copy
for the PABs, Certainty and Ability, and information and pre-release data
to the staffs of the HAS everywhere. Mailed every Tuesday afternoon on the
dot by Hubbard Communications Office secretary, Margaret Tousaw, the
Operational Bulletins get there firstest with the mostest.
The beginning of issue of these Operational Bulletins signalizes the
turn of the tide, the beginning of the avalanche, the bend in time for
Scientology. Since within their earliest issue the greatest difficulties in
processing have been ironed out by calling attention to the repair and
remedy of havingness and the auditors' chief problem-how to get a practice-
has been cared for and the finishing touches have been put upon training
good auditors and therefore a long continuance has been guaranteed to the
association. But there is more than this to come. We still have to codify
SLP Issue 8 and many other needful things have to be done.
A CHANGED NEW WORLD
When you entered Scientology you did so because you thought the world
could stand a change. You thought that war, crime and insanity were needful
of remedy. You hoped that Scientology could contain answers to these and
that the answers would be effectively applied.
You have watched for five years or some fraction thereof the twist and
turmoil of organizational unrest and you have participated in more than one
significant advance in technique.
What you have watched and in what you have participated are the labour
pains of something new born into a world of misunderstanding and unrest and
which has sought to establish a foothold in an area of agreement in which
it did not belong.
But you have watched and participated in definite and positive forward
change, definite and measurable progress and, although our advances may be
minute when compared to original dreams, they are vast compared to the most
optimistic inroads made by earlier efforts.
The early days of development of Dianetics and Scientology found us
with too many preparatory gestures to make in too many fields. To gain a
new foothold in organizational procedure as well as research and
dissemination required us to advance on too many fronts simultaneously
which brought about an apparency of slow forward motion; but when one
considers how many fields were invaded, how much preparatory work was done,
how much had to be learned, and how arduous was the early fight, one begins
to appreciate that we have gained not an evanescent and chimerical advance,
but have won a solid platform of know-how from which we can continue.
If you were to sum up all the questions we have had to answer, and if
you were to sum up all the answers we have learned in the fields of
organization, training, clinical, management, publication, finance and
personnel, you would see that we know a great deal and that these answers
could have been won only by experience in the actual doing.
Having now started we are already well advanced toward our goals. The
oddity is that the starting was the slow thing since it required that we
create a platform from which to start.
Do not lose this technology gained. There is know-how contained here
which was five years in the acquisition. The list of organizational points
made in an earlier Operational Bulletin are only a fragment of what we have
learned about organizations but this fragment is essential along any
organizational line.
We are well advanced toward the goals we first envisioned. We have
never deviated, we have never subordinated personal gain to their
attainment and we will win just as certainly and inevitably as earth will
again circle about the sun.
The time to have stopped this movement was 1951. Stopping it in 1956
would be impossible.
You have your own individual as well as organizational share in
continuing our forward progress. It is up to you to bring heart and courage
into individual practitioners throughout Scientology. It is up to you to
demand of these that they bring about a maximum advance in their area
through the use of these hard won technologies. It is up to you to make
sure that these individuals know (I) what Scientology organizations mean,
and intend, (2) how to build and maintain a group, course and practice, (3)
how to audit with maximum results on groups and individuals, (4) how to
continue their courage in the face of the blunting stupidity of a
semibarbaric world about them.
If you have felt our advance was not maximum, determine now to make it
so and determine that practicality to consolidate and utilize our gains and
indoctrinate those about you in the knowledge, courage and activity
necessary to bring all of us up to and through this new day which has begun
for earth.
The 2000 year cycle of ignorance, cruelty and bloodshed is over. We
mark a new era, remember that.
NEW BOOKS
Beginning with the re-write of "Dianetics, The Modern Science of Mental
Health", continuing with the publication of all PABs to date, and carrying
through with new basic course material, HCA material and a complete
glossary as well as a new slant for each one of our publications, the
publication schedule is well oriented. All this depends on now is that my
pen achieves sufficient nimbleness to accomplish all this writing.
In actuality I have been waiting for technologies to settle down before
I began to inscribe them and it looks with some of the newer material that
this period is now
My willingness to write has resurged on the discovery of the conquest
of the G.E.
AD INTERIM SLP
Remembering that remedy of havingness is necessary to all processes and
remembering that repairing havingness is distinct from remedying
havingness, and recalling as well that getting the preclear to lie about
various things and getting the preclear to invent problems, and remembering
as well that one never gets him to lie or invent problems about conditions
but only about terminals or solids, the following SLP is an interim SLP for
use in the clinics in order to get those preclears coming up the graphs.
Level One:
"Find auditor.
Find preclear.
Find room."
Handle present time problem with "Invent a problem that (terminal, not
condition or generality) could be to you" until flat. During this repair
any havingness drop with "Look around here and tell me what your body could
have".
Repair preclear's havingness with blackness or invisible or anything,
using any method including body motivators to repair havingness.
Now remedy it by having preclear mock up and pull in and by any method
throw away mock-ups of anything.
Now run "What body would you like to have?" When preclear says one,
then by any means have him mock it up and thoroughly remedy havingness with
it. Then ask him question again and with the answer remedy havingness with
it. And so on, until preclear is exteriorized and stable.
(Preclear exterior should pull in and throw away mock-ups from self not
body.)
Now run "orders" with good remedy of havingness. Now go to Level Two of
SLP 7.
AN ORGANIZATIONAL PRINCIPLE
It seems unnecessary to point out that one in managing a department or
an operation must keep in mind a certain obvious principle. One finds fault
with those persons or divisions which are not doing their job, which are
not disseminating Scientology or producing income. One emphatically does
not find fault with those persons, divisions or departments which are
producing results, disseminating Scientology or producing income.
It seems impossible that it is necessary to remind anyone of this
principle. However, some people are so anxious to make nothing of things
that they take only those things which are producing and try to make
nothing of them.
This principle is very overlooked in military forces for instance.
Anyone during a war who tries to fight the enemy is liable to be
castigated. Only those officers who do absolutely nothing are promoted.
This is also pertinent to many govemments and is certainly to be traced in
history.
Man is rather sold on this idea of ruining all production units. We
find in studying the history of govemments that those rulers who had been
good for a country and who brought it into levels of prosperity have lasted
the shortest periods of time. The longest reigns we discover are
accomplished by those who ruin everything and anybody. This is one of the
reasons man is in the state he is in. He follows the idea that he should
ruin all producing units and should neglect all worthless or useless or non-
active things.
This is the essence of reactive action. A thetan unwilling to or
actually unable to duplicate a somethingness tries to make nothing of
everything as he counts upon the environment to fix his attention and
himself does not fix it by choice; when he is in a very bad state a thetan
then sees only those things which have mass and are in action and neglects
those things which do not have mass and are not in action.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH :- jh
Copyright (�) 1956
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
5601C31 LAM-13 Basic Lecture on Havingness [see page 491]
5601C31 LAM-14 G.E. Scientology
5602C06 HPC F-1 SLP 8, Level 1, Theory
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
1 Brunswick House,
83 Palace Gardens Terrace,
London, W.8.
BAY 8881
OPERATIONAL BULLETIN NO. 16 7 February 1956
"SCIENTOLOGY U.S."
Here is a big idea and one which should go into operation right along
with the world-wide dissemination plan and as soon as possible in spite of
the stationery bill.
At once, if not yesterday, Washington should print up new letterheads
for all operations simply as "SCIENTOLOGY U.S." or "SCIENTOLOGY UNITED
STATES". This should be bannered across the top of the paper in large
letters of a precise design; in two lines at the bottom of the page the
name of the organization emanating the actual correspondence, the address
of that organization, and the director of that organization should be
printed. The organization name should be preceded by "in reply address". In
other words, "SCIENTOLOGY UNITED STATES" is at the top of the page very
bold, and in much lighter and smaller script at the bottom of the page one
is invited to reply to the sender of the communication in his organization.
On the left-hand side of the page in the vertical column to the left, and
below SCIENTOLOGY UNITED STATES, in very small type we will then list every
organization even vaguely connected with Scientology.
The reason we are doing this is because I think people's attention is
getting dispersed by the fact that we have so many organizations.
I know that this confesses a connection amongst these organizations but
the explanation is, and remember this in case anybody ever asks you, that
these organizations are joined together as members of a society called
SCIENTOLOGY UNITED STATES. Any number of organizations have a right to
belong to any society. We do not then confuse these organizations but we
put people's attention on Scientology United States which is of course
located in Washington, D.C. We do not use Scientology Washington D.C.
because one of these days we're going down to the Ozarks, as soon as we've
got enough money to buy ourselves a big whopping piece of land, and
therefore we are not going to attract people's attention by using
Scientology Washington. By the way, we are in Washington to get ourselves
sorted out to make sure that we get in good with the government and to get
ourselves enough capital to reset ourselves up where we ought to be. We are
not going to stay in Washington and wait for the hydrogen bombs but I
figure we've got almost five years. After that SWISH-ON.
CHANGE IN PUBLICATIONS
In accordance with earlier information concerning dissemination there
will be a further slight shift in publications. The Operational Bulletins
as they have been shipped out to staff have been a dress rehearsal for
their appearance as PABs. Operational Bulletins will continue to be issued
to staff but much reduced in size and material similar to Operational
Bulletins will go out under the heading of PABs. In spite of the fact that
this change will mean a considerable expense and will be a change in format
since we are going to continue to mimeograph them, we are going to issue
the Professional Auditors' Bulletins on a weekly basis unless I hear some
loud squawks from some quarter. This means we will have to streamline our
membership files, streamline our stuffing and get set in London, for even
if I move on elsewhere, London will continue to address and furnish the
envelopes for the Professional and Special members, although where I am the
actual mimeographing and stuffing will be done.
In view of the smallness of our list of professional and special
members, it should be no real trick to use this issue of information on a
weekly basis under the heading
Professional Auditors' Bulletins to get in new professional and special
members and to secure all those who have fallen from grace. We will
additionally airmail the PAB but because of its mass bulk we will have to
recompute the cost of airmail privilege. It may be as high as $22.00 a year
irrespective of dues. It may be that we will wish to overhaul or peg
special and professional membership fees. Professionals have lately been
reduced on renewal but I see no reason why special members should get any
such privilege. It may be that a special member will now be more expensive
than a professional member.
The primary reason for this move is to re-establish communication
amongst the field on a highly factual personalized basis and to bring up
the skill of auditors and get them into action.
Publications will then be: Professional Auditors' Bulletins issued
weekly (unless I hear some squawks) appealing to professional and special
members and going to them only, material not to be re-distributed and all
issues to be copyrighted in the United States and in the United Kingdom;
Ability Magazine, going out every two weeks to the interested people or
subscribers and carrying in each issue the definition of a word and its
considerable extension; and Certainty Magazine, going out to the general
membership and the professional membership of Scientology everywhere.
Ability Magazine will have to carry special mimeographed pages folded
into it to give Washington bulletins, talking specifically about the
Academy and Scientology in Washington. This material should be minimal but
should personalize Ability in the United States. Certainty will have to
broaden its advertisements to include activities in Scientology in the
United States, to be more exact, the Washington Operation. Ability will go
out to professional, special and general members and will be available in
quantity to all auditors to hand out to their students and groups.
I hope John Sanborn has already gotten going on some early edition of
this type of Ability. I haven't heard a whisper from him about it. It is
probably now in the mails.
The effective date of the change from Operational Bulletins to
Professional Auditors' Bulletins depends on the number of PABs all ready in
advance and ready to mail. These, I think, are one or two issues. As soon
as they are exhausted Operational Bulletins will become Professional
Auditors' Bulletins and will go out broadly.
HOME OFFICE HANGS FIRE
I have been waiting for twenty days for word from the Home Office as to
an extension of visa in Great Britain. A great many friends, some of them
in higher places, are pitching in to straighten this out. The outcome of it
depends upon them and the outcome of it says where I will be next.
There are quite a few things to see to here in Great Britain
organizationally but with the great capability of Jack Parkhouse, Dennis
Stephens, Ann Walker and all my other good friends here I have few qualms
about the London operation. It's been rebuilt from top to bottom in the
last four months.
SACRIFICES
The latest news from the research front has to do with the fact that the
GE demands and requires and has to have evidently sacrifices. The GE does
not run on an overt act motivator sequence which makes one suspect he is
not a thetan. A GE runs exclusively on being sacrificed to. If you have the
preclear mock up sacrifices to the GE you will find these become very
readily assimilated. On a lower level the body accepts motivators; as soon
as it is through this motivator band it accepts sacrifices and normally
comes up to a point where it will accept live bodies. When one considers
that eating is entirely a matter of absorbing death one sees this death
hunger in processing by running sacrifices. A person who has bad legs
should have a sacrifice of legs run on him and so forth. This is
astonishing material. It is almost unbelievable that the GE will not be
sacrificed to anything but will only be sacrificed to, and this phenomenon
that the GE is thereby demanding death tells us at once that the atomic
bomb will be used
and that there are people in the world who will actually crave the
sacrifice of cities and even nations. Aside from being a fantastically
workable process more of which anon, this matter of sacrifices tells us at
once a great deal about the future. There will be no moral restraint where
the atomic bomb is concerned, for about the highest level in some areas of
the world as to case is "operating GE". This tells us too why soldiers will
go to war. This explains a great deal of conduct. The GE evidently operates
on the postulate that as long as anything else is alive it can't live.
However, it is becoming more and more doubtful that there is any more life
in the body than the thetan puts there, and that the body is a single
machine operating on some implanted postulates contained in the energy
masses which are activated by the thetan somewhat on the order of the old
pole theta trap. Many of these considerations can be changed around rather
easily. Nothing changes them quite so fast as these sacrifice processes.
This does not alter the ad interim SLP. It gives auditors a new tool with
which to handle chronic somatics.
DISSEMINATION PROGRAM
Everybody should take every opportunity to get the dissemination
program of the three ways to get preclears and groups and teach a basic
course before the eyes of auditors everywhere. This one we've really got to
pound home. Until we get auditors to collect large groups and until we get
those auditors to train those groups in a basic course and make
Scientologists rather than preclears, we are not going to get any place.
Man needs to know Scientology more than he needs to absorb it into the GE.
SSBS
Everything is sweetness and light now between the operation and the
business associates of the Silver Spring Business Service, which matter
called for a considerable exchange of cables in the last few weeks. The
SSBS is on the road to being incorporated as the Silver Spring Business
Service Incorporated, Box 242, Silver Spring, Maryland.
CLINICAL REPORTS UP
Clinical test reports of the past week as a direct result of the
application of the principles of remedy of havingness in Washington show an
enormous gain. The only two auditors who did not show an adequate gain in
their preclears were people who themselves have a great deal of trouble in
havingness. There is a direct co-ordination between the results of an
auditor and his ability to have. If his ability to have is low he makes
nothing out of the preclear. These new test reports give us at once a
confirmation of having put the finger on the roadblock with all auditing in
nominating remedy of havingness, lack of, as the villain. All auditors
ought to remedy and repair all havingness.
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH: -.rd
Copyright (�) 1956
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[The Funeral Service on the following page was originally issued as part of
this Operational Bulletin. ]
FOUNDING CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY
FUNERAL SERVICE
by
L. Ron Hubbard
On the occasion of the death of Elizabeth Williams, Doctor of Scientology.
Our loss Is capable of love or trust or livingness
Is gain in other times. To feel that fingernails and masks
Our hopes on future bent Are all we need to dream.
Must then depend on incidents like these To what deep place
For bodies wear Did our love go
And in That mass could recompense?
The fine grist mill of time
Are spent in service such Anxieties that ruled our years
As yours Were nurtured here
And go, our time by smallest time And we
Into the yesterday, wherein began Made blind and numb
The conquest of Eternity By other greed
Spanned down our lives
What did we know To One.
When yesterday we wept? What waste!
What grip upon us had our ignorance To feel that all our love
That we in our conceit did feel Our work
That all of us were mortal here Our gifts
And lives once led were spent Our knowledge and our
And wasted on our selfish selves. Sighs
Were meant
How narrow is such scope To be consumed
To feel that we All in one
Should be eternally Breath and flash
The goal of all the toil And by one name?
And wretchedness
From birth to death
And like a play Today, come wiser now
The curtain dropped The chains gone weak
And left an empty stage. And tyranny of cult
How dull of us to feel that we Gone tired with the years,
Were all the target of this strife We look
And that we lived but once We find we live
And living then did reconcile Not once
The whole in one brief life. But on and on
From body's birth to
Oh no, a wider drama here Body's grave and then
Was planned and staged To birth again
And we with narrowness of mind And yea to grave again
Did overlook the plan. So to dispose possessions
Oft come undone
We said that all is With livingness.
Mortal flesh
The spirit just a thing From century to century
To send, for pence From age to age and on
To some strange heaven We go in march along
There to waste its skill The path that leads
Or had we not the price Forever up the countless
To some deep other place Tick of time.
To pain, and waste again We crawl, we walk, we fly
The life. We win
To what dark depths From here and evermore
Were dropped our minds The heritage of all our lives
To feel that flesh And spend it once again.
Why this is no sad and This
Bleakish look Genetic Line
No sorrowed thing And into some new
This life. Corner or new world
This an adventure pure We've sent you, Liz
Where without knife or And there there'll be
Provender we leap We know it now,
Aloft into eternity A smile,
And span forever in a breath. A touch,
This is adventure where A happiness for us
We step from tie to And you
Body tie You could not find
And go On earth
Our way. And so it turns
The day, the year,
Our suff'ring is The age.
Self centered here And so we go
For we have lost With banners furled
In truth And quietly
The smile, Upon our way.
The touch, But now we know
The skill and happiness And now we'll find
We gained The Way.
From Liz,
Who gave to us Into the dark
From her past Has come the light
Ability to live Into tomorrow
And fare against Enters night
The tides and storms of fate Into heaven
It is true we've lost Go no more
Her shoulder Into life our
Up against the wheel Spirits soar
And lost as well her counsel Conquering ever
And her strength Wisdom's store
But lost them We do not tremble
Only for a while. Faced with death
We know that living
She goes Is not breath.
Not with the dismal roll drum
But with a whisper like Prevail!
A Faery's sigh
To smooth the way Go, Liz
For when we come. And take
She'll be in some good The life
Future time That offers now
And future place And live
Her smile In good expectancy
Her touch That we
Her skill Will do our part.
Invested there to make Go, Liz
A way for life. You can control
That which you must.
True, true we may not
Know her then and Our loss
Only know her work Is gain
But still In wisdom and in skill
If we sent not ahead To future dates and other smiles
Our vedettes into time And so we send into the
We would not have Chain of all enduring time
A race. Our heritage
Our hope
And so, branched off from Our friend.
Goodbye, Liz. Goodbye, our dear
Goodbye.
Your people thank you for having lived We'll miss you, you know.
Earth is Better for your having lived
Men, women and children are alive today Let the body now
Because you lived. Draw away
We thank you for coming to us. To be consumed to ashes
We do not contest your And to dust
Right to go away. In earthly and in cleanly fire
Your debts are paid To be no more, no more.
This chapter of thy life is shut
Go now, dear Liz and live once more And that is done.
In happier time and place.
Thank you, Liz. Come friends,
She is all right
All now here lift up And she is gone.
Your eyes and say to We have our work
Her To do. And she has hers.
Goodbye. She will be welcome there.
(Congregation) Goodbye. To Man!
LRH :rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (�) 1956
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[The above Funeral Service was originally issued as part of Operational
Bulletin 16, 7 February 1956, page 360.]
HUBBARD PROFESSIONAL COURSE LECTURES
London, England
6-14 February 1956
L. Ron Hubbard gave the following lectures to students of the Hubbard
Professional Course in London during February 1956:
5602C06 HPC F-1 SLP 8, Level 1, Theory
5602C07 HPC F-2 SLP 8, Level 1, Summation of Basic Theory
5602C08 HPC F-3 Practical Application of Games to Processing
5602C08 HPC F-4 SLP 8, Motives of
5602C10 HPC F-5 Application of Games to Processing (cont.)
5602C10 HPC F-6 Use of Games Theory in Processing-Penalties and
Mood of Play
5602C14 HPC F-7 Application of Games to Processing (cont.), Comms
and Vias
5602C14 HPC F-8 The Various Ways of Processing a Preclear
5602C .... HPC F-9 Games Applied to Processing Techniques
LRH TAPE LECTURES
7-9 February 1955
** 5602C07 LAM-15 The Game of Life (Exteriorization and Havingness)
** 5602C09 LAM- 16 Sixth Dynamic Decisional Processing
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
1 Brunswick House,
83 Palace Gardens Terrace,
London, W.8.
BAY 8881
OPERATIONAL BULLETIN NO. 17 14 February 1956
PROCESSING RESULTS
After a three-months period of rather low gain in staff clinic
intensives we are now witnessing again the tremendous upsurges in 25 and 75
hour preclears which we should expect from Scientology. The addition of the
remedy of havingness and the use of the ad interim SLP with the other
refinements developed in the last few months are heavily paying off in
terms of better profiles. We are doing fabulous things with IQs and changed
personality patterns.
I would not know quite why it is but the London staff has been showing
gains of about 400% greater than the Washington staff. Of course this has
nothing to do with me being here and directly coaching. Actually poor Julia
has had to take this stuff and shove it at her auditors without even the
assistance of tapes in most cases, as these were being held up at the
Washington Academy and not forwarded through. The Washington gains are of
course adequate, but are coming through and rising even higher.
It is very interesting that the first week that a Washington staff
auditor used the ad interim SLP without change or variation for an entire
intensive, he attained the greatest gain attained during that week by all
the Washington auditors. It just might somehow be that the old redhead
knows what he is doing when he puts out a procedure. That ad interim SLP
really works.
GAMES PROCESSING KEYNOTES HPA-HCA COURSE
The tapes being cut at this moment for the HPA-HCA course to bring them
up to date and permit them to utilize the SLP Issue 8 which is in
preparation place processing in the role of games. In other words, we have
come back and have done an anatomy on games the like of which we have never
had before. It is very fabulous how this material works. The reason this
was done is because the anatomy and behaviour of a problem in homo sapiens
definitely indicates that he conceives himself to be engaged in a game even
though the reaction is reactive.
The first thing that emerged from this is that many auditors consider
the preclear as an opposite player and try to give the preclear loses.
Actually the auditor is a person who is assisting a teammate in order to
gain able co-operation and team-work toward opponents in life. The preclear
is not a player. That is why he is being audited. The auditor's auditing
role is in the direction of building a team. The auditor's instructing
role, which has with the new basic course become greatly increased, is in
the direction of playing a much wider game than has ever before been played
on this planet.
The goal of Scientology is the rehabilitation of the game. The auditor
can make a game better or make it possible for the pc to play a game. The
pc is being audited because he is no longer able to take part in the game.
Life is a game consisting of freedom and restrictions. Play is
communication. Communication requires freedom and terminals. Life units as-
is with thought. To think, there must be something to as-is. To grant life,
there must be something to grant life to. A pc will become as free as he is
reassured of the existence of barriers at that level. When a pc is not
assured of (does not have reality on) barriers at a level he will not rise
to that level. A thetan will carry to extremes making something and making
nothing. Auditing is that process of bringing a balance between freedom and
barriers. A game depends upon a restoration of freedom of choice on making
something and making nothing. One can become obsessed with making nothing.
He can become obsessed with making something. Both of these activities and
the rehabilitation of the freedom of choice bring about a gain in
case. There can be too many or too few universes, but when an individual is
stuck in a universe it is because he does not have enough universes.
Therefore it is necessary to remedy his havingness of bodies. Remedying his
havingness of bodies will clear away universes in which he is stuck by
letting him have freedom of entrance into universes.
Auditing is a game of exteriorization versus havingness. There is never
too much of anything if the pc is bothered by it. He may say there is not
enough of it but he usually says there is something bad about it. When he
says there is something bad about it he means there is not enough of it.
The pc loses his power to postulate into existence and to unpostulate out
of existence energy, masses, spaces and forms.
GAMES PROCESSING
Life is a game.
Games are composed of freedom, problems, and havingness, awareness and
interest.
Each of these elements contains "mood of game" (the tone scale),
penalties, and the cycle of action.
Auditing improves the level of game of the preclear.
Auditing is not a game between auditor and preclear on an opposing
basis but on a team basis. The auditor and, eventually, the preclear are
engaged upon a game, themselves versus the opponents to survival in life.
The preclear is usually close to a no-game-condition. This is reached
by a preponderance of win (no-game) or a preponderance of lose (no-game).
A frozen mood of game or no-mood is reached by assuming that interest
can exist on only one emotional level (whereas interest can exist on any
emotional tone level), or by misusing the mood of one game in others
concurrently played.
A game is any state of beingness wherein exist awareness, problems,
havingness and freedom (separateness) each in some degree.
A game is rehabilitated or a no-game-condition eradicated in processing
by handling the elements of games and their subdivision, with reality, with
the intention of bettering the game ability of the preclear.
ASSOCIATE MEMBERSHIPS
We are under the immediate crush of getting into action as fast as
possible and yesterday we hope one of the largest membership drives ever
acted upon. You will see the adequate reason for this as soon as more
material is released on world-wide dissemination.
The fact of the matter is a membership establishes the size of an
organization to officialdom. Therefore we have to have members by the ton.
The associate membership should be made available as soon as the
prepared package is assembled. It is easy for Washington to assemble this
for Washington already has pins. London simply will have to get a shoulder
back of the stamp works and give them a hard shove, because this program
cannot wait. I repeat, it cannot wait.
The elements of the associate membership are these: In England it costs
5 shillings; in America, $1.00. The associate membership card is folded in
such a way as to contain certain vital information, such as the Code of
Honour, the addresses and course books of the organization as well as the
member's name. The pin used is the Scientology double triangle gold pin. It
is the one with the upright S and the two triangles back of the S. The way
we put this together we print a membership application form giving the
person's name and address, his group name, his nearest professional
auditor's name, and we use the type of postcard which requires no stamp.
The gold pin is put through the blank postal card. This postal card
addressed to the central organization is then the card actually which
carries the pin. We sell to
professional auditors or people with groups any number of these pin-to-the-
card items. We sell them for cash and very nearly at cost. In other words,
a professional auditor or person in charge of a group could simply pick up
a large box of these pins and cards which are already assembled and paying
a flat fee, which actually merely covers the cost of the pin, walk off with
them. Now this person in his group sells the pin in card combination for
cash to his group members or other persons. These by the instructions on
the card write in their name and address, name of the group and auditor's
name and send this card, retaining the pin for themselves, to the central
organization, the address already stamped on the card. The central
organization, the HASUK in London and the Founding Church in Washington,
D.C., then issues without further charge or cost the membership card to
this person and adds his stencil to the membership rolls.
The organization of course will find that this operation costs it
initially money, but the interest, the books bought, and the fact that
these people out there actually now consider themselves members of the
organization, will increase the revenue of the central organization to
absorb this additional cost.
The auditor in the case of selling the card of course does no further
bookkeeping. He has paid the Founding Church or the HASUK in London the
exact cash for the pin and card and when he sells it he sells it for full
associate membership fee and he puts the fee in his pocket 100%. It is then
very much to his interest to sell this pin and card. In the first place he
himself could not have a pin made for the amount of money which he is
paying for it and it is doubtful if his group would expend money simply for
a pin and the group membership.
We place no restrictions of any kind on people buying these pins,
beyond assuring ourselves that they will be sold by the person to other
people.
You will find these pins and memberships selling faster in the general
public than you would think for we will certainly begin to alert the
general public very soon on our world-wide dissemination program, for we
have some angles I haven't given you yet which literally make the A-bomb
look like a wet firecracker.
It is the responsibility of all persons on these communication lines to
make sure that these pins, cards and dissemination on the associate
membership level are taken care of thoroughly and swiftly. We can drag our
heels around here till summer on this associate membership program. People
will act out in manufacturing firms if you start pounding and hammering at
them and they can produce these things in a very short space of time. We
are losing money, losing membership, and losing ground every instant this
associate membership program is not out there. Organizations have already
fiddle-faddled with this program for four and a half months. It cannot go
any further on a delay basis. It must be gotten out.
BASIC COURSE FOR AUDITORS
As you know, auditors can teach a basic course to groups under the
following conditions: 1. That the auditor is a professional auditor; 2.
That as a professional auditor he is in good standing and a professional
member of Scientology organizations in London or Washington; 3. That he
procures and uses for text the basic course manuals and materials
prescribed by the central organizations; 4. That he carries out his course
in an orderly fashion, gives an examination at course end, and forwards the
examination papers so given to the central organization.
The materials of this basic course are as follows: The 8 Dynamics; the
Axioms which appeared in the cover of Dianetics, the Modern Science of
Mental Health, the ARC Triangle, the Tone Scale, the Chart of Attitudes,
the use of these materials in social concourse, a general understanding of
the goals of Scientology, and a few minor assist techniques. It is no
intention of this course to make a thorough professional auditor. The
entire intention of the course is to indoctrinate people with the rationale
of Scientology.
The basic course will probably be charged for at the rate of 3 to 5
guineas by
auditors in the U.K. and at the rate of about $25.00 in the U.S. It should
be continued over a period of about 3 months of two or three times a week
classes.
Auditors are pleaded with not to go on group processing people. Group
processing people results in better individuals but not better individuals
for Scientology. People do not have enough understanding of what
Scientology is all about in order to actually benefit from the processing
they have received. It is not enough to make people feel better. What we're
trying to do is to reach out into the public. These people actually need
and can use the basic materials of Scientology and we are denying them the
richest benefit of Scientology in letting them go adrift merely feeling
better without any real further understanding of life for they simply
relapse. This is an actual fact. It is necessary then that we teach
everybody everywhere a basic course.
Once more the organization itself makes nothing financial out of the
basic course. When the auditor buys his basic course manual an examination
paper is enclosed in it for the student to be given at the end of the basic
course he will receive. This examination paper is held back by the auditor
and when the student is given the examination by the auditor, the auditor
or the student at their election may forward this examination paper through
to the central organization. The central organization then prepares a basic
course certificate for that individual. It is not even required that a
person being issued a basic course certificate have any more than an
associate membership. It is required, however, that he does have an
associate membership. The certificate itself costs him nothing, is a very
official looking document, and lends the seal of approval to the course the
auditor has taught.
Auditors are being asked to use one of the three dissemination programs
to get a large group assembled and to teach that group the basic course.
We will have these basic course manuals in the very near future but an
auditor need not wait on having a basic course manual to recruit and start
his course.
In other words, auditors should collect groups in order to teach them
courses. He will find this is far more beneficial and that these group
members will stay by him and continue to push into the society alongside of
him. At present simply collecting people and processing them is not enough.
It is not doing enough good for the individual in any except his own case.
We are making people better without giving them the tools to live better.
Therefore they are made far better in the group processing, are cured of
this and that and then go out as human beings with no more knowledge than
they had before. We are then doing a tremendous amount of work from which
we are gaining nothing. It is absolutely necessary that auditors collect
groups and get basic courses going.
It is up to people in the Scientology organizations and groups
everywhere to start this program at once. I do mean at once. And just in
case somebody didn't hear me this is the real number one crush. This and
the associate membership program go hand in hand. We have got to get over
this hump so that we can get onto our next steps. We need 5000 auditors by
summer. If we don't have 5000 basic course people finished in training we
won't be anywhere. It is better to have basic course people than no
auditors at all and this is our substitute program and we've got to get it
under way.
Organizations should not stint in their pressure on this;
shortsightedly it may appear that the central organization does not benefit
at all from this basic course program. Actually people who have not had a
basic course don't take central organization professional training.
Now I am doing my part for this. I am rushing out this basic course
manual as fast as possible, and it will be in our hands very, very soon,
but we have to get auditors oriented and our publications and letters about
teaching this basic course. We have to do it right away.
Our main lines of dissemination are bogging because we are not doing
enough to profit the individual auditor. We must be able to put into his
hands at least the income from associate members and from basic course
training. If we do this these people will
get enough individual auditing from him to make him affluent enough to keep
pushing the ball. We are not doing enough for the individual auditor. We've
got to do more for him. He will not support the central organization
because there is no immediate profit in it for him. With the basic course
and with the associate membership there is instantly profit in it for him.
Therefore we've really got to reverse the attitude of the field and collect
those members and get people indoctrinated everywhere or our next program
right up the line is going to fall flat on its face. We mustn't waste any
time on this. No matter what else looks important let's get these auditors
on the ball.
DUBLIN OFFICE BEING CREATED
While three lords and the leader of the opposition in the House of
Commons petition the Home Secretary to permit me to stay in England for yet
a while, we are nevertheless going ahead with the establishment of an
office in Dublin, Eire. This office is located at 69 Merrion Square. It is
not at this moment but will be within ten days a mail address. This office
is the swankiest address in Dublin. The Park Avenue, the Harley Street of
Dublin is Merrion Square. This is where all the medical boys hang out. The
Dublin Office is a huge central room which holds about 70 people and four
smaller offices surrounding it. The total cost of this is �4.10.0 per week.
This is our fall-back point in case of atomic attack and will be completely
equipped for dissemination of publications and will be known as the HASUK
Atomic Energy Healing Division Emergency Station, Dublin, Eire. This is one
small toe-hold up on the ladder toward our next step in dissemination.
Right here as I stand we've got the problem of radiation whipped so you see
where we're going, so let's go. We've got our auditor profiles rising
steadily. We can put our own people back on their own feet. We can actually
practically tailor make good executives. We have never since I have gotten
us out of this last auditing slump got better results. We can prove what
we're doing and predict what we're doing, and now we've got our hands on
the monopoly of radiation healing throughout the world and we certainly had
better make the best of it. We are going to go big-time simply because we
are over the humps of research and are ready to smash through all barriers.
WHAT PRICE PRACTICES
In the standard medical dictionary there is no definition for "mind". A
nice legal point for legal use.
In psychology there is no definition for "psyche".
Good Books:
Clara Thompson's Psychoanalysis: Evolution and Development.
Aldous Huxley: The Door of Perception, and The Genius and the Goddess.
Copyright (�) 1956 L. RON
HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
LRH TAPE LECTURES
London, England
14 February 1956
5602C14 LAM-17 Aims and Goals of Scientology 1956
5602C14 LAM-18 Games Processing Applied to Auditing
P.A.B. No. 72
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
The Oldest Continuous Publication in Dianetics and Scientology
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
Brunswick House, 83 Palace Gardens Terrace, London W.8
_____________________________________________________________________
21 February 1956
CHANGES FOR THE PABs
With this, the 72nd PAB, we enter a new format and step up its
production to double that which it has been. From now on you will be
receiving your PABs weekly instead of every two weeks.
I have gained a great deal of important data during recent weeks and I
will be sending this out to you every seven days. There will also be more
organizational information in future PABs than there has been in the past
and this will keep you informed of the activities of your associations.
THE IMPORTANCE OF HAVINGNESS
A careful study of staff auditors' reports reveals that the only
advances worthy of the name of Scientology occur when the auditor repairs
or remedies havingness on the preclear. Without the repair and remedy of
havingness no real gains become apparent. A preclear will not progress when
his havingness is impaired.
What are the symptoms of loss of havingness? Running any as-ising
techniques the preclear may become anaten, or he may become slightly
nervous or agitated, or want a cigarette, or seem to break out of the
session in some fashion. In either case, he is "down on havingness." In
other words he has burned up, used up, or as-ised, too much of his physical
body energy in the auditing itself. In view of the fact that every
subjective technique puts a sort of hole in the middle of the electronic
mass surrounding a preclear, parts of that mass then begin to cave in on
the preclear. Thus running an as-ising technique on a preclear beyond the
ability of the preclear to sustain the consequent loss of havingness will
bring on in the preclear many new engrams which he did not have before, and
a technique which as-ises energy, if used without a repair or remedy of
havingness, will bring about a worsening of the case of a preclear.
Now exactly what is happening is very simple. A preclear starts to go
anaten and the auditor keeps on running the process. He hasn't realized
that he ought to interrupt a process at any time if the preclear
demonstrates a loss of havingness. Anaten is such a demonstration of loss
of havingness. All right, another example: the preclear becomes agitated or
upset; he reaches for a cigarette; he begins to twitch; his foot begins to
wobble; he begins to talk excitedly; he begins to cough while being
audited. All of these things demonstrate a loss of havingness. These same
conditions, by the way, can result from the preclear believing that the
auditor has broken the Auditor's Code in some fashion or has overcome his
power of choice. Both a repair and a remedy of havingness are immediately
indicated on the observation of anaten or agitation on the part of the
preclear. And in addition the auditor should carefully go over the session
itself to find out, if anywhere, the preclear believed his power of choice
was being overcome, or if the preclear believed the Auditor's Code had been
broken. You understand that the auditor didn't necessarily have to overcome
the preclear's power of choice or break the Auditor's Code in order that
the preclear should believe that this
Copyright (�) 1956 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
has happened. However, this could be overlooked entirely if the auditor had
been careful enough to repair or remedy the havingness of the preclear.
The slightest drop of alertness on the part of the preclear, or the
slightest agitation or somatic on the part of the preclear, should
immediately indicate to the auditor that havingness has dropped and must be
immediately repaired or remedied. A great deal of time can be spent on the
subject of repair and remedy of havingness, and it is very beneficial time
spent. It is better to "waste" time spent repairing and remedying
havingness than to blunder on through. Now there is another thing I have
noticed with regard to this. Auditors are running these days toward
cognition. Very well, if they expect a preclear to cognite they should not
expect him to pull in a bank upon himself. If an auditor runs a very
obvious process which should bring the preclear toward cognition, and if he
runs it several auditing commands and then stops and repairs and remedies
the preclear's havingness, and then after that asks him the same auditing
question two more times, he will discover that he has blown a cognition
into view. In other words you could remedy the havingness of a preclear
while his mind was on one particular subject and bring a cognition into
existence.
This becomes particularly important today, since a few months ago I
discovered that you could remedy the havingness of anybody, and I mean just
that!! You can remedy anybody's havingness and you can turn on mock-ups on
anybody. The fact that the preclear who has a black field can be caused to
mock up blacknesses or invisibilities and shove them into his body brings
us into an era of being able to make anybody turn on mock-ups. Getting the
preclear to postulate that the mocked up blackness is bad for the body will
cause that blackness to snap into the body. By getting the preclear to
postulate that the invisible mass he has mocked up is bad for the body it
will snap into the body. Of course, after this has been done a few times,
the consideration of the preclear will change. Then perhaps the blackness
or invisibility will only snap in when the preclear postulates that it is
good for the body. He may also have a residue left. It is very important to
get rid of these repair and remedy of havingness residues. By various
postulates, such as that the residue is a threat to the body, it is good
for the body, it is bad for the body, the residue too will snap in.
Let's differentiate at once here the difference between a repair of
havingness and a remedy of havingness. We used to call repair of havingness
"giving him some havingness." It needs a better technical term. Therefore
let us call this "Repair of Havingness." It means having the preclear mock
up anything he can mock up, and in any way it can be done get him to shove
(never pull) that mock-up into the body, and by similar means to get rid of
the residue which went along with the mock-up. That is a repair of
havingness. It is a one-way flow; it is an inflow.
Now a remedy of havingness is getting him to mock up and shove into the
body enough masses to bring him to a point where he can eventually throw
one away. In other words repair of havingness is simply having him mock up
things and having him shove them into the body, and a remedy of havingness
is having him mock up and shove in and throw away the same type of mock-up.
Remedy of havingness is always a superior operation to a repair of
havingness. Repair of havingness is a very crude stop-gap, but can be used
any time. However, a preclear who is working well, and on whom havingness
can be remedied, should at all times have his havingness remedied, not
repaired. In other words any type of mock-up should be both shoved into the
body and mocked up and thrown away, and this should be done in considerable
quantity until the preclear is quite relaxed about that particular type of
mock-up. One does this, remember, every time the attention of the preclear
drops, or he becomes agitated.
There is one other little point connected with this which is quite
important, and that is, auditors very often audit a preclear into an area
of time when the preclear
exteriorized. This, on a preclear who does not exteriorize easily, brings
on a considerable grief and sadness. The way to get rid of this is, of
course, to remedy the preclear's havingness or only repair it, and to ask
the preclear to recall times when he was not exteriorized. This will bring
up at once times when he did exteriorize and where fear of exteriorization
was built up considerably.
I have noticed another special condition regarding this exteriorization
phenomena which is quite important. A preclear will occasionally repair and
remedy havingness up to a point where the body disappears for him. He
doesn't quite know where to put the mass he has mocked up since he cannot
find the body. This is particularly true of preclears who have a very low
threshold on havingness. An auditor would be stupid indeed to simply plow
along beyond that point where the preclear has already said that he
couldn't find any body to push any havingness into. The moment the preclear
does that the auditor should suspect that the preclear has gotten into an
exteriorization type incident. It is not, however, necessary that he
immediately flounder around and try to find this incident, as recommended
in the paragraphs just above; he can also repair and remedy havingness in
this fashion, and it is very important to know this.
Although it is disastrous for a preclear to be asked "What could your
body have?", since he will simply strip the bank of various old facsimiles,
it is a very, very good repair of havingness to ask a preclear "What is
there around this room (area) which your body could have?" and then have
him pick out specific objects in the environment which he says the body
could have. If he does this he will come up the gradient scale of
havingness, and his havingness will be repaired immediately or directly on
the Sixth Dynamic. With a preclear who cannot get mock-ups and where the
auditor has either been too clumsy to get the preclear's mock-ups turned on
or it really was impossible, more or less, the preclear's havingness can be
repaired by having him do this process; so this is a very, very important
process, and one that ought to go down in red letters.
This whole subject of repair and remedy of havingness and its effect
upon auditing, and the fact that it has not been stressed at all in
training, being up there at Level Six in the old Basic Processes, brings us
to SLP Issue 8. The entirety of Level One in SLP 8 will be devoted to the
repair and remedy of havingness.
In SLP Issue 7 we have a great many phenomena associated with the
remedy of the body's havingness. The reason for their position is to bring
about an adjustment of the condition of the body before one goes on to
other and more complicated ways of processing. Now, in Issue 8, all of
these various things will be retained, but they will be paralleled with a
complete remedy of havingness and that particular level of SLP will be gone
over. In actual experience it is better to remedy the havingness of a
preclear, no matter where he is on the tone scale, and no matter by what
process, than to run any significant process. Further, if a preclear cannot
at least repair his havingness, to run Waterloo Station is to invite
disaster, because in this particular process of Level Two he is liable to
get himself into a "down havingness" situation and of course will not be
able to not-know anything. He may be chewing up too much energy while
trying to not-know. Thus we would have the failures which have occasionally
occurred in Waterloo Station. They were simply havingness failures, not a
failure of Waterloo Station. Further there has been a new command suggested
for Waterloo Station: "What would you be willing to not-know about that
person?" This seems to be a better command, at least for the British Isles.
We also take care of the vacuums and separatenesses and everything else
with repair or remedy of havingness and running it in with certain other
things, such as problems, etc. When we discover by two-way communication a
weak universe, we could then ask the individual preclear, "Invent a problem
that person (weak universe) could be to you." Then, watching him very
carefully, and repairing his havingness on
the subject of that person's possessions, get a very rapid separation of
universes. I have noticed that the weak universe first began when the
person elected by the preclear to be a weak universe first began to put
MEST anchor points around the preclear. In other words, valuable presents.
I am as pleased as can be to get a finger on this point and I know
doggone well that if East, West, North and South will begin to repair and
remedy havingness and stop specializing in significances without repair or
remedy of havingness, we are going to start shooting people up to the top
of these psychometric graphs. We can't help it.
Let me call your attention specifically to the old phenomena of the
emotional scale and the engram. We found out that when one engram was keyed
in, it fixed the emotional tone of the individual, Then we had him run this
and as he converted the engram to usable havingness, we found that his tone
rose. We discover on these psychometric charts that the "unhappy" section
does not move if we don't change the mass of the preclear.
SACRIFICES
The latest news from the research front has to do with the fact that
the GE demands and requires and has to have, evidently, sacrifices. The GE
does not run on an overt act-motivator sequence, which makes one suspect he
is not a thetan. A GE runs exclusively on being sacrificed to. If you have
the preclear mock up sacrifices to the GE, you will find these become very
readily assimilated.
On a lower level the body accepts motivators; as soon as it is through
this motivator band, it accepts sacrifices and finally comes up to a point
where it will accept live bodies. When one considers that eating is
entirely a matter of absorbing death, one sees this death hunger in
processing by running Sacrifices. A person who had bad legs should have a
sacrifice of legs run on him and so forth. This is astonishing material. It
is almost unbelievable that the GE will not be sacrificed to anything, but
will only be sacrificed to, and this phenomenon that the GE is thereby
demanding death tells us at once that the atomic bomb will be used and that
there are people in the world who will actually crave this sacrifice of
cities and even nations.
Aside from being a fantastically workable process, more of which anon,
this matter of sacrifices tells us at once a great deal about the future.
There will be no moral restraint where the atomic bomb is concerned, for
about the highest level in some areas of the world, as to case, is
"operating GE." This tells us too why soldiers will go to war. This
explains a great deal of conduct.
The GE evidently operates on the postulate that as long as anything
else is alive it can't live. However, it is becoming more and more doubtful
that there is any more life in the body than the thetan puts there, and
that the body is a single machine operating on some implanted postulates
contained in the energy masses which are activated by the thetan somewhat
on the order of the old "pole" theta trap. Many of these considerations can
be changed around rather easily. Nothing changes them quite so fast as
these sacrifice processes.
In mocking up sacrifices the auditor should use all the skills of
creative processing and ensure that the preclear is actually mocking up and
is not dragging in old facsimiles from the bank and restimulating genetic
line incidents. This can be obviated by having the persons in the mock-ups
dressed in modern clothing; mocking up the incident as happening tomorrow;
altering the mock-up in some manner, such as turning the face green or
something of this nature. Any reasonable way in which you can ensure that
you are dealing with mock-ups and not past track facsimiles.
This gives auditors another tool with which to handle chronic somatics.
CHRONIC SOMATICS
There is another process which has a great deal of workability with
chronic somatics. I know that some months ago and earlier than that it
seemed rather fatal to us to continue to fixate the preclear's attention on
the chronic somatic. But that is not a problem with us right now. It ceased
to be a problem the moment I invented an auditing command exactly as
follows: "Invent a problem that (leg, arm, nose, eye, body) could
be to you." Running this command which is in itself a sort of remedy of
havingness, and repairing and remedying the havingness of the preclear as
we go, we will discover that practically any and all phenomena associated
with the service facsimile will come away and clear up, and the limb, nose
or eye will get well. This can be used as a word of warning: ONLY ON ACTUAL
TERMINALS. Never use this command, and I mean NEVER, on actual conditions.
Never ask him to invent problems lameness could be to him. Never ask him
what problem blindness could be to him. Lameness and blindness are
conditions. We want to know what problems legs or eyes can be to him, since
legs and eyes are terminals. In running this command we reduce havingness
too rapidly whenever we are stressing conditions. Therefore we run it only
on terminals. In running it use only terminals. Handled in this way we do
have the answer as of this moment, to chronic somatics. With these
processes in SLP and the adequate repair and remedy of havingness we can
push our preclears right up through the top.
Let's get to work.
L. RON HUBBARD
(This PAB was reissued as HCO B 8 May 1972, same title.]
P.A.B. No. 74
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
The Oldest Continuous Publication in Dianetics and Scientology
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
Brunswick House, 83 Palace Gardens Terrace, London W.8
_____________________________________________________________________
6 March 1956
OFFICE IN IRELAND
Well, hello there. How do you like your PABs coming to you once a week?
What really happened was that I felt that I was getting out of
communication with people, and as I was getting out information under a
heading called Operational Bulletins it seemed to me to be a good idea to
use these as PABs.
If you remember many years ago when the PABs started they were
dedicated to setting up auditors and making them a healthy and respected
class of professionals, and so with Issue 72 we immediately and abruptly
resume this intention through this particular medium. In other words the
PABs were dedicated to this in the first place and they go on now doing
their best for the auditor.
When the Queen asked me to tip my cap and leave England as an insidious
and Communist influence intensely disrupting the very best plans of the
Home Secretary, I might have gone straight back to America. However, the
Founding Church of Scientology in Washington, D.C. has never been in better
shape. With His Nibs as Executive Administrator the situation is under good
control. With Ken Barrett running the best academy classes that have been
seen in the past year and Julia Lewis doing a bang-up job at the Clinic,
with John Sanborn teaching indoctrination, and Dick Steves rolling an HCA
class in good shape and keeping the Washington politicos at bay, and with
Don Breeding getting an intensive, things could never be better.
I have a habit of turning up where I am needed or turning up data when
it is needed, and as England is not yet in perfect shape there at Notting
Hill Gate and as enough British brass has interceded on my behalf to permit
me on occasion to pop into London, it seemed to me that I had better spend
my time setting up an emergency station for Scientology in a country that
wasn't likely to get atom bombed. So here I am in Dublin, Eire, ten days
and one completed office in operation deep.
The Irish spring shows signs of being late and we were freezing lately
with the rest of you, even though we have a pretty and snug home here in
the outskirts of Dublin in a fashionable suburb. Susie and the three
kiddies are well and happy and the kids after being cooped up in a London
apartment most of the winter are staggered and stunned at a huge yard to
play in and are exuberant and boisterous along with the Irish wind.
Downtown in the most fashionable square and professional address in Dublin
we now have two large suites of offices. The address is 69 Merrion Square,
South. Just across from one suite and just next door to the other is the
American Embassy. In ten days, with the assistance of Bernie Green, we took
an old spacious set of offices and painted them, laid in new linoleum,
bought the 101 small items necessary to running things and exactly seven
days from my landing had a going concern. We have two pretty Irish girls
Copyright (�) 1956 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
and a smart Irish office boy, and that lovely Canadian, Margaret Tousaw,
and the ubiquitous Dr. Green. During part of last week, Mike Walker, the
English shipping department, was over here helping out, and what with
American, Irish, Canadian, English and Texan, we are quite international.
Eleven days from my landing we have somewhere between fifty and a hundred
and fifty applicants for a course, practically none of the applicants
having previously heard of Scientology. All this sounds too fast and
exaggerated but it is factually and precisely true.
What I am trying to do is this. I am trying to pilot a project in an
area not previously noted for Scientology interests which can serve as a
model for an auditor in any area of the world just to see how it is done
and to pick up pointers. As Ireland has only 3,500,000 people in the total
nation you can see that I am working in a relatively small population area
which is at the same time noted for its poverty. I am of course taking
advantage of the peculiar features of the place, such as the fact that the
major export of Ireland is people, and am making all the shots count.
However, we have a hurricane of activity going here without previous
preparation.
I am having to write all the little brochures, enrollment cards,
descriptions and etceteras which are handed out and I am packaging all the
course materials and slants of the subject, and all this material is being
shaped up so that it can be packaged not only for the public in Ireland,
but for the use of auditors elsewhere. Accordingly, as soon as I am
satisfied with this material and have the envelopes printed, I shall send
one package of it, one of each piece, to every auditor in Scientology.
If the weather is cold the Irish heart is warm. The country and the
people could not be improved upon. Unlike Communist-infiltrated England,
where Russia has been active with anti-American propaganda in order to rob
the crown of its only powerful ally to ready a later banquet for the
Russian bear, Ireland is enthusiastically pro American. Lacking things to
fight, the Irishman has been shooting up Communism quite enthusiastically
and so we don't even find the medical profession here antipathetic to
Scientology. It's all good roads and good weather.
Probably the greatest oddity of the Irish adventure is that aside from
one year's office rent, some transportation and shipping expenses, and a
small loan from London, the entirety of the operation will be supported by
Mary Sue's and my salary from the Founding Church in Washington. As these
two salaries amount to slightly less than $200 a week you can see that the
Irish operation is not big in terms of staff or offices. However, pay is
very low in this area and rent is quite cheap. We can then support this
activity for some time but strangely enough, without actually paying any of
our bills yet aside from office rent and a couple of other items, we have
income in sight adequate to take care of the activity.
It does the old heart good to see people swinging in toward Scientology
at this rate. I could always get an operation started and get things
wheeling, but we have made so much progress in technology and know-how in
the past few years and since I last had to start anything from scratch,
that I had not realized the pulling power of Scientology itself. I could be
very mean at this point and say that if we have within eleven days of my
landing a hundred and fifty people lined up for a course who have never
before heard of Scientology, that somebody somewhere in some group or
another has been loafing like hell. I might also say that the bulk of the
calluses collected in the field must be on a private portion of people's
anatomies, not on their palms and thumbs, for this operation has not in any
way depended upon my own identity and reputation. It is Scientology itself
and what it can do that is creating the stir. Ireland being somewhat out of
the way has not heard my name. Furthermore, no public lecture has been
given in order to attract people in and no other mechanism or device has
been used that would be peculiarly mine, except perhaps the ability to know
how to do things and to make words work effectively, so I am sitting here
at this
moment wondering why there aren't eight to ten thousand member groups under
the charge and control of every auditor, since there would certainly be a
fifty thousand member group directly under the Dublin office within five
months if I continue the experiment in earnest. Perhaps the main difference
here is complete security on my own behalf as far as Scientology
information and capability is concerned and the fact I will freely admit
that our auditors all too often lack initial financing capital. The Dublin
operation duplicated in any large city would cost about $800.00 done up
well, the $800 including the living expenses of the auditor and his while
he got going. However, $800.00 is not very many preclears, so it seems to
me that an auditor could have immediately gotten some preclears and done
some auditing-until he had $800 or $1000 and then could have launched into
a wider operation on this pattern, or he might have talked his friends out
of an investment in his venture. This, I say, with perhaps a superiority of
know-how and ideas, would be the chief difference in starting up the Dublin
operation and somebody starting an operation say in Chicago. Well I could
say all these things and it would be very mean of me so I won't say them. I
will simply go on shaping this mock-up up until I have gained as much know-
how out of it as possible and will let you have a blow-by-blow account of
how it happened.
What you should know first is that the Irish adventure is your
adventure being conducted on your behalf to help you square away
Scientology in your area and put you on easy street, and what is more
important to the rest of us, to put mankind in a position of self-defense
for the first time on a planet confronted with atomic fission.
THE ATOMIC FIZZLE
Wouldn't it be very funny if the moguls and high mucky-mucks of the
higher insane wards of government were to have their favorite threat-atomic
fission-turn into an atomic fizzle. This would be the joke of this or any
other century.
Because we're all professionals here, well schooled in Scientology, let
me talk a little bit about past track. This is not the first time that a
planet has been threatened by the development of atomic technologies. It is
on the past track many places and times that planets have been scorched and
made uninhabitable to all forms of life. This tells us as we read our E-
Meter that life is capable of abandoning a planet and going to another
planet, setting up the painful process of making lichens and moss to make
soil out of the stones and building a gradient scale on up to moving
beings.
Atomic energy has always been a tragedy. Atomic radiation burns
savagely and furiously, and life so burnt in this age and time then is
incapable of procreating. In other words, an atomic burn hits mainly at the
second dynamic. The reason it does is the number of times planets have been
wiped out in the past. When atomic radiation came all procreation became
pointless. The genetic line was over-ended and done. There was no use
making new cells or new babies. There was no future into which they could
go. Thus the appearance of radioactivity tends to aberrate the second
dynamic. Its actual use brings about a total apathy on procreation.
Radiation first and foremost when it burns is effective simply because the
hemoglobin no longer makes new cells and so a person dies of acute anemia.
The blood cells are, it is true, the most cowardly of all the body cells.
Blood cells lake into the center of the body in a moment of fear or terror.
They give up quickest when struck by atomic radiation.
I have been conducting a series of experiments, one of them almost
fatal to myself, on the auditing of radiation burns. I have found that we
can make an enormous effect upon radiation burns and can cure them in a
milder form. That means we are the only agency, the only people on the face
of Earth who can cure the effect of atomic radiation. I expect to make
further progress in this direction and the whole answer is not yet gained,
for the whole answer would be to actually proof a body against radiation
itself.
It is rather foolish to believe that a flash of light which actually goes
through and is not stopped by ten feet of concrete can yet do things of
hideous magnitude to a body. That is all that alpha and gamma and the rest
are-a flash of light. There must then be some cooperation on the part of
the body to stop the flash which is not present in concrete. True, a
newspaper held before the body interposed between it and an atomic flash
can keep the body from being severely burned, but remember the actual
destructive rays do actually go on through the newspaper and unless stopped
by the body itself would go on through the body. On such reasoning I began
to experiment to discover what the body was doing in connection with atomic
radiation and discovered that it was actually stopping it.
I found out further the procreative aspect of atomic radiation came
about because atomic radiation on the early track was used as a punishment
mechanism. At first it appeared that atomic radiation was the basis of the
second dynamic and its various wavelengths, but this is not true. They were
so identified because radiation was used in second dynamic punishments and
activities. Radiation is the only thing capable of reaching into the mock-
up strata of a thetan and on this high wavelength knocking apart his bank.
There are many black fives around whose black screens are actually
radiation hunger.
On the basis that the only havingness difficulty is under the heading
of "not enough" I caused atomic radiation to be wasted (until the thetan
could accept it). The difficulty was trying to operate with radiative mock-
ups in the vicinity of bodies. Evidently the thetan has to change his mind
very thoroughly before the body can be coaxed into letting radiation pass
by. The body is apparently anxious for radiation punishment, since it then
no longer has to continue a genetic line.
The problem on which I am working is the actual proofing of a body
against damage from bomb flash. That is between us auditors. To
publication, however, it is actually factual that we are the only people
who can do anything to alleviate or cure atomic fission. No serums or other
mechanisms have proven effective. The most effective means of cleaning up
radiation or radioactive dust in an area is the common water hose. That is
the high tide of anti-radiational research. In Scientology, using standard
procedures and including in them an address to radioactive masses, we can
cure by remedying havingness with it radiation burns. Indeed, it requires a
very skilled piece of auditing with a great deal of havingness remedy, but
we can do it.
Now I want you, and by that you I mean you, not a general editorial
"you," to send me at once any article in whatever publication or any book
or pamphlet of whatever simple or complex nature you have, know about and
can get, to me here at the Scientology Emergency Station, address
"Scientology, 69 Merrion Square S., Dublin, Ireland." Please send me as
well any horror material you have. I do not even have a copy of John
Hersey's book on Hiroshima or any newspaper accounts on it. You can help by
taking upon yourself personally the responsibility of being the only person
who is going to send me any material here. As Ireland is well removed from
any such threat, the material extant at this point is very poor. I need
this material in order to draw upon it for a book. This book will be called
"Atomic Burns, Their Danger, Cure and Prevention," and it will be, we hope,
in all the major book stores of the world and will be, I assure you,
translated into the various languages.
You see, the most frightening aspect of atomic radiation is that it is
the very most basic ingredient in insanity, and people close to it,
handling it or restimulated by it can be no better than totally insane. You
see the threat we are up against? Now it may well be that the U.S. Atomic
Energy Commission outlawed psychiatrists from its ranks and precincts
simply because these, who do at least know insanity when they see it, might
have been urging institutionalization of every leading atomic scientist on
grounds of paranoia, megalomania, and other psychotic symptoms. My own
experience with these
people would confirm it. The atomic scientist in the world today on grounds
of security is removed from any skilled mental observation of any kind
whatsoever. Nobody knows whether they are sane or not. Researches
demonstrate that the stuff they are handling would bring about insanity in
them in very short order. A light look at the subject demonstrates that
they have a craving for the destruction of all life. They are totally
careless and conscienceless when questioned on the subject of destruction
of men, women and children in cities. They are equally conscienceless
concerning the injury of their fellow workers.
A symptom of this insanity visible to us every month or so from Enid,
Oklahoma, is a man who was, for a long while, closely connected with atomic
energy, and who between attacks on Scientology has horrible writhings
concerning his own sanity and alternates attacks upon his auditor with
grovelling begging to be relieved of the awfulness of his life. Nothing
could be done for this man previously in Scientology, as no research had
been done on the peculiar aberration from which he was suffering- overdoses
of radiation received while an observer at Eniwetok. The screens which
covered his vision were radiation hungry. No one auditing him connected his
past experience with atomic energy and his case, since it was not known
that there was any relationship. So we have had at least one case in our
own midst demonstrating various types of insanity simply by reason of
having been connected with atomic energy earlier in his career. There may
be others. We know now that these surrender as cases if by auditing they
are brought to create and destroy radiative masses in mock-ups. It is,
however, a very dangerous piece of auditing and must be done very gently.
You may, by the way, have wondered why I never really attacked this
particular vilifier in Oklahoma. It was only that I was aware of the fact
that his case was unsolvable and that Scientology had indeed failed him,
and because I felt sorry for him. I am not the sort of a fellow to kick a
dog when he is down and I knew what desperate shape that person was in. I
am rather relieved now to know exactly what was wrong in his case, and
sometime or other an auditor can be sent down there.
But if we have been caused lies and upsets in our own ranks by the side
effects of atomic radiation, then imagine what it would do when close up
against a government which is being advised on atomic matters by persons
who have long since passed the sanity point. Therefore it looks like thee
and me have some work to do. Fortunately Scientology is already well
entrenched in many atomic energy areas and many atomic scientist
connections know of it and the materials which are developed concerning
radiation cure can of course be applied to this particular problem with
considerable benefit.
Well all entheta aside, please get that material to me fast.
IMMEDIATE CASH FOR AUDITORS
Associate memberships are now available for sale by auditors to their
groups.
The associate member is a member without time limit of Scientology. An
associate member does not receive publications but does receive a pin and
membership card.
An associate membership costs five shillings in the United Kingdom and
areas under the London office, and one dollar in the United States.
The auditor can purchase from the organization the pin and application
form already assembled in lots of 25 with brooch backs or button backs for
two shillings and sixpence in the U.K. and its areas, or fifty cents in the
U.S.
The auditor sends in to the U.K. �3.2.6 to Scientology, 69 Merrion
Square S., Dublin, Eire. He will receive in return 13 button-back and 12
brooch-back pins
mounted on application cards. An auditor in the U.S. can send $12.50 to
Scientology, Washington, or for quicker delivery at this stage to me in
Dublin, Eire, and he will receive the same lot.
The auditor then sells these associate memberships to anyone, but we
hope to people who are taking or have taken a basic course. He keeps the
totality of his receipts. The person to whom he sells the pin and card
fills in the application form addressed to the organization provided with
the card and has returned to him at once his membership card. The total
clerical work on the part of the auditor is sending the order here,
receiving and directly selling the card. The associate member newly made by
the action is the one who sends in his application. This makes for minimal
bookkeeping.
The pin is the lovely little S-and-double-triangle pin designed by Bob
Hollanbeck in Phoenix, Arizona. Some of you have already seen them. The
design was taken originally from the dust wrapper of Science of Survival's
earliest editions.
Arrangements will be made at a later date for the sale of subscriptions
to our improved publication line for general and special memberships, all
of which can assist the auditor in financing his activities in Scientology.
The reason we want this membership to be widespread in existence is
that the power of an organization is counted by the number of members it
has. We must have a membership class which includes everybody and which
permits people to be in no doubt as to whether they are with us or not.
A particular oddity of the associate membership card is that it is not
renewable. It has no termination date and does not expire every year. It
might be a good thing if some other classes of members also became
associate memberships if they have any fear of lapsing, since they would at
least be an associate member at all times. This, however, would not bring
them publications or services.
You must be aware that at this price we are actually selling the card
and pin at the actual cost of production.
As this is announced, the manufacture of the pin and card is already
arranged and in the works. Acts of God, perils of the sea or strikes could
delay the filling of your order for a few days, but this is only an
eventuality, and by the time your order gets here the pins should be ready
to ship to you.
As a point of incidental interest, I just happen to have by accident in
my jewel box where I keep the keepsakes of value that people often send me
from various parts of the world the original solid gold S-double-triangle
pin made by Bob Hollanbeck. He sawed this out for me personally as a gift
in Phoenix last year. If I owe him anything for copying it for everybody's
benefit, I wish he would let me know since I don't have his address here in
Dublin.
There was another slightly smaller S-and-double-triangle pin made and
issued from Phoenix a year ago, but it was not from this handmade design of
Hollanbeck's which he intended for my personal wear. By the way, Bob
Hollanbeck will make you a Mexican tie-tie with the S and double triangle
in solid silver and very beautiful for I think $15. When I have his address
I will insert it in a PAB.
AUDITOR INCOME FROM BASIC COURSES
All auditors everywhere in good standing with the academy or London are
authorized to teach a basic course in Scientology.
In its program of assisting the auditor to finance himself and the advance
of Scientology the central organizations will do all possible to assist him
in the teaching of this course.
The course should be a minimum of twenty hours, including some eight
hours of group processing and some twelve hours of instruction.
The instruction should be precisely cycle of action, the 8 dynamics,
ARC and what each element means, the tone scale, something about havingness
and its relation to the tone scale, and how to do an assist. The principal
stock in course should be the most elementary and should be repeated often
so that everyone in the course actually knows these principles. No other
material such as past track, past lives, thetans, clears, or any other data
should be introduced into the basic course. The essence of teaching a basic
course is to make sure that everybody in the unit understands very well
these basic elements.
I am at work at this moment on a Basic Course Manual. However, you need
not wait for it.
At the end of your basic course you should give an examination to all
persons who were in it covering just exactly these points above and their
definitions and uses. You should then ship with the address of this person
that examination paper to London or Washington, depending whichever is your
most immediate area. The central organization in London or Washington will
immediately execute, if the exam was passed, a basic course certificate and
send it at once either to you to give to your student or to the student
directly as you indicate. Warning: These certificates will not be sent
unless the examination paper and the student's address are included.
The organizations make no charge for this service.
It is expected that a basic course would cost at least �3.10.0 in the
U.K. or $10.00 in the U.S. It is also expected that this charge will be
made and collected by the auditor and that the auditor will keep for his
own uses and the financing of Scientology in his area the totality of basic
course fees.
The only way you are going to accumulate a group that will stick with
you and forward Scientology is by teaching that group a basic course. Group
processing without training doesn't work.
We are very shortly going to publish a book as possessing the only
effective cure for atomic radiation known to man. You will hear more about
this later. The best and first thing to do is to create a large group and
to teach it a basic course. Let's get this one out of the way fast. People
are talking Scientology and demonstrating its adequacy in their own
spheres.
One of the ways of gathering groups for a basic course is to teach for
the first week something you will call a free course and which contains
perhaps four hours of auditing and six hours of instruction, and give this
free course to everybody but don't let anybody take the same free course
twice, and then simply continuing the free course on up into another twenty
hours or two weeks, covering these essentials much more precisely, teach a
course that you charge for. Remember, the organization does not care how
much money you charge for this basic course. It would actually be surprised
if you did not charge at least five guineas, or $25.00. There are plenty of
ways of accumulating groups. For such basic courses you will learn these as
I tell you more about the Irish adventure in later PABs.
TRAINING COST CHANGE
After years of no alteration it may come as a bit of startlement to
announce that it will shortly be generally announced and is effective
immediately that training costs and charges are changed in the central
organization.
For five years the cost of a professional course in the United States
has been $500. In London the same course has cost you formerly �125. It is
rather interesting how these two figures were arrived at. The $500 fee was
set by Parker Morgan in Elizabeth, New Jersey at the end of May in 1950.
Parker Morgan, beseiged by requests of people who wanted to take a closer
look at Dianetics, invented a status whereby that person could hang around
the office and watch what was going on in the Foundation as an intimate
observer for one month for $500. There were ten in the first professional
course. The only chair case there was Ted Ottison, recruited up from St.
Mary's College. After a few days I took pity on these ten, since although
they were interested they were getting very little know-how, and began to
give them a daily lecture, and so started the first professional course in
Dianetics and Scientology.
The figure was set in London at �125 because that was the cost of
maintaining an instructor and quarters for a minimum class of two students
over a period of two months and the general one-month hangover of training.
As I could not stand by London forever and had no idea that it would have
many students, it was necessary that the school remain solvent. It was also
necessary that a central organization continue to exist, and that needed
finance. Actually the �125 charge was not too far in error, since the
London office just barely did remain solvent during my long absence in the
U.S. Commie critics, which exist in vast profusion, swept Scientology into
its group propaganda about American dollars and was long active in
pummelling this �125 fee as demonstrating that Scientology was a get-rich-
quick scheme.
The actuality is that in both cases the central organization has to be
maintained or auditing itself would go all to pieces everywhere and there
would be no way of disseminating new processes, and that it takes far
longer than a month or two months or three months to train a professional
auditor. He has to be trained by experience as well as formal instruction,
and the central organization always has the responsibility for this. As an
example, in Australia where an inadequate financing was done the HASI
office has been in continual difficulty trying to maintain itself, and as
it has failed to maintain itself adequately, the professional auditor in
the area of Melbourne has had a rather hard time of it. Part of that
squirrel cage of course is the activity of squirrels in the area who always
reduce the effectiveness of Scientology and blunt its progress, unable to
understand evidently that not everybody shares their own enthusiasm for
kicking the bucket. Of course a few of these squirrels were on the side of
the allies during the late war. They evidently didn't get their fill of
death, like the most of us who are more intimately connected with the
hostilities. A squirrel has used these fees as a target rather
continuously, but this is not the reason they are being changed.
Because we can train an auditor today in the eight weeks allowed
without having to pay for a great deal of continued training, thanks to the
invention of the indoctrination week and dummy auditing-of which I am
quietly proud-we can actually afford to train now for less in the United
Kingdom. We are going to extend U.S. training into a later retraining
period and we are going to do several additional things for the U.S.
auditor than we have done before, so the training cost will remain the same
for considerable additional service in Washington. In London the fee is
dropped to �75.
In view of the fact that we have the basic course planned for auditors
in the field and the shortness of distance in the U.K., no rights to train
to the level of HCA or HPA will be issued in the United Kingdom. This is
actually a kindness, since the grind of training auditors is not
remunerative to the individual auditor and actually inhibits his
income, which should be much greater by reason of basic courses than it
ever would be from teaching professional courses by our experience. This is
heightened by the fact that there has only been one application to train
made to us in England, which denotes no field enthusiasm for professional
training on its own behalf anyway.
In the United States all those rights to train which have been granted
to auditors who have not at this date returned in full their percentages
and fees to the central organization can be considered cancelled. The
organization will certify persons in training to such persons after this
date, but only those persons who are at this instant in training actually.
No further persons should be enrolled. As soon as auditors with these
rights to train engage upon the basic courses they will understand that the
teaching of basic courses is far more remunerative. We have had nothing but
complaints from auditors with individual rights to train concerning their
difficulties with finance. Students do not pay them. Central organizations
can cope with this fact but the individual auditor cannot. It is beyond his
means to train on charity or on the receipt of a third or half of the
professional course fee. The central organization can struggle along with
this or collect.
The chief reason the U.S. fee is not dropped is because the auditor
being trained now is going to be sent into specific areas and is going to
have placed in his hands any and all literature he will need to start
things booming and will be assisted by special mailings to the area
concerning him from Washington, all of which takes money and which had
better come under the course fee. However, as this service will cost about
$150, the Washington fee is actually reduced to about $350 to be available
for the actual training. We feel it is better in Washington to collect the
total fee and use part of it to give the auditor a big push in the area
assigned when he leaves, than to leave it to his initiative to scrape up
enough money to get the literature and material and make the mailings.
BOOKS IN PROGRESS
I am writing or have scheduled the following books:
1. The Elements of Scientology-Basic Course Manual.
2. Atomic Burns-Their Danger, Cure and Prevention. (This is the one we
mainly need the bookstore list for.)
3. Scientology-The Modern Science of Ability (a rewrite of Dianetics:
The Modern Science of Mental Health).
Abilities by the half-ton, each one of them defining a word in
Scientology or pertinent to life.
ACTUALLY HERE
I am actually and factually in Dublin, Eire. There is a terminal here.
There are some mailboxes and desks to receive your communication. My body
just now is in rather indifferent shape, thanks to an auditing experiment
on radiation, but it nevertheless will sit in a chair and hold your
communication in its hands and read it over very carefully. When you stamp
on the floor or the street of Dublin, there is solid earth there, and the
wind blows and the air circulates and there are live people around, and in
short this is really a terminal and your communication will be acknowledged
at once if you write. I will see if there is anything else I can think of
to reassure you as to the communication formula. The truth of the matter is
the swarms of people around here aren't Scientologists and I am a bit
lonesome, and you don't look around very good when I tap you on the
shoulder, so write me a letter and let me know your reaction to Associate
Memberships and teaching a basic course, and in turn every week I will keep
you posted on the material from various parts of the world and in
particular on the
Irish adventure, which may win or lose-see next week's installment-and upon
the progress of several other mock-ups in which you have a very tightly
vested interest.
CABLE FROM WASHINGTON
"HOUSE BILL 6376 PASSED JANUARY 18TH STOP GOES SENATE NEXT WEEK STOP BILL
PERMITS ADMISSION OF PERSON TO MENTAL INSTITUTION BY WRITTEN APPLICATION OF
INTERESTED PERSON BEFORE JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS ARE HELD STOP DISPENSES WITH
REQUIREMENT THAT PATIENT BE PRESENT AT HEARING STOP ANYONE CAN BE EXCLUDED
FROM HEARING STOP BILL PERTAINS TO ALASKA AT MOMENT STOP BILL SETS UP ONE
MILLION ACRES SIBERIAL IN ALASKA FOR INSTITUTIONS STOP LETTER AND BILL
FOLLOW STOP WHAT ACTION YOU WANT TA K EN.
KEN
NIBS DICK
[PAB 73 is a compilation of the following sections of Operational
Bulletins: Number 14, "Three Methods of Dissemination," page 351; Number
17, "Games Processing," page 366, and "Basic Course for Auditors," page
368.
PAB 75 is a compilation of the following sections of Operational
Bulletins: Number 5, "Exteriorization Today," page 295, and "Two-Way Comm,"
page 296; Number 6, "Tapes Spoil in Airmail," page 306; Number 7, "HASUK,"
page 307; Number 8, "Out of a Letter from Frank Sullivan," page 310; Number
9, "New Auditing Style," page 314; Number 11, "HAS Book Exchanges," page
321.
PAB 76 is a compilation of the following sections of Operational
Bulletins: Number 14, "Comparison of Results," page 348, and "Earliest
Findings on Havingness," page 349; Number 15, "An Organizational
Principle," page 359; Number 16, "Founding Church of Scientology Funeral
Service," page 363.]
P.A.B. No. 78
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
The Oldest Continuous Publication in Dianetics and Scientology
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
Brunswick House, 83 Palace Gardens Terrace, London W.8
_____________________________________________________________________
3 April 1956
ADMINISTRATION
A number of vital lessons were learned in setting up and running the
college here in Dublin. But they were not all on the subject of the college
itself. Some of them were on the subject of Scientology organization.
For six years now we have been stumbling across one horrible thing:
Administration. It has come out here in Dublin that the majority of our
troubles have been administrational, not technical.
We Scientologists have a lot to learn about administration. I have
coded the following as vital bits of data on the subject:
Administration is a form of communication. Adequate administration
consists of keeping certain communication terminals in place and making
sure that the proper particles go to and through the proper terminals.
Smooth organization consists of having a terminal for each type of
activity in which the organization is engaged. There can be four or five
activities to one terminal so long as three things are obeyed: (1) the
terminal itself has to know it; (2) nearby terminals have to know it; (3)
distant terminals have to know it.
Supervision of an organization consists of keeping the terminals in
place and keeping the correct traffic (particles and messages) flowing to
the right terminals and planning to adjust the communication flow either
from outside in or from inside out.
All particles having to do with the exact business of the organization
MUST be handled speedily. Particles which are not particularly germane to
the organization come in anyway and can be more or less neglected.
Terminals must also originate, not just reply or report.
Command lines must exist in an organization so people know who is boss.
But COMMUNICATION LINES are not command lines, contrary to the army
psychosis. Communications need not flow up to and down from any command
post. Terminals can and should operate independent of the command lines BUT
they MUST KEEP THE COMMAND position informed. Terminals can do two things
wrong: They can follow command lines with their communications; they can
fail to keep command informed.
Filing, invoicing, having the proper forms can be as independently
capable of ruining an operation, if they are neglected, as the most
flagrant neglect of duty by a terminal.
Copyright (�) 1956 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
If orders are filling, if the invoices are right, if the files are kept, if
the forms are correct and available, and if everybody knows his job and
will do it, an operation will have a hard time failing.
Tight and proper scheduling of classes, appointments, replies and comm
origins can forgive a lot of other things. These things are stabilities. If
you want an atmosphere of stability, have an atmosphere of precise
punctuality.
If you have a system, follow it, hound and harass it into line and keep
it there. But if you don't follow it, junk it and find out what system you
ARE following and make that then be the administrational system and keep it
tightly in hand.
Let me be terribly accusative and personal. If you have no group or a
small group, if your income is low, if you are having a hard time, it is
probably due to a lack of good administration in your affairs, not due to
your knowledge or lack of charm. You could be a poor auditor and a good
administrator in your auditing affairs and still win. You could be a
wonderful auditor and a poor administrator and flop completely.
If you are "overworked" you are probably being overworked by bad
administration. The fault in administrational work is most intimate to the
terminals involved in an administration. If these are each one sound and
working well, you've won.
One terrible fact stands out in administrational work. If the operation
is NOT WELL PLANNED the tendency is to add help. We see this at its worst
in governments. These have no equal in adherence to this system. When they
see something isn't running properly, they add some more help. When they
still fail to run properly they add even more help. At last you have a
government. The totality of its activity seems to consist of correcting
mistakes by adding rules and terminals to an already unworkable system. The
right way to go about this is to PLAN IN ADVANCE, put that plan to work,
REFINE THE PLAN, put that refined plan to work, always on the most basic
level, saying always, before one begins to build or reform, "What, exactly,
is this outfit here supposed to do?" Answer that question and then plan to
make it so and then administer to keep it so. AND ALWAYS ASK THE MAN ON THE
JOB WHAT THE HELL YOU SHOULD DO TO HELP HIM OUT. Never sit in some ivory
tower and dream up reforms for the organization. Always get your hands
dirty. A good executive gets his own communication lines running smoothly
and then spends his time going around not giving orders but smoothing out
people's jobs. Eighty percent of most organizations are involved in
handling the boo-hoos and nonsense of bad administration. A person who is a
minor terminal in an organization should know this too and should put the
pressure on the Big Whiz to make sure the comm lines keep running straight.
Now as to the personalities of personnel, it is very true that there are
always certain people in an organization poorly managed that the
organization would be better off without. These people always do two
things: (1) they shovel entheta and Emergency at their foreman and the
boss; (2) they are always out of department with their squawks. They are
obsessive change, high-critical cases on the personality analysis. They
wouldn't know good news if they had it dropped on them encased in a safe.
They can only deal in bad news. If it doesn't exist they obsessively make
it up. In the matter of being "out of department" they are incapable of
doing things close to home. The entirety of their real activity is fouling
up other terminals while their own department goes to the devil. Show me a
man's personal department and I will show you if he is in or out of
department. If the typing battery is always crying about invoicing, you'll
find darned little typing going on. "It's bad over there" is the theme
song. The other type of case an organization can't afford is the "can't
work," "you're working too hard" case. When somebody starts on this one,
shoot him from guns. These people-the entheta monger, the out-of-department
weeper, the "you're working too hard"-
cannot be afforded by any organization and that's it. They actively damage
things sometimes beyond repair. They are NEVER of benefit to an
organization or group. I speak from bitter experience, I assure you. Fire
them if you can't audit them 75 hours.
In Scientology organizations today, regardless of the work people do
(we long since fired all the 1, 2, 3s above including the most prominent
U.S. squirrels) we give them 75-hour intensives as fast as we have auditors
available. We do this because we can tailor-make executives today. If they
slide a bit we audit them a bit more until we've got them up there and
swinging hard at the real enemies of man.
Our concentration right now is on administrational smoothness. Only in
that way will we get the groups and auditors we need to knock out the
enemy.
P.A.B. No. 79
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
The Oldest Continuous Publication in Dianetics and Scientology
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
Brunswick House, 83 Palace Gardens Terrace, London W.8
_____________________________________________________________________
10 April 1956
THE OPEN CHANNEL
Besides having a couple of other things to do in the last eight years, I
have been in search of an open channel for Dianetics and Scientology which
would not run into large obstacles and which would thereby make it possible
for organizations and auditors to outflow what we know to a maximum with a
minimum of difficulty.
When you have to qualify and explain what you are doing continually, you
have only in that an obstacle. Since there was no immediate forebear to
Dianetics and Scientology, there was no cut groove in the society. Thus we
have had to keep company with subjects in the public mind as ragtag as
anything can get-i.e. psychology, psychiatry. And of all the drooling
idiots I would never choose for bedfellows, believe me, the psychologist
and psychiatrist would be below my lowest list. Why? Because they're fakes.
They come from a long line of hoodwinks including such nobles as the
priests of Ra, Cagliostro and Wundt. Why? Because they would take the
pennies off a dead man's eyes. Why? Because there are limits where a
gentleman stops and the old-time hocus-pocus of the mind just then began.
Naturally, then, we ourselves would get a slap from the same dank brush.
One of the principal "everybody knows" is "everybody knows psychology and
psychiatry are phoney." Now it is an oddity that if you accuse a man long
enough of being a fake or a robber or a bum he tends to believe he might be
one. A young auditor once told me that he "couldn't get over feeling he was
robbing people" when he processed them. He was just running the counter-
effort of his environment in its effort to shut him down on Scientology. He
was classed by his environment as a psychologist or psychiatrist. He even
wore the beard at last. And he squirreled a bit. Why? Because everybody
told him that he was a fake and he at length had to accept it, he thought.
Ninety percent of the few auditors who have quit have all suffered from
this association with psychologists and psychiatrists to a point where they
themselves thought they were phonies-and that therefore the organization
and all connected with it must then be phonies. In other words they were
counter-efforted into believing they were guilty even though they'd
committed no crime.
The Open Channel for which I have searched has been found. I went over
to Dublin, a poor, cross-ridden town, and started up a pilot operation. In
the charge of the redoubtable Bernie Green, that operation has even chance
of out-incoming both the American and British offices. It is Bernie's and
he's got every chance of really pulling a very steep hill. Were the
American College duplicated in London and Washington it would start making
history fast. Why? Because it exploits an open channel which runs, like
good roads and good weather (of which everyone is in favor), without
opposition.
Copyright (�) 1956 by L Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
Behold: "Scientology is that branch of psychology which treats of human
ability. Old-time Wundtian psychology said that people could not change.
Now that we can change people we have to call what we are doing something
else than psychology." They "know" what psychology is (familiar word). They
immediately grasp this, get a tiny agreement. Then they are told (gradient
scale) that old-time psychology couldn't change people (which they can
verify in psychology texts) and that we can. Follow this with a discussion
of IQ and Personality Tests and then brush aside any thought of neurosis or
psychosis as part of the picture with "Well, I think we can all agree that
any of us have room for improvement," and you're off into something the
person you are talking to can use. IF YOU CAN SELL ONE PERSON PAINLESSLY ON
SCIENTOLOGY YOU CAN SELL GROUPS. IF YOU CAN SELL GROUPS YOU CAN SELL THE
WORLD.
I am often amused when somebody shifts one of my mock-ups around-for
they very often do it on the basis of removing the motor. Washington
recently published the above definition of Scientology with a subtle
change: "Scientology is that branch of wisdom which treats of human
ability." They changed the one thing vital in the sentence. The listener is
going to classify YOU as a psychologist. He's read about psychology in the
comic strips. He uses the word constantly. It's an agreement point. You
avoid the word entirely as did Washington and you have ( 1 ) missed the
agreement point and (2) invited him to retain an association not as-ised
which will condemn you. So changing one of these mock-ups around may make
them non-workus-deadus.
No, you say to anybody, "I'm a Scientologist." "Scientology? It is that
branch of psychology which treats of human ability. Old-time psychology
believed you couldn't change anyone's intelligence or personality, so when
we could we had to call it something else." "Well, I think you'll agree
that anyone could stand some improvement." "It's fascinating that even
morons can be made smart." "You know, an average intelligence is about 108.
Well, with a little work a Scientologist can shift that to 120 or 130, you
know, make it possible for the person to tackle jobs he couldn't have
understood before." "All we're interested in is increasing business
efficiency. Has a lot to do with income. Fellow with an IQ of 108 makes,
let's say, $35 a week. He'd be paid more if he was worth it. We raise his
IQ to 120 and his pay goes up to $75." "You know, we don't need new
business ideas or gimmicks. All we need is some people who can carry on
existing business efficiently for a change." "Take government. I don't
think a lot of people in government are smart enough to understand their
business." "I'd sure like to get my hands on some of these officials ...."
That's all agreement chatter. It's material which keeps your listener
coming. HE knows (and you never infer it) that HE could use this stuff
Scientology personally. He'd resent being told he needed psychiatry or
psychology, for that would infer he was crazy. But when you talk about IQ
and rising pay and how stupid people can get businesses in trouble, you're
right in there on the agreement level. Now if you AVOID psychology
entirely, you leave it to the listener to infer it and thereafter you're a
psychologist to him.
I wrote the above, not off the cuff, but straight out of experiences
other people and myself have had with it. There's no counter-effort. All's
well. What you say goes home. So without altering this carefully built mock-
up, try it out.
Now unless this mock-up got you some action and Scientology some
attendance, it would still be no good. So it has to be backed up with an
organization such as "Business Study Group" or "Scientology School of Human
Efficiency" or "Chicago School of Personnel Efficiency." Here the form of
the mock-up is looser, but not too much so, for that which the study group
or school does is not altered. The actual composition of the group may
differ. It may be that the auditor runs one in his living room three times
a week for an advanced course and three other evenings a free course. It
may be that the auditor can afford to really put up a college type mock-up.
So the
receipt point for the income of bodies may differ. The entering wedge and
the final curriculum neither one differ.
Well, we've advertised in help wanted columns and we've got some kind
of a mock-up to receive bodies. Then what do we do?
We give a free course six evenings in length. (If you're doing it in a
living room, you'll need two weeks for it at three a week, for the other
three evenings will have to hold your Advanced Course.) In this course we
teach Cycle of Action, 8 Dynamics (saying we go up to the first third of
the seventh and leave the remainder of 7 and all of 8 to the church and so
sidestep religious arguments), A-R-C two different evenings, and
Havingness. WE TEACH THIS COURSE WITH PRECISION, giving our students
precise definitions, not generalities or discussions; we come right down on
each one of these and define hell out of it for our free course people; we
don't shilly-shally around and avoid the subject of the evening. We bowl
them over. In this free course we give just a little "look around the room"
type group auditing. At two hours an evening for six evenings we have
twelve lecture hours in a free course. Only two or three should be
processing periods and then gently, gently.
When you've given this free course of six evenings, you will then sell
at the price that will gain you the most people and yet support the
endeavor (a nice calculation, that) an Advanced Course.
Of what does this Advanced Course consist? Ah, that is again very
precise. It is an additional twenty-four hours of instruction broken into
two periods of twelve hours each.
We will call the Free Course "Course A" for the obvious reason that the
texts soon to be printed will start with Text A. We will call the next
twelve hours of instruction "Course B," the third twelve hours "Course C."
Thus the texts will be lettered.
The Advanced Course is composed of B-C. The texts for B and C
respectively are Science of Survival and Dianetics, 1955!. These, shortened
and rewritten, will be Text B (Science of Survival, complete with Tone
Scale Chart), Text C (Dianetics, 1955!).
Thus for the next twelve evening hours of lecture after the Free Course
one lays heavily into the exact text and chart of Science of Survival. Then
for the remaining twelve hours one teaches with exact precision Dianetics,
1955!.
Why this division? Because you don't want to enroll an Advanced Course
every other period. Every time you finish a Free Course, you will want to
sign them up and continue them with no pause or break. If you pause, let
them hang for a week or two before you get them to enroll, you'll lose
them. Therefore! You will be able to enroll every Free Course at once. The
students will step into a complete twelve hours of instruction on either
Text B or Text C. Thus a student starting from scratch goes from Text A to
Text B to Text C, OR goes from Text A to Text C to Text B.
If you have two rooms, one for the Free Course and one for the Advanced
Course, you will then enroll people into the Free Course and into the
Advanced Course every week. You will enroll people into the Advanced Course
from the Free Course as fast as they finish the Free Course.
By teaching the basics as basics, by teaching the Tone Scale and
Communication just as we learned them, you'll bring people right on
upstairs without overwhelming them. If you just process them you worry them
because you overwhelm them past their understanding. You'll get BIGGER IQ
RISES by teaching this curriculum than you will by processing them in
groups the same number of hours. And you'll have Scientologists, not
preclears.
Now how about individual auditing? If all these classes are evening
classes, then you have a lot of free daylight. Well, strictly on a BUSINESS-
EFFICIENCY MOCK-UP you make them more able with individual auditing. You
make it known to your classes that individual auditing can be had. You say
what it is. You touch on illness only by stressing its absenteeism quality
and its function in keeping them from getting better jobs. You stress
mainly the handling of people, self-assurance, ability to work. You sell
them small quantities of auditing. You patch up just what they want with
old creative processing and havingness. You charge them hourly rates. You
also offer medical check-up if you like.
There is something else you can do. You can arrange with a loan company
to lend the person enough to pay for a medical check-up by an M.D. with
which you've made an arrangement, for their course and for individual
auditing. The loan company pays you in cash. The student-pc pays the loan
company by the week from his paycheck. This of course has to be carefully
greased and made painless. But as the sum is small and as the people who
come to you get salaries, you will find a loan company will be very happy
to play ball.
The end product we already know is a working person with a higher IQ
and with poise the like of which employers haven't seen lately. Teaching,
getting the confusion out of them, always can be counted upon to up their
confidence and poise. And you'll have Scientologists.
Well, what people should you approach? We've got some chaps amongst us
who have bigshot complexes. These fellows can't see themselves talking to
people less than executives and would scorn talking to "mere stenos." Let
these poor fellows pound their shoes thin trying to sell the BIG COMPANIES
all sorts of ideas on improving their help. You, going to and dealing only
with stenos, laborers, clerks and the good, solid workaday world with your
group, will win. The auditor who still hangs around General Sputters trying
to get Mr. Swivelbottom to "buy a course for his help" will be in the
anteroom yet while you own two square blocks on the main thoroughfare and
have long since trained Mr. Swivelbottom's help without his consent,
knowingness or caringness. The big executives these days are about as
progressive as last spring's snail and have as much love for their people
as Fagin for Oliver. Approach the little guy. With help-wanted-column ads.
As close as you come to companies will be Business Colleges and Tech
Schools which you will let hire you to lecture free course level to THEIR
students in their premises. From these you will also get Advanced Course
students because you can hand out your literature. Play ball with such
people. Let them sell THEIR courses in your school. And let them sell their
courses to include yours. Be real.
There are certain golden rules which will make your operation, break it
if you neglect them. DELIVER WHAT YOU PROMISE. SCHEDULE PRECISELY. THE
STUDENT IS A CUSTOMER. USE BUSINESS AS A MOTIVE AND STRESS POINT IN ALL
EXAMPLES AND LECTURES.
Now there are additional services you can offer if you can deliver
them. You can test for IQ and Personality and write a letter to their boss
about their improvement at course end. You will wind up with a huge
employment roster. You can work with employment offices. (Don't be an
employment office, work WITH all other employment offices. Be an employment
wholesaler to employment agencies for a fee, never a retailer, as that's a
profession in itself.)
Sell everybody an Associate Membership who comes to your Free Course.
Sell everybody all his texts if you can. That's added income and you may
need it.
Here's an OPEN CHANNEL in the society. Nobody is really doing it. Not
even Carnegie, the closest reach, did this. Nobody balks good roads, good
weather or better
business efficiency today. And you can let the psychologist and pseudo-
psychologist stew in their own rather rancid juices and gibber around their
shock machines and mice in their government financed prisons and go
straight to hell, whither they are bound, without our knowing or caring.
Are you going to help reach on this OPEN CHANNEL? You know you are.
Problems and other plans were good. But they aren't as good as this
one. Try it out.
NEW MATERIALS
I caught a Trafalgar Square sized lion by the tail lately with new
material. New data and a new slant. We've gone upstairs further and we
understand more. And it doesn't undo what we know.
So you'll soon have SLP ISSUE 8. No real changes in steps 2-3-4-5-6.
Most of what you already know in step 1. But boy what an increase !
Hang on to your pro membership. We're just starting this game.
WHAT DO I THINK OF AUDITORS?
(PABs will be sent airmail for $10 a year extra. That's the commercial
for this issue.)
Every now and again somebody tries to get me to say what I think of
auditors. They want me to become hypercritical, I guess, so as to match the
asker's tone. Well, I better make a public utterance after all this time.
I think of auditors in a rather intense way. As I know more auditors
than anybody else and have a better basis for judgment, on this subject I
can be for once an authority.
My opinion of auditors in general is fairly well known to several
people.
I think of an auditor as a person with enough guts to DO SOMETHING
ABOUT IT. This quality is rare and this quality is courageous in the
extreme.
It is my opinion and knowledge that auditors are amongst the upper
tenth of the upper twentieth of intelligent human beings. Their will to do,
their motives, their ability to grasp and to use are superior to that of
any other profession.
I think of an auditor as having INITIATIVE. He is able to grasp or make
a mock-up and put it into action.
Auditors survive better than other people.
If this world has any faintest chance of surviving it will be not
because I write, but because auditors can and will think and do.
I think our auditors came from beings lately arrived on Earth who,
seeing where it was going, decided to band together to send it elsewhere.
I consider all auditors my friends. I consider them that even when they
squirrel. I believe they have a right to express themselves and their own
opinions. I would not for a moment hamper their right to think. I think of
auditors and Scientologists as the Free People.
Just as they consider one another their people, so I consider them my
people.
I think their errors of the past, when they existed, came about because we
are new and we are finding out and I don't think any of their errors were
intentional any more than mine were.
I can understand their own reactions because I can understand the
counter-effort given them by society, and thus I don't hold auditors guilty
even when they fold up but simply assume we'd better make a better effort
into the society to overcome or bypass the counter-effort.
I don't expect auditors or Scientologists to instantly agree with or
seize upon whatever I say. I would be offended if they did and would feel
they weren't a Free People. Since they are intelligent I expect them to
think over what's said, try it, and if it's good for them, use it. That old
auditors sooner or later come back to and use what I have discovered isn't
any testimony to our relationship at all, it's only a testimony to my being
right because I meant to be right in the first place.
I sorrow when I see somebody accomplishing less than he should because
he thinks I wouldn't approve of it. In organizations and out I count upon
initiative and good judgment.
The most decent people I have ever known have been auditors. The best
hearted people I know are auditors. They are so decent and good hearted I
have to work and argue with them to make enough to keep mock-ups rolling
well, a thing they are now beginning to do.
I am very proud of Scientologists. I think they're bright, shiny
beautiful people and I'm glad every one of them decided to get born again
this time.
I think we're a fine crew. I know we can make it. And I know that if
it's a better world in the future it will be because Scientologists are
what they are, not what I made them.
Now in case there are any further inquiries or doubts on the matter, I
assure you I have spoken on the subject and that I have spoken from the
bottom of a very experienced heart.
Scientologists are the best people on each of the five continents and
that's all there is to it.
WRITING SCHEDULE
I've got my nose in my typewriter trying to steer clear of
organizational work, trying to get to you the books you need for courses
and programs. It's kind of rough working without a secretary. But I'll make
it somehow, I hope.
I'm in Spain. You can address me care of the HASI, 83 Palace Gardens
Terrace, London W.8. They'll packet my mail to me.
H A S U K
Because of many solicitor delays, the HASI in London remains the HASI,
not the HASUK, and by advices will continue as the HASI for a very long
time to come.
Give Jack Parkhouse there a hand, will you. The HASI needs your help
and support. He and Ann and Dennis are able and willing and are doing a
fine job-but they need your good will and your help if Scientology is to
survive in England.
L. RON
HUBBARD
P.A.B. No. 80
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
The Oldest Continuous Publication in Dianetics and Scientology
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
Brunswick House, 83 Palace Gardens Terrace, London W.8
_____________________________________________________________________
17 April 1956
SCIENTOLOGY'S MOST WORKABLE PROCESS
It is fitting that we give out Scientology's most workable process in
Issue 80 of the oldest continuous publication in our sciences of Dianetics
and Scientology.
We have been going with Dianetics and Scientology for a very long time
now according to our time continuum. Actually we have been going only a
tiny fraction of man's scientific time continuum. The progress which we
have made in the past few years is apparently greater than any combined
progress of the preceding ages. This may be due to our ability to
capitalize on what is known. It may be due to having been educated in both
the Eastern and Western philosophies. It may be due to being born with a
lucky slide rule in the mouth. It may be due to the brightness and interest
of everyone connected. It may be due to a lot of things, but to whatever it
is due, it is true. From a condition no-science-of-mind to a condition
science-of-mind has been achieved.
If you have any doubts about our starting condition, no-science-of-
mind, go get a Wundtian pseudo-psychology text, read Darwin, read the
horrible confusions of Locke, Hume, Spencer, James. If you care to so
research you will find that they were a trifle mixed up. Reading them now,
knowing as you do Dianetics and Scientology, you can make some small sense
from them in some places. BUT if you delete your understanding of Dianetics
and Scientology and THEN study them you'll come up-or, rather, go down-
staggering. The test was this: By their tenets could these people make
anyone smarter, more sociable, better able? No. The test was also this: By
their talk of God and Devil did other men in other fields understand
anything of the human soul, the hereafter? No. Well, that's the way things
were in the Dark Ages of 1949. Now we can make men smarter, better, more
sociable and yes, more controllable. Now we do know about the "hereafter"
and all the rest of it. So something DID happen in 1950 and something has
BEEN happening ever since, and despite all our detractors-for Man detracts
that which he doesn't understand-and for all our rocky road, we HAVE
attained higher than Man ever attained before and that's the way it is.
Very well, then WHAT is there in this already high mountain of
attainment which is the highest gain? Amongst all this gold where is the
super-gold?
I don't suppose I'll surprise you very much if I tell you you haven't
had the super-super-gold yet. In fact I didn't have it myself until very
recently and, having discovered it, I've been waiting smugly to know it a
little better and so give it to you ever since.
Empirically, the super-gold you have had is HAVINGNESS.
Copyright (�) 1956 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
Since havingness wasn't a super-super-gold (for I could see that it itself
was an aberration) I continued to look for higher levels of entrance into
the problem and so bypassed havingness and even forgot about it for a while-
with resultant case chaos. When havingness is neglected, cases do not
improve, that's all there is to it.
Well, amongst all havingnesses, what is the super-gold process? There
is one. It is not very fast, it is terribly certain, it does not fail in
our experience and its gains are permanent. It is a process known as the
Terrible Trio.
Given that, an auditor can put the question, acknowledge, originate,
take care of originated comm and in general perform WELL all the primary
auditing procedures (as different than techniques) and given that an
auditor isn't simply trying to overwhelm the preclear, the Terrible Trio
can then pull up any case if run long enough. You understand, of course,
that any TECHNIQUE depends upon the PROCEDURE of auditing. Auditors who
have techniques fail on them often are at fault in HOW they audit and no
matter how many thousand techniques were given them they'd still fail.
Procedures are learned by dummy auditing for scores of hours on end. Then
techniques work. (See, we've even cracked that major problem of building
"insight" and skill into the auditor, the biggest variable of old-time
practices! My, how we've come along.)
The Terrible Trio stole its name from three people in Scientology,
United States against whom a famous (infamous) organization recently
stacked its combined talents and lost with violence. The first "Terrible
Trio" were Sanborn-Barrett-Steves. When I gave the triple havingness
process to the staff auditors working under Julia Lewis in the HGC,
somebody there, sensing its effectiveness, dubbed it the Terrible Trio.
Now I know all that is very informal, as is this whole article, but
''scientific papers" as collected by the Ford Foundation and the Department
of Sewage of New York are always supposed to have a historical section to
tell where it all came from, and I'm simply being formal, you see.
The commands of the Terrible Trio are "Look around the room and tell me
what you could have." "Look around the room and tell me what you would let
remain." And, "Look around the room and tell me what you could dispense
with" (run as "Look around the room and tell me with what you could
dispense" in Boston and Devon).
These commands are run in ratio. It is not how LONG the process is run,
it is how long it requires to finally flatten each command so that any of
the three could be run indefinitely without upset to the preclear. The
first ratio, to be safe, should be 20 times on the first command, five
times on the second and one on the third. This ratio should then be
improved gradually, i.e. 10, 8 and 2, then 10, 10 and 4.
At all times the auditor should watch for anaten or agitation (the two
A's of auditing) and if these occur, he has gone too fast OR has made, in
the preclear's opinion, a code break of some sort. If it isn't the fault of
the ratio used, it's a code break and one should say, "What have I done
wrong?" to the preclear; the pc may fish about for several minutes and
finally recall that five minutes ago he felt repressed by the auditor in
some way.
By advancing the ratio too fast is meant running the second question
too long or the third question too long (too many times) without returning
to the first, which is the most innocent question. However, one CAN run the
first too long without advancing the ratio.
ONLY when the preclear can run any of these without consequence for
many, many times, can one then be sure that the process i9 flat. ONLY when
it is ENTIRELY
flat inside a room should one attempt to run it outside a room, for the
great space of the outdoors on this process is staggering to a preclear
with a chronic somatic. The Terrible Trio run too soon outside can make a
preclear VERY ill.
Here we have the most tested and vital process in Scientology. There are
more advanced processes but they are not yet tested. The Terrible Trio has
ALWAYS given a gain in the auditing room, properly audited. It was the
Terrible Trio which saved the day when staff auditors were fighting back to
security in handling havingness (for there was a short period in the U.S.
when, with havingness abandoned, no real gains were had, a condition which
I had to explore, fight and whip fast.)
It must be remembered that the PROCEDURE of the auditor must be good
before the techniques used by the auditor work uniformly well. Thus the
Terrible Trio must be run with exact attention to the rudiments. A pc out
of session even though "being audited" won't improve.
Oddly enough, this process can be self-audited, according to reports,
making it about the only self-auditing process possible outside of Self
Analysis (which still works).
Well, there you are.
BOTTOM RUNG OF DIANETICS FOUND
It will be good news to old dyed-in-the-engram Dianeticists (who are
still convinced that I REALLY had something in Dianetics) that I haven't
forgotten them or the subject.
Dianetics suddenly revived on a discovery I made lately in an area
where one would have thought no further discovery was possible.
The entire subject of games brought to life some new material. The
recent brief resume in Operational Bulletin 17 on games is as important to
us as it is brief. It tells us that there is a central motif on any dynamic
which indicates the difference between self-determinism and pan-
determinism. One is a master of any game which he can give non-
partisanship, in other words, to play both sides. He is committed to any
game (self-determinism) in which he can play but one side. Team play occurs
in a game when one is playing one side of it. But total pan-determinism
would be the ability to play any side or as part of any team, being capable
of playing any and all levels of any dynamic.
But what is important here is that games are "overwhelmings." As a
person begins to be unwilling to overwhelm he, of course, begins to be
unwilling to win and so loses pan-determinism and sinks into self-
determinism. Games are, for our auditing purposes, "contests in
overwhelmings." The primary overwhelming is to take space. Even in
sedentary chess the goal is to take space and the game ends with a certain
space, identified incidentally by the occupying piece, being overwhelmed
but not entered. This very wise game of chess, of course, really nails it
since no one can REALLY overwhelm a thing without space, a thetan. Chess
ends with the space commanded, the opposing king untaken, only
"overwhelmed." Thus life can be said to be a contest of "overwhelmings."
The use of force, space, pieces, problems, strategy and tactics all resolve
into the simple idea of "overwhelmed." A war and a business differ only in
overwhelming by the use of force by the former, and of advertising and
products by the latter.
A teammate is someone who assists in the overwhelming of the enemy.
Aberration is mainly the overwhelming of teammates (wrong target).
When one views life as a complexity of attempts to overwhelm he begins to
understand it rather well. Two people may be playing many games, some
between them, some with others. They are opponents in some things,
teammates in others. They succeed in the ratio that they can define their
games AND overwhelm the proper enemy for each game. Marriages fail only
because the games get confused between husband and wife.
All right, seeing that, let's now look at Dianetics again. The engram
was overwhelming the preclear. By auditing it with Dianetic techniques we
let the preclear overwhelm the engram-PROVIDING we as auditors weren't
simply using Dianetics to overwhelm preclears. Read over the things that
make auditing possible in 1 947's Original Thesis. The truth was there, the
underlying reasons why were not.
Very well, if we were trying to overwhelm engrams, WHAT were we trying
to defeat? The definition of an engram has been "a moment of pain and
unconsciousness." This should be more technically expressed as "an energy-
spatial picture representing a moment of pain and unconsciousness and
containing perceptics."
Well, what is this new discovery? It is an added bit that engrams
contained MORE IMPORTANT than pain and unconsciousness. That added bit can
be briefly stated as "the moment of shock." "The moment of shock" is that
period of realization by body and thetan that an overwhelming has occurred.
As I have said, an overwhelming does not consist of space, energy,
pieces et al. It is the IDEA that an overwhelming has occurred. The winner
is convinced (sometimes wrongly, as when World War I became World War II)
that he has overwhelmed the opposing player. The loser is convinced that he
has been overwhelmed.
By the mechanics of the overt act-motivator sequence a person doing a
lot of overwhelming sometimes regrets having done so. Sometimes the
overwhelmed (very commonly) takes the winning valence, becomes the person
or object he has been overwhelmed by. So if one wins he often regrets it
(the matched terminal phenomena is at work here) and when he loses he
sometimes becomes the winner in person.
Here we have the proposition that one can win too often or lose too
often. In Dianetics where does this fit? It fits as the moment of idea of
an overwhelming.
Bloody and wreckaged, some battlers yet do not get the idea they are
whipped. The engram received is then not effective against them. Almost
untouched, some believe they have been overwhelmed and thus a tiny lock
assumes the value of a big engram.
Some people playing against another assume too rapidly they have won;
they achieve the idea that they have done an overwhelming. Indeed it is an
old tactic to make the enemy think he has won and then knock him flat: not
Queensbury but effective. When this last has occurred a "winner" becomes
suspicious of having overwhelmed and is liable to become too anxious.
Indeed he can become so unsettled about overwhelming others that at length
he has to prove it to himself with stiff corpses and nothing short will
serve. And a "winner" can become more anxious than this, as most people
have now become; he can suppose that no evidence of having overwhelmed
others is valid and so he shuns the idea of having overwhelmed. To start to
win anything sets up an anxiety which brings about a counter-postulate in
him. Restimulating locks and engrams of anxiety, he becomes uncertain and
indefinite. Shame, blame, regret occur at the very thought of a win. Why?
He cannot get the idea of overwhelming another with any positiveness. Thus
he may go through life winning on every hand and feel a completely defeated
failure; no evidence is valid to him that
he has overwhelmed anything; he has to get big, try harder; but the cancer
stays with him and he finally concludes all is defeat.
The usual freedom-monger, the agitator, in his unreasoning and damaging
insistence on no rules or barriers anywhere, is able to achieve only a no-
game condition. He got that way because he cannot feel a win is possible.
At the same time he may be complicated by a certainty that he himself is
being defeated at every hand, no matter the evidence. Thus he has to assume
more and more vicious and convincing roles until at last there's shooting
in the streets. Thus the regicides of France could not be free even when
they had murdered their king and had killed all their nobility; they were
so unconvinced that they had won that they promptly lost by setting up
Napoleon as an emperor. Dead, the king and nobility had still won in the
minds of the French radicals BECAUSE the radicals could not get the idea of
having overwhelmed.
In the field of engrams this becomes important. It means that engrams
vanish, erase rapidly WHEN the preclear regains the ability to HAVE THE
IDEA that he has won and that he has lost. This explains the mysterious
efficacy of Rising Scale Processing as developed in the very last days of
Dianetic research. It also explains why many preclears could not run an
engram. It also explains why my earliest technique of giving small wins
over locks turned on sonic and visio. It also explains why some auditors
were not successful: They could not let a pc overwhelm anything and they
themselves had to overwhelm the pc and used engrams to do it. The auditors
did not know they were doing this-they were the first to be heartbroken
about case failures; it was just that a subtle factor was at work, more
powerful than the pain and unconsciousness of the engram.
Well, that's stripping it pretty bare. But there's more to the subject
and I will be covering it later on.
The research of Dianetics and Scientology still has its exciting
moments. At least WE'RE winning.
L. RON
HUBBARD
P.A.B. No. 81
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
The Oldest Continuous Publication in Dianetics and Scientology
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
Brunswick House, 83 Palace Gardens Terrace, London W.8
_____________________________________________________________________
24 April 1956
PURPOSE
All communication lines should have a purpose. The purpose of this
communication line is the advising and orienting of auditors and
Scientologists everywhere on the subject of Scientology, the formation and
the direction of its organizations and the creation of space in which Man
can walk upright and free.
There is a great deal of material packed in tight in these recent PABs.
There will be in the next few issues data of sufficient importance to
clarify Scientology even for those who have not succeeded well in life,
processing or finance. I invite your closest attention as to what is
happening here because data has appeared to me to overcome the challenge of
an apathetic resistive society in its regard to our efforts.
We are the only people and the only organizations on Earth which have
the technology and the ambition to attempt a clarification of situations
which in other hands are considered entirely out of control, to wit, the
atomic bomb and the decay and confusion of central governments.
There are those who would tell us that our ambitions are too high, that
no single group, much less a single man, could bring about a change in the
dangerous career of Earth. But such people do not know their history.
Single men and determined groups have been the only makers of space in
which Man could walk free. Left to the multitude, each inverted with his
own selfishness and greed, the affairs of Man do not prosper. Left to an
anarchy of nations with no international responsibility, Earth and Mankind
cannot prosper.
The Anglo-American civilization was the first new civilization since
the Roman Empire. All civilizations between the last collapse of Rome in
the 4th Century A.D. and the present moment were some fragment of the Roman
Empire or its conquerors. Rome possessed certain technologies which
conquered the world. In company with these technologies there was a
philosophy and a willingness to do. When the philosophy had faded or had
been changed for one far less workable, when the technologies of Rome had
been scattered before the hordes of barbarians who now from Moscow once
more seek to spread confusion, Man was left to drift, to interpret the word
"freedom" as he would and in the main for his own purposes. The disciplines
that were Rome faded away. Today the European countries are beginning to
function once more. Various portions of civilization are alert. For over a
century a new technology has been making space. That technology is Anglo-
American in its development. Leaders of the new industrial age in the
United States and Great Britain have pressed upon the world know-how and
machinery and ways of living which have revolutionized almost every society
on Earth. In Berlin, in Paris, in Madrid and Tangiers and Cairo and indeed
in Moscow itself we see the evidences of this onslaught. Anglo-American
mechanization
Copyright (�) 1956 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
has even driven the Chinese from their background and into European pants
and hats. In India and Burma and Buenos Aires we see the cinema, the
automobile, the clock, the booklets and the rifle created by or modelled
upon Anglo-American industrial might. Technologically the United States and
Great Britain have conquered the world. Philosophically they have failed.
The original impetus of the Anglo-American industrial push was carried
along with Protestant Christianity. Somewhere on the way there is one
spiritual message which, packaged in with the clock and the cinema and the
guns, was lost. Unlike earlier Jesuit successes with native peoples,
Protestants' successes have been few for some reason, possibly because the
Jesuit incorporated the religion he found with the religion he brought, and
Protestantism remained entirely itself. The spiritual philosophy which
should have prepared the way for the proper use of the technology did not
succeed.
We are left then with a world of confusion, for the tools and the
weapons have gone out and no message has gone with them, even to the United
States and Great Britain themselves, to use them properly. We are
confronted then with the picture of Man's failure to keep pace with his
humanities alongside the onslaught of his technology. We have humanities in
the Dark Ages and technologies in the next century. We are, therefore,
confronted within our own nations with strikes, crimes, upsets, juvenile
delinquency and problems beyond count. We are confronted at the same time
with rebellious Indians, Burmese, and Sinhalese and Chinese and Arabs. We
are confronted then with a United States and Great Britain which, having
delivered the weapons of slaughter into the hands of others, seemingly have
no will to continue their regulation.
The white man within his own countries and within all the countries of
Earth has solved the problem technologically. Guns, furniture, linoleum,
weaving machines, harvesters, air conditioning, medical advances have each
and every one conquered their environments. Though the machine has
penetrated such distance and though the machine has made each and every
United States citizen and British citizen more independent and capable, it
has not been accompanied by a philosophy of use adequate to its potential
for harm. Thus we have a chaotic world condition.
We have uncounted communication devices and have not had until
Scientology any formula for communication itself. We have a thousand
tongues, the phonograph, the motion picture, the radio, the television to
talk about affinity and we do not even know what it is. We have numberless
realities being created daily in huge antiseptic factories without any
understanding of what reality might be, and thus we have created beyond the
ability of Man to understand, and unless the understanding of Man can be
brought to the level of his own creations Man is doomed as the conquering
animal of Earth. So desperate has Man become that he will buy almost any
ideology whether it is communism or druidism. He will buy the garbage of
Marx and even write it unsuspectingly into the United States Constitution
under the heading of "Income Tax." He will seek solutions to his
overpowering problems from indigestible sources such as Russian psychiatry
or Wundtian German psychology, neither one of which was intended to free
Man or to give him understanding and which were intended only to enslave
and debase. Counterfeited ideologies and humanities are not good enough in
this age of atomic fission and jet planes. These two alone, unless handled
sentiently, can bring about the wipe-out of modern Man.
If you have questioned where you were going with Scientology, if you
did not know exactly what you intended to do with Scientology, if you had
no real understanding of what Scientology was for, read the above again.
You will readily recognize that the typist sitting in some office
overwhelmed by routine is equipped immediately with the means of writing
letters faster than any amanuensis of past ages but has no understandings
of why she should be there or what she should be doing beyond the
fact that she "has to have a job." What hope is there for this girl? Like
the operator of a drill press in a factory, like the pilot of a jet plane
or like the man himself who designs atomic missiles, she does not know what
she is doing or why she is doing it. Therefore, she cannot hope to
understand the motives of those around her, nor can she understand any need
for any teamwork in the execution of a better civilization. She is being
overpowered and engulfed by the business machinery with which she is
surrounded. Work and happiness, or comfort or pride exist in such
surroundings. From the highest head of state to the lowest menial, saving
only Scientologists, in the United States, Great Britain or the rest of the
world there is no exact understanding of life itself, thus livingness
itself has become as automatic as machinery.
Machines do not bleed, they do not suffer. It is only because Man
conceives Man to be an incomprehensible machine that makes Man willing to
destroy with such weapons as atomic fission. Only men without purpose,
without understanding, men who cannot play the game would so attack their
fellows.
What craven cowardice is it that requires a weapon as great as an H-
bomb to command compliance with one's bad temper? One can only gaze with
contempt upon a person who in a relatively peaceful society will over-arm
himself and over-threaten his fellows.
If Man cared more, if Man had a better understanding of his own
purpose, Man would make a better effort to survive, but lost in the
confusions of ideologies which were intended to do nothing but confuse him,
what chance does he have?
The chance he has is Scientology. We're giving him that chance and if
you do not pass along to him what you know, you yourselves are failing that
man, failing yourselves, and failing us. This is Man's one chance. You must
give it to him, otherwise he faces other planets, other times, other
elsewheres, but no more here. Scientology is not so much Man's first
science of understanding as his last call to reason.
If you cannot see this as a necessity, this science and technology to
fit in with Man's mission of the machine, then you cannot view Man's
further survival, for it will not exist.
Were we to straighten out on its lower and middle strata the
thinkingness of Man, he would have a chance to live. You would give that
chance to a person dying in an automobile accident. You would give that
chance to a dog; you would give the chance to breathe again and look at the
sun to your deadliest enemy. Then why not give it to Man at large? Is it
because you cannot see him as an entirety, because you cannot see him as
units made up in a similar image to those of your immediate family and
friends? You must give Man that chance. Given that chance he can live out
his destiny. If that chance is withheld from him he will be no more.
Where Earth pursues her gentle way in her orbit about the sun today
there will be a black orb seared, scorched and defaced with ruin, its air
polluted by radiation, its surface gouged by pocks, the skeletons of its
cities standing black and ruined against a sun which was allowed to set
upon the Anglo-American civilization. Perhaps there are other planets,
perhaps there will be other times, but here we are right now, our urgings
and our strivings ought to carry forward the civilization which we have
about us. Perhaps it would be better to start all over and make another
one. I do not happen to think so. I think that we can and will continue to
create this civilization and continue to bring Man through despite his
folly in creating industrially far beyond his ability to understand and
then borrowing from those who hated him the technologies he hoped would
permit him to survive. We know how and we can do. It is up to us. It is up
to you and only then we can say with honesty that it is up to Man.
HCA TRAINING RIGHTS
If you read closely you discovered that only those HCA training rights
given to DScns which had not been used and only those which although used
did not pay for certification to the central organization were cancelled.
Those people training to the level of HCA in the United States who have
used their training right to train people to that level and who are in good
order financially with the central organization are still in force.
Next time don't jump to conclusions!
Any and all professional auditors have the complete right to teach a
Basic Course and should be teaching the Basic Course regardless of the type
of mock-up they use to get people running through this Basic Course. You
understand that we can see a real Basic Course, one which trains a minimum
of twenty-five or thirty people a week. Anything else we call "peanuts." So
let's get busy on that one.
In the United States toward the end of the year there will be a DScn
Course for those who wish to qualify and procure rights to train; otherwise
no such rights will be issued.
L. RON
HUBBARD
P.A.B. No. 82
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
The Oldest Continuous Publication in Dianetics and Scientology
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
Brunswick House, 83 Palace Gardens Terrace, London W.8
____________________________________________________________________)
1 May 1956
S C I E N T O L O G Y
TRANSLATOR'S EDITION
by L. Ron Hubbard, Ph.D., C.E.
For the next few issues of the PAB we are running a preview of the
Translator's Edition of Scientology. It is presented not because you are in
need of a translation, but because you do need at this time a tight resume
of the data of Scientology AS IT SHOULD BE PRESENTED TO BASIC COURSE
PEOPLE.
In a Basic Course give them this data. Give people definitions. Repeat
them many times. Don't talk about Scientology in your lectures. Give them
Scientology.
Later these materials will be a Basic Course booklet.
Here, as well, are some startling new principles you have not seen
before, for since my discovery of them, there has been no written release
of the data.
This information is yours to use. It is a new "shot in the arm" for
Scientology. These advances have been called incredible. They are only
mildly amazing.
L. RON
HUBBARD
NOTE: The Translator's Edition of SCIENTOLOGY contains the most fundamental
principles of the science in such a form that any further reader in another
tongue can understand fully what was intended. The difficulties of
translation are most apparent when one is asked to translate Scientology
who has not had years of experience with it; a translation not based on
experience is then colored by the various misunderstandings of the
translator, and when the work passes, translated, into the hands of someone
who is to use or study it in that tongue, the person is deprived of much of
the precision of Scientology. Indeed, it is possible for even a fair
translation to still exclude enough in precision of word usage to deprive
the science of workability in a tongue for which it was not written
originally. While it is no criticism of the English of the translator, it
yet brings up the obvious point that not all translators are expert
Scientologists and might omit some of the exact meanings without knowing
that they had done so. TO OVERCOME THIS I have written here a Translator's
Edition. The ENTIRE TEXT which follows and every word therein is scheduled
for translation and must, each word, be literally translated into non-
English text. In order to secure exact meanings all words and some phrases
which are of questionable status in translation have been given in synonym
several times.
This TRANSLATOR'S TEXT must then accompany and be included in all other
non-English texts of whatever language; otherwise Scientology might not be
found in
Copyright (�) 1956 by L Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
many respects workable and an entire language area would be without it,
since it would not be understandable to it, the translator having erred
somewhere in his translation.
I speak in this from experience, having seen DIANETICS and SCIENTOLOGY
already in non-English tongues whose translators were not trained in the
science. In engineering, bridges stand or they fall down. That is because
engineering is so precise that an error in the engineering science
preceding the bridge could result in calamity. Similarly, Scientology works
or it doesn't work. It is not an art. It is the first Science of Humanity
to have this engineering precision. Thus literary skill does not count in a
translation. Smooth reading does not count. Exact meaning DOES count.
IN TRANSLATING ANYTHING IN SCIENTOLOGY TRANSLATE THIS PAPER FIRST.
Translate also the note above.
_________________________
WHAT IS SCIENTOLOGY? Scientology is that branch of psychology which
treats of human ability. It is an extension of DIANETICS which is in itself
an extension of old-time faculty-psychology of 400 years ago. More
acceptable and normal psychology, such as that begun by St. Thomas Aquinas
and extended by many later authors, was in 1879 interrupted severely by one
Professor Wundt, a Marxist at Leipzig University in Germany. This strange
man, in agreement with Marx, conceived that Man was an animal without soul
and based all of his work on the principle that there was no "psyche" (a
Greek word meaning "spirit"). Psychology, the study of the spirit (or mind)
then came into the peculiar position of being "a study of the spirit which
denied the spirit." For the subsequent decades, whipped on by Marxist
economists and dialectic materialists, Wundtian "psychology" was taught
broadly through the world. It taught that man was an animal. It taught that
man could not be bettered. It taught that intelligence never changed. This
slave subject, Wundtian psychology, became the standard, mainly because of
the indifference or lack of knowledge of people in charge of things.
Scientology is actually a new, very basic psychology in the most exact
meaning of the word. It can and does change behavior and intelligence, and
it can and does assist people to study life. Unlike Wundtian pseudo-
psychology, it has no political axe to grind. Scientology is not teaching
dialectic materialism under the heading of "psychology. "
The term SCIENTOLOGY is taken from scio (knowing in the fullest meaning
of the word) and ology (to study).
Scientology, used by the trained and relatively untrained person,
improves the intelligence, ability, behavior, skill and appearance of
people.
It is a precise and exact science.
It is employed by an AUDITOR (a Scientology practitioner) upon
individuals or small or large groups of people, in their presence. The
Auditor makes these people, at their choice, do various exercises, and
these exercises (processes) bring about changes for the better in
intelligence, behavior and general competence.
HOW IS SCIENTOLOGY USED? Scientology is employed by an Auditor (one who
listens and computes) as a set of drills (exercises, processes) upon the
individual, and small or large groups. It is also employed as an
educational (teaching) subject. It has been found that persons can be
processed (drilled) in Scientology with Scientology exercises and can be
made well of many, many illnesses and can become brighter, more alert and
more competent. BUT if they are only processed they have a tendency to be
overwhelmed or startled, and although they may be brighter and more
competent they are still held down by an ignorance of life. Therefore it is
far better to teach AND process (audit, drill) a person than only to
process him. In other words the best use of Scientology is through
processing and education in Scientology. In this way there is no imbalance.
It is interesting that people only need to study Scientology to have some
small rise in their own intelligence, behavior and competence. The study
itself is therapeutic (good medicine) by actual testing.
IS SCIENTOLOGY VALID? Tens of thousands of case histories (reports on
patients, individual records), all sworn to (attested before public
officials), are in the possession of the organizations of Scientology. No
other subject on earth except physics and chemistry has had such gruelling
testing (proofs, exact findings). Scientology in the hands of an expert
(Auditor) can cure some 70% of Man's illnesses (sicknesses). Scientology is
used by some of the largest companies (business organizations) on earth. It
is valid. It has been tested.
WHERE IS THERE MORE INFORMATION ABOUT SCIENTOLOGY? Scientology has two
main organizations. One of these is the HUBBARD ASSOCIATION OF
SCIENTOLOGISTS, No. I Brunswick House, 83 Palace Gardens Terrace, London
W.8, United Kingdom. The other is the HUBBARD ASSOCIATION OF SCIENTOLOGISTS
INTERNATIONAL, Post Office Box 242, Silver Spring, Maryland, U.S.A. These
organizations have offices on every continent of Earth. Scientology
practitioners are validated (certified, given diplomas) by these two
organizations. Diplomas are given only after very exact training. A person
who is skilled in Scientology has a diploma from one of the above two
organizations or from the FOUNDING CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY in Washington,
D.C., U.S.A. These offices and these people can give you more information
about Scientology. The above two organizations have many books in English
on the subject of Scientology and Dianetics. The company that is publishing
the book you are reading may have more books in your language.
WHO INVENTED SCIENTOLOGY? Scientology was discovered (found), not
invented (created). It was organized by L. Ron Hubbard, an American, who
has many degrees and is very skilled by reason of study. Sometimes Wundtian
psychologists defend themselves by saying Hubbard is insane; actually the
Chicago Psychological Institute, a Wundtian organization gave Hubbard many
tests at his own request in January of 1951 and found him unusually bright
and extremely sane. Hubbard was trained in nuclear physics at George
Washington University in Washington, D.C. before he started his studies
about the mind. This explains the mathematical precision of Scientology.
Doctor Hubbard has been given many honors for his work in the field of the
mind. He has been assisted by one of the most numerous organizations in the
field of the mind on Earth today, the organizations of Dianetics and
Scientology. Scientology organizations contain more members than all other
mental health organizations combined.
CAN A PERSON WITHOUT MUCH STUDY USE SCIENTOLOGY? Scientology is
practiced in daily life by enormous numbers of people who have no formal
training beyond a study of textbooks. Scientology was developed to be used
by such people as well as by the trained practitioner. A person studying by
himself from textbooks can use Scientology both to help and to heal his
fellow human beings.
WHAT SPECIAL USE DOES SCIENTOLOGY HAVE? Scientology does things for
people where nothing has been done before. It makes them well from
illnesses which were once considered hopeless. It increases their
intelligence. It changes their competence and betters their behavior. In
addition to these it brings them a better understanding of life. One
outstanding thing which it does: it alleviates burns received from atomic
bombs. Scientology is the only specific (cure) for radiation (atomic bomb)
burns. Scientology processing given to persons burned by radiation can
alleviate
the majority of the difficulty. This is true even when the person so
treating (auditor) is not completely trained.
BASIC PRINCIPLES
Like engineering, Scientology has certain basic principles. These are
necessary to a full understanding of the subject. It is not enough to know
how to process (drill) people in Scientology. To be effective (good) one
must also know the basic principles. Scientology is very exact. The
humanities (human studies) of the past were full of opinions. Scientology
is full of facts that work.
To study Scientology one should scan (skim) quickly through the basics
and find something with which one can agree. Having found ONE THING (one
fact) with which he can agree, he should then skim through again and find
another fact. He should continue to do this until he feels some
friendliness to the subject. When he has achieved this, and only when he
has achieved this, he should then study all the basic principles. There is
no effort here to be authoritarian (opinionated). No one will try to make
the subject difficult except yourself.
You may have been taught that the mind (the spirit, the brain) is a very
difficult thing to know about. This is the first principle of Scientology:
It is possible to know about the mind.
THE CYCLE OF ACTION
The most fundamental idea in Scientology is called the CYCLE OF ACTION.
CYCLE = a span of time with a beginning and an end; = a section of the
totality of time with a beginning and an end; = in beginningless and
endless time one can set out periods which do have a beginning and an end
insofar as action is concerned.
ACTION = motion or movement; = an act; = a consideration that motion
has occurred. In very ancient books it is written that from chaos came a
birth, from birth there was growth, when growth was achieved there was then
a gradual decay, the decay then ended in death, after death there was
chaos.
Scientology expresses this more briefly. THE CYCLE OF ACTION IS AN
APPARENCY AS FOLLOWS: CREATE, then SURVIVE, then DESTROY; or Creation,
Survival, Destruction. First there is Creation. Then this is followed by
Survival. Then this is followed by Destruction.
APPARENCY = appears to be as distinct from actually IS.
This cycle is only an APPARENCY. It is what we see, what we behold,
what we believe. We CONSIDER (think, believe, suppose, postulate) that it
is so and we then see it so.
A child is born, he grows, he reaches manhood, he grows old, he dies.
In Scientology it can be seen that none of these steps are necessary. One
considers them so and so they are true. A man can grow old quickly or
slowly. He grows old to the degree that he believes he is growing old.
Because everyone AGREES that this is the way things are, they go that way.
The cycle is not TRUE. It is only APPARENT. It is APPARENT because we
believe we see it. It is APPARENT because we AGREE that it should be so.
The test of this principle is as follows: By using the CYCLE OF ACTION
can we make anyone well or more intelligent? Thousands of tests have proven
that the use of
and belief in the CYCLE OF ACTION has made none well or intelligent.
Therefore, no matter if we see it, there must be something wrong with it.
The woman, growing old, wishing to appear younger, is protesting this CYCLE
OF ACTION. She feels there is something wrong with it. There is. We have to
find out what the ACTUAL cycle is before we can make people better.
ACTUAL = what is really true; = that which exists despite all
apparencies; = that which underlies the way things seem to be; = the way
things really are.
THE ACTUAL CYCLE OF ACTION is as follows: CREATE, create-create-create,
create-counter-create, no creation, nothingness.
CREATE = make, manufacture, construct, postulate, bring into beingness.
Create-create-create = create again continuously one moment after the
next.
Create-counter-create = to create something against a creation; = to create
one thing and then create something else against it.
No creation = an absence of any creation; = no creative activity.
An ACTUAL cycle of action, then, consists of various activities but
each and every one of them is creative. The cycle of action contains an
APPARENCY of SURVIVAL but this is actually only a continuous creation. The
APPARENT cycle of action contains DESTRUCTION but the ACTUAL cycle of
action tells us what destruction is; DESTRUCTION is one of TWO activities.
DESTRUCTION is in terms of action a creation of something against a
creation of something else. For example, a wall is seen standing; to be
apparent it is necessary that the wall be constantly created; the act of
"destruction" is to exert against the wall another creativeness, the action
or activity of knocking the wall down; both the wall standing there and the
action of knocking it down are "creative" actions. Because we may object to
(argue against, dislike) a wall being knocked down we vilify (swear at,
scorn) the creativeness involved in knocking it down with the word
"destructive." ACTUALITY tells us that there is no such thing as
destruction; there is only creation against a creation. There is another
"type of destruction" and this is NO MORE CREATION. By no longer being a
party to (a member of) the wall's creation, the wall, in theory, can cease
to exist for one. This is true in ACTUAL PRACTICE in Scientology.
REALITY is the way things appear. REALITY IS APPARENCY. To do anything
about reality, one must search into and discover what underlies the
APPARENCY. Of what does REALITY consist (what is Reality composed of)? We
SEE an APPARENCY which has the CYCLE OF ACTION of CREATE-SURVIVE-DESTROY.
More basically (fundamentally, underlying experience) this CYCLE OF ACTION
contains nothing but CREATION.
If one stops making something, it no longer exists. If one ceases to
create, there is nothingness. When one creates something or beholds
something which is created, that thing is still being created. Even if one
is creating something with his left hand and has forgotten about it with
his right hand, the thing still exists. In other words one can create
something without knowing it is still being created. Then he seeks to
DESTROY it by a counter-creation (a creation against it). The result is a
chaos created by two opposing creations.
LET US BE PRACTICAL. A science is not a science unless it is practical.
A theory is no good unless it works. All the fancy and beautiful theory in
the world is useless unless it has a use or a workability. Is this CYCLE OF
ACTION THEORY USEFUL? It is. So long as we believe that we have to destroy
with force in order to destroy at all, as long as we think in terms of
destruction, we have chaos.
There is CREATING AND KNOWING ONE IS CREATING. There is CREATING AND
NOT KNOWING ONE IS CREATING. When one drives a car or a cart he does
many things (performs many acts) which he is not AWARE OF (conscious of,
know about) and these we call AUTOMATIC ACTIONS. One is doing something and
is not aware that he is doing it. He starts to create something, then
places this thought still active beyond his own reach and the creation
continues to occur. KNOWINGLY CREATING SOMETHING is always the first
condition. One can then purposefully CONTINUE THE CREATION UNKNOWINGLY.
Everything he is doing knowingly or unknowingly he is doing here and now,
in the present instant, in present time. He KNOWINGLY STARTED THE CREATION
in some PAST moment. But the Creation is being done in the present moment.
To stop any creation it can be established that one once knew he was
creating it, and that thought found and made known again, OR ONE CAN SIMPLY
CREATE NEWLY AND CONSCIOUSLY WHAT HE IS ALREADY CREATING UNCONSCIOUSLY
(unknowingly). In either case the creation stops. The WRONG WAY is to start
a new creation to counter against the old creation; when one does this he
gets confusion and chaos.
FOR EXAMPLE a man has a bad leg. He is trying to "get well." He seeks
then to create a good leg. He goes to doctors and wants to be healed. The
treatment is difficult and usually somewhat unsuccessful in the case of a
very severely crippled leg. SOMETHING is creating a bad leg. Against this
he is creating a good leg. The result is confusion and a bad leg. BUT a
THIRD creativeness is present. First something was creating, we hope, a
good leg. Then a counter-creation (such as an accident to his leg) counter-
created a bad leg. Now he is trying to counter-create again a good leg. The
result is to wipe out THE ORIGINAL GOOD LEG since THAT IS THE CREATION HE
IS TAKING OVER AND EXPOSING WITH HIS EFFORTS TO GET WELL. He wants a good
leg. The trouble with him is the counter-creation of a bad leg. The test is
factual. Have him create (by a certain Scientology process) bad legs until
the countercreation of bad legs is wiped out and the ORIGINAL CREATION OF A
GOOD LEG WILL REAPPEAR. This only fails when there is no original creation
of a good leg, when this is gone.
FOR EXAMPLE a man has a job. He works at it. That is to say he create
create-creates a job throughout the days, weeks and years. As long as he
makes a job, the job exists. One day he DEPENDS upon (takes for granted)
this job. He no longer creates it. It ceases to exist. He has no job. The
APPARENCY is that he loafed (became lazy) and was discharged. The ACTUALITY
is that he no longer created a job and so didn't have one.
FOR EXAMPLE a man depends upon a woman to keep his house for him. One
day he no longer has a woman. He can't keep house EVEN THOUGH BEFORE HE
MARRIED THE WOMAN HE COULD KEEP HOUSE.
FOR EXAMPLE a man is sane. He gets the idea (creates the idea) that it
would be better to be insane. He starts to go insane (having created it)
and then does numberless things in order to stay sane. Here he was already
creating the state of sanity. He counter-created insanity. He then counter-
created sanity against insanity.
CREATION IN THIS WORK may be thought to exclude God. We are here
considering only those things which MAN or Man as a spirit can make or
manufacture or think. The subject of WHO or WHAT is doing the creation does
not invalidate the cycle. This is a work on the subject of the mind, not a
work on the subject of the Supreme Being.
There are many tests for these principles in SCIENTOLOGY. Such tests
come under the heading of PROCESSING.
(Continued in PAB 83 on next page.)
L. RON HUBBARD
P.A.B. No. 83
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
The Oldest Continuous Publication in Dianetics and Scientology
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
Brunswick House, 83 Palace Gardens Terrace, London W.8
_____________________________________________________________________
8 May 1956
S C I E N T O L O G Y
TRANSLATOR'S EDITION
by L. Ron Hubbard, Ph.D., C.E.
Continued from PAB 82
THE CONDITIONS OF EXISTENCE
There are three conditions (circumstances, qualities) of existence
(apparency, reality, livingness).
These three conditions comprise (make up, constitute) life.
They are BE, DO and HAVE.
THE CONDITION OF BEING is defined as the assumption (choosing) of a
category of identity. It could be said to be the role in a game and an
example of beingness could be one's own name. Another example would be his
profession. Another example would be his physical characteristics. Each or
all of these things could be called his beingness. Beingness is assumed by
oneself or given to oneself, or is attained. For example, in the playing of
a game each player has his own beingness.
THE SECOND CONDITION OF EXISTENCE IS DOING. By doing we mean action,
function, accomplishment, the attainment of goals, the fulfilling of
purpose, or any change of position in space.
THE THIRD CONDITION IS HAVINGNESS. By havingness we mean owning,
possessing, being capable of commanding, positioning, taking charge of
objects, energies or spaces.
The essential definition of having is to be able to touch or permeate
or to direct the disposition of.
The game of life demands that one assume a beingness in order to
accomplish a doingness in the direction of havingness.
These three conditions are given in an order of seniority (importance)
where life is concerned. The ability to be is more important than the
ability to do, the ability to do is more important than the ability to
have. In most people all three conditions are sufficiently confused
(chaotic, baffling) that they are best understood in reverse order.
Copyright (�) 1956 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
When one has clarified (brought order into) the idea of possession or
havingness, one can then proceed to clarify doingness for general activity,
and when this is done one understands beingness or identity.
It is an essential to a successful existence that each of these three
conditions be clarified and understood. The ability to assume or to grant
(give, allow) beingness is probably the highest of human virtues. It is
even more important to be able to permit (allow) other people to have
beingness than to be able oneself to assume it.
THE EIGHT DYNAMICS
As one looks out across the confusion which is life or existence to
most people, one can discover eight main divisions, to each one of which
apply the conditions of existence. Each division contains a cycle of
action.
There could be said to be eight urges (drives, impulses) in life. These
we call DYNAMICS. These are motives or motivations. We call them THE EIGHT
DYNAMICS.
There is no thought or statement here that any one of these eight
dynamics is more important than the others. While they are categories
(divisions) of the broad game of life they are not necessarily equal to
each other. It will be found amongst individuals that each person stresses
one of the dynamics more than the others or may stress a combination of
dynamics as more important than other combinations.
The purpose in setting forth this division is to increase an
understanding of life by placing it in compartments. Having subdivided
existence in this fashion each compartment can be inspected as itself and
by itself in its relationship to the other compartments of life. In working
a puzzle it is necessary to first take pieces of similar color or character
and place them in groups. In studying a subject it is necessary to proceed
in an orderly fashion. To promote this orderliness it is necessary to
assume for our purposes these eight arbitrary compartments of life.
THE FIRST DYNAMIC-is the urge toward existence as one's self. Here we
have individuality expressed fully.
THE SECOND DYNAMIC-is the urge toward existence as a sexual or bisexual
activity. This dynamic actually has two divisions. Second Dynamic (a) is
the sexual act itself and the Second Dynamic (b) is the family unit
including the rearing of children.
THE THIRD DYNAMIC-is the urge toward existence in groups of
individuals. Any group or part of an entire class could be considered to be
a part of the Third Dynamic. The school, the society, the town, the nation
are each part of the Third Dynamic and each one is a Third Dynamic.
THE FOURTH DYNAMIC-is the urge toward existence as mankind. Whereas the
white race would be considered a Third Dynamic, all the races would be
considered the Fourth Dynamic.
THE FIFTH DYNAMIC-is the urge toward existence of the animal kingdom.
This includes all living things whether vegetable or animal. The fish in
the sea, the beasts of the field, or of the forest, grass, trees, flowers
or anything directly and intimately motivated by life.
THE SIXTH DYNAMIC-is the urge toward existence as the physical
universe. The physical universe is composed of matter, energy, space and
time. In Scientology we take the first letter of each of these words and
coin a word MEST.
THE SEVENTH DYNAMIC-is the urge toward existence as or of spirits. Anything
spiritual, with or without identity, would come under the heading of the
Seventh Dynamic.
THE EIGHTH DYNAMIC-is the urge toward existence as Infinity. This is
also identified as the Supreme Being. It is carefully observed here that
the science of Scientology does not intrude into the Dynamic of the Supreme
Being. This is called the Eighth Dynamic because the symbol of infinity
stood upright makes the numeral "8."
The earlier science Dianetics included Dynamics one to four.
Scientology embraces Dynamics one through seven as known territory,
scientifically demonstrated and classified.
The difficulty of stating the exact definitions of the Dynamics is
entirely verbal. Originally the Dynamics read "the urge towards survival as-
." As the science developed it became apparent that survival was only an
apparency and only one facet of existence. Both the cycle of action and the
three conditions of existence belong in each Dynamic.
A further manifestation of these Dynamics is that they could best be
represented as a series of concentric circles wherein the First Dynamic
would be the center and each new Dynamic would be successively a circle
outside it. The idea of space adjoining enters into these Dynamics.
The basic characteristic of the individual includes his ability to so
expand into the other Dynamics, but when the Seventh Dynamic is reached in
its entirety one will only then discover the true First Dynamic.
As an example of use of these Dynamics one discovers that a baby at
birth is not perceptive beyond the First Dynamic, but as the child grows
and interests extend can be seen to embrace other Dynamics. As a further
example of use, a person who is incapable of operating on the Third Dynamic
is incapable at once of being a part of a team and so might be said to be
incapable of a social existence.
As a further comment upon the Eight Dynamics, no one of these Dynamics
from One to Seven is more important than any other one of them in terms of
orienting the individual. While the Dynamics are not of equal importance,
one to the next, the ability of an individual to assume the beingness,
doingness and havingness of each Dynamic is an index to his ability to
live.
The Eight Dynamics are used in Scientology communication and should be
perfectly learned as part of the language of Scientology. The abilities and
shortcomings of individuals can be understood by viewing their
participation in the various Dynamics.
THE A-R-C TRIANGLE
There is a triangle of considerable importance in Scientology and
understanding of it gives a much greater understanding of life, and an
ability to use it.
The A-R-C triangle is the keystone of living associations. This
triangle is the common denominator to all of life's activities. The first
corner of the triangle is called Affinity. The basic definition of affinity
is the consideration of distance, whether good or bad. The most basic
function of complete affinity would be the ability to occupy the same space
as something else. The word "affinity" is here used to mean love, liking or
any other emotional attitude. Affinity is conceived in Scientology to be
something of many facets. Affinity is a variable quality. Affinity is here
used as a word with the
context "degree of liking." Under affinity we have the various emotional
tones ranged from the highest to the lowest and these are, in part,
serenity (the highest level), enthusiasm (as we proceed downward towards
the baser affinities), conservatism, boredom, antagonism, anger, covert
hostility, fear, grief, apathy. Below apathy affinity proceeds into
solidities such as matter. Affinity is conceived to be comprised first of
thought, then of emotion which contains energy particles, and then as a
solid.
The second corner of the triangle is Reality. Reality could be defined
as "that which appears to be." Reality is fundamentally agreement. What we
agree to be real is real.
The third corner of the triangle is Communication. In human
relationships this is more important than the other two corners of the
triangle in understanding the composition of human relations in this
universe. Communication is the solvent for all things. It dissolves all
things.
The interrelationship of the triangle becomes apparent at once, when
one asks, "Have you ever tried to talk to an angry man?" Without a high
degree of liking and without some basis of agreement there is no
communication. Without communication and some basis of emotional response
there can be no reality. Without some basis for agreement and communication
there can be no affinity. Thus we call these three things a triangle.
Unless we have two corners of a triangle, there cannot be a third corner.
Desiring any corner of the triangle, one must include the other two.
The triangle is conceived to be very spacious at the level of serenity
and completely condensed at the level of matter. Thus to represent a scale
for use one would draw a large triangle with a high part of the scale and
succeedingly small triangles down to a dot at the bottom of the scale.
Affinity, reality and communication are the basis of the Scientology
Tone Scale which gives a prediction of human behavior as contained in the
book Science of Survival, obtainable from the HASI.
As has already been noted, the triangle is not an equilateral triangle.
Affinity and Reality are very much less important than Communication. It
might be said that the triangle begins with Communication which brings into
existence Affinity and Reality.
The most primitive Scientology definition of Communication is "Cause-
Distance Effect." The fundamental manual of Communication is Dianetics,
1955!, obtainable from the HASI.
If you would continue a strong and able communication with someone
there must be some basis for agreement. There must be some liking for the
person and then communication can exist. We can see, then, that simple
talking and writing randomly without knowledge of this would not
necessarily be communication. Communication is essentially something which
is sent and which is received. The intention to send and the intention to
receive must both be present in some degree before an actual communication
can take place. Therefore one could have conditions which appear to be
communications which were not.
Original with Scientology, as are all these concepts, the A-R-C triangle
understood is an extremely useful tool or weapon in human relationships.
For instance, amongst the A-R-C triangle laws a communication to be
received must approximate the affinity level of the person to whom it is
directed.
As people descend the tone scale they become more and more difficult to
communicate with, and things with which they will agree become more and
more solid;
thus we have friendly discourses high on the scale and war at the bottom.
Where the affinity level is hate the agreement is solid matter and the
communication . . . bullets.
(Continued in PAB 84 on page 421.)
SOME IMPORTANT AUDITING DON'TS
It is important for all auditors to know a few don'ts in conjunction
with the do's recently discovered. Havingness has been isolated as the
entering wedge for any and all cases. It has been discovered that when
havingness was concentrated upon, in various processes, intelligence
quotient gained and personality bettered. The "Terrible Trio" as described
in a recent PAB is easily the best opening wedge in a case at this time.
There are, of course, some additional havingness processes under test but
none of them have to date been thoroughly validated as has the "Terrible
Trio."
Primary auditing "Don'ts" whether for staff auditor or for the
professional auditing room all concern themselves with a conservation of
havingness in the preclear in the early stages of auditing as well as the
later ones. Some very astonishing things have been discovered. This
follows:
1. Taking an inventory or prolonged two-way communication in opening a
case have been discovered to reduce havingness sufficiently to worsen
an occasional case. If immediately after the inventory two-way comm a
scientometric battery was given, it would be found that the case had
reduced in IQ and personality qualities. Therefore, we can assume that
in some cases prolonged two-way comm and inventory at case beginning
have dropped the case level, and although the case was then run many
hours on havingness processes, all that happened was that the case
regained the lost ground and so the final scientometric result showed
"no change in case," although the case had reduced and had come back.
Therefore the rudiments should be established rapidly without too much
talking delay and a direct havingness process should be entered upon at
once. In the case of a very pressing present time problem it is, of
course, a benefit to reduce the problem thoroughly by getting problems
of comparable magnitude. This, in itself, in a way is a havingness
process.
2. The "Terrible Trio" run outside rather than in the auditing room has
been found, in five separate cases, to produce a collapse of case. The
introduction of so much space into havingness reduces havingness faster
than it is built up. Therefore, the "Terrible Trio" should be run in
the auditing room. Not-Knowingness about people and separateness
processes, oddly enough, seem to be runnable exteriorly without
involving this factor.
3. Lying processes such as "Tell me a lie about that wall" are not
always havingness processes. It is left to accident which side of the
counter-creation is being run by the preclear so that at times the
process gets gains and sometimes does not get gains. Running "Problem
of comparable magnitude" assures that one is running the creation which
is countering the survival of the preclear. This is in no way
dangerous. But creative processes in general are not necessarily
havingness processes unless they are run "against the preclear," which
is to say unless they are run as counter-creations to the creations of
the preclear. "Invent something to restrict you" would be superior to
"Tell me a lie about that wall."
4. The auditor should be particularly careful to inquire into how or
what the preclear is doing. The "Terrible Trio" has failed on occasion,
but when the case has been looked into by another auditor, it has been
discovered that the process was not understood by the preclear and was
not "the least" by the auditor. An
example of this was a case which was permitted to run the "Terrible
Trio" for many hours without gain which, on investigation, demonstrated
that the preclear was assuming that she could have objects similar to
the objects she was looking at if she bought them and on this via she
was continuing the process. The auditor did not talk with the preclear
enough to understand what the preclear was actually doing with the
process. One must not forget that golden maxim "Find out what the
preclear is doing with the command."
CAN'T HAVE PROCESSES
Remembering the old dichotomies, it becomes obvious that if havingness
is so important in auditing, negative havingness would also have its role
somewhere in processes.
It could be said to be true that withheld communication is the single
and sole reason for the accumulation of ridges and barriers. However, who
withholds this communication? For the principle for withheld communication
to exist, it must have been initiated originally by the preclear himself.
If we run communications being withheld from a preclear we hit a reduction
in havingness or draw a blank. If we run the preclear withholding
communication from another, we tend to profit. It is not necessarily true
that havingness will gain immediately and automatically by running out the
communications the preclear has withheld, for a good deal depends on how
the preclear is doing the process.
Havingness could be said to be the result of withheld communication.
Just as too much communication will as-is any havingness, so withholding
communication will accumulate havingness. This is a sort of an automatic
accumulation mechanism. It is true that a thetan can simply mock up masses-
there is no reason why there should be a modus operandi accumulation of
masses beyond the fact that there is one: withheld communication.
When a person has too little havingness he tends to conserve what
havingness he has by withholding communication. You will discover that only
low-havingness persons fail to acknowledge or engage in good communication.
Should a low-havingness person acknowledge or originate too frequently his
havingness would be reduced accordingly. He is restrained from
communicating, then, by the sensations consequent to a reduction of his
havingness.
Well below the level of communication as such, we have restrained
havingness. This is a sub-order of withheld communication. An individual
who refuses to let other individuals have things is himself apt to reduce
his own havingness accordingly. The mechanism whereby this takes place is a
very interesting one. We recall the "winning valence" aspect of cases. We
find in Book I that the individual losing is apt to assume the valence of
the person who won.
The "winning valence" is a synthetic valence. It is not actually the
personality of the person who won. It is the individual's mock-up of that
person which is diminished or augmented by other people's opinions and by
one's own postulates.
Let us conceive the following circumstance: A little baby with a
habitually angry father has many times on the approach of the father stated
more or less to himself, "He can't have this body." Yet father in the final
analysis wins. The baby grows to assume, at length, the valence of father.
This is a synthetic valence. It is not father's actual personality. It is
the personality the baby has observed the father to have. This synthetic
valence is salted with the baby's "can't have" postulates. In other words,
this winning valence of father is corrupted by many can't-have postulates
which were not father's. In view of the fact that these postulates consist
of forbidding the father to
have the baby, the assumption of the "winning valence" of father results in
the assumption of postulates that the person cannot have himself back. He
is trapped by "can't haves" of his own manufacture.
Just as the baby was the cause of his own effect and just as he
suffered from this, so do all winning valences forbid the return to
identity, since somewhere in the anatomy of the winning valence is the
individual's own postulate that the winning valence cannot have the
individual. Thus we have the continuous struggle on the part of people to
"be themselves" which trouble is of little avail.
On the basis of this rationale, some tests have already been conducted,
but the matter is in no wise completed. This is then given as an advanced
look-in on some forward research.
Selecting categories, which is the Eight Dynamics, and selecting them
as they seem to be put forward by the preclear-introducing as little
arbitrary selection by the auditor as possible and leaving it up to the
preclear-one asks what these categories can't have. One does not stress
"from you" but he certainly doesn't stress what the individual himself
"can't have" for to do so would be to make the individual postulate against
himself.
Let us suppose that the preclear's a man and that the category "women"
has been chosen. The auditing question would then be "Tell me something
that women can't have." On the male preclear, of course, "Tell me something
that men can't have" would also be runnable, since the truth of the matter
is the preclear is not a male but has a male body.
On early tests it does not seem to be reductive of havingness to run
this process. If this were so I would guess that the process would have to
be alternated with such a process as the "Terrible Trio," but this has not
yet been necessary.
If we are trying to return the preclear to himself it would seem that
"can't have" would best assist the reassumption of one's own identity by
the above rationale.
Let me know how you progress with this.
TEACHING THE BASIC COURSE
All qualified auditors should now be running a Basic Course in
Scientology. It has been found on test that these courses, through
supplying stable data to a student, align many of his confusions and so
give rise to an increase in IQ (Intelligence Quotient) and an improvement
in the personality traits. This is the way to get a better world and also
would give rise to a great deal of interest in your area in the subject. If
you have not started your Basic Course you should get moving on this right
away.
LRH TAPE LECTURE
London, England
5 May 1955
5605C05 LPLS Latest Processes Today
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
8 May 1956
From: L. Ron Hubbard
To: "Nibs" Hubbard Mary Sue Hubbard
Ken Barrett Jack Parkhouse
Dick Steves Washington Staff Auditors
Julia Lewis Instructors
Don Breeding
John Sanborn
TEST RESULTS
During the past many months test results have been varying as follows:
During the last few weeks I was in Washington and for the first few weeks
after I had left test results remained high. They began to drop off and for
about three months were quite unsatisfactory. The occasion for this was in
the main a research, not an auditing, problem. When I finally isolated
havingness as the principal neglected factor I began to work on
rehabilitating it; test results did an immediate climb. Certain provisions
were taken regarding the address of the individual auditor to the case and
for a short while results were quite satisfactory. It is noteworthy,
however, that, as could be expected, results followed a similar curve in
London, but regained a higher level more rapidly and have retained that
level since. The last batch of results received from HGC Washington
indicate a new slump, but this time the slump exists not only in the HGC
test results but in the Academy results. Formerly Academy results were
higher than HGC results. This is not now the case.
From this we must assume that some randomity of some character has
entered into processing independent of procedures. With that may I repeat
the following cautions:
Do not take inventories.
Do not go into long two-way comm sessions since these two things reduce
havingness markedly.
Lay off all subjective processes unless they are straight mock-up
havingness processes.
Run more 8-C and "Terrible Trio" than anything else.
Run also the "Can't Have" process outlined in PAB 83.
Omit Orders and Lying Processes.
In PAB 83 you will also discover BE, DO and HAVE again and the
probability is havingness has to be settled, then doingness, then beingness
and then exteriorization exercises.
In addition to these data on havingness and staying away from
subjective processes, there is the matter of games. Winnowing actually some
hundreds of possible processes with regard to games only one process has
proven to be of great help. This process is run on the alternate questions
system whereby Question A is asked, then Question B, then Question A, and
so forth. This process is "What would you permit to overwhelm?" and B-"What
would you permit to be overwhelmed?" Read that very carefully because it is
not "What would you permit to overwhelm you?" or "What could you
overwhelm?" It is an entirely detached type of question and it depends upon
the old truth that one doesn't have any problems of one's own-all problems
are other people's problems. Asking Question A and then Question B back and
forth with due regard to havingness brings about a considerable change in
the person's morale. I know many subjective processes that work but none
which so thoroughly alter a person's viewpoint as this "overwhelming"
process. It is evidently true that no part of Games is processable and the
entering into of games is not necessarily therapeutic except this idea of
overwhelming things. The idea actually goes much further. People become
unwilling to overwhelm to such a degree that they will let things go to
pieces. This happens to nations. It happens to individuals and it can
happen to auditors.
The other thing we learn out of games is that games consist of freedom,
barriers and purposes. We learn further that there can be no freedom
without barriers, since there is no place to be free to. Whereas
generations of Man have talked freely about freedom, no one has given
barriers a break.
In other words, barriers are left on full automatic and only freedom is
concentrated upon. In this we have the secret of why Havingness works. It
is actually havingness in terms of barriers. We find people impatient of
any and all restrictions, resisting anything that resists them. When we
work in the direction of freedom entirely all we do is trap the person
completely. However running such a process as "Invent a barrier for your
body" is not particularly successful according to my inspection of it.
Problems depend on their success in auditing as counter-created barriers to
the preclear. He can use a very great many of them. I think that the
totality of successful processing consists of rebalancing freedom,
barriers, purposes.
Almost all processes take the single viewpoint, that of the preclear,
and thus do not improve his pan-determinism. The "overwhelming" process
mentioned above does, however, take into account a pan-determined attitude
toward existence. Unless this is regained a case does not progress well.
There is another test which you should make and which is self-
explanatory. It tells us why valences switch and why one interiorizes into
other people's cases. "Look at a chair and tell it to do something." Note
that it does not do it. "Say to yourself, 'That defeats me,' and 'I'll have
to do it myself.' " Run this for a short time as an example. It is very
destructive of havingness, but it tells one the exact mechanisms of
interiorization, whether into a body, a case, or a universe.
Now with one single exception we have all the ingredients above
necessary to make ourselves a clear. This single exception is "AUDITING
ATTITUDE."
INDOCTRINATION FOR STAFF
Unless one has himself an excellent grip on the exact auditing
procedure demanded of an auditor addressing a preclear, he is not likely,
himself, to teach it or supervise it. In view of recent correspondence and
questions coming from Washington staff, it seems that there has not been a
sufficient understanding of the indoctrination procedures contained in
dummy auditing; therefore, I recently sent a telegram to Julia to request
that staff auditors' conferences be stopped as such for a short time and
that all staff undertake an orientation in indoctrination procedures. This
is not really a criticism-this is a new thing which has come to us.
Checking London instructors, however, I have found that while they were
willing to teach indoctrination and supervise it they themselves were
fairly rickety on the subject, and the same activity will shortly be
instituted in London.
It is my hope that staff in Washington by doing indoctrination dummy
auditings will get a better grip on the subject, as I do not feel that it
has been adequately understood in the past. Certainly nobody can be harmed
by the practice and it is practice, rather than theoretical resume, we
would want to conduct in these sessions.
An auditor must be drilled on acknowledgment, on putting a question, on
an exact communication bridge, and on handling the preclear's origin.
You already have the tools and information as to how this is done but I
do think we could stand some practice in doing it, and I think this to some
degree will help to raise the Academy and HGC test results which I have
mentioned above here from them.
I repeat that it is drill in dummy auditing we want at these 5 o'clock
sessions until everybody has had at least 25 hours' practice in dummy
auditing without further significance. I believe that then can we hammer
away at students and preclears with a clear conscience on having been
through it ourselves.
WASHINGTON FOUNDATION
I gave you a green light on the Washington Foundation and mimeograph on how
to proceed from it, then I gave you a hold-up on it until I came home in
August. The reason for this change lay in part in some communications I
received from Washington asking questions concerning the school which did
not show a good grasp on its purpose. But more important than this was the
fact that we are at this moment putting it in London and can be expected to
learn much here concerning its conduct. We must be able to start with our
best foot forward in Washington as that one means so much to us. A third
reason having nothing to do with Washington is that I am not yet entirely
satisfied with the exact materials to be taught and will make tapes here to
the London classes until we get an exactly usable set. A further hold-up is
the lack of textbook. I feel that it would be almost fatal to start in
without an exact textbook of materials taught to show to persons interested
in a governmental way.
Knowing printing schedules it would be some little time before that
exact text and the text B & C will be ready in the U.S. Incidental to the
last I am alarmed at the cost of Ability books for a paper-covered edition.
They should not cost anything like 25 cents a piece. The same book in
London costs a very small fraction of that. Thus something has gone wrong
with our pricing.
Therefore I want to be able to sift out the exact materials to be
taught and to get printed text A, B and C here or in the U.S. and have them
available before we start up with the Washington Foundation, and in this
way we will solve a great many minor difficulties which would make things
confusing in Washington.
Scientology at this time is in a state of flux and change. We are still
trying to standardize and settle upon SLP 8 and our large public releases
should depend in a large measure upon a great deal of certainty on our own
parts. I am perfectly certain now from this end as to the probable eventual
form of SLP 8, but to have to release it within six weeks puts a rush on
the Research Department which is unthinkable.
AIR CONDITIONING
I have in my files here evidence of having sent over orders to get air
conditioning for the Academy in late February. Ken has placed with me
several estimates for air conditioning and I have wired to put in air
conditioning. Evidently air conditioning at the Academy will have to be
installed on a room-to-room basis. Such air conditioning is alright but it
is too bad that a large central unit cannot be installed. However, room-to-
room basis makes for fresher air. I hope that adequate air conditioning by
this time is installed. Naturally one should take the lowest estimate.
This factor should be released at once in Ability Magazine. Air
conditioning should be installed and the fact should be announced promptly,
because the heat in Washington is well known and last summer's agony was
also well known. Therefore air conditioning has something to do with
procurement.
STUDENT PROCUREMENT
The staff is to be congratulated on having again begun procurement in
the student line. We have had a rather long slump, but we are out of this
slump now.
I have to hand a student brochure which I am returning. I would use
this as a temporary brochure.
We are about to install a new grade which goes along with the free
business school idea. This new grade is called "Professional Scientologist"
which desensitizes the idea of auditing and puts very much into fore the
idea of training large groups of people to be better in business and their
life and treats auditing as only one of the methods in achieving this. The
brochure should reflect this and at some time in the future we will have
all of the data necessary to print a brochure with this material enclosed.
INCOME TAX
It is up to the officers of the HASI and other corporations to make
very sure that Tax Exemption Certificates are filed for with the Federal
Government. Oscar Brinkman, our attorney, is taking care of this, but he
may need assistance. It is certain that
this picture must be straightened out and there is no reason to believe
that Tax Exemption Certificates will not be issued for each and every one
of these corporations from the HAS, HASI, right on through to the Founding
Church. It simply requires a little address and trouble. It is up to the
officers of these corporations to look into this.
OZARKS
While an eventual situation in the Ozarks is of a necessity, this will
not include the unmocking of the Washington Church. Setting up things in
the Ozarks probably does not involve more than two or three of the existing
Washington personnel, therefore if anybody is standing around waiting for
us to move to the Ozarks as a move that will affect his own plans, relax.
CURRICULA
The Director of Training at the Academy is authorized to arrange his
curricula as he sees fit in order to include data which would be necessary
to the individual auditor. Amongst things which should be taught is how to
lecture, how to group process, how to give an assist and the most modern
processes.
The Translator's Edition of Scientology as currently appearing in the
PABs should be run off on a mimeographed basis and used for a textbook by
the Academy as well as the London School.
Great care should be taken that the student is able to connect the
Axioms of Scientology with the processes and activities of Scientology.
Old-time processes such as engram running, Rising Scale Processing and
other things which have proven successful should also be gone into with the
student. His idea of Dianetics and Scientology should, therefore, be well
rounded.
I know this places a little strain on scheduling, but it is
nevertheless necessary that it be done. Undoubtedly there is some way to
work out a schedule so that we get all of these things included.
THE FUTURE OF WASHINGTON
Our intentions with regard to Washington should be clearly understood.
We have in the main been quite successful here in Washington and there is
no reason why we can't continue to be. Furthermore, we can point to
successes already in being a civilizing influence on various governmental
people. Besides ourselves there is no other such influence in the country.
We should keep along with the Founding Church, exactly as it is running or
a little better. We should add to this the Washington Foundation and train
free classes. We should offer these free classes various leaflets, having
to do with what good civilized government is, and we hope eventually to
open up something like the Washington School of Government and, who knows,
make it mandatory to go to that school before taking office. Nations should
not have people in their midst who know nothing of government doing its
governing.
With few exceptions we are doing very well. Right now, the staff is
doing a very fine job holding things together and with some caution and
tighter administration, we should find ourselves graduating, before too
much time goes by, into a much greater certainty.
PAYROLL IN WASHINGTON
This is just about keeping pace with Washington income. The income will
have to be improved before payroll is improved, otherwise the operation
will become insolvent.
I wish to thank in particular Julia and Dick Steves for their
activities in Washing-
ton, and to express my gratitude to the others.
LRH:ebh.rd
Copyright (�)1956 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
P.A.B. No. 84
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
The Oldest Continuous Publication in Dianetics and Scientology
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
Brunswick House, 83 Palace Gardens Terrace, London W.8
_____________________________________________________________________
15 May 1956
S C I E N T O L O G Y
TRANSLATOR'S EDITION
by L. Ron Hubbard, Ph.D., C.E.
Continued from PAB 83
THE REASON WHY
Life can best be understood by likening it to a game. Since we are
exterior to a great number of games we can regard them with a detached eye.
If we were exterior to life instead of being involved and immersed in the
living of it, it would look to us much like games look to us from our
present vantage point.
Despite the amount of suffering, pain, misery, sorrow and travail which
can exist in life, the reason for existence is the same reason as one has
to play a game-interest, contest, activity and possession. The truth of
this assertion is established by an observation of the elements of games
and then applying these elements to life itself. When we do this we find
nothing left wanting in the panorama of life.
By game we mean contest of person against person, or team against team.
When we say games we mean such games as baseball, polo, chess or any other
such pastime. It may at one time have struck you as peculiar that men would
risk bodily injury in the field of play just for the sake of "amusement."
So it might strike you as peculiar that people would go on living or would
enter into the "game of life" at the risk of all the sorrow, travail, and
pain just to have something to do. Evidently there is no greater curse than
total idleness. Of course there is that condition where a person continues
to play a game in which he is no longer interested.
If you will but look about the room and check off items in which you
are not interested, you will discover something remarkable. In a short time
you will find that there is nothing in the room in which you are not
interested. You are interested in everything. However, disinterest itself
is one of the mechanisms of play. In order to hide something it is only
necessary to make everyone disinterested in the place where the item is
hidden. Disinterest is not an immediate result of interest which has worn
out. Disinterest is a commodity in itself. It is palpable, it exists.
By studying the elements (factors) of games (contests) we find
ourselves in possession of the elements of life.
Life is a game. A game consists of freedom, barriers and purposes. This
is a scientific fact, not merely an observation.
Copyright (�)1956 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
Freedom exists amongst barriers. A totality of barriers and a totality of
freedom alike are no-game conditions. Each is similarly cruel. Each is
similarly purposeless.
Great revolutionary movements fail. They promise unlimited freedom.
That is the road to failure. Only stupid visionaries chant of endless
freedom. Only the afraid and ignorant speak of and insist upon unlimited
barriers.
When the relation between freedom and barriers becomes too unbalanced,
an unhappiness results.
"Freedom from" is alright only so long as there is a place to be free
to. An endless freedom from is a perfect trap, a fear of all things.
Barriers are composed of inhibiting (limiting) ideas, space, energy,
masses and time. Freedom in its entirety would be a total absence of these
things-but it would also be a freedom without thought or action, an unhappy
condition of total nothingness.
Fixed on too many barriers, man yearns to be free. But launched into
total freedom he is purposeless and miserable.
There is freedom amongst barriers. If the barriers are known and the
freedoms are known there can be life, living, happiness, a game.
The restrictions of a government, or a job, give an employee his
freedom. Without known restrictions, an employee is a slave, doomed to the
fears of uncertainty in all his actions.
Executives in business and government can fail in three ways and thus
bring about a chaos in their department. They can:
1. Seem to give endless freedom.
2. Seem to give endless barriers.
3. Make neither freedom nor barriers certain.
Executive confidence, therefore, consists of imposing and enforcing an
adequate balance between their people's freedom and the unit's barriers and
in being precise and consistent about those freedoms and barriers. Such an
executive, adding only in himself initiative and purpose, can have a
department with initiative and purpose.
An employee buying and/or insisting upon freedom only will become a
slave. Knowing the above facts he must insist upon a workable balance
between freedom and barriers.
An examination of the dynamics above will demonstrate the possibility
of a combination of teams. Two third dynamics can engage one another as
teams. The first dynamic can ally itself with the fifth dynamic against,
let us say, the sixth dynamic and so have a game. In other words, the
dynamics are an outline of possible teams and interplays. As everyone is
engaged in several games an examination of the dynamics will plot for him
and clarify for him the various teams he is playing upon. If an individual
can discover that he is only playing on the first dynamic and that he
belongs to no other team, it is certain that this individual will lose, for
he has before him seven remaining dynamics. And the first dynamic is seldom
capable of besting by itself all the remaining dynamics. In Scientology we
call this condition the "only one." Here is self-determinism in the guise
of selfish determinism and here is an individual who will most certainly be
overwhelmed. To enjoy life one must be some part of life.
There is the principle in Scientology called pan-determinism. This could be
loosely defined as determining the activities of two or more sides in a
game simultaneously. For instance, a person playing chess is being self-
determined and is playing chess against an opponent. A person who is pan-
determined on the subject of chess could play both sides of the board. One
is pan-determined about any game to which he is senior. He is self-
determined only in any game to which he is junior. For instance, a general
of an army is pan-determined concerning an argument between two privates or
even two companies of his command. He is pan-determined in this case, but
when he confronts another army led by another general, he becomes self-
determined. The game in this wise could be said to be larger than himself.
The game becomes even larger than this when the general seeks to play the
parts of all the political heads which should be above him. This is the
main reason why dictatorship doesn't work. It is all but impossible for one
man to be pan-determined about the entire system of games which comprise a
nation. He starts taking sides and then to that degree becomes much less
than the government which he is seeking to run.
It has been stylish in past ages to insist only upon freedom. The French
Revolution furnishes an excellent example for this. In the late part of the
18th century, the nobles of France became so self-determined against the
remainder of the country and were so incapable of taking the parts of the
populace that the nobles were destroyed. Immediately the populace itself
sought to take over the government and, being trained and being intensely
antipathetic to any and all restraints, their war cry became "Freedom."
They had no further restrictions or barriers. The rules of government were
thrown aside. Theft and brigandage took the place of economics. The
populace, therefore, found itself in a deeper trap and discovered itself to
be involved with a dictatorship which was far more restrictive than
anything they had experienced before the Revolution.
Although man continually uses "Freedom" for his war cry he only succeeds
in establishing further entrapment for himself. The reason for this is a
very simple one. A game consists of freedom and barriers and purposes. When
man drops the idea of restrictions or barriers he loses at once control
over barriers. He becomes selfdetermined about barriers and not pan-
determined, thus he cannot control the barriers. The barriers left
uncontrolled then and there trap him.
The dwindling spiral of the apparency create-survive-destroy comes about
directly that man shuns barriers. If he considers all restrictions and
barriers his enemies he is of course refusing to control them in any way
and thus he starts his own dwindling spiral. A race which is educated to
think in terms of freedom only is very easily entrapped. No one in the
nation will take responsibility for restrictions, therefore restrictions
apparently become less and less. As these restrictions lessen so lessens
the freedom of the individual. One cannot be free from a wall unless there
is a wall. Lacking any restrictions life becomes purposeless, random,
chaotic.
A good manager must be capable of taking responsibility for
restrictions, in that freedom, to exist, must have barriers. A failure to
take initiative on the subject of restrictions or barriers causes these
things to arise all by themselves and exist without consent or direction.
There are various states of mind which bring about happiness. That state
of mind which insists only upon freedom can bring about nothing but
unhappiness. It would be better to develop a thought pattern which looked
for new ways to be entrapped and things to be trapped in than to suffer the
eventual total entrapment of dwelling upon freedom only. A man who is
willing to accept restrictions and barriers and is not afraid of them is
free. A man who fights restrictions and barriers will always be trapped.
As it can be seen in any game, purposes become counter-posed. There is
the matter of purpose-counter-purpose in almost any game played in a field
with two
teams. One team has the idea of reaching the goal of the other, and the
other has the idea of reaching the goal of the first. Their purposes are at
war and this warring of purposes makes a game.
The war of purposes gives us what we call problems. A problem has the
anatomy of purposes. A problem consists of two or more purposes opposed. It
does not matter what problem you face or have faced, the basic anatomy of
that problem is purpose-counter-purpose.
In actual testing in Scientology it has been discovered that a person
begins to suffer from problems when he does not have enough of them. There
is the old saw (maxim) that if you want a thing done give it to a busy man
to do. Similarly, if you want a happy associate make sure that he is a man
who can have lots of problems.
From this we get the oddity of a high incidence of neurosis in the
families of the rich. These people have very little to do and have very few
problems. The basic problems of food, clothing and shelter are already
solved for them. We would suppose, then, if it were true that an
individual's happiness depended only upon his freedom, these people would
be happy. However, they are not happy. What brings about their unhappiness?
It is the lack of problems. Although successful processing in Scientology
would depend upon taking all three elements of games into consideration-and
indeed that is the secret of bettering people: taking freedom, barriers and
purposes into consideration and balancing them-it could be said that you
could make a man well simply by sitting down with him and asking him to
invent problems, one after the other. The invention of synthetic problems
would be found to free his mind and make him more able. Of course, there is
another factor involved in this in that it is he who is inventing the
problems and therefore he is becoming pan-determined about problems rather
than being in one place with all problems opposed to him.
An unhappy man is one who is considering continually how to become
free. One sees this in the clerk who is continually trying to avoid work.
Although he has a great deal of leisure time he is not enjoying any part of
it. He is trying to avoid contact with masses and energies and spaces. He
eventually becomes trapped in some sort of a lethargy. If this man could
merely change his mind and start "worrying" about how he could get more
work to do, his happiness level would increase markedly. One who is
plotting continually how to get out of things will be miserable. One who is
plotting how to get into things has a much better chance of becoming happy.
There is, of course, the matter of being forced to play games in which
one has no interest-a war into which one is drafted is an excellent example
of this. One is not interested in the purposes of the war and yet one finds
himself fighting it. Thus there must be an additional element and this
element is "the power of choice."
One could say, then, that life is a game and that the ability to play a
game consists of tolerance for freedom and barriers and an insight into
purposes, with the power of choice over participation.
These four elements-freedom, barriers, purposes and power of choice-are
the guiding elements of life. There are only two factors above these and
both of them are related to these. The first is the ability to create with
of course its negative, the ability to uncreate, and the second is the
ability to make a postulate (to consider, to say a thing and have it be
true). This, then, is the broad picture of life, and in bringing life into
focus and in making it less confusing these elements are used for the
analysis.
(Continued in PAB 85 on page 428.)
SCIENTOLOGY WEDDING CEREMONY
by
L. Ron Hubbard
Attend! Shall have you
Uncover and be still For his own?
You present here Do you?
In this
A holy place. (Answer)
For we today
Shall marry here And do you understand as well
This groom and bride That by the customs of our race
And wish them well. You pledge to him and only him
Rejoice! Your kiss and your caress?
You line of struggling life Do you?
From aeons gone to now
For here again your track is sped (Answer)
And winged into a future fate
A union of a man and bride Well then
Whose child shall pace Know that Life is stark
A further span And often somewhat grim
Of Destiny And tiredness
And Life. And fret and pain
Forbear! And sickness do beget
A state of mind where spring romance
For here shall be Is far away and dead
No calumny And yet for valor and for strength
You must abide and
Or whispered word against Create still
Or Woman thou His health, his purpose and repose.
For this the union you contract Do you.
Does wipe away
(Answer)
All sorrow
Of the past. And do you take
Speak out then now His fortune
If any man At its prime and ebb
Or girl would speak And see
And say here a With him his best fortune
Reason why For us all?
These two should not Do you?
Be wed.
And silence heard (Answer)
Does speak out plain
There're none. Good then Tam
I'm sure you will
So now And surer yet you'll fare
My Tam Full well and staunchly
Stand steady here As a wife.
Do you today intend Now Jay listen well.
For him beside you there The tides of fortune and of life
To be to him a wife! Are sometimes fair or grim
And in this life the young man seeks
(Answer) For victory afar
And often scants the fireside
And do you ken And turns away from home's sweet face
That Jay here And thinks
His loved ones cannot fare To keep her well or ill?
At all Do you?
Beside his side.
And thinking thus they go. (Answer)
You know this.
Then be cautioned so And when she's older
And take thy own Do you then
E'en though they sleep Keep her still? Do you?
Beneath foul straw
And eat (Answer)
Thin bread
And walk a pavement less than kind Now Jay, girls need clothes
And keep thy wife and they who come And food and
Beside thy side. Tender happiness and frills
Keep them, Jay, by your side A pan, a comb, perhaps a cat
In rain or sleet All caprice if you will
Or summer sun But still
And comfort them They need them.
And give them care Do you then
And share with them thy life. Provide?
For times are changed Do you?
And woman's place
Is not a hearth or home (Answer)
But striding out to victory
Beside her husband's side. Hear well, sweet Tam
This, Jay, is a modern world For promise binds
And Man Young men are free and may forget
Has changed. Remind him then
But Jay let's think on it well That you may have
For if stands aught in you Necessities and follies, too.
Of doubt Now Jay!
That you can take and keep Attend!
And love her well this wife
Then stay your hand Do you best man possess a ring?
And we shall say Jay take it please
No more, And Tam
For fatal and of full tight bind Your hand he will enclasp
Are these the words We have it now.
I next will speak. Repeat!
Shall I go on?
"I, Tam"
(Answer) (Answer)
"Do hereby take"
And you Tam listen well (Answer)
And you, Jay answer swift "You, Jay"
Prepared? (Answer)
"For my husband"
(Answer) (Answer)
Jay, do you pledge to take And, Jay
This woman for your lawful wife? Do now repeat
"I, Jay"
(Answer) (Answer)
"Do hereby take"
Do you, Jay Camp (Answer)
Make promise here "You, Tam"
Before us all (Answer)
"For my lawful wedded wife." Now Jay kiss your bride
(Answer) And hug her well
And all of you
Put on the ring! Come toast and drink
Rejoice all here Their health
For we have wed That it may last
Our Jay and our Tam Until that day when death
And wish them well. Itself,
The severer of all ties
All here repeat! Shall end
Are they by witness The thing which we have done
Man and wife? Today.
(Answer)
Rejoice and go your many ways Dismiss.
[The above Scientology Wedding Ceremony was originally issued as part of
PAB 84, 15 May 1956, page 421]
P.A.B. No. 85
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
The Oldest Continuous Publication in Dianetics and Scientology
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
Brunswick House, 83 Palace Gardens Terrace, London W.8
_____________________________________________________________________
22 May 1956
S C I E N T O L O G Y
TRANSLATOR'S EDITION
by L. Ron Hubbard, Ph.D., C.E.
Continued from PAB 84
THE PARTS OF MAN
The individual man is divisible (separable) into three parts
(divisions).
The first of these is the spirit, called in Scientology the thetan.
The second of these parts is the mind.
The third of these parts is the body.
Probably the greatest discovery of Scientology and its most forceful
contribution to the knowledge of mankind has been the isolation,
description and handling of the human spirit. Accomplished in 1951 in the
month of July, in Phoenix, Arizona, it was established along scientific
rather than religious or humanitarian lines that that thing which is the
person, the personality, is separable from the body and the mind at will
and without causing bodily death or mental derangement.
In ages past there has been considerable controversy concerning the
human spirit or soul, and various attempts to control man have been
effective in view of his almost complete ignorance of his own identity.
Latterly, spiritualists isolated from the person what they called the
astral body and with this they were able to work for various purposes of
their own. In Scientology the spirit itself was separated from what the
spiritualists called the astral body and there should be no confusion
between these two things. As you know that you are where you are at this
moment, so you would know if you, a spirit, were detached from your mind
and body. Man has not discovered this before because, lacking the
technologies of Scientology, he had very little reality upon his detachment
from his mind and body, therefore he conceived himself to be at least in
part a mind and a body. The entire cult of communism is based upon the fact
that one lives only one life, that there is no hereafter and that the
individual has no religious significance. Man at large has been close to
this state for at least the last century. The state (condition) is of a
very low order, excluding as it does all self-recognition.
The thetan (spirit) is described in Scientology as having no mass, no
wavelength, no energy and no time or location in space except by
consideration or postulate. The spirit then is not a thing. It is the
creator of things.
Copyright (�) 1956 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
The residence of the thetan is in the skull or near the body. A thetan can
be in one of four conditions. The first would be entirely separate from a
body or bodies, or even from this universe. The second would be near a body
and knowingly controlling the body. The third would be in the body (the
skull) and the fourth would be an inverted condition whereby he was
compulsively away from the body and could not approach it. There are
degrees (subdivisions) of each one of these four states (conditions). The
most optimum of these conditions from the standpoint of man is the second.
A thetan is subject to deterioration. This is at first difficult to
understand since the entirety of his activity consists of considering or
postulating. He uses, through his postulates, various methods of
controlling a body. That he does deteriorate is manifest, but that he can
at any moment return to an entirety of his ability is also factual. In that
he associates beingness with mass and action, he does not consider himself
as having an individual identity or name, unless he is connected with one
or more of the games of life.
The processes of Scientology can establish this for the individual with
greater or lesser rapidity and one of the many goals of processing in
Scientology is to "exteriorize" the individual and place him in the second
condition above, since it has been discovered that he is happier and more
capable when so situated.
The mind is a network of communications and pictures, energies and
masses, which are brought into being by the activities of the thetan versus
the physical universe or other thetans. A thetan establishes various
systems of control so that he can continue to operate a body and through
the body operate things in the physical universe, as well as other bodies.
The most obvious portion of the mind is recognizable by anyone not in
serious condition. This is the "mental image picture." In Scientology we
call this mental image picture a facsimile when it is a "photograph" of the
physical universe sometime in the past. We call this mental image picture a
mock-up when it is created by the thetan or for the thetan and does not
consist of a photograph of the physical universe.
Various phenomena connect themselves with this entity called the mind.
Some people closing their eyes see only blackness, some people see
pictures. Some people see pictures made by body reactions. Some people see
only black screens; others see golden lines; others see spaces; but the
keynote of the entirety of the system called the mind is postulate and
perception.
The thetan receives, by the communication system called the mind,
various impressions including direct views of the physical universe. In
addition to this he receives impressions from past activities, and most
important, he himself, being close to a total knowingness, conceives things
about the past and future which are independent of immediately present
stimuli. The mind is not in its entirety a stimulus-response mechanism as
old Marxist psychology would have one believe. The mind has three main
divisions. The first of these could be called the analytical mind. The
second, the reactive mind, and the third, the somatic mind.
The analytical mind combines perceptions of the immediate environment,
of the past (via pictures) and estimations of the future into conclusions
which are based upon the realities of situations. The analytical mind
combines the potential knowingness of the thetan with the conditions of his
surroundings and brings him to independent conclusions. This mind could be
said to consist of visual pictures, either of the past or of the physical
universe, monitored by and presided over by the knowingness of a thetan.
The keynote of the analytical mind is awareness: one knows what one is
concluding and knows what he is doing.
The reactive mind is a stimulus-response mechanism, ruggedly built, and
operable in trying circumstances. The reactive mind never stops operating.
Pictures, of a very low order, are taken by this mind of the environment
even in deep states of unconsciousness. The reactive mind acts below the
level of consciousness. It is a literal stimulus-response mind. Given a
certain stimulus, it gives a certain response.
While it is an order of thinkingness, its ability to conclude
rationally is so poor that we find in the reactive mind those various
aberrated impulses which are gazed upon as oddities of personality,
eccentricities, neuroses and psychoses. It is this mind which stores up all
the bad things that have happened to one and throws them back to him again
in moments of emergency or danger so as to dictate his actions along lines
which have been considered "safe" before. As there is little thinkingness
involved in this, the courses of action dictated by the reactive mind are
often not safe, but highly dangerous.
The reactive mind is entirely literal in its interpretation of words.
As it takes pictures and receives impressions during moments of
unconsciousness, a phrase uttered when a blow is struck is likely to be
literally interpreted by the reactive mind and become active upon the
individual at later times. The mildest stage of this would be arduous
training, wherein a pattern is laid into the mind for later use under
certain given stimuli.
A harsh and less workable level is the hypnotic trance condition to
which the mind is susceptible. Made impressionable by fixed attention,
words can be immediately implanted into the reactive mind which become
operable without further reason at later times.
An even lower level in the reactive mind is that one associated with
blows, drugs, illness, pain and other conditions of unconsciousness.
Phrases spoken over an anaesthetized person can have a later effect upon
that person. It is not necessarily true that each and every portion of an
operation is painstakingly "photographed" by the reactive mind of the
unconscious patient, but it is true that a great many of these stimuli are
registered. Complete silence in the vicinity of a person under anaesthetic
or a person who is unconscious or in deep pain is mandatory if one would
preserve the mental health of that person or patient afterwards.
Probably the most therapeutic action which could occur to an individual
would be, under Scientology processing, the separation of the thetan from
the mind so that the thetan, under no duress and with total knowingness,
could view himself and his mind and act accordingly. However, there is a
type of exteriorization which is the most aberrative of all traumatic
(mentally injurious) actions. This is the condition when an individual is
brought, through injury or surgery or shock, very close to death so that he
exteriorizes from body and mind. This exteriorization under duress is
sudden, inexplicable, and is in itself very shocking, and when this has
occurred to an individual it is certain that he will suffer mentally from
the experience afterwards.
It could be said that when the reactive mind contains these sudden
shocks of exteriorization under duress, attempts to exteriorize the
individual later by Scientology are more difficult. However, modern
processing has overcome this. The phenomenon of exteriorization under
duress is accompanied at times by energy explosions in the various
facsimiles of the mind and these cross-associate in the reactive mind;
therefore, people become afraid of exteriorization, and at times people are
made ill simply by discussing the phenomena, due to the fact that they have
exteriorized under duress during some operation or accident.
Exteriorization under duress is the characteristic of death itself;
therefore, exteriorization or the departure of the soul is generally
associated with death in the
minds of most people. It is not necessarily true that one is dead because
he exteriorizes, and it is definitely not true that exteriorization not
accompanied by a shock, pain or duress is at all painful; indeed it is
quite therapeutic.
The third portion of the mind is the somatic mind. This is an even
heavier type of mind than the reactive mind since it contains no
thinkingness and contains only actingness. The impulses placed against the
body by the thetan through various mental machinery arrive at the
voluntary, and involuntary, and glandular levels. These have set methods of
analysis for any given situation and so respond directly to commands given.
Unfortunately, the somatic mind is subject to each of the minds higher
in scale above it and to the thetan. In other words the thetan can
independently affect the somatic mind. The analytical mind can affect the
somatic mind. The reactive mind can affect the somatic mind. Thus we see
that the neurons, the glandular system, the muscles and masses of the body
are subject to various impulses, each one of a lower order than the next.
Thus it is not odd to discover what we call "psychosomatic" illness. A
condition exists here where the thetan does not have an awareness of
burdening the somatic mind with various commands or derangements. Neither
does the thetan have an awareness of his own participation in the
analytical mind causing this action against the body.
In that the thetan is seldom aware of the reactive mind, it is possible
then for the reactive mind, with its stimulus-response content, to impinge
itself directly, and without further recourse or advice, upon the neurons,
muscles and glandular system of the body. In that the reactive mind can
hold a fixed command in place, causing a derangement in the somatic mind,
it is possible then for illness to exist, for bizarre pains to be felt, for
actual physical twists and aberrations to occur, without any conscious
knowledge on the part of the thetan. This we call physical illness caused
by the mind. In brief, such illness is caused by perceptions received in
the reactive mind during moments of pain and unconsciousness.
Whether the facsimile in the mind is received while the thetan is awake
or unconscious, the resulting mass of the energy picture is energy just as
you see energy in an electric light bulb or from the flames of a fire. At
one time it was considered that mental energy was different than physical
energy. In Scientology it has been discovered that mental energy is simply
a finer, higher level physical energy. The test of this is conclusive in
that a thetan "mocking up" (creating) mental image pictures and thrusting
them into the body can increase the body mass and by casting them away
again can decrease the body mass. This test has actually been made and an
increase of as much as thirty pounds, actually measured on scales, has been
added to, and subtracted from, a body by creating "mental energy." Energy
is energy. It has different wavelengths and different characteristics. The
mental image pictures are capable of reacting upon the physical
environment, and the physical environment is capable of reacting upon
mental image pictures. Thus the mind actually consists of spaces, energies
and masses of the same order as the physical universe, if lighter and
different in size and wavelength. For a much more comprehensive picture of
the mind one should read The Original Thesis by L. Ron Hubbard and
Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health by the same author. These
were written before the discovery of the upper levels of beingness were
made and are a very complete picture of the mind itself, its structure and
what can be done to it and with it.
The third part of man is the physical body. This can best be studied in
such things as Gray's Anatomy and other anatomical texts. This is the
province of the medical doctor. The body is a purely structural study, and
the actions and reactions amongst its various structures are complex and
intensely interesting.
When Scientology founded Bio-physics, it did so because of the various
discoveries which had accumulated concerning mental energy in its reaction
against
physical energy, and the activities which took place in the body because of
these interactions. Bio-physics only became feasible when it was discovered
in Scientology that a fixed electrical field existed surrounding a body
entirely independent of, but influenceable by, the human mind. The body
exists in its own space. That space is created by "anchor points" (points
which are anchored in a space different to the physical universe space
around a body). The complexity of these anchor points can cause an
independent series of electronic flows which can occasion much discomfort
to the individual. The balance structure of the body and even its joint
action and physical characteristics can be changed by changing this
electrical field which exists at a distance from, or within, the body.
The electrical field is paramount and monitors the actual physical
structure of the body. Thus the body is not only influenced by the three
minds, it is influenced as well by its own electrical field. An expert
Scientologist can discover for the average person this field, and can bring
about its adjustment, although this is very far from the primary purpose of
the Scientologist.
The use of electrical shocks upon a body for any purpose is therefore
very dangerous and is not to be condoned by sensible men. Of course, the
use of electrical shock was never intended to be therapeutic, but was
intended only to bring about obedience by duress and, as far as it can be
discovered, to make the entirety of insanity a horror. Electrical shock
deranges the electronic field in the vicinity of the body and is almost
always succeeded by bad health or physical difficulties and never does
otherwise than hasten the death of the person. It has been stated by people
using electric shock that if they were denied euthanasia (the right to kill
people who were considered to be a burden on a society) they would at least
use partial euthanasia in the form of electric shock, brain surgery and
drugs. These treatments in some large percentage of cases, however, effect
euthanasia.
A knowledge of the mental and physical structure of the body would be
absolutely necessary in order to treat the body, and this knowledge has not
existed prior to Scientology. The medical doctor achieved many results by
working purely with structure and biochemical products, and in the field of
emergency surgery and obstetrics and orthopaedics he is indispensable in
the society. Medicine, however, does not contain a definition for "mind"
and is not expected to invade the field which belongs properly to
Scientology.
These three parts of man-the thetan, the mind and the body-are each one
different studies, but they influence each other markedly and continually.
Of the three, the senior entity is the thetan, for without the thetan there
would be no mind or animation in the body. Many speculations in the field
of Para-Scientology have been made. Para-Scientology includes all of the
uncertainties and unknown territories of life which have not been
completely explored and explained. However, as studies have gone forward,
it has become more and more apparent that the senior activity of life is
that of the thetan, and that in the absence of the spirit no further life
exists. In the insect kingdom it is not established whether or not each
insect is ordered by a spirit or whether one spirit orders enormous numbers
of insects. It is not established how mutation and evolution occur (if they
do) and the general Authorship of the physical universe is only speculated
upon, since Scientology does not invade the 8th dynamic.
Some facts, however, are completely known. The first of these is that
the individual himself is a spirit controlling a body via a mind. The
second of these is that the thetan is capable of making space, energy, mass
and time. The third of these is that the thetan is separable from the body
without the phenomena of death, and can handle and control a body from well
outside it. The fourth of these is that the thetan does not care to
remember the life which he has just lived, after he has parted from the
body and the mind. The fifth of these is that a person dying always
exteriorizes. The sixth of
these is that a person having exteriorized then returns to a planet and
procures, usually, another body of the same type of race as before.
In Para-Scientology there is much discussion about "between lives
areas" and other phenomena which might have passed at one time or another
for heaven or hell, but it is established completely that a thetan is
immortal and that he himself cannot actually experience death and
counterfeits it by forgetting. It is adequately manifest that a thetan
lives again and that he is very anxious to put something on the "time
track" (something for the future) in order to have something to come back
to, thus we have the anxieties of sex. There must be additional bodies for
the next life.
It is obvious that what we create in our societies during this lifetime
affects us during our next lifetime. This is quite different than the
"belief" or an idea that this occurs. In Scientology we have very little to
do with forcing people to make conclusions. An individual can experience
these things for himself and unless he can do so no one expects him to
accept them.
The manifestation that our hereafter is our next life entirely alters
the general concept of spiritual destiny. There is no argument whatever
with the tenets of faith since it is not precisely stated, uniformly, by
religions that one immediately goes to a heaven or hell. It is certain that
an individual experiences the effect of the civilization which he has had
part in creating, in his next lifetime. In other words the individual comes
back. He has a responsibility for what goes on today since he will
experience it tomorrow.
Sex has been overweighted in importance in old psychotherapy, a
practice more or less disgraced at this time. Sex is only one of numerous
creative impulses. An anxiety about sex, however, occurs when an individual
begins to believe that there will not be a body for him to have during the
next lifetime. The common denominator of all aberration (mental
derangement) is cessation of creation; as sex is only one kind of creation
and a rather low order of it, it will be seen that unhappiness could stem
from various cessations of creation. Death itself is a cessation of
creation. One stops creating the identity John Jones and the environment
and things of John Jones. He stops because he believes he cannot, himself,
continue this creation without the assistance of a body, having become
dependent upon a mind and a body, the first to do his thinking for him and
the second to do his acting. An individual becomes sufficiently morose on
the ideas of creation that he can actually bring about the condition.
It will be seen that the three parts of man are intimately associated
with control. The anatomy of control is start, change and stop. The loss of
control takes place with the loss of pan-determinism. When one becomes too
partisan, embraces himself too solidly against the remainder of the
environment, he no longer controls the environment to the degree that he
might and so is unable to start, change and stop the environment.
It is a scientific definition in Scientology that control consists of
start, change and stop. These three manifestations can be graphed alongside
of the apparent cycle of action: create, survive, destroy. Any person is
somewhere along this curve. An individual who is bent mainly upon survival
is intent, usually, upon changing things. An individual who is close to
being destroyed is bent mainly upon stopping things. An individual who has
a free heart and mind about life is bent upon creating things.
There could be three things wrong with any person, and these would be
the inability to start, the inability to change, the inability to stop.
Insanity, for the most part, is an inability to stop. A neurosis is a habit
which, worsening, flies entirely out of control. One is stopped so often in
life that he becomes an enemy of stopping and dislikes stopping so
intensely that he himself will not stop things.
In the matter of the parts of man we discover that all things are initiated
by the thetan so far as action, activity and behavior are concerned. After
such an initiation he can be blunted or warped from course and acted upon
in such a way that he becomes too fixed along one line or another and
begins to suffer from these three inabilities. However, each one of the
parts of man is subject to the anatomy of control.
An individual begins first by being unable himself, and without help,
to start, to change, to stop. Then the mind may become prone to these
disabilities and is unable to start, change, or stop at will. Then the body
itself can become subject to these three disabilities and is unable to
start, to change, to stop. The oddity is that an environment can so work
upon an individual, however, that a thetan's body becomes disabled through
no choice of his own. Similarly, the reactive mind can become disabled
through no choice of either the body or the thetan, but the thetan himself,
beyond observing the effect of various causes and having initiated the
first thought to be there in the first place, can only become disabled by
becoming too partisan, by becoming too little pan-determined, and so
bringing himself into difficulties. These difficulties, however, are
entirely the difficulties of consideration. As the thetan considers, so he
is. In the final analysis the thetan has no problems of his own. The
problems are always "other people's problems" and must exist in the mind or
the body or in other people or his surroundings for him to have problems.
Thus his difficulties are, in the main, difficulties of staying in the game
and keeping the game going.
If a thetan can suffer from anything, it is being out-created (created
against too thoroughly). The manifestations of being out-created would be
the destruction of his own creations and the overpowering presence of other
creations. Thus a thetan can be brought to believe that he is trapped if he
is out-created.
In past dissertations on the subject of the mind and philosophies of
life there was a great deal of speculation and very little actual proof.
Therefore, these philosophies were creations and one philosopher was at
work out-creating another philosopher. In Scientology we have this single
difference: we are dealing with discoveries. The only thing created about
Scientology is the actual books and works in which Scientology is
presented. The phenomena of Scientology are discovered and are held in
common by all men and all life forms. There is no effort in Scientology to
out-create each and every thetan that comes along. It is, of course,
possible to conceive Scientology as a creation, and to conceive that it is
overwhelming. It should be viewed otherwise, for it is intended as an
assistance to life at large, to enable life to make a better civilization
and a better game. There are no tenets in Scientology which cannot be
demonstrated with entirely scientific procedures.
(Continued in PAB 86 on next page.)
P.A.B. No. 86
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
The Oldest Continuous Publication in Dianetics and Scientology
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
Brunswick House, 83 Palace Gardens Terrace, London W.8
_____________________________________________________________________
29 May 1956
S C I E N T O L O G Y
TRANSLATOR'S EDITION
by L. Ron Hubbard, Ph.D., C.E.
Continued from PAB 85
CAUSATION AND KNOWLEDGE
Scientology as a science is composed of many axioms (self-evident
truths as in geometry). There are some fifty-six of these axioms in
addition to the two hundred more axioms of Dianetics which preceded the
Scientology axioms.
The first axiom in Scientology is: Life is basically a static.
(Definition: A static has no mass, no motion, no wavelength, no location in
space or in time. It has the ability to postulate and to perceive.)
Definition: In Scientology, the word "postulate" means to cause a
thinkingness or consideration. It is a specially applied word and is
defined as causative thinkingness.
Axiom 2. The static is capable of considerations, postulates, and
opinions.
Axiom 3. Space, energy, objects, form, and time are the result of
considerations made and/or agreed upon or not by the static, and are
perceived solely because the static considers that it can perceive them.
Axiom 4. Space is a viewpoint of dimension. (Space is caused by looking
out from a point. The only actuality of space is the agreed upon
consideration that one perceives through something and this we call space.)
Axiom 5. Energy consists of postulated particles in space. (One
considers that energy exists and that he can perceive energy. He also
considers that energy behaves according to certain agreed upon laws. These
assumptions or considerations are the totality of energy.)
Axiom 6. Objects consist of grouped particles.
Axiom 7. Time is basically a postulate that space and particles will
persist. (The rate of their Persistence is what we measure with clocks and
the motion of heavenly bodies.)
Axiom 8. The apparency of time is the change of position of particles
in space.
Copyright (�)1956 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
Axiom 9. Change is the primary manifestation of time.
Axiom 10. The highest purpose in the universe is the creation of an
effect.
These first ten axioms of Scientology are the most fundamental "truths"
(by which we mean commonly held considerations). Here we have thought and
life and the physical universe in their relation one to the other.
Regardless of further considerations, ideas, assumptions and conditions
there lie beneath them these first ten truths.
It is as though one had entered into an honorable bargain with fellow
beings to hold these things in common. Once this is done, or once such a
"contract" or agreement exists, one has the fundamentals of a universe.
Specialized considerations based on the above make one or another kind of
universe.
The physical universe which we see around us and in which we live was
created on these fundamentals without regard to Who created it. Its
creation was agreed upon. In order to perceive it one must agree that it
exists.
There are three classes of universes. There is first, foremost and most
evident, the physical universe of spaces, stars, suns, land, sea, air and
living forms. Then there is the other fellow's universe which may or may
not be agreed upon by his associates. This he holds to himself. The
phenomenon of this universe is included in the field of the "mind" as
described earlier. Then listed last here, but first perceived, is one's own
universe.
The phenomenon of universes is an interesting one since one's own
universe can be overwhelmed by the universes of others. These in
Scientology we call valences (extra personalities, cells, apparent
beingnesses). Valences and universes are the same thing, essentially.
For example, one while living in the physical universe can be
overpowered by the universe of, let us say, father. While one still retains
his own valence or identity one is yet acting or thinking or suffering or
feeling somewhat like father. Even though one is by oneself there is this
additional apparent beingness. Although father is absent his commands are
still present, thus we get such things as "duty," "obedience," "training"
and even "education." Each one of these is caused by some part of another
universe to a greater or lesser degree.
Regardless of how one reacts to universes, he still remains in some
degree himself. It is the effort of many to struggle "to mind themselves."
The totality of this impulse is the effort to separate one's own self as a
thetan from the various universes with which he feels himself too
intimately associated. One is only oppressed by the universe when he feels
he can have nothing of that universe. One is only victimized by "father's
universe" when he is in protest against father. One protests against the
physical universe only when he feels that he can have no part of it or does
not belong in it or, as in religion, is not looked upon kindly by what he
conceives to be the Creator of the physical universe.
Universes, as considered in games earlier, could be considered the
playing fields of life. One plays willingly or one plays unwillingly. When
one begins to play unwillingly he is apt to discover himself victimized and
interiorized into the universe of some game. It is against this phenomenon
that a person protests. Consider the matter of a jail. On the surface of
it, as Voltaire discovered, a jail provides food and shelter and leisure
time. This would seem to be the ambition of many people, but the jail
provides, as well, a restriction without one's consent. The only difference
between being in jail and being the king in a castle so far as liberty is
concerned is one's own desires in the matter and one's own ability to
command one's environment. As a king in a castle one
would be causative. His will, statement, thinkingness would have an effect
upon others. Being in jail one is an effect in that the thinkingness of
others finds him its target. Here we have in terms of universes the most
rudimentary example of cause and effect.
We must, however, assume, because it is so evident, that an individual
only gets into traps and circumstances he intends to get into. Certain it
is, that having gotten into such a position, he may be unwilling to remain
in it, but a trap is always preceded by one's own choice of entrance. We
must assume a very wide freedom of choice on the part of a thetan since it
is almost impossible to conceive how a thetan could get himself trapped
even though he consented to it. By actual demonstration a thetan goes
through walls, barriers, vanishes space, appears anywhere at will and does
other remarkable things. It must be, then, that an individual can be
trapped only when he considers that he is trapped, and in view of the fact
that the totality of existence is based upon his own considerations, we
find that the limitations he has must have been invited to himself,
otherwise they could not be eradicated by the individual under processing,
since the only one that is present with the preclear is the auditor. The
preclear, by processing, can resolve all of his difficulties without going
and finding other persons or consulting other universes. Thus the totality
of entrapment, aberration-even injury, torture, insanity and other
distasteful items-is basically considerations a thetan is making and
holding right now in present time. This must be the case since time itself
is a postulate or consideration on his own part.
The greatest philosophical clamor or quarrel has been waged around the
subject of "knowledge" and there is nothing preposterous on the subject of
knowledge that cannot be found in philosophical text. The superiority and
ascendancy of Scientology depends upon the fact that it has transcended
this philosophical quarrel on the subject of knowingness, and Scientology
contains in itself the basics of knowledge.
By knowledge we mean assured belief, that which is known, information,
instruction; enlightenment, learning; practical skill. By knowledge we mean
data, factors and whatever can be thought about or perceived.
The reason why knowledge has been misunderstood in philosophy is that
it is only half the answer. There is no allness to knowledge. By
definition, knowledge is that which is perceived or learned or taken from
another source. This patently, then, means that when one learns, he is
being an effect.
We see in Axiom 10 that "the highest purpose in the universe is the
creation of an effect." This is in direct contradiction to knowledge
although one of course can know how to create an effect.
Opposed to knowledge we have the neglected half of existence, which is
the creation of knowledge, the creation of data, the creation of thought,
the causative consideration, self-evolved ideas as opposed to ideas
otherwise evolved. The reason Scientology is such a fascinating study is
that it takes apart the other fellow's ideas and permits one to create some
of his own. Scientology gives us the common denominators of objects,
energies, spaces, universes, livingness and thought itself.
There is cause and effect. Cause could be defined as emanation. It
could be defined also, for purposes of communication, as source-point. If
you consider a river flowing to the sea, the place where it began would be
the source-point or cause and the place where it went into the sea would be
the effect-point, and the sea would be the effect of the river. The man
firing the gun is cause; the man receiving the bullet is effect. The one
making a statement is causing a communication, the one receiving the
statement is the effect of the communication.
Almost all anxieties and upsets in human relations come about through
an imbalance of cause and effect.
One must be willing at once to cause new data, statements, assumptions,
considerations and to receive ideas, assumptions, considerations.
So great is the anxiety of a thetan to be an effect that he closely
approaches those things which can cause an effect upon him, thus a thetan
becomes trapped. On the face of it so few thetans make causative data and
so many receive data that it would seem, in view of the fact that a thetan
can be touched only by his own consideration, that thetans are more anxious
for effects than to be cause.
It is learned under close experiment that there is nothing a thetan
actually disdains on an effect level. He pretends not to like or enjoy
certain effects and protests against them, but he knows very well that the
mechanism of protest causes the effect to approach more closely as a
general rule.
The prevailing anxiety, then, is to be an effect, not to be a cause.
The entire subject of responsibility is a study of cause and effect in that
a person who wants no responsibility is anxious to be an effect only and a
person who can assume responsibility must also be willing to be causative.
A thetan can be swung into a "state of consideration" by observing that
it is commonly held by others. This keeps him in the universe and this
keeps him being effect.
Study, investigation, receiving education and similar activity are all
effect activities and result in the assumption of less responsibility.
Thus, while it is true that a thetan cannot actually get into trouble, he
can, by agreeing with the current agreed upon thought in the universe where
he finds himself, take a pattern of thinkingness which makes him less
effective because he wishes to be an effect. If he feels he must gather all
of his data from elsewhere, he is then the effect of knowledge, the effect
of universes and postulates, and he tends to reduce his own ability to form
or make knowledge.
In Scientology we can communicate in full these circumstances since we
are only calling to attention the pattern which an individual already
himself holds, thus we are not actually teaching him anything. We are only
pointing out things he has already agreed with or himself caused.
It is not true that an individual is responsible for everything that
happens to him. When an individual, wishing many interesting effects,
chooses to go into many universes or traps, he can become confused about
what he is doing, where he is or what it is all about. Scientology points
out what can be seen or changed from a person's own viewpoint to bring
about a change in his own condition.
As an example, a thetan has come to "believe" that the right way to get
along in life is to do just as father did. This is an invitation to being
in father's universe. Later on he changes his mind about this but he finds
himself still in father's universe and doesn't like it. He would be more
effective, more capable if he were not now in father's universe.
Customarily in these unenlightened times he waits for death to separate
himself from the environment in which he finds himself and puts up with it
until then. It is not necessary to do this now that we have Scientology. He
can at any moment, given the proper steerage, vacate any trap in which he
finds himself and begin again on a new series of considerations.
We cannot, then, talk about knowledge as a totality. It is a single
datum. The thirst for knowledge would be the thirst for other thetans'
postulates and would lead one to forget that he himself has been a party to
the making of these postulates and that he himself had to follow a certain
course in order to put himself in reach of other
thetans' postulates. (Translator's note: Lacking a proper English word for
"causative thinking," the word "postulate" has been used in slight
difference to its English definition. If there is a word in your language
which means "self-impulsion" or "creation of a thought" use that instead of
a "postulate.") Because one is the effect of knowledge, causing data,
considerations or "facts" to come into being separates one in distance from
being an effect. If one is very anxious to be an effect and if this is his
basic consideration, he will not take well to causing information to come
into existence, but in order to get him out of the traps in which he finds
himself it is necessary to some degree that he do so.
Causing few barriers or traps, the individual then loses control over
barriers or traps; wishing to be an effect, of course he must lose control
of barriers and traps, otherwise he cannot be entrapped by them. The thing
to do to free him from a trap is to find what parts of the trap he himself
is willing to own, or have, or possess. This places the barriers (which can
be spaces, energy movements or obstacles) under his control, and his
postulating that he can have or possess this or that causes him to be
willing to be or occupy the trap and the moment this occurs he is no longer
in the trap, or even if he is still in it to some degree he does not object
to it and can leave it when he wishes.
The way to paralyze a nation entirely and to make it completely
ungovernable would be to forbid education of any kind within its borders
and to inculcate into every person within it the feeling that he must not
receive any information from anybody about anything. To make a nation
governable it is necessary to hold a kindly view of education and to honor
educative persons and measures. To conquer a land it is not necessarily
efficient to overwhelm them with guns. Once this is done it is necessary to
apply educative measures in order to bring about some sort of agreement
amongst the people themselves as well as between the conqueror and the
subdued. Only in this way could one have a society, a civilization, or as
we say in Scientology, a smoothly running game.
In other words two extremes could be reached. Neither one of which is
desirable by the individual. The first extreme could be reached by emphasis
only upon self created data or information. This would bring about not only
a lack of interpersonal relations, but would also bring about an anxiety to
have an effect which would, as it does in barbaric peoples, result in
social cruelty unimaginable in a civilized nation. The other extreme would
be to forbid in its entirety any self-created information and to condone
only data or considerations generated by others than self. Here we would
create an individual with no responsibility, so easily handled that he
would be only a puppet.
Self-created data is then not a bad thing, neither is education, but
one without the other to hold it in some balance will bring about a no-game
condition or a no-civilization. Just as individuals can be seen by
observing nations so we see the African tribesman, with his complete
contempt for truth and his emphasis on brutality and savagery for others
but not himself, is a no-civilization, and we see at the other extreme
China, slavishly dedicated to ancient scholars, incapable of generating
within herself sufficient rulers to continue, without bloodshed, a nation.
We have noted the individual who must be the only one who can make a
postulate or command, whose authority is dearer to him than the comfort or
state of millions, and have suffered from such men (Napoleon, Hitler,
Kaiser Wilhelm, Frederick of Prussia, Genghis Khan, Attila). We have known,
too, the scholar who has studied himself blind and is the world's greatest
authority on Government or some such thing, who yet cannot himself manage
his bank account or a dog with any certainty. Here we have in either case,
a total imbalance. The world-shaker is himself unwilling to be any effect
of any kind (and all the men named here were arrant personal cowards) and
we have the opposite, a man who would not know what you were talking about
if you told him to get an idea of his own.
We see another example of this in the fundamental laws of warfare. A body
of troops, to be effective, must be able to attack and to defend. Its
implements must be divided 50% for attack and 50% for defense. In other
words, even in a crude activity such as warfare, we find that no successful
outcome is possible unless the troops can devote half of their energies to
attack and half of them to defense.
In the much broader view of life we discover on any dynamic that
success depends, or a game depends, or activity depends, or life itself
depends upon being willing to be cause equally in ratio to being willing to
be an effect. He who would give must be willing to receive. He who would
receive must be willing to give. When these tenets are violated the most
fundamental principle of human relationships is violated and the result is
a no-game condition such as aberration, insanity, antisocialness,
criminality, inactivity, laziness, tiredness, mania, fanaticism and all the
other things against which men protest. But imbalances between cause and
effect also enter randomities into the game of life and cannot be neglected
in their potential for creating a game.
Any information is valuable to the degree that you can use it. In other
words any information is valuable to the degree that you can make it yours.
Scientology, of all the sciences, does not teach you, it only reminds you,
for the information was yours in the first place. It is not only the
science of life, but it is an account of what you were doing before you
forgot what you were doing.
KNOW AND NOT-KNOW
It is the basic mechanism of thinkingness, whether one is postulating
or receiving information, that one retain one's ability to know. It is
equally important that one retain one's ability to not-know.
You will discover that most people are trying not to remember. In other
words they are trying to not-know. Education can only become burdensome
when one is unable to not-know it. It is necessary that one be able to
create, to receive, to know, and to not-know information, data and
thoughts. Lacking any one of these skills, for they are skills, no matter
how native they are to the individual, one is apt to get into a chaos of
thinkingness or creatingness or livingness.
You can look at any eccentric or aberrated person and discover rapidly,
by an inspection of him, which one of these four factors he is violating.
He either is unable to know or not-know his own created thoughts, or he is
unable to know or not-know the thoughts of others. Somewhere, for some
reason best known to him, in his anxiety to be part of the game, he has
shelved, lost, one of these abilities.
Time is a process of knowing in the present and not-knowing in the
future or the past. Remembering is the process of knowing the past;
predicting, of knowing the future. Forgetting is the process of not-knowing
the past, and being without goals is the process of not-knowing the future.
Exercises in these various items rehabilitate not only the sanity or
ability of the individual, but his general capability in living and playing
the game.
THE GOAL OF SCIENTOLOGY
The end object of Scientology is not the making into nothing of all of
existence or the freeing of the individual of any and all traps everywhere.
The goal of Scientology is making the individual capable of living a better
life in his own estimation and with his fellows and the playing of a better
game.
(Continued in PAB 87 on next page.)
P.A.B. No. 87
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
The Oldest Continuous Publication in Dianetics and Scientology
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
Brunswick House, 83 Palace Gardens Terrace, London W.8
_____________________________________________________________________
5 June 1956
S C I E N T O L O G Y
TRANSLATOR'S EDITION
by L. Ron Hubbard, Ph.D., C.E.
Continued from PAB 86
SCIENTOLOGY PROCESSING
Scientology is applied in many ways to many fields. One particular and
specialized method of application of Scientology is its use on individuals
and groups of people in the eradication of physical illnesses deriving from
mental states and the improvement of their abilities and intelligence. By
processing is meant the verbal exercising of a patient (preclear) in exact
Scientology processes. There is a great deal of terminology and precision
in these processes and their use and they are not combinable with older
mental activities such as psychiatry, psychology, psychoanalysis, yoga,
massage, etc. However, these processes are capable of addressing or
treating the same ills of the mind as are delineated by older methodology,
with the addition that Scientology is alone in its ability to successfully
eradicate those psychosomatic ills to which it is addressed and is the only
science or study known which is capable of uniformly producing marked and
significant increases in intelligence and general ability.
Scientology processing, amongst other things, can increase the
intelligence quotient of an individual, his ability or desire to
communicate, his social attitudes, his capability and domestic harmony, his
fertility, his artistic creativity, his reaction time and his health.
An additional sphere of activity allied to processing is Preventive
Scientology. In this branch of processing an individual is inhibited or
restrained from assuming states lower than he has already suffered from. In
other words the progress of tendencies, neuroses, habits and deteriorating
activities can be halted by Scientology or their occurrence can be
prevented. This is done by processing the individual on standard
Scientology processes without particular attention to the disability
involved.
Scientology processing is called "auditing" by which the auditor
(practitioner) "listens and commands." The auditor and the preclear
(patient) are together out-of-doors or in a quiet place where they will not
be disturbed or where they are not being subjected to interrupting
influences. The purpose of the auditor is to give the preclear certain and
exact commands which the preclear can follow and perform. The purpose of
the auditor is to increase the ability of the preclear. The Auditor's Code
is the governing set of rules for the general activity of auditing. The
Code follows:
Copyright (�) 1956 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
THE AUDITOR'S CODE
1. Do not evaluate for the preclear.
2. Do not invalidate or correct the preclear's data.
3. Use the processes which improve the preclear's case.
4. Keep all appointments once made.
5. Do not process a preclear after 10 p.m.
6. Do not process a preclear who is improperly fed.
7. Do not permit a frequent change of auditors.
8. Do not sympathize with the preclear.
9. Never permit the preclear to end the session on his own independent
decision.
10. Never walk off from a preclear during a session.
11. Never get angry with a preclear.
12. Always reduce every communication lag encountered by continued use of
the same question or process.
13. Always continue a process as long as it produces change and no
longer.
14. Be willing to grant beingness to the preclear.
15. Never mix the processes of Scientology with those of various other
practices.
16. Always remain in good two-way communication with the preclear during
sessions.
The Auditor's Code governs the activity of the auditor during sessions.
The activity of the Scientologist in general is governed by another broader
code.
THE CODE OF A SCIENTOLOGIST
As a Scientologist, I pledge myself to the Code of Scientology for the good
of all:
1. To hear or speak no word of disparagement to the press, public or
preclears concerning any of my fellow Scientologists, our professional
organization or those whose names are closely connected to this
Science.
2. To use the best I know of Scientology to the best of my ability to
better my preclears, groups and the world.
3. To refuse to accept for processing and to refuse to accept money from
any preclear or group I feel I cannot honestly help.
4. To punish to the fullest extent of my power anyone misusing or
degrading Scientology to harmful ends.
5. To prevent the use of Scientology in advertisements of other
products.
6. To discourage the abuse of Scientology in the press.
7. To employ Scientology to the greatest good of the greatest number of
dynamics.
8. To render good processing, sound training and good discipline to
those students or peoples entrusted to my care.
9. To refuse to impart the personal secrets of my preclears.
10. To engage in no unseemly disputes with the uninformed on the subject
of my profession.
As it can be seen, both of these codes are designed to protect the
preclear as well as Scientology and the auditor in general. As these codes
evolve from many years of observation and experience by a great number of
people, it can be said that they are
intensely important and are probably complete. Failure to observe them has
resulted in a failure of Scientology. Scientology can do what it can do
only when it is used within the limits of these two codes. Thus it can be
seen that the interjection of peculiarities or practices by the auditor
into Scientology processing can actually nullify and eradicate the benefits
of that processing. Any hope or promise in Scientology is conditional upon
its good use by the individual and its use in particular within the limits
of these two codes.
THE CONDITIONS OF AUDITING
Certain definite conditions must prevail and a certain methodology must
be followed in order that processing may be beneficial to its fullest
extent.
Probably the first condition is a good grasp of Scientology as a
Science and its mission in the world.
The second condition would be a relaxed state of mind on the part of
the auditor and the confidence that his use of Scientology upon the
preclear will not produce a harmful result.
The third requisite should be finding a preclear. By this it is
literally meant that one should discover somebody willing to be processed
and having discovered one so willing should then make sure that he is aware
that he is there being processed.
The fourth requisite would be a quiet place in which to audit with
every precaution taken that the preclear will not be interrupted or burst
in upon or unduly startled during processing.
All requisites for auditing from here on are entirely concerned with
procedures and processes. By auditing procedure is meant the general model
of how one goes about addressing a preclear. This includes an ability to
place one question, worded exactly the same way, over and over again to the
preclear no matter how many times the preclear has answered the question.
It should include the ability to acknowledge with a "good" and "all right"
every time a preclear executes or completes the execution of a command. It
should include the ability to accept a communication from the preclear.
When the preclear has something to say the auditor should acknowledge the
fact that he has received the preclear's communication and should pay some
attention to the communication. Procedure also includes the ability to
sense when the preclear is being over-strained by processing or is being
unduly annoyed and to handle such crises in the session to prevent the
preclear from leaving. An auditor should also have the ability of handling
startling remarks or occurrences by the preclear. An auditor should also
have the knack of preventing the preclear from talking obsessively since
prolonged conversation markedly reduces the havingness of the preclear and
the sooner long dissertations by the preclear are cut off the better for
the session in general. Processes, as distinct from procedures, consist of
utilizing the principle of the gradient scale to the end of placing the
preclear in better control of himself, his mind, the people and the
universe around him. By gradient scale is meant a proceeding from
simplicity toward greater difficulty, giving the preclear always no more
than he can do, but giving him as much as he can do until he can handle a
great deal. The idea here is to give the preclear nothing but wins and to
refrain from giving the preclear loses in the game of processing. Thus it
can be seen that processing is a team activity and is not itself a game
whereby the auditor opposes and seeks to defeat the preclear and the
preclear seeks to defeat the auditor, for when this condition exists there
are little results in processing.
The earliest stage of auditing consists in taking over control of the
preclear so as to restore to the preclear more control of himself than he
has had. The most fundamental step is then location, whereby the preclear
is made to be aware of the fact that
he is in an auditing room, that an auditor is present and that the preclear
is being a preclear. Those conditions will become quite apparent if one
realizes that it would be very difficult for a son to process a father. A
father is not likely to recognize anything else than the boy he raised in
his auditor. Therefore the father would have to be made aware of the fact
that the son was a competent practitioner before the father could be placed
under control in processing. One of the most elementary commands in
Scientology is "Look at me, who am I?" After a preclear has been asked to
do this many times until he can do so quickly and accurately and without
protest, it can be said that the preclear will have "found" the auditor.
The preclear is asked by the auditor to control, which is to say,
start, change and stop (the anatomy of control) anything he is capable of
controlling. In a very bad case this might be a very small object being
pushed around on a table, being started and changed and stopped each time
specifically and only at the auditor's command until the preclear himself
realizes that he himself can start, change and stop the object. Sometimes
four or five hours spent in this exercise are very well spent on a very
difficult preclear.
The preclear is then asked to start, change and stop his own body under
the auditor's specific and precise direction. In all of his commands the
auditor must be careful never to give a second command before the first one
has been fully obeyed. A preclear in this procedure is walked around the
room and is made to start, change the direction of and stop his body, one
of these at a time, in emphasis, until he realizes that he can do so with
ease. Only now could it be said that a session is well in progress or that
a preclear is securely under the auditor's command. It should be noted
especially that the goal of Scientology is better self-determinism for the
preclear. This rules out at once hypnotism, drugs, alcohol or other control
mechanisms used by other and older therapies. It will be found that such
things are not only not necessary but they are in direct opposition to the
goals of greater ability for the preclear.
The principal points of concentration for the auditor now become the
ability of the preclear to have, the ability of the preclear to not-know
and the ability of the preclear to play a game.
An additional factor is the ability of the preclear to be himself and
not a number of other people such as his father, his mother, his marital
partner or his children.
The ability of the preclear is increased by addressing to him the
process known as the Trio. These are three questions, or rather commands.
1. "Look around here and tell me what you could have."
2. "Look around here and tell me what you would permit to remain in
place."
3. "Now look around and tell me with what you could dispense."
No. 1 above is used usually about ten times, then No. 2 is used five
times, and No. 3 is used once. This ratio of ten, five and one would be an
ordinary or routine approach to havingness. The end in view is to bring the
preclear into a condition whereby he can possess or own or have whatever he
sees, without further conditions, ramifications or restrictions. This is
the most therapeutic of all processes, as elementary as it might seem. It
is done without too much two-way communication or discussion with the
preclear and it is done until the preclear can answer question one, two and
three equally well. It should be noted at once that twenty-five hours of
use of this process by an auditor upon a preclear brings about a very high
rise in tone. By saying twenty-five hours it is intended to give the idea
of the length of time the process should be used. As it is a strain on the
usual person to repeat the same question over and over, it will be seen
that an auditor should be well disciplined or very well trained before he
audits.
In the case of a preclear who is very unable, "can't have" is substituted
for "have" in each of the above questions for a few hours until the
preclear is ready for the Trio in its "have" form. This can-can't is the
plus and minus aspect of all thought and in Scientology is called by a
specialized word, "dichotomy."
The rehabilitation of the ability of the preclear to not-know is also
rehabilitation of the preclear in the time stream, since the process of
time consists of knowing the moment and not-knowing the past and not-
knowing the future simultaneously. This process, like all other Scientology
processes, is repetitive. The process is run, ordinarily, only after the
preclear is in very good condition and is generally run in an exterior well-
inhabited place. Here the auditor, without exciting public comment,
indicates a person and asks the preclear, "Can you not-know something about
that person?" The auditor does not permit the preclear to "not-know" things
which the preclear already doesn't know. The preclear "not-knows" only
those things which are visible and apparent about the person. This is also
run on other objects in the environment such as walls, floors, chairs and
other things. The auditor should not be startled when for the preclear
large chunks of the environment start to disappear. This is ordinary
routine and in effect the preclear should make the entirety of the
environment disappear at his own command. The environment does not
disappear for the auditor. The end goal of this "not-know" process is the
disappearance of the entire universe, under the preclear's control, but
only for the preclear. It will be discovered while running this that the
preclear's "havingness" may deteriorate. If this happens he was not run
enough on the Trio before he was run on this process. It is only necessary
in such a case to intersperse "Look around here now and tell me what you
could have" with the "not know" command to keep the preclear in good
condition. Drop of havingness is manifested by nervous agitation, obsessive
talk or semi-unconsciousness or "dopiness" on the part of the preclear.
These manifestations indicate only reduction of havingness.
The reverse of the question here is "Tell me something that you would
be willing to have that person (indicated by the auditor) not-know about
you." Both sides of the question have to be run (audited). This process can
be continued for twenty-five hours or even fifty or seventy-five hours of
auditing with considerable benefit so long as it does not react too
violently upon the preclear in terms of loss of havingness.
It should be noted that, in running either havingness or "not-know" on
a preclear, the preclear may exteriorize. In other words it may become
apparent, either by his observation or because the preclear informs him,
that the auditor has "exteriorized" a preclear. Under "The Parts of Man"
section there is an explanation of this phenomenon. In modern auditing the
auditor does not do anything odd about this beyond receive and be
interested in the preclear's statement of the fact. The preclear should not
be permitted to become alarmed since it is a usual manifestation. A
preclear is in better condition and will audit better exteriorized than "in
his head." Understanding that an actual ability to "not-know" is an ability
to erase by self-command the past without suppressing it with energy or
going into any other method is necessary to help the preclear. It is the
primary rehabilitation in terms of knowingness. Forgetting is a lower
manifestation than "not-knowingness."
(Continued in PAB 88 on next page.)
P.A.B. No. 88
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
The Oldest Continuous Publication in Dianetics and Scientology
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
Brunswick House, 83 Palace Gardens Terrace, London W.8
_____________________________________________________________________
12 June 1956
SCIENTOLOGY
TRANSLATOR'S EDITION
by L. Ron Hubbard, Ph.D., C.E.
Continued from PAB 87
THE CONDITIONS OF AUDITING
Concluded
The third ability to be addressed by the auditor is the ability of the
preclear to play a game. First and foremost in the requisites to play a
game is the ability to control. One must be able to control something in
order to participate in a game. Therefore the general rehabilitation of
control by starting, changing and stopping things is a rehabilitation in
the ability to play a game. When a preclear refuses to recover, it is
because the preclear is using his state as a game, and does not believe
that there is any better game for him to play than the state he is in. He
may protest if this is called a game. Nevertheless any condition will
surrender if the auditor has the preclear invent similar conditions or even
tell lies about the existing condition. Inventing games or inventing
conditions or inventing problems alike rehabilitate the ability to play a
game. Chief amongst these various rehabilitation factors are control
(start, change and stop), problems and the willingness to overwhelm or be
overwhelmed. One ceases to be able to have games when one loses control
over various things, when one becomes short of problems and when one is
unwilling to be overwhelmed (in other words, to lose) or to overwhelm (to
win). It will be found while running havingness as in the Trio above that
one may run down the ability to play a game, since havingness is the reward
of a game in part.
In the matter of problems it will be seen that these are completely
necessary to the playing of a game. The anatomy of a problem is intention
versus intention. This is, of course, in essence the purpose of all games,
to have two sides, each one with an opposed intention. Technically a
problem is two or more purposes in conflict. It is very simple to detect
whether or not the preclear is suffering from a scarcity of games. The
preclear who needs more games clutches to himself various present time
problems. If an auditor is confronted with a preclear who is being obsessed
by a problem in present time he knows two things: (I) that the preclear's
ability to play a game is low, and (2) that he must run an exact process at
once to rehabilitate the preclear in session.
It often happens at the beginning of an auditing session that the
preclear has encountered a heavy present time problem between sessions. The
preclear must always be consulted before the session is actually in
progress as to whether or not he has
Copyright (�) 1956 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
"anything worrying" him. To a preclear who is worried about some present
time situation or problem no other process has any greater effectiveness
than the following one. The auditor with a very brief discussion of the
problem asks the preclear to invent a problem of comparable magnitude. He
may have to reword this request to make the preclear understand it
completely, but the auditor wants in essence the preclear to invent or
create a problem he considers similar to the problem he has. If the
preclear is unable to do this, it is necessary then to have him lie about
the problem which he has. Lying is the lowest order of creativeness. After
he has lied about the problem for a short time, it will be found that he
will be able to invent problems. He should be made to invent problem after
problem until he is no longer concerned with his present time problem.
The auditor should understand that a preclear who is "now willing to do
something about the problem" has not been run long enough on the invention
of problems of comparable magnitude. As long as the preclear is attempting
to do something about the problem, the problem is still of obsessive
importance to him. No session can be continued successfully until such a
present time problem is entirely flat, and it has been the experience that
when a present time problem was not completely eradicated by this process
that the remainder of the session or indeed the entire course of auditing
may be interrupted.
When a preclear does not seem to be advancing under auditing, a thing
which he does markedly and observedly, it must then be supposed that the
preclear has a present time problem which has not been eradicated and which
must be handled in auditing. Although the auditor gives the preclear to
understand that he too believes this present time problem is extremely
important, the auditor should not believe that this process will not handle
any present time problem, since it will. This process should be done on
some preclears in company with the Trio.
If the preclear is asked to "lie about" or "invent a problem of
comparable magnitude," and while doing so becomes agitated or unconscious
or begins to talk wildly or obsessively, it must be assumed that he will
have to have some havingness run on him until the agitation or
manifestation ceases so that the problem of comparable magnitude process
can be resumed.
Another aspect of the ability to play a game is the willingness to win
and the willingness to lose. An individual has to be willing to be cause or
willing to be an effect. As far as games are concerned this is reduced to a
willingness to win and a willingness to lose. People become afraid of
defeat and afraid of failure. The entire anatomy of failure is only that
one's postulates or intentions are reversed in action. For instance, one
intends to strike a wall and strikes it. That is a win. One intends not to
strike a wall and doesn't strike it. That is again a win. One intends not
to strike a wall and strikes it. That is a lose. One intends to strike a
wall and can't strike it. This is again a lose. It will be seen in this as
well as other things that the most significant therapy there is is changing
the mind. All things are as one considers they are and in no other way. If
it is sufficiently simple to give the definition of winning and losing, so
it is simple to process the matter.
This condition is best expressed, it appears, in processing by a
process known as "overwhelming." An elementary way of running this is to
take the preclear outside where there are numbers of people to observe and,
indicating a person, to ask the preclear, "What could overwhelm that
person?" When the preclear answers this, he is asked about the same person,
"What could that person overwhelm?" He is then asked as the third question,
"Look around here and tell me what you could have." These three questions
are run one after the other. Then another person is chosen and then the
three questions are asked again. This process can be varied in its wording
but the central idea must remain as above. The preclear can be asked "What
would you permit
to overwhelm that person?" and "What would you permit that person to
overwhelm?" and of course "Look around here and tell me what you could
have." This is only one of a number of possible processes on the subject of
overwhelming, but it should be noted that asking the preclear to think of
things which would overwhelm him could be fatal to the case. Where
overwhelming is handled, the preclear should be given a detached view.
A counter-position to havingness processes, but one which is less
therapeutic is "separateness." One asks the preclear to look round and
discover things which are separate from things. This is repeated over and
over. It is, however, destructive of havingness even though it will
occasionally prove beneficial.
It will be seen that havingness (barriers), "not-knowingness" (being in
present time and not in the past or the future), purposes (problems,
antagonists, or intention-counter-intention), and separateness (freedom)
will cover the anatomy of games. It is not to be thought, however, that
havingness addresses itself only to games. Many other factors enter into
it. In amongst all of these, it is of the greatest single importance.
One addresses in these days of Scientology the subjective self, the
mind, as little as possible. One keeps the preclear alert to the broad
environment around him. An address to the various energy patterns of the
mind is less beneficial than exercises which directly approach other people
or the physical universe. Therefore, asking a preclear to sit still and
answer the question "What could you have?" when it is answered by the
preclear from his experience or on the score of things which are not
present, is found to be non-therapeutic and is found instead to decrease
the ability and intelligence of the preclear. This is what is known as a
subjective (inside the mind only) process.
These are the principal processes which produce marked gains. There are
other processes and there are combinations of processes but these given
here are the most important. A Scientologist knowing the mind completely
can of course do many "tricks" with the conditions of people to improve
them. One of these is the ability to address a psychosomatic illness such
as a crippled leg which, having nothing physically wrong with it, yet is
not usable. The auditor could ask the preclear "Tell me a lie about your
leg" with a possible relief of the pain or symptom. Asking the preclear
repeatedly "Look around here and tell me something your leg could have"
would undoubtedly release the somatic. Asking the preclear with the bad leg
"What problem could your leg be to you?" or desiring him to "Invent a
problem of comparable magnitude to your leg" would produce a distinct
change in the condition of the leg. This would apply to any other body part
or organ. It would also apply, strangely enough, to the preclear's
possessions. If a preclear had a vehicle or cart which was out of repair or
troublesome to him one could ask him "What problem could a cart be to you?"
and thus, requesting him to invent many such problems, one would discover
that he had solved his problems with the cart. There is the phenomenon in
existence that the preclear already has many set games. When one asks him
to give the auditor problems, he already has the manifestations of as-ising
or erasing taking place. Thought erases, therefore the number of problems
or games the preclear would have would be reduced by asking him to recount
those which he already has. Asking the preclear to describe his symptoms is
far less than therapeutic and may result in a worsening of those symptoms,
contrary to what some schools of thought have believed in the past but
which accounts for their failures.
There are specific things which one must avoid in auditing. These
follow:
1. Significances. The easiest thing a thetan does is change his mind.
The most difficult thing he does is handle the environment in which he
finds himself situated. Therefore, asking a thetan to run out various ideas
is a fallacy. It is a mistake. Asking the preclear to think over something
can also be an error. Asking a preclear to do
exercises which concern his mind alone can be entirely fatal. A preclear is
processed between himself and his environment. If he is processed between
himself and his mind, he is processed up too short a view and his condition
will worsen.
2. Two-way communication. There can be far too much two-way
communication or far too much communication in an auditing session.
Communication involves the reduction of havingness. Letting a preclear talk
on and on or obsessively is to let a preclear reduce his havingness. The
preclear who is permitted to go on talking will talk himself down the tone
scale and into a bad condition. It is better for the auditor simply and
discourteously to tell a preclear to "shut up" than to have the preclear
run himself "out of the bottom" on havingness. You can observe this for
yourself if you permit a person who is not too able to talk about his
troubles. He will begin to talk more and more hecticly. He is reducing his
havingness.
He will eventually talk himself down the tone scale into apathy, at
which time he will be willing to tell you (as you insist upon it) that he
"feels better" when, as a matter of fact, he is actually worse. Asking a
preclear "How do you feel now?" can reduce his havingness since he looks
over his present time condition and as-ises some mass.
3. Too many processes. It is possible to run a preclear on too many
processes in too short a time with a reduction of the preclear's recovery.
This is handled by observing the communication lag of the preclear. It will
be discovered that the preclear will space his answers to a repeated
question differently with each answer. When a long period ensues between
the question and his answer to the question a second time, he is said to
have a "communication lag." The "communication lag" is the length of time
between the placing of the question by the auditor and the answering of
that exact question by the preclear. It is not the length of time between
the placing of the question by the auditor and some statement by the
preclear. It will be found that the communication lag lengthens and
shortens on a repeated question. The question on the tenth time it has been
asked may detect no significant lag. This is the time to stop asking that
question since it now has no appreciable communication lag. One can leave
any process when the communication lag for three successive questions is
the same.
In order to get from one process to another one employs a communication
bridge which to a marked degree reduces the liability of too many
processes. A communication bridge is always used. Before a question is
asked, the preclear should have the question discussed with him and the
wording of the question agreed upon as though he were making a contract
with the auditor. The auditor says that he is going to have the preclear do
certain things and finds out if it's all right with the preclear if the
auditor asks him to do these things. This is the first part of a
communication bridge. It precedes all questions, but when one is changing
from one process to another the bridge becomes a bridge indeed. One levels
out the old process by asking the preclear whether or not he doesn't think
it is safe to leave that process now. One discusses the possible benefit
received from the process and then tells the preclear that he is no longer
going to use that process. Now he tells the preclear he is going to use a
new process, describes the process and gets an agreement on it. When the
agreement is achieved, then he uses this process. The communication bridge
is used at all times. The last half of it, the agreement on a new process,
is used always before any process is begun.
4. Failure to handle the present time problem. Probably more cases are
stalled or found unable to benefit in processing because of the neglect of
the present time problem as covered above than any other single item.
5. Unconsciousness, "dopiness" or agitation on the part of the preclear
is not a mark of good condition. It is a loss of havingness. The preclear
must never be processed
into unconsciousness or "dopiness." He should always be kept alert. The
basic phenomenon of unconsciousness is "a flow which has flowed too long in
one direction." If one talks too long at somebody he will render him
unconscious. In order to wake up the target of all that talk, it is
necessary to get the unconscious person to do some talking. It is simply
necessary to reverse any flow to make unconsciousness disappear, but this
is normally cared for in modern Scientology by running the Trio above.
Books on auditing are available from the Hubbard Association of
Scientologists International, Brunswick House, 83 Palace Gardens Terrace,
London W.8, and from the Distribution Center Incorporated, Box 242, Silver
Spring, Maryland, U.S.A., as well as from the local groups and other
Scientology Offices throughout the world. Magnetic lecture tapes with
lectures on Scientology for groups and auditors are also available.
Individual processing by the staff auditors of Clinics is available from
the above addresses and also at the Hubbard Guidance Center, 2315 15th
Street Northwest, Washington, D.C. Training as an auditor is obtainable. An
auditor should be trained in the very fine schools of the HASI London or
the Founding Church in Washington, D.C. the same. These are the only
official sources for diplomas in auditing and in professional Scientology.
THE FUTURE OF SCIENTOLOGY
With man now equipped with weapons sufficient to destroy all mankind on
Earth, the emergence of a new science capable of handling man is vital.
Scientology is such a science. It was born in the same crucible as the
atomic bomb. The basic intelligence of Scientology came from nuclear
physics, higher mathematics and the understanding of the ancients in the
East. Scientology can and does do exactly what it says it can do. In
Washington, D.C. there is an enormous file cabinet filled with thousands of
case histories, fully validated and sworn to, which attest the scientific
thoroughness of Scientology. With Scientology man can prevent insanity,
criminality and war. It is for man to use. It is for the betterment of man.
The primary race of Earth is not between one nation and another today. The
only race that matters at this moment is the one being run between
Scientology and the Atomic Bomb. The history of man, as has been said by
well-known authorities, may well depend upon which one wins.
F I N I S
*** First Basic Course results are in ! !
The following are the Before and After Test results of the Basic Course
run in Stamford, Connecticut, by Sylvan Stein, DScn, DD, extracted from his
report.
"Here are the test results of my first basic course. It consisted of
six evenings. Three of the people had never heard of Scientology. The
fourth received processing prior to the course.
Timed Tests Before After
Student Time Score Time Score
1 2'30" 60 1'30" 66
2 3'45" 78 1'55" 94
3 2'30" 82 1'00" 86
4 2'00" 59 1'15" 75
APA Student I Student 2 Student 3 Student 4
Profiles Bef. Aft. Bef. Aft. Bef. Aft. Bef.
Aft.
A -50 + 90 - 6 + 8 -95 -74 + 4 + 4
B +20 +100 -55 + 2 +62 +68 +30 +62
C -15 + 50 -28 -34 +44 +24 - 8 +58
D +20 + 52 +46 +58 - 2 +40 +34 +44
E +70 + 85 -80 -30 +72 +88 +62 +90
F +45 + 70 + 8 + 4 +72 +54 +81 +57
G 0 +100 +74 +46 +78 +78 0 +10
H +25 + 80 +36 +56 -10 0 -58 +16
I +85 + 92 +96 +98 +72 +56 -62 -14
J +90 + 90 + 2 + 8 +80 +94 +68 +30
People really go for mechanics, don't they? If they're shown a graph
with pretty colored lines on it then they 'really know' they've changed!"
ARE YOU running a Basic Course with Before and After Scientometric
Tests? If you are not, why? Does anything prevent you from running such a
course? Do you lack data? Do you lack confidence? Do you fear the
unpredictable elements of an "unknown" class of students?
IF SO
you should take the present Indoctrination Course which I have released
after many weeks' patient work by the Clinic's instructors and auditors in
testing and modifying to its present state of producing efficient auditors
with good case changes for all students and auditors. This course is two
weeks long in indoctrination, plus a further week of 25 hours' individual
auditing given by a qualified and well-experienced auditor at a fee of only
�35.
You will see that after having taken such a course you will be able to
tackle any situation, any case level, any type of audience, and what is
better still, you will know that LIFE is a really great game. Here is your
chance-TAKE IT!
L. RON
HUBBARD
P.A.B. No. 89
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
The Oldest Continuous Publication in Dianetics and Scientology
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
Brunswick House, 83 Palace Gardens Terrace, London W.8
_____________________________________________________________________
19 June 1956
S C I E N T O L O G Y
REVISION OF TRANSLATOR'S EDITION
Well, we have finally come to the end of the Translator's Edition of
Scientology.
This book running for so many PABs undoubtedly brought to you many new
aspects of Scientology. The reason for this lies in the fact that there has
not been a new book for some time and the research material has been piling
up here undergoing re-codification and so was included all in a rush in the
Translator's Edition.
Now, for me, begins the job of rewriting the Translator's Edition for
book form, since I believe you have noticed, as I did, many typographical
errors. The Translator's Edition must also include on its rewrite
considerable additional information on processing, although I think you
will agree with me that it was a real triumph to get the entirety of
processing crammed into two PABs, Nos. 87 and 88, but of course as always
happens even those two PABs could stand some re-codification, and two or
three very important processes and tips must be included in them. It should
be apparent to all of us that as this Translator's Edition will go and is
going into very many languages it may just happen that Scientology will be
represented entirely textbook wise by the Translator's Edition and it may
occur that in several of these rarer languages no further text will be
available. This is very probably the case with one translation that is now
in progress which is going to a country of several hundred million people
who, of course, could afford the few pence necessary for the booklet, but
who will probably be left without any further information of any kind.
As a tip to translators here and there who are undertaking these
translations, the refurbished edition which is coming out in booklet form
in English in a few weeks should be consulted before your translation
leaves your hand and goes to a printer in your language. One reason for
this is the fact that the therapy section is not entirely complete and
another reason for it is that some of the typographical errors unavoidable
in getting out something quickly in the PABs will be entirely eradicated in
the booklet. Thus, if you are translating this you should begin at once
from the PABs to hand and order immediately from the HASI, No. l Brunswick
House, 83 Palace Gardens Terrace, London W.8, a copy of the Translator's
Edition at the special PAB price of 5/-d. As the shilling is worth 14
American cents, this is a price of 70 cents. However, it will take forever
to get to you unless you include two-and-a-half shillings or an additional
35 cents for airmail postage, so thus a fast copy of the Translator's
Edition will come to you for 7/6d airmail or I dollar and 5 cents American
wherever you are throughout the world.
Do not for a moment bother your translators with the matter of
royalties. All that I ask of you is that the Translator's Edition text made
up here in full without any cutting or editing has my "by-line" on it and
that it includes the addresses of the HASI
Copyright (�) 1956 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
in London and the United States. So, you translators, there is no
difficulty here of royalties. I am not asking for any. If you can get
royalties for translating it, they are yours.
Furthermore, translators, I would not worry about somebody else
translating it into the same language as you are translating it into. That
two editions might appear in the same language is of interest only to
authors who are attempting to acquire royalties. As you have herein the
author's permission and need no other special permission, there is then no
possibility of legal conflict because you are publishing a book somebody
else is publishing in your language.
I suggest that the published title in your language is something like
the "Fundamentals of Thinking" or "Scientology: The Fundamentals of
Thinking" or, if it translates better in your language, the "Fundamentals
of Life" or the "Fundamentals of Mental Science." The word "Scientology"
should appear on the cover, as it is already becoming known very broadly
throughout the world.
The reason I make my "by-line" a condition is so that there can be no
royalty conflicts of any kind whatsoever. If the book were published
without a "by-line" or with some other authorship there could be royalty
claims, thus such release would be outside the grant made herein and so
could be contested if such a "wildcat" edition appeared.
I realize that the book is a necessity to any person whose study of
Scientology is hampered by a current life childhood spent with another
language, therefore the Translator's Edition should be of considerable
help.
Do not for a moment suppose that the HASI or myself have any grip on
editors or publishers in other languages than English. We cannot assist you
on getting the book printed in, for instance, Greece, but with the
manuscript translated and with your information that the textbooks on
Scientology are the most advanced material on the mind in the United States
of America you should have no difficulty in getting this book published. It
is up to you to place it. Therefore, I call upon the initiative of anyone
who has contacts in any country, no matter how small, or in any language to
translate the book and display all necessary initiative in getting into
print in that country.
To give you some sort of an idea what these exact materials can do,
there is one small country right now which has had Scientology addressed to
it on the working man's level. There is every obstacle in this country
against the dissemination of material on thought or the mind. All this
country seems to have absorbed in the past was revolutionary materials. Any
material offered to it that was constructive and told it to support its own
government and told it to get civilized has hitherto been ignored by that
country. Scientology in the form contained in the Translator's Edition was
disseminated into the teeth of an economic revolution. In a few short
months thousands of people of the working class have not only absorbed
Scientology but are using Scientology in their everyday work. Several
members of their government have studied Scientology in this cursory
fashion and, coincidentally or not, a new stability has come to that
country which is amazing even to itself. Scientology has power. To display
that power it must be disseminated.
We have a certain mission of civilizing the peoples of Earth. The first
step to take in getting shoes on them is to translate the Translator's
Edition and release it in a very cheap booklet form and make sure that it
becomes disseminated in that area.
The Translator's Edition does not, of course, contain all there is to
know in Scientology, but it contains the essentials. There is even material
considerably in advance of that contained in the Translator's Edition which
the auditor, the most practiced auditor, will be happy to get his hands on.
So ending the Translator's Edition did not end the trail of research and
did not end the PABs.
LRH Research Release to HGC of June 26th, 1956
via HCO
CURRENT PROCESSES
The following processes are released to Staff, HGC for their use and
comments.
Please be very specific concerning the action of the process reported upon.
We are codifying processes for general release. Be very sure you add into
your reports any other process you found necessary in running a case.
Report on usual forms.
L R H
* * * * * * * * * *
l. Establish Rudiments by control of pc-
Have him start-change-stop small objects, then body like 8c.
Emphasize starting, then stopping, then changing until rudiments are
established.
2. Run "Look around this room and tell me what your body (theta body in
black case) can't have."
Etc on Trio.
3. If pc cannot make anything happen with thought run Axiom 10 processes
"Look around room and tell me what is having no effect on that
(object)." Then "What could you cause?" "Lie about an effect that wall
(object) is having on you."
Run also "What effect could you have" on valences. Also continuing
effects, locate some.
Also "What could you expect from (valence)" you are having trouble
with in pc.
4. Run can't have, have, on body parts Vs Mest Universe "Look around and
tell me what your (leg) can't (can) have."
Separate valences with "Look around and tell me what your (valence)
can't (can) have. "
5. If confusion or boil-off sets in, pc has stripped out too many stable
data. Have him mock up confusions.
"What confusion could you cause?" Also minus randomity.
6. If he is stuck in pictures have him make portions, then all of them,
solid. Stress injured parts-make solid.
Don't leave in restimulation.
7. If antipathetic to people, or secretive, have pc spot people or parts
of people outside that he, his body, theta body, can't (can) have.
8. Run Waterloo Station on "What can you not-know about that person?"
Intersperse with "Look around and tell me what you could have."
9. On special phobias, fixed ideas, run "Look around and tell me what
that idea could have." "Mock up a confusion for which that idea could
be a stable datum." "Tell me an idea of incomparable magnitude."
10. Problems-run out with problems of comparable magnitude.
11. Have him decide to get a mock-up (unmock something) and then
stop it because it would spoil the game.
12. Lie about, invent games he could really play.
13. Invent problems he could really have.
14. Exteriorize by havingness on body or theta body, thinking placed
thought, Route One.
15. Attempt to run engrams on willing pcs using standard old time return
to the moment, and new "Make it more solid". Example: Straight wire
question- "What part of your past wouldn't you mind re-experiencing
with total solidity?" He says one. Return him to it. Have him make it
solid on a gradient scale. Return him to pt. Ask question again. Return
him to new moment, etc. Be careful not to tangle track. Make note of
your variations of process. Stress making solid any parts of body
injured in any incident. Don't leave pc bounced off walls etc.
16. Invent an identity. "Invent a father (valence)." "Invent a (reverse
relationship such as son)."
* * * * * * * * * *
DON'TS
Don't run significances-they're stable data. Use two-way comm
sparingly. If a compulsive outflow case must talk, shut him up.
Don't run too many processes. Flatten them, then use a comm bridge.
Don't fail to handle pt problem adequately.
Don't tolerate dopiness or anaten. Have him mock up confusions or
reverse flow.
E N D
P.A.B. No. 90
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
The Oldest Continuous Publication in Dianetics and Scientology
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
Brunswick House, 83 Palace Gardens Terrace, London W.8
_____________________________________________________________________
26 June 1956
THE ORGANIZATIONS OF DIANETICS AND SCIENTOLOGY
Anyone engaging upon a delineation of the histories of Dianetics and
Scientology organizations is apt to go in for organizational names,
organizational places, numbers of members, the general legal upsets
attendant to any new type of organization on Earth and other matters which
are not even important.
The history of organizations in Dianetics and Scientology is a history
of people. It is the history of a number of people finding their feet,
finding their initiative and finding their way of life. It could be said
that the history of these organizations parallels the history of case
levels. The more we know the better we get. The better we get, the better
we organize.
In 1950 I said that the subject would go as well as it worked. I have
no reason to alter that view. I have concentrated, therefore, on the skills
and methods of training better auditors rather than upon stacks of legal
papers. Many people in the field would have us believe that the legal
papers were important. They would have us believe that the levels of
service offered by the organizations were important, even more important
than the progress of the science itself. These people may have their
opinion; however, my belief uttered in 1950 is the one which has won.
For today I am announcing to you that we have won organizationally.
The organizational structure of Dianetics and Scientology today is a
simple one. There are three main central organizations. These are the
Founding Church at 1812 19th Street, N.W. of Washington, D.C.; the HASI in
the United States and in London at Brunswick House, 83 Palace Gardens
Terrace, London W.8; and the HDRF which can be contacted through Box 242 in
Silver Spring, Maryland, U.S.A. To all intents and purposes these break
down to be the HASI in LONDON and the FOUNDING CHURCH in WASHINGTON, D.C.
These train auditors, audit preclears, and sell books, as well as do
research and control the worldwide network of Dianetics and Scientology.
Autonomous but dependent upon these organizations, there are several HASI
offices throughout the world and there are several Churches of Scientology
directly connected to the Founding Church. Then there are a large number of
organizations, autonomous in operation but dependent upon the central
organizations for their authority, such as the Churches in California run
by John McCormick (San Diego) and others, all of them grouped under the
Church of Scientology of California operated by Dr. Farber in Los Angeles.
This Church, in turn, is chartered and franchised by the Church in
Washington. There are operations and organizations autonomous but dependent
upon the central organization on every continent of Earth. Offices such as
that maintained by Margaret Scholtz in South Africa are halfway between an
independent organization and a HASI office. It would not be possible here
to list all the organizations such as McCormick's for it would require a
considerable amount of space.
Copyright (�) 1956 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
Another type of organization is the group. Official groups of the HASI and
official congregations of the various churches exist in very large numbers
in the United States and Great Britain and elsewhere through the world. To
charter a group one only needs to write the HASI. Exactly how many groups
there are and exactly how many people are contained in these groups is not
at this time a matter of complete record, but the number of groups and
people is enormous. There were people scattered around the world of whom
the organization would never have heard had it not invented and released
the Associate Membership. We are hard put at this moment to get
manufactured enough " 'S'-and-Double-Triangle" Badges to supply the
avalanche of requests for them. Evidently many of the people in these
groups, while sharing the expenses of the group, had never before
communicated with the central organization. It is doubtful if there was any
restraint in their doing so but they conceived that their communication
line through their local auditor and group secretary and president was
completely adequate, and so it very probably has been.
There are now more auditors in active practice throughout the world
than there are psychoanalysts, a dying breed. These auditors have more
preclears than the psychoanalysts have patients, but the comparison is not
entirely possible since psychoanalytic patients are normally in need of
mental "therapy" and are patients in fact whereas the clientele of auditors
is for the most part composed of people interested in becoming more
intelligent and more able.
Now you may believe that all has been told about organizations when the
existing state and numerousness of them has been reviewed. Nothing could be
further from the fact.
For the survival of the subject itself it is vitally necessary to carry
forward and maintain central organizations not only in Washington and
London, but wherever auditors are trained to be auditors. We have proven
this over and over and over again. The further the subjects Dianetics and
Scientology go from source, the less workable they become. In the libraries
and files of the central organizations of Washington, D.C. and London are
thousands of reels of tape, tens of thousands of case records, millions of
words of careful notes, all of the books on the subject and all the results
of 25 years of work. More important than these in Washington, D.C. and
London there are people who have been in continuous contact with these
organizations, so that no point of their evolution is overlooked or missed
and nothing learned about training or practice has been forgotten. No
single auditor practicing somewhere away from this vast library and this
enormous collection of records could hope to keep an equivalent technology.
Yet that technology is available to him and must continue to be available
from the central organizations.
Now let me give you some sort of an idea what these organizations do
and why they exist. In developing Dianetics and Scientology over the last
25 years a great deal of the basic work was lost because there was no
central depository for its materials. There is one whole textbook written
in 1938 entirely missing now. There are several hundred case records of the
earliest work done that are missing. Because we have organization this no
longer occurs. More important than this the central organizations are
testing ground and repository of collected opinions of auditors. For
example, in December I noticed that the Clinical gains in the Hubbard
Guidance Centers in London and in Washington, all of which are carefully
recorded and tabulated (so carefully recorded and tabulated that the
activity would be the envy of any vast university psychology department any
place in the world), showed a lessening improvement in preclears for the
same number of hours of auditing. It took me from December until late
February to reach at and discover what we had suddenly dropped. With the
assistance of Dr. Julia Lewis in Washington and her staff auditors and Dr.
Ann Walker in London and her staff auditors, I was able at length to
isolate from the continuingly submitted records the one factor which had
been omitted and which made a lessening
of case gains occur. This factor was havingness. Once located we
immediately applied ourselves to every possible means of handling
havingness. I at length isolated MEST universe havingness as being the
single advancing factor in these cases, and this was borne out by these
staffs. Now I have gone further than that, but that is a story of research
not of organization.
It has been discovered that we are developing technologies of training
and codifying material at a continuingly rapid rate, but we can now
completely guarantee to any student or old auditor coming in to either of
the central organizations that ( I ) his case failures will thereafter
cease to occur and that (2) his own case will come under his control. Every
time we take an auditor in from the field and put him on staff we have to
work him over, no matter how good he was in the first place. Within the
central organizations at this time Scientology is a subject so workable and
so well understood by staff that a manner of confidence exists never before
known. Now it is the job of the central organizations to push this know-how
out into the field and extend it as far as the last auditor and preclear
that we contact through this chain.
THE HISTORY OF ORGANIZATIONS
The early history of organizations may be of interest.
At first, to keep an organization running, starting with the first
organization, the Hubbard Dianetic Research Foundation in New Jersey, one
LRH had to work himself half to death at the rate of about twenty hours a
day, even buying desks and hiring typists. That was not because one LRH was
the senior member of the Board of Directors. He was not, which added to his
burdens. Not in actual control of the organization, putting out nearly all
of the energy to keep them running, I discovered that we didn't have an
organization. We had some chaps signed up under a legal directive from the
government specifying who was supposed to occupy certain positions and
carry forward certain responsibilities. We even had a general (ha!)
manager, the best that we could procure from the business world. Later on
we even had all the talent of Kansas Oil. We had hot and cold running
secretaries, accountants so confused as to be in great demand by Internal
Revenue, and the very finest of printers and editors that money could buy,
but we didn't have an organization. Why? Because the entire concentration
on advance was unfortunately heavy in my own hands. I have had these people
say that we ought to forget any new materials of any kind, that we should
not advance at all, we should simply (as a millionaire once involved in
these organizations once put it) "make the money." These people did not
compose an organization. They did not have truth or sincerity in them. They
were "Man, Issue 1950," a thing which, by and large, wasn't so hot as a
mechanical contraption.
On the staffs of these organizations there were some sincere and very
worthwhile people. These people tried hard. These people worked hard. These
people tried to carry out the goals of Dianetics and, later, Scientology.
We owe these people a very great deal. They were operating in the main as
individuals, trying to wear half-a-dozen hats each and trying to help me
get a show on the road, and gradually I stopped working twenty hours a day
and only worked sixteen hours a day and a great deal of my activity passed
into the hands of these very worthwhile people on staff. But we were not
yet an organization. We were a group with a common goal and there are great
differences between organizations and groups with common goals. Because we
had a legal name which could be bandied, harassed and raised the devil with
in courts, everyone believed that we had an organization. We didn't. We had
me working hard and a few guys, God bless them, working like mad, and we
had a lot of "business" people riding the gravy train and banking needed
funds to their own names in Florida. We were swamped!
To give you some idea of the enormity of the task we confronted, we
had, for the first time in the history of man, sailed out and along a
completely new line of approach
in the field of life and religion without any background and with darned
little support. We were learning as we went. No other organization on the
face of the earth has the shape which the organizations of Dianetics and
Scientology were to attain eventually. Therefore, we had to learn the know-
how of organization before we could have one.
Naturally it was very easy to upset such an "organization" by simply
upsetting the man whose name was on everything. Therefore all sorts of
crazy things happened. I was sued for divorce by women I wasn't married to;
my sanity was pronounced upon by people who had never seen me or read my
works. Some people in the "organization" (the "business" people) were very
loud on the subject of me, but those who were loudest will have been found
to have been most interested in their own personal remunerations. We didn't
have an organization. Organizationally we had a chaos. Why? Because we had
to invent an organization before we could have one. We actually had to
create people before we had people who could run organizations, and this, I
believe, is one of the most difficult feats ever attempted in any field,
but we did it.
The first person to give me any really active help in the field of
research was a girl trained in science at the university, and that was Mary
Sue Hubbard. We covered and reviewed the entirety of whole track phenomena
and exteriorization phenomena between 1952 and 1954. In the fall of 1952
more actual assistance in England was given me. From there on it became
more obvious that we had more and more able people on every hand. My own
work hours were lessening. There were more people pitching in and actually
doing the job they were supposed to do. We were beginning to have something
that looked like an organization.
Now you understand that it doesn't matter what is written in the legal
records of a city, state or country; an organization is not something
settled by a sheaf of papers. Organizations are composed of people. Even
governments forget this one and so drift down into chaos. An organization
is something which has its own spirit. It is composed of people or living
beings who are governed by certain rules and purposes and who know how to
do their jobs. That is an organization and when any of those factors are
neglected it becomes a "thing" even though it still has a name and legal
standing.
Thus the years wore on. The evolution was a simple one. I knew what I
was doing and where I was going, but I was just one guy. Then one by one
others stepped up and put their shoulders against the wheel and began to
shove effectively. At first their efforts were scattered and sometimes even
opposing, but the efforts were sincere. These few were then joined by
others and these others gradually worked themselves out of their
enturbulence and ceased to oppose and began to give effective assistance,
and all the while what we today call our organization was learning its own
rules, codes and know-hows. It was gathering under itself a group spirit.
At first it began to appear that any time a person left his post, the post
was unfillable, but little by little, the organization itself began to
recover the ability to create people who could fill its posts, thus freeing
key personnel for higher jobs.
Then there was another aspect to organization. This was the aspect of
finance. First only my own encouragement and letters and writings brought
any real finance into what we were calling organization, and even up to
1955 this state continued. To be solvent organizations had to stage various
stunts and special offers. There was never a moment when one could relax on
the financial state of Dianetics and Scientology. Much had to be done.
There was very little with which to do it and very early in the game there
were those who took its funds for themselves. But this condition would not
continue forever.
Now I will tell you about another organization, so-called, and call it
directly by name, the Ford Foundation. This group was founded and formed in
the same year that the first book Dianetics was issued, 1950. In the six
years following, this group, having
had at its disposal in any single year more funds than have been available
to all the people in Dianetics and Scientology combined from any source
whatsoever, has yet not advanced any real distance in a realization of its
goals. This organization was supposed to study and found a scientific
understanding of Man. Its goal was almost identical with the goal of the
first Foundation in Dianetics. Six years later we find that this
organization has spent hundreds of times as much money as the central
organizations of Dianetics and Scientology and has yet to discover any
single slightest advance in Man's knowledge of Man. Evidently a collection
of desks involved in shuffling research papers which didn't mean anything
in the first place, the Ford Foundation apparently has squandered the money
needed so desperately by those of us who were actually sincere about where
we were going and what we were doing.
The Ford Foundation, after six years of shuffling, has only one
valuable paper in its entire files of which I have any knowledge. That
paper is a report given by one of its own men who officially attended an
HAS Hubbard Certified Auditor Course in Phoenix, Arizona, and who said on
paper and officially to the Ford Foundation that in Scientology now existed
all that they ever hoped to accomplish in the Ford Foundation. Yet here are
these millions of dollars avalanching out in the expenditures from the Ford
Foundation without any hope or promise of any kind for a betterment of Man.
This is not really a criticism of the Ford Foundation-it is only a
statement of how such foundations operate. Wonderfully financed,
beautifully sponsored, perfectly connected with all the powers that be, yet
they are not organizations. Probably the type of organization which is
handsomely endowed to study certain things is robbed at the outset of its
purposes, since the man who wanted the thing done was the man who gave some
money to some others. These others wanted the money. Is that enough
comment? In other words one of these tenets of organizational cohesion was
violated before ink was dried upon the endowment. For example, there is an
organization in California (where else?) which was endowed by some
millionaire who wanted all possible evidence corroborating spiritual
phenomena. The man to whom these funds were entrusted has used them from
that day forward to actively disprove the activities and findings of Rhine
and has attacked all investigators as charlatans and has not added one
single thing to the knowledge of spiritual phenomena, but has balked all
those who would. So maybe we were fortunate in not being a superlatively
well-endowed group. We have had to fight our way and that fightingness has
given us the independence which we now discover in our midst. We owe no man
anything.
Far-flung members of our organization often ask themselves (if they
think about it at all) what they are buying with their book purchases or
their courses or their processing. For one thing they are buying the least
costly and most important job of research which has ever been done on this
planet. The real reason that central organizations process people for a fee
and train people for a fee is to disseminate the capabilities and abilities
of Scientology, but the secondary reason which becomes primary in the
central organizations is to buy organization itself and to advance the
science. The reason that we object to "squirrels," people like the
Communist Association of Dianetic Auditors in California, is because they
do not pay their way. We find their papers full of the materials which were
hard won by myself and the central organizations and yet we have nothing
but debits on our records to show that they passed our way. These people
have as their major fault no cognizance of effort. These people also have
given us ample experience of financial irresponsibility. People such as our
best known "squirrels" are perfectly willing to snatch our hard won
materials and misuse them, but they are not willing to support the effort
which brought these materials into being. In other words, their existence
is parasitic. Completely aside from the perversion of materials, this is
what we have against them. Fortunately they number one in thousands; their
lies, stupidities, vilifications are all a statement that they are
unwilling to pay for what they use. They are cheap. The rest of us paid our
way and we have won.
What have your dollars bought? What have your pounds bought? In Washington,
D.C., in London, in Australia, in New Zealand and in South Africa and in
South America, they have bought the know-how of organization and the know-
how of the mind. They have bought knowledge which Man never before
possessed and which Man therefore considers priceless. There is no way one
could put a financial value on the information which we hold in our hands
today. Yet that information has been purchased for less money than is spent
on secretarial help in any given year by the Ford Foundation. By all
calculations this information should have cost billions of dollars. It has
not cost that because some of us were willing to work as hard as we worked
in order to achieve it and are selfless enough to give it not at its market
value, but only at the desire of men to know and to be helped.
Organizationally we have won.
What have we won? We have won independence and initiative as
organizations
Let me tell you what has just happened. This is important in
Scientology. It is more important than a few of us getting clearer than we
are. For six months the HASI in London and the Founding Church in
Washington, D.C. have existed on their own efforts, have accumulated their
own finance without any especial help or stunt. For the heads of the 1956
organizations are assisted and helped by many, but they are no longer
helped on an individual basis. They are helped on an organizational basis.
This is a very important thing.
For six months the HASI in London and the Founding Church in
Washington, D.C. have been self-supporting, with little or no assistance
from stunts. They are doing this because they themselves are giving
service. They are training better auditors than anyone before thought
possible. They are getting more results in their intensives than anyone
could have found real two or three years ago. What these two organizations
are doing, if done in a department of a major university in the United
Kingdom or the United States, would cause headlines. You would find people
streaming from every other university of the world to find out just exactly
how they were doing this incredible thing of raising intelligence and
changing and increasing the abilities of Man. But this could never have
happened in a university since it required independent thought and action
with no compromise with vested interest.
These organizations are, then, today, organizations. They are
organizations because they are giving service. They are giving service to
the people. They are giving service to their membership. They are giving
service to themselves and they are financially responsible as themselves
without any special stunts or actions rather than routine activities.
I hope you realize that this is the news that it is.
So this is the history of the organizations of Dianetics and
Scientology. It is a history of a bunch of people working like the devil
with the work of one man and then increasing that knowledge and information
and then finally beginning to pull together as a team and at last existing
as organizations, powerful, strong and calm. I am proud of them and their
people.
P.A.B. No. 91
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
The Oldest Continuous Publication in Dianetics and Scientology
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
217a Kensington High Street, London W.8
_____________________________________________________________________
3 July 1956
THE ANATOMY OF FAILURE
Two things are of paramount importance in Scientology. They are WIN and
LOSE.
Occupying the original Chart of Attitudes composed by myself in the
autumn of 1951, Win and Lose have occupied ever since a predominant place
in processing. A preclear can be stuck in either Wins or Loses. This might
come as a surprise that a preclear could be stuck in a win, but the facts
of a case are that a preclear is stuck in any reversal between intention or
expectance. One knows of the man who lives forever after his having won the
race and one knows as well the man who lives forever after the failure of
his business.
Primarily, the person who is living forever after in some sort of
incident is living the survival of something which overwhelmed him rather
than his own survival.
The anatomy of winning or losing, either one, is the anatomy of
postulate and reverse-postulate. One intends to do something by making a
postulate that it will take place, yet something else takes place. This is
a reversal of postulate.
Now let us consider exactly what a failure is. It is only a failure of
postulate. It is the failure of an intention. The intention is one thing,
the result of the intention is a reverse. This is a failure.
One would say, offhand, that a person who ran a car into a stone wall
would have a failure. However, this is simply a social belief that one
should not run cars into the wall. There are four conditions which could be
involved with running a car into the wall. Running a car into the wall is
not a failure without the addition of postulates.
One does not intend to run the car into the wall and yet runs it into
the wall. This is a failure.
One intends to run the car into the wall and runs the car into the
wall. This is a win.
One intends not to run the car into the wall and doesn't run it into
the wall. This is a win.
One intends to run the car into the wall and doesn't run a car into a
wall. This is a failure.
Thus we can see that running the car into the wall, or not running the
car into the wall, do not themselves establish, except by public agreement
as to the conditions of failure, an actual failure. The failure derives
from failing to do what one intended to do. When one does what one intends
to do one has a win. When one intends to do one thing and accomplishes
something else one has a lose.
A person is stuck in "Wins" only when he intended to lose and won. A
runner never expected to win. He was simply part of the field most of his
career and then
spectacularly, and almost by accident, he won. It is certain that he will
be stuck in that win. Therefore the only wins that a person gets stuck in
are those which were not intentional.
Regret itself is entirely the study of the reversed postulate. One
intended to do something good and one did something bad. Similarly it could
also happen that one intends to do something bad and accidentally did
something good. Either incident would be regretted. Examples of the first
condition are easy to conceive. In the second category I once knew a man
who intended to "get the best of" a woman of somewhat Herculean
proportions. Somewhere in this contest the woman fell ill and he healed her
and did it to such an excellent degree that the woman, to whom mercy was
unknown, thereafter promptly overwhelmed him entirely. Here we have the
public belief that to heal is good but in this particular case it was
regretted by the individual and would have been regretted even though he
did not experience a later loss.
It is an interesting commentary upon the mental anatomy of man that he
seldom intends to do something good without actually accomplishing
something good. One can always go upstairs into doing well. Failures are
the most marked when one intends to do something bad and doesn't accomplish
it. For instance, a gunman misses his enemy. He generally lives to regret
it because his intention basically was not for the greatest good for the
greatest number of dynamics-the definition of good.
It must be understood by the auditor that the preclear is not stuck in
failures or wins. The preclear is stuck in reversed postulates. He intended
to do one thing and another thing happened. This is only aberrative when
the other thing that happened was a direct reverse.
There are several methods of running this particular phenomenon and it
is a very important one in the repertoire of the auditor.
The first and oldest method was Rising Scale Processing. In this
process, an individual was asked to get one of the lower postulates on the
Chart of Attitudes and then carry it "upward" until he could get the higher
idea. In this particular case one would ask the preclear to get the idea of
losing and would then ask him to change that as nearly as he could to the
idea of winning. This process might be improved by asking the preclear to
get the idea of losing and then get the idea of being engaged in a game and
have him do this over and over until he could hold the idea of being
engaged in a game. One would then have him get the idea of winning and
would thereafter have him get the idea of being engaged in a game. You see,
both winning and losing are no-game conditions. One can be as afraid of
winning as of losing, because one always loses when one wins or loses, the
difference being that one loses the game.
A more modern idea of running this would be to get the preclear to make
one postulate and then conceive that its reverse occurred, then to have him
say, "That defeats me."
An example of this would be the classical example of telling the
preclear, "Command that wall to fall down." "Now, observe that it did not."
"Now decide to do it yourself." This will demonstrate to him primarily the
mechanism of how he comes to do everything himself, because he knows that
if he tells something else to do something it will disobey him and he will
get a lose.
An even more advanced method of running this would be to get the
preclear to hold two ideas at the same time and have him place out in front
of him a person with the idea of living and a person opposite him with the
idea of dying. When he can do this, have him make the first person say to
the second person, "Die," and have the second person live as a result. Use
various types of postulates until the person takes much less personally the
idea of a postulate becoming reversed. In other words, this and other
mechanisms can be used to habituate the person to the idea that postulates
can turn around and do something else. As soon as he relaxes on this
subject he will become much easier and less apprehensive about losing.
Failure consists exactly of something else happening rather than the
intention.
An example of this: We are taught that "all men are nice to everyone,
that there is no murder or insanity or upset anywhere in life," and so
gradually we intend that a smooth, uneventful and fruitful life will
result. Then we discover that people do bad things to people, that people
nag us so that they impede us. That our goals, ambitions and
accomplishments are not worthwhile in other people's opinions, and so we
have a failure. Here the failure is actually the failure of having a right
intention toward life. What is the right intention toward life? To be very,
very safe, it is the intention to have what happens what will happen. If
one knows that life is going to be tricky, cruel, arduous and vicious at
times, then one is not surprised by it. One does not hope so sanguinely, or
one does not intend so ferociously that all will be "sweetness and light"
and one is not so dismayed when "sweetness and light" does not occur.
Romantic novels teach us that the hero always wins and that good always
triumphs. Now, it so happens that the hero doesn't always win and that good
does not always triumph. On a shorter view we can see villainy triumphing
all about us. The truth of the matter is that the villainy is sooner or
later going to lose in an entirely different way than the villain expects.
One cannot go through life victimizing one's fellow beings and wind up in
anything but a trap-the victim himself. However, one doesn't observe this
in the common course of life. One sees the villains succeeding everywhere,
evidently amassing money, cutting their brother's throat, receiving the
fruits of the courts and coming to rule over men. Without looking at the
final consequence of this, which is there just as certainly as the sun
rises and sets, one begins to believe that evil triumphs whereas one has
been taught that only good triumphs. This causes the person himself to have
a failure and actually causes his downfall. The safe way to intend life to
go on happening is the way life goes on happening. A much healthier
attitude is to change life where one can change it and not be heartbroken
because one has not changed it further. In other words one can intend to
change life for the better and can succeed. With Dianetics and Scientology,
particularly, he can accomplish this. Before Dianetics and Scientology he
probably couldn't, so it would not have been safe or healthy to expect to
change life in any way. But now he can at least change life in the sphere
where he exists, and thus that things can become better becomes an
actuality.
It would be a certain way to produce a failed attitude of mind in a
person to indoctrinate him in one direction and have him experience the
reverse.
In Dianetics and Scientology the auditor has maintained an optimistic
attitude towards what is going to happen to his cases. By and large this is
justified, but occasionally he intends to make somebody well and the
person, even though he became a bit better, continues to complain about his
bad state of health. This was much commoner four years ago than it is today
when we understand more, but unfortunately has resulted in a series of
failures for some auditors. If an auditor who has experienced this will get
the idea that he is going to make the patient well and then have the
patient in mock-up collapse and then get the idea that he is going to make
the patient well and get the patient to collapse again, and carry this out
by old Creative Processing, all of his past auditing failures will drop
away as having no importance.
The first and foremost lesson taught by failure is that one's postulate
didn't stick. There are several methods and processes of running postulates
to practice their "sticking," but the foremost of these would be to run out
the idea that one should be dismayed simply because a something else
happens. Actually if everything happened which you intended to happen there
would be no randomity or interest in life whatsoever. People shudder back
from the idea that their postulates and orders will always be obeyed. They
will not always be obeyed and that is what makes the game of life a game;
otherwise it would be one long continuous win, which is a no-game
condition.
P.A.B. No. 92
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
The Oldest Continuous Publication in Dianetics and Scientology
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
Brunswick House, 83 Palace Gardens Terrace, London W.8
_____________________________________________________________________
10 July 1956
A CRITIQUE OF PSYCHOANALYSIS
(Definition: Psychoanalysis is a system of mental therapy developed by
Sigmund Freud in Austria in 1894 and which depends upon the following
practices for its effects: the patient is made to discourse [free
associate] on and recall his childhood for years while the practitioner
effects a transfer of the patient's personality to his own and searches
for hidden sexual incidents believed by Freud to be the only cause of
aberration; the practitioner reads sexual significance into all
discourse and evaluates it for the patient along sexual lines; the
entirety of the cases of psychoanalysis have never been tabulated and
little or no testing has been done to establish the validity of the
system.
-Markham,
The Way of the Mind, page 32)
It is the unkind fate of subjects which fail, to be overhauled and
criticized by later understandings. Such, perhaps, cheerfully may be the
fate of Dianetics and Scientology-and I say cheerfully-if their improvement
in later centuries leads to an even greater freedom and understanding for
mankind. But now and then it becomes necessary to eradicate from a new
subject things which it has inherited from an old. And only because this
has become necessary am I persuaded to tread upon the toes of the
"grandfather" to Dianetics and Scientology.
It is necessary to understand first that we are actually indebted to
psychoanalysis and its originator, the debarred doctor, Sigmund Freud. My
basic, if unappreciated, education in the field of the mind came from
Commander Thompson of the Medical Corps of the U.S. Navy, who was Freud's
personal student. Better than others, then, some sixty-two years after
Freud's original declarations, I could be considered qualified to criticize
the failure of not only the basic work of Freud but the later offshoots
which, while following his original tenets, yet sought to expand
information on psychoanalysis. Very few living analysts today have as
direct a connection with the subject as I do and there are few who can
boast of the successes with the subject which I can. For I have used
psychoanalysis as a practitioner and have achieved some certain successes
with it, were one to call a success the sporadic eradication of the severe
neurosis in a known mental patient. Further, there is my own
enfranchisement by the Freudians when they were all but obliterated in
Europe by Russia.
Having established then my possible qualifications to criticize and
having compounded such right by having bettered the results of Freud, I
feel it is necessary to overhaul rapidly the points of failure of
psychoanalysis as we understand the mind today.
In the earliest beginnings of Dianetics it is possible to trace a
considerable psychoanalytic influence. There was the matter of ransacking
the past, the matter of believing with Freud that if one could talk over
his difficulties they would alleviate, and there was the matter of
concentrating on early childhood. Our first improvements on
Copyright (�) 1956 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
psychoanalysis itself consisted of the abandonment of talk alone and the
direct address to the incident in its own area of time as a mental image
picture susceptible to erasure. But many of the things which Freud thought
might exist, such as "life in the womb," "birth trauma," we in Dianetics
and Scientology confirmed and for them provided an adequate alleviation.
The discovery of the engram is entirely the property of Dianetics. Methods
of its erasure are also owned entirely by Dianetics, but both of these were
pointed to by early Freudian analysis and hypnotism.
It was in Scientology and the anatomy of Life that one departed
entirely from the tenets and teachings and fundamentals of psychoanalysis
and sprang forward into the actual causes of things, for Scientology,
unlike Dianetics, is not a psychotherapy. It is therefore from the
dominance of Scientology rather than from the viewpoint of Dianetics that
one can understand the failings of psychoanalysis, its dangers and the
reasons why it did not produce what it should have produced. This is not to
enter Scientology as a mental therapy, but Scientology is a broad
understanding of Life and is certainly capable of looking at a mental
therapy AND delineating its errors.
LACK OF GENERAL ADVANCE
The first solid criticism of psychoanalysis is inherent in its failure
to advance. Sciences are living things. When they are based upon truths
they advance and evolve. Psychoanalysis did not advance or did not evolve.
There is little, if any, difference between the writings of Freud in 1894
and the declarations of analysts today unless it is a deteriorated
difference; the writings of Freud in the late nineteenth century were
clearer and more precise than those which are published today. The earlier
writings of Freud had in them the saving ingredient of humanity, which is
woefully lacking in later workers in the field of psychoanalysis.
The failure of psychoanalysis to expand, to improve and to embrace
other fields of livingness, despite its ambitions, is the clearest
observation that can be made detrimental to psychoanalysis. Successful
things expand, disseminate and invade. Psychoanalysis has not, and today is
almost a lost subject. There are fewer analysts in the world today than
there were fifteen years ago despite the enormous wages which could have
been earned by them. The complete structure of modern psychoanalysis is the
same today as in 1894.
In the face of a successful subject one seldom finds newer and more
brutal subjects arising and flourishing. That psychoanalysis could be
discarded in favor of Russian Psychiatry as practiced today in Europe and
the United States is a terrible condemnation of psychoanalysis itself. It
must have failed to have made men this desperate. The treatment of the
insane today is far worse than it was two centuries ago and the brutality
practiced under the name of "mental healing" cannot be regarded with
equanimity by any civilized man.
We discover psychoanalysis to have been superseded by tyrannous sadism,
practiced by unprincipled men, themselves evidently in the last stages of
dementia. This, then, is the end of the trail for psychoanalysis-a world of
failure and brutality. Today men who call themselves analysts are merrily
sawing out patients' brains, shocking them with murderous drugs, striking
them with high voltages, burying them underneath mounds of ice, placing
them in restraints, "sterilizing" them sexually and generally conducting
themselves much as their patients would were they given the chance. It is
up to us to realize, then, that psychoanalysis in its pure practice is dead
the moment the spirit of humanity in which Freud developed the work is
betrayed by the handing over of a patient to the merciless misconduct which
passes today for treatment.
But completely aside from this general lack of advance, there were
certain definite flaws in psychoanalysis which we Dianeticists and
Scientologists must inspect, lest we
fall into these errors and go the way of the analyst. We have learned
certain things in Dianetics and Scientology, and we have learned several
Not-Dos which psychoanalysis considered Must-Dos. This article, then, is a
list and description of these.
OVER-COMMUNICATION
Communication has the power of eradicating spaces and masses.
Communication can create spaces as well as eradicate space, but it cannot
create mass. If any mass is created it is created by the command that it be
created, and is not created by the communication itself.
We have learned that possession of or contact with mass and the ability
to tolerate mass are the bases of good therapy. To use indiscriminately
something which erases and vanquishes any and all masses is in direct
argument with the very well measured results we are obtaining today using
mass acquisition techniques.
If you wish to make this test, you have only to take a person who is
somewhat disturbed and make him talk about his disturbance. While there is
a point when he seems less agitated concerning the disturbance itself,
there is no point when he, as a whole person, is bettered beyond his
initial state. If this person is permitted or forced to talk, he will bring
himself lower and lower in tone. All one needs to do is watch the emotional
content of his communication to realize that he is going down in tone.
A practical application is that a person in a disturbed state,
permitted to talk, will not cease to be disturbed. Told to be quiet and
given, no matter how, a remedy of his mass, it will be discovered that he
rapidly regains his equilibrium. In practice it is far better to tell a
patient who is compulsively recounting his difficulties to shut up than to
permit him to go on speaking.
In psychoanalysis it was pretended that a patient only needed to talk
about his difficulties to have them disappear. Naturally, so long as his
mass was not entirely unbalanced a person not in bad condition would be
able to talk away some minor difficulty without suffering badly from the
result of the drop in mass. Freud has said that a great many people were
not to be saved or healed by psychoanalysis. It is interesting that this
entire category of people is included in the statement that they are very
low on havingness or masses. In other words, when a person was so low on
masses that he could not afford to eradicate a mass, he could not then be
healed by psychoanalysis, but the strange part of it is that people who
were fairly well off in mass at the end of a two- or five-year
psychoanalytic sprint had been found to be so deficient in mass as to be
almost impossible to deal with.
Free association and all other communication means detailed by Freud
are only superficially therapeutic. A remedy of the tolerance of mass is
therapeutic on all levels of case. You may or may not be aware that a
psychoanalytic patient is supposed to talk hour in and hour out for years
to his analyst before any recovery is experienced; that no recovery is
thereafter experienced in most cases is a very plain case, to the
Scientologist, of induced mass starvation.
Two-way communication must be used sparingly and must be accompanied by
a replacement of those masses eradicated in the process. Otherwise
communication is not therapeutic.
RECALLING
A second tenet of psychoanalysis was that all one had to do was to
recall hidden incidents to have them disappear. An analyst expected his
patient to go on recalling endlessly, and expected sooner or later that the
patient would turn up some interesting bric-a-brac which was the basic
difficulty in his case.
Had the analyst known the character of the entire genetic line, had he
known of the countless billions of incidents which were hidden from his
patient over and above minor secrets of present-life childhood, he would
have abandoned this idea that the exposure of a few hidden incidents would
bring about a recovery of the patient. Actually, it is true that a patient
can be made a little happier by recovering some lost moment he has
forgotten, but the condition is not stable and does not continue.
The analyst used to excess the idea of remembering. We in Scientology
know the principle of knowingness and not-knowingness, and know that it is
as important to be able to not-know things as to know them. The fixation on
endless remembering as found in psychoanalysis would be very destructive to
the patient and indeed in practice proved so, even under the eyes of the
more critical analyst.
It would have been far better had the analyst asked the person time and
time again, "Tell me something you wouldn't mind forgetting." However, a
test of this on a patient who is already deficient in havingness,
demonstrated the same phenomenon observed in over-communication. The
patient under the impact of this command went down in tone, but did
satisfactorily remove several overt acts.
It can be considered, with our experience in testing, an impossibility
to eradicate the difficulties of the past in an individual by making him
endlessly recall his past. We have the case histories and the tests and the
careful observation necessary to establish this point beyond any contest.
TRANSFERENCE
We find another error in psychoanalysis under the heading of
"transference." The actual definition of "transference" in psychoanalysis
is sufficiently unstable to bring about considerable argument as to what is
meant by transference. In fact, in Dianetics we had to re-establish an
entirely different condition which we called "valences" to denote the shift
from one's own personality into that of another.
Transference in psychoanalysis was used to denote the transference of
the patient into the valence of the practitioner. This was the way which
Commander Thompson described the phenomenon to me and nothing has been
learnt from later analysts to disprove this basic definition of Freud's.
We know in Dianetics and Scientology that the acquisition of additional
valences means no more and no less than a scarcity of identities. One
wonders a little at a practitioner who would be so certain of his own high
quality that he would demand that every patient assume the analyst's
identity. This presents us with a very amusing picture of an entire world
full of analysts.
However, there were other connotations to this thing called
transference. But their significance was never plumbed or solved in the
field of psychoanalysis. A valence, the assumption of the identity of
another, can be quite destructive to the personality of any person, but
such an action means only a scarcity of identities. Requiring a person to
invent identities brings about a drop in the number of personalities
obsessively held or dramatized by that person.
However, transference accidentally was not a totally bad step, but a
step actually in the right direction. The analyst made the person aware of
the fact that he could assume at least one more identity and this, we
suppose, was the basis of all therapeutic results obtained by the use of
transference. But the loss of one's own personality to the extent of
assuming yet another identity-that of the analyst-could not have proved
other than destructive to the personality of the patient, and thus we must
assume that the entire sphere of transference was an error.
As we increase this list you may find it questionable that psychoanalysis
ever intended at any time to improve anyone if they used only those methods
and mechanisms calculated to depress and enslave the patient. However,
there was the saving grace of giving to the patients' difficulties the
attention of the analyst, and this mixed with the ingredient of humanity,
mercy and kindness must have produced what results were produced by
psychoanalysis.
CONCENTRATION ON SEX
Those in Dianetics and Scientology are aware of the existence of eight
separate spheres of beingness-the eight dynamics-and know that the second
dynamic is only one of these eight. They are also aware of the fact that a
concentration on one dynamic to the exclusion of the others cuts back the
ability to live to just that degree that the concentration takes place. In
other words, one who is concentrated on only one dynamic could be said to
be only one-eighth alive.
As Freud worked in a very sexually inhibited era it is natural that he
would pick upon something which was intensely aberrative to the people in
his immediate vicinity. Furthermore, he had a racial fixation on sex, a
fixation sufficiently pronounced to cause it to infect contagiously all
modern European stock.
However, to one who has adventured amongst barbarian peoples and who
has inspected aberration in its many guises, the concentration on sex as
the sole offender as pretended in the "libido theory" of Sigmund Freud
becomes unreal. Races which have no sexual inhibitions of any kind are yet
aberrated. In fact I know of several savage races which find so little
meaning in sex that they do not even bother to trace ancestry seriously,
and when they do wish to connect themselves with a family connect
themselves on the mother's side, as one can be fairly certain what woman
bore him when one is uncertain as to who influenced the birth from the
masculine side. Yet these races, free as the wind on the second dynamic,
are yet intensely aberrated in other quarters. Some are aberrated on the
eighth dynamic of God, some on the first of self. The American Indian, for
instance, is enormously aberrated in the field of animals, but not much
inhibited in the field of sex.
It must have required a considerable mental gymnasticism to have combed
everything down to sex, and when Freud did so he did no more
therapeutically than to give a stable datum to the confusion of the mind
which other people living in a sexually inhibited time could accept.
Therefore, the advancement of sex, just as the advancement of lanterns or
the advancement of chewing tobacco, as the single source of human
aberration could have brought a tiny amount of stability to the confusions
surrounding the problems of the mind.
But the concentration on sex is not a true one and has led the
psychoanalyst down many a blind alley and has inhibited him from observing
rationally and truthfully what is going on in his patients, which is a
pity, since if he had done this observation properly he would have
discovered a great deal more than he has discovered in the sixty-two years
of his existence.
Later analysts sought to expand the second dynamic ideas of Sigmund
Freud into "social" activities. In other words they tried to go up to the
third dynamic of groups, but their search forward was not successful.
You see, there is a considerable amount of attention concentrated on
sex, but to say that everything stems from sex is to invalidate the ability
of people to create themselves. Sex is simply a low order massive level of
creation. True, it is a powerful one, but people in the grip of the
inspiration of work, group activities, religion, very often experience far
greater emotional or ecstatic impact than from sex, which, all
things said, is fun, but not entire. Sex could have been tossed aside with
Ovid's works and yet have left a full mental science.
SIGNIFICANCES
The reading of sexual significances into each and every action of a
person could not but continue to expand the grip sex already had upon the
person. Thus it could be said that the Freudian concentration on
significances themselves was extremely detrimental to patients in general.
The more such significances added to a case, the less chance the case has
to recover.
There is a process in Scientology known as "assigning the reason why."
It is a rather old process and is not particularly useful since it
considerably reduces the mass tolerance of the individual. One has the air
about one give various reasons why. The result of this is to add up an
adequate number of significances to the individual, and to desensitize his
fixation on having to know the reasons back of certain motions,
combinations and beingnesses. Today one could assign reasons why to the
walls with considerable recovery.
As the total significance to existence is the significance that the
being puts there, the adding of significance to his life without adding as
well games, spirit, havingness and other things, could be a considerable
detriment to his happiness, and has proven so in psychoanalysis.
To be concluded ....
CENTER STAFF-RON 14
July 1956
FIVE TYPES OF VALENCES
A rule has showed up. Never process a no-game condition, only a game
condition.
No-Game conditions: know, opponent has, arrivals, solutions,
namelessness, pan determinism, friendship, win, lose, effect on self, no
effect others.
Game conditions-to be processed: problems, not-know, attention, can't
have (opponent), have (self), self-determinism, survival, no effect on
self, effect on others, identities.
Example: thoughts that would have no effect on you, thoughts that would
have effect on (father). No reverse.
This accounts for randomity in process application.
I felt clever last week and worked this out. And it works!
Valences are:
1 . Own valence (identity)
2. Body valence (human identity)
3. Exchanged valence (direct assumption of another
valence)
4. Attention valence (valence assumed to get attention
from another)
5. Synthetic valence (valence described to pc and assumed)
On I-no change desired. On 2 body run as opponent. On 3 exact valence
run as problem and can't have. On 4 valence of B assumed to get attention
from A, remedy have and problem on A. On 5 run can't have and problems on
person (or book or film) who told pc.
Them's how we've missed on some profiles which are valence pictures.
He's in Mother's valence but separation on Mother didn't work. Why? Maybe
he was in an attention valence requiring separation from father or in a
synthetic as described by grandma. Voila-
From LRH to HGC Staff July 20, 1956.
How to really split a valence (after much testing):
1. Get pc under control with Start-Change-Stop-lots of it.
2. Unjam track with Solids. "What do you see? Make it solid."
(Anything jamming track can be run as a valence below.)
3. Choose valence or valences, weakest universe preferred.
4. "What would interest ?"
5. "What would get the attention of ?"
6. "What can't have." (objectively on room)
7. "What could you protect from?"
8. "What communication could you prevent from
originating?"
9. Problems of Comparable Magnitude to (not
necessarily to be run at this point but anywhere in formula).
10. "Invent a game you could play with ."
Then 4 to 10 again to check.
Run Havingness as needed.
Keep pc under control with S-C-S on body.
The above formula is a killer on valences. I took 100 hours of testing to
check it out.
Best,
LRH
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
21 7a Kensington High Street, London W.8
RUSH July 22nd, 1956
To U.S. ONLY Julia Lewis, Dick Steves, L. Ron Hubbard, Jnr.
To England ONLY Association Secretary (Jack Parkhouse)
Director of Processing (Ann Walker)
Director of Training (Dennis Stephens)
Staff Auditors, Instructors and Auditors close to Operation only.
TECHNICAL BULLETIN OF 22 JULY 1956
I feel the urge to communicate to you the best news since 1950.
I have whipped the problems of the whole track and memory of the past
and can resolve the worst cases we have ever had. That is a huge statement
but I have solved and can untangle in an intensive the problems of the
vacuum and havingness plus memory and health and have just done so. Hence
the exuberance.
Also, other auditors can solve these in a case as well. NIBS has just
cracked two six-year-standing Black Fives using some of this material and
Herbie Parkhouse has had considerable luck with solids.
We are now capable of solving Book One style cases to the extreme level
of clear.
No wild burst of enthusiasm is here intended. I have to put the
finishing touches on a lot of things and the process is still slow-25 to 75
hours. But I've now done it and seen it done to worse cases than any you've
had. And that's fact!
Okay. It's not simple. It requires a minute understanding of Book One.
It would take me 50 pages to explain all I've lately found about vacuums.
You haven't seen the last of me or of study, but you will have seen the
last of unsuccessful cases providing only that we have time and environment
in which to audit them.
We can make homo novis. (AND give a grin to those who kept standing
around bleating, "Where are the clears?")
We know more about life now than life does-for a fact, since it was
reaching, we can communicate about the reactions.
The process is concerned with "making it solid" combined with effects.
It isn't easy. It is wonderfully complex and delicate. But it has been
done. And it is being done.
Our cases gained but sometimes slumped. Why? Because an electronic
vacuum restimulated on the track after sessions, and robbed the case's
havingness.
A vacuum isn't a hole. It's a collapsed bank. Every lifetime bank is
collapsed into a vacuum.
The formula is-
1. Run pc on start-change and stop for hours until he is under
auditor's control, in session and (often) exteriorized.
2. Then run him with commands "What are you looking at?" "Good."
"Make it solid."
He will eventually hit a vacuum. (He'd hit it faster on "Recall a
can't have" but it's too fast.) Here's the tangle. The vacuum is a
super-cold mass or an electric shock. This "drank up" bank
electronically (brainwashed him). The energy drunk turned black.
Hence black cases. (Does not apply only to black cases however.)
3. Run, interspersed with solids and "objective can't have" on the
room, "Tell me an effect object (that drank bank) could not have on
you," and "Tell me an effect you could have on object." Object may
be electrodes or supercold plate or even a supercold glass.
Caution, handle one vacuum at a time. These vacuums go back for 76 Trillion
years. They were the original brainwash thetans did to one another, then
psychiatrists (on the whole track) did expertly (modern psychiatrists are
punks, modern shock too feeble to do more than restimulate old vacuums).
Take the vacuum that comes up running solids, or even "Recall a can't
have", whatever it is and solve it as above.
This is delicate auditing. If you restimulate a vacuum too hard, the
whole track groups on it.
Read Book One. Add vacuums instead of word groupers, use above and
you'll probably get through to success. Nibs did and I had given him less
than you have here. Of course, he's one of the best auditors in the
business, so go easy. And Herbie Parkhouse is no slouch.
CAUTIONARY
This is true-
1. We have created the permanent stable clear.
2. In creating him we have a homo novis in the full sense, not just
an Operating Thetan.
3. We now know more than life. An oddity indeed!
4. We now know more about psychiatry than psychiatrists. We can
brainwash faster than the Russians (20 secs to total amnesia against
three years to slightly confused loyalty).
5. We can undo whatever psychiatrists do, even the tougher grade
from away back. We can therefore undo a brainwash in 25 to 75 hours.
6. We can create something better than that outlined and promised
in Book One.
B U T
1. We need to know more and be more accurate than ever before about
the time track and auditing. I have not given a thousandth of what I
know about this.
2. We have a new game but also new responsibilities amongst men.
3. This data in the wrong hands before we are fully prepared could
raise the Devil literally.
4. Because we know more than the Insanity Gang, we're not fighting
them.
5. Because we can undo what we do, we must retain a fine moral
sense, tougher by far than any of the past.
6. We can create better than in Book One now only if we know Book
One and know our full subject.
AND WE DO NOT YET KNOW ALL THE SAFETY PRECAUTION TO BE USED.
--------------------
I will be giving this data in full at the Games Congress, Shoreham
Hotel, WASHINGTON, D.C., August 31st, to September 3rd, 1956.
The exact regimen of this will be SLP 8 and will include the total
picture of separating valences from bodies (which must still be done by the
auditor, a formula I now have).
I have given you this data in this bulletin at this time because now I
know I know and I want you to share in seeing the surge of vision which
will be our future.
L. RON
HUBBARD
P.S. (Actually, contrary to rumor, it hasn't all been done before. If it
had been, the guy who is saying it has would be clear!)
P.A.B. No. 93
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
The Oldest Continuous Publication in Dianetics and Scientology
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
217a Kensington High Street, London W.8
_____________________________________________________________________
24 July 1956
A CRITIQUE OF PSYCHOANALYSIS
Continued
Any auditor knows that the self-determinism of the preclear is reduced
markedly and alarmingly by evaluating for the preclear on the subject of
his own case; in fact, one can make a test of this with the end product
near insanity. One has a person tell him what the person is worried about
in life and then one informs that person the reason why this is so and
informs him with sufficient force and logic to bring about an utter
conviction on the part of that person that this is the case. What happens
here is that one adds confusion to the case rather than otherwise.
All a practitioner can hope to do is steer the person in certain
directions where that person will then make certain discoveries and where
that person will be able to reconsider and cognite to the end of having a
more proper view of things.
The real thing wrong with evaluation is that data or significances have
a tendency to eradicate masses when they are intimately applied. It is
quite one thing to say what all life is about and to give an individual the
basis for a better and wider look at life as we do in Dianetics and
Scientology, and it is quite another thing to find that the person is in
his mother's valence, and then begin to evaluate for him concerning his
mother.
The most harmful example of this is to find someone upset, for
instance, about his father, and then to explain to him, as the analyst
does, that his father is probably a very good man and meant all for the
best. To do this is to throw the patient into an apathy. As apathy is at
least quiet, it has in later years been considered a desirable state for
people who might have some socially destructive impulses. Apathy became,
then, the end goal of later analysts, and is, of course, the only goal of
the psychiatrist. That is why these people evaluate for their patients in
the manner given.
When a patient in an asylum has told her "doctor" that she was
recalling incidents from the mother's womb, the "doctor" is prone to tell
her that is all nonsense, she has to face reality, and so forth, which
evaluates for her.
The real crime of evaluation is to tell the patient he is wrong.
Evaluation itself as a broad subject is not particularly harmful so long as
it does not completely invalidate the person to whom the remarks are
addressed. Thus you could give a person a general framework of life so long
as you are not crowding it against an entirely different framework of life.
As an example, a Scientologist tells some religionist whose life is
entirely oriented on religious principles of some archaic and antiquated
creed that his beliefs are all wrong and that the truth lies otherwise. As
the Scientologist is going straight up against a life entirely oriented by
these ancient creeds, he is apt to produce
Copyright (�) 1956 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
in his action a considerable apathy on the part of the religionist. He is
not apt to get in truth a convert to Scientology. He is apt to get a
candidate for a mental hospital instead.
A person can be led out of any serious fixed beliefs by getting him to
agree that there are wider beliefs to assume, but this must be done in full
observance of ARC, and is not done by direct evaluation. This is, by the
way, why we sometimes fail to convert people in older "healing" methods to
Dianetics and Scientology. We simply fly into the teeth of their stable
data and leave them all confused. We, knowing life, are far too convincing.
"They" cannot but partially agree.
Evaluation for a person could be defined as the action of shaking his
stable data without giving him further stable data with which he can agree
or in which he can believe.
The analyst from Freud's time onward has been supremely guilty of this.
That it must be called guilt is observable in the fact that evaluation-
reversal of the patient's beliefs and data directly to the patient-has
placed many psychoanalytic patients in hospitals.
INVALIDATION
The subjects of significances, evaluation and invalidation have become
interdependent in Scientology.
In invalidation we have more fully than in evaluation a capital crime.
With significances we are simply discussing reasons why. With
evaluation we are only giving new stable data, but with invalidation we are
overtly and consciously knocking whatever props the patient may have out
from under him.
The greatest invalidation, of course, is to be struck when one does not
expect to be struck, to be criticized when one does not think he merits
criticism. Essentially it is the act of telling a person that although he
thinks he should be there, he is really not supposed to be there and the
use of thoughts or force in order to accomplish his not-thereness.
Reversely, it is also making a person sorry for his absence. In essence it
is saying that a person has no validity, therefore that a person's thoughts
and postulates have no validity.
The commonest conduct by analysts in hospitals is to invalidate.
Actually the entire activity of psychiatry, with its drugs and shocks and
restraints, is invalidation.
In actuality evaluation belongs more properly to the field of
psychoanalysis than does invalidation. Invalidation belongs to the modern
psychiatrist, since it can have considerable brutality connected with it.
FAILURE TO OBSERVE
Another reason why psychoanalysis has failed lies in its failure to
observe.
It would be thought that if many thousands of men financed by many,
many millions of dollars were to look for a long period of time at insane
people, they would sooner or later codify certain definite theories of
observations, which when added up would bring about certain conclusions. In
fact, one could not expect less than this from the most mechanical computer
arranged.
Analysis must have been based upon erroneous premises. It must have
been, because it led to no additional observation. A Dianeticist or a
Scientologist setting out
to observe phenomena will cover the track of Dianetics and Scientology.
This is fairly certain, because it has been done now for many years by
many, many people. The observations of Dianetics and Scientology have been
productive of a considerable number of new observations. This is not the
case with psychoanalysis. Only those few examples which seemed to validate
the basic principles of psychoanalysis were observed by the analyst and
where data fell outside this sphere it was not observed and codified.
A true and proper scientific method as given in Book One, Dianetics:
The Modern Science of Mental Health, is as follows:
1. Make a series of careful observations.
a. These observations must be repeated, and are acceptable as
observations only if many people following the prescribed
techniques can duplicate the results.
b. Variations of the prescribed techniques must be tried to
eliminate the possibility that the observed results might be due to
a factor other than that intended. As a gross example, suppose it
is reported that a magnet will attract objects. Demonstration shows
it does attract and lift iron balls; that is Step (a) above. Now
variations of the experiment show that the magnet attracts iron but
not copper, silver, etc. The observed effect-attraction-is real.
Variation of the original experiment is needed to show the actual
limits of the effect.
2. Combining all relevant data, from all relevant experiments, formulate
a hypothesis.
a. The hypothesis must explain all observed data.
b. It must not demand as a consequence of its logical development,
the existence of phenomena that do not, in fact, exist.
c. But it should indicate the existence of real, hitherto
unobserved facts.
3. Using the hypothesis, predict new facts.
a. A logical structure broad enough to explain all observed,
relevant phenomena will necessarily imply further phenomena that
have not yet been observed. Use this mechanism to predict the
existence of something which, under previous theories, would not
exist.
4. Perform an experiment and make observations on these predictions.
5. As a result of the experiment, discard the hypothesis, or advance it
now to the status of "Theory."
6. Make further predictions, further experiments, and collect more
observational evidence until a contradictory relevant fact is found.
7. Discard the old theory, take the new total of observational data, and
form a new hypothesis.
8. See Step Three.
It is as though the psychoanalyst from Freud forward was looking for
confirmation of his own beliefs.
The most serious defect which a researcher can have is a fondness for his
own beliefs so great that he looks only for confirmation of these. A
researcher must possess the ability to discard and reassume theories at
will. He must not nurse to his bosom one theory and then try to align all
data to that theory. He must align data to a theory, it is true, but when
that data does not add up to that theory, that theory must be discarded and
a new one must be assumed. Only in this way is progress made. That the
basic tenets of psychoanalysis were never abandoned or reformed shows a
certain fondness for them which was not borne out in actual practice or
observation.
The dramatization of the mental image picture (the engram), the
demonstration of overt act-motivator sequences and a hundred thousand other
Dianetic and Scientology phenomena, went entirely unobserved by
psychoanalysts. They even looked at them and saw them not. In that healing
consists of getting at what is wrong and making it right, the approach of
the Dianeticist was intensely successful. In that what was wrong with the
patient was not a psychoanalytic theory was enough to cause the analyst to
invalidate the patient and remain secure in his theoretical assumptions,
the analyst actually did not make people well; and this is the primary
reason why: He failed utterly to observe the data of the patients.
HYPNOTISM
Probably the most fundamental error of psychoanalysis was its early
dependence upon hypnotism. Breuer, as Freud's co-worker, actually exhumed
the original data on which Freud based his libido theory in 1894. Breuer
used hypnotism.
The use of hypnotism denotes an anxiety to produce an effect beyond the
power of the individual to produce an effect by normal knowledge and means.
It is the belief that the patient must be in a comatose state before
something can be done to him. The medical doctor and the analyst and
psychiatrist alike have held this tenet.
Basically, a good therapy would wake people up, make them more alert,
make them more able, happier, more competent. Hypnotism is the exact
reverse to this. We have here another failure to observe. Anyone observing
hypnotic patients would see that after they have been hypnotized they are
less able.
Narcosynthesis and other nonsense has had to be run out of more
Dianetic preclears than I would care to count before their cases could
advance. The continual use of hypnotism (and an inexpert use it was, to one
versed in Eastern hypnotism!) and the use of hypnotic drugs to "diagnose"
or "plumb the depths" of some patient is a confession that one does not
know the general rules of life. If one does not know these general rules,
of course, he is apt to look almost anywhere, even into the wastebasket,
for an answer.
Hypnotic command or hypnotic diagnosis does not lead to well patients.
It leads to slaves, and if you will observe any people who have been
continually hypnotized you will find that it has been detrimental to them.
This does not even require very much close observation.
There is nothing essentially wrong with hypnotism so long as one can
undo hypnotism. We can undo hypnotism, therefore it is not very important
whether we hypnotize people or not; but the analyst could not unhypnotize
people. He did not even know what the mechanism of hypnotism was, and as a
result he was not thereby entitled to use it. Only that person who is able
to produce both the kill and the cure should be permitted to kill. If you
could bring a dead man to life at once without any bodily harm to him, it
would be all right for you then to kill men-providing you brought them back
to life. It is perfectly all right for you to hypnotize people so long as
you can unhypnotize them. Psychoanalysts and psychiatrists cannot do this.
Therefore this particular phenomena in the mind should be well beyond their
reach.
ABANDONMENT OF CASES
We think very poorly of the auditor who abandons cases without doing
much for them. It must be harshly said, on ample evidence, that the analyst
does very little else but abandon cases.
The first hours in analysis are usually spent, according to a survey
made back in Dianetic days, finding how much the patient can pay. After
that, the patient is persuaded to believe that it will require about a year
of four separate sessions of one hour each per week to establish whether or
not analysis can do anything for him. At the end of a year, of course, he
is so habituated to coming to the analyst and handing over almost the
entirety of his pay check that he does not stop doing so, and forgets that
the analyst has ever said that it would require a year just to find out.
Nothing is being done for the patient but he does not notice this. When the
patient runs out of money, he is abandoned. This is our unfortunate finding
in the case of psychoanalysis.
It is quite one thing to leave a case when one has bettered it of its
current worries, and it is quite another to leave it when one has worsened
it. The Dianeticist does the former quite often. The patient expects to be
a Dianetic clear and does not reach that goal-only recovers from a couple
of psychosomatic illnesses and two or three deep neuroses, and yet wants
more auditing. The auditor is then entitled to tell him no. But in the case
of the person who is worsened by the therapist, the abandonment of that
case becomes inevitable, if the therapist ever could have done anything for
the case in the first place.
Naturally we are walking on rather thin ground here since there are
many people around who believe that Dianetics did not do all for them that
it should, and I am the first to agree with this, since we had too few
skilled practitioners and we ourselves were too pressed for time which was
being consumed by long and arduous processes to pay attention to every
complaint which came our way. But our intention in Dianetics was never
otherwise than to do all we possibly, humanly could for the preclear. I am
afraid that the analytic approach does not fall within this category. The
analyst must have known when he first enlisted the patient that the patient
would worsen, since the analyst rarely experienced anything else in his
practice. Therefore we have a basic intention which is entirely at variance
with our ideas of the way the world ought to run.
It is interesting to note that our attempt to survey psychoanalytical
suicide met with many savage rebuffs. Yet we were able to discover that
some 35% of the people "in" psychoanalysis committed suicide either during
an analysis or within three months after the analysis. In our efforts to
discover the why of this we received only one answer common to all of the
analysts interviewed, and that was, "He came to me too late."
It can be seen that this is a rather shallow way to look at things, for
any of us today in Scientology could say, "Well, the human race came to us
too late," and we could then throw up our hands and not do anything about
it, whereas, as a matter of fact, the remark is almost correct. Yet we are
still doing something about it and in Dianetics and Scientology we have
gotten no great number of suicides. As a matter of fact, I know of but one
actual suicide in all the hundreds of thousands of cases which we have had
our hands on and that one was political, not therapy.
FAILURE TO VALIDATE BY TESTING
It might be asked in this modern age why psychoanalysis never permitted
itself to be before and after tested. This is probably the greatest
condemnation of the entire subject of psychoanalysis.
One looks in vain for actual authentic records of improvement of cases
because of psychoanalytic sessions. While the psychoanalyst is very anxious
to have us in Dianetics validate our science, he himself has never
validated his. Had he done so, we would have to hand an accurate record of
cases tested before analysis and after analysis.
The whole idea of testing does not belong to either the psychoanalyst
or the psychologist. Testing goes clear back to the dimmest days of Greece.
Man has always been testing man to discover his existing state or changes
in it.
The oldest precursor of testing known to us is probably graphology, but
on the other hand it may be phrenology. The ancient witch was in essence
doing a psychometric test on her visitor. Tests of guilt and innocence by
responses was a subject for medieval courts. So at no time could the
psychoanalyst have said that he was not familiar with the whole project and
idea of testing.
In modern times testing (erroneously within the framework of
"psychology") has been excessively available to the analyst, and yet he has
never produced to my knowledge any booklet or pamphlet concerning the
various differences of patients before and after an analysis and has
certainly never codified his subject.
Why has he not done this? Is it because he could not? I am afraid that
is the reason why. I am afraid that psychoanalysts have tested their
patients before and afterwards and have found them worse afterwards and so
have never released the results. It would be nearly impossible for a
practitioner not to attempt this sometime during his career. Therefore we
find all the results of psychoanalysis based upon the opinion of the
analysts themselves. If one has ever sat in a coffee house talking to
auditors about the wonders which have been produced in cases which one
knows are still spinning, one will see that it is a human error to assume a
greater result than has been achieved. Now, however, in fairness to these
auditors most of their results are factual and they have every right to
brag about them. But in the case of the analyst, one never hears about
recoveries. One hears only about symptoms. If one has ever had the painful
experience of spending an evening with analysts, one would realize that the
dramatization of the patient's symptoms was the entirety of the
conversational fare. If one can talk only about symptoms and never about
the release of symptoms, one then assumes that the release of symptoms has
not been accomplished.
SUMMARY
Well, how does all this affect us? Are we in any way affected by the
fate and failures of psychoanalysis?
Yes. In two ways.
In the first way, we are able to sort out of psychoanalysis various
don'ts, and, as these crept into early Dianetics from psychoanalysis, it is
necessary for us at this time to reassess and evaluate what we are doing.
One can summarize these rather rapidly. One does not force a person to
communicate who is low on havingness. One does not specialize entirely in
recalls. One does not occasion or force a transference into another
personality. One does not concentrate on the second dynamic. One does not
specialize in significances. One does not evaluate for or invalidate the
patient. One observes what he is doing from the patient and not from the
textbook, making sure that one is actually observing the patient. One does
not use hypnotism. One does not abandon cases when they have been worsened.
One does not fail to validate by testing, and one sees security in the
general expansion and advance of a subject itself. We can learn these
don'ts because we see a corpse lying there very dead because they did not
know these don'ts, so we should not repeat them.
Is there any other way we are affected by the psychoanalyst? Yes. The
psychoanalyst and various mental practitioners have not conducted
themselves ethically in this society. The psychoanalyst, the psychologist,
and the psychiatrist have been guilty of not delivering. Whatever may be
said about Dianetics and Scientology, whatever may be said about me or my
enthusiasm, I can assure you that we and I have delivered. We mean what we
say when we write down in a summary of case histories that we cured so many
cases of so-and-so, and we alleviated so many cases of such-and-such; we
are not guilty of anything but what we actually did. We are guilty
occasionally in misinterpreting exactly how we achieved these alleviations.
A case in point is in 1947 when I was using a recall method which
rehabilitated the confidence of the person to face his pictures. This
brought about a cessation of his stimulus-response mechanisms in their
entirety, and so created a clear. Even by the time Book One had come along
some of this technology (because it wasn't properly understood) had been
forgotten or overlooked. But later on it was rehabilitated and brought to
the fore, and it is in full use at this time. We have said we would deliver
so-and-so and we are delivering so-and-so, and those things which we have
intended to deliver and have not yet delivered we still intend to deliver
and will continue to strive down to the last thought wave to accomplish.
Our efforts and activities are sincere. There has never been a more sincere
group on the face of Earth than those who are in the ranks of Dianetics and
Scientology. These people can be trusted. You can go to almost any person
practicing Dianetics and Scientology and receive some part of the benefit
inherent in these subjects. He will try, he will try decently and he will
make the best changes he can accomplish take place in your case. This is
more true than ever today with our new programs of indoctrination and
training, and I would say that in a relatively short time the totality of
result to be obtained from Dianetics and Scientology will be obtainable
from each and every properly certified practitioner throughout the world.
We have here an intensely sincere group. We have a fine ethical
background. We are trying, we are honest, we are decent.
How does this make psychoanalysis in any way affect us? Well, I am very
sorry to have to say this, but the psychoanalyst has not been honest, he
has victimized the public. A psychoanalysis costs better than $9000 (�3219)
and yet does not attain as much result as one opening of session by one
auditor (�2). In fact this $9000 "cure" is apt to deteriorate the case
entirely. The psychoanalyst has made specious and large statements
concerning his abilities to act, and has never even tried to press forward
and bring those conditions into existence. He has joined hand and glove
with the psychiatrist, and is murdering and butchering his patients. It is
the least safe thing that one could do to place himself in the hands of an
old-time practitioner today.
The public is entirely and intensely aware of this. The public is aware
of the fact that the last person you want to see is a psychoanalyst or a
psychologist or a psychiatrist. The public is forced to go to these people
by the law, and the only reason they go near them is because they were at
one time the faint hope that existed, but their faint hope no longer has to
have recourse to them. These practitioners have had to enforce their
position by law, lacking results.
Psychoanalysis, psychology, and psychiatry have influenced the
Christian ministry today to place even members of congregations into their
hands (based on an actual poll of 1,700 ministers). The psychiatrist, the
psychoanalyst and the psychologist may have a fight one with another
amongst themselves, but they hold this in common: They have given into the
public the rightful opinion that the mental practitioners prior to the year
1950 were entirely valueless and were not earning their salt. They have
given rise to a public atmosphere of disdain and contempt for anyone
practicing in the field of the mind. Therefore they do to some slight
degree affect us. Therefore we should make very very clear to the entire
public that we are not psychologists, psychoanalysts, or psychiatrists, and
any of us who fall from grace and attempt to use these old cloaks
to further our own pocketbook should be despised by their fellow auditors.
The one chain of logic we must break is that "people who work in the field
of the mind are all crazy; they can do nothing for us, therefore we must
not go to them."
My own attitude, whether I am known to be me or not, when I am
confronted with the idea that I am connected with old-time mental healing,
is to become enormously amused and to make it completely clear that
Scientology and Dianetics had to come about and had to be called by
different names because they did something that the old-time fields of
mental activity never did do.
You are to some slight degree affected by the repute of the
psychoanalyst and he has not helped us out. He has attacked his patients
sexually under drugs. He has lied about his cases. He has worked himself up
in a legal position before the courts so that he is listened to by the
judges, and yet only opinion is used by him to declare people insane and
sane.
This is an empire which we are today inheriting. It is an empire we
must clean up. It is an empire which has not been clean. Therefore it is up
to us to do the very best we can to make this new empire of the mind a good
solid ethical thing in which people can believe, and to make that empire
something which serves man, rather than victimizes him.
FINIS
GAMES CONGRESS-AUGUST 31st to SEPTEMBER 3rd, 1956
SHOREHAM HOTEL, WASHINGTON, D.C., U.S.A.
"I'll see you at the Shoreham-Ron"
MY SCHEDULE
I am going to be in the following places this winter:
South Africa from mid-October. I will write some books on South African
problems, put in an HCO in the capital and teach some courses. No South
African Scientology Organization is holding the courses for me.
Australia: early spring, 1957. Help out Melbourne HASI. Giving an
Advanced Clinical Course in Melbourne and a Congress.
That's all I know about where I'll be for the next year.
LRH TAPE LECTURE
London, England
31 July 1956
5607C31 LPLS Games Processing
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
217a Kensington High Street, London W.8
August 13, 1956
To: HGC Washington D.C.
and London
SCIENTOLOGY PROCESS CHART
The following processes on the Know-Mystery Scale are in current use,
having been tested and found effective.
The most effective single processes are solids, problems and start-
change-stop.
The list is used starting with the Mystery band.
The list is done with complete attention to running Games Condition
only.
K N O W
NOT KNOW
Objective, outside, persons, objects.
Auditor indicates object
"Tell me something you could not-know about ,"
and "Look around, tell me something you could have."
L O O K (PERCEIVE)
Put unknown perceptions in walls and exterior objects.
(Sight, sounds, smells, tactiles.)
E M O T I O N
Objective, outside or in Auditing Room.
Put (emotion bottom to top of Tone Scale) into that
(indicated object).
E F F O R T
Solids-Introverted-(facsimiles) "What are you looking at?" "Make it Solid."
(Don't forget invisible particles.)
Extroverted-"Look around the room and find something you wouldn't mind
making Solid." "Make it Solid."
Fight the wall (body or mock-ups).
T H I N K
Put postulate "Want to know" in walls. Make it know.
S Y M B O L S
Mock up somebody inventing something for others to know about.
Mock up Mest being curious.
"What is it?" objective.
Mock up people obj with postulates in them "How do I get rid of all of
it?"
Lie about (invent) Individualities. (An identity that could cope with
it.)
Lie about (invent) opponents.
E A T
List some inedibles.
Look around room, find something your body can't have.
S E X
What would interest (valences).
An effect you wouldn't mind causing on opposite sex.
M Y S T E R Y
Mock up a confusion.
Confusions you wouldn't mind creating.
Invent a stable datum for "that" confusion.
Mock up a confusion for which practice) would be a stable datum.
Put interest, disinterest in objects. (Find something uninteresting in
this room.)
Waste Cases.
(postulate, valence, some old healing
Problems of Comparable Magnitude (to anything).
Start-Change-Stop preclear's body or small objects.
Flip-flopping (by mock-up).
Processes run upwards from this point as a gradient scale of
difficultness.
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH :re .rd
P.A.B. No. 94
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
The Oldest Continuous Publication in Dianetics and Scientology
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
217a Kensington High Street, London W.8
_____________________________________________________________________
15 August 1956
THE ANATOMY OF TRAPS
What is is not necessarily what should be.
The way a thetan lives is not and never will be the way thetans should
live.
The basic reason for this is the desire for randomity, summed up in the
desire of the thetan for a game. Infinite wellness is undesirable if it
means that the thetan is to be in a state of total knowingness, total
serenity, nameless, without ARC or contact with any environment. Evidently
a thetan would rather be intelligent in relation to his environment,
identified and identifiable, capable of emotion and experience and in ARC
of whatever kind, with whatever type of playing field he may fancy. In
other words, a thetan believes that he should be involved in a game. The
deepest and most basic rationale is understood by the fact that a thetan
must be part of the game. If he is not he is unhappy, no matter how purely
and beautifully knowing and serene he may become.
However, there is a difference in games which is marked and obvious.
There is the matter of playing a game and knowing one is playing a game,
and not knowing one is playing a game. Between these two things is a world
of difference. A thetan who is engaged in games he does not know he is
playing is unhappy, since he does not believe he is playing a game and
finds himself nevertheless in motion. This is what the preclear objects to
when he comes to the auditor to be audited. The preclear suspects that he
is playing a game and does not know what game he is playing. He simply
wants to find out. He does not want to stop playing all games. If the
auditor proceeds in the direction of making him stop all of his games, if
the auditor erases all of the preclear's games, why, the preclear is
resultantly unhappy. The preclear wants to know what game he is playing and
that is all there is to it.
In the matter of traps we have in essence a similar condition to the
state of mind regarding games. Traps are part of games. That is all they
are. To believe that a thetan could not get out of any trap he has gotten
into is folly, since it is very difficult for a thetan to maintain and not
go through every barrier which presents itself.
Here we have the difference between the ideal and the actual. The
thetan who is in a trap could get out of one with ease if it did not
violate his condition of games. Were games not a fact and a rationale of
life, traps would be non-existent. If games were no object whatever,
getting out of a trap would be simplicity itself.
One is trapped by those things to which he will not grant havingness. A
game condition demands that one denies havingness. Therefore games trap.
Copyright (�) 1956 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
To maintain a games condition in a preclear it is best to run can't have on
objects, valences and people. For example: "Tell me something in this room
your mother can't have" is a highly effective process, particularly if one
has first run "What effect could you have on mother?" The "can't have" on
mother is a games condition and runs out the games one has played with
mother. Therefore the process is workable. The process runs out exactly
what one has done in order to be trapped in the mother's valence. One has,
in playing games with mother, said that mother could not have this and
could not have that, since to permit mother to have something is to violate
a games condition. Let us be very sharply clear here. Permitting things to
have things is to make allies or teammates of those things, and when these
do not prove by their conduct to be teammates, one is then guilty of
permitting an opponent to have something, which is a no-game condition.
The rule is: Whatever one has denied havingness to has to some degree
become a trap.
When one runs "can't have" on the object, he runs out the original
denial of havingness to the object.
Here is where processing meets its biggest obstacle: Running havingness
such as "Look around the room and tell me what your mother could have"
conflicts with the fact that one has already postulated numerously on the
track that mother cannot have things. Running the permission of mother to
have things untraps the thetan from mother only so long as it does not
cause him to fail in his games condition with mother.
In practice one has to settle the whole question of mother as an
opponent before one can have a mother. "Invent an opponent of comparable
magnitude to mother," "Mock up mother in violent motion," "Look around the
room and tell me something mother can't have" settles this opponent-mother
condition. One does not run "can have" on mother, only on self. That one
audits out a game condition to obtain a higher tone is a major discovery in
auditing and is all that is used today.
It is an easy thing to say "One is trapped by those things to which he
has denied havingness," but the truth of the matter is that if he did not
and had not denied havingness, he would not have had a game. It is
necessary, then, to settle the games condition on each and every object
from which you would untrap a thetan before you then run the havingness
process necessary to permit him to grant havingness to the trap. In the
first place he and the trap are actually playing a game, and it may be that
he has not enough games in order to surrender the game of the trap. If he
had enough games in order to surrender the game of the trap, he would
theoretically come out of it, and he would certainly come out of it if he
was put into a condition whereby he could actually grant havingness to the
trap.
Jails, theta traps, pole traps, bodies, each and every thing, large or
small, including the MEST universe, which could operate as a trap, follow
this same rule.
The basic havingness of course, that the thetan is denying the trap, is
denying the trap a thetan-and this, properly worded, works quite well in
processing. But unless a thetan denied things himself he would be in a no-
game condition-a thing which he cannot and does not tolerate.
L. RON
HUBBARD
THE GOAL OF AUDITORS
To penetrate a case at its level of certainty of motionlessness and by
processes, run by good procedure, to improve that certainty and the level
and to improve certainty on each level, the preclear always at cause until
the preclear, through objective and creative processes, is brought to an
ability, theoretical, to mock up in its entirety, a body and a universe
visible to all.
We introduce games condition by having preclear at cause, even though
the common denominator is motionlessness, a no game condition.
L. RON
HUBBARD
HUBBARD PROFESSIONAL COURSE LECTURES
London, England
August 1956
L. Ron Hubbard gave the following lectures to Hubbard Professional
Course students in London, England, in August, 1956:
** 5608C .... HPC A-1 The Auditor's Code
** 5608C .... HPC A-2 The Code of a Scientologist
5608C .... HPC A-3 Auditing Positions
** 5608C .... HPC A-4 Axioms 1-5
** 5608C .... HPC A-5 Axioms 6-10
** 5608C .... HPC A-6 Facsimiles (Solids)
** 5608C .... HPC A-7 Opening Procedure of 8-C
** 5608C .... HPC A-8 Start, Change and Stop
5608C .... HPC A-9 Games Theory
5608C .... HPC A-10 Problems and Consequences
** 5608C .... HPC A-11 Valences
** 5608C .... HPCA-12 Knowingness
5608C .... HPC A-13 Creative Processing, Motion Stops,
Perception
5608C .... HPC A-14 Exteriorization Procedures
5608C .... HPC A-15 Scales, Motion
5608C .... HPC A-16 Scales, Curiosity, Not-Know
** 5608C17 HPC A-17 Confusion and Stable Datum
5608C .... HPC A-18 Chronic Somatic
5608C .... HPC A-19 The Auditing of Solids
5608C .... HPC A-20 Not Knowing
5608C .... HPC A-21 Auditing as a Profession
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
217a Kensington High Street, London W.8
HCO BULLETIN OF 20 AUGUST 1956
After a study of processing in general and much testing by HGCs London
and Washington and in particular by my own and HCO auditing, the following
scale of processes can be considered optimum at this time in the light of
what we know. Until further extensive testing is available we can consider
the following to be the most productive processes and these should be used
by staff on outside pcs and taught in classes.
HGC PROCEDURE OF AUG. 20
1 . Make pc at ease in session, build some A-R-C without too much 2-way
comm. Get pc's viewpoint. Make him feel auditor regards goals
seriously. Run comp mag on pt problem.
2. Run S-C-S on objects stressing each of them more or less equally,
running each until fairly flat. This could take from a half-hour to 25
hours depending on pc. Away and to pc on stop is highly effective.
3. 8c part (a) on body if pc in poor shape. Get it flat if so. (At least
until he has no somatics.)
4. S-C-S on body.
5. Locational processing as extroversion process for S-C-S on 4 (run
with 4 as an alternating process if needed).
6. S-C-S on body specializing on stop.
7. Connection processes. (Look around and find something you wouldn't
mind connecting with you.)
8. Before and After Solids.
Select an engram from mid life which pc has mentioned or an age and
have him find a picture before it. If picture isn't an engram have him
make it solid. Then one after the selected time. Keep him out of
engrams and painful incidents by having him get earlier or later ones
that aren't painful before you let him make it "more solid". Don't
change your engram target or selected age no matter what other incident
comes up.
Quit only when pc has been getting them close to pt. Close by telling
him "come to present time", an operation which requires a few seconds
or a minute.
Before and After Solids brings up the case computation, the service
facsimile and vacuums and discharges them.
9. Run, Look around here and find something you wouldn't mind making
solid, as the objective version of 8.
* * * * * * * * * *
Havingness processes, optional as indicated.
Run problems, Trio on self (what you can have in room), can't have on
others or body, creative process havingness, and putting things into walls,
ceiling and floor and not know plus Trio on people outside.
And mock up confusions for stable data, name, etc. Also Axiom 10
processes.
By creative processing pc can be required to mock up a motionless object
and "hold it still". If it can be made still for an instant have him let it
go and mock up another. Use general, heavy objects at first. Then selected
objects to run out inabilities of pc (such as typewriters, palettes, books,
etc).
Fight the wall can be used but only with great care.
Have pc run motionlessness by having him "Find an object" "Tell it to
be still". "Is it?"
There are a great many ways to strip obsessive motion from a pc. Any
workable one can be run. Remember that emphasis on all control processes is
on STOP. Run stillness, not motion.
Observe the following:
Havingness drops when compulsive game cond. comes in. Repair havingness
rather than run out agitation.
Pcs, I discover, go from minus tone scale up to being able to have problems
or tone or solids. Any case has some point that goes from no-effect or
unreal or don't care up to apathy. Cases go north to apathy. There are no-
tone cases. These are compulsive G.C.
Thinkingness processes reduce havingness no matter what button they hit.
Solids, effort, emotion, perceive are all above think.
The pc's cognitions are valuable. But don't run thought out faster than
havingness and solids in general run in. Never shoot for phrases. Ignore
them. Before and After Solids, calmly run, bring up vast numbers of
computations. Don't knock out havingness with too much 2-way. Don't go out
of A-R-C with pc with too little 2-way. How much 2-way or think is answered
by "how can we get solids into this case".
Always run on a game condition basis. Enemy can have is deadly on pc. Can't
have on enemy okay. Effect on pc is fatal. Pc's Effect on others okay. What
pc could change is fine. What could change pc terrible.
The path to truth lies through solids, effort, emotion, perception and
Not Know; it is not to be found amongst thinking.
On Control, it is the first step toward solids. Pc won't start until he
is sure he can stop.
To have pc insist on light is to bring him to tolerate and handle the
dark.
Profiles and IQ gain when pc regains ability in solids in bank and
universe and can plank emotion into walls wholesale. Intolerance of solids
made him think. Failure to control solids made him intolerant of them. Thus
havingness is the first goal.
Havingness is reduced by bad A-R-C, inaccurate or clumsy auditing,
running thinking processes and ignoring real pt problems.
Reality begins with good A-R-C with auditor and becomes tolerable with
regained control of Mest and gets real with solids. That's the best track
for high gains in the light of what we know now.
LRH:re.rd L. RON
HUBBARD
[The first four paragraphs on this page have been added per an addendum
dated 25 August 1956.]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
21 7a Kensington High Street, London W.8
21 st August, 1956
To Staff Auditors,
London and Washington.
SUMMARY OF INTENSIVES SINCE JUNE
Maintaining havingness on pc tends to prove up as the primary reason
for profile and IQ gains.
The following processes seem to reduce havingness on long test-
Fight the wall-subj-obj.
What other person, object, body can have.
Can't have is correct.
Inventing opponents, Individualities.
Lying about anything seems to drain bank in most cases.
Overwhelming.
Don't Know.
Not Know.
R 1-6.
Interest.
The use of the above apparently pinned down case gains on the profile
and lessened IQ gain.
Other material learned from the last two months of auditing by self and
Staff of London and Washington and HCO is reported as Recommended Procedure-
HCO of August 20th, 1956.
The following persons are thanked for their test work and the wonderful
results they have obtained on pcs processed under various directives:
Julia Lewis Elise Pickmere
Ann Walker Bob Davies
L. Ron Hubbard, Jnr. Noel West
Jean Thomason Cyril Vosper
Dick Steves Smokey Brand
Herbie Parkhouse Ken Maurer
Jo Blythe L. Merrill
Ken Barrett
When we have time and money each of these listed processes should be
tested again individually-no other used. But such a project would cost
beyond our means and right now we're doing all right.
The Telesurance tests are particularly good and form a complete picture
of 25 hrs on cases that were mostly 75 hour cases. The resultant gain in
income for that company should be marked and will someday have to be
ascertained.
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH:ebh.rd
[pic]
Issue 34 [1956, ca. late August]
The Magazine of
DIANETICS and SCIENTOLOGY
from
Washington, D.C.
Havingness
L. Ron Hubbard
Prepared from a lecture to the London Auditors' Meeting,
31 January 1956, entitled "Basic Lecture on Havingness."
We have talked and written a great deal on the subject of havingness
ever since the days of the research in 1952 and 1953 which led up to the
codification of SCIENTOLOGY: 8-8008, which was the anatomy of universes. It
would seem that this point could be overstressed. Perhaps we could say more
than needs to be said about havingness. Yet no matter how many reams we
have written and how many hours we have talked about this thing, we
probably haven't even scratched, not even scratched the subject of
havingness.
Everything that has ever been said about Creative Processing and about
problems and solutions and about perception and spacation and about the
"Black Five" has been on this subject.
First and foremost, HAVINGNESS IS THE POSTULATE THAT ONE MUST
COMMUNICATE versus THE POSTULATE THAT ONE MUST COMMUNICATE TO SOMETHING.
You can see at once that this poses a cross-postulate. These two musts
are not the same must. They are cross-purposes.
If one has nothing to communicate TO, all he can do is communicate
THROUGH. He would have the condition of endless space with nothing stopping
the communication all the way.
Now I want to call your attention to a little sport that is carried on
in one part of the world. It used to be a Greek sport, then was transferred
to Spain and Mexico. They got a bull, who was crazy enough to pick up a
mock-up in that general neighborhood, and they get him in there and have
him run at a cape. He runs at the cape, he goes through the cape and he
runs at the cape and he goes through the cape. And you just watch this
bull's MORALE deteriorate!
Then they take some old horse that is padded with blankets (the padding
is never thick enough-Spanish thirst for blood) and they let the bull
finally charge and push at the horse. Usually the bull gets the horse and
the picador over between the fence and himself. The fence is nice and
solid. The bull starts to really go to town.
Copyright (�)1956 by L Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
You can see his morale go up, up, up, up, up, up.
In fact he would practically be a well bull if he could find that horse
and that fence solid enough. Well, as gory as the spectacle may or may not
be, the point of the matter is that while the bull is working on this the
picador leans on him very heavily into the hump with a big fork and
discourages him from finding something solid and from pushing that hard.
And by the time they get him out there again charging at this cape (never a
man-he never hits a man, he never hits a horse-he just hits this red cape)
and he finds again nothing there, he's done. Without being really hurt
(he's just sore and he's lost a small amount of blood) he just loses his
nerve. He finally stands there in terror, and then he sinks into apathy,
and he gets to such a point that the matador can walk over and fixate him.
A good matador (once in a blue moon you see a good matador) will simply fix
the bull into any position. He could probably stand him up in the air if he
wanted to, because the bull is in a state of shock. He is hypnotized. He
believes that there is nothing solid anywhere, and that no matter how hard
he charges he will hit nothing. He's gone. If they simply kept him pushing
at the red cape a little longer he would probably fall over dead anyhow.
They wouldn't have to use a sword.
Now, the physical aspect of a bullfight and the aspect of a thetan in
the physical universe are not too wide apart, not too different, since the
trick in both is to get them to charge at nothing: To get a bull to charge
at a cape where he thinks there is something and to have him find out that
there is nothing behind the red of the cape; to get a thetan, a living
being, to move toward or put out a communication toward something and to
then convince him that there is nothing there after all.
And then the trick is to convince them that there is nothing they can
charge, until at last they do not believe that they can touch or lean on
anything. A thetan then has a feeling that if he did utter a communication
he would only spend what mass he had, because the communication would just
go on out there forever and endlessly.
No longer to be able to touch anything, no longer anything real.
Now, these two counter-postulates. If an individual supposes that he
should communicate and if his joy and game and desire is communication (and
it has to have that game postulate) and if at the same time there is
nothing with which he can communicate-no terminal-he has the vista of
endless space.
HIS COMMUNICATION ITSELF IS MAKING THE SPACE AND THEN THERE IS NOTHING
TO STOP HIS COMMUNICATION, so there is no end to it, and it makes him feel
very weak indeed. He just shoots the roll, you might say, any time he says
anything, because it never arrives anywhere. No termination and no
terminal.
So he eventually does this interesting thing-he says something into a
mass which HE HIMSELF PUTS THERE in order to have something to say
something to.
Now-however we want to classify this-whatever conditions or
significances we wish to place upon this action-it nevertheless follows
that this aspect of man fighting himself is man merely trying to reassure
himself that there will be something there to hit with his communication.
Whenever you could say to someone that the only trouble he is having
with himself is his fighting himself and putting up barriers to himself,
you can also understand that this is what he is doing and why he is doing
it. You don't have to classify any further.
An individual goes along putting up barriers and masses and pictures,
so that, in case there is nothing there to receive his communication, he
can reassure himself that
there is something there after all, because he put it there and then found
it. He runs into his own barriers, his own terminals.
A thetan doesn't like the idea (and this not liking is again only a
consideration) of speaking into a vast and endless nothingness, so what he
does is to accumulate his own terminals.
And so we get the phenomenon here of an individual constructing a
universe perforce because he cannot have the universe in which he finds
himself-the physical universe.
Now a thetan IS capable of constructing totally a universe himself. The
cycle is something like this: He builds a universe of one kind or another
himself. Then he by agreement finds himself involved in a larger universe.
To a marked degree he simply invests the universe, which he has himself
created, into this larger universe. Sometimes he doesn't like it, sometimes
he does. But he then finds himself cojoining and existing with and in the
physical universe.
And now, the physical universe does not offer him a sufficient number
of terminals, terminals sufficient in number and magnitude to the potential
volume of communication of which he is capable.
He then begins to manufacture his private universe all over again.
Now, it is very important for you to understand that the "universes"
that people are packing around with them when they come in to you as a
preclear are usually SECONDARY UNIVERSES. They have come into being because
the individual has found an insufficiency of universe in the physical
universe.
It IS quite interesting that anybody could find an insufficiency of
universe in a universe that is so capable of solidity as the physical
universe. That is one of the madder things that do happen.
It is done by disenfranchising the individual. He is told and persuaded
that he cannot address, cannot touch, cannot reach (and we interpret it as
cannot have) a terminal. Reach, touch, address, have, whatever you want to
call it. The terminal cannot exist for him. That's all it means.
And so he stops talking to it, because it doesn't exist. An interesting
opinion that someone could get into-that the wall doesn't exist-because it
happens to be the truth of the matter. It's very easy, then, for him to
fall into that one, because the wall is considerated.
The wall exists and is there only because someone considered it was
there. When one no longer considers a wall to be there it is not there.
Thus if one is FORCED into having no wall (or disenfranchised of the wall),
he can nevertheless have the opinion that there is no wall, and it will be
true.
We find him forced into truth. I've said before that the probable
summary of aberration all up and down the track is that an individual is
forced into truth and AWAY from a game. As long as one can ably create EVEN
AS LOW A LEVEL AS LIE, or slightly less low level, a problem, he can still
have a game.
But when he's no longer able to create, no longer able to put anything
there, there isn't anything there.
He comes upon the truth of the matter.
There are at least several routes for coming upon the truth of something,
and of these routes the least practicable for the individual is through
subjection by force to a truth. Nevertheless, the truth of something, even
when arrived at by the route of subjection and force, will as-is the
something and cause its vanishment, and thus it is no longer had. This is
called by auditors the depletion of havingness. One is made to admit that
what he conceives to be there is what is there and it vanishes for him.
This is not such a great oddity, since the individual never intended
himself to be the receipt point for what he has caused, and when his
intention is overthrown in this matter, and he does become receipt point,
or termination point, for this, the thing is terminated, and so, of course,
it vanishes.
And so you get a destruction of the terminals which you normally would
have or utilize or a destruction of the spaces which you would utilize.
Mothers work on this rather hard-fathers, schoolteachers and so forth.
"You must tell the truth." And then, they wonder whether there is anything
anywhere around that will explain the fact that a child ceases to be
creative and imaginative after he's been around for a while.
They must conceive that there is something dreadfully, dreadfully
destructive in this child's lying. A person who would conceive the
imaginative impulses of a child to be lies and therefore bad is in an
interesting condition himself. He is in the interesting state of conviction
that there isn't anything there anyhow, and there had better not be
anything there anyway.
Let me call to your attention again the manifestation of a child who
goes to his parent and asks for a nickel. He goes through the various
levels of the tone scale and he slides on down and finally tells his Pa,
when he hits bottom, even if his Pa holds out the nickel to him that he
doesn't want the nickel and he just wanders off in apathy.
That child could get into the position where he HAS TO make nothing of
every nickel that he comes across. Take a rich father denying a child
pennies. It's an interesting and well-known fact that the rich man's son is
usually more aberrated on the subject of havingness than the other kids. He
is continually told that he can have everything, and all kinds of things
are actually forced on him in some fashion. But his power of choice,
especially where money is concerned, is overthrown and overridden, and he
finally comes into the conviction that there isn't any money anyway. And
the old man's fortune falls finally into his hands and SWISH-it's gone.
You take just about any rich man's son and audit him and you will
normally discover that he cannot have money. Money is something that if it
came into his vision he'd have to make nothing of it at once. The various
enforcements that have been put upon him because of the importance of the
amount of money in his family have at last turned him around into an
inhibition of having money. This is a fascinating thing.
Now let us leave such a relatively interesting subject as money for the
relatively uninteresting subject of a wall, and we find that the same thing
applies to a wall. A wall or an object or anything that is solid. A child
says, "I just shot a giraffe out in the yard, Mama." His mother is in
pretty good condition, and she says, "You did? Well now you make sure you
bury it."
Or, Mama's not in so very good shape, and is pretty well done in on the
subject of havingness, and she knows there's no giraffe in the backyard, of
course not. "Johnny," she says, "you really didn't see a giraffe in the
backyard now did you. Now tell me. You realize you break my heart with
these lies."
This is a standard happenstance to mock-ups in children.
I have had as a writer some of the damedest things told to me about purely
imaginative sequences in stories of mine. I have had people turn around to
me and tell me from time to time, about something in a story, "That didn't
really happen, you know." Well, of course it didn't. There wasn't a word of
truth in the whole sequence. They get very upset about it. They cannot
differentiate quickly and accurately enough between the creative and the
truth of the matter. And so they are on such an interestingly unbalanced
pivot with regards to walls, etc., that if you started to create a new
wall, you see, with a lie or something of the sort, they would know not
only that THIS wall doesn't really exist (it would be a pretty thin thing
to them) but they know also that YOUR wall had better NOT exist! And you're
trying to give them a wall!
I wrote a story one time called "Beyond The Black Nebula." Well, I don't
know whether there's anything on the other side of the black nebula-I never
looked-but WOW! People got upset about that story. I posed the fact that
there is in Orion a tremendous barrier-a black barrier across this
particular galaxy. And I made people look at this fact and then dreamed up
some causations behind it and so forth.
Probably this barrier, as they read the story, was threatening to get
actual and thick. And they were saying, "Well, maybe there is this
barrier."
"You shouldn't do this to us, Ron." That kind of a reaction.
Well here is a point. The person who COULD have a wall didn't care how
many black barriers were manufactured. The person who could have something
accepted a new manufactured wall in the spirit in which it was given. The
spirit of game. But when a person could no longer have, he could no longer
accept anything offered to him. A very interesting thing. I imagine there
are a great many girls who, if you walked up to them and handed them a
pearl necklace, would have to assure themselves that it was a phoney or
something of the sort, or that it was worthless for some reason. They'd
probably take it down at once to have it assayed just to be sure, and if
they were told that it was a real pearl necklace they'd be quite upset
about it. You could probably spin them in and ruin their whole lives by
giving them a pearl necklace.
One of the ways people make nothing of things is to misintend them. So
that, you could come back the next week, perhaps, and find that she's using
the necklace to decorate a cake.
You find this among savage tribes particularly. On a high-toned basis
people would be doing this to make something persist. On a low-toned basis
they would be simply trying to get rid of it by saying it doesn't exist or
isn't the way it is. So you get one manifestation meaning two different
things, relative to where the person is situated as to havingness. Can have
and can't have.
This whole subject of havingness, while it embraces all of existence and
all of experience, boils down to two things: communication and terminals.
And there is a great oddity about the whole thing. Any time you as an
auditor had difficulty with the problem of havingness with a preclear, or
had any difficulty with the problem of the preclear, that's because you
departed from this rather strange maxim: THERE CAN'T BE ENOUGH HAVINGNESS.
You see? You never get a superabundance of terminals. The other day I
saw Helen of Troy (the movie!). You hear the Greeks outside the walls. Now,
you'd say they would be resenting those walls badly. In other words, they
were trying to NOT HAVE those walls, so that they COULD have the spoils of
Troy. Fine. There's a certain greed there. They want the spoils inside the
walls. They can't have those. The walls say they can't have the spoils.
The funny part of the whole thing is that the reason they couldn't have
them is: they couldn't have the walls!
You can develop almost any situation in life and resolve it on that
basis.
If you're trying to get over a barrier to gain something else, then
it's a cinch you can't have the barrier.
If you can come into possession of the barrier you come into possession
also of what it is a barrier to.
The only reason a person can get trapped is that he can't have traps.
And the only reason he goes out and GETS himself trapped is because he
CANNOT BE TRAPPED. It's really quite interesting.
Now, if you really have all the walls and barriers of the physical
universe, they pose no problem to you. Here is the situation in which we
get the total vanishment of things-you start owning something properly
(addressing the truth of the ownership) and it doesn't exist any more.
There is a difference here between the two kinds of operations you can
undertake about having and owning. You find that HAVE is maybe a
MISOWNERSHIP. So here are two systems: own and have, or own and misown.
In order to have a problem, in order to have a game, we have to select
out some of the walls and barriers as unhavable. And then you can have a
problem in connection with some OTHER havingness.
METHODS
If you do not have methods of acquisition, there is really no
acquisition possible. There would be a total acquisition. If you had a
total acquisition you would own everything there is. The way to own
everything there is is simply to own everything there is without any system
of owning everything there is.
The trouble with owning everything without using any system for owning
everything is that it is much too true, and being true, does not make a
persistence, so that, by owning everything there is you end up having
nothing.
The two postulates which when counterposed bring about havingness are:
communicate and communicate to something. This brings about some problems
which are very odd: "I must communicate and there must be a barrier to
communicate to, but of course a barrier is antipathetic to communication.
No, a barrier is necessary to communication, no, a barrier is antipathetic
to communication. No, a barrier is necessary to communication because a
communication must stop somewhere."
Well, therefore, life well played would be a game of commenting in the
proper direction toward the right barriers, and not trying to go through
the wrong ones. But you could get into some interesting problems if you
tried to leave this room through that wall and take your body with you.
That would be an interesting problem. That would throw someone into apathy.
But the funny part of it is that it wouldn't throw him into apathy
anywhere as fast as simply being able to go through that wall and take his
body with him. That would upset him. I guarantee you, that would upset him.
No barriers. Nothing stops anything anywhere.
STOPS
Now, let us have a look at the remedy of havingness in the light of STOPS.
In Dianetics we have the "command phrase." Command phrases come down to
just three things: start, change or stop.
But the whole subject of the engram is the subject of "can't have." A
moment of pain or unconsciousness is a moment of can't have. If, at a
certain moment, an individual couldn't have the environment, couldn't have
the circumstances he was undergoing, violently couldn't have these things,
then it is a certainty that he'll pile up an engram right at that spot in
time. That's what he'll have-an engram.
Let's see how that would be. He resists the environment to such a
degree and considers it so foreign, so solid and so dangerous, that he
makes something very much like a plaster cast of that moment, a kind of
energy plaster cast of the environment. Thus a facsimile. This thing is far
more durable than any cast of stone or plaster.
This tells us something very important. The VISIBLE engrams were those
of LOSS. Those things in the environment that the individual couldn't have,
he resisted.
There is a very peculiar thing about these facsimiles, these can't-have
pictures. They're backwards. They are usually black backed. The energy
pushed upon these things is black energy. It's just as if one had a lot of
pictures turned face to the wall. That's the blackness of lots of cases,
and the reason why blackness succeeds a lot of pictures.
Handling the environment with energy and then with heavy energy goes
down a certain road. There is a thing called a tensor beam. A thetan can do
something that a physicist has not yet learned to do with energy. He can
make a beam grab something. That's a tractor beam.
Have you been talked to lately by someone who didn't really have
anything to say, but kept on talking? It seems sometimes as though he had a
tensor beam around your neck and he's holding you there, and you can't
leave.
The electronic structure of a pretty girl who's just walked down the
street is a very interesting thing to behold. Every guy she's passed has
put a tensor beam over her head.
Well, that's "MUSTN'T LET THAT TERMINAL GO ANY FURTHER AWAY." That's
the motto of that beam.
So the individual can have and then he can lose. He decides he can
lose, and if he feels he is going to lose any part of his environment, he
will hook a beam over it and he'll hold it there in front of him. If you
take a facsimile apart very carefully, aside from simply mocked-up or
copied facsimiles, you'll see that it is cross-sectionalized as a tractor
beam. He's trying to hold something from leaving him.
He is unable to retain to him the actual object. He makes a picture of
the object that he can look at straight. He'll say, "Oh, I don't like these
pictures. They bother me. Take a few away from me," etc.
Below that level he goes into blackness, which is simply pressing on
things to push them away. He's in that frame of mind about things. Anyone's
got some blackness. It isn't true that some cases are black and some are
not.
When it turns up on a preclear you are auditing on remedy of
havingness, you can have him mock up some blackness and shove it in.
So we get engrams of resistance and the engrams of resistance are
black.
And we get engrams of Mustn't Go Away, and they're pictures.
And an individual who can't have the physical universe can't have
anything leaving him because he can't have anything else, you see. He at
least retains a picture. And there is how he builds up his secondary
universe. It isn't really his universe. It's pictures of the physical
universe which he retains in lieu of.
Now, an individual only gets into a frantic frame of mind about things
leaving him if he can't have anything else.
He's talking to his friend, and they have been very good friends for a
long time, and his friend says, "I'm going to Galway now, and I'll be up
there for a couple of years." And he feels terrible about it. He tries to
persuade him not to go. He can't tolerate all that distance between himself
and his friend. Friends are scarce.
Another fellow has lots of friends. One of them says, "I'm going to
Galway." He says, "O.K., fine. I'll be up to see you sometime pretty soon."
That says he can tolerate that distance and this Galway business
doesn't much reduce his havingness. He'd be in good shape-easy to get along
with.
It's not so easy to get along with someone that you are the only one
to.
All right now, as we look over the general situation in regard to
havingness, we find that the scale declines from having one's own universe
exclusively, to: cooperating with a universe, which is the physical
universe, and then we run out of havingness of the physical universe and we
get into a point of a little anxiety. We might lose parts of it. And from
that we pass into: we're liable to acquire some of it. We get a flip from
must have to resist parts of the physical universe and from there we go on
to: total not have.
That is a disenfranchisement of the individual. The story of processing
in Scientology is the story of the reversal of that disenfranchisement.
If all the people in the world were suddenly to have no use for any
pay, goods or commodities, there would not be the game. They would not be
regulatable in any way. If they decided that everything was theirs anyway,
and that they didn't need anything, there would not be this game. That
would be too high a level of game for a game to be in progress.
Now, nobody pretends that anybody is going to get up to that level of
game. The funny part of it is, however, that as they get up toward that
level of game, they go back toward not-action on the game, only they play
the game now efficiently and they play it as a game, not as a dead-serious
horror that they have to face somehow. That's the difference.
All right, now-you ask this question-are you enjoying life? In other
words-is life a game to you? You would ask at the same time, "By any
chance, are you in the band of havingness below owning everything there is,
and above having to make nothing of everything there is?" Are you by any
chance in that band? Or, are you enjoying life? These are the same
questions. No difference, except that one fellow wouldn't be in the
universe. He wouldn't be there so hypothetically to ask. But the guy who
can't have anything is there to get. He is certainly there. He's stuck.
STUCK
Now, let's look at this thing called stuck. The old engram. We used to
have holders, groupers, denyers, etc. These are embryonic barriers. These
are barriers
aborning, you might say. The statement or postulate to stop. And the
individual who gets an anxiety about havingness begins to accumulate out of
his manufactured bank all of the stops and begins to hold them near him so
that he will have barriers that can receive something and he won't get into
the condition of the bull. Almost unknowingly he does this. So that there
will be something there with which a game can be played. And thereby and
therefore he forms a false wall in a secondary universe.
The primary universe is the physical universe, as far as he's concerned
in the state he is in. There is an earlier universe, which is his own
universe, and which has walls and barriers, too. But, for our processing
purposes, we're talking about this primary universe, the physical universe.
We're talking of the reactive mind, the facsimiles, engrams, energy
pictures, as a secondary universe which is formed by reason of not being
able to have the physical universe. And that's how the reactive mind gets
born and where it comes from.
AUDITING THE HAVINGNESS SCALE
Very often you have to get the preclear over the hump on the subject of
havingness on his reactive mind. These secondary universes could just as
well be called reactive universes. With creative processes, mock-up
processes, we can handle this reactive bank havingness. You understand that
this is not the preclear's Own Universe.
These extend at once to a higher echelon-the physical universe. So then,
you remedy his havingness totally on the physical universe and get him to
have everything in the physical universe-no longer with mock-ups. You just
have him look around at things and find out what he can have. When you have
him totally remedy this subject, he is then in a position to create a home
universe-a universe of his own.
There you have the graduated scale-it goes from REACTIVE to PHYSICAL to
HOME UNIVERSE.
How far can you go with havingness? You could separate somebody out of
this universe simply on havingness alone.
First, he'd have to be able to have his reactive bank. Then he'd have to
be able to have the physical universe. Then he'd have to know that he could
create something else.
This game of havingness is absolutely necessary to auditing.
Apparently, to many people, havingness means barriers and barriers mean
lack of freedom. But to you, an auditor, barriers should mean a game. And
you should know that an absence of barriers is the trouble with a preclear
when a preclear is having trouble. HE JUST DOESN'T HAVE ENOUGH BARRIERS.
Now, when a preclear's got a cold, that doesn't mean that you are going
to tell him he hasn't got enough colds. It somehow wouldn't communicate.
But there it is-the preclear HASN'T got enough colds. Preclear has migraine
headaches-hasn't got enough migraine headaches. Whatever it is, whatever
the condition is, something has gotten scarce, and the next step after
getting scarce is, for it to get valuable. The mechanism of something
getting valuable-it first must get scarce.
After becoming scarce a thing becomes very, very valuable; and then it
becomes so valuable, it's rare. How many women have you seen with Kohinoor
diamonds walking down the street in the last few minutes? None. Well, you
might even wonder if a Kohinoor diamond even existed. Now, I'm sure there's
many a girl who is very good-looking who has reached this point about
Kohinoor diamonds. She'd kind of
doubt if they exist. They're probably all cut glass. "I don't see what's so
good about them-even if they do exist."
She's in apathy on the subject, and that's very dangerous. If women got
that way about diamonds, fur coats, Rolls Royces, bank accounts-do you know
what would happen? The whole game with the society would just be gone.
AUDITING HAVINGNESS
As an auditor looking over this material on havingness you may also be
looking at the points where processing hasn't measured up for you on
yourself.
So let's not, in trying to do something with the preclear, ourselves
fall across this one. You've got the situation well in hand if you have
this, that barriers are not necessarily bad, that barriers are, to the
contrary, necessary, and that what has happened to the preclear is that he
has run out of barriers, and thus has run out of games, and has come to the
place of detesting barriers. Therefore we will simply figure out some way
of giving the preclear some barriers.
There are two interesting little processes that come up on these lines.
One, a process for the auditor who has gotten into a flinching position
regarding preclears-can't have preclears-is a little game that you can
play.
Do you ever find yourself flinching from a preclear, just flinching a
little bit and backing away from the session? If you were to take a look at
your own immediate vicinity you would discover that your own space was
collapsed to about there at the end of your nose. The preclear's got all
the rest of the space of the room. But you're being uncomfortable. What
happens? You can't have the preclear, so you put a barrier up there that
you can have and talk to anyhow. This is a completely standard practice
with people, but for an auditor it is not standard and not practical at
all.
To a degree you have gone out of communication with the preclear.
Here's a little stunt. You just find something about the preclear that you
can have.
What has happened is that you have run out of havingness of the
preclear. That's all that has happened. And then you go out of session as
an auditor. The beginning of it is when you at some time had too few
preclears. You have too few preclears, and then you begin to believe that
there aren't any, and you don't reach for anybody or process anybody.
Because they don't exist.
Well, that's the beginning of it. One preclear's rattling on at a
gruelling rate of horror, horrible fates, and so forth, and you start
backing up a little bit. You know, it's all for the preclear, and your
space finally collapses to about the tip of your nose, and you've run out
of havingness of one preclear.
You're liable to lose another one, then another one and then it gets to
be a habit. Then, "Well, I haven't audited anybody for weeks. There isn't
anybody to audit." Very hard to find preclears.
But the same law applies. If there is anything wrong on the subject of
havingness or the subject of terminals, it is that there are not enough.
There cannot be a superabundance of terminals.
This street could not be stacked full enough of preclears really to
satisfy your idea of a few preclears, if you were really rolling.
It would be, "Well, I've got 8,000 preclears to audit between now and next
month." That's the frame of mind you'd be in, if you could really have them
all. "Audit one on the phone, one in front of me." And the couple of
preclears in the waiting room-put them in the antechamber and have them co-
audit. (I've done that, by the way. Somehow don't like to have people
wait.)
If you find yourself backing off from the preclear, you can build your
havingness of the preclear back up again. As you're auditing him, you can
quietly and privately pick it up. You'd think I was joking if I told you
the things you can do with a preclear when you are really able to have a
preclear.
But there is this little stunt. You just quietly look the situation
over, and start adding up, SOMETHING YOU CAN HAVE ABOUT THE PRECLEAR. Just
one thing after another. Add them up and repair your havingness of
preclears.
WALLS
Now, here is another little process that you can use on the other side
of this thing. You are faced with a great many preclears in this world who
can't have a wall or anything else. And you want to have some way of giving
them some barriers.
Just have the preclear start mocking up walls, flat against his nose.
It doesn't matter what kind of walls. It's one of these processes that
can just go on and on with continuing cognition. He'll get better and
better walls. He'll start protesting at once about these walls. He'll say,
"Up against my nose! Isn't that awfully close for a wall?"
So we just get walls, walls, walls, and more walls. Don't do anything
with them. Let them evaporate or stay there or do anything else. Just keep
mocking up walls.
In doing this you are capitalizing on some information that the
preclear might not have, but that you do have. A wall actually is a very
specialized kind of a barrier. He often won't recognize a person as a
communication terminal or something which will act as a backstop. He can't
see that. But he knows, more or less, that if he did run against a wall and
hit his head on it, there would be an impact. He knows this. So you have
him mock up walls, and you capitalize on this amount of information.
There are some fancier things you could do with this, but having the
preclear mock up walls flat against his nose is what you want at this point
to get him up to the game of having a session.
SCARCE
Now, if you will just check over this datum that there can't be enough
terminals and that when the preclear complains of having something it's
something he doesn't have and can't have and can't get enough of, then you
will be in a very good position regarding the auditing of a preclear.
Suppose it's the very tough preclear. He's in real bad shape. He's
going to come in to you and he knows exactly what he's doing-he's going to
make nothing out of everything. Nothing out of this, nothing out of that,
nothing out of something else, and nothing out of that and nothing out of
you and he goes away and makes nothing out of your bill!
And if you let him get away with this he's going to stay in processing
forever, but what's the point?
So, the preclear's got a ridge. Conclusion: he hasn't got enough ridges.
Preclear's got a cold: he hasn't got enough colds. Preclear's got a bum
leg: not enough bum legs. Bad lungs: not enough bad lungs.
When we were studying havingness three years ago I rather supposed it
was an interchange of energy which discharged the bad and left the good. I
always stated that a little cautiously to myself; it just didn't seem quite
right. It wasn't quite workable.
We can see now that the mystery of this thing had to do with these
counterpostulates that comprise havingness. We find that we didn't have him
mock up enough colds and bad enough colds. Not enough.
When we do this, the preclear discovers that there are more colds in
the world than just this one; there is not this great scarcity of colds.
And he'll let go of it. It becomes less valuable.
Now there is one other point here. Since the condition is only a
condition, as, for instance, a cold is a cold, or a headache is a headache,
and is NOT a terminal, your rule in auditing is to address the TERMINAL
involved, rather than the condition. Thus you would run a process, "What
problem could that arm be to you?" and not, "What problem could that burn
be to you?" The terminal is the arm, not the burn. Actually you would be
bringing up the preclear's reality on his arm to the point where it could
be a terminal to him without the burn.
OBJECTIVE
Now, as we look over this general situation, we discover that we must
bring our preclear into possession of a great deal more of the physical
universe than he has.
Regardless of the subjective remedies, we've got to get him into a
physical universe remedy too. And the way we do that is this. We ask him to
"Look around here, what could you have?" You don't let him do this
subjectively. You make him open his eyes wide open. "Look around here, what
will you have?" And you, if you're retreating from him, look at the
preclear and find out what you could have about him.
This is, in essence, auditing-where she is going, and how she is done.
I hope these principles about havingness can assist you a great deal.
There are too many preclears around still making nothing out of everything.
It's easy to get them over this. Just boot them up to where they can have
something. If they're making nothing out of everything they can't have
anything. Those two statements go together.
If they've got something and are holding on to it, they haven't got
enough of it. If they haven't got anything at all, they haven't got enough
of that either.
Abundance of terminal is the answer.
LRH TAPE LECTURE
28 August 1956
5608C28 AUDC-14 Control and Sessioning
WASHINGTON DC Via HCO LONDON
BRIEFING BULLETIN
STAFF AND SEMINAR LEADERS
GAMES CONGRESS, SHOREHAM HOTEL
31 August-3 September 1956
THEORY: The most adequate answer to life's puzzle is Games. The
ordinary concept of games or play is comprehensible to anyone.
Games have many factors. Some work well in processing, some don't, all
explain life.
The basic game of a thetan is evidently nothing versus something as in
the process "make it solid". He can never really be something, thus can
never really duplicate in himself a solid-yet he makes solids across spaces
out of game impulse.
PRACTICE: Always process toward a games condition. Never process toward a
no-game-condition. Always process games conditions. Never process no-game
conditions. This is more complicated than you think.
All games are aberrative. All games are continuing by definition since
an unstarted game isn't a game and a finished game isn't a game.
In the following list we have most processable games conditions and the
most to be avoided no-game-conditions.
Each item on both lists could be "knowing games condition" or
"unknowing games condition", "knowing no-games-condition", "unknowing no-
games-condition".
Using both lists at a knowing games level, we have sanity. At an
unknowing games level we have aberration, neurosis or psychosis.
GAMES CONDITION NO-GAMES-CONDITION
KNOWING OR UNKNOWING KNOWING OR UNKNOWING
Not know Know
forget remember
Interest
Disinterest
Attention No Attention
Self-Determinism Pan-Determinism
Identity Namelessness
Individuality
Problems Solutions
Can't Have Have
(games have some
havingness)
Alive Neither alive nor dead
Opponents Friends-alone
Facsimiles No pictures or Universes
Continued Solidity No spaces or solids
Continued Adherence
Loyalty, disloyalty No friends or enemies
betrayal, help
Motion No Motion
Emotion Serenity
Continued Action Motionless
Hot No temperature
Cold
Thinking Knowing
Hate
(some love)
Continued Doubt of Result Win-Lose
(Expecting a Revelation)
No Effect on Self Effect on Self
Effect on others No Effect on others
Stop Communication No A R C
Change Communication No No-A R C
Into It Out of It
Agitation Calm
Noise Silence
(some silence)
Control No Control
Start-Change-Stop
Change Most Imp
Responsibility No Responsibility
Inspecting these two lists we find all unlimited and highly workable
processes under Games Conditions. We find all limited and unworkable
processes under No-Game-Conditions. We then avoid No-Game-Conditions in
processing. We process the pc playing as a game in all phases.
It is true that the Game Condition List contains a regimen unworkable
in life. It isn't supposed to be. It's aberrative and we process it.
The only certain processes which can be run on No-Game-Conditions are
Consequences (the penalty resulting from) and "Mock up a confusion to which
(no-game-cond) could be a stable datum."
Now behold that the list of No-Game-Conditions is a summary of the
native state of a thetan. That means that the native state not only doesn't
process but winds the pc up in difficulties if processed. To establish
native state you run out the Unknowing Games Condition of the preclear.
BEST PROCESSES
Control Processing-Start-Change and Stop on objects or pc's body, emphasis
on change.
Fight the Wall-Have pc with actual body or mock-ups fight the walls of room
or objects in outside environment.
Opponents-Lie about, invent, opponents. This goes all the way south.
Individuality-Lie about, invent, an individuality that would impress people
(8 dynamics).
Escape Processing-Mock up a mock-up and say bodies, Mest U, can't have it.
Effect Processing-Lie about an effect you're having. (I'm not having any
effect from my tooth.)
Lie about an effect you are having on __________.
Problems-Lie about, invent, problem of comp mag to . How could that
be a
problem to you? Also consequences of solutions.
Solids-What are you looking at? Make it solid.
VACUUMS
A vacuum is a super-cold object which if brought in contact with bank,
drinks
bank. Objects at 25�F or less have high electrical capacitance, low
resistance. This was psychiatry billions of years ago. Shocks, ether, can
act similarly. This is how one mechanically forgets past. He depends on
pictures, loses pictures to a vacuum incident. Vacuums restimulate and
drink up pc's havingness. They are just incidents. This is brainwashing.
You encounter these running solids. Opponents, individualities, more
solids, problems, undo them.
RESTIMULATION
When one violates a game-condition, intends to have an effect on
something and doesn't, he often puts the effect on his body. He thus gets a
no-effect on opponent, makes an effect on self.
This is restimulation. It is also stimulus-response.
"Effect you could have on (people, pcs, etc)"
remedies this.
Self audit while auditing same thing. Same process resolves.
* * * * * * * * * *
TO SEPARATE VALENCES
The separation of valences is done by the following steps:
1. Get pc under control with start-change-stop. Lots of it.
2. Unjam track with "What are you looking at-make it solid."-
(anything
jamming track can be run as a valence below.)
3. Choose valence or valences, weakest universe preferred.
4. "What would interest (universe so chosen)?"
5. "Invent an opponent of comparable magnitude to ."
6. "What would get the attention of ?"
7. "What can't have. (objectively only on room)"
8. "What could you protect from?"
9. "What communication could you prevent from originating?"
10. Problems of comparable magnitude to
11. "Invent a game you could play with ."
12. "Make fight the wall."
Then run 4 to 12 again to check
VALENCES
"What would interest ?"
"What could get the attention of ?"
"What can't have?"
"What could you protect from?"
"What could you protect your body from?"
"What would disinterest you?"
"What communication could you prevent from
originating?"
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH:re.bh 30/7/56
GAMES CONGRESS LECTURES
Washington, D.C.
31 August-2 September 1956
L. Ron Hubbard gave thirteen hours of lectures and group processing to
the more than 400 attendees at the Games Congress held at the Shoreham
Hotel in Washington, D.C., August 31 through September 2, 1956.
With the spectacularly successful Games Congress just completed, Ron
sailed on the SS Queen Elizabeth, to get ten days of good writing time (he
wrote The Problems of Work) and to get ready for the Congress to be given
on October 5th in London. He was also planning his new course.
-Ability 35
** 5608C31 GC-1 Spiritual and Material Requirements of Man
5608C31 GC-1A Group Processing-Crave to Know
5608C31 GC-2 Something to Know-The "Know to Solids" Scale
** 5608C31 GC-3 The Anatomy of Human Problems
** 5609C01 GC-4 Games Conditions Vs No-Games Conditions
** 5609C01 GC-5 Third Dynamic Application of Games Principles
5609C01 GC-6 Group Processing-"Keep it from going away"
5609C02 GC-7 Title unknown (possibly: Group Processing-"Hold it
still")
5609C02 GC-8 Title unknown
5609C02 GC-9 Havingness
5609C02 GC-10 Group Processing-Mama and Papa (Dummies)
5609C02 GC-11 Group Processing-Mama and Papa (cont.)
** 5609C02 GC-12 Effectiveness of Brainwashing
** 5609C02 GC-13 Demonstration of SCS-Auditor LRH
P.A.B. No. 95
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
The Oldest Continuous Publication in Dianetics and Scientology
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
20 Buckingham Street, London W.C.2
_____________________________________________________________________
1 September 1956
VALENCES
Amongst the several types of valences the least suspected and most
interesting in terms of processing is the "synthetic valence."
By synthetic valence we mean those valences which have never actually
confronted the preclear in the flesh. The first valence is of course the
preclear's "own valence," which is his own concept of himself. The next is
the valence additive to him by the characteristics of his body. The next is
the "direct valence" by which he has transferred identity with someone who
has directly confronted him, and following this there is the "attention
valence," the valence one has assumed because it got attention from another
valence. And at the end of this list there is the synthetic valence, and of
all of them it is the most baffling.
The greatest historical example of this is probably Charles XII of
Sweden who read the "romance of Alexander" by pseudo-Callisthenes and
became so much an Alexander that he spent the remainder of his days
attacking Russia in an effort to emulate his hero. Charles XII had never
confronted Alexander-he had only been told about Alexander-but he had
nevertheless assumed the valence of Alexander in most of his activities.
The little boy who looks at television and sees the cowboy in the white
hat triumphing over all, or who sees Superman in the comic books, and then
assumes these identities, is actually doing more or less a direct transfer.
Where he is simply told about these and has never been confronted with any
form of any kind to corroborate the telling, he would have a case of
synthetic valence. He has been read to about Tom Sawyer and becomes Tom
Sawyer without ever seeing Tom Sawyer or looking at Tom Sawyer. This would
be a case of synthetic valence.
We get the synthetic valence in many amusing and non-aberrative games
conditions and here it does us little problem making. But the synthetic
valence can become an evil genius in a case when it has been carefully and
expressly tailored as an alteration from the direct valence which might
have occurred. As an example of this we have the case of the father who, in
the mother's absence or even when she is sporadically present, tells the
children consistently and continually what a bad mother they have. Father
continually describes mother as a certain type of character and the
children are then adjured not to transfer into this type of character.
Naturally, resisting it, they do not actually transfer into mother's
valence, but transfer into a synthetic valence of mother. In the case where
mother, let us say, ran away or was lost to the family early in the child's
life, he may have no real recollection of mother, but may have a synthetic
valence of mother. This becomes very difficult to run because it is run
mainly on a sonic level.
Copyright (�) 1956 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
As another example, one is told consistently and continually that all men
of force or all conquerors are bad, and one is warned never to become a
conqueror. This is of course an excellent way to make nothing out of an
individual, but here we have a false valence-a personality which never
existed-and we discover in the lives of the conquerors that they actually
were not totally possessed of bad characteristics. In order to dominate his
fellow beings to the marked extent necessary in a conqueror, one could not
possess totally bad characteristics, and the actual character of most
conquerors is quite different than the assigned character given them by the
society-a fact which does not make a conqueror any less liable for the
crimes he commits, but which gives us an insight into the tailor-making of
characters who never lived.
The keynote of all synthetic valences is that a character has been
developed or created more or less out of whole cloth, possibly with some
small foundation, but certainly with exaggeration, which puts into
existence a being who never breathed or coughed or spat. The police and
newspapers are continually doing this. You actually don't know whether the
criminals who have been arrested by the police and tried in the newspapers
were the people who were arrested or not, since they are assigned a
synthetic valence and are condemned as very bad people indeed. Of course
some of these criminals were or are bad, but the chances are that amongst
this legion of people arrested and tried in the newspapers there were some
who were quite deserving men and whose actual character and behavior did
not even vaguely compare with the represented character.
We have a flagrant case of synthetic valences when newspapers and other
public media, and even word of mouth gossip, begin to take to pieces
anyone's character and put in its place some synthetic understanding which
was never a real person. In this way we begin to believe there are many
more bad people in the world than there are.
In my own experience with bad men-and I have met several of various
nationalities-I have seen some men who could put up a rather ferocious
front, but I have never found one of them totally lacking in human warmth.
Yet were I to read the newspapers and popular books on such people I would
begin to believe it would be possible for a complete demon to exist who
would never respond to any decent impulse. Yet I have argued bandits into a
more amenable state of mind and have even taken a gun away from a Federal
Marshal and showed him how to use it and told him not to be nervous and put
it back in his holster, when he was bound and determined to take me into
custody. In other words, you can actually create an effect on almost
anybody. The synthetic valence is an effort to tell you and people that
beings can exist who are so bad that no effect can be produced on them. Of
course this makes everybody subservient to them.
The greatest historical example of this was the invention of the Devil
by the Persian priests who were called together to synthesize a new
religion for Persia. The Devil they invented there was borrowed later on by
the Christians and was set up as something so evil that nothing could
affect it. The Devil, of course, is the championship synthetic valence of
all time. There are no devils upon whom one cannot produce an effect.
The way to run out any synthetic valence, of course, is to run out the
valence of the person or book which told one about the synthetic valence.
L. RON
HUBBARD
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
20 Buckingham Street, London W.C.2, England
Executives in Washington and London:
Mary Sue; Dick Steves, Julia Lewis; Don Breeding,
Jack Parkhouse.
THE SUMMARY OF A BULLETIN FROM THE ACADEMY IN WASHINGTON, D.C. CONCERNING
TRAINING
Scientology organizations have recently surveyed and re-studied
training and its results in the light of the best benefits for the student,
the public and the organizations themselves, therefore the following
programs are being instigated, as they prove feasible. Training is
classified and is being enfranchised along the following lines:
FIRST LEVEL: FREE COURSE
This level of training is performed by Auditors throughout the world
and even by the organizations themselves. It consists of a one- or two-week
free course (depending on whether or not it's given five times a week or
three times a week) covering the most elementary principles which general
groups can agree with in Scientology. The total aim of this course is to
get people who are working in and are interested in Scientology to carry
forward more of Scientology programs. This is a very important course both
for individuals and the organization, but it's mainly important to the
general public. It is not the purpose of this course to teach even a tenth
of what appears in "Scientology: The Fundamentals of Thought". The purpose
is to take people who have or have not heard of Scientology and give them
their first real reality on the subject by taking some of the most
elementary but far-reaching principles and getting them to examine the
principles and finally come to an agreement concerning them. No certificate
is awarded on this course.
SECOND COURSE. ADVANCED COURSE
This course is given for a fee and consists of twenty hours or more
instruction, advancing even further into Scientology and teaching in
particular two subjects, ten hours of instruction at least being devoted to
each. These instructions cover exactly the first ten hour period of the
Advanced Course: the communication formula and its use; and the second
period of at least ten hours: the tone scale. These two subjects are taught
each an equal number of hours so that people can be admitted to an Advanced
Course at its mid point. Here again there's no effort to teach auditing but
only the use and application of the communication formula and the tone
scale. Two books exist for this subject. One is "Dianetics 1955!" which
covers the communication formula, and "Science of Survival" which covers at
least the elementary tone scale and what can be expected from it. These are
the two text books of this particular course. Care must be taken in this
course that the student is not overwhelmed and confused but is actually
given a few more key stable data with which he can work in line. This
course does not intend to make an auditor, there is no certificate granted
for this course.
THIRD COURSE. ELEMENTARY SCIENTOLOGIST
This course teaches auditing of individuals and groups and is in
actuality a very complete course on the subject of Scientology. It takes up
the 1956 HCA tapes, it takes up the various text books and it teaches
individual and group processing and teaches as well the handling of
organizations and personnel in them. It is probable that this course would
cost about $125 or at least �35. This course requires a right to train from
the Founding Church or the HASI. It ends with a certificate from the
Central Organizations, the exact title of this auditor has not been
established, but the title would mean Elementary Scientologist. The
certificate is signed by the Training Auditor who did the actual training
and by the secretary of the organization issuing the certificate. The title
of this course would not be an HCA Course even though HCA tapes are used
and the certificate given would not be Hubbard Certified Auditor or
Hubbard Professional Auditor. As it is to this level that most rights to
train are directing themselves and as they are cramped by having to charge
so much money and as the examination has occasioned so much difficulty, it
is thought to be helpful to Auditors "training in the field" to have this
course to teach.
FOURTH COURSE: HUBBARD CERTIFIED AUDITOR
This course will be taught by the Central Organizations only. The
British equivalent would be Hubbard Professional Auditor. According to
present planning this course would require as its fundamental the requisite
certification by a field training auditor either in day or night school,
probably most effectively the latter, and would apply some of what had been
paid on an elementary course to the fee in the Central Organization as a
reduction. In other words it would not only be a requisite in having
training elsewhere but also the training elsewhere would carry with it a
reduction. That this is only taught by the Central Organizations does not
mean the Central Organizations would not also teach an Elementary
Scientologist Course. A considerable rigor of training would be entered in
to the Central Organizations and the certificate of HCA or HPA would be
awarded by examination only.
FIFTH COURSE: HUBBARD ADVANCED AUDITOR (B.SCN. ABROAD)
This course would be an extended Advanced Course which would more
closely take up the entire body of theory and information of Scientology
and which would improve the Auditor's case level and operational ability.
The certificate of Hubbard Advanced Auditor (Bachelor of Scientology
abroad) would be awarded at course completion by reason of successful
examination.
SIXTH COURSE: HUBBARD GRADUATE AUDITOR (D.SCN. ABROAD)
This course would be taught as an Advanced Clinical Unit, preferably by
LRH only. It would consist of the equivalent of a three-week intensive, two
weeks of high school indoctrination so as to be able to cope with any kind
of a case and a week of coaching on processes. This is actually a new type
of Advanced Clinical Course only so far as its actual pattern is concerned.
It would be instructed by LRH. At the end of course by examination the
certificate of Hubbard Graduate Auditor, or Doctor of Scientology abroad,
would be issued.
SEVENTH COURSE: ORGANIZATIONAL INTERNSHIP
This course would be actually an internship and would be available in
the several ways as follows:
(a) TYPE A INTERNSHIP.
The Central Organization chooses amongst the HPAs or HCAs graduating,
extremely likely students and offers them a year's internship to be
performed in the various organizational units, auditing, instructing and
administrating so as to completely familiarize the student with the various
workings of the organization (which are sufficiently complex and are a
sufficiently large study at this time, and very few people understand them
who are not working with the organizations themselves). The student would
sign a contract paying a certain sum of money by the contract to the
organization for the year's internship. A Type A Internship would however
give the student several weeks of probationary employment at a rather low
wage and the remainder of the year employment at a reasonably good wage,
only less than that of an equivalent staff member. At the end of his year's
training he is given a certificate as a Staff Auditor and with that title,
which attests the fact that he has served for a year within the
organization in the capacity of a Professional Auditor. The Type A
Internship and no other internship would influence earlier training fees
contracted. By issuing such internships the organization would be sure that
the individual then released into the field would be able to carry on
independently and would be able to do extremely well as his auditing would
be excellent. The reason of being entered on an internship would not bring
about any other degree and these would have to be studied for as in an ACC,
deducting only such time of study from the year, but the fees for any
additional courses would have to be paid.
(b) TYPE B INTERNSHIP.
A Type B Internship would be solicited by students, not offered by the
organization. It would consist of the payment of a fee to the organization
for a year's additional training in the organization itself and would
follow more or less the same pattern as a Type A Internship, with the
exception that the Type B Intern would not be on the pay roll. All of his
activities would be conducted on a purely self-supporting basis. He would
pay the fee to the organization for this work and training. At the end of
that time he too would be issued a certificate as Staff Auditor of the
organization. Both the Type A Internship and the Type B Internship
certificates would be signed by the Director of Training and Director of
Processing and by LRH.
(c) TYPE C INTERNSHIP.
This Internship would be available to HCAs determining to work with
Staff Auditors in the field. In addition to his HCA training he would then
have a year's training working in the offices of other auditors. The
initiation of a Type C Internship would be totally in the hands of field
auditors and the arrangements they would make would be completely
independent of the Central Organization. The only certificate authorized
for a Type C Internship would be an endorsement on the HCA or HPA
certificate by the Central Organization that this auditor had worked for
one year with a field auditor under internship.
Concerning all Internships, credit for the Internship fee would be no
great liability to the organization since people who will get around the
organizations for a year actively engaged in handling the fundamental
problems of the organizations of Scientology are usually in their later
personal practices quite well off. No shorter period than one year should
be tolerated. The Intern in leaving the organization or in committing
sufficient breaches of the Code of a Scientologist to occasion his
dismissal from the organization would not be absolved from his Internship
contract and the contract should be so written. When he has passed his
probationary period of the first few weeks and has actually been accepted
on a full internship basis he is fully committed to his Internship
contract. Up until that time his dismissal or relief from Internship would
absolve him of the contract. The grade of permanent staff would therefore
have to be designated. This exists in fact at this time. There are auditors
who prefer the companionship and team-work of the organizations to
individual practice and these as Instructors and Staff Auditors are the
backbone of the organization. They would therefore have to be specially
designated as permanent staff and would receive a higher salary than other
auditors in the organization-by which is meant permanent interns Type A.
This training plan is built out of experience and although some fault
may be found with it in various places it is discovered that a high fee
long duration HCA course works a considerable hardship on a field auditor.
He does not actually profit from it. He could however profit from a low fee
evening or even day course without the added complexities of Central
Organization examination, checking states of case and the randomity which
has occasionally arisen. It is thought that a person with the right to
train would be able to support himself much better financially at the lower
fee he would rather charge and without having the duress put upon him to do
the same amount of work with the student as would be required in an HCA.
Furthermore this type of training could be made available in other parts of
the world than the United States. The Central Organization could actively
support these rights to train by demanding that training be done to some
degree in the field as a requisite to Central Organization courses. This
would permit the Central Organization to turn out a better grade of HCA in
the long run and would actually put a lot of auditors into action
throughout the country who would not then, if their work was not of the
highest possible caliber, bring embarrassment to auditors in the field who
are very busy in numerous directions and do not complete training to the
degree that the Central Organization insists on. One of the reasons this
third course is instigated is to permit the auditor with the right to train
to swell his numbers of students and to relieve him of the rather heavy
expense connected with an arduous complete auditor course and permitting
him to exist without putting into rivalry with himself a number of people
who have more or less the same degree he has, a point which has lately been
found quite important in large cities. A new training contract could be
entered into with the Central Organizations which obviated the irksome
"Bond-note" and the duress which has occurred because of the anxiety of the
Central Organization to keep up the quality or raise the quality as high as
possible of the HCA or HPA certificate. This arrangement would not
influence certificates issued ex post facto, but would influence all future
certificates. Areas of training could be assigned to people with the right
to train. It has been discovered that people who take the Free Course and
the Advanced Course then get ready for a third course, and unless this
course is available they are dead-ended since these are business people who
must take their training at night and it is not usually possible for them
to take a local course of the vigor of HCA, nevertheless they want to
become auditors and professional Scientologists and every effort should be
made to encourage them. At the same time, since every auditor who has a
right to train has been trained by the Central Organizations, his own
dominance in his area to some degree depends upon his own level of
certification by the Central Organization and he should not be permitted to
destroy his dominance in his own area by creating equal grades, or grades
which even come within the scope of Central Organization certificates since
the public itself is liable to consider this an equal grade. This is
actually antipathetic to the general customs of man, which is why it has
not worked. The basic error in all these rights to train was the people
were being given the right by the Central Organization to create at the
same level of operation as themselves and a considerable hardship resulted
since their own superiority in their own areas then became rivalled and
randomity ensued.
It is my recommendation to various staff and executives that this be
taken up both in Washington and London, looked over very carefully, and a
thorough paper be prepared and issued on the subject giving in addition the
exact cost, except in the case of the Elementary Scientologist where the
fee should be arranged in the area by the individual auditor doing the
training. He should not be limited in his charges or made to charge
excessively.
Completely aside from the actual studies which have been made of the
subject utilizing the data accumulated during the last six years, we have
at this time another paralleling program of some interest in the Central
Organizations. This, just amongst ourselves, consists of processing people
up to a point of where they can handle other people. We have accomplished
this now. It is a fact, and as we ourselves advance in the organization in
this capability we then of course extend this capability outwards,
therefore we will have to be thinking in terms of seniorities of
certificates and training in order to back up this basic program. The basic
program of course consists of demanding that everybody that we keep in good
circulation and that we help along, have enough processing on the current
processes to permit him to control rather easily individuals and groups.
This of course going out as the waves in a pool into which a stone is
dropped would mean that our organizations would become dominant on earth.
It might not even take very long to accomplish this program. In working
with this program we of course must have an equivalent series of training
staffs.
One further note on Elementary Scientologist. We would require this
certificate and successful completion of a further course above as a pre-
requisite to Ministerial ordination by the field churches. They are going
to ordain people anyway sooner or later and we prefer of course that they
ordain at HCA or HPA level, but they can ordain at the Elementary
Scientologist level, but we require an HCA ordination and therefore we have
a much higher grade of ordination and it makes the ministers which we train
dominant in the field.
It is my suggestion that for their own good, people with rights to
train and other people who'd like to have rights to train, particularly in
the British Isles and in places in America where there is very little
training, that this third Elementary Scientologist Course be sold. I do not
think it would be wise to undertake in the future HCA training in any
branch office of the organization, such as New York or Dublin. I think it
should be adequate that these offices simply run a third level course. They
would find many more candidates since they would not have to charge as much
money and these offices are not equipped to train at HCA the way we're
training now.
One of the primary factors which makes this an urgency and gives us a
priority in putting it in through the works is the use of a double-type of
training which we're doing now in the Central Organization where we
indoctrinate for two or three weeks and even process before we train.
Nobody can afford to do this in the field. The cost of it is very high,
consequently nobody will do it in the field. Therefore an HCA course and an
HPA course will become something entirely different.
There is no reason under this why British auditors in good repute with
the organization could not undertake evening courses for people in their
area in order to fit students of theirs for using Scientology in industry
and personnel posts and so forth. The title of the grade is important since
it must be good enough to make the field auditor capable of selling it and
it must not be so good that it devaluates a Central Organization
certificate-must hang in that middle ground.
Another factor which occasions this release to executive staff and
interested persons is that I am not willing that auditors who are poorly
trained and in terrible condition longer use Hubbard Certified Auditor when
I have not even seen them or checked them. We're getting sufficiently big
that I realize with a shock that I have Central Organization HCAs around
that I have not even met and this is a peculiar state of affairs. We have
to have some way of identifying the arduous training which our people
receive because we are about to make it about ten times as arduous as
anybody in the field would even dream of.
Let's put this one into operation.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:re.rd
Dict'd 12.9.56
Typed 19.9.56
P.A.B. No. 96
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
The Oldest Continuous Publication in Dianetics and Scientology
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
20 Buckingham Street, London W.C.2
_____________________________________________________________________
15 September 1956
JUSTICE
What is justice?
"The quality of mercy is not strained-it droppeth as the gentle rain
from heaven . . ." may be poetic but it is not definitive. It does,
however, demonstrate that even in Shakespeare's time men were adrift on the
subject of justice, injustice, severity and mercy.
People speak of an action as unjust, or an action as just. What do they
mean? 'ii et unless we can understand exactly what is meant by these terms,
we certainly cannot undertake to evaluate the actions of individuals,
communities and nations. For the lack of an ability to so evaluate,
misunderstandings come about, which have in the past led to combative
personal relationships and on the international scene to war. An individual
or a nation fails or refuses to understand the measures taken by another or
fails to fall within the agreement of the pattern to which others are
accustomed and chaos results.
In Scientology the following definitions now exist:
JUSTICE-The impartial administration of the laws of the land in
accordance with the extant level of the severity-mercy ratio of the people.
LAWS-The codified agreements of the people crystallizing their customs
and representing their believed-in necessities of conduct.
MERCY-A lessening away from the public's acceptance of discipline
necessary to guarantee their mutual security.
SEVERITY-An increase in that discipline believed necessary by the
people to guarantee their security.
INJUSTICE-Failure to administer existing law.
EQUITY-Any civil procedure holding citizens responsible to citizens
which delivers decision to persons in accordance with the general
expectancy in such cases.
RIGHTS-The franchises of citizenship according to existing codes.
When laws are not derived from custom or when a new law contravenes an
uncancelled old law, exact law becomes confused and injustice is then
inevitable.
Copyright (�) 1956 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
Basic justice can occur only when codified law or a majority-held custom
exists.
Observing these definitions, jurisprudence only then becomes possible.
Law courts, legislatures and legislation become confused, as nothing is
possible in the absence of an understanding of such principles.
Laws which do not derive from agreement amongst the society which we
call custom, are unenforceable unless there is then a widespread agreement
that this is customary in the society. No matter how many police are hired,
no matter the purity of prose with which the legislation is written, no
matter the signatures occurring on the enforcing document, the public will
not obey that law. Similarly, when a government acts to ignore certain
basic customs amongst the people and refuses to enforce them, that
government then finds itself in a state of civil turmoil with its people on
that subject. We can look at any public-government battle and discover that
it stems exactly from a violation of these principles.
An understanding on the part of a nation of the difficulties of another
is necessary to a continued peace. When one nation begins to misunderstand
the motives and justices conceived necessary by another nation, stress sets
up which eventually leads to war, all too often. For example, there is an
existing upset in the world whereby the people of the United States and
Great Britain are highly critical of the Government of the Union of South
Africa for their "treatment of native peoples." It is considered in England
and the United States that the Government of South Africa is altogether too
harsh with its native peoples. It is sadly humorous to notice that the
native in South Africa, however, holds an exactly reverse opinion and the
fault he finds with the South African Government is that it is far too
lenient in its administration of laws throughout the native populace. As an
example, an African guilty of cattle theft according to tribal law would
probably be beaten over a considerable period in time and then buried in an
anthill. The South African Government gives such a crime a punishment of a
short period in jail, which is not at all adequate to guarantee the
security of the remaining natives who own cattle. The most flagrant example
is the white nurse, Quilan, who was torn to pieces and eaten by three men
and a woman during recent riots in South Africa. The African tribal
punishment would have decreed that these people themselves be killed and
eaten. The South African Government incurred a great deal of censure from
its native population by giving these people only six months in jail. In
other words, what is severe to an African and what is severe to an
Englishman or an American are entirely different matters. What is merciful
to an African, what is merciful to an Anglo-American is quite different.
Thus what is justice to an African is quite different than what is justice
to an Anglo-American.
Whenever there is an excessive commotion amongst a people against its
government, the government is then invited to act as an opponent to the
people. If a government is acting towards its people as though it were an
opponent of the people and not a member of the team, it becomes obvious
that many of these points which violate the customs of the people must
exist in the law codes of the country. Wherever such a point exists
turbulence results.
And that is justice.
L. RON
HUBBARD
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
20 Buckingham Street, London W.C.2
HCO PROCESSING SHEET OF 20 SEPTEMBER 1956
The following are useful and advantageous processes.
Comment: In running motionlessness on a preclear it will be discovered
that the preclear must have an intention to have the thing still and must
have some cognition that it got still and must have been able to have put
the idea that it be still in the object. Unless the auditor is sufficiently
inquisitive to have this occur you're not going to get any upgrading
results on your profile. The old saw "find out what the preclear is doing
and how he is doing it" never worked more advantageously than when running
holding things, keeping them still, or letting them be totally
uncontrolled.
Comment: Self-determinism in the field of motion consists of by own
power of choice permitting a thing to be still or not to be still,
permitting a thing to be changed or not to be changed, permitting a thing
to be started or not to be started, must be rehabilitated in the preclear.
In other words, self-determinism consists here of returning his power of
choice over controlling or not controlling at will. The preclear who is
obsessively controlling will sooner or later fail to control and then will
be controlled by something. The obsession to control, to start, to change,
to stop, will be found to enter into the ARC triangle and is what depresses
the preclear down scale on the tone scale.
Comment: The entirety of Games processing from an auditing standpoint
summates into the necessity that all auditing be done with the preclear at
cause; that is to say the preclear must do it to something else. Do not run
things which are done to the preclear. In other words, have the preclear do
things to the walls, do things to people, do things to his own body and do
not run his own body, people, or the walls doing things to the preclear;
that works out in the general activity.
Havingness: The Trio run "Look around the room and find something you
wouldn't mind having" or "Look around the room and find something you could
have" "could permit to remain" or "dispense with", is completely legitimate
as a process and will be found to be as advantageous as ever and should be
run whenever the preclear becomes unduly agitated. Games processes demand
that all can't haves be run on something else than the preclear. In any
situation where another terminal than the preclear is involved can't have
is run on that terminal. Have is not ever run on any terminal other than
the preclear. Have is only run on the preclear himself. Can't have is run
on all other subjects, objects, valences and activities. In addition to
this be very certain that you use terminals, not conditions; in other
words, to run can't have on "your asthma" is extremely foolish and will
reduce the preclear's havingness. Asthma is a condition of the respiratory
organs-the proper auditing command is "Look around the room and find
something that your respiratory organs cannot have" or "Look around the
room and find something you would not permit your respiratory organs to
have".
Solids: It will be discovered that holding things still, keeping
things there and making things solid are all a gradient scale and if the
auditing command is run on a book "Look at that book. Keep it there" or
"Look at that book. Keep it from going away" that stillness and solids will
follow as a condition. The fundamental command then is "Keep it there" from
which stills, or stillness, or motionlessness and then solids ensue.
However running motionlessness directly or solids directly is permissible.
Observation of objects: Objective processes can be run by having the
preclear locate objects and "Keep it from going away" followed by the
alternate command "Permit it to be totally uncontrolled".
Alternate commands: The idea of alternate commands has not been
properly understood by auditors. We have A and B commands. One is A: Look
at it, two is B: Look away from it. The way an alternate command is run is
to run: Look at it, Look
away from it, Look at it, Look away from it, Look at it, Look away from it;
not to run Look at it fifty times and then Look away from it fifty times.
This is an alternate command basis. The Change-Unchange commands are
extremely valuable when run on an alternate basis. One does not, however,
flatten Change and then turn around and flatten Unchange. One runs Change,
Unchange; Change, Unchange; one command for each. This has become important
in our methods of running stillness.
Stop processes: Stop processes can be run either of two ways. One can
simply run Stop as itself and continue to run Stop, on various things such
as the body, or he can run Stop, totally uncontrol, Stop, totally
uncontrol, Stop, totally uncontrol; or Stop, in total motion, Stop, in
total motion, on an alternate basis. It has not been tested or ascertained
which of these methods, flattening Stop itself or running Stop and then
"totally uncontrolled", produces the highest gain; however it is known that
Stop processes produce gain particularly on low-toned preclears.
Connectedness: Have the preclear look around and find what he could
be connected with. This is run in this fashion: "What in this room would
you connect with yourself?" It is not run in this fashion: "What could you
connect with in this room?" since the latter is a No-Games condition.
Stop-C-S: After a preclear has been run on Start-C-S (one would
simply and calmly flatten to some degree each one of the points of control,
start, change and stop, in order to get a session going) there is a process
known as Stop-C-S. This is a distinctly different process. Once one has
plain S-C-S in operation then one has the commands of Stop-C-S. These are
the same, but one specialises in Stopping the body. One has the preclear
stop the body over and over and as the preclear becomes more accustomed to
doing this one then changes the process on him to this extent-the auditor
asks the preclear in running Stop-C-S, to "stop the body absolutely still".
This imposes a new discipline on the preclear and makes the process
extremely difficult for him. It is only done when S-C-S and ordinary Stop-C-
S have been to some slight degree flattened. Following up this "stop the
body absolutely still" one can introduce Change into the process for a few
commands in order to unflatten the Stop-C-S that has flattened. In other
words when the Stop of Stop-C-S on an object or the body seems to be flat,
one can run a few Change the body or Change the object and unflatten the
Stop once more with a resultant alteration in the preclear's ability to
perform. When Stop-C-S seems flat then it should be unflattened at first by
running Change-S-S with emphasis on Change and then when Change no longer
upsets his ability to stop it, Starting it should be run as an alternate to
Stop-C-S in order to unflatten it again.
It will be noted that higher toned preclears do not make very rapid
gains on Stop-C-S, S-C-S, and "Hold it still" or "Keep it there" or "Keep
it from going away". It will be found that on preclears that have profiles
already above the make-break line, middle line, of a profile sheet, that it
is usually necessary to run subjective processes so as to separate valences
to run over and under on the bank and in general to sort things out faster
than on the more blunt processes. In other words, we have found the
processes now which operate on relatively low scale cases and in order to
improve a case above the level of solids when he has things fairly well
under control it is necessary to do other things. This does not however
excuse the running of figure-figure processes on preclears who can't do
anything with them. If you think that Stop-C-S and associated processes are
flat then you should run subjective processes on valences or solids on the
bank in order to recover the entirety of life span for the preclear. In
other words, we go about the business of digging up unknowns. We flatten
his reactions to such things as light, sound and other material. We
separate out valences by having him mock them up and "Keep them there", by
making them still, by making them solid. We go in for the higher level of
changes.
When a preclear seems to be all the way up to the top on all these
processes it is then only necessary to run him on the re-establishment of
abilities. One re-establishes his ability to speak Arabic, for instance, by
having him mock up a mosque and keep it there (gradient scale from largest
down to more significant objects in terms of the Arab world) and other
things until these can be admitted by him to be totally solid. One then has
him Stop an Arab from speaking Arabic by having him mock up an Arab and
keep him from speaking Arabic and then eventually run Change and Start on
this Arab.
One also must run Arabs of different ages and run groups of Arabs and Arabs
of different professions whose ability to speak Arabic is being controlled
by the preclear. Any other skill can be sorted out and rehabilitated in the
preclear from his back track in this fashion.
Remember that the key-note of all processing is to recover unknowns,
therefore Not-know processes should be run on higher level preclears so as
to get them into a command of the idea of Not-know.
In order to establish exactly where your preclear is you only need to
ascertain his reaction to various solids and speeds of impact. Once you
have done this you have established exactly where the preclear is on the
tone scale. This reaction to solids is far more reliable than profile tests
from the auditor's standpoint. Preclears who cannot tolerate solids will
have to be worked for a very, very long time on Keeping things from going
away and Holding them still and finally Making things solid, no matter
where the preclear registered on the profile sheets.
We have apparently undercut cases now to the point where we are getting
fairly rapid gains on very low scale cases. It is time for us now to think
of what we are going to do with cases who are upstairs, but you must always
be sure that your case isn't one of these cases that is simply dubbing in a
high tone. This is very easy to establish. The skill with which a person
can run Stop-C-S in its most arduous forms, his ability to handle light by
"Keeping it there" and motion in general is the establishing factor on
where a case sits on the tone scale as far as an auditor is concerned.
There are no other tests which are better than this so an auditor had
better not take either the profile or the preclear's say-so concerning the
state of case. The auditor has a far better test himself in either of
these.
In order to rehabilitate a preclear it is necessary then to restore his
ability to start, to change and to stop his body, objects, subjective mock-
ups, engrams, the solid environment around him and to increase in the main
his ability to control solids. This then goes up to his ability to control
black objects and blackness, his ability to control invisible particles,
his ability to control space. Working in this fashion it is then possible
to raise the preclear consistently up the tone scale. It will be noted that
solids are reality, whereas reality is basically agreement on a thought
level, it actually happens that a preclear can mock up things which are
solid. A preclear who is very, very far down scale is unable to do this and
is unable to tolerate solids. So, if you want to raise a preclear's
reality, you'd better raise his ability to tolerate solids. This is done
first by "Keeping things from going away", next by "Holding things still"
and finally by "Making it solid". In solids we have located the R of the A-
R-C triangle and communication as-ises solids but solids must be creatable
by the preclear. Thus we have an upward advance of A-R-C monitored by his
ability to tolerate solids.
The current program of Scientology is to place its organizational staff
personnel and auditors in such a condition that they are capable of
reaching, handling and controlling people and groups. If we do this we will
shortly be the most advanced organization on the face of Earth, whether we
have propaganda, good word of mouth or anything else. This is the road
which we're taking in advancing Scientology and its organizations. Thus you
see the necessity of establishing objective and subjective Start, Change
and Stop on individuals. You are reminded that S-C-S also runs on
communication and runs as well on affinity (such as "conceive the wall to
be embarrassed" "stop it from being embarrassed").
More is being learned about these processes as I work with preclears
and the science itself, but the first thing that I have learned is that an
auditor in order to run Stop-C-S has to be himself capable of tolerating
easily all up and down the band, otherwise he fails to understand the
process and fails to make it work. It is as therapeutic today for an
auditor to audit a preclear on S-C-S and Stop-C-S on the body, for the
auditor, as it is for the preclear-if not more so.
LRH:re.rd
Dict'd Sept 13. L. RON
HUBBARD
Typed Sept 20 1956.
20 Buckingham Street,
London W.C.2
24 September 1956
HCO BULLETIN
TO: Jack; Dick Steves.
ORGANIZATIONAL INDOCTRINATION
Each person on a post must be cleared on that post by the Manager. The
Manager, by questioning, reaches, with the person, an acceptable, embracive
stable datum that exactly defines the job.
The person, with this sorted out and cognited upon, then can withstand
organizational confusion in his area.
The Manager does this, no one else. The Manager does not tell the
person the definition. The definition must be arrived at by the person in
his own words.
Applies to all personnel.
LRH:re.rd L. RON HUBBARD
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
20 Buckingham Street, Strand, London W.C.2, Gt. Britain
ORGANISATIONAL BULLETIN OF 26 SEPTEMBER 1956
PROCEDURE FOR PUTTING AUDITORS ON STAFF
AUTHORITY- DIRECTOR OF PROCESSING.
EMERGENCY- Bring auditor on, put on the pc. Assign room, advise Accountant
at once by slip he has been hired. Do not give him any advice. Brief later
when finished with case if auditor to be retained.
HIRING AUDITORS ON STAFF- This assumes always that Auditor is an HCA (HPA)
at least. Hire one to two weeks before needed. Give him incidental
Organisational duties-correcting tests, mailings, 'phone, anything so he'll
have 8c on Organisation itself. Have him attend auditors' conferences.
Let him observe staff auditors at work.
Have a set of Briefing lectures on tape for him to listen to between
3.30 and 4.45 p.m. daily. (Machine with Earphones.) Have him listen to each
about three times.
Give him High School Indoctrination.
Make him define Staff Auditor.
Have a staff auditor patch him up with a small amount of evening
auditing on handling preclears.
LRH:ebh.rd L. RON HUBBARD
[See also HCO B 26 September 1956, Flow Line for Personnel, OEC Volume 4,
page 20.]
SCIENTOLOGY:
The Fundamentals
of Thought
by
L. Ron Hubbard
Published
September 1956
Scientology: The Fundamentals of Thought is a brief but broad summation
of the basic principles of Scientology, and is of inestimable value to the
beginner or advanced student of the mind and life.
It was originally written by L. Ron Hubbard as a resume of Scientology
for use in translations into other languages, and its text is so organized
that a complete translation of all of it will deliver without interruption
or destructive change the basics of Scientology into non-English tongues.
First called "Scientology: Translator's Edition," it was serialized in
the Professional Auditor's Bulletins, beginning with number 82 and ending
with number 88 in early June, 1956. In PAB 89, L. Ron Hubbard wrote, "Now
for me begins the job of rewriting the Translator's Edition for book form.
The Translator's Edition must also include on its rewrite considerable
additional material on processing. The Translator's Edition does not, of
course, contain all there is to know in Scientology but it contains the
essentials."
A few changes were made throughout the book, most of Chapter Twelve,
"Exact Processes," was added and the Translator's Edition was published as
Scientology: The Fundamentals of Thought as one of the Ability Books-a
series of soft-cover books. Today it is available in a beautiful hardcover
edition in English, French, German, Danish and Swedish.
Some of L. Ron Hubbard's most loved essays are in this book. There is
"The Reason Why," for instance, and "Causation of Knowledge," which, though
simple and clearly stated, is advanced data. The section on Game and No-
Game Conditions is very terse and data packed. In the processing section
the reader is told how to restore to the preclear more control of himself
than he had, and then to increase his ability to have, to not-know and to
play a game.
120 pages, hardcover with dust jacket. Available from your nearest
Scientology Organization or Mission, or direct from the publishers:
Scientology Publications Organization, Jernbanegade 6, 1608 Copenhagen V,
Denmark; or Church of Scientology Publications Organization U.S., 2723 West
Temple Street, Los Angeles, California, 90026, U.S.A.
P.A.B. No. 97
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
The Oldest Continuous Publication in Dianetics and Scientology
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
20 Buckingham Street, Strand, London W.C.2
_____________________________________________________________________
1 October 1956
START- CHANGE- STOP
Edited from L. Ron Hubbard's August 1956 HPA/HPC tape lectures
This is the entrance to rough cases nowadays. The lowest entrance to a
case which we have today is the same for a low case as it is for a high
case. This process does not criticize the preclear's case.
It is below the establishing of the rudiments, but should still be
audited in the modern manner of Communication Bridges, Acknowledgments,
etc.
Only one procedure that would be lower than this process would be a
highly specialized procedure having to do with an individual who has lost
the use of his voice, sight, hearing or his capability of moving his hands.
It becomes necessary for the auditor to become inventive in order to
establish communication, but he should stick as nearly as possible to these
procedures. The lowest processes which would be addressed to any case would
simply be the first process of SLP 8, which is not, as we were saying
before, "Find the auditor," "Find the preclear" etc., but the process which
leads up to that. This is an interesting process since it is in itself
capable of producing a full result and is an extremely simple one.
Start, change, and stop is the anatomy of control. This is a cycle of
action. There is continue (persist) on the middle of the curve and other
cycles within cycles of action, but the important factors are Start,
Change, and Stop.
These three parts of control are run flat individually. Then pick up
the other part of the cycle and run that flat in this order: We run Change
flat, and then run Start very flat and then we run STOP flat.
It would be a mistake at this point to say this process is finished,
for the excellent reason that if you ran Change again you would find
further considerations shifting in the preclear, and then if you ran Start
you would find it unflattened, so you would run it again and then run and
flatten Stop.
It would not be possible to say how long you would have to run the
process altogether. On somebody who was total machinery and who never had
been in session, this would be a rough process. On a case that is in good
condition, this would run easier. The preclear would consider it
interesting and would exteriorize much better.
The end result of this process is exteriorization. For someone who is
compulsively exteriorized this would be excellent, as he would slide into
his head and eventually come out of it again, but not on a compulsive level
this time.
Copyright (�) 1956 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
One meets with three conditions in auditing: the preclear who is
compulsively interiorized, the preclear who is compulsively exteriorized,
and the preclear who is buttered all over the universe. This case run on S-
C-S would greatly accumulate the ability to collect himself-this might not
occur until you have run him for five or more hours on it.
If this process is continued long enough the preclear will be moving
his body by postulate-i.e. from the outside-not by beams, stimulus-
response, etc.
This process does not go all the way up because of the preclear's
attention span. Most preclears can't stay on a process for more than a few
moments, so you would vary the process a little to keep him interested. His
actual response, however, is not important as long as he does it.
There is no such thing as bad control, only non-positive control. Good
control is positive control and positive control is not bad control. We get
a lower level there than moving the body. This is S-C-S on objects. It is
always safest to run this on someone you are trying out. Somebody to whom a
body is not real should be run using an object instead of his body.
To run this process the auditor and preclear should both stand up. This
gives reality, and the auditor duplicating (mimicry) the preclear will
bring about greater ARC. The session always fails when the auditor sits
down while running S-C-S.
It runs this way:
The auditor points out a spot on the floor to the preclear and says,
"Do you see that spot? Good, well, we'll call that Spot A. Now you stand
there. Okay." The auditor now indicates another spot and says, "Now do you
see that other spot? Good, we'll call that Spot B. All right, now when I
tell you to change the body's position I want you to move it from Spot A to
Spot B. All right? Good. Change the body's position. Fine." Then you say,
"Do you see that spot? Well, we'll call that Spot C (we use three spots so
that we don't run a duplication process on him). Now when I tell you to
change the body's position I want you to move the body from Spot B to Spot
C. Do you understand that? All right, change the body's position."
You can ask him "Did you change the body's position?" if his case isn't
too low, but it's not advisable on a low case at first.
Then go back to Spot A. It does not have to be the same Spot A each
time, as it makes the process too much like duplication, brings the
preclear to predict the process too easily and do it machinewise.
Each time you make a contract with the preclear. You don't depend on
any former understanding with this process. Each moment in time is new. We
make each move in time a new move. He doesn't have to depend on his memory
so you repeat again each time as above-the whole wording as given.
On Start we emphasize START. You say, "Do you see that wall over there?
Good. Now when I give you this command I want you to move the body in that
direction. When I say START I want you to start the body. All right. Start.
Fine." He may protest that he had to stop the body and change it as well-
what is happening is that the word "control" is starting to ungroup and as
you get start, change and stop apart and distinct from each other, the
individual's ability to control the body increases and he gains more
confidence in being able to control it from a greater and greater distance.
The next command would be: "All right, when I tell you to start the
body you start the body. Okay. Start the body."
The third command is for STOP. "I am going to ask you to get the body
moving over there toward that wall and somewhere along the line I am going
to tell you to stop and I want you to stop the body. Is that all right?" He
agrees and you say, "Get the body moving." You don't say start. He does,
and you say "Stop" and "Did you stop the body?"
Stop is the most important part of S-C-S. The preclear has been told all
along the line to stop. He was made effect all the time. Now you bring him
to do just this under his own control and self-determinism and he takes
over the automaticity.
Eventually the preclear will flatten each one of these in turn. You may
have to do Stop one more time than the others.
You should walk around with him so that he can feel the mimicry context
of this. If you sit down he will soon go out of ARC and leave the session.
L. RON
HUBBARD
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
HCO BULLETIN OF 4 OCTOBER 1956
HIGH SCHOOL INDOCTRINATION
The conduct of High School Indoctrination is, of necessity, an
extremely precise activity.
High School Indoctrination is given to Staff Auditors and very advanced
students after these have long since satisfactorily passed routine
Indoctrination.
High School Indoctrination, at the moment, consists only of teaching an
auditor not to let a preclear stop him.
The failure of most sessions is the action of the preclear in going out
of session. The preclear goes out of session at any moment when the
preclear starts to control the session. When the preclear controls the
session he is out of session. Therefore, it is necessary for the preclear
not to stop or alter the course of action of an auditor. The moment that a
preclear can satisfactorily, to himself, stop the auditor that preclear is
out of session and the probability of doing him much good while he is out
of session is very remote.
In High School Indoctrination the technique 8C, simply having a fellow
walk over to the wall and touch it and let go, is followed. The person
being indoctrinated or the "auditor" starts to use this 8C upon his
"preclear" who is actually the one doing the High School Indoctrination.
The "preclear" does everything in his power to stop, divert, change or
alter the intention of the auditor. It will be found that such simple
things as "Just a moment, my shoe is untied" are the best in effecting this
stopping. The auditor can be thrown aside into running some other process
by announcing to him that a facsimile has just appeared or that one should
really use his left hand since one is left-handed.
The "auditor" in High School Indoctrination loses at any moment when he
is made to pause. If he is made to pause or interrupt his session in any
way then the session has to be started over again. He has "lost".
Because High School Indoctrination is rather hard on the Instructor, it
is run for only 45 minutes and an exact moment of stopping the session, in
actuality, is agreed upon. "We are going to stop this session now at five
o'clock exactly, it now being four-fifteen." Then the session is entered
and is run for these 45 minutes. To run one longer is sometimes almost
fatal on the High School Indoctrinator.
Then, for the ensuing hour, the High School Indoctrinator runs the
person being indoctrinated with Stop-C-S. This is to reverse the positions
which have been occupied.
Therefore, to use High School Indoctrination, it is necessary that a
two hour period be free and that the first 45 minutes of it be devoted to
High School Indoctrination, a short break be taken, and then auditing of
the person being indoctrinated who was, in the first 45 minutes, acting as
the "auditor" (to be given Stop-C-S by the former "preclear").
High School Indoctrination depends for its effectiveness mainly upon
the cleverness of the person doing the Indoctrination. He has to be very
smooth, very often his most casual efforts are the greatest and will be
found to be the most effective.
The final goal of High School Indoctrination is to have a Staff Auditor
or Advanced Auditor who is not capable of being halted by a preclear under
any
circumstances. Because the person doing the High School Indoctrination
always has higher altitude, being higher on Staff or in Scientology, it
will be found that the person being indoctrinated is much more likely to
become confused during the Indoctrination than he would be in the average
session. However, it has been learned that those people who become confused
in any way during High School Indoctrination have, in the course of their
auditing career, "blown" several preclears. It will also be found that they
have not achieved very high results in auditing. They were too willing to
be stopped, too easily rattled, too easily thrown aside and did not know
their subject well enough.
Some of the effects which can be made on people undergoing High School
Indoctrination are quite startling. They can be made to swear or even cry
after being stopped as arduously and viciously as they can be stopped by a
person doing the Indoctrination.
There is no reason to list the number of commands or dodges or
attempted stops which the person doing the Indoctrination can use. It is
only necessary to synthesise these if only out of one's own experience with
very difficult preclears who would rather have done anything than be
audited. It is better to think these up on the spur of the moment than
otherwise. Planned dodges can be used where one goes very smoothly through
the thing for eight or nine commands without offering the least difficulty
or resistance and then suddenly hauls back on the next one and says "I
won't". This occasionally completely stops a person being indoctrinated.
High School Indoctrination must be given to every Staff Auditor
regardless of any former training and it must be given by a person with
considerable altitude over that auditor, such as the Director of Processing
or the Technical Director of an operation.
L. RON
HUBBARD
LONDON CONGRESS ON HUMAN PROBLEMS LECTURES
London, England
5-8 October 1956
"The Congress on Human Problems which met at the Royal Festival Hall,
London, on October 5th to 8th, 1956, was the largest Scientology Congress
to be held this side of the Atlantic and well over two hundred delegates
assembled to take part in
-Certainty,
Volume 3, No. 11
** 5610C05 LCHP-1 Man's Relentless Search
5610C05 LCHP-2 Portions of You
5610C05 LCHP-3 Group Processing-Putting the MEST Universe
There
** 5610C06 LCHP-7 Youth-Today's Displaced Person
5610C06 LCHP-8 Group Processing-"Keep it from going away"
(with
dummies)
5610C06 LCHP-9 Uses of Scientology
** 5610C07 LCHP-10 Salvation 1956
** 5610C07 LCHP-11 Personal Efficiency
5610C07 LCHP-12 Group Processing-Keeping Objects From Going
Away
5610C07 LCHP Havingness
5610C08 LCHP-16 Group Processing
5610C08 LCHP-17 March of the Atom-Tools of Ability, Something
on
Radiation
** 5610C08 LCHP-18 Today's Battle of Britain
Note: Lectures 4, 5, 6, 13, 14 and 15 were not given by L. Ron Hubbard.
(From HCO, London)
To Jean Thomason.
From Ron.
10 October 1956
Dear Jean,
Before I set off on air flights I normally give the latest material
which I have.
You have in your possession, on the reel I made to the Staff Auditors,
the most recent data with two exceptions-
1. Recall processes, when not on forgetting, are, on the long haul, for
the birds. This does not apply to Over and Under Solids but it does apply
to ARC Straight Wire. Process No. 26, then, is Not-know, the way it is run
outside and always objectively. Forgettingness, "Tell me something you
wouldn't mind forgetting," is, as far as I know, quite workable on the long
haul.
2. The other exception is quite startling and this is a development known
as Confrontingness. Any conceivable way by which you can make things
confront a wall or a dummy or a person is legitimate and works. This is the
answer to valences. I knew there was something terrific on this matter of
making the valence fight the wall such as "Mock up Mother and make her
fight the wall," but I didn't know the tremendous power contained in this
as a valence shifter. Confrontingness does separate valences. The way this
is done is very precise. One has the preclear (if he is a black case)
remedy havingness objectively and coax him into getting mock-ups until he
can get mock-ups, and then has him mock up anybody or anything until he can
get something that vaguely resembles the mock-up of a person and then takes
some present-time acquaintance and has the preclear mock up this
acquaintance confronting the wall. The auditing command is "Mock up
and make him confront that wall." Then one points to another bare wall (he
uses two or three places only) and has him "Mock up there and make
him confront the wall." This is all that is done until the preclear can
actually make______ confront the wall. Then
one goes through the people the preclear has known in the present lifetime
and carefully selects out all of the likely valences. He then runs each one
of these similarly. It is probably better to take the earlier valences
first but only after the preclear can get some idea of mocking the valence
up. It is useless, however, on a very active or psychotic valence to have
the preclear try to mock it up in the first place since it will not mock
up. The amount of violence which ensues from trying to make the preclear
make the mock-up face the wall is the reason why the preclear can't mock up
that particular person. Therefore, even a shadow of an idea of mocking up
that person and making it face first one wall and then another wall is
sufficient. The mocking up of people confronting male and female dummies
reveals the oddity that in some cases preclears who are very shy have been
animals, wild or domestic, in former lives and have conceived their idea of
man on that basis.
While the preclear is mocking up somebody and making him face the wall
he will tell you other names. The auditor should keep a careful list of
these other names mentioned. The auditor must not permit the preclear to
diverge from any valence the preclear started to mock up and make confront
the wall. He must, however, make careful note of the people mentioned while
any one valence is being held and then use these people later.
Machinery can be made to confront the wall and is more effective than a
remedy of havingness on such machines.
Only as a last action does one have the preclear mock up parts of his body
facing the wall. This, it will be seen, is not an extendedness. This is
very intimate to the body and is very difficult to do. The preclear can do
it before he has cleared up the rest of the valences but it doesn't do him
any particular good because there is no telling whose kidneys he is mocking
up before you clear the valences. Parts of the body also should straighten
out while straightening up the valences. There is no trouble of the
preclear's, there is only the other fellow's trouble, remember.
This belongs in the 26 processes at the level of valences and may very
well prove to be one of the most valuable processes we have. I have not, at
this time, worked it out to its final precautionary state but it is in good
enough state, as above, to be used by staff auditors providing they
understand they must take easy ones first and then go into the tougher ones
and not give preclears failures by forcing them to mock up people when they
can't even mock up usually still objects.
The lowest fundamental of this process is "Look around the room and
find something that is still, now make your body confront it." This, by the
way, is not quite as effective as the subjective stripping of valences but
it will, as I have already told you, reduce a fever but, on the next
preclear it was used to reduce a fever, the fever did not reduce
objectively but reduced on a subjective series of mock-ups.
One word of warning, do not make the preclear mock up his own body
confronting the wall until you are sure that you have each and every person
in his entire life under his control and he can make them do it first. Only
then could he successfully make his own body confront the wall in mock-up.
The reason for this precaution is that making his own body confront the
wall in mock-up form takes away too many of his rest points and leaves in a
shaky state all his extended valences such as his mother, his father, his
aunts, his uncles, his teachers, etc. Therefore, the preclear could be
thrown into a confusion very easily by having him mock up and make his only
stable datum, his own body, confront the wall.
The Congress Tape rundown on the latest processes, subdivided, is quite
vital. There is probably material on that tape that your auditors do not
all of them know. There certainly is a great deal to understand
instructionally.
Best regards,
Ron.
LRH:wt.rd
P.A.B. No. 98
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
The Oldest Continuous Publication in Dianetics and Scientology
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
20 Buckingham Street, Strand, London W.C.2
_____________________________________________________________________
15 October 1956
CREATIVE PROCESSES, MOTIONS,
STOPS and PERCEPTIONS
Edited from L. Ron Hubbard's August 1956 HPA/HPC tape lectures
You will find in auditing a preclear that certain of his mock-ups still
exist on his time track. So when a preclear makes a facsimile or dub-in it
is still in a certain time-space spot.
Some facsimiles are so signally a failure that they float. They go
skidding along the track. That is survival (no-effect). They weren't nailed
down.
One could say that he is stuck in that moment of time.
You could do this to a person and say "When I snap my fingers an age
will flash" and snap your fingers, and he may say "Six." What does that
mean? It means that the preclear is stuck in that age.
A man of 55 years with the face of a body of 5 years has certain
speech, sexual and other mannerisms which have "floated" up with him to the
age of 55. In other words, he is in a reaction pattern of the age of 5.
The age of a facsimile will flash. With an E-Meter you will see where
he is stuck. Where there is charge (motion) the needle is in motion, and
where he is stuck the needle will freeze right down to motionlessness when
you are on the moment of stuckness.
A person is hit on his head with a sledgehammer at the age of 5, and at
55 he is still there. He still has that facsimile floating about.
It isn't perception that bounces, sticks, groups one on the track.
Perceptions such as sight, sound, etc., in a facsimile are discovered to be
a simple key-in of motions and solids.
A person is stuck when he wishes to escape motion.
An individual in a high games condition is in motion. The game gets too
high, and he drops out. So he goes into a no-games condition. You can call
this a rest point on the track.
He was in high motion, didn't like it after a while, found a stop point
and he stopped. For example, a man is playing the game of "Fighting the
Wars of India."
Copyright (�) 1956 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
After a while he gets tired of it, and one day, in a battle, when
everything is in violent motion, he considers that this isn't worth it any
more and somebody spears him through the chest. This is a stop point on the
game.
Whenever he is reminded of the high motion he remembers that there was
a stop point on the track; i.e., lifetimes later he walks in London and
sees an Indian being run over by a car, and suddenly all this unexpected
motion reminds him of the old game of the Indian Wars and he remembers the
stop point on the track, how he got out of the game. This preclear comes to
you complaining of his chest-he's either got TB, chest trouble or
something, and this blows when you audit solids.
There is an exact stop point in the middle of the facsimile where a
game has ended, and your preclear wants to get into this stop point to
escape a high-motion games condition because that stop point was the
solution to all that danger and motion.
The solution to danger and motion, reactively, is a stop point.
An engram is a moment of pain and/or unconsciousness in an exact moment
of time (or a mental image picture containing moments of pain and/or
unconsciousness).
So a person who is in the middle of some painful incident which
happened centuries ago is in this rest point, escaping from imagined danger
and motion.
This is an exact mechanism which you must know and with which you must
work.
You may ask how somebody gets out of a stuck point from which he cannot
escape.
He is on the stuck point because there was too much motion on either
side of it. So if he comes out of it he runs into the rest of the motion
which he desired to escape. So the stuck point, as far as he is concerned,
is okay.
In order to run this, you make him (the preclear) take over the
automaticity of the motion that happened before and after the incident.
Have him mock up the motion that happened before the incident. (DON'T
HAVE HIM RUN THE FACSIMILES BECAUSE HE WILL EAT THEM ALL UP AND BE VERY MAD
WITH YOU AFTERWARDS.) Have him put new motion into the incident by mock-
ups. (DON'T RUN THE OLD MOTION OUT!)
By throwing new motion in you are showing him that he can get the
motion under control.
Do the same for after the incident occurred and he will shake loose
from that point. You don't erase the stuck point. You improve his tolerance
of motion.
DON'T RUN THE STUCK POINT. It runs for 165 hours without release. IT IS
SERIOUS AND CONTAINS A VACUUM IN THE MIDDLE OF IT. You handle vacuums and
stop (games conditions) by handling the motion.
A fellow with no stuck points is the "agitation case," spastics and any
condition which is obsessed with high compulsive, obsessed motion.
High obsessed motion is lower on the scale than somebody who sleeps all
the while.
This gives us caution. If somebody runs out of stop points he is in
trouble.
So handle all motion in a period that turns up, otherwise we leave him
stuck in the middle of the incident. Move him right out of the incident.
Handle all the motion by putting in new motion.
An individual can be audited too briefly on any type of given motion.
So move him right out, for he will rather have the stop point than be stuck
in the middle of an incident.
A vacuum confuses all this.
A vacuum is a super-cold object that attracts electronically into it
the whole track.
Just preceding a vacuum is the most violent motion of facsimiles you
have ever observed because it may have a million years of facsimiles,
places, faces, stop points, etc., in it.
So where are the stuck points? It is in the vacuum among all the
scramble of facsimiles.
This is common in space opera. An object out in space which is -273
degrees has infinite capacitance and zero resistance, and it is hungry. It
picks up that electrical energy at a fantastic rate. It pulls a person's
whole track in when, out in space, he touches it.
(That's all there is to brainwashing.)
Handle this by having facsimiles fly around in mock-ups. Do this on
gradient scales. (A gradient scale is a scale of conditions ranging from
zero to infinity.) Next thing he has avalanches that he can start, stop and
change, mock up, etc., and he doesn't care about vacuums any longer.
After this have him invent some games and individualities to get the
game sorted
A game doesn't only consist of motion, but of enemies and
individualities to fight those enemies with.
So all these factors MUST be taken into account or else you will be
processing your preclear towards succumb.
L. RON
HUBBARD
HCO BULLETIN OF 15 OCTOBER 1956
SUMMARY RESEARCH PROJECT
Dear Auditor,
Here is something I need. To summarize processes, I am holding an
election of processes. So that we won't overlook good material or forget
it, I want you to tell me the following data. I want you to return this to
me, filled out. (Organizational staffs also)
I have experienced the most marked change of case on myself while being
audited on the following processes, in order of importance-
I have achieved the most marked changes of case on preclears by using the
following processes -
I routinely use in auditing the following processes-
I most enjoy using the following processes-.
I have done . . . . . hours (about) on preclears since June 1st, 1956.
I charge . . . . . .per hour on the average for auditing. (An answer to
this is optional)
I am/am not running a group.
I am teaching a (check one)-
Basic Course
Personnel Efficiency Course
Professional Course.
I would like to teach a Professional Course Yes. . . . . . No. . . . . .
I have sold . . . . . . . . . . Associate Memberships.
My own best answer to getting Scientology around is-
My best Mail Address (block letters)-
The way I like my name in Publications and on Certificates-
Signed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . .
Please send this back to me without fail, with as many questions answered
as you care to. Mail to nearest HCO
Brunswick House, 83, Palace Gardens Terrace, London, W.8.
1812, 19th Street North West, Washington, D.C.
Even if you left it blank, sign it and return it to me.
Thank you,
L. RON HUBBARD
[pic]
Issue 36 [1956, ca. mid October]
The Magazine of
DIANETICS and SCIENTOLOGY
from
Washington, D.C.
Randomity and Automaticity
L. Ron Hubbard
Prepared from a lecture to the 4th London ACC,
2 November 1955, entitled "Randomity and Automaticities."
THE VOCABULARIES OF SCIENCE
In all scientific systems you have a number of code words which operate
as communication carriers, and when a person does not know these words
well, he's having difficulty with the science itself. I've seen a senior in
science falling down in his comprehension of a later part of the science
because he had never gotten the nomenclature of the science straight to
begin with. He did not know exactly what a British Thermal Unit was, or
something like that-therefore later on when he's solving some vast and
involved problem there's a datum rambling around in his head and it's not
stable at all-it's getting confused-it's mixed up with all other data. And
that is only because he didn't understand what the term was in the first
place.
So just as you learn semaphore signals, just as you learn Morse Code,
just as you learn baby talk, so, when you become conversant with any
particular specialized subject, you must become conversant with its
terminology. Your understanding of it then increases. Otherwise
understanding is impeded by these words rattling around and not joining
themselves to anything. If you know vaguely that such and such a word
exists and yet have no definite understanding of what it means, it does not
align. Thus a misunderstanding of a word can cause a misalignment of a
subject and this really is the basis of the primary confusion in Man's
understanding of the mind.
There have been so many words assigned to various parts of the mind
that one would be staggered if he merely catalogued all of these things.
Take for instance the tremendous background and technology of
psychoanalysis. Overpoweringly complicated material, most of it merely
descriptive, some of it action terminology, such as the censor, the id, the
ego, the alter-ego, and what not. Most of these things lined up, each one
meaning a specific thing. But the practitioners who began to study this
science did not have a good founding in the exact sciences-in other words
they didn't have a model of the exact sciences. And in the humanities they
could be as careless as they liked with their words, because the humanities
were not expected to be precise or exact-not a criticism of them-it just
means that you could have a looser command of the language.
When they got into the study of Freud they got into this interesting
thing-to one person an id was one thing and to another person it was
something else. And alter-ego was this and it was that. The confusion of
terms, there, practically all by itself, became the totality of confusion
of psychoanalysis.
Copyright (�) 1955 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
Actually psychoanalysis is as easy to understand certainly as Japanese.
Japanese is a baby talk-very, very hard to read, very, very easy to talk.
If you can imagine a language which tells you which is the subject, which
is the verb, which is the object, every time it speaks, you can imagine
this baby-talk kind of a language. One that doesn't have various classes or
conjugations of verbs. A very faint kind of a language. Nevertheless, it
merely consists, in order to communicate with a Japanese, of knowing the
meanings of certain words, and if you know the meanings of those words
precisely, then when a Japanese comes up to you and says, "Do you want a
cup of tea?" you don't immediately get up because you thought he said, "Wet
paint." You have a communication possibility.
Well, similarly, with the language of psychoanalysis, the great
difficulties inherent in understanding such a thing as psychoanalysis
became much less difficult when one viewed psychoanalysis as a code system
to relay certain meanings. It did not then become a problem of whether or
not these phenomena existed or didn't exist. It simply became a problem of
words meaning a certain precise thing. And if they meant that thing to
everybody, then everybody was talking psychoanalysis, and if it didn't mean
this thing to everybody, then people weren't talking psychoanalysis. Who
knows what they were talking. The next thing you know they were talking
Jungianism-the next thing you know they were talking Adlerianism-and the
amount of difference between these various items is minute to say the
least. But the language difficulties then made many practitioners in that
field at odds with the theory, which they did not at any rate understand.
You find out in Scientology that a rather arduous background in
mathematics and in what is at least laughingly called the exact sciences
nevertheless made for a very arduously firm choice of word definition.
There are certain phenomena named, and these phenomena are specific. They
are not random, they are very, very precise. For instance, an engram is an
engram. It is a mental picture of a moment of pain and unconsciousness.
That is an engram, and if you know that you can find an engram.
But we have had, in the case of the word engram, something of a cross-
up, since there was an early use of the word in biology, although it seemed
to have gone out of usage, so that a biologist will come along now and then
and look at the word engram and say, yes I know what an engram is.
Well, they know what they MEAN by the word engram, but they have never
seen one. The engrams we are talking about in Dianetics and Scientology we
can see, but they wouldn't ever quite know what we were talking about if
they thought it was an energy trace on a cell. This was not discoverable
with microscopes or anything of the sort, so I considered it a lost word
and quite accidentally crossed up this word with the earlier biological
use.
I remember one time learning Igoroti in a single night. I sat up by
kerosene lantern and took a list of words that had been made by an old
missionary in the hills in Luzon-the Igorot had a very simple language.
This missionary had phoneticized their language and he had made a list of
their main words and their usage and grammar. And I remember sitting up
under a mosquito net with the mosquitos hungrily chomping their beaks just
outside the net, and learning this language-three hundred words just
memorizing these words and what they meant. And the next day I started to
get them in line and align them with people, and was speaking Igoroti in a
very short time.
The point here is, that it is not difficult to learn a language if you
understand that you are learning a language. The first way to learn the
language of Scientology is to understand clearly that you ARE learning a
LANGUAGE and that it has in it perhaps fifty, sixty or seventy words, and
that each of these words has a PRECISE DEFINITION.
As far as nomenclature is concerned in Scientology, what we usually did was
to take a verb and make a noun of it so that there wouldn't be any cross-up
of definition. It's an interesting system that has been employed. We try to
minimize the number of words introduced. That might sound strange, but we
have tried to minimize it. In giving a special terminology, we have only
named those things which were really important to the auditor, phenomena
which an auditor really had to understand. Therefore a knowledge of the
exact definition of a word brought exact understanding of the phenomenon.
It's that simple.
A knowledge of Scientology first and foremost, then, is a vocabulary
knowledge. There are probably not more than sixty words in Scientology of
special meaning.
We have not named to any extent invisible phenomena. An engram is a
very viewable phenomenon. If you've ever run one on a preclear you know how
visible it is, to the preclear and to you.
The first word we have, however, in the entire language of Scientology,
is, unfortunately, a NON-viewable thing-the Static. It is non-viewable but
it is experienceable, so it isn't completely removed into the never-never
land. But from there on we do have almost all of our terminology in
VIEWABLE form. It's examinable. It can be measured.
A fellow by the name of Wundt, in 1879 in Leipzig, Germany, invented a
thing called psychology, which was mainly-his main interest seems to have
been-the study of mental behavior through physiology. The subject which has
come down to us from there called psychology has not been defined much
differently since Wundt, and that is the way the mind has been studied-
through physiology. Well, the man's hunch wasn't too far wrong, in that
practically everything in the mind is viewable and does have some mass and
does exist in space and is something that you could put your hands on very
easily and say "that is THAT."
We don't know whether Wundt knew this or not. The psychologists don't
know it even vaguely today, and they think that what they are dealing with
is a totally abstract, theoretical, never-never land subject, and that's
why they choose it.
But if YOU don't know this then you're apt to go adrift on the
terminology of Scientology and on Scientology itself. You're apt to go very
badly adrift and believe that we're dealing with abstracts and intangibles.
This may be an overlooked supposition on your part. Psychology studies
abstracts and intangibles. We're not studying, however, psychology.
We're studying hearable, measurable, weighable, meterable phenomena-
right below the level of Static. From the Static you go immediately into
experienceable, viewable phenomena. And even the Static is experienceable.
So we're not outside the realm of experience anywhere in Scientology.
Everything we deal with is something that can have concrete form or
example. This is an interesting thing.
I've given you this fast summary on terminology itself so that you
could see that if this word randomity and if the word automaticity cannot
be clearly understood it must be being viewed then as some abstract thing,
and it's not an abstract thing.
RANDOMITY
We find the earliest introduction of the subject randomity in the
Dianetic Axioms in the fall of 1951.
The word RANDOMITY was needed as a further expression of MOTION. I've been
talking to you recently of "things that were too motionless"-tolerance of
things which were too motionless and tolerance of things which had too much
motion. We find that we have to increase people's tolerance of these. It
shows us that if people had difficulties with the tolerance of things that
were too motionless and too motionful, we had with this word randomity a
rather upset circumstance people didn't like to grasp this word. Well, we
have a further explanation of it today, and as a result of that further
explanation we have a better chance of gripping this and using it.
Randomity means in essence COMPARABLE MOTION. Comparable to what?
Comparable to the consideration of motion. So we have PLUS randomity and we
have MINUS randomity. In other words we can have, from the individual's
consideration, too much or too little motion, or enough motion. What's
ENOUGH motion measured by? The consideration of the individual. Take, for
example, a man eating a meal in the presence of two friends. He thought he
was eating about right. The fellow next to him thought he was eating too
fast and the fellow across from him thought he was eating too slow.
So, it's a consideration of motion. A traffic cop views the field of
automobile traffic with a consideration of minus randomity compared to the
motorist's idea of motion of cars. The motorist's consideration of optimum
randomity is plus randomity compared to the cop's consideration.
If you've ever driven down a deserted highway you may remember having a
little, vague suspicion that there was something not quite right about
going down that road all by yourself. No other traffic to view. This tells
you at once that it may or may not be a road. You know that you consider it
a road-but do other people? An eight-lane highway could give you this idea
that the road was closed, under repair, or that it wasn't considered by
everyone else to be a road at all, if there were no traffic in sight for
very many miles.
There is a certain amount of traffic randomity that a motorist is used
to and is comfortable about. A New York cabbie, if you put him in a cab out
in the middle of Arizona, would be outside his area of optimum randomity.
He'd want at least a hundred and fifty cars stacked up at the next
intersection, and here he has to drive a hundred miles to get any
intersection at all. It's his consideration of motion.
Well, he has a certain tolerance for the random particles which in the
case of traffic follow certain channels, but which nevertheless are pretty
random on those channels. So he has the idea of randomity in traffic.
Randomity also contains the aspect of UNEXPECTEDNESS. Unexpectedness is
inherent to the idea of randomness. In other words you have to have ENOUGH
unexpectedness. You have your idea of how much unexpectedness there should
be in life. Well, so does the New York taxi driver have his idea of how
much unexpectedness there should be in traffic, and if he were to drive in
a totally orderly community where the unexpectedness was zero this man
would probably go to sleep or go unconscious or do something-he would
eventually run off the road. But maybe after he was at it for many, many
weeks he would "get used to it."
So then this word randomity contains the idea of CONDITIONING. It is
the only place where we find the subject of conditioning in Dianetics and
Scientology.
The reason I'm talking about randomity here is that it is one of the
wider concepts, and a little harder perhaps to grasp than any other. Yet
you can set it up and view it very easily.
We could set up something like this: a table that a person could sit in
front of which would have all kinds of holes and runways in it for marbles.
We could have these marbles popping up through the holes and taking
different paths and bumping around at different levels and rates of speed
and abundance.
In other words, we could have a table set up that would present a
person with a certain level of randomity and we could include a controlled
unexpectedness factor.
We could find out from this actually what the person's idea of optimum
motion was. We could find out what amount of unexpectedness and rapidness
of motion he would be comfortable about.
After a while the person starts to get nervous if you pop too many
marbles out of those holes. They're coming out of the holes, and there are
lots of them, and they're disappearing and appearing completely
unexpectedly, smashing and cracking together and so forth, and he's likely
to sit there and say, "There's just too damned many marbles!" He doesn't
like it.
Just below that level of motion he'll say, "That's interesting."
And just below that level he sits there and says, "... marbles ...."
One pops up and runs across the table, another one pops up, the first
disappears, another one pops up and runs across the table, etc., and he
says, "Ho-hum . . . marbles." That is MINUS RANDOMITY.
When he was interested, that was HIS randomity; that was optimum
randomity. Where you had too many marbles moving too fast you had PLUS
RANDOMITY. With relationship to what, though? With relationship to this
person, this thinkingness, this mind. His idea of randomity was what it
was.
You see that it has to be this way when you test a youngster who likes
action on something like this. His reaction to the test would be that you
would have to have the marbles popping up and shooting across there with
such a suddenness and such a blur and such a whirr and such a snap that you
yourself would probably stand there and watch and feel slightly
uncomfortable. And this kid says, "My, how interesting." But you drop it
down to the number of marbles that was optimum for this other fellow and
the kid will say, "Oh, let's go out and play ball."
Now we have to have this thing called randomity. It's an unfortunate
thing if it is incomprehensible at times. We have to have these things-plus
randomity, minus randomity and optimum randomity.
What is his idea of unexpected motion necessary to the living of a
life? How much randomity does he have to have to live? Which at the same
time would say-stay interested in life. How much would he have to have?
A guy in space opera? WOW! Well, you have to have a fight between
fleets at least once a week. You didn't have a good liberty at all unless
five men were killed. That time was no fun at all-after they shot all the
women there was just nothing left to do.
Idea of the amount of motion, unexpectedness, sudden event, the twist
and turn to life is very, very high there. Therefore you have space opera
engrams very easily in suspense on the track. They look like confusion. A
fellow has been in space opera, and now he looks at the engram, and he
says, "No-sir, that's confusion."
Now the only reason we're resurrecting this word and dusting it off and
using it more frequently is that it is a better statement of confusion than
the word confusion.
The word confusion means at once PLUS RANDOMITY, and it's therefore a
specialized kind of randomity. It means: motion unexpected above the
tolerance level of the person viewing it. And that is the definition of the
word confusion.
So if a STABLE DATUM is necessary to the alignment of data, and if a
stable datum can be pulled out of an area of aligned data with the result
of confusion, we have to have a better understanding of what we mean by
confusion. If we're going to process it we certainly had better understand
it. It better be a nice, clear thing to us, because we are likely to look
at a preclear and consider that he is under a confusion. When as a matter
of fact, he might be in a MINUS RANDOMITY.
A good statement of a minus randomity would be: things are too slow.
Things are certainly slow around here. Life is dull. There is nothing
happening.
A consideration of how much motion and unexpectedness of motion there
is in the environment-how much unexpected happenstance, how much pattern of
action-and this would be minus when there was too little for the tolerance
of the individual.
So we need to have a word to match confusion. It looks like there is a
hole in the English language. Thus once more we have this word randomity.
It's describing something which has been viewed which is not adequately
described in English. And that we are viewing it and describing it and
naming it somewhere within the bounds of comprehensibility is quite
remarkable.
MINUS RANDOMITY is the opposite of CONFUSION. "Things are too stable."
"Do you know that little Benny has not fallen out of the window for three
days!" "Do you realize I have not burned myself all morning!" "Do you
realize there hasn't been a single accident out there on the highway all
afternoon!" "How dull-everything is travelling only at rocket speed!" That
could be one fellow's idea of minus randomity, or opposite of confusion.
Things are not sufficiently confusing, random, unexpected, in motion, so
he's saying, "How dull."
This other chap looks at one horse walking down one street and says to
himself, "Horse! ! ! Things are going too fast around here for me !"
Unless you understand that there can be a difference of consideration
about this you would have a hard time trying to grasp the preclear's idea
of how much stable data he needs. Now how much stable data do you think
this fellow needs? One horse going down one street. He needs ONE STABLE
DATUM PER PARTICLE. Therefore, he needs an ENORMOUS amount of information
to keep the world from falling in on him and turning upside down and
spilling in his lap. He just needs a tremendous quantity. He needs
dictionaries full, he needs encyclopedias full, he needs libraries full, he
needs scribes working on every side continually to catalogue, catalogue,
catalogue, catalogue. And each word to him is not only a stable datum, it's
a Sacred Datum. If we moved just one word out of line in a cataloguing of a
hundred million words this fellow would become extremely uncomfortable.
We have whole sciences which are cataloguing sciences. If Francis Bacon
hadn't wanted to give an example of what science was, we would probably
never, even today, have had a science of botany. But Bacon used once, as an
illustration of what a science would be, a science of botany. He used the
classification of flowers as his illustration and instantly it became a
science and from there on it is catalogued. For a fellow to be willing to
study botany he has to be willing to tolerate a tremendous lack of motion,
from most of our viewpoints. But from his own viewpoint his ability to
tolerate motion or no motion never comes in question. He's perfectly happy
going along with one-stable-datum-per-item.
To most of us this would be unthinkably arduous. So you can see that we
have an intolerance for that little randomity.
The bottom line of this gradient scale would appear to be one-stable-
datum-per particle. That should be the bottom of the randomity scale-but it
isn't. The bottom would be no particle, no space. And we would be back to a
static. And out of this you at once recognize why a static wants havingness
and particles: you have a game.
Below minus randomity is NO RANDOMITY. Of any kind. People do not
usually like this at all. Starting up scale we get-a few particles. One
could be at this point for two reasons: because he is shuddering away from
confusion and therefore is getting a stable-datum-per-particle, or he could
be at that point because he has a tremendous tolerance for confusion AND
for motionlessness.
Now if he is cataloguing one stable datum per particle at the minus
randomity end of the scale, then he is doing this interesting thing: This
fellow is shuddering away from all confusion and particles because he's
trying to USE UP all existing particles and stable data. He's trying to
match these two things. So he's trying to use up all possible confusion.
If this same fellow had a high tolerance of confusion in the first
place and had used up all these particles in this fashion, matching
particle for stable datum, with everything catalogued, everything in order,
he would run out of confusions. And he would have a SCARCITY OF confusion.
So, taking another look at this randomity scale: we could have a scarcity
of confusion, or a scarcity of motionlessness. A scarcity at either end. We
could have either condition or both conditions, and NOT depending upon
which end we were viewing it from.
Then we ask this: What is plus randomity and what is minus randomity?
FROM THE VIEWPOINT OF THE INDIVIDUAL, SOMETHING WHICH HAS IN IT TOO
MUCH MOTION OR UNEXPECTEDNESS FOR HIS TOLERANCE is plus randomity, and THAT
THING WHICH HAS TOO LITTLE MOTION IN IT FOR HIS TOLERANCE is minus
randomity.
Now, how he gets into these states is the entire subject of scarcity.
For example: the fellow who falls into a plus randomity with great
speed. His tolerance of motion is so slight that almost any motion is a
plus randomity to him. A second horse gets into the street and he
practically has a nervous breakdown. That fellow will have a tendency to do
this: instead of matching a stable datum for a particle, he will take all
particles and stop them (he starts to apply force) and then bring all of
these particles into a mass so that they are each taken care of. He can
look at this whole group of particles and say, "That's a table." "That's a
rock." Now he's got ALL of the particles named. He's named it a rock. He's
not going to do anything about these particles. He's going to just mass
them. That is the state of mind which gets you mass.
Unless you simply mock it up to have a mass-there's always that going
on-mock up a universe to have a universe, etc., or you can evolve them or
have reasons for them. But this is usually the case: that an individual who
is obsessively making mass has an intolerance of motion to the degree that
a second horse on the street would give him a nervous breakdown. So he
takes any particles that are in motion and he is actually ill about this
until he can take the particles and push them together and say, "Ah, a
rock. Whew! Now we can have some peace around here."
At the other end, the fellow in space opera: There's been a riot that
morning, there's been a fire in Bunker 4, three prisoners have escaped and
were shot in the
courtyard, and so forth, and this fellow is saying, "Gee, things have
slowed down around here! Let's create some confusion and get some motion
started. Let's drop a false message into the message center: WE ARE ABOUT
TO BE ATTACKED BY THE PRUVIANS or something. Let's get something GOING
around here."
Well now, that individual will DISPERSE things. He'll disperse things
preferably with an unknown. And then he has an enormous amount of data,
none of which has any identification at all. His level of expectedness and
unexpectedness is way up. He'll have a wonderful time wondering if he can
possibly make head or tail of any of this: "Gosh, look at that! The
president shot, and I'm plugged, and gee, you know, I can't make any sense
out of it at all?!?!?!?!?"
You get the idea, then, how people vary unexpectedness and motion to
fit their own considerations. There is, however, such a thing as a state of
good health in connection with this. That sounds odd, but there is one, and
that is: for an individual to act in either capacity by changing his
consideration on the subject of randomity itself. In other words, retain or
attain liberty of increasing or decreasing tolerance on motion at will. You
can look at two horses on the street and say, "That's too many," or look at
a morning in space opera and say, "That's too slow," with no difficulty
whatsoever. Or you can say that the morning in space opera was too fast and
the two horses on the street were not enough. You could do anything you
wanted on it. That would be a state of health regarding tolerance level of
randomity. But where an individual has lost his ability to vary his
considerations of confusion and motionlessness, which is to say, his plus
and minus randomity, he has lost his ability to have a game, and will then
find himself being put out of games which do not fit his fixed opinion.
Therefore he has limited himself in the number of games into which he can
enter. As an individual can shift his consideration of randomity, so he can
play large numbers of games. And as his consideration on the subject of
randomity becomes more and more fixed, so that there is just a certain
amount of motion he can tolerate, just a certain amount of motion that he
can't tolerate, when he's fixed right there somewhere on the scale between
total confusion and total motionlessness, and that's IT, he has to find a
game which fits that idea of a game, his idea of an optimum randomity.
What, then, is a game? A game is an optimum randomity. That is a
satisfactory game- optimum randomity. What is an end-of-game? Un-optimum
randomity-without regard to whether it is plus or minus, too fast for him
or too slow for him. That's just both sides of a fixed consideration.
An individual's ability to LIVE, then, will to a marked degree depend
upon his ability to shift his consideration of what is confusion, what is
motionlessness. And if he can't shift this opinion-he is sunk.
The organization or the person which tells the individual to conform to
the environment, tells him to FIX his opinion of randomity to that
environment, has asked that individual to die the moment the randomity
factor alters in the environment. It's asked him to run out of games.
Another factor enters into this which is the saving grace, and that is,
the emergency factor or the NECESSITY LEVEL. A necessity level is a sudden
increase of randomity to a sufficiency that the individual makes a
momentary adjustment to it-in other words, momentarily increases his
tolerance for unexpected motion. The unexpected motion there is so great
that it puts him into a higher level of motion and he takes care of it.
That is necessity level-it is the randomity itself driving the person. When
the randomity kicks the person, he knows he must move.
But necessity level only occurs where the individual is in a total
stimulus-response condition with the randomity itself. And it is nothing to
count upon at all. Give them that much more motion and people are just as
likely to stay fixed as to go faster.
Create TOO MUCH randomity TOO FAST, and people WILL stay fixed. They will
not react on a necessity level at all.
Unfortunately there is no such thing as a "non-necessity level" or a
"non emergency level," where things suddenly move too slow for the
individual. We don't have any mechanism to take care of that.
So people try to build up their tolerance for speed by going faster and
faster and faster, and they think they then can go faster and faster and
faster, and they never drop back toward tolerance of motionlessness. It's
actually more important in this time and place to adjust people's ideas of
motionlessness and the tolerance of motionlessness than the tolerance for
speed. There are very many ways you could do this-you could have a person
SIT motionless for a very long time, but he usually can't tolerate that. It
exceeds his tolerances instead of building his tolerances on a gradient
scale. Certain processes have done this to some extent for quite a while
now, to considerable benefit.
One way you could do this is have the preclear say things are going
fast when they are practically standing still, and then he tolerates them
easily, but actually he's gotten around it, hasn't tolerated any
motionlessness, he has simply tolerated his new consideration.
The auditor has a great deal to do with this today. He can actually
produce plus and minus randomity in the individual at will. He can stuff
the individual full, one way or the other, of stable data. And that
produces for the individual to some degree, minus randomity. He can pull
some stable data out of the reactive banks, and he will at once produce
plus randomity. He can thus alter his reaction to motion, his randomity, by
handling DATA. But remember, this is a low order of thing compared to
changing the CONSIDERATION of a person.
Now, as an auditor, you have to know that you can add to or subtract
from the data of an individual, and thereby give him plus or minus
randomity. Remember, though, that he would only get a plus or minus
randomity if he had a fixed consideration on the situation. But you have to
know this business about putting in and pulling out stable data and
producing randomity because it explains THE VARIOUS REACTIONS OF THE
PRECLEAR TO AUDITING. He's learning more, the world's getting more and more
even, more and more stable to him, more real, and all of a sudden he
adjusts by giving up a stable datum (which you very often misname a
consideration). Here he is, getting more data, and his attitude, his
consideration of randomity is FIXED. So as you give him more data and he
spots more things and he gets more stable data all around, why, he simply
gives up some of his old data; you haven't actually changed his randomity.
If you're doing a smooth job of A-R-C, you're gradually upgrading him to a
higher tolerance of everything. One of the ways he will adjust it is to
suddenly spit out some old, aberrated datum. That is a stable datum. You
have simply moved in one stable datum and moved out one stable datum. The
point of this is, you have to change his consideration of speed, that's
all. You have to change his ABILITY to change his consideration of speed.
AUTOMATICITY
All right, what, then, is this thing called AUTOMATICITY? If
automaticity is related to randomity, which it is, then IT would have a lot
to do with consideration, too, wouldn't it? Automaticity means: non self-
determined action which ought to be determined by the individual. The
individual ought to be determining an action and he is not determining it.
That's a pretty broad consideration. It's something not under the control
of the individual. But if we said, something not under the control of the
individual, as a total, unqualified definition of automaticity, we would
have this, then:
That car that just went down the street would be an automaticity to you.
You didn't have control of it. So this is not a precision definition. The
precision definition has "which ought to be under the control of the
individual."
An individual will tolerate within himself so much random action of the
materials which he ought to be controlling. For instance, you, if you are a
fairly good driver, would have no difficulty, when you were starting your
car in the morning, in tolerating the fact that it killed a couple of times
before you got it going. So the sudden stopping of the motor was not really
an automaticity to you. There is an expectedness in it. Or let's take an
unexpectedness-you shifted the gears and didn't quite get it in gear-if
your tolerance of randomity was good, if your ability to change
considerations was good, you'd flip the gear in, and then it didn't quite
go in again and you had to make a second pass at it. That's an UNexpected
motion. It's still not really an automaticity, except in the severest
definition of the word. Something has occurred which you should have
controlled but didn't.
Now, we see automaticity and use the word mainly in connection with
just this: motion in the bank-facsimiles in motion around one-under the
control or not under the control of the individual.
Many an individual will get all kinds of fast motions in the bank-
pictures, action, machinery, etc., and not even consider it vaguely random
"That's all right," he says. But they should be controlling it-it ought to
be doing what they say. Well, from their opinion, it IS.
This other fellow, a fellow with a different consideration of
randomity, gets one picture shifting an inch to the right unexpectedly-
"There's an automaticity going on here," he says.
Another fellow has a machine; he tells it to mock up dogs, so it mocks
up blue dogs, pink dogs, and then moves over to the other side and mocks up
green dogs, purple dogs, and then mocks up from the back dogs with hats on,
dogs with canes, dogs with heavy fur, dogs with light fur, dogs with five
feet, dogs with two feet-"Ho hum-life's running as usual ...."
When the preclear says to you that there's an awful lot of action in
the bank, that means that he considers that the action in the bank which he
is confronting is an awful lot. It doesn't tell you how much action YOU
would say there is in the bank. So it's the PRECLEAR'S consideration and
opinion that makes an automaticity. Not yours. It's the amount of
randomness which he ought to be controlling but which he isn't controlling,
and that depends upon the amount of randomness which he can tolerate. And
if he can tolerate a tremendous amount of randomity, plus or minus, then
nothing looks random to him at all. And the funny part of it is-he can
control it, too. And where these two things join at the crossroads you've
got control of phenomena in the bank. If an individual can tolerate it he
can control it.
If he can't tolerate it, he can't control it and that's all there is to
it.
I hope you have some better understanding of these two words and what
we are doing today in auditing. The relation of Stable Datum to confusion
is actually the relation of the stable datum to randomity. You have to have
a clear understanding of randomity before you enter in upon that in
teaching Scientology, auditing preclears and in developing your own
understanding of the material of Scientology. 1l
15TH AMERICAN ADVANCED CLINICAL COURSE LECTURES
Washington, D.C.
15 October-23 November 1956
L. Ron Hubbard conducted the 15th American Advanced Clinical Course in
Washington, D.C., from October 15 through November 23, 1956. In addition to
daily intensive training in advanced theory and practice, students got a
full course on how to teach a professional course, and how to teach and
manage a Personnel Efficiency Course (see Organizational Series Lectures on
next page). Here are the lectures on "Education," "Learning Rates," "Scale
of Reality," "C.R.A. Triangle," and many more:
** 5610C15 15ACC-1 Opening Lecture
5610C16 15ACC-2 Mimicry
5610C17 15ACC-3 Complexity
5610C18 15ACC-4 More on Mimicry
5610C19 15ACC-5 Mechanics
* * 5610C22 1 5ACC-6 Scale of Reality
** 5610C23 1 5ACC-7 "C. R.A." Triangle
** 5610C24 15ACC-8 Cut Comm Lines (In and Out)
5610C25 15ACC-9 Games Vs No-Games
** 5610C26 15ACC-10 Learning Rates
5610C28 15ACC Training Methods
5610C29 15ACC-11 The Mind
** 5610C30 15ACC-12 Education
5610C31 15ACC-13 Rest Points and Confusion
5611C01 15ACC-14 Co-ordination of Classes of Processes
5611C02 15ACC-15 Wind Up on Stable Datum and Rest Points
5611C05 15ACC- 1 6 Radiation
5611C06 15ACC-17 Time Track
5611C07 15ACC-18 Creation
** 5611C08 15ACC-19 Simplicity
5611C09 15ACC-20 Skull Gazing
5611C12 15ACC-21 Simplicity Vs Alter-lsness
5611C13 15ACC-22 Aberration and the 6th Dynamic
5611C14 15ACC-23 Training Methods
** 5611C15 15ACC-24 Diagnosis: How to
5611C16 15ACC-25 Summary Lecture
5611C23 15ACC-26 Farewell Lecture
ORGANIZATIONAL SERIES LECTURES
Washington, D.C.
18 October-13 December 1956
L. Ron Hubbard gave the Organizational Series Lectures to the combined
student bodies of the Washington, D.C., Academy and the 15th Advanced
Clinical Course, plus the staffs of Washington and Silver Spring, on
Thursday evenings, October 18 to December 13, 1956. They are lectures or
briefings on how to succeed and prosper and make progress professionally,
in an auditing practice, in a Personnel Efficiency and other courses, and
in group activities.
** 5610C18 OS-1 How to Create and Instruct a PE Course, Part I
** 5610C18 OS-2 How to Create and Instruct a PE Course, Part ll
5610C25 OS-3 Education
5610C25 OS-4 Methods of Education (with Demo)
* * 5611C01 OS-5 Tone Scale Autumn 1 956
** 5611C01 OS-6 How to Handle Audiences
5611C08 OS-7 Research Report: Radiation, and Its Relation to
Processing
** 5611C08 OS-8 Testing
** 5611C15 OS-9 Definition and Construction of Organization, Part I
5611C15 OS-10 Definition and Construction of Organization, Part ll
** 5611C22 OS- 11 The Consequence of Organization
** 5611C22 OS- 1 2 The Deteriorization of Liberty
** 5611C29 OS-13 Hope
5611C29 OS-14 How to Present Scientology in a Mad World
5611C29 OS-14A The Scale of Havingness
** 5612C06 OS-15 Money
5612C06 OS-16 A Postulate Out of a Golden Age
5612C13 OS-17 Confusion and the Stable Datum
5612C13 OS-18 Randomity
All 15th American ACC and Organizational Series Lectures are listed
above for convenience. They are also listed on the following pages in date
order sequence.
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
HCO BULLETIN OF 26 OCTOBER 1956
HPA-HCA TRAINING PROCESSES
The following training processes are recommended as necessary to the
education of an HPA or HCA student, from the moment of his enrollment until
his graduation. It does not particularly matter whether the HPA or HCA has
been indoctrinated in the "very latest techniques", but it does matter that
he is able to run the following. If he can do this, then he can carry on
with almost any other technique.
l. CONFRONT A PRECLEAR. This is done by the Indoctrination Course. The
student is taught how to handle communication with the preclear by dummy
sessions and demonstrations by the instructor. Confirm and grind in auditor-
pc relationship and Rudiments-"Look at me. Who am I?" and the reality
scale.
2. ARC STRAIGHTWIRE. This is run as the first process audited by the
student on a fellow student, after leaving the Indoctrination Course. The
barest elements of ARC straightwire are used, and then the therapeutic
technique is undertaken, on the basis of "Tell me something you wouldn't
mind forgetting". The basis of this process is to give the student
subjective reality on the time track of human beings, and to demonstrate
that people slide back into the past and up toward present time as they
remember various items, which phenomena should be pointed out and observed
by the student.
3. SUBJECTIVE HAVINGNESS. This should be run both to give the student
reality on the bank of the human being, and upon havingness itself. If the
case being audited on subjective havingness is a black case, then the
student is required to have the preclear mock up a blackness or black
objects in the blackness and remedy the havingness with those, regardless
of any dope-off, until the individual has a clear field or can go on to
some other process.
4. 8-C (a), (b), (c), with emphasis on (a) and instruction with regard
to the preclear's ability to handle decisions. This is the first walk-about
process, and is vital in the training of a Scientologist.
5. OPENING PROCEDURE BY DUPLICATION, old style. The "not-know" version
could be run, but is a little complicated.
6. OVER AND UNDER ON THE BANK in making things solid.
7. KEEPING THINGS FROM GOING AWAY, in terms of small alternate objects,
with concentration on the fact that this is a havingness process, and also
holds things still.
8. TERRIBLE TRIO. Both sides, the "can have" for the preclear, the
"can't have" for the preclear's enemies.
Training should be completed with a very fast review of the more recent
processes, and giving these into the student's hands, not as something in
which he has been trained but as something that he can use as fast as he
attains reality upon them.
Of the above list, the first six are the most important, from the
standpoint of training.
Throughout training, the student should be carefully monitored as to
his ability to communicate with his preclear. Auditing procedure should not
be neglected, from the moment of entrance into Indoctrination until
graduation, since it is style of auditing we wish to achieve rather than
teaching of processes.
When the student is taught data, he should be given a high power of
choice over the data in which he is instructed, but he should be instructed
in such a way that he can achieve the reality of the data, since it is true
and factual.
LRH:dt.nm L. RON HUBBARD
P.A.B. No. 99
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
The Oldest Continuous Publication in Dianetics and Scientology
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
Brunswick House, 83 Palace Gardens Terrace, London W.8
_____________________________________________________________________
1 November 1956
FACSIMILES & SOLIDS
Edited from L. Ron Hubbard's August 1956 HPA/HPC tape lectures
For material about facsimiles, the best is in Dianetics: The Modern
Science of Mental Health, American edition.
More recent processes turn up all the phenomena of facsimiles, engrams,
locks, secondaries, etc., so it is vitally necessary that this material is
well known.
A facsimile is an energy picture made by a thetan or the body's
machinery of the physical universe environment. It is like a photograph. It
is made of mental energy. It means copy of the physical universe.
On the track facsimiles have been corrupted. It became a picture which
may be a facsimile but isn't. It would run and look like a facsimile, but
is a picture of something which didn't really happen. Automatic mock-up is
a better description. It is changed from the physical universe.
For example: A man walks down the street and sees a girl. He has a
picture of the girl. As he walks down the street his machinery gets to work
and he then has a picture of a bedroom. He never saw her in the bedroom,
but on a delusory basis he puts her into one.
If he is totally sane there is no liability to this. Those pictures are
not aberrative unless the preclear is way down scale, when he will start
mourning over this girl he only saw once in the street. He has failed to
differentiate between his facsimile and mock-
Delusion and hallucination come under the heading of this alteration of
the physical universe facsimile.
This delusory picture is called "dub-in"-a term taken from the movie
world.
Next is the plain mock-up, which you know is only a mock-up and not a
facsimile or a dub-in.
The auditor's error in the past was failing to recognize facsimiles as
facsimiles and too often calling them dub-ins.
A source of dub-in is "Somebody told you," and if a person is in a
wrong valence he gets pictures of things this valence has told him-e.g.,
preclear is in mother's
Copyright (�) 1956 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
universe, and she has told him all about how horrible father is. One day he
looks through his bank and finds pictures of father beating mother, a thing
which never really happened.
Mother said so and this contains mother's mock-ups which are dub-ins.
The only worrisome source of dub-ins is, being in the wrong valence.
One makes them up out of remarks which are dub-ins, and these we call
SYNTHETICS.
Split universes and the preclear finds his own facsimiles, which are
sometimes quite startling to him.
Don't make the mistake of calling a real facsimile a dub-in and
refusing to process it. No matter where it comes from, whether dub-in or
facsimile, this is handled by mock-ups and you don't have to differentiate.
Remember not to ignore the whole track phenomena-which are facts. Don't
assault facts of this nature unless you want to make a game out of it, and
when you do so, be aware that you are doing it.
In modern living the foremost reason of the failure of modern
psychotherapy is that they never believed what the patient was saying and
never understood what was happening. The preclear told them about
prenatals, etc., and was invalidated when he wasn't believed.
In the genetic entity's bank are such things as the sperm sequence,
ovum sequence and the sperm-ovum sequence, and they are three separate
lines of engrams.
Furthermore, on the sperm sequence we can move back on the GE line to
father and often find the wrong father.
As we come forward we find the development of the preclear's body in
the womb (gestation) with pictures along the line. These pictures have
black visio or they have a dub-in which was made out of pictures which were
heard by the child and then the child dubbed in the environment but the
actual visio is black. It is dark and noisy in the womb.
You may run into a vacuum which compares to a super-cold piece of
metal, which when contacted by the thetan pulls in the entirety of his
bank.
Afterwards, when trying to remedy his havingness, you have him sitting
in the middle of the vacuum. Of course, this picture of a super-cold object
is still behaving like a super-cold object. This accounts for the way
people get stuck in space opera. They were in space suits out in space and
got shot. As long as they were warm they were okay, but the moment they
touched a super-cold object, their bank rushed in and they were
brainwashed.
The prenatal area is black and a vacuum is so confusing that the
blackness is the total answer a thetan can give to it. He covers all that
up with blackness.
So one has two types of blackness here.
A third type of blackness is when a man walks in the dark, stumbles
over something and gets an engram-which is totally black. One gets
accustomed to these various kinds of facsimiles. It is not necessary to go
into them. The main point is that they ARE there and must be handled.
The heart of some of all consequences in living, guilt, conscience, various
conflicts are contained in the electronic phenomena of the bank-facsimiles,
dub-ins and mockups.
This bank is the apparently unalterable pattern of behavior.
In order to change about the behavior of body and facsimiles, it is
necessary to change the thetan. It is necessary to change the bank.
There are three types of bank:
l. The Somatic Bank,
2. The Analytical Bank, and
3. The Reactive Bank.
You know the analytical bank is there but not that the reactive bank is
there. It sneaks up on you and one day the sperm sequence restimulates you
and you start to wiggle-that a small picture like that will make a whole
body wiggle is but a matter of consideration.
Remember all these are considerations.
A facsimile could influence the whole body or just one part of it.
The preclear accepts the analytical bank but is surprised to find
reactive pictures, such as prenatals, past lives, etc., turning up while he
is being audited.
These pictures were primarily created to have an effect on somebody
else. When they ceased to have an effect on somebody else, they began to
have an effect on the preclear's body. Therefore they survive. The
definition of survival is "no-effect." A game will continue as long as
there is no absolute effect occurring. An action will occur until the end
of the action cycle, which is start-change-stop.
The thetan uses pictures to handle and control the body. The
"facsimiles under the preclear's control" is a wonderful piece of
machinery, and out of his control, a nightmare. He gets aberrated.
A facsimile contains all perceptions (about 54 or more; I stopped
counting at 54), e.g., joint positions, body motion, perception of heat,
small motion, photons (visio). Touch, smell, sight and sound actually have
to be handled sooner or later if you are handling any facsimiles.
Facsimiles were first designed to have an effect upon somebody else. To
a thetan his body is somebody else, so while he is having an effect on the
body, he is still having a win.
Because there have been other facsimiles on the GE line, his stimulus
does very often not get the exact response on the body. It gets some other
response and introduces an unknown element.
The thetan thinks he is just handling one bank-he is actually handling
thousands of banks that have been there before him. There are not other
thetans in the body. The facsimiles are just the residue of other thetans
in the bank. These are the facsimiles and reactions made by other thetans
in the bank and this is often a very spooky thing.
When a thetan runs into this amount of unknownness-he wants the body to
jump and it lies down to sleep-he is apt to get puzzled.
Life is a contest of trying to get a body or other bodies to do the various
stimulus-response mechanisms.
We need sound to handle the bank. We say something and something
restimulates. All kinds of meanings and significances creep into this bank
and people can get stuck on certain phrases in these banks, and it is
wonderful how a certain phrase can aberrate a single life. (Refer to:
Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health.)
There is no doubt about this bank being powerful and formidable, but so
is our ability today to handle it.
L. RON
HUBBARD
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
1812 19th Street, N.W., Washington 9, D.C.
HCO BULLETIN OF 15 NOVEMBER 1956
HGC PRECLEAR COMPLAINTS
On any HGC preclear complaint, we will give more auditing for cash, and
tear up
any old HGC note (requisite: real complaint grounds).
LRH:mek.rd L. RON HUBBARD
LRH TAPE LECTURES
1-15 November 1956
5611C01 15ACC-14 Co-ordinationofClassesofProcesses
** 5611C01 OS-5 Tone Scale Autumn 1 956
** 5611C01 OS-6 How to Handle Audiences
5611C02 15ACC-15 Wind Up on Stable Datum and Rest Points
5611C05 1 5ACC- 16 Radiation
5611C06 15ACC-17 Time Track
5611C07 15ACC-18 Creation
** 5611C08 15ACC-19 Simplicity
5611C08 OS-7 Research Report: Radiation, and Its Relation to
Processing
** 5611C08 OS-8 Testing
5611C09 15ACC-20 Skull Gazing
5611C12 15ACC-21 Simplicity vs Alter-lsness
5611C13 15ACC-22 Aberration and the 6th Dynamic
5611C14 15ACC-23 Training Methods
** 5611C15 15ACC-24 Diagnosis: How to
** 5611C15 OS-9 Definition and Construction of Organization, Part I
5611C15 OS-10 Definition and Construction of Organization, Part ll
P.A.B. No. 100
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
The Oldest Continuous Publication in Dianetics and Scientology
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
Brunswick House, 83 Palace Gardens Terrace, London W.8
_____________________________________________________________________
15 November 1956
THE AUDITING OF SOLIDS
Edited from L. Ron Hubbard's August 1956 HPA/HPC tape lectures
Auditing could boil down to one process-that is, if the preclear is
capable of doing it. Also, most importantly, if the auditor, if he has been
recently indoctrinated, has established the rudiments, has the preclear
well in the session and can handle any randomities that occur. In other
words, this process takes the whole of Scientology into account.
That process is called SOLIDS.
The way to run Solids is:
Find the principal stop point on the track, the principal vacuum or
something you think might have been. Failing that you just arbitrarily pick
an age somewhere in the middle-an incident after which the preclear says he
became different to what he was before.
Before giving the command, explain to him the proper meaning of the
word "facsimile." Don't use the words "incident" or "pictures."
Then you say, "Can you find a facsimile later than the incident?"-you
mean the vacuum.
He finds one later and when he does you tell him, "Make it solid." If
the preclear is being pedantic give this command: "Make it more solid than
you first perceived it."
Making it a little more solid than it was is sufficient. The preclear
will at first be using effort, but after a while he will be working by
postulate.
Keep running this until the facsimile flicker-flacks and changes, and
then take the preclear off it. Don't let the preclear communicate too much.
(Incidentally, don't have the preclear forget to make the invisible
particles in the facsimile more solid as well, otherwise they will
eventually build up a ridge to which the other facsimiles, as he finds
them, will stick. Making the invisible particles solid will obviate that.
If the preclear doesn't understand what you mean by making the
invisible particles more solid, ask him to open his eyes and look at the
wall. Then ask him to
Copyright (�) 1956 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
make the particles between him and the wall more solid. He will then
understand what you mean by invisible particles.)
Then you say, "Can you find a facsimile earlier than the incident?"
He finds one earlier than the incident and you say, "Make it solid."
After a while the automaticity of the facsimile disappearing or changing
will wear off.
The preclear will not only make the picture more solid, he will stop it
dead in its tracks. It won't blow unless you introduce this other command:
"All right, dispose of that. "
"Now can you find one later than (the age)?" "All right, make it
solid." "Okay, dispose of that."
Keep him out of engrams because we are not running anything out. We are
increasing and improving his ability. WE ARE RUNNING SOMETHING IN.
You are having your preclear, who has no mass, motion or space,
confront something which has, and he cannot duplicate it, nor it him. And
you are coaxing him into the understanding that he can.
You are trying to make the preclear capable of making things more
solid.
You are not trying to undo vacuums, engrams or operations.
You are trying to show him that he can handle a facsimile and make it
solid.
See that the preclear does not directly address an engram or vacuum or
a difficulty. Also don't upset his power of choice by telling him not to do
it. Steer his attention off it. Tell him he can find a facsimile earlier or
later than that.
Don't get sloppy as an auditor. It's a tough process. Use and maintain
good 8-C to make sure that the preclear is always following directions.
Make sure he does. Keep him at it and see that he executes the commands as
given, for if he makes things solid before you ask him to, he may take the
road which contains a lot of dynamite, such as touching a vacuum.
The preclear is not bright while he is being audited because his bank
is too fascinating to him.
Keep him running the process and your preclear will suddenly realize
what his conflicts with the environment are. These conflicts with the
environment with which he is engaged are the real conflicts of life.
Gradually his perceptics will turn on, BUT ONLY WHEN SOME EMOTION HAS
TURNED ON. It's because you are running the band above solids.
It isn't an end-all process because there are other things above solids
and effort.
It has an extroverted side which is better than the old Trio-i.e.:
"Look around the room and find something you can have," "Look around the
room and find something you can permit to remain," and "Look around the
room and find something you can dispense with."
This process runs this way: "Look around the room and find something
you wouldn't mind being solid."
He finds something and you say, "Good. Make it more solid." If you said,
"Make it solid" you would be invalidating him.
The preclear will say that the walls are getting very solid, too solid,
for his comfort, because he has probably been taught in physics class that
walls are composed of small particles with holes in them-which isn't true.
Solids shed small particles, but that does not mean that a solid is made up
of small particles.
Making something solid later or earlier in this lifetime only, is the
limitation of this process.
After this his track starts coming in. As he makes things solid, the
havingness starts filling the vacuum areas.
Don't run vacuum areas by making them solid or you'll sit in that
auditing chair for a pretty long time.
The preclear will start picking up losses. Everything he picks up and
makes solid is a loss, which is the first and foremost reason why he made
facsimiles in the first place. They are substitutions for loss and that is
the explanation of the phenomenon of sublimation.
He will keep on talking about the loss of possessions, marital partners
and familial connections. This does not violate game conditions because he
is running losses of things and times he lost and because you are not
auditing the losses, you are auditing the pictures. As long as you are
auditing the pictures you have got the primary game still going.
Don't have the preclear make incidents solid. Only have him make
facsimiles of the incident solid, otherwise he will be feeling terrible.
The thetan's game is to make nothing out of a facsimile, which is a no-game
condition. He is going toward the truth, and by making the facsimile solid,
you are going towards making a game.
When running solids subjectively, the preclear will start getting
things way up the track when you ask him to find a facsimile earlier than
the incident. You don't care about the incident. You want to know where the
incident is so you don't run into it.
The values of running before and after facsimiles by making them solid,
and auditing directly towards the reduction of a vacuum, are not
comparable. If you try to take something out of the bank, you will lose.
If you try to ADD something to the bank you will win.
Why don't we just run S-C-S and blow the preclear out of his head and
stabilize him through some exteriorization drills? Because we want to get
the preclear to make things in his head more solid. Otherwise for the rest
of his career in this universe, he will be leary on heads. The only thing
that is wrong with any preclear who is stuck in the head is that he cannot
handle the stuff that is there.
This process is the best to date and it takes a long time to run, but
for the amount of ability it regains in the case it is the fastest process
we have.
This process belongs to "EFFORT" on the Know-to-Mystery Scale.
L. RON
HUBBARD
HCO TRAINING BULLETIN
30 November, 1956
SLP 8
l. Getting into communication with your preclear.
A. Mimicry (psycho rushes around in the middle of the room and
jumps up and screams; and you rush around in the middle of the room
and jump up and scream).
B. Touching the preclear (on locational or any other process where
you walk the preclear around, you are in communication with him to
the degree that you touch him). Gradient scale, touching him on the
elbow, taking hold of his elbow, and eventually making his body
turn this way and that.
Commands: "Look at me. Who am I?" "Who does this hand belong to?"
(Auditor indicating own hand, or various parts of his body, being sure
to maintain some physical contact with preclears below 2. 0 on tone
scale, where communication is solid).
2. Havingness, subjective. (This is just a patch-up of havingness so
that if the preclear caves in you have something to fish him out with,
which he has been conditioned
to.) "Mock up a ....." "Push it into the body."
3. Part A of 8-C. "Do you see that ....." (auditor indicates wall or
object), "Walk over to it." "Touch it." "Let go of it."
4. Control Process, tactile 8-Cb. "Look around the room and find
something you wouldn't mind having," or ".....could have." "Walk over
to it and feel it."
5. Start-C-S. (Don't run any part of it very long.) "When I say start,
you start the
body," or " .......the (object)." "Start." "When I say change, you
change the (body or object) from..............to......" (locations
designated by auditor). "Change." "When I say stop, you stop the
(body or object)." "Stop."
6. Keep it from Going Away. "Find some objects in the room you don't
dislike." (Have him spot quite a few, maybe 20. You select out of these
three you are sure are non-significant to this preclear. Have him go
and get them and place them some distance apart-at least three feet
between object I and object 3-and not directly in front of him; two
objects on one side, one way off side, the other slightly off side, and
one way off the other side.)
A. "Look at ...... " (auditor mentions object 1).
"Pick it up."
"Keep it from going away" ("Now you keep it from going away" is
the
insistent version and he must be doing it. Check to see that he
is doing it.)
"Put it back in exactly the same place." (Command agreed upon
beforehand
so that he isn't surprised by this.)
"Look at .......(object 2)," then repeat above commands.
"Look at .......(object 3)," then repeat above commands.
B. "Look at .......(object 1)."
"Pick it up."
"Keep it from going away."
"Put it back in exactly the same place."
"Leave it totally uncontrolled."
"Look at .......(object 2)," then repeat above commands.
"Look at .......(object 3)," then repeat above commands.
Part A is run several times before running part B.
7. Keep it from going away on the body. (Everything you run on the
right foot you run on the left foot, everything you run on the right
ear you run on the left ear, everything you run on the head you run on
the feet, etc.)
"Keep your hand from going away."
"Now make it flip-flop."
"Keep it from going away." "Now make it flip-flop."
8. Keep it from going away, by sight.
9. Connectedness.
"Look around and find something you wouldn't mind making connect with
you." "On how many vias could you make it connect?"
10. Handling of confusion. "Make the wall say to (preclear, his body,
part of his body, etc), 'This means go to .. ' " (Preclear furnishes
the name, a different name each time, for each of the six sides of the
room.) Then, "Make the wall say to (as above), 'This means don't go
to ......' " (As above.) Alternate, once around the six sides of the
room on "This means go to ......," then on " don't go to ....." until
fairly flat.
Then, "This means stay in.........", "This means don't stay
in........" (run as above).
11 . "Confuse that wall."
12. Causing confusions.
"A confusion which you could cause." "Mock up a confusion."
13. Stop-C-S.
A. "Now, I'm going to give you a little process-a little drill
that we have here in Scientology. First, I want you to get your
body moving toward that wall over there and somewhere along the
line I'll say 'stop', and I want you to stop your body. Got that?
All right." "Now get it moving." "Stop." "That's fine. "
"All right, now turn around here" (taking him by the elbow). "Now,
we're going to run a little process. I'm going to ask you to get
your body moving toward that wall and somewhere along the line I'm
going to say 'stop', and when I say stop, I want you to stop your
body."
Repeat above commands.
"........stop your body absolutely still."
"........stop your body absolutely still and do it as quickly after I
say 'stop'
as you possibly can."
B. "When I ask you to change your body, I want you to change the
body's position from a to b." (Locations designated by auditor.)
"Let's see how rapidly you can change the body's position."
C. "When I say 'start', I want you to start the body moving."
"Start."
14. Tolerance of motion and stillness. Preclear sitting at a window, or
ambulatory.
"Look at the street." "Now find something still." "Now find something
in motion." "Find something still." "Find something in motion."
15. "With what could you ally your control," or "Invent a way to control
people," or "Look around and find something that would assist you in
controlling people."
16. Over and Under solids. Have him pick the centre of his life, an
engram in the middle of his life; the commands are before and after
this point.
"Get a facsimile of something after that."
"Keep it from going away."
"Leave it totally uncontrolled."
"Get a facsimile of something before that."
"Keep it from going away."
"Leave it totally uncontrolled."
or "Make it solid," "Let go of it."
or "Make it solid," "Skip it."
17. Time Process. Select command wording to communicate to the preclear.
"Invent a way to (best, overcome, overwhelm, beat, whip, make
subservient, put in the background, make know it's been licked) time."
18. Valences.
"Mock up a woman," then, "Mock up........" (first significant woman
in this lifetime, then a later one, etc).
"Mock up a man," then as above.
"Mock up a .. ." (robot, or any other valence spotted).
19. "Invent an individuality to cope with it," alternate with "Invent a
worse situation."
20. "Invent an enemy." Get the valence to fight the wall will strip
valences.
21. Keep it from going away on the body. "Keep your body from going
away," alternate with "Leave it totally uncontrolled" (safest in mock-
up form), or, "Now make it flip-flop."
22. Mock-up Start-C-S. Start-C-S on mocked up body.
23. Mock-up Stop-C-S. Stop-C-S on mocked up body. Change run as, "Mock up
the body." "Make it flip-flop."
24. Rehabilitation of abilities. For any ability the preclear always
wanted to have and couldn't do. For example, for speaking Arabic:
"Mock up ...." (Arabic objects), "Keep it from going away," then "Mock
up (Arab men, women and children)," "Keep (him, her) from going
away," then "Mock up (Arab men, women, children)," "Stop (him, her)
from talking," "Start (him, her) talking."
L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH TAPE LECTURES
Washington, D.C.
16-29 November 1956
5611C16 15ACC-25 Summary Lecture
** 5611C22 OS-11 The Consequence of Organization
** 5611C22 OS-12 The Deteriorization of Liberty
5611C23 15ACC-26 Farewell Lecture
** 5611C29 OS-13 Hope
5611C29 OS-14 How to Present Scientology in a Mad World
5611C29 OS-14A The Scale of Havingness
56... C... AUD C-17A SLP-8 Level 1
P.A.B. No. 101
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
The Oldest Continuous Publication in Dianetics and Scientology
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
Brunswick House, 83 Palace Gardens Terrace, London W.8
_____________________________________________________________________
1 December 1956
GAMES CONDITIONS THEORY
Prepared from the research papers of L. Ron Hubbard
THEORY: The most adequate answer to life's puzzle is GAMES. The
ordinary concept of games or play is comprehensible to anyone.
Games have many factors. Some work well in processing, some don't, all
explain life.
The basic game of a thetan is evidently nothing versus something as in
the process "Make it solid." He can never really be something, thus can
never really duplicate himself a solid-yet he makes solids across spaces
out of game impulse.
PRACTICE: Always process toward a games condition. Never process toward
a no-games condition. Always process games conditions. Never process no-
games conditions. This is more complicated than you think.
All games are aberrative. All games are continuing by definition, since
an unstarted game isn't a game and a finished game isn't a game.
In the following list we have the most processable games conditions and
the most-to-be-avoided no-games conditions.
Each column of the list could be KNOWING or UNKNOWING-"knowing games
condition" or "unknowing games condition," "knowing no-games condition" or
"unknowing no-games condition."
Using both lists at a knowing games level, we have sanity. At an
unknowing games level we have aberration, neurosis or psychosis.
GAMES CONDITION NO-GAMES CONDITION
(Knowing or Unknowing) (Knowing or Unknowing)
Not-know Know
Forget Remember
Interest
Disinterest
Attention No attention
Self-Determinism Pan-Determinism
Copyright (�) 1956 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
Identity Namelessness
Individuality
Problems Solutions
Can't Have Have
(games have some havingness)
Alive Neither alive nor dead
Opponents Friends alone
Facsimiles No pictures or universes
Continued Solidity No spaces or solids
Continued adherence No friends or enemies
Loyalty, Disloyalty
Betrayal, Help
Motion No motion
Emotion Serenity
Continued action Motionless
Hot, cold No temperature
Thinking Knowing
Hate
(some Love)
Continued doubt of result Win-Lose
(Expecting a Revelation)
No effect on self Effect on self
Effect on others No effect on others
Stop communication No ARC
Change communication No no-ARC
Into it Out of it
Agitation Calm
Noise Silence
(some Silence)
Control No control
Start-Change-Stop
(Change the most important)
Responsibility No responsibility
Inspecting these two lists we find all unlimited and highly workable
processes under GAMES CONDITIONS. We find all limited and unworkable
processes under No-Games Conditions.
We process the preclear playing as a game in all phases. We then avoid
No-Games Conditions in processing.
It is true that the Games Condition List contains a regimen unworkable
in life. It isn't supposed to be. It's aberrative and we process it.
The ONLY certain processes which can be run on No-Games Conditions are
Consequences (the penalty resulting from) and "Mock up a confusion to which
(the no-games condition) could be a stable datum."
Now behold that the list of No-Games Conditions is a summary of the
NATIVE STATE of a thetan. That means that the Native State not only does
not process but winds the preclear up in difficulties if processed.
To establish the native state run out the UNKNOWING GAMES CONDITIONS of
the preclear.
From native state a thetan apparently descends thusly:
NATIVE STATE SERENITY KNOWING,
NO-GAMES
TO TO TO
OPERATING TONE SCALE KNOWING GAMES
THETAN
CONDITIONS
TO TO TO
UNKNOWING
BODIES ANTAGONISM GAMES
CONDITIONS
TO TO TO
REACTIVE MINUS
UNKNOWING
BANKS TONE SCALE
NO-GAMES
CONDITIONS
Processing, however, does not take the exact reverse route. Operating
at a level of knowing games conditions, auditing converts the unknowing
games and no-games conditions of the preclear into knowing games conditions
and into further knowing games conditions. A further goal of auditing may
very well be the attainment of no-game. It would be a knowing no-game,
however, not an unknowing, and it would not be actually a condition.
Bad condition of case would be unknowing condition concerning games.
Good condition is knowing games condition. No condition would be native
state.
HCO BULLETIN OF 3 DECEMBER 1956
Training, London-Washington
B.SCN.-H.A.A. TECHNIQUES
Procedure emphasis:
Communication (Mimicry, Learning)
Control (Absolute versions)
Commands:
All commands used in actual session are to be Havingness Scale
commands, used with the above procedures.
The Havingness Scale is as follows:
Create
Contribute to
Confront
Have
Substitute
Waste
Substituted
Had
Confronted
Contributed to
Created
The rule of the Havingness Scale is that the auditor clears the
preclear at any level by running the level just above it.
The techniques are objective with such form as "Look around - - -".
The techniques consist of any command which gives one objective and one
subjective target, or two objective targets.
Pay full attention to game condition.
LRH:dt.rd L. RON HUBBARD
LRH TAPE LECTURES
Washington, D.C.
6-13 December 1956
** 5612C06 OS-15 Money
5612C06 OS-16 A Postulate Out of a Golden Age
5612C13 OS-17 Confusion and the Stable Datum
5612C13 OS-18 Randomity
P.A.B. No. 102
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
The Oldest Continuous Publication in Dianetics and Scientology
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
35/37 Fitzroy Street, London W.1
_____________________________________________________________________
15 December 1956
A CASE REPORT
COMMENTS AND INFORMATION ON BACK OF
APA SHEET
Auditor: L. Ron Hubbard, Jr.
FIRST TEST AFTER 25 HOURS
Non-Lang. 99 Non-Lang. 96
Lang. 117 Lang. 153
Total IQ 110 Total IQ 124
Pc happy-wishes he'd had Nibs for the 3 weeks. Looks alive now.
(Dr. Julia Lewis,
Director of Processing)
This is very smart, clever auditing. Auditor sees case, sets goal,
diagnoses and resolves! We've got a real auditor here! On (pc), too! Wow!
(LRH)
AUDITOR'S DAILY REPORT
Monday.
Pc has had about 800 hours of processing with very little results. He
has given auditors a hard time in the past. He won't give me one.
I ran, today, all day, Rudiments by Control. Pc started to come off a
lot of machines and started to follow my orders happily.
I am only going to try to fix up his present time problems and get him
into present time.
He seems to be badly stuck in some whopper of an engram.
(Vacuum full of
engrams. LRH)
Tuesday.
Ran pc on 8-C, part A, this morning, and, as I'd done yesterday,
established the session with Rudiments by Control. Pc will now follow my
directions and is in session. He stopped altering the commands. He is a pc
now.
Ran him today using Dianetics, Book One, techniques with the new added
command, "Make it more solid" using a gradient scale. The engram I ran him
through is an electrocution deal where he stepped on a third rail when he
was a young boy. His track is caved in on it and there he is. Stuck. It
started to unwind.
(That's it !
The grouper. LRH)
Pull him out of this and he will be steamboating. Terrible Trio and
other processes have no effect on him. Like water on a duck. Or like trying
to destroy a pillbox with a beanshooter.
Copyright (�) 1956 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
In this engram his body died and he went to a report station. He goes
around in Serenity of Death.
(Right! LRH)
Wednesday.
Holiday.
Thursday.
Ran pc all day today on the same engram in the same manner as on
Tuesday. This is slowly unraveling and, as it is running out his tone comes
up.
He almost dropped his accent at one time during the session (he didn't
learn English until he was seven years old). He popped in and out of the
engram several times. And because of this engram he has had no reality on
his body with his eyes closed since he was twelve years old. He is now
aware of his body with his eyes closed.
Pc is coming up the line. Lots of cognitions. If I have time, I want to
run universes.
(So true! Effect you could have on steel,
rails, would
have helped here maybe.
Things rails can't have. LRH)
Friday.
Ran pc on same engram again today in the same manner as yesterday. It
is all out except the one moment of jolt he received as he stepped on the
third rail. The tremendous impact and electrical charge is frozen in space
and time. Ran it a bit more in the afternoon session and found that his
havingness was too low to let go of all this energy. So I ran Terrible Trio
and it worked very well. He found that he was having the facsimile of the
object instead of the object itself. Now he is having the object. At least
now he can remedy his havingness.
(Excellent ! LRH)
Saturday.
Ran pc on Terrible Trio and Service Facsimile using the commands "What
could it get you into?" "What could it get you out of?"
Pc cognited on Service Facsimile and it broke away and moved out. Pc
ran Terrible Trio very, very well. Pc felt much better at the end of his
intensive. He was satisfied. So was I.
Pc is now ready to run Terrible Trio and Mother's and Father's
universes with good reality and benefit. Before, it wouldn't have worked as
well. So, next auditor, run them !
GENERAL COMMENTS: Pc had never really been in session before and had never
been in present time. Pc is a long way from being in good shape and could
use a lot of work on havingness and universes.
[pic]
THE PROBLEMS OF WORK
Scientology Applied to
the Work a Day World
by
L. Ron Hubbard
Published December 1956
The Problems of Work is the first book which is a specific application
of Scientology to a single area of human experience. Written by L. Ron
Hubbard aboard the Queen Elizabeth en route to England for the October 1956
London Congress, the material is the result of research in the field,
mainly in Dublin. It is addressed to the doer, rather than the
intellectual.
"Man more dearly needs the Right to Work than he does an endless number
of pretended freedoms. Yet we carefully discourage in our children and in
our society those people who MAKE work. Unless work is made there will be
no work to do. Work is not something which springs ready-made into our
sight. Work is something that is created. New inventions, new markets, new
systems of distribution must be created and brought into existence as times
change and old methods, old markets, old systems become inadequate and wear
out Somebody created the jobs we do. When we work we either do a job
created by ourselves or by another." L. Ron Hubbard, The Problems of Work
As an understanding of life is necessary to the living of it, so is an
understanding of work necessary to the successful doing of it so that it
does not become a trap. In this book L. Ron Hubbard looks at work from
different viewpoints, covers its confusions and problems, gives the anatomy
of efficiency, and differentiates clearly between good and bad or no
control. He presents life and work as a game, shows the importance and
intentional use of ARC in work relationships, and gives the key to handling
exhaustion.
The Problems of Work appeared in December, 1956, as a soft-cover book,
as part of the Ability Book Series. Now it is available in hardcover in
English, German, French, Danish and Swedish.
112 pages, hardcover with dust jacket. Available from your nearest
Scientology Organization or Mission, or direct from the publishers:
Scientology Publications Organization, Jernbanegade 6, 1608 Copenhagen V,
Denmark; or Church of Scientology Publications Organization U.S., 2723 West
Temple Street, Los Angeles, California, 90026, U.S.A.
ANTI-RADIATION CONGRESS LECTURES
Washington, D.C.
29-31 December 1956
"L. Ron Hubbard gave 14 hours of lectures and group processing at the
Anti-Radiation Congress held at the Hotel Washington in Washington, D.C.,
December 29 through 31, 1956. There was the largest professional attendance
at any Congress to date.
"Mr. Hubbard covered Radiation and the situation fully in the first
day and included a complete report on the research that had been done,
especially over the preceding many months. On the second day, he gave the
answer to insanity and psychosis. The lectures concerned the relation of
these things to agreement. Included were the new definitions with which an
auditor can take apart the problems of sanity vs. insanity in a new way. On
the third day Mr. Hubbard presented the new considerations of Awareness and
gave the Scale of Havingness, never before released, out of which the
largest part of the processes and procedures in Advanced Clinical Course
Units 15 and 16 came. Here the subject of the Sub-Zero Tone Scale is
wrapped up. The group processes are all straight out of the new definitions
and the new scale."
-Ability 41
5612C29 ARC-1 Opening Lecture
5612C29 ARC-2 Scientology View on Radiation
5612C29 ARC-3 Proofing Up a Body
5612C29 ARC-4 Group Process-"Put It There"
5612C29 ARC-5 Group Process-Confrontingness
5612C30 ARC-6 Solution to Psychosis
5612C30 ARC-7 Project Third Dynamic
** 561 2C30 ARC-8 Insanity-Scarcity and Importances
5612C30 ARC-9 Group Process-Mocking Up Bodies
5612C30 ARC-10 Group Process-Making Problems and Confusions
With
5612C31 ARC-11 Background on Scales of Havingness
** 5612C31 ARC-12 Sub-Zero Scales-Relation to Scale of Awareness
5612C31 ARC-13 Confrontingness
5612C31 ARC-14 Confrontingness (cont.)
SUBJECT INDEX
1954 - 1956
ads, newspaper ~, where to place, 353
A Advanced Clinical Course, 346
Advanced Clinical Course units, 135
abandonment of cases, 479 affinity; see also ARC
aberrated personalities, two common denominators defn.,co-
existence,136
to all, 2 defn., liking or disliking of something, 247
aberration, defn., is mainly the overwhelming of defn., ability
to occupy the same space as some teammates (wrong target), 397
thing else, 412
and psychosomatic illness and ability, 109 defn.,
consideration of distance, whether good or
and time, 224 bad, 412
common denominator of all aberration (mental defn., love,
liking or any other emotional attitude,
derangement) is cessation of creation, 433 412,
413
ingredient of truth maintains it in force, 143 affinity-
reality-communication, understanding-
totality of, is basically considerations a thetan is
interrelationship, 247; see also ARC triangle;
making, 437 POW
ability, abilities, a variable quality, 412
aberration and psychosomatic illness and ability, below
apathy affinity proceeds into solidities such
109 as matter, 413
accent on ability, 106; see also Dianetics '55! conceived
to be comprised first of thought, then
rehabilitation of, 517, 555 of emotion which contains
energy particles, and
to change, 304 then as a solid, 413
to create, 304 embraces the distance part of communication
abundance of terminal, 502 formula, 136
acceptance level of an audience, 154 emotional scale: Effort and
Know down to Mystery
Acceptance Level Processing and overt-motivator Scale, 136
sequence, 8 level of hate, agreement is solid
matter and comaccidents, illness and bacterial infection predeter-
munication is bullets, 414
mined by spiritual malfunction and unrest, 153 lines
to data, supervisors, don't cut, 163
acknowledgment, 255; see also TR2 agitation and excitement of pc actually
a loss of
and evaluation, difference between, 255 havingness,
337
auditor must always acknowledge what the pc has alcohol,
hypnotism, drugs, not used in processing,
said, 235 444
did the pc receive it, 206 ally, assumption of valence on death
of, 9
maintaining 2-way comm, 216 alter-isness and not-isness, cycle of,
of any per of the preclear, 205 ception, 300 .
what to acknowledge, 255 alternate commands, how to run, 516
action (s), defn., motion or movement; an act; a con- anaesthetic or
unconsciousness, complete silence
sideration that motion has occurred, 407
mandatory, 430
automatic, 409 analytical mind,
cycle of action, 11, 407 defn., combines perceptions of
immediate environ from an idea flows the energy and forms necessary
ment, of past (via pictures) and estimations of
to action, 245 future into conclusions which are
based upon
actual, defn., what is really true; that which exists
realities of situations, 429
despite all apparencies; that which underlies the
defn., consists of visual pictures, either of past or
way things seem to be; the way things really of
physical universe, monitored by and presided
are, 408 over by knowingness of thetan, 429
administration(al), keynote of: one knows what one is concluding
and
defn., a form of communication, 386 what he is
doing, 429
defn., consists of keeping certain communication reactive
and somatic mind, three main divisions,
terminals in place and making sure that the 429
proper particles go to and through the proper anaten,
terminals, 386 demonstration of loss of havingness,
334, 371
auditor, wonderful, with poor admin could flop, or
agitation, cause of in running Terrible Trio,
387 396
majority of troubles are ~ not technical, 386 when pc
goes more anaten than when not being
proper way to plan, 387 audited, he is in grip of
real or affected code
smoothness, necessary to knock out the enemy, 388 break
and is out of session, 322
SUBJECT INDEX- 1954/1956
anchor point(s), attack, defense of anything is untenable; only way to
defn., any particle or mass or terminal, 14 defend
anything is to attack, 157
defn., points which are anchored in a space dif- attackers of
Scientology had criminal records, 167
ferent to the physical universe space around a attack from
psychiatrists, 267
body, 432 attention gets stuck, only thing wrong with
thetan,
space exists by reason of, 14 317
Anglo-American civilization, first new civilization attention
valence; see valence, attention
since the Roman Empire, 400 audience, handling of, 265
Anglo-American, in industrial push spiritual message audiences,
acceptance level of, 154
was lost, 401 audiences, different, for Scientology
material, 86
animating a pc is not auditing, 247 audit(ing),
answers, automatic, 235 defn., consists of discovering a spark
of ARC and,
apathy, only goal of psychiatrist, 475 by prOGeSSeS and ARC,
fanning it into a proud
apathy on Universe or Beingness Processing, cause of
flame, 247
and remedy, 44 defn., that process of bringing a
balance between
apparency, defn., appears to be, as distinct from freedom and
barriers, 366
actually IS, 407 defn., verbal exercising of a patient
(preclear) in
appointments once made, keep them all, 97 exact
Scientology processes, 441
A-R-C; see also affinity; reality; communication advertising
auditing as "personal relations", 261
auditing consists of discovering a spark of ARC along the
lines of the wellness in the dynamic,
and, by processes and ARC, fanning it into a 109
proud flame, 247 animating a pc is not, 247
basis of the Scientology Tone Scale, 413 auditing
failures, how to handle [1956], 464
don't go out of ARC with pc with too little 2-way bad
auditing, worse than bad publicity, 158
comm, 489 cognition is of the highest importance in,
255
drops in pc's, 314, 322; see also ARC break [in
commcycle,314,443;seealsoTRs;session
full index] condition of, 443, 446
knowingness is higher than ARC, 136 disseminating, 265
of the preclear, 314 dissemination, best is good auditing
results, 171
test if auditing is working, did it increase pc's don'ts,
414, 455, 480, 489; see also Auditor's
ARC, 246 Code
triangle, 412 earliest stage of, consists in taking over
control of
co-existence is superior to ARC triangle and pc to
restore to pc more control of himself than
mechanics of living, 136 he has had, 443
common denominator to all of life's activities,
exteriorize individual, one of goals of, 429
412 finding a preclear, 443
law, a communication to be received must ap- first
requisite of, is a communication line, 53
proximate the affinity level of the person to gains
vs. training gains, 369
whom it is directed, 413 goal of processing is to
bring individual into such
not an equilateral triangle, 413 thorough
communication with physical uni
very spacious at the level of serenity and com-
verse that he can regain power and ability of his
pletely condensed at level of matter, 413
own postulates, 67
understanding and life, interrelationship of, 246 gradient of
processes, 247
with the preclear, 237 Havingness, 500
ARC Processing; see Dianetics '55! Havingness scale, 499
ARC Straightwire [process], 545 individual, in a center, 392
ARC Tone Scale, processes plotted on the, 131,138 intensives, 319
arthritis cases and polio, experiment on curing, 331 in the role
of games, 366
as-is(ness), 223 is a game of exteriorization versus havingness,
367
and persistence, 226 is as beneficial as it is real and
factual to the pc,
to really as-is you have to make perfect duplicate,
207
299 key-note of processing is to recover unknowns,
association, free, 226, 467 518
astral body, spirit is not, 428 maxim: fnd out what pc is doing
and how he is
astralwalking, 11 doingit,415, 516
atomic bomb, 362, 374 maxim: process which turns on a condition
will
atomic bomb, race between Scientology and, 450 turn it
off, 100
atomic bomb, what are you going to do about it, never process a
no-game condition, only a game
292 condition, 471
atomic radiation; see radiation precise answers to auditing
questions, 119
SUBJECT INDEX- 1954/1956
audit(ing) (cont.) auditor(s)(cont.)
procedure, general model of how one goes about establish
the existence of the auditor, 250
addressing a preclear, 443; see also TRs; model Find
a Pc [process], 250
session [in full index] flinching from pc, how to
handle, 500
procedure of auditing, technique depends upon
getthepreclearthroughit,example,31
the, 396 getting and keeping pcs, 443
procedures are learned by dummy auditing, 396 getting
into comm with pc, 20, 500, 553
process lag, defn., length of time it takes to reduce
getting pc in session, 16, 217
all communication lag from a type of question
getting pc sessionable, 17
or action in auditing, 130 give pc nothing but wins,
443
requires relaxed state of mind of auditor and con- goal of,
121, 487
fidence that his use of Scientology upon pc will has
initiative, 393
not produce a harmful result, 443 havingness of
pcs, 501
rudiments; see rudiments how auditor knows pc is
exteriorized, 12
rules of basic auditing, 255 legal attacks on an auditor,
how to handle, 156
Solids, 550 makes people, at their choice, do various
exercises,
spiritual approach vs. physical approach, 212 and
these exercises (processes) bring about
style, 314 changes for the better in intelligence,
behavior
team activity, not a game whereby auditor opposes and
general competence, 405
and seeks to defeat pc and pc seeks to defeat nene,
essential ingredient of auditor, 27
auditor, 367, 443 on staff, [1956] procedure for
putting, 519
technique depends upon the procedure of audit-
overwhelming pc, 399
ing, 396 personal reputation of, 346
things which one must avoid, 448 preclear finding the
auditor, 444
totality of successful processing consists of re- purpose of,
is to give pc certain and exact
balancingfreedom,barriers,purposes,418 commands
which pc can follow and perform,
two "A's" of, anaten and agitation, 396 441
whole track, 195 questions, the less specific and sequitur
the better
why mechanical action necessary, 344 the results with
pc, 144
auditor(s), relaxed attitude to pc, 346
defn., a person assisting a teammate to gain able research
worker in the field of illness, 353
co-operation and teamwork toward opponerlts retraining
of, 163
in life, 366 running the preclear's machinery, 218
defn., a person with enough guts to do something suffer from
association with psychologists and
about it, 393 psychiatrists, 389
defn., a Scientology practitioner, 405 survive better than
other people, 393
acknowledgment of the preclear, 205 target of the, 41
ARC with the preclear, 237 tendency to invent new processes,
345
as minister, 262, 355 touching the pc, 553
attitude, 341; see also TRs two-way communication, not using
can cause
basic course for, 368 failed pcs, 146
being audited should be content to be a pc for the what LRH
thinks of auditors, 393
term of the session, 162 who sets himself up to be
resisted will fail, 17
can assume that pc is in a native state, 281 willingness to
duplicate, 121
can run courses in his living room, 391 wonderful, with
poor admin could flop, 387
case of, depends upon his skill, 122 Auditor's Code; see also
auditing don'ts; Dn 55; CH,4
characteristics of, 255 defn., governing set of rules for
general activity of
classifications of, [1956], 510 auditing, 441
competence depends upon auditor being able to basic
auditing rules, 255
receive and give forth a process as it has been
breaks in running SOP 8-C, 13
found to work, 53 dissemination of information to
pc is completely
Confront a Preclear [process], 545 forbidden by
Auditor's Code 1954; this is eval controlling the pc, 17
uation, 161
dissemination of information to a pc is completely is to
protect the pc and auditor, 442
forbidden by the Auditor's Code, 1954; this is when
pc goes more anaten than when not being
evaluation, 161 audited, he is in grip of real or
affected code
don't run thought out faster than havingness and break
and is out of session, 322
solids run in, 489 1954, full description of each
point, 96
don't work with severely ill or insane, 268 1956, 442
errors, not intentional, 394 automatic actions, 409
SUBJECT INDEX - 1954/1956
automatic answers, 235 barrier(s) (cont.)
automaticity, 541 causing few barriers one loses control over
them,
defn., something is going on and we do not know 439
its cause, 225 freedom and ~, workable balance
between, 422
defn., non self-determined action which ought to how they
can trap a man, 423
be determined by individual, 541 losing control over,
423
harm comes from automaticity only when people mest
universe is a game consisting of, 15
have forgotten that something has been put on
problems of ~ or their lack, how resolved, 15
automatic, 225 space is the first barrier of
knowingness, 11
of making pictures, 231 basic course (s); see also HAS and HQS
[in full index]
randomity and, 142, 533 for auditors, 368
remembering and forgetting, greatest automaticity give people
the tools to live better, 369
in which anyone was engaged, 221 give precise
definitions, 391
avalanches, outflowing and inflowing, 39; see also in Scientology,
76, 352
havingness all qualified auditors should run, 416
awareness, communication and, 191 materials of, 368, 382, 391
awareness, description of, 191 need to teach everybody a ~, 369
Awareness, Scale of, 191 with before and after Scientometric
tests, 451
awareness of awareness unit, 211; see also thetan; Before and After
Solids [process], 488
Dianetics '55! behavior, Tone Scale gives a prediction of
human,
builds space to cut down knowingness, 176 413; see
also SOS
has no mass, meaning or mobility, position or being(ness),
movement in space; has qualities and potentials,
defn., assumption (choosing) of a category of
143 identity: role in a game; example of
beingness postulate made by ~ is higher manifestation than
one's own name, 410
anyenergy-spacemanifestation,215 above havingness there
is doingness, and above
thetan, ~, is understanding, 137 doingness there is
beingness, and above being
axiom(s); see also Creation of Human Ability ness there is
communicatingness, and above
defn., self-evident truths as in geometry, 435
communicatingness there is knowingness, and
known cold at HAA level, 296 above knowingness
there is postulatingness, 183
of Scientology, first ten, are the most fundamental
assumed by oneself or given to oneself, or is at
truths, 436 tained, 410
of Scientology, 1-10 explained, 435 condition of, 410
of SOP 8-C, 13 granting of, 69, 247
Scientology as a science is composed of many,
auditor must be willing to grant beingness to
435 the pc, 100, 255
Axiom 51 and Communication Processing, 240 highest of human
virtues, ability to assume or
Axiom 55: create, change, destroy, 313 to grant (give,
allow) beingness, 411
increase in ability of pc to grant life
to others
and environment, 255
B in life experience space becomes
beingness, 13
struggle of people to be themselves,
416
baby, at birth, is not perceptive beyond first dy- Beingness Processing,
44, 53
namic, 412 apathy on Universe or Beingness Processing,
cause
Bachelor of Scientology and Hubbard Advanced of and remedy,44
Auditor course, 339, 345, 559 between lives areas, might
have passed at one time or
bacteria, illness caused by recognizable bacteria and
another for heaven or hell, 433
injury in accident are best treated by physical bio-
physics, founded by Scientology, 431
means, 153 birth trauma, 466
bacterial infection, accidents and illness are predeter- black (ness),
defn., simply pressing on things to push
mined by spiritual malfunction and unrest, 153
them away, 497
bank, types of, 548 itself is only a picture, 229
barrier(s); see also game conditions screens, purpose of, 178
defn., space, energy, object obstacles, or time, 15
tremendous saturation abilities of, 22
def~, composed of inhibiting (limiting) ideas, types of,
547
space, energy, masses and time, 422 black cases, 473
absence of, is the trouble with pc when pc is hav- resolution
of, 217
ing trouble, 499 black five is so far gone he can't even see
pictures any
auditing is that process of bringing a balance more,
he only sees blackness in front of him,
between freedom and barriers, 366 229
SUBJECT INDEX- 1954/1956
blows, cause of session ~, 246 case (s) (cont.)
Bodhi, defn., one who has attained an ideal state of dubbing in
a high tone, 518
intellectual and ethical perfection by purely good
case condition is knowing games condition,
physical means, 72 558
body, bodies, histories, official, 406
communication terminal, using body as, 276 non-
exteriorized, 42
electrical field surrounding body monitors physical non-
persistence case, 22
structure of body, 432 not advancing under
auditing, has a PTP, 447
exists in its own space created by anchor points, obsessive
change, high-critical cases shouldn't be
432 on staff, 387
hungry for motivators, 333 occluded case is too fixed, 23
improperly fed, absorbs energy put out by thetan, pc's case
is a composite of PTPs, 295
97 percentage of cure, 51
not-ising it, 208 resistive, 19
reactive mind can impinge itself directly on ~, 431 state
of case, how to establish, 518
SOP 8-C Step II, pc discovering he can handle ~, that
couldn't remember, handling of, 220
13 what gets the case moving, 322
structure of, can be changed by changing electrical which
maintains facsimiles in restimulation, key field, 432 note
of, 38
thetan, senior to mind and body, 432 who answers with
generalities, LRH session, 256
body valence; see valence, body who do not resolve easily,
address in them probboil off, pc feels dopey: has either run too long on
lem of havingness, 52
flow in one direction, in which case reverse wide-open,
is actually a psychotic who duplicates
flow, or he has reduced havingness down to a
continuously and psychotically, 19
point where he feels tired or sleepy, 44, 182
worsened, do not abandon, 480
Book and Bottle; see Op Pro by Dup "You're working too hard"
case shouldn't be on
book distribution and selling, 320; see also dissemina-
staff, 387
tion casualty contact, "I will talk to anyone", illness
reboredom described in terms of games condition, 177
searches: three methods of dissemination, 351
bracket is: for pc, for another, others for others,
causationandknowledge,435
others for self, another for pc, pc for another, cause,
16 defn., emanation, 437
brainwash(ing), 312, 530 defn., for purposes of communication,
source manual, "psychopolitics", 309, 328 point, 437
original brainwash thetans did to one another, 474 and effect,
imbalances between, 437, 440
Breuer, Freud's co-worker, 478 inability to duplicate is also
inability to be cause
BScn or HAA; see Bachelor of Scientology-Hubbard and
inability to be effect, 15,172
Advanced Auditor potential source of flow, 14
Buddha, Gautama, 210 prevailing anxiety is to be effect, not to
be cause,
Buddhism, 72 438
bullfight, physical aspect of, 492 success depends upon being
willing to be equally
"business" people in first org, 458 in ratio to being
willing to be effect, 440
CECS, defn., Committee of Examinations, Certifi
cations and Services, 115, 164
C center, small amount of money needed to
start one,
377
CADA, defn., California Association of Dianetic central
organization(s), 456
Auditors, 200 and field auditor relationship, 458
can't have, 416 fees, what they go for, 460
Games Processes demand that all can't haves be function,
training professional auditors, 384
run on something else than the pc, 516 necessary for
survival of the subject, 457
havingness and, 486 purpose of, 307
subject of engram is subject of ~, 497 Certainty Processing, report
on, 27
Can't Have Processes, 415, 416 Certainty Processing~ SOP 8, Appendix
No. 2; see
case(s); see also preclear C~eation of Human Ability
abandonment of, 479 change, 143; see also Start-Change-Stop
circuit, characteristic of, 19 ability to, 304
discussing cases, don't impart personal secrets of Axiom 55:
create, change, destroy, 313
pc, 162 individual who is bent mainly upon survival
is
do not improve with havingness neglected, 396
intent upon changing things, 433
SUBJECT INDEX - 1954/1956
change (cont.) communicate, communication(s); see also ARC; Dn
two things which will create change: postulates 55
and communication, 258 defn., duplication of the
receipt point of that
Change of Space Processing, 42; see also CH,4 which
emanated at a cause point, 14
chaos is created by two opposing creations, 408 defn.,
interchange of ideas about something, 247
charge, where there is charge (motion) E-Meter needle defn.,
cause-distance-effect, 413
isinmotion,andwherepcisstuckneedlewill defn.,
essentially something which is sent and
freeze, 528 which is received, 413
charity, mercy, kindness are the highest and kingliest
administration is a form of communication, 386
qualities there are, 237 and the Scale of Awareness,
191
chart of processes, where they are on the ARC Tone area of
enturbulence ceases to exist as soon as
Scale, 131,138 communication is leveled into it,
292
chart, Scientology Process Chart, 483 can create spaces, 467, 492
Christ, 211 change, measure of progress, 16
goals set for man by, 152 communicate so it can be
duplicated, 137
identification with, 9 cycle in auditing, 314, 443; see
also TRs
intended for man: wisdom, good health and im- depends
upon duplication, 15
mortality, 159 devices useless with no formula for
communica promises of, 156 tion, 401
chronic somatics; see somatics, chronic do not force a person who is
low on havingness to
church, how to handle ministers of other churches,
communicate, 480
158; see also religion formula, 136
Church of Scientology, why it has come into exis- affinity
embraces the distance part of, 136
tence, 72; see also religion fourth dynamic
problems solved with ~, 292
circuit case, characteristic of, 19 getting into communication
with preclear, 20
civilization, education is necessary to have a ~, 439 graph of,
42
Clear, defn., somebody who does not have any engrams has power
of eradicating spaces and masses, 467
in present time with him. By actual practice a
havingness is result of withheld ~, 415
Clear would have to be a stable thetan exterior is as
exact as it approaches duplication, 15
since the body itself is composed of energy is part of
the triangle of affinity, reality and ~,
masses which unfortunately contain engrams, 136
228 live ~, postulates, will always create change, 258
one-shot; see Dianetics '55! low-havingness person
withholds ~, 415
theta; see theta clear machines which reverse ~, handling of,
53
clearing the commands [1956], 449 mechanisms of, 48
close terminals, people who, 159 mimicry, entering wedge of ~,138
closing terminals, phenomenon of, 189 mind is a communication
system, 429
co-auditing difficulties, 162 more important than the other two
corners of the
Code of a Scientologist, 115, [1954] 116, [1956]
triangle,413
442; see also Creation of Hurnan Ability one-way is
a first-dynamic operation, 138
Code of Honor, an ethical code, 104; see also CHA over-
communication, 467
co-existence, superior to ARC triangle and mechanics refusing to
~ is a crime of omission for an organi ofliving, 136
zation, 165
cognition(s), 240, 254 Scale, 192
defn., awareness of awareness, 254, 255 Scarcity, Remedy
of, 291, 325
a major cognition resulting from any process is
solventforallthings;itdissolvesallthings,413
generally a flattening of that process, 255, 328
terminals, keeping certain terminals in place and
and havingness, 334, 336, 372 making sure that the
proper particles go to and
example of, 254 through the proper terminals is
administration,
goal of any process, 255 386
cognition lag is the most important communication terminal, using
the body as a, 276
lag, 255 two-way communication, 136, 314, 449; see
also
command(s), Dianetics'SS!
alternate commands, how to run, 516 applied to a
mass will as-is mass without parti clearing commands [1956], 449
cularly depleting havingness of pc, 196, 197
phrase, 497 can be too much in auditing session,
449
preclear not running, 77 maintain it, do not begrudge
preclear few
command lines must exist in an organization so
moments' discussion of incident just recalled,
people know who is boss, 386 or
discussion of phenomena he has suddenly
comm lag; see communication lag noticed, 145
SUBJECT INDEX - 1954/1956
communication, two-way comm (cont.) communication line(s) (cont.)
mass can be disintegrated, no matter what type is
first requisite of auditing, 53
of mass it is, by ~,197 of Scientology, 92
mustbeusedsparingly,467 Communication Process, "What
could you say to
not using can cause failed pcs, 146 your
father?", 194
part of every process, 138 Communication Processing, Axiom
51, 240
process, 118 communism, cult of, based upon only one
life, 428
prolonged, reduces havingness, 414 compulsively talking,
467
recalling pc's secrets, 250 compulsive position precedes
compulsive thinking, 13
right amount of, 234 condition(s),
sessions, do not go into long ~, 417 all conditions
are postulated conditions, 240
third-dynamic operation, 138 difference between
terminals and conditions, 516
what it is, 296 games; see games condition
withheld, single and sole reason for accumulation Scientology
points out what can be seen or
of ridges and barriers, 415 changed from a
person's own viewpoint to
word of mouth, 92 bring about a change in his own
condition, 438
communication bridge, to get from one process to terminals should
be run, not ~, 323, 332, 354
another, 449 conditioning, randomity contains the idea of
~, 536
communication lag; see also Dianetics '55! conditions of existence,
41Q; see also alter-isness; as defn., length of time between the moment
the isness;is-ness;not-isness
auditor poses the question and moment when conditions of
success; see Problems of Work
that exact question posed is answered positively Confront a
Preclear [process], 545
by pc no matter whether silence or talk or
confrontingmental mass,gradientscale of,227
incorrect answers occurred in the interim, 68
Confrontingness and Recall Processes, 526
defn., length of time, whether verbal or silent, confusion(s),
intervening between the auditor's asking of a
defn., random knowingness and not knowingness
specific question and the specific and precise
create, when unaligned, a confusion, 282
answer of that question by pc, 119 defn., motion
unexpected above the tolerance
defn., length of time intervening between the level
of person viewing it, 538
asking of the question by auditor and reply to
ability to live depends to a marked degree upon
that specific question by pc; question must be
ability to shift consideration of what is con precise, reply must be
precisely to that ques- fusion, what is motionlessness,
540
tion, 128 at length becomes a mystery, 154
defn., interval of time between the moment of how
disseminating Scientology can result in ~,
auditor's asking the question and the reply to
154
that exact question by pc, 234, 449 is the
antithesis of a flow, 154
always reduce every ~ encountered by continued minus
randomity is the opposite of ~, 538
use of same question or process, 99 of earlier
philosophies, 395
explained, 449 of workaday world, handling; seePOW
flat question is when ~ has been similar for three Connectedness
[process], 517, 554
successive questions, 234-35 consciousness, reactive mind
acts below the level of,
how to measure, 128 430
is known to be flat when the replies are readily Consequences
[process], 251
given without pause or hesitation and without
considerations,
any comment on pc's part, 216 aberration, totality
of, is basically ~ a thetan is
most important ~ is the cognition lag, 255 making, 437
no-comm-lag reaction, process above pc's level, all things
are as one considers they are, 447
218 in the form of significances, 68
physical~justanotherkindof~,68 take rank over mechanics of
space, energy and
physiological, 130 time, 67
position on the Tone Scale established by, 128 consulting
ministers, society of, 353
process lag is length of time it takes to reduce all ~ consulting
Scientologist, 262
from a type of question or action in auditing, control;
see also Start-Change-Stop
130 absence of control is sickness itself, 213
questionable answers and repeat of question do anatomy of
~ is start, change and stop, 433, 521
not reduce the ~,128 auditing, earliest stage of,
consists in taking over
what it tells you, 129 control of pc to restore to pc
more control of
communication line(s), himself than he has had, 443
all should have a purpose, 400 bad control, no such thing,
522
are not command lines, 386 difference between good and bad
control, 213
SUBJECT INDEX- 1954/1956
control (cont) D
game, requisite to playing is ability to control, 446
good control is positive control, 522 death,
pc is out of session when he starts to ~ session, cessation
of creation, 433
524 eating is a matter of absorbing ~, 361, 374
preclear, controlling the, 17 exteriorization under
duress, characteristic of
preclear, rehabilitation of, in terms of control, 518
death itself, 430
religion used as bad control, 212 person always exteriorizes
on body death, 432
Control Process, tactile 8-Cb, 553 ultimate failure, 3
create, creating, creation, Decisional Processing, 290, 324
defn., make, manufacture, construct, postulate, DED-DEDEX, 8;
see also Histo)y of Man
bring into beingness, 408 defense of anything is untenable;
only way to defend
ability to, 304 anything is to attack, 157
Axiom 55: create, change, destroy, 313 Definition Processing,
277, 284
common denominator of all aberration (mental
definitions,inbasiccoursesgiveprecise~,391
derangement) is cessation of creation, 433 degradation
begins when thetan is interiorized into
death, cessation of creation, 433 unwanted mass, 38
how to stop, 409; see also as-isness delivering Dianetics and
Scientology, importance of,
individual who has a free heart and mind about life
481
is bent upon creating, 433 deliver what you promise, 392
knowingandunknowing, 409 delusion and hallucination come under
heading of
lying is the lowest order of creativeness, 447
alteration of physical universe facsimile, 546
of knowledge, opposed to knowledge, 437 democracy, Scientology
exists to further and better
of time and creation of memory were concurrent
government of people, and believes in principles
incidents, 222 of democracy, Magna Carta,
Constitution of the
precedes destruction, 245 United States, and Bill of
Rights, 168-69
create-create-create, defn., create again continuously dependence, that
upon which one becomes depen one moment after the next, 408
dent becomes one's enslaver, 142
create-counter-create, defn., to create something destruction,
against a creation; to create one thing and then
defn., a creation of something against a creation of
create something else against it, 408 something
else, 408
Creative Processing, 277, 528 defn., no more creation, 408
adding creativeness to spotting, 304 Axiom 55: create,
change, destroy, 313
crime subdivided into accidental and intentional creation
precedes destruction, 245
crime, 62 no such thing, 408
criminality, 62 Devil, invention of, 508
treatment for, 64 Dharma, 72, 73
criminal(s), Dianetics,
attackers of Scientology had criminal records, 167 defn., a
very exact analytical approach to prob groups, 63 lems of the
mind, 209
insanity of, 63 defn., an extension of old-time faculty-
psychology
mentally deranged persons, 62 of 400 years ago, 405
cure, don't ever promise people you will ~ them, 269 and
Scientology, essential difference between, 118
cycle, defn., a span of time with a beginning and an and
Scientology, less workable the further from
end; a section of the totality of time with a be-
source, 457
ginning and an end; in beginningless and endless
bottom rung of Dianetics, 397
time one can set out periods which do have a early
Dianetics, similarities and differences to
beginning and an end insofar as action is con-
Freud, 465
cerned, 407 engram discovery and erasure methods
owned
cycle of action, 11, 407 entirely by Dianetics, 466
defn., actually only a continuous creation, 408 intention
in, 479
defn., an apparency as follows: create, then sur- lets
preclear overwhelm engram, 398
vive, then destroy; or creation, survival, destruc-
mechanistic science, 209
tion, 407 religion vs. science, 211
actual, defn., create, create-create-create, create-
science of ability [1954],110
counter-create, no creation, nothingness, 408 dichotomy,
defn., plus and minus aspect of all
contains nothing but creation, 408 thought, 445
cyclical process, never leave the process when pc is dictatorship,
why it doesn't work, 423
recalling moments which are far into the past,
differentiation and identification, 272
217 are the two extremes of processes, 297
SUBJECT INDEX- 1954/1956
dimension, space is a viewpoint of, 11,13 duplicate, duplicated,
duplication (cont.)
direct valence, see valence, direct communication depends upon
duplication, 15
Dirty 30 is Procedure 30, which encompassed what is expertly or
poorly done, results in agreement or
now R2-17 and two other steps, 172; see also
disagreement, 136
Opening Procedure by Duplication inability to duplicate
is also inability to be cause
disinterest is one of mechanisms of play, 421 and
inability to be effect, 172
disseminate, disseminating, dissemination, inability to duplicate
on any dynamic is primary
approach the workaday world, not executives, 392
degeneration of thetan, 15
auditing, dissemination of, 265 in mest universe, single
crime is ~,1 5
best ~ is good auditing results, 171 Opening Procedure by
Duplication; see Opening
book distribution and selling, 320 Procedure by
Duplication
contact individuals, not groups, 354 perception depends
upon duplication, 15
correct gradient of data to use, 87 to really as-is you
ha,ve to make a perfect dupli improperly done results in confusion;
correct cate, 299
handling, 154 SOP 8-C Step VIII: Duplication, 15
intro lectures, don't talk about but give them TR 3,
duplication of questions, 236
Scientology, 404 willingness of thetan to duplicate, how
rehabili is a regular routine activity, 355 tated, 15
methods: "I will talk to anyone", illness research- dwindling
spiral, how it comes about, 423
es,casualtycontact,351 dwindling spiral in terms of
knowingness, energy,
methods: street contact, industrial contact and space
andgames, 176
psychoanalytic contact, 351 dying; see death
of material, manual on, 151 dynamics(s), defn., motives or
motivations, urges
of materials of Scientology, correct publics, 153
(drives, impulses) in life, 411
Sunday service as a ~ method, 352 ability of individual to
assume beingness, doingness
use a proper gradient, 88 and havingness of each
dynamic is an index to
using agreement, 390 his ability to live, 412
what to disseminate, 153 are not of equal importance, 412
with "something can be done about it", 264 as combination
of teams to have a game, 422
doctor (medical), role of, 35, 37 audit along the lines of the
wellness in the dyDoctor of Divinity, why, 72 namic, 109
Doctor of Scientology (DScn) ol Hubbard Graduate could best be
represented as a series of concentric
Auditor (HGA) course, 339 circles wherein the
first dynamic would be the
doing, doingness, center, 412
defn., action, function, accomplishment, the at- Dianetics
included dynamics one to four, 412
tainment of goals, the fulfilling of purpose, or eight
arbitrary compartments of life, 411
any change of position in space, 410 eight dynamics,
playing games on, 422
above havingness there is doingness, and above eight
dynamics, purpose of this division is to in doingness there is
beingness, and above being- crease an understanding of life
by placing it in
ness there is communicatingness, and above
compartments, 411
communicatingness there is knowingness, and idea of
space adjoining enters into, 412
above knowingness there is postulatingness, 183
inability to duplicate on any dynamic is primary
energy becomes doingness in life experience, 13
degeneration of thetan, 15
second condition of existence, 410 need for individual to
project and discover interests
"dopiness", unconsciousness or agitation on the part upon
dynamics, 106
of pc, what it means, 449 originally "the urge towards
survival as-", 412
drugs, alcohol, hypnotism, not used in processing, principle of
existence is survive, 106
444 survival considered as single and sole purpose
subdub-in, delusory picture is called dub-in (term taken
divides into at least four dynamics, 107
from movie world), source of, 546 first, 108, 109,
defn., urge of individual toward
dummy auditing, auditing procedures are learned by,
survival for himself, 107
341, 396; see also TRs defn., urge toward
existence as one's self,
duplicate, duplicated, duplication, 49 411
all operating principles of life may be derived from
ability to handle and train and accomplish goals
duplication, 15 as one's self, 109
an enforced fixation in a geographical position one-
way communication is a first dynamic
brings about an unwillingness to duplicate, 15
operation, 138
auditor willingness to duplicate, 121 when seventh
dynamic is reached in its entirety
basicactionofexistenceis ,15 one will only
then discover the true first
communicate so it can be duplicated, 137
dynamic, 412
SUBJECT INDEX - 1954/1956
dynamic (s) (cont.)
second; see also sex E
defn, urge of individual toward survival
through procreation and includes both sex eat(ing),
484
act and raising of progeny, 107 is a matter of
absorbing death, 361, 374
defn., urge toward existence as a sexual or education(al),
bisexual activity; has two divisions-second and
self-created data, a balance, 439
dynamic (a) is the sexual act itself and
forbidden, paralyzes a nation, 439
second dynamic (b) is the family unit includ-
how it can become burdensome, 440
ingthe rearing of children 411 memory is of the
essence in field of education,
ability to have and raise and train children,
238
109 necessary to have a civilization, 439
atomic burn hits mainly at ~, 378 Scientology as
an educational subject, 405
third, defn., urge of individual toward survival effect,
through a group, 107 a potential receipt of flow,
14
defn., urge toward existence in groups of indi-
inability to duplicate is also inability to be cause
viduals; any group or part of an entire class
and inability to be effect, 172
could be considered to be a part of third
prevailing anxiety of thetan is to be an effect, not
dynamic; school, society, town, nation are
to be a cause, 438
each part of third dynamic and each one is a
success, depends upon being willing to be cause
third dynamic, 411 equally in ratio to
being willing to be an effect,
ability on third dynamic is to have the ability
440
to develop social, industrial or agrarian skills
unwillingness to be effect is monitored by unwill so as
to be an asset to the third dynamic, ingness to duplicate,
15
109 efficiency, secret of; see POW
two-way communication is a third-dynamic effort, 483
operation, 138 Effort Processing, to handle serious
illness, 331
fourth, defn., urge of individual toward survival as eight
dynamics; see dynamics, eight
mankind, 107 eighth dynamic; see dynamic, eighth
defn., urge toward existence as mankind, 411 electrical
field, monitors physical structure of the
ability depends on ability on first three dynam-
body, 432
ics, 109 electrical shock, 432
problems solved with communication, 292 Elementary
Straightwire, 118, 130, 144
responsibility, 292, 400 above 1.0, 251
fifth, defn., urge toward existence of animal king- and
other forms of straight wire are intensely
dom; including all living things whether vegetable
beneficial from 1.1 to 1.8 on Tone Scale, 145
or animal; fish in sea, beasts of field, or of forest, E-
Meter, where there is charge (motion) the needle is
grass, trees, flowers or anything directly and
in motion, and where pc is stuck the needle will
intimately motivated by life, 411 freeze, 528
sixth, defn., urge toward existence as physical uni- emotion,
483
verse, which is composed of matter, energy, Emotional Scale
is part of Know to Mystery Scale,
space and time; in Scientology first letter of
136,173
each of these words is taken and a word MEST emotional tones,
scale of, 413
is coined, 411 employee, without known restrictions, is a
slave,
seventh, defn., urge toward existence as or of 422
spirits; anything spiritual, with or without End of
Cycle Processing, 184
identity, would come under seventh dynam- end phenomenon,
cognition, 328
ic, 412 enemy, game doesn't only consist of motion, but of
when reached in its entirety one will only then
enemies and individualities to fight those
discover the true first dynamic, 412
enemies with, 530
eighth, defn., urge toward existence as Infinity;
enemy,oldtactictoknockhimflat,398
also identified as Supreme Being; carefully energy,
observed here that science of Scientology does and
forms necessary to action, 245
not intrude into dynamic of Supreme Being; atomic,
always a tragedy, 378
called eighth dynamic because symbol of in- becomes
doingness in life experience, 13
finity stood upright makes numeral "8", 412 body,
improperly fed, absorbs energy put out by
Scientology does not invade, 412, 432 thetan, 97
chewing energy, 241
derived from mass by fixing two terminals in
proximity in space, 14
SUBJECT INDEX- 1954/1956
energy (cont.) entheta monger in an org, 387
derives from imposition of space between termi- entrapment,
resistance is the one step necessary to,
nals and a reduction and expansion of that 147
space, 13 enturbulence, area of, ceases to exist as soon as
com energy-do, time-have, space-be triangle, 16 munication
is leveled into it, 292
energy-space productionunit, thetan, 10 environment, most
difficult thing thetan does is
engrams in restimulation only because they repre-
handle the environment, 448
sent energy which pc or body pulls in, 42 EP; see end
phenomenon
mental, difference to physical, 228, 431 equity, defn., civil
procedure holding citizens respon
one considers that it exists and that he can per- sible
to citizens which delivers decision to per ceive it, 435
sons in accordance with general expectancy in
postulate made by awareness of awareness unit is a such
cases, 514
higher manifestation than any energy-space ethical code is
not enforceable, 105
manifestation, 215 ethical code, the Code of Honor, 104
reduced, relation to unhappiness, 38 ethic practiced on self-
determined basis, 104-05
Remedy of Havingness, give pc enough energy euthanasia, defn.,
right to kill people considered to be
masses to permit his starved condition to let go
a burden on society, 432
of energy masses he is holding to him, 120 evaluate,
evaluating, evaluation,
starvation for, keynote of case which maintains defn.,
action of shaking stable data, 476
facsimiles in restimulation, 38 and acknowledgment,
difference between, 255
symbol is an idea fixed in energy and mobile in can place
the patient in a hospital, 476
space, 15 dissemination of information to pc is
completely
totality of, is assumptions or considerations, 435
forbidden by Auditor's Code, 1954; this is eval
engram(s), uation, 161
defn., an energy-spatial picture representing a do not
evaluate forthe preclear, 96
moment of pain and unconsciousness and con- for the pc
adds confusion to the case, 475; see also
taining perceptics, 398 psychoanalysis
defn., moment of pain and/or unconsciousness in real crime
of, to tell the patient he is wrong, 475
an exact moment of time (or a mental image self-
determinism of pc reduced markedly by eval picture
containing moments of pain and/or un- uating for pc, 475
consciousness), 529 that which changes pc in space
can evaluate for
action of and restimulation, 172 him, 13
bank, exteriorize from, 243 evidence, rumors not acceptable as, 160
bank, reason for "it mustn't happen again", 172 evil and good,
464
contain, more important than pain and uncon-
exchangedvalence;seevalence,exchanged
sciousness, the moment of shock, which is that
executive(s),
period of realization by body and thetan that can
fail in three ways: seem to give endless free
an overwhelming has occurred, 398 dom, seem
to give endless barriers, make
discovery of, entirely the property of Dianetics,
neither freedom nor barriers certain, 422
466 confidence, what it consists of, 422
erasure converts its mass to acceptable mass, 349 good, gets
his own communication lines running
in restimulation only because they representener-
smoothly and then spends his time going
gy which pc or body pulls in, 42 around not
giving orders but smoothing out
methods of erasure owned entirely by Dianetics,
people's jobs, 387
466 exhaustion; see Problems of Work
of Mustn't Go Away are pictures, 498 existence,
of resistance are black, 497 and reality, 208
power of, relation to being overwhelmed, 398 basic action of
existence is duplication, 15
preclear can be brought to control a mass of ener- conditions
of, 410
gy as heavy as an engram by the gradient scale
reason for, 421
of controlling lighter masses, 227 survival, only
an apparency and only one facet of
Running [19551,196, 277, 284 existence, 412
Straight Wire keys out, 227; see also recall total
significance to existence is the significance
subject of, is the subject of "can't have", 497 that
the being puts there, 470
timelessness or no change in an engram, 143 experience, goal of, 2
vanish, erase rapidly when pc regains ability to
explode,ridgesoften,31
have the idea that he has won and that he has explosion,
fear of things exploding, 1
lost, 399 exterior, exteriorize, exteriorized,
exteriorization; see
entheta can threaten word-of-mouth, 93 also Dianetics '55!
entheta line, 93 auditing is a game of ~ versus havingness, 367
SUBJECT INDEX-1954/1956
exterior, exteriorize, exteriorized, exteriorization failed case due
to exposure to radiation, 380
(cont.) failure,
brings about rapid recovery of case, 80 defn., derives
from failing to do what one intended
caution: do not ask pc to look at his body when to
do, 462
exteriorized, 12 defn., something else happening rather
than the
certainty of, 47 intention, 464
departure of the soul, 430 anatomy of, 462
during a process, how to handle, 295, 445; see also
postulates are reversed in action, 447
Interiorization Rundown [in full index] and win,
difference between, 462
dying, a person always exteriorizes, 432 death, ultimate
failure, 3
from engram bank, 243 most marked when one intends to do
something
how the auditor knows pc is, 12 bad and doesn't
accomplish it, 463
interiorization-exteriorization, mechanisms of, 49 of
postulate or intention, 462
is end result of Start-Change-Stop, 521 father's universe,
being in, example, 436, 438
non-exteriorized cases, 42 field auditor and central organization,
458
not accompanied by a shock, pain or duress is field auditor
shouldn't depend on central org for pcs,
quite therapeutic, 431 351
one of goals of processing, 429 field auditor vs. central org,
369
pc misemotion about, how to handle, 335, 372 fifth dynamic; see
dynamic, fifth
perceptions when exterior, 11 Fighting Process, 85
Remedy of Havingness for Exteriorization, 181 fighting, to
have a game, 115
SLP, Level Six [1956], exercises their exteriori- figure-figure
case, what he is doing, 349
zation and stabilizes, 326 . figure-figure-figure, source
of, 47
SLP, Level Three [1956], this is what exteriorizes finance, how
financial security is obtained, 319
them, 324 finance of the organization, early days, 459
test for, 50 Find a Pc [process], 250
thetan exterior is described fully in second chapter "Find
something in this room that is comfortably real
of DMSMH, 120 to you" [process], 207
thinking thoughts exterior to head and bank, 325 first dynamic;
see dynamic, first
type of, which is most aberrative of all traumatic first postulate;
see postulate, first
actions, 430 fixed beliefs, how to lead a person out of,
476
under duress, 430 fixed ideas and phobias, processes for,
[1956], 454
why not very acceptable to the public, 79 flat question or
process, defn., when the communi cation lag
has been similar for three successive
questions, 234, 449; see also end
phenomenon
F flattening and unflattening, phenomena of a
process,
328
facsimile(s); see also mental image pictures flitter, 181
defn., a mental image picture of the physical uni- flow(s),
verse sometime in the past, 429 cause, a potential
source of flow, 14
defn., energy picture made by thetan or body's confusion
is the antithesis of a flow, 154
machinery of physical universe environment; it
effect, a potential receipt of flow, 14
is like a photograph; it is made of mental ener-
preclear who feels dopey or "boils of P' has either
gy; it means copy of the physical universe, 546
run too long on flow in one direction, in which
and solids, 546 case reverse flow, or he has reduced
havingness
automaticity of making pictures, 231 down to a point
where he feels tired or sleepy,
effect of on thetan, 229 182
making pictures solid, 454 unconsciousness caused by a flow
which has
mass of the energy picture is energy, 431 flowed too
long in one direction, 450
starvation for energy, keynote of case which main- wrongness
in terms of flow is inflow, 14
tains facsimiles in restimulation, 38 force, invalidation is
symbolic manifestation of ~, 96
Straight Wire and pictures, 228 forget and remember, 316
thetanusesto assistmemory, 230 greatest automaticity in
which anyone was en
use of, 548 gaged, 221
were first designed to have an effect upon some-
relationship to each other, 298
body else,548 forgetting, defn., process of not-knowing
the past,
why they float, 528 440
fact, reasons always follow the , 47 Foundations are not
organizations, 460
Factors; see CHA; Vol. I fourth dynamic; see dynamic, fourth
"fade-away" question has no possible answer, 129 fourth postulate; see
postulate, fourth
SUBJECT INDEX-1954/1956
freedom, game(s) (cont.)
and barriers, auditing is that process of bringing a
dwindling spiral in terms of knowingness, energy,
balance between, 366 space and games, 176
and barriers, workable balance between, 418, 422, elements of
games applied to life, 421
423 fighting, to have a game, 115
exists amongst barriers, 422 goal of Scientology is
rehabilitation of the game,
for the individual, goal of Scientology, 215 366
from, a perfect trap, 422 how one loses ability to have
games, 446
freedom-monger, the agitator, achieves a no-game, how
rehabilitated,367,446
399 is an optimum randomity, 540
Freud, 465-70 life is a game, 366, 498; see also POW
Funeral Service, Church of Scientology, 363 mood of game (the Tone
Scale), 367
future, not-knowing the future is being without goals, need for
additional element "the power of
440 choice", 424
future of Scientology, 450 no freedom without barriers, 418
Future Processing, 1 of life demands one assume a beingness in
order to
future, the sane are concerned with the future, 1, 2
accomplish a doingness in the direction of
havingness, 410
preclear refuses to recover, using his state
as a ~,
G 446
problems, necessary to the playing of a
game, 446
gains, training vs. auditing gains, 369 purposes become counter-
posed, 423
game(s), 272; see also FOT remedy of having no game, 273
defiL, composed of freedom, problems, and hav- requisite
to playing is ability to control, 446
ingness, awareness and interest, 367 rightness and
wrongness rules of a game, 272
defn, contests in overwhelrnings, 397 role in a game could
be said to be assumption
defh, consists of freedom, barriers and purposes,
(choosing) of a category of identity, 410
421 scarcity of games, 446
defn contest of person against person, or team thetan,
basic game of, 556
against team, 421 thetan creates mest to have a
game, 176
ability to play a game consists of tolerance for thetan cuts
down knowingness to have a game,
freedom and barriers and insight into purposes,
176
with power of choice over participation, 424 traps are
part of games, 485
all games are aberrative, 503 willingness to win and
willingness to lose, 447
auditing is not a game between auditor and pc on Games Congress,
Shoreham Hotel, 503
an opposing basis but on a team basis, 100, 367 Games
Processing, 366, 417
being forced to play, 424 definitions and elements, 367
called physical universe, 1 1, 1 5 demand that all can't
haves be run on something
capability in playing, 440 else than the pc, 516
conditions, 177, 273, 471, 556; see also no-game entirety
of, 516
conditions SLP, Level Five [1956], makes them able to
play
all unlimited and highly workable processes are
games, 325
games conditions, 504, 557 GE; see genetic entity
boredom described in terms of ~,177 generality, preclear
who answers with systematized
good case condition is knowing ~, 558 generality,
256; see also suppressive person [in
havingness drops when compulsive comes in, full
index]
489 genetic entity, 361, 547
how to maintain games condition in pc, 486 runs on
being sacrificed to, 374
individual in high ~ is in motion, 528 geographical position,
an enforced fixation in a geo list of most processable ~, 503, 556
graphical position brings about an unwillingness
processing rule, never process a no-game condi-
to duplicate, 15
tion, only a game condition, 471 getting pc in session, 217
violation of ~ brings about restimulation, 505 Gita [Give
and Take] Modified, 277, 285
desire for a game, 485 give, he who would give must be willing to
receive,
difference in games, 485 440
difficulties of a thetan are staying in the game and "Give me an
unknown datum" [process], 257
keeping it going, 434 "Give me something you
wouldn't mind forgetting"
doesn't only consist of motion, but of enemies and
[process], 219
individualities to fight those enemies with, "Give me
something you wouldn't mind remember-
530 ing" [process], 219
SUBJECT INDEX - 1954/1956
"Give me some things you could say to " "Give
me some things could say to you" [pro-
H
cess], 241; see also Routine 0-A [in full index]
glib preclears, 208 happiness, only you will ever find lies within
you,
goal(s), ll 1
being without goals is the process of not-knowing happiness, what
it is, 111
the future, 440 happy trait, why it moves, 337
of auditors, 487 HASI, functions of, [1955] ,164
of Scientology, 440 HASI, purpose of, 1 51,171
good and evil, 464 have, having, havingness, 38, 42, 491, 516
good, intending to do something good and doing
defn.,massorobjects,l80
something bad, 463 defn., the "gimmick" or "weenie"
for which the
government, game is played, 183
attackandpress,312 defn., owning, possessing, being
capable of com corrects mistakes by adding rules and terminals,
manding, positioning, taking charge of objects,
387 energies or spaces, 410
degree of sanity in government, 272 defn., to be able to
touch or permeate or to direct
propaganda, 313 the disposition of, 410
Scientology and civil government, 168 defn., reward of a
game, 446
Scientology, belief of, that no government should defn.,
postulate that one must communicate versus
be interfered with, 292 postulate that one
must communicate to somegradient, gradient scale, thing, 491
defn, a proceeding fromsimplicity toward greater above
havingness there is doingness, and above
difficulty, giving pc always no more than he can
doingness there is beingness, and above being do but giving him as much
as he can do until he ness there is communicatingness, and
above
can handle a great deal, 443
communicatingness there is knowingness, and
defn., a scale of conditions ranging from zero to above
knowingness there is postulatingness, 183
infinity, 530 and barriers, 499, 500
auditing, gradient of processes, 247, 250 and traps, 485
preclear can be brought to control a mass of anxiety about,
499
energy as heavy as an engram by the gradient auditing is
a game of exteriorization versus ~, 367
scale of controlling lighter masses, 227 auditor's
havingness of pcs, 501
processes consist of utilizing the principle of the can't
have, 486
gradient scale to the end of placing pc in better cases
do not improve when ~ neglected, 396
control of himself, his mind, people and uni- cases
who do not resolve easily have to have ad verse around him, 443
dressed in them the problem of havingness, 52,
use of gradient scale, 181 303
Grand Tour [process], 43, 44 causes of dropped havingness,
an example, 189 bad ARC, inaccurate or clumsy auditing,
run is the Route 1 or exteriorized version of Spotting
ning thinking processes and ignoring real pt
Spots, 188 problems, 489
Granting of Beingness; see beingness, granting of drops when
compulsive game condition comes
graphs, psychometric, 337 in, 489
group(s), introduction of too much space, 414
auditing sessions, 70 preclear talking obsessively
reduces havingness,
Church meeting, use group auditing, 262 443,
449
dissemination, contact individuals not groups, 354
processes that reduce havingness, 489, 490
local auditors and groups, 457 reason it drops, 182
only way to accumulate a group is by teaching a
taking an inventory in opening a case reduces
basic course, 382 havingness, 414
research, a joke, 198 too much 2-way comm, 489
Group Processing; see also C~4 why it depletes, 494
Group C [process] ,16 changes pc position on Tone Scale, 337
results in better individuals but not better individ-
cognition and havingness, 334, 336, 372
uals for Scientology, 369 conservation of havingness
in the pc, 414
without training doesn't work, 382 do not force a person
to communicate who is low
on havingness, 480
don't neglect, 336, 373
earliest findings on, 349
entering wedge for any and all cases, 414
SUBJECT INDEX- 1954/1956
have, having, havingness (cont.) have, having, havingness (cont.)
extended to space, 183 SOP 8-C Step IV: Havingness, 14
importance of, 371 subjective, 545, 553
indicators of dropped ~, 1 82, 333, 344, 371, 372, there can't
be enough havingness, 495
445,449 two-way communication applied to a mass
will
agitation and excitement of pc, 337 as-is mass
without particularly depleting ~ of
anaten, 44, 334 pc, 196
somatics which turn on, 334 unhappiness, relation to
reduced energy (~), 38
individual has to have, reason for, 47 use of "push" instead
of "pull", 181,182
matter becomes havingness, in life experience, 14 vacuum and
havingness, problems of, 473
negative havingness, 415 Waterloo Station, difficulties
with, due to pc in
one is trapped by those things to which he will not
ability to remedy havingness, 336, 373
grant havingness, 485 when to run, 344
preclear's cognitions are valuable; don't run H-bomb, 402
thought out faster than ~ and solids run in, 489 HCA; see
Hubbard Certified Auditor
problems and havingness, 304 healing, defn., consists of
getting at what is wrong
purpose of, 179 and making it right, 478
radiation burns can be cured with havingness, 379 "healing"
methods, failing to convert people in older,
Remedy of Havingness, 38, 68,119,123,176 476
defn, remedy of preclear's native ability to "Hello" and
"Okay", 188,189,192
acquire things at will and reject them at will,
to Pictures, 230, 250
180 High School Indoctrination consists of teaching an
above 3.1, 252 auditor not to let a pc stop him,
524
as an ExteriorizationProcess, 181 holders, groupers,
denyers are embryonic barriers,
avalanches, outflowing and inflowing, 39 498
body disappears while remedying havingness, "hold it still",
489
how to handle, 335, 373 homo novis, 473
done at any time during any of the processes as Honor, Code
of, an ethical code, 104
long as the pc is in communication with
hospitalofficials,howtohandle,l56
auditor, 183 HPA, Hubbard Professional Auditor; see
Hubbard
effect on auditing results, 348 Certified
Auditor
End of Cycle Processing,184 Hubbard Advanced Auditor (B.Scn.)
[1956], 345,
EP, 356 510
give pc enough energy masses to permit his Hubbard
Certified Auditor [1956], 339, 340, 342,
starved condition to let go of energy masses
510, 545
he is holding to him, 120 certificate, 135
"have" is only run on the pc hirnself; "can't
indoctrination week, 343
have" is run on all other subjects, objects, Hubbard
Dianetic Research Foundation in New Jer valences, and
activities, 516 sey, 458
if pc boils or gets dull, 44 Hubbard Graduate Auditor
(D.Scn.) [1956], 510
in the light of stops, 496 humanities of the past were full
of opinions, 407
is accomplished by creating an abundance of all hypnotic,
hypnotism, 478
things, 14 drugs, alcohol, hypnotism not used in
processing,
is distinct from repairing havingness, 358 444
necessary to all processes, 358 how to run out, 120
problems, how to remedy havingness of prob- hypnotic
command leads to slaves, 478
lems, 323 Opening Procedure by Duplication runs
out ~,
processes, 119,177,180, 308, 335, 373, 454 172
Spotting Spots in Space, 278, 285, 291, 326 post-
hypnotic suggestion, mechanism of, 1
Terrible Trio, a super-gold process, 396 process of,
is monotony and central fixation on
Trio, Havingness Process, how to run, 444 some
one object, 120
what it addresses, 177 psychoanalysis, early
dependence upon ~, 478
when in doubt, remedy havingness, 180, 333 trance
condition, 430; see also reactive mind
you can remedy anybody's havingness, 334,
372
Repair of vs. Remedy of, 335, 372 I
restrained havingness, 415
result of withheld communication, 415 idea, from an idea flows the
energy and forms neces Scale, 498, 559 sary to action,
245
auditing the Havingness Scale, 499 idea versus war, 245
SUBJECT INDEX- 1954/1956
identification and differentiation, 272 intention(s),
are the two extremes of processes, 297 anatomy of
problem is intention vs. intention, 446
identifying past with present, 224 failure is a failure of
postulate or intention, 462
identities, scarcity of, 468 failure is postulates or ~ reversed in
action, 447
ill(ness), see also psychosomatic illness; somatics good and
bad, 463
accidents and illness and bacterial infection pre- interest is
keynote of attachment, 243
determined by spiritual malfunction and unrest,
interiorize, interiorization,
153 degradation begins when thetan is interiorized
into
auditors, don't work with the severely ill or insane,
unwanted mass, 38
268 exact mechanisrns of, 418
caused by recognizable bacteria and injury in ac-
exteriorization-interiorization, 42
cident are best treated by physical means, 153
mechanisms of, 49
Effort Processing, to handle serious illness, 331 whole
problem of, is problem of coinciding spots
physical illness caused by the mind, 431 which do
not actually coincide, 196
physically ill pc, 208 internship, organizational, 510
researches as a dissemination method, 351, 353 invalidate,
invalidation, 476
sickness is absence of control, 213 defn., overtly and
consciously, knocking the props
inaction and indecision, cause of, 3 out from under him,
476
individual, defn, a spirit controlling a body via a defn.,
saying he is really not supposed to be there,
mind, 432; see also thetan 476
individualities, game doesn't only consist of motion, defn.,
saying that a person has no validity, 476
but of enemies and ~ to fight those enemies do not
invalidate or correct pc's data, 96
with, 530 greatest ~ to be struck when one does not
expect
indoctrination, High School Indoctrination, what it to be
struck, to be criticized when one does not
is, how to run it, 524 think he merits
criticism, 476
indoctrination, organizational, 519 verbal, defn., symbolic
manifestation of force, 96
indoctrination week, 340 "Invent a lie about (indicated object)"
[process], 327
inflow,wrongnessintermsofflowis~,14 "Invent a problem of comparable
magnitude" [proinformation; see also knowledge cess], 447
causing information to come into existence, 439 "Invent a
problem" [process], 354
forbidding any self-created ~ creates a puppet, run only
on a terminal, not condition, 332
439 Invention Processing, 277, 284
valuable to the degree that you can use it, 440 inventories, do
not take, 417
injustice, defn., failure to administer existinglaw, 514 inventory,
taking an inventory in opening a case reinsane, insanity,
duces havingness, 414
as a defense, 61 IQ; see intelligence quotient
atomic radiation, basic ingredient in insanity, 379 isness and
not-isness, 235
auditors, don't work with the severely ill or insane,
268 J
is mostly an inability to stop, 433
legal definition, 61, 62
of criminal, 63 jail, being in, and being king in a castle, 436
treatment of, today far worse than two centuries job, creating
it, 409; see also POW
ago, 466 justice, defn-, impartial administration of laws
of land
in session; see session, in in accordance with extant level
of severity
intelligence, 441, defn., ability to pose and resolve mercy ratio of
people, 514
problems relating to survival, 224 what it is, 514~
515
memory has very little to do with ~, 224
psychology taught that ~ never changed, 405
K
quotient [IQ],
profiles and IQ gain, 489 Keep It from Going Away
[process], 545, 553
primary reason for, 490 key-out vs. erasure, example, 227
raised by increasing mental mass, experiment, kindness,
mercy, charity are the highest and kingliest
349 qualities there are, 237
raising, 209 know, knowing, knowingness, 279; see also
Know to
student IQ, effect of processing on, 340
Mystery Scale
test for IQ and personality, 392 ability to, 440
training gives bigger IQ rises than group process-
and not-know, 297, 316, 408, 440, 483
ing, 391 awareness of awareness unit builds space to
cut
Intensive Procedure, 69 down knowingness, 176
SUBJECT INDEX- 1954/1956
know, knowing, knowingness (cont.) Level One [1956] is what gets the
case moving, 322
higher than ARC, 136 Level Two [1955], 276, 284
how to know answers, Scientology is the science Locational
and Not-Know Processes, 289
of, 67 Level Two [1956] is what changes the Scientometric
mission of Scientology is to raise ~ of spirit to
tests, 324
degree that it knows what it is and what it is Level Three
[1955], Decisional Processing, 290
doing, 153 Level Three [1955] is a subjective level, 276, 284
random knowingness and not knowingness create Level Three
[1956] is what exteriorizes pcs, 324
when unaligned a confusion, 282 Level Four [1955], Opening
Procedure by Duplica second postulate: know, 297 tion, 290
space is first barrier of knowingness, l l Level Four [1955],
Opening Procedure 8-C, 277, 285
Straight Wire on Secrets, Knowingness, 251 Level Four [1956]
builds back their willingness to
thetan, basic qualities of, ~ and understanding, 143
live, 325
thetan cuts down knowingness to have a game, Level Five [1955],
Opening Procedure by Duplica 176 tion by First
Postulate, 277, 285
knowledge; see also information Level Five [1955], Remedy of
Communication
defn, assured belief, that which is known, infor-
Scarcity, 291
mation, instruction; enlightenment, learning; Level Five
[1956] makes pcs able to play games, 325
practical skill, 437 Level Six [1955], Remedy of Havingness
and Spot defn., data, factors and whatever can be thought
ting Spots in Space, 278, 285, 291
about or perceived,437 Level Six [1956] exercises pcs'
exteriorization and
defn, that which is perceived or learned or taken
stabilizes, 326
from another source, 437 library, vast, of Scientology,
457
history of, 72 lie detector does not detect a lie, it merely
detects the
only half the answer, 437 misownership of the picture
of the incident,
Scientology means knowledge; scio means know- 236
ing in the fullest sense of the word; studying life,
how to know in the fullest sense of the word; a
contest of "overwhelmings", 397
this is the same word as Dharma, which means all
operating principles of life may be derived from
knowledge; Tao, which means the way to
duplication, 15
knowledge; Buddhism, which means the way to becomes
purposeless lacking restrictions, 423
spiritual knowledge, 214 eight main divisions, 411;
see also dynamics, eight
thirst for, would be the thirst for other thetan's elements of
games applied to life, 421
postulates, 438 fundamentals of; see Dianetics '55!
Know-Sex Scale, 42 in the body, thetan puts it there, 362, 374
Know to Mystery Scale, 136,176 in the womb, 466
and Op Pro by Dup, 173 is a game, 366, 421
Emotional Tone Scale is part of ~,173 one can intend to
change life for the better and
processes on, 483 succeed, 464
right intention toward, 464
source of, 153; see also thetan
L understood by likening it to a game,
421
we know more about life now than life does,
473
lag, communication; see communication lag which he has just
lived, thetan does not care to
language of Scientology, how to learn, 534 remember, 432
laws, defn, codified agreements of people crystalliz- lifetime, next,
affected by what we create in this life ing their customs and
representing their believed- time, 433
in necessities of conduct, 514 live, living, livingness,
derived from custom, 514, 515 ability to live depends to a
marked degree upon
learning, when one learns he is being an effect, 437
ability to shift consideration of what is conlecturing, don't close
terminals, 159 fusion, what is motionlessness, 540
legal, as automatic as machinery, 402
attacks on anauditor,howtohandle, 156 co-existence, superior
to ARC triangle and me control of organization, 319
chanics of living, 136
legal definition for insanity: the inability to differ- Level
Four [1956] builds back willingness to live,
entiate right from wrong, 62 325
legal problems, best defense is attack, 157 live
communication, postulates, will always create
Level One [1955], 275, 283 change, 258
Rudiments, 289 training, essential to give people tools to
live bet
Level One [1956], an experimental arrangement, 327 ter, 369
SUBJECT INDEX - 1954/1956
Locational Processing, 275, 283 mass(es) (cont.)
establish the existence of a session by, 250 changing masses
with anything less than life or
purpose of, 275 memory or communication or postulate
brings
look (perceive), 483 us into a condition of persistence of a
condi"Look at me, who am I?" [process], 444 tion, 235
lose, losing, lost, communication has the power of eradicating
defn, when one intends to do one thing and ac-
spaces and masses, 197, 467
complishes something else, 462 could be said to be
memory, 217
engrams vanish, erase rapidly when pc regair s abil-
depends on misownership for its persistence, 236
ity to have idea that he has won and that he has
energy is derived from mass by fixing two termi lost, 399
nals in proximity in space, 14
or winning, anatomy of, is anatomy of postulate is created
by the command that it be created, not
and reverse-postulate, 462 by the communication
itself, 467
loss of control takes place with the loss of pan-deter- mental
image pictures, actually composed of ener minism, 433 gy;
they have mass, they exist in space, 229
loss of havingness, symptoms of; see havingness, indi- mental
mass, 196
cators of dropped pc can be brought to control a
mass of energy as
loss, stuckina, 462 heavy as an engram by the gradient
scale of
"love thy neighbor", 211 controlling lighter masses, 227
low-havingness person withholds communication, relationship
between intelligence and mass, 349
415; see also havingness resulting mass of energy
picture is energy, 431
LRH; see also Ron seriousness, the more mass the more ~, 179
by-line on his books, 453 thetan can increase body mass by
mocking up pic enfranchisement by the Freudians, 465
tures, 431
in Dublin [1956], 384 two types of, 197
what LRH thinks of auditors, 393 matter, ARC triangle very
spacious at level of serenity
written issues from, 350 and completely condensed at
level of matter,
LSD produces insanity, 268 413
lying, defn, lowest order of creativeness, 447 matter becomes
havingness, in life experience, 14
pc's sanity and continued happiness depend upon mechanics of
space, energy and time, considerations
ability to create new facts, 178 take rank over,
67
Lying about the Problem [process], 447 medical doctor(s),
Lying Processes and Orders, omit, 417 indispensable in society,
432
psychosomatics, not the province of the ~,
36
role of, 35, 37,155
M Scientologists and ~, conflicts
between, how to
handle, 156
machinery, 230 medicine does not contain a definition for "mind",
auditor running the pc's machinery when pc's real- 432
ity on question is low, 218 medicine, role of, 153
machines which reverse communications, handling of, membership cards
and membership pins, 368, 381
53 membership does not give right to publish or excerpt
make nothing out of everything, students who, 345 or
reorganize Scientology, nor right to teach it
"Make it more solid" [process], 455 formally, 161
rnaking nothing out of something, 223 memberships, reason for, 367
man, divisible into three parts: thetan, mind, body, memory,
428 defn, automaticity which is not under the control
man is his own immortal soul, 6, 7 of the pc, 217
man, willingness to destroy man, source of, 402 defn.,
mechanically, the tracking of positions, 222
management and activities of Scientology organiza creation of time
and creation of memory were
tions, 318 concurrent incidents, 222
manager responsibility, 423 failure in ~ causes thetan to be very
frantic, 223
marriages fail only because the games get confused has very little
to do with intelligence, 224
between husband and wife, 398 improvement of, 220
mass(es), in terms of particles and space, 222
and ability to tolerate mass, the bases of good in the
field of education ~ is of the essence, 238
therapy, 467 mass could be said to be memory, 217
are more important than perceptions, 39 pictures, thetan
uses to assist memory, 230
by "havingness" one means mass or objects, 180 theory of
memory, 222, 223
why people can't remember, 221
SUBJECT INDEX-1954/1956
mental energy, difference to physical energy, 228, mind (cont.)
431 man is divisible into three parts: thetan, mind,
mental energy, thetan by mocking up pictures can body,428
increase body mass, 431 physical illness, caused by
the mind, 431
mental healing, brutality practiced under the name separation of
thetan from mind is most thera
of, 466 peutic action when done in Scientology
promental health organizations, Scientology organiza-
cessing, 430
tions contain more members than all other, 406 there
can be a mind without a body, 274
mental image picture(s), 228, 229; see also facsimiles thetan,
easiest thing he does is change his mind,
actually composed of energy; they have mass, they 448
exist in space, 229 thetan is senior to mind and
body, 432
is called a facsimile when it is a "photograph" of three main
divisions-analytical, reactive and soma the physical universe sometime
in past, 429 tic mind, 429
mental mass, 196 minister, auditor as, 262, 355
gradient scale of confronting ~, 227 ministers, society of
consulting, 353
IQ raised by increasing ~, experiment, 349 minus randomity; see
randomity, minus
mercy, defn, lessening away from public's acceptance miso~,vned
thing, persistence of, 220, 236
of discipline necessary to guarantee their mu- mocking up
terminals, Creative Processing, 277
tual security, 514 mock-up(s), defn, self-created image pc
can see, 16
charity, kindness are the highest and kingliest defn.,
mental image picture when it is created by
qualities there are, 237 thetan or for thetan
and does not consist of a
mest, mest universe, 411 photograph of physical universe,
429
anchor points are points which are anchored in a automatic,
546
space different to physical universe space get unreal
because thetan is not-ising existence,
around a body, 432 how to handle, 184
dwindling spiral of mest universe, 38 Modified Gita [process],
277, 285
game called physical universe, 11 money, not accepting from pc you
cannot help, 442
incomprehensible to a thetan, 137 money, small amount needed to
start a center, 377
mest universe is a game consisting of barriers, 15 moral code is
enforceable, 105
organism can't be owned like mest, 288 mores, defn, heavily agreed-
upon policed codes of
processing, goal of, is to bring individual into such
conduct of society, 105; see also ethics (for dif thorough
communication with physical uni- ferentiation) [infullindex]
verse that he canregain power andability of his motion,
individual in high games condition is in
own postulates, 67 motion, 528
reaching and withdrawing from mest, 22 motionlessness, ability to
live depends to a marked
reason pc is stuck in mest universe is the overt act
degree upon ability to shift consideration of
phenomenon, 9 what is confusion, what is ~, 540
remedy, 502 motionlessness, how to run, 516
self-determinism is proportionate to handling of motivators, body
hungry for, 333; see also overt act-
mest, 287 motivator
single crime in mest universe is duplication, 15 Muhammad, 211
theta-mest theory, 47; see also SOS mystery, 484
thetan, behaving like mest, 137 confusion at length becomes
a mystery, 154
thetan creates mest to have a game, 176 principle of,
299
thetan is capable of making space, energy, mass
and time, 432
thetan receives impressions of physical universe
and past activities, 429 N
Mest Processing, 287
Mimicry, 140, 553; see also Process R2-69 in Crea- native state, 282
tion of Hurnan Ability auditor can assume that pc
is in a , 281
entering wedge of communication, 138 of a thetan, insisted
on all the way down scale,
mind, defn., network of communications and pic- 279
tures, energies and masses, 429 necessity level, defn.,
sudden increase of randomity
basic conflicts of, 282 to a sufficiency that
individual makes a momen communications system, 429 tary
adjustment to it, momentarily increases his
Dianetics is a very exact analytical approach to
tolerance for unexpected motion, 540
problems of the mind, 209 neurosis, defn., a habit which,
worsening, flies en function of mind is to pose and resolve problems
tirely out of control, 433
relating to survival, 295 in the families of the rich,
424
SUBJECT INDEX- 1954/1956
neurotic, defn., barely able to keep up with the pre- Opening
Procedure by Duplication, 68, 119, 172,
sent,1 325,545
run on Opening Procedure of 8-C, 81 above 2.6, 251
newspaper ads, where to place, 353 and Know to Mystery Scale,
173
no creation, defn, an absence of any creation; no cre- brings a
person upscale to a point where he is ac ative activity, 408
tually able to follow and duplicate processes,
no-game condition(s), 176, 471; seealsogamecon- 82
ditions by First Postulate, 277, 285
defn, a totality of barriers or a totality of free-
howtorun, 173
dom, 422 prerequisites to, 172
freedom-monger, agitator, achieves a no-game, 399 runs out
hypnotism, 172
is a summary of native state of thetan, 557 R2-17, minimum
time to run, 172
limited and unworkable processes are ~, 504, 557 Opening
Procedure of 8-C; see 8-C
list of most to be avoided ~, 503, 556 Operating Thetan, abilities,
247
preclear is usually close to, 367 Operating Thetan, state of,
higher than theta clear
processing rule, never process a ~, only a game and
means person does not need a body to
condition, 471, 504 communicate or work, 1 1
winning and losing, 463 Operation Phoenix, defn., 87
nomenclature of Scientology, how formulated, 535 Op Pro by Dup; see
Opening Procedure by Dupli
non-persistence case, 22 cation
nothing, making nothing out of something, 223 optimum randomity; see
randomity, optimum
not-ising body, 208 Orders and Lying Processes, omit, 417
not-isness, 205, 208, 235; see also conditions of exis- orders and
postulates, idea they will always be
tence obeyed, 464
not-isness, cycle of not-isness of any perception, 300 orders, running
pc on, 323
not-know, 299; see also know and not-know org; see organization
defn, ability to erase by self-command the past organism, can't
be owned like mest, 288
without suppressing it with energy, 445 organization(s),
organizational,
abilityto,440,445 defn., something which has its own
spirit; com first postulate: not-know, 297 posed of people
or living beings who are
person who cannot, 313 governed by certain rules and
purposes and who
"Not-know" Process, 289, 445; see also Waterloo Sta-
know how to do their jobs, 459
tion central organization; see central organization
communication,
crime of omission, refusing to
communicate, 165
O organization reports,
purpose of, 314
organization terminals must also
originate, not
objective process, defn, exercises which directly ap-
just reply or report, 386
proach other people or physical universe, 448
organization terminals must keep command
defn, pc is processed between himself and his en-
position informed, 386
vironment, 449 originating letters, 315
objective vs. subjective processes, 448 particles must be
handled speedily, 386
objects, by "havingness" one means mass or ~,180 criticism of,
199
objects, observation of, 516 essential functions, 315
objects, theta creates space and time and objects to finance,
early days, 459
locate in them, 13 financial security, how it is
obtained, 319
observation, part of scientific method, 477 focal point is upon
Scientology not its organizaobsession, thetan's primary ~, 223
tions or auditors or personalities, 132
obsessive change, high-critical cases in an org, 387 history of,
458
occluded case is too fixed, 23 indoctrination, 519
old age, a consideration, 407 internship [1956], 510
O-Meter, 229, 236 legal control of, 319
omission, refusing to communicate is a crime of ~,
managementandactivitiesofScientology~[1955],
165 318; see also org board [in full index]
one-shot clear; see Dianetics '55! of Dianetics and
Scientology, 456
"only one"(s), 348 operational stabilities, 305
defn, an individual only playing on first dynamic, personnel,
422 organization is composed of people, 459
arrant personal cowards, 439 organization staff
should know what's going on
one-way comm is a first-dynamic operation, 138 in
the org, 315
SUBJECT INDEX- 1954/1956
organization(s), personnel (cont.) pan-determinism (cont.)
personnel an organization would be better off defn,
ability to regulate two or more identities
without, 387 whether or not opposed, 179
principle: statistics and results count, 359 defn, ability to
play any side or as part of any
purposes of, 151 team, being capable of playing any and
all levels
smooth organization, defn, consists of having a of
any dynamic, 397
terminal for each type of activity in which the defn,
determining activities of two or more sides
organization is engaged, 386 in a game
simultaneously, 423
how operational smoothness is obtained, 319 loss of
control takes place with loss of ~, 433
stability, how to obtain, 387 one is pan-determined about
any game to which he
supervision of organization, defn., consists of is
senior; he is self-determined only in any game
keeping terminals in place and keeping correct
to which he is junior, 423
traffic (particles and messages) flowing to right pan-
determined vs. single viewpoint in processing,
terminals and planning to adjust communi- 418
cation flow either from outside in or fram thetan can
only become disabledbybecomingtoo
inside out, 386 little pan-determined, 434
system, if you have one, follow it, 387 para-Scientology, 433,
defn., all of uncertainties and
OT; see Operating Thetan unknown territories of life which
have not been
out-created, manifestations of being, 434 completely
explored and explained, 432
Over and Under on the Bank [process], 545 past,
Over and Under Solids [process], 554 forgetting is process of not-
knowing ~, 440
overrunning, 328 identifying past with present, 224
overt act(s), 8 preclear is not product of past, he is product of
is manifestation of retaliation, 8 himself, 144
methods of handling, 8 present and past time, relationship,
224
phenomenon is interlocking of incidents so both psychotic
is concerned with past, 1, 2
incidents become more or less obscured, 8 remembering
is process of knowing past, 440
reason pc is stuck in mest universe is overt act time,
present and past, 409
phenomenon, 9 pc; see preclear
to the body, 323 perception(s),
two types of, 8 analytical mind combines perceptions of the
imovert act-motivator, 8 mediate environment, of past (via
pictures) and
Acceptance Level Processing and ~ sequence, 8
estimations of future into conclusions which
if one wins he often regrets it, 398 are based upon
realities of situations, 429
overwhelming, Creative Processes, motions, stops and ~, 528
aberration is mainly overwhelming of teammates cycle of
alter-isness and not-isness of ~, 300
(wrong target), 397 depends upon duplication, 15
and being overwhelmed, 446 masses are more important than ~,
39
auditor overwhelming pc, 399 when exterior, 11
engrams contain, more important than pain and persistence and
as-isness, 226
unconsciousness, the moment of shock, which persistence, a
thing persists only if it is misowned, 220
is that period of realization by body and thetan
persistence, changing masses with anything less than
that an overwhelming has occurred, 398 life or
memory or communication or postulate
games, contests in overwhelmings, 397 brings us into a
condition of ~ of a condition,
is an idea, 398 235
primary overwhelming is to take space, 397 personality, test for
IQ and personality, 392
"Overwhelming" [process], how to run, 447 "personal relations",
advertising auditing as, 261
idea of "overwhelming" things [process], 417 person, the
personality, is separable from body and
overwork, caused by bad admin, 387 . mind at will, 428; see
also exteriorization
ownership, 198 phobias and fixed ideas, process for, [1956], 454
ownership of Scientology, 199 physical universe; see mest universe
Ownership Processing, 45, 236 physiological communication lag, 130
own valence (identity); see valence, own pictures; see facsimiles
Pictures, Hellos and Okays to, [process], 230, 250
play, mechanism of, 421
P plus randomity; see randomity, plus
polio and arthritis cases, experiment on curing,
331
pain, attitudes toward, 2 political, Scientologist has no specialized
~ or relipan-determinism; see also Dianetics '55! gious
convictions beyond those dictated by
wisdom and his own early training, 67
SUBJECT INDEX - 1954/1956
political, Scientology is not, 268 preclear(s)('s) (cont.)
position, compulsive position precedes compulsive auditor's
relationship to pc; see auditor
thinking, 13 basic confusion of a preclear, 143
possession, basis on which derived, 47 cannot change his own
postulates easily, cause of,
possessions, troublesome, how to handle, 448 41
post-hypnotic suggestion, mechanism of, 1 cognitions are
valuable, 489
post, person leaving, apparent and real phenomena of, doesn't
know what's wrong with him, 257
459; see also condition of power change [OEC feels dopey
or "boil off" has either run too long
Vol. 0-192] on flow in one direction, in
which case reverse
post, reason for post clearing, 519 flow, or he has
reduced havingness down to a
postulate(s), point where he feels tired or sleepy, 182
defn., to consider, to say a thing and have it be glib
preclears, 208
true, 424 goal of, 121
defn., causative thinkingness, 435 in good condition can
be anything at will, 53
defn., to cause a thinkingness or consideration, is as alive
as things are real, 205
435 is not the product of the past, he is the product
of
defn., self-impulsion or creation of thought, 439
himself, 144
ability of thetan to make postulates is senior to his is
usually close to a no-game-condition, 367
concerns over space, energy and objects, 51 low on
havingness, 303
all conditions are postulated conditions, 240 not an
opponent in a game, 100
and orders, the idea they will always be obeyed, not running
the commands, 77
464 physically ill, 208
"can'thave"postulates, 416 position on the Tone Scale
established by com
failure and postulates, 447, 462 munication lag, 128
first postulate, 279, 282, 297, 316 process, above the
pc's level, 218
Level Five, Opening Procedure by Duplication processing
can resolve all of his difficulties without
~, 277, 285 going and finding other persons
or consulting
fourth postulate, 282, 297 other universes, 437
knowledge, thirst for, would be the thirst for other
processing is as beneficial as it is real and factual to
thetans' postulates, 438 the pc, 207
live communication, postulates, will always create reality
level of pc is dependent on how much he is
change, 258 not-ising his environment, 205
made by awareness of awareness unit is a higher refuses to
recover, using his state as a game, 446
manifestation than any energy-space manifesta-
rehabilitation of, in terms of control, 518
tion, 215 returning self-determinism to the pc, 237
pc cannot change his own ~ easily, what it means, sanity and
continued happiness depend upon abil 41 ity to create
new facts, 178
processing, goal of, is to bring individual into such
secrets of, 162
thorough communication withthe physical uni- self-
determinism of, proportional to amount of
verse that he can regain the power and ability
self-direction he is capable of executing, 17
of his own postulates, 67 talking obsessively reduces
havingness, 443
regret is entirely the study of the reversed ~, 463 test
if auditing is working, did it increase pc's
second postulate: know, 282, 297, 316 ARC, 246
third postulate, 282, 297 that which changes the pc in
space can evaluate for
winning or losing, anatomy of, is anatomy of him, 13
postulate and reverse-postulate, 462 time, attitudes
of the pc about, 1
"power of choice", additional element needed in unconsciousness,
"dopiness" or agitation on the
games, 424 part of the pc, cause of, 449
practice, auditing ~, successful way to start, 261 where pc is on
Tone Scale, how to establish, 518
practice, private ~, size of, 355 who answers with "anything" or
"everything", 258
preclear(s)('s); see also case who answers with systematized
generality, 256;see
ability to have, 444 also case, no case gain;
suppressive person [both
ability to not-know, 445 in full index]
ability to play a game, 446 who does not get physical
reaction as result of pro absence of barriers is the trouble with a pc
when a cessing, 19
pc is having trouble, 499 who does not participate in
process of being pro ARC of the preclear, 314 cessed, 20
as teammate, not opposite player, 366 who is difficult to
process is not in contact with
auditor being audited should be content to be a pc his
own universe, 52
for the term of the session, 162 why pugnacious and
threatening toward world, 8
SUBJECT INDEX - 1954/1956
preclear(s)('s) (cont.) problem(s) (cont.)
willingness to receive directions, 17 remedy of problems of
havingness is accomplished
Preclear Assessment Sheet; see inventory; White Form by
creating an abundance of all things, 14
[in full index] thetan has no problems of his own, 434
predicting, defn., knowing the future, 440 unhappiness is due to
lack of problems, 424
predictions, 477 winner, problems of, 398
present, present time, Problem Process(es),
anatomy of, 81 "Invent a problem of comparable magnitude"
and past, 409 [process], 447
and past time, relationship, 224 Problems of Comparable
Magnitude process, how
getting a person into, 80 to run, 295
identifying past with present, 224 running the creation
which is countering the sur neurotic, barely able to keep up with the
present, vival of the pc, 414
1 R2-20, Problems and Solutions, 218
reality, avoidance of, is avoidance of present time, used
to remedy havingness of problems, 323
1 process(es),
Straight Wire and present time, 227 defn., a Scientology
exercise, 405
time is a process of knowing in the present and defn.,
consist of utilizing the principle of the gradi not-knowing in the
future or the past, 440 ent scale to the end of placing
pc in better con very sane confront the present entirely, 1
trol of himself, his mind, people and universe
present time problem(s); see also problems around him, 443
as something "worrying" the pc, 447 above the pc's level,
218
failure to handle the , cause of stalled cases, 449 all
unlimited and highly workable processes are
is not flat if pc still trying to do something about
games conditions, 557
it, 447 are as good as they are simple, 52
must be flat before session is continued, 447 as distinct
from procedures, 443
pc's case is a composite of ~, 295 cognition (awareness
of awareness) is the goal of
pc with ~ needs more games, 446 any process, 255
substituting for the present time problem, 303 don't
neglect Havingness Processes, 336
press, far better to teach and process a person than only
and government attack, 312 to process him, 406
good press on Scientology, 311 flattening and unflattening,
phenomena of, 328
handling, let case histories do the talking, 309 has not
been the correct one or has not been run
how to handle, 442 correctly or has not been run
long enough if
interviews, discuss the project not Scientology, 353 there
has not been an increase in pc's ability to
prints bad news, 170 grant life to others and to his
environment, 255
Scientologists should never let themselves be inter- is
flat when question no longer influences com viewed by the
press, 155 munication factors of pc, 235
stories, written before the interview, 169 keynote of any ~
is the skill of its application, 52
Preventive Scientology, defn., individual is inhibited limited and
unworkable processes are no-games
or restrained from assuming states lower than
conditions, 504, 557
he has already suffered from, 441 objective vs.
subjective, 448
problem(s); see also present time problem on the Know-Mystery
Scale, 483
defn., consists of two or more purposes opposed, pan-
determined vs. single viewpoint, 418
424, 446 reason for new, 79
always run the process of problems on the subject running too
many, 449
of terminals, never on conditions, 354 run on the
alternate questions system, 417
anatomy of, is intention vs. intention, 446 run the process
as long as it produces change, 236
anatomy of, is purpose-counter-purpose, 424 that reduce
havingness, 490
and chronic somatics, 322 two-way communication, part of
every process,
and games, similarities, 446 138
and Solutions, 250 use the ~ which improve the pc's case,
97
as counter-created barriers to the pc, 418 what process to
run on the pc, 246
havingness and problems, 304 where they are on the ARC
Tone Scale, 131,138
necessary to the playing of a game, 446 processing; see
auditing
of barriers, or their lack, how resolved, 15 process lag, defn.,
length of time it requires for pc to
person begins to suffer from problems when he
obtain a result from a process, 129
does not have enough of them, 424 defn., length of
time it takes to reduce all com psychosomatic illness, relation to
insufficiency of munication lag from a type of question or
problems, 226 action in auditing, 130
SUBJECT INDEX - 1954/1956
profiles and IQ gain, 489 questions, TR 3, duplication of, 236, 444;
see also
protest, mechanism of protest causes the effect to TRs
approach more closely, 438
psyche, defn., Greek word meaning "spirit", 405
psychiatrist, apathy only goal of psychiatrist, 475
R
psychiatrists, attack from, 267
psychiatrists, auditors suffer from association with radiation, 378,
379, 380
psychologists and psychiatrists, 389 randomity, 535, 536,
538
psychiatry, 296, 465, 475 defn., comparable motion, 536
psychoanalysis, 465, 475 also contains the aspect of
unexpectedness, 536
and Straight Wire, 232 and automaticity, 533
background of, 533 contains the idea of conditioning, 536
how to reform, 233 desire for, 485
language of, 534 minus, 536, 537, 538
Scientology not in the business of ~, 212 defn. from
viewpoint of individual, that thing
psychology, 390,405 which has too little motion in it
for his
influence of psychoanalysis, ~ and psychiatry, 481
tolerance, 539
needing it infers you are crazy, 390 is the opposite
of confusion, 538
Scientology, don't classify with ~ or medicine,
optimum,537;seealsogames
264 game is an optimum randomity, 540
study of the spirit which denied the spirit, 405 plus, 536,
537, 538
psychometric graphs, 337 defn., from viewpoint of
individual, something
psychopaths, 61 which has in it too much motion or unex
"psychopolitics", brainwashing manual, 309, 312, 328
pectedness for his tolerance, 539
psychosomatic difficulty, psychotic or neurotic, run random
action, toleration of, 542
on Opening Procedure of 8-C, 81 when anyone sets up
anything automatically, that
psychosomaticillness;seealsoillness;somatics thing becomes
his randomity at some future
how it is caused, 431 date, 142
processes that handle, 448 reaching and withdrawing from mest, 22
relation to insufficiency of problems, 226 reactive action,
essence of, 359
unhappiness, inability to heal, and ~ (which in- reactive mind,
defn., stimulus-response mechanism,
clude some 70% of the illnesses of man), are
ruggedly built, and operable in trying circum best healed by
immediate address of human stances,430
spirit, 153 can hold a fixed command in place,
causing a
psychosomatics, not province of medical doctor, 36 derangement
in somatic mind, allowing illness
psychotherapy, goals of, to eradicate unsocial or aber- to
exist, 431
rated behavior in an individual, 237 description of,
its effect and capabilities, 430
psychotic(s), mind, three main divisions-analytical, reactive
and
attitude to pain, 2 somatic mind, 429
concerned with the past, 1 where it comes from, 499
is incomprehensible, 138 reality; see also ARC;Problems of Work
OpeningProcedure8-C,for use on~,76,81 defn., similarity or
dissimilarity of ideas about
wide-open case, actually a who duplicates con-
something, 247
tinuously and psychotically, 19 defn., the way things
appear, 408, 413
psychotic state, defn., avoidance of future and pres- defn.,
fundamentally agreement; what we agree to
ent time and a shift into the past, 2 be real is
real, 413
PTP; see present time problem and existence, 208
public(s), avoidance of, is avoidance of present time, 1
acceptance level of an audience, 154 composed of degree of
duplication possible, 136
addressing groups, 159 level of preclear, 205
effect of releasing materials to wrong public, 86 is
dependent on how much he is not-ising his
reality, 265 environment, 205
whole track stuff, don't hand out to public, 265 person will
let things be as real as he is willing to
word-of-mouth, the ideal scene, 155 let them exist,
208
preclear is as alive as things are real, 205
reasons always follow the fact, 47
Q recall, 221, 467
Recall Processes and Confrontingness, 526
Q & A, pc who stops or alters course of action of receipt point; see
communication; see also full index
auditor is out of session, 524 receive, he who would ~ must
be willing to give, 440
SUBJECT INDEX-1954/1956
red-herring, defn., go chasing after facsimiles, 291 Ron('s) (cont.)
registrar, why he should not be too harsh in for- research, 198
bidding admittance to training, 343 way Ron works,
175
regret, defn., entirely the study of the reversed postu- Route One: 5, 6,
7 (for exteriorized pc), 253; see also
late, 463 Creation of Human Ability
rehabilitation of abilities, 555 Route 2; see Creation of Human Ability
reject, R2-63, Accept-Reject [process], 182 rudiments [1955] 289, [1956]
323, 327; see also
religion, religious, 212 session, in
discussions, do not engage in, 158 establish rudiments by
control of pc, 454
is the oldest heritage that Man has, 215 Level One
[1955], 289
ministers of other churches, how to handle, 158, of
auditing, 275, 283
475 should be established rapidly without too much
physical sciences and religion, 211 talking, 414
where they meet, 6 rumors, not acceptable as evidence, 160
Scientologist has no specialized political or reli- R1-5,182
gious convictions beyond those dictated by wis- R2-17,173;
see also Op Pro by Dup
dom and his own early training, 67-68 Dirty 30 is
Procedure 30, which encompassed
Scientology; see Scientology, religion what is now R2-
17 and two other steps, 172
used asbad control, 212 R2-18,188
religionist, don't tell him his beliefs are all wrong, 475 R2-20,
Problems and Solutions, 218
Remedy of Communication Scarcity, 325 R2-40,141
remedy of havingness; see havingness, remedy of R2-63, Accept-Reject,
182
remember(ing), defn, process of knowing the past, R2-69, Mimicry, 140;
see also CHA
440
and forget, 298, 316
and forgetting, greatest automaticity in which any-
S
one was engaged, 221
handling case that couldn't, 220 sacrifices, 361, 374
Remembering and Forgetting [process], 68 sane, sanity, 109, 224
Repetitive Straight Wire, 222 concerned with the future, 1
resistance is the one step necessary to entrapment, degree of
sanity in government, 272
147 measurement of, 1
resistive cases, 19 pc's sanity and continued happiness depend
upon
resistive V, 19 ability to create new facts, 178
responsibility, fourth dynamic, 292 very sane confront the
present entirely, 1
responsibility of manager, 423 scale, Awareness Scale, description of,
191
responsibility, person must be willing to be causative, scale,
Havingness Scale, 498
438 scale, use of gradient scale, 181
restimulation, 505 scarcity, 501
engram, action of and restimulation, 172 Level Five,
Remedy of Communication Scarcity,
engrams, in ~ only because they represent energy 291
which the pc or the body pulls in, 42 schema, German, 350
game condition, violation of, brings about ~, 505 science(s),
starvation for energy is keynote of case which
andreligion,wheretheymeet,6
maintains facsimiles in ~, 38 physical sciences and
religion, 211
rest point on the track, 528 Scientology, not a speculative science,
342
retaliation, overt act is the manifestation of, 8 vocabularies of,
533
reverse postulates, how to audit, 463 scientific method, steps
described, 477
ridge, handling as an entity, 23 scientists, non-understanding of, 137
Ridge Running, 23 Scientologist(s),
ridges often explode, 31 defn., specialist in spiritual and
human affairs, 152
rightnessand wrongness rules of agame, 272 and medical doctors,
conflicts between, how to
rights, defn, franchises of citizenship according to
handle, 156
existing codes, 514 Code of a, [1954] ,115, 116
Rising Scale Processing, how to run, 463 Elementary
Scientologist [1956], 509
Ron('s); see also LRH empire of wisdom, Scientologist's empire, 68
activities in Britain, 1955, 301 expected to be able to
resolve problems in many
comments about Ireland, 377 specialized fields of which
auditing is the first
education in the field of the mind, from Com- field
he addresses so as to be conversant with
mander Thompson, 465 and capable in the phenomena
of life, 67
SUBJECT INDEX-1954/1956
Scientologist(s) (cont) Scientology, goal of (cont.)
expected to support his own government, 292 intended as
an assistance to life at large, to
has no specialized political or religious convictions
enable life to make a better civilization and a
beyond those dictated by wisdom and his own
better game, 434
early training, 67-68 is rehabilitation of the
game, 366
have more training than psychologists, 160 making the
individual capable of living a better
role of, 67 life in his own estimation and
with his
should never let themselves be interviewed by the
fellows and playing of a better game, 440
press, 155 mission of Scientology is to raise
knowingness
should utilize existing public facilities, 168
of the spirit to a degree that it again knows
Scientology, what it is and what it is doing, 153
defn., is the science of knowing how to know to create
better abilities in the individual, 237
answers, 67 good press on Scientology, 311
defn., means knowledge; scio means knowing in how it is
used, 405
the fullest sense of the word; studying how to how
to study, 407
know in the fullest sense of the word~ 214 impact of
Scientology against the society, 305
defn., branch of psychology which treats of importance of
delivering Manetics and ~, 481
humanability, 390, 405 improves the intelligence,
ability, behavior, skill
defn., taken from scio (knowing in the fullest
andappearance of people,405
meaning of the word) and ology (to study), 405
indebted to psychoanalysis and Freud, 465
addressed to the working man, 453 is a description born out of
25 years of investiga
an account of what you were doing before you tion of how
life and universes are put together,
forgot what you were doing, 440 53
and civil government, 168 is for the people and of the
people, 269
anyone using it must state that he is using Scien- is not
political, 268
tology, 159 language of, how to learn, 534
as it should be presented to basic course people, materials,
use of, 86-88
404 nomenclature of, how formulated, 535
attackers of Scientology had criminal records, 167 only
pointing out things the individual has already
believes that no government should be interfered
agreed with or himself caused, 438
with, 292 organizations of . and Dianetics, 318, 456
communication lines of, 92 ownership of, 199
considers only those things which man or man as a phenomena
of, discovered and held in common by
spirit can make, 409 all men and all life forms,
434
courses, basic philosophy behind, 339 points out what can be
seen or changed from a
debates on Scientology, discourage, 159 person's
own viewpoint to bring about a change
description of, 152 in his own condition, 438
Dianetics and Scientology are free, 199 practiced in
daily life, 406
Dianetics and ~, essential difference between, 118
practitioners are validated by official organi discovered not invented,
406, 434 zations, 406
disseminating Scientology, how a confusion results,
Preventive Scientology, 441
154 religion, 210
don't classify with psychology or medicine, 264 all-
denominational rather than non-denomina employed by an auditor (one who
listens and com- tional, 158
putes) as a set of drills (exercises, processes)
does not invade the 8th dynamic, 432
upon the individual, and small or large groups,
gnostic faith in that it knows it knows, 152
405 is a practical religion for all
denominations, and
exists to further and better government of people,
doesn't require faith in anybody until they
and believes in principles of democracy, Magna
have experienced something to have faith
Carta, Constitution of the United States, and
about, 266
Bill of Rights, 168-69 is a religion, why
this is so, 118, 209
first principle of: it is possible to know about the
is basic religion, 237
mind, 407 Scientology is a work on the subject of
the
focal point is upon Scientology not its organi-
mind, not on the subject of the Supreme
zations or auditors or personalities, 132
Being, 409
gives us the common denominators of objects,
WeddingCeremony,425
energies, spaces, universes, livingness and why
Scientology allies itself with religion, 73,
thought itself, 437 209
goal of, religious traditions of, 152
a greater freedom for the individual, 215 validation
of, 102
SUBJECT INDEX-1954/1956
Scientology (cont.) seventh dynamic; see dynamic, seventh
vocabularyof,342,535 seveAty, defn., increase in that discipline
believed
what to disseminate, 153 necessary by people to
guarantee their security,
screens, 38 514
S-C-S; see Start-Change-Stop sex, sexual, 484; see also dynamic, second
secondary universes, 493 defn., low order massive level of
creation, 469
second dynamic; see dynamic, second ability, lack of, 108
second postulate; see postulate, second anxieties of sex: there
must be additional bodies
secrets prevent case advance, 276 for next life, 433
secrets, Straight Wire on ~, knowingness, 251 concentration
on sex, 469; see also psychoanalysis
secrets, two-way communication recalling pc's, 250 emotional or
ecstatic impact from, 469
security, how to obtain org security, 387 only one of numerous
creative impulses, 433
Self Analysis, 144 overweighted in importance in old
psychotherapy,
Self Analysis, next-to-the-last list, 220; see also ARC 433
Straight Wire reading of sexual significances into
each and every
self-determinism, action, 470; see also psychoanalysis
goes down as a person goes down the Tone Scale, shock, engrams
contain, more important than pain
287 and unconsciousness, the moment of shock,
of pc proportional to amount of self-direction he which
is that period of realization by body and
is capable of executing, 17 thetan that an
overwhelming has occurred, 398
of pc reduced markedly by evaluating for pc, 475 Siberian Bill,
unlawful confinement of mental
proportionate to handling of mest, 287 patients, 385
related to ability to impose space between termi- sickness is
absence of control, 213; see also illness
nals, 14 significance(s), 448
returning self-determinism to the pc, 237 Consideration in
the form of Significances [pro "Son, your self-determinism depends
upon your cess], 68
ability to tolerate the actions of others or to total
significance to existence is the significance
direct them at will, It depends upon your that
the being puts there, 470
ability to have charity towards your fellow six basic
processes, 118; see also Dn 55
men. It depends upon your ability when in a Six Levels of
Processing (SLP), 282
position of trust to demonstrate mercy. It de- ad
interim SLP, 358
pends upon your ability to make a postulate Issue 5,
auditing commands 1955, 275, 289
stick on that body. When you tell it to walk, it Issue
7, 321, 322
walks", 214 SLP 5, 6 & 7, differences between, 322
selling Scientology, 264 SLP 8, 553
book distribution and ~, 320 sixth dynamic; see dynamic, sixth
Separateness [process], 275, 283, 448 snapping or closing terminals,
phenomenon of, 189
separating universes, 193 solids and facsimiles, 546
seriousness, the more mass the more ~,179 Solids [process], 516
session; see also auditing comm cycle how to run, 550
defn., auditor and preclear (patient) are together
Solutions,Problemsand, [process],218,250
out-of-doors or in quiet place where they will solution to
danger and motion, reactively, is a stop
not be disturbed or where they are not being
point, 529
subjected to interrupting influences, 441 somatic(s); see
also illness; psychosomatic illness
blows, cause of, 246 bulk of somatics which turn on are
demonstration
in session, getting and keeping pc, 16, 217, 443 of
loss of havingness, 334
never permit the preclear to end the session on his
chronic somatics, 375
own independent decision, 98 can be
alleviated, 323
never walk off from a preclear during a, 99 handling
with "Invent a problem" Process,
out of session, -. 332
failure of most sessions is pc going out of, 524
problems and, 322
pc ~ when he starts to control session, 524 somatic mind;
see also analytical mind; reactive mind
pc who stops or alters course of action of defn.,
heavier type of mind than reactive mind;
auditor is~, 524 contains no thinkingness,
only actingness; im when the pc goes more anaten than he is when
pulses placed against body by thetan through
not being audited, he is in the grip of a real
various mental machinery arrive at voluntary,
or affected code break and is out of session,
and involuntary, and glandular levels, which
322 have set methods of analysis for any
given
starting a session, 275, 283 situation and so
respond directly to commands
sessionable, getting the pc sessionable, 17 given, 431
SUBJECT INDEX- 1954/1956
somatic mind (cont.) Spotting Spots [process] (cont.)
reactive mind can hold a fixed command in place, goal is to
bring pc to point where he can spot loca causing a derangement in
somatic mind, allow- tions in space which do not have color,
mass or
ing illness to exist, 431 shape, but which are
simply locations, and spot
thetan can independently affect the~,431 that same
location repeatedly without varia
SOP 8; see Creation of Human Ability tion, 188
SOP 8-C; see 8-C how to run Spotting Spots, 188
SOP 8 D, 45; see also Creation of Human Ability Level Six,
Remedy of Havingness and Spotting
soul; see also thetan Spots, 278, 285, 291, 326
exteriorization, departure of the soul, 430 squirrel(s); see also
technology, out [in full index]
man is his own immortal soul, 7 anatomy of, 305
man's search for his soul, 6 how to handle, 200
source of life: the Greek letter theta [H] is used in
publications, 199
Scientology to indicate the source of life and their
existence is parasitic, 460
life itself; the individual, person, actual identity SSBS,
Silver Spring Business Service, 362
is this living unit, 1 53 SSSA [Six Steps of Self
Auditing], 3
source-point or cause, and effect, examples, 437 staff, procedure for
putting auditors on staff [1956],
space, defn., is a viewpoint of dimension, 11, 13 519
defn., caused by looking out from a point, 435 staff should
know what's going on in the org, 315
ability of thetan to make postulates is senior to his Start-
Change-Stop, 444, 517, 553
concerns over space, energy and objects, 51 end result
of this process is exteriorization, 521
anchor points are points which are anchored in how to run,
521, 522
space different to the physical universe space
inability to, 433
around a body, 432 is the anatomy of control, 521
becomes beingness, in life experience, 13 on objects, 522
body exists in its own space, 432 stop is most important part
of, 523
Change of Space [process], 42 when to run, 517
communication can create spaces, 467, 492 static, defrL, has no
mass, no motion, no wavelength,
communication has the power of eradicating no location
in space or in time; it has the ability
spaces and masses, 467 to postulate and to
perceive, 435
considerations of time are mechanically tracked by non-
viewable but is experienceable, 535
alteration of position of particles in space, 143 statistics
and results count: an organizational prin energy derives from
imposition of space between ciple, 359
terminals and a reduction and expansion of that stimulus-
response mechanism, reactive mind is a ~,
space, 13 ruggedly built, and operable in trying
circum exists by reason of anchor points, 14 stances,
429, 430
is first barrier of knowingness, 11 stop; see also Start-Change-
Stop
masses, spaces, conditions depend on misowner- individual
close to being destroyed is bent mainly
ship for their persistence, 236 upon stopping
things, 433
only actuality of space is the agreed upon con- Creative
Processes, motions, stopsand perceptions,
sideration that one perceives through something
528
and this we call space, 435 individual close to being
destroyed is bent mainly
primary overwhelming is to take space, 397 upon
stopping things, 433
self-determinism related to ability to impose space point
on the track, 529
between terminals, 14 point, 529
symbol is an idea fixed in energy and mobile in why a
person will not, 433
space,.l5 Stop Processes, 517
that which changes the pc in space can evaluate for Stop-
C-S, 517, 554
him, 13 Straight Wire, 142; see also recall
theta creates space and time and objects to locate defn.,
stringing a straight wire of memory between
in them, 13 the actual genus of a condition
and present
space-be, energy do, time-have triangle, 1~ time, 142, 226
speeches, public speeches, what to discuss, 159 a manual of
operation, 216
speed, tolerance for, 541 and pictures, 228
spirit, defn., called in Scientology the thetan, 428; see and
present time, 227
also thetan ARC Straightwire, 545
Splitting Universes [process], 250 easiest process to teach,
238
Spotting Spots [process], 68, 117, 119, 188 Elementary
Straightwire; see Elementary Straight above 3.6, 252 wire
adding creativeness to spotting, 304 history of Straight
Wire, 219
SUBJECT INDEX - 1954/1956
Straight Wire (cont ) survival (cont.)
howtorunmodernStraightWire [1955],216,234 function of the
mind is to pose and resolve
keys out engrams, 227 problems relating to survival,
295
on secrets, knowingness, 251 intelligence is the ability
to pose and Nsolve
psychoanalysis and Straight Wire, 232 problems
relating to survival, 224
Repetitive Straight Wire, 222 of spirit, 209
theory of Straight Wire, 222 only an apparency and only
one facet of existence,
Validation Straight Wire, 220 412
Viewpoint Straight Wire, 55 principle of existence is
survive, 106
who it can be used on, 217 "sweetness and light", 464
stuck, symbol(s), 483
in a loss, 462 defn., an idea fixed in energy and mobile in
space,
in an incident, 462 15
in a win, 462 Symbolization, SOP 8-C Step VI, 15
only when he intended to lose and won, 462 sympathize, do
not ~ with the preclear, 98
in time, 528 symptoms, asking pc to describe them may worsen
in universes, reason for, 367 them, 448
pc is stuck in any reversal between intention or synthetic
valence; see valence, synthetic
expectance, 462
where pc is stuck on the whole track, 195
stuck point, don't run, 529 T
stuck point, how to get out of, 529
student(s); see also training talking obsessively reduces havingness,
449, 467
can produce results with standard auditing, 339 tapes sent
airmail should be wrapped in tinfoil, 306
enrolling, if you pause you'll lose them, 391 teammate, defn.,
someone who assists in the
IQ, effect of processing on, 340 overwhelming of the
enemy, 397
is a customer, 392 tensor beam, 497
what the student should know, 67 terminal(s),
who make nothing out of everything, 345 always run
process of problems on subject of
study, how to study Scientology, 407 terminals, never on
conditions, 323, 332, 354
study, Scientology study is therapeutic, 406 anchor point is any
particle or mass or terminal,
Subjective Havingness [process], 545; see also- 14
havingness and conditions, difference between, 516
subjective process(es), 280 Creative Processing, mocking up ~, 277
deftL, inside the mind only, 448 don't close terminals when
lecturing, 159
defn., pc is processed between himself and his energy,
derived from mass by fixing two terminals
mind, 449 in proximity in space, 14
objective vs. subjective processes, 448 energy derives
from imposition of space between
success, conditions of; see POW terminals and a reduction
and expansion of that
success depends upon being willing to be cause space, 13
equally in ratio to being willing to be an effect,
phenomenon of snapping or closing ,159, 189
440 self-determinism related to ability to impose
space
successful things expand, disseminate and invade, 466
between terminals, 14
succumb and survive are simply a consideration, 299 SOP 8-C
Step V, 14
Sunday service, as a dissemination method, 352 using the body
as a communication terminal, 276
supervisor(s); see also training terminology, need to know, 533
don't cut affinity lines to data, 163 terminology of Scientology,
how formulated, 535
don't give experimental data, 163 Terrible Trio; see Trio
expected to be efficient, not kind, 345 test(s)(ing),
should have an excellent grip on the exact auditing for
exteriorization, 50
procedure, 418 for IQ and personality, 392
Supreme Being, Scientology is a work on the subject idea of,
480
of the mind, not on the subject of the ~, 409 if
auditing is working, "Did it increase pc's ARC?",
survival, 246
and succumb are simply a consideration, 299 Level Two: this
is what changes the Scientometric
basic principle of existence; only true for the
tests, 324
body, 209 psychoanalysis, failure to validate by ~,
479
considered as single and sole purpose subdivides results
from HGC and Academy [1956], 417
into at least four dynamics, 107 why "happy" trait
moves, 337
dynamics; see dynamics theory, no good unless it works, 408
SUBJECT INDEX - 1954/1956
therapy, good, defn., would wake people up, make thetan, degeneration
of, deterioration of (cont.)
them more alert, make them more able, hap-
behaving like mest, 137
pier, more competent, 478 can only become
disabled by becoming too
therapy, most significant ~ is changing the mind, 447
little pan-determined, 434
theta clear, defn., person is clear of his body, en- can
only be trapped when he considers that he
grams, facsimiles, but can handle and safely
is,437
control a body, 10; see also Clear can suffer
from being out-created (created
produced by SOP 8-C, 12 against too
thoroughly), 434
theta creates space and time and objects to locate in
degradation begins when the thetan is interi them, 13; see also
Prelogics [in full index] orized into unwanted mass,
38
theta-mest theory, 47; see also Science of Survival
inability to duplicate on any dynamic is the
thetan; see also awareness of awareness unit; soul
primary degeneration of the thetan, 15
defn.,energy-spaceproductionunit,10 out-created,
thetan can be brought to believe
defn., a knowingness, total in a cleared state, who
that he is trapped, 434
yet can create space and time and objects to
thetan is subject to deterioration, 429
locate in them, 11 totality of aberration is
basically considerations
defn., a thetan himself, the awareness of awareness
a thetan is making, 437
unit, is understanding, 137 difficulties of,
defn., from the Greek letter theta [0], used in
anxiety tobeeffect,438
Scientology to indicate the source of life and
gets in trouble by being only one viewpoint,
life itself; the individual, person, actual iden-
181
tity, is this living unit, 153 most difficult
thing he does is handle the en
defn., spirit, called in Scientology the thetan, 428
vironment, 448
defn., spirit; has no mass, no wavelength, no ener-
staying in the game and keeping it going, 434
gy, and no time or location in space except by does
not care to remember the life which he has
consideration or postulate; spirit is not a thing,
just lived, 432
it is the creator of things, 428 establishes various
systems of control to operate
abilities of, body, 429
all things are initiated by the thetan, 434 exterior is
described fully in the second chapter of
as he considers, so he is, 434 DMSMH, 120
can affect the somatic mind independently, 431 in
the physical universe, 492
capable of making space, energy, mass and is not the
astral body, 428
time, 432 man, divisible into three parts: ~, mind,
body, 428
capabilities and potentials of, 153 mest,
incomprehensible to a thetan, 137
easiest thing he does is change his mind, 448
native state of, 504
entirety of his activity consists of considering
insisted on all the way down scale, 279
or postulating, 429 no-games conditions list is
a summary of, 557
puts life in the body, 362, 374 Operating; see
Operating Thetan
to make postulates is senior to his concerns paradoxes
of, 11
over space, energy and objects, 51 primary
obsession, 223
analytical mind consists of visual pictures, either
psyche is a Greek word meaning "spirit", 405
of the past or of physical universe, monitored
qualities of,
by and presided over by knowingness of thetan,
basic qualities of thetan, knowingness and
429 understanding, 143
atomic radiation wavelength can reach strata of a has
no mass, no wavelength, no actual position
thetan, 379 in space other than his own
declaration of it,
basic game of a thetan, 503, 556 137
body, improperly fed, absorbs energy put out by has
no problems of his own, 434
thetan, 97 immortal and cannot actually experience
death
condition of thetan, can be in one of four condi-
and counterfeits it by forgetting, 433
tions: first, entirely separate from a body or
individual himself is a spirit controlling a body
bodies, or even this universe; second, near a
viaarnind,432
body and knowingly controlling the body;
located in a space is less than theta itself but a
third, in the body (the skull); fourth, an in-
thetan located is much greater than homo
verted condition compulsively away from the
sapiens, 145
body and can not approach it, 429 separable
from body without the phenomena of
cuts down knowingness to have a game, 176
death, and can handle and control a body
degeneration of, deterioration of, from well
outside it, 432
attention gets stuck, only thing wrong with receives
impressions of physical universe and past
thetan, 317 activities, 429
SUBJECT INDEX- 1954/1956
thetan (cont.) time (cont.)
residence of, 429 space-be, energy-do, time-have
triangle, 16
Scientology considers only those things which man stuck in
time, 528
or man as a spirit can make, 409 theta creates space
and time and objects to locate
Scientology, mission of, is to raise knowingness of
in them, 13
spirit to degree that it knows what it is and theta
orients objects in space and time, 13
what it is doing, 153 Waterloo Station handles time,
324
Scientology, organized from the viewpoint of the timelessness or
no change in an engram, 143
spirit and contains a precise and usable defini- Time
Process, 555
tion of the spirit, and charts and studies and is time track,
pc cycling on, 217
capable of changing the behavior of the spirit, time track,
rest and stop points on, 528, 529
152 tolerance for speed, 541
senior to mind and body, 432 Tolerance of Motion and Stillness
[process], 554
SOP 8-C: the rehabilitation of the human spirit, toleration of
random action, 542
10; see also 8-C Tone Scale,
survival of spirit, 209 ARC, basis of the Scientology
Tone Scale, 413
thirst for knowledge would be the thirst for other as people
descend the Tone Scale, 413
thetans' postulates, 438 Emotional, part of Know to
Mystery Scale, 173
to a thetan, anything is better than nothing, 14 gives a
prediction of human behavior, 413; see also
unhappiness, inability to heal, and psychosomatic
Science of Survival
illness (which include some 70% of the illnesses
havingness changes pc position on Tone Scale, 337
of man), are best healed by immediate address how a
1.1 and 1.5 handle others, 287
of human spirit, 153 mood of game, 367
uses pictures to assist memory, 230 plotting preclear on,
128
willingness of thetan to duplicate, how rehabili- preclear's
position on Tone Scale established by
tated, 15 communication lag, 128
think(ing), thinkingness, thought, 483 processes, where they are on
the ARC Tone Scale,
compulsive position precedes compulsive thinking, 131,
138
13 self-determinism goes down as a person goes down
evolution of, 300 the Tone Scale, 287
power of thought, 208 tractor beam, 497
purpose of, 21 training, 67; see also student; TRs
thinkingness processes reduce havingness, 489 academy,
student must be concentrated upon
thoughts exterior to head and bank, 325 factual
precise processes and be able to perform
thought, the most senior thing there is, 215 these
processes regardless of his understanding,
Think a Thought [process] ,1 93 344
"Think a thought" "Receive a thought" [process], better to
indoctrinate student into auditing atti
206, 250 tude for seven weeks and teach him to
remedy
ThinkingPlaced Thought [process 1956],455 havingness for
the final week than let him
third dynamic; see dynamic, third through with poor auditing
attitude, 343
third postulate, 282 don't cut affinity lines to data, 163
three classes of universes-physical universe, other don'tgive
experimental data, 163
fellow's universe, one's own universe, 436 essential
to give people tools to live better, 369
time, exact application, importance of, 342
defn., simply a consideration mechanically tracked far better
to teach and process a person than only
by alteration of position of particles in space,
to process him, 406
143 gains vs. auditing gains, 369
defn., rate of persistence of space and particles is gives
bigger IQ rises than group processing, 391
what we measure with clocks and the motion of
necessity of, 169
heavenly bodies, 435 only reason we have to train
anyone is that we are
defn., process of knowing in the present and not-
training them to unlearn, 344
knowing in the future or the past, 440 professional
auditors, central org function, 384
and aberration, 224 registrar, why he should not be too
harsh in for attitudes of the pc about time, 1 bidding
admittance to training, 343
considerations take rank over mechanics of space, student
should be able to connect the Axioms of
energy and time, 67 Scientology with the
processes and activities of
creation of time and creation of memory were
Scientology,420
concurrent incidents, 222 studying Scientology is
therapeutic, 406
how to master the subject of time, 313 teach student nothing
further than he has been
present and past, 409 taught until sure that he has
excellent data
SUBJECT INDEX- 1954/1956
training (cont.) truth (cont.)
workability and use reality on what he has been
seekers after, 6
taught at that point, 69 vs. apparency, 407
trained Scientologist, greatest adventurer of all, two-way
communication; see communication, two
244 way
training pattern, 430; see also reactive mind
training processes, HPA-HCA, [1956], 545; see also
Hubbard Certified Auditor U
transference, defn, in psychoanalysis used to denote
the transference of the patient into the valence
unconsciousness, 191; see also Self Analysis
of the practitioner, 468 caused by a flow which has
flowed too long in one
destructive to personality of patient, 468 direction,
450
translation, 404, 405 "dopiness", unconsciousness or agitation on
part
trap(s), trapped; see also Dianetics '55! of pc, indicator
of loss of havingness, 449
always preceded by one's own choice of entrance, or
anaesthetic, complete silence mandatory during,
437 430
are part of games, 485 reactive mind, never stops operating
even in deep
how barriers can trap a man, 423 states of
unconsciousness, 430
how to free a thetan from, 439 unflattening, process flattening
and ~, 328
individual only gets into traps he intends to get unhappiness, due
to lack of problems, 424
into, 437 unhappiness, inability to heal, and psychosomatic
only reason a person can get trapped is that he
illness (which include some 70% of the illnesses
can't have traps, 496 of man), are best healed by
immediate address
thetan can only be trapped when he considers that of
human spirit, 153
he is, 437 unhappiness, relation to reduced energy
(havingness),
thetan, if out-created, can be brought to believe 38
that he is trapped, 434 universe(s); see also valences
Trio, 545, 551 defn., considered the playing fields of life, 436
brings about a very high rise in tone, 444 a "contract" or
agreement, 436
can be self-audited, 397 fundamentals of a universe,
defn., honorable
can pull up any case, 396 bargain with fellow beings
to hold Axioms in
commands, "can't have" substituted for "have"
common,436
for very unable pc, 445 how to make different kinds,
436
flat point, 396 in order to perceive it one must agree that
it exists,
Havingness Process, how to run, 444 436
purpose of, to bring pc to a condition where he own
universe, 499
can have whatever he sees, 444 preclear is
interiorized into, 196, 206
ratio of flattening commands, 396 preclear who is difficult to
process is not in con
run outside can produce a collapse of case, 414 tact
with his own universe, 52
Terrible Trio, 396, 545 problem with, 41
commands of Terrible Trio, 396 Scientology is a
description born out of 25 years
troublesome possessions, how to handle, 448 of investigation
of how life and universes are
TRs; see also auditing comm cycle put together, 53-54
auditor must be drilled on acknowledgment, on secondary,
493
putting a question, on an exact communication
separating, 193, 250
bridge, and on handling the pc's origin, 418 stuck in a
universe, reason for, 367
explained, 443 valences and , the same thing, essentially,
436
procedure of auditor must be good before the victimized by
another's universe only when in
techniques used by the auditor work uniformly
protest against, 436
well, 397 Waterloo Station can make universe vanish,
324
TR 2, acknowledgment, 205; see also acknowl- weak, 336
edgment Universe Processing, 44, 45
is a very necessary study; an auditor must key command
in, 41
always acknowledge what the pc has said, or
Beingness Processing, apathy on, cause of and
235 remedy, 44
TR 3, duplication of questions, 236, 444 unreality, defn.,
action of realizing things are there
exampleof,218 and then saying they aren't there
(not-ising
truth, 436 them), 208
most fundamental truths are first ten Axioms of use the
processes which improve the pc's case, 97
Scientology, 436
SUBJECT INDEX- 1954/1956
V W
vacuum(s), 504, 547 "walking out" type of process, 344; see also
Waterloo
defn., isn't a hole; it's a collapsed bank, 473
Station
defn., super-cold mass or an electric shock, 473 war, an idea
versus war, 245
defn, super-cold object which if brought in warfare, law of:
troops to be effective, 50% for at contact with bank drinks
bank, 504 tack, 50% for defense, 440
defn, super-cold object that attracts electronically Waterloo
Station [process], 275, 324
into it the whole track, 530 can make universe
vanish, 324
and havingness, problems of, 473 difficulties with, due to pc
inability to remedy
formula for handling vacuums, 473 havingness, 336, 373
valence(s), 507; see also universes end goal of, is
disappearance of entire universe,
defn., by valence we mean personality, denotes the 445
borrowing of the personality of another, 224 First
Postulate Union Station, 284
defn, extra personalities, cells, apparent being- for a pc in
very good condition, 445
nesses, 436 handles time, 324
defn, one's own universe overwhelmed by the howtorun,324,445
universe of others, 436 "weakest universe" processing,
323
and universes, the same thing, essentially, 436 Wedding
Ceremony, Scientology, 425
answer to valences, 526 "what turns it on will turn it off",
100
assumption of valence on the death of ally, 9 "What wouldn't
you mind communicating
attention valence, defn, valence one has assumed
with?" ' What wouldn't mind you com
because it got attention from another valence,
municating with?" [process], 240
471, 507 whole track,
body valence (human identity), 471- and exteriorization
phenomena, entirety of,
direct valence, defn., the pc has transferred ident-
covered between 1952 and 1954, 459
ity with someone who has directly confronted auditing
the, 195
him, 507 stuff, don't hand out to public, 265
exchanged valence (direct assumption of another where
preclear is stuck on the, 195
valence), 471 wide-open case, actually a psychotic who
duplicates
five types of valences, 471 continuously and
psychotically, 19
how to separate ~, 472, 505 win, 462, 463
of another individual, going into, 9 winner, problerns of, 398
own valence (identity), 471 winning valence; see valence, winning
personalities obsessively held or dramatized, 468 wisdom,
Scientologist's empire, empire of ~, 68
person takes many valences, 225 withheld communication, single
and sole reason for
person takes the strong valence, 225 the accumulation
of ridges and barriers, 415
result of acquisition of additional valences, 468 word-of-mouth
communication, from general public
synthetic valence, defn., valences which have never
to general public, 92
actually confronted the pc in the flesh, 507 word-of-mouth,
entheta can threaten, 93
how to run out, 508 workability of subject, more important
than legal
keynote of, 508 papers or levels of service, 456
valence described to pc and assumed, 471 work, avoidance
of, indicator of a decayed state, 2,
transference, in psychoanalysis used to denote the 424
transference of the patient into the valence of work, is it
necessary; see Problems of Work
the practitioner, 468 wrongness in terms of flow is inflow,
14
winning valence, 398 Wundtian psychology, slave subject, 405
a synthetic valence, 415
Valence Processes [1956], 454
validation of Scientology, 102 Numerals
Validation Straight Wire, 220
Vedic hymns, 72 V, resistive, 19
via, 142 8-C; see control, good
viewpoint of dimension, space is a, 1 1,1 3 8-C [process], 545
Viewpoint Straight Wire, 55 Opening Procedure of 8-C, 17, 68, 119,
146, 277,
viewpoint, thetan gets in trouble by being only one,
285
181 above 1.9, 251
vocabularies of science, 533 basic theory of, 147
vocabulary of Scientology, 342 benefits from, 147
SUBJECT INDEX-1954/1956
8-C, Opening Procedure of (cont.) 8 C, SOP (cont.)
for use on psychotics, 76 special notes on SOP 8-
C, 16
part (a) auditing commands, 76 Step I:
Location, 13, 43
part (b) auditing commands, 77 Step II: Bodies,
13
part (c) auditing commands, 77 Step III: Space,
13
psychotic, neurotic or having any psychosoma-
Step IV: Havingness, 14
tic difficulty, run on ~, 81 Step V:
Terminals, 14
three parts to, 146 Step VI: Symbolization, 15
part A of 8-C, 553 Step VII: Barriers, 15
SOP 8-C, 43 , 5 1; see also CHA Step VIII :
Duplication, 15
Auditor's Code breaks in running, 13 theta
clear, produced by SOP 8-C, 12
axioms of, 13 use of, 12; see also CHA
formulas and steps, 13; see also CHA why 8-C works,
280
glossary; see CHA
SOP-8 modified for clinical, laboratory and
individual human applications, 10
ALPHABETICAL LIST OF TITLES
Academy Lecture Series 239 Experimental Arrangement of Level One, An
327
Accent on Ability 106 Exteriorization Today, Two-Way Comm and
Addendum to HCO B 20 Aug. 56 New Auditing Style see footnote-385
see footnote-489 Facsimiles & Solids 546
Administration 386 Fighting Process 85
Advanced Course Procedure-Data Sheet 41 First and Second Postulate
316
Adventure of Scientology, The 244 First Postulate 279
Anatomy of Failure, The 462 First, Second, Third and Fourth
Postulates 297
Anatomy of the Spirit of Man Five Types of Valences 471
CongressLectures 203 Flow Line for Personnel OEC Vol. 4- 20
Anatomy of Traps, The 485 Founding Church of Scientology Funeral
Answer to a Letter 61 Service 363
Anti-Radiation Congress Lectures 564 From a Lecture by L. Ron Hubbard on
"Anything-Everything-Nothing" 256 Mest Processing, July 7, 1951
287
Auditing Demonstrations, LRH 149 Future Processing
Auditing of Solids, The 550 Games Conditions Theory 556
Auditing the "Whole Track" 195 Games Congress Lectures 506
Auditor's Code 1954, The 96, 99 Games Congress, Shoreham Hotel
503
Axioms Lectures 75 Goal of Auditors, The 487
Axiom 51 and Communication Processing 240 Group Auditing Sessions
70
Bachelor of Scientology and Hubbard GroupAuditor'sHandbook 60
Advanced Auditor Classes see footnote-347 Havingness (Ability 34)
491
Basic Principles, Scientology Havingness (PAB 23) 38
-Translator's Edition 404 HCOProcessingSheet 516
Basic Procedures 51 HGC Preclear Complaints 549
Basic Processes 249 HGC Procedure of Aug. 20 488
B.Scn.-H.A.A. Techniques 559 High School Indoctrination 524
Case Report, A-Comments and Information Hope of Man, The 209
on Back of APA Sheet 560 How to Really Split a Valence 472
Causation and Knowledge 435 HPA-HCA Training Processes 545
Certainty of Exteriorization 47 Hubbard Professional College Lectures
150
Circuit Case, The 19 Hubbard Professional Course Lectures
Code of a Scientologist, The 115 (Nov. 55) 286
Code of Honor, The 104 (Feb. 56) 365
Communication Lines of Scientology, The 92 (Aug. 56) 487
Comparison of Results; Earliest Idea Versus War, An 245
Findings on Havingness; An Importance of Havingness, The
371
Organizational Principle; Is It Possible to Be Happy? 111
Funeral Service see footnote-385 Justice 514
Conditions of Auditing, The 446 Letter toAbility Editor 301
Conditions of Existence, The 410 London Auditors'Meeting Lectures 306
Creation of Human Ability, The 187 London Congress on Human Problems
Creative Processes, Motions, Stops Lectures 525
and Perceptions 528 London Public Lecture Series 271
Critique of Psychoanalysis, A 465, 475 Management and Activities of
Current Processes 454 Scientology Organizations, The 318
Data Sheet-Advanced Course Procedure 41 Man's Search for His Soul 6
Dear Associate 32 Manual on the Dissemination of
Dianetics and Scientology . . . a Crusade 94 Material, A-The
Scientologist 151
Dianetics and Scientology Organizations Mimicry 140
United Again 83 Officein Ireland 376
Dianetics: The Evolution of a "Old Cuff" from PAB 58 248
Science see Vol.I- 11 Open Channel, The 389
Dianetics '55! 124 Opening Procedure by Duplication 172
Opening Procedure, SOP-8-C,A Basic Scale of Awareness, The
191
Course in Scientology 76 Scientologist, The-A Manual on the
Opening Procedure 8-C 146 Dissemination of Material 151
Operational Bulletin No. 1 275 Scientology: A New Science 46
Operational Bulletin No. 4-Six Levels Scientology: Auditor's
Handbook 71
of Processing-Issue 5 289 Scientology Process Chart 483
Operational Bulletin No. 5 294 Scientology Processing 441
Operational Bulletin No. 6-Processing Scientology-Revision of
Translator's Edition 452
Futures 303 Scientology Schools Curriculum 339
Operational Bulletin No. 7 307 Scientology's Most Workable Process
395
Operational Bulletin No. 8 309 Scientology: The Fundamentals of Thought
520
Operational Bulletin No. 9 311 Scientology Wedding Ceremony 425
Operational Bulletin No. 10-The Selling 264
Management and Activities of Six Basic Processes 118
Scientology Organizations 318 Six Levels of Processing-Issue 5
289
Operational Bulletin No. 11 320 Six Levels of Processing-Issue 7 322
Operational Bulletin No. 12-An Six Levels of Processing, The
282
Experimental Arrangement of Level One 327 SLP 8 553
Operational Bulletin No. 13 330 SOP-8-C: The Rehabilitation of the
Operational Bulletin No. 13 Appendix I Human Spirit 10
-Scientology Schools Curriculum 339 SOP8 D 45
Operational Bulletin No. 14 348 Special Group Processing Sessions 50
Operational BuUetin No. 15 357 Spotting Spots 188
Operational Bulletin No. 16 360 Start-Change-Stop 521
Operational Bulletin No. 17 366 Start That Practice! 261
OrganizationalHealthChart OEC Vol. 7-114 Straight Wire 142
Organizational Indoctrination 519 Straight Wire-A Manual of Operation
216
Organizational Series Lectures 544 Summary of a Bulletin from the
Academy
Organizations of Dianetics and in Washington, D.C.,
Concerning
Scientology, The 456 Training, The 509
Overt Acts 8 Summary of Intensives Since June 490
Ownership 198 Technical Bulletin 473
Parts of Man, The 428 Test Results 417
Phoenix Certification Course Lectures 103 Third International Congress
of
Phoenix Clinic 133 ScientologistsLecture 132
Playing the Game 272 Three Methods of Dissemination
Plotting the Preclear on the Tone Scale 128 see footnote-385
Problems of Work, The 563 Tone Plotting Scale, The 204
Procedure for Putting Auditors on Staff 519 Training (15 July 54) 67
Processing Futures 303 Training (PAB 70) see footnote-347
Psychiatrists 267 Two Answers to Correspondents: the Non-
Public Lecture and Group Processing Persistence Case and
Ridge Running 22
Series (20 Oct. -15 Dec. 54) 95 Two-Way Communication in
Action 136
Public Lecture and Group Processing Unif cation Congress of
Dianeticists
Series (1 Jan.-11 May 55) 126 and Scientologists Lectures
125
Public Lecture Series 56 Universe Processes Congress Lectures 59
Purpose 400 Use of Scientology Materials, The 86
Randomity and Automaticity 533 Valences 507
Reality Level of Preclear 205 Validation of Scientology 102
Reason Why, The 421 Viewpoint Straight Wire 55
Recall Processes and Confrontingness 526 Vocabularies of Science-
Randomity and
Recent Reports on Preclears 356 Automaticity 533
Remedy of Havingness, The 176 Way Ron Works, The 175
Remedy of Havingness-The Process 180 What Are You Going to Do About It?
292
Report on Certainty Processing 27 "What I Learned in Training"
79
Road Up, The 35 Why Doctor of Divinity? 72
Route One Lectures 91 With A-R-C 246
3rd American Advanced Clinical Course 7th American Advanced Clinical
Course
Lectures 4 Lectures 65
4th American Advanced Clinical Course 8th American Advanced Clinical
Course
Lectures 25 Lectures 90
4th London Advanced Clinical Course 9th American Advanced Clinical
Course
Lectures 270 Lectures 113
5thAmericanAdvanced Clinical Course 10thAmericanAdvanced Clinical
Lectures 40 Course Lectures 113
6th American Advanced Clinical Course 15th American Advanced
Clinical
Lectures 57 Course Lectures 543